Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 14, 2015

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Penumbra, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

Delaware   3841   05-0605598

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

One Penumbra Place

1351 Harbor Bay Parkway

Alameda, California 94502

(510) 748-3200

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

Adam Elsesser

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President

Penumbra, Inc.

One Penumbra Place

1351 Harbor Bay Parkway

Alameda, California 94502

(510) 748-3200

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent For Service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Alan F. Denenberg

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

1600 El Camino Real

Menlo Park, California 94025

(650) 752-2000

 

Robert D. Evans

Executive Vice President and General Counsel

Penumbra, Inc.

One Penumbra Place

1351 Harbor Bay Parkway

Alameda, California 94502

(510) 748-3200

 

Rezwan D. Pavri

Richard A. Kline

Goodwin Procter LLP

135 Commonwealth Drive

Menlo Park, California 94025

(650) 752-3100

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨     Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title Of Each Class Of

Securities To Be Registered

 

Proposed Maximum

Aggregate Offering Price(1)(2)

  Amount Of
Registration Fee

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

  $115,000,000   $13,363.00

 

 

(1) Includes              additional shares that the underwriters have the right to purchase from us.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated                     , 2015

Preliminary Prospectus

             Shares

 

 

LOGO

 

Common Stock

$         per share

 

 

This is the initial public offering of common stock of Penumbra, Inc.

We are offering              shares of our common stock. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $         and $         per share.

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “PEN.”

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

   $         $     

Proceeds to Penumbra before expenses(1)

   $         $     

 

(1)  See the section titled “Underwriting” for additional disclosure regarding underwriter compensation and offering expenses.

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase an additional              shares of common stock from us.

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws, and as such, we have elected to comply with reduced reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on or about                     , 2015.

 

 

 

J.P. Morgan    BofA Merrill Lynch
Wells Fargo Securities    Canaccord Genuity

                    , 2015


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Risk Factors

     10  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     40  

Use of Proceeds

     41   

Dividend Policy

     41   

Capitalization

     42  

Dilution

     44  

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     46  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     48  

Business

     65  

Management

     97  
     Page  

Executive Compensation

     103   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     113  

Principal Stockholders

     115  

Description of Capital Stock

     117  

Material U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Consequences for Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock

     122  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     124  

Underwriting

     126  

Legal Matters

     131  

Experts

     131  

Where You Can Find More Information

     132  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   
 

 

 

In this prospectus, “Penumbra,” “Penumbra, Inc.,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Penumbra, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may provide you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the common stock.

This prospectus includes industry and market data that we obtained from industry publications, internal estimates and other third-party sources. These sources may include government and industry sources. Industry publications and surveys generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable. Although we believe the industry and market data to be reliable as of the date of this prospectus, this information could prove to be inaccurate. Industry and market data could be wrong because of the method by which sources obtained their data and because information cannot always be verified with complete certainty due to the limits on the availability and reliability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations and uncertainties. In addition, we do not know all of the assumptions regarding general economic conditions or growth that were used in preparing the forecasts from the sources relied upon or cited herein.

We also refer to certain studies in this prospectus. In certain cases, we may sponsor, fund and/or control the conduct of these studies, or may have other relationships with certain of the authors of such studies. Specifically, we sponsored, funded and controlled the THERAPY, Penumbra Pivotal and PRISM studies, and provided a modest grant, together with a number of other industry participants, relating to the MR CLEAN study, but did not control such study. We may also have or have had consulting relationships with or have provided grants to physicians who authored or co-authored some of such studies for matters unrelated to such studies, including the MR CLEAN, ESCAPE, SWIFT PRIME, REVASCAT, Kass-Hout T, et al., Humphries W, et al., ADAPT FAST, Mascitelli, Patel, et al. and Milburn, et al. studies cited in this prospectus.

 

i


Table of Contents

Through and including                     , 2015 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all of the information that you should consider before deciding to invest in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

Penumbra is a global interventional therapies company that designs, develops, manufactures and markets innovative medical devices. We have a broad portfolio of products that addresses challenging medical conditions and significant clinical needs across two major markets, neuro and peripheral vascular. The conditions that our products address include, among others, ischemic stroke and hemorrhagic stroke, which involve blockage or rupture of blood vessels in the brain, and various peripheral vascular conditions that can be treated through thrombectomy and embolization procedures, which involve the use of medical devices to remove or treat blockages or ruptures of blood vessels.

We are an established company focused on the neuro market, and we recently expanded our business to include the peripheral vascular market. We sell our products to hospitals, primarily through our salesforce, as well as through distributors in select international markets. We focus on developing, manufacturing and marketing products for use by specialist physicians, including interventional neuroradiologists, neurosurgeons, interventional neurologists, interventional radiologists and vascular surgeons. We design our products to provide these specialist physicians with a means to drive improved clinical outcomes through faster and safer procedures. Studies involving our Penumbra System ischemic stroke products and Penumbra Coil 400 neurovascular embolization products, as well as initial study results for our Indigo peripheral thrombectomy products, have shown that these products generate significant overall cost savings to the healthcare system relative to procedures using other products.

We attribute our success to our culture built on cooperation, our highly efficient product innovation process, our disciplined approach to product and commercial development, our deep understanding of our target end markets and our relationships with specialist physicians. We believe these factors have enabled us to rapidly innovate in a highly capital-efficient manner.

Since our founding in 2004, we have had a strong track record of organic product development and commercial expansion that has established the foundation of our global organization. Some of our key accomplishments include:

 

    launching our first product, for neurovascular access, in the United States in 2007;

 

    establishing our direct neuro salesforce in the United States and Europe in 2008;

 

    launching the first 510(k)-cleared, aspiration-based product for the treatment of ischemic stroke patients in 2008, and launching four subsequent generations of that product;

 

    launching our first neurovascular coil for the treatment of brain aneurysms in 2011;

 

    launching our first peripheral vascular product in 2013; and

 

    establishing our direct peripheral vascular salesforce in the United States and Europe in 2014.

As of June 30, 2015, we had approximately 1,000 employees worldwide. We sell our products to hospitals primarily through our direct sales organization in the United States, most of Europe, Canada and Australia, as well as through distributors in select international markets. For the year ended December 31, 2014, we generated revenue of $125.5 million, which represents a 41.3% increase over 2013, and $3.0 million in operating income as compared to an operating loss of $1.1 million in 2013. For the six months ended June 30, 2015, we generated revenue of $81.3 million, which represents a 41.0% increase over the six months ended June 30, 2014, and $0.2 million in operating income as compared to operating income of $2.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014.

 



 

1


Table of Contents

Market Opportunity

We estimate that the market for our current neuro and peripheral vascular products in the United States and Europe combined was approximately $1.3 billion in 2014, which we estimate represents growth of approximately 3.2% per year from 2012. While reliable third-party data is not available for markets outside the United States and Europe, we believe that there is a substantial additional market for our neuro and peripheral vascular products in the rest of the world.

According to the American Heart Association (AHA), the worldwide incidence of all forms of stroke was 33 million in 2010. Furthermore, according to a paper published in the journal The Lancet, 202 million people globally were living with peripheral artery disease in 2010.

We believe the market for our products remains substantially under-penetrated today, and that this market will experience significant growth as we and our competitors:

 

    generate additional clinical evidence supporting endovascular treatment of vascular disease;

 

    improve existing technologies to enable physicians to treat vascular disease faster and more safely than previously possible;

 

    support and educate the growing number of specialist physicians who treat vascular disease in the use of endovascular treatment;

 

    grow the number of hospitals where endovascular treatment of vascular disease is available; and

 

    raise patient awareness of endovascular treatment of vascular disease.

Industry Background

Vascular disease refers to any condition that affects the circulatory system and typically manifests as a blockage or rupture of an artery or a vein. It may occur in any part of the body, and is a condition that leads most often to blood vessel narrowing and obstruction, but can also lead to expansion of the blood vessel wall and blood vessel wall weakening and rupture. Vascular disease can cause a range of conditions, from pain to functional impairment, and it can require the amputation of a limb or result in death.

When the treatment for vascular disease is performed from within a vessel, it is referred to as an endovascular procedure. Endovascular device markets are conventionally classified according to the anatomic location of the disorder. We currently focus our efforts on the neuro and peripheral vascular markets.

 

    Neuro products. Our neuro products are used to treat patients with vascular disease and disorders in the brain, including patients with strokes caused by either vascular occlusion or rupture or weakening of the vessel walls. Our neuro products are generally catheter-based technologies that are administered by an interventional neuroradiologist, a neurosurgeon or an interventional neurologist.

 

    Peripheral products. Our peripheral products are used to treat patients with vascular disease in all vasculature other than that which exists in the brain or the heart, including the upper and lower extremities, kidneys, neck and lungs. Our products that address peripheral vascular disorders are catheter-based technologies that are typically administered by an interventional radiologist or a vascular surgeon.

Our Strengths

As we have grown as an organization, we have been able to scale our business from development stage in 2004 to a company with approximately 1,000 employees focused on multiple product categories in two target end markets. We believe the following strengths have enabled us to develop our broad and differentiated product portfolio and have been, and will continue to be, significant factors in our continued success and growth:

 

    our culture built on cooperation, which we have institutionalized through our unique organizational structure;

 



 

2


Table of Contents
    our highly efficient product innovation process;

 

    our disciplined approach to clinical and commercial development;

 

    our deep understanding of our target end markets; and

 

    our relationships with specialist physicians.

Our Products

Since our founding in 2004, we have invested in expanding our product development and marketing capabilities. These investments have included engineering and materials science capabilities, pre-clinical and bench-testing infrastructure and in-house clinical and regulatory infrastructure. Our fully-integrated organization has enabled us to launch 14 product brands for access, thrombectomy and embolization since 2007 to service our two target end markets. Our current portfolio provides a range of products that are designed to enable specialist physicians to drive improved clinical outcomes in a cost effective manner.

The following table summarizes our product offerings in each of our target end markets:

 

 

LOGO

 



 

3


Table of Contents

Our Growth Strategies

We believe the following strategies will continue to play a critical role in our future growth:

 

    expanding the penetration of our products in our target end markets;

 

    growing the acceptance of our innovative products as the standard of care in their targeted clinical applications;

 

    continuing to leverage our development capabilities to drive efficient, rapid product development; and

 

    scaling our organizational culture of cooperative product development and commercial execution.

Risks Associated With Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others:

 

    we have a limited operating history and may not be able to sustain or grow our profitability or generate positive cash flows from operations;

 

    our existing products may be rendered obsolete and we may be unable to effectively introduce and market new products or may fail to keep pace with advances in technology;

 

    delays in product introductions could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows;

 

    we face significant competition, and if we are unable to compete effectively, we may not be able to achieve or maintain significant market penetration or improve our results of operations;

 

    our future growth depends, in part, on our ability to further penetrate our current customer base and increase the frequency of use of our products by our customers;

 

    our future growth depends, in part, on significantly expanding our user base to include additional specialist physicians in both our existing and future target end markets;

 

    the marketing and sales of our products require a significant amount of time and expense and we may not have the resources to successfully market and sell our products;

 

    third-party reimbursement may not be available or adequate for the procedures in which our products are used;

 

    we are subject to stringent domestic and foreign medical device regulation, which may impede the approval or clearance process for our products, hinder our development activities and manufacturing processes and, in some cases, result in the recall or seizure of previously approved or cleared products;

 

    we rely on a variety of intellectual property rights, and if we are unable to maintain or protect our intellectual property, our business and results of operations will be harmed; and

 

    we may become involved in lawsuits or other proceedings to protect or enforce our patents or other intellectual property rights or to defend against accusations of infringement, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in 2004 as a Delaware corporation under the name Penumbra, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at One Penumbra Place, 1351 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, California 94502, and our telephone number is (510) 748-3200. Our website address is www.penumbrainc.com. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus. We have included our website address as an inactive textual reference only.

 



 

4


Table of Contents

We use “Penumbra System®,” “ACE™,” “Penumbra Coil 400™,” “Penumbra SMART COIL™,” “LIBERTY™ Stent,” “Apollo™ System,” “Ruby® Coil,” “Indigo® System” and other marks as trademarks in the United States and other countries. This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and service marks and to those belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus, including logos, artwork and other visual displays, may appear without the ® or ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate in any way that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other entities’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other entity.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) December 31, 2020 (the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering), (2) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, (3) the last day of the fiscal year in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates is equal to or exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (4) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. We refer to the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 herein as the “JOBS Act,” and any reference herein to “emerging growth company” has the meaning ascribed to it in the JOBS Act.

An emerging growth company may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

 

    being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus;

 

    not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended;

 

    reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements, including in this prospectus; and

 

    exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in this prospectus and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in our future filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC). As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

The JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 



 

5


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

             shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

             shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from us

             shares

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $         million, or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

  The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for product development, including research and development and clinical trials, expansion of our salesforce and working capital and general corporate purposes. From time to time, we may consider the acquisition of complementary technologies or businesses, though we have no agreements or understandings with respect to any such acquisitions at this time. Pending the use of the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in investment grade, interest bearing securities. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

Proposed NYSE stock symbol

“PEN”

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based upon 26,038,637 shares outstanding (including preferred stock on an as-converted basis) as of June 30, 2015, and excludes:

 

    2,460,574 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2015, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.27 per share;

 

    1,713,634 shares of common stock reserved for future grant or issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan as of June 30, 2015;

 

    867,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $22.04 per share and 5,000 shares of restricted stock, which were granted on August 12, 2015;

 

    3,000,000 shares of common stock initially reserved for future issuance under our Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance pursuant to this plan; and

 

    600,000 shares of common stock initially reserved for issuance under our 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or our ESPP, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance pursuant to this plan.

 



 

6


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

 

    outstanding shares include 24,818 shares of common stock issued upon early exercise of stock options and subject to repurchase;

 

    outstanding shares include 755,771 shares of unvested restricted stock;

 

    no exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2015, or subsequently issued;

 

    the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 19,510,410 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, assuming a one-to-one conversion ratio of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into common stock;

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to              additional shares of our common stock from us; and

 

    the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware and the adoption and effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

 



 

7


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data. We have derived the summary consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2012, from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. We have derived the summary consolidated statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015, and our balance sheet data as of June 30, 2015, from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and reflect, in our opinion, all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for a fair statement of the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and the results for the six months ended June 30, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year or any other period. The following summary consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2012     2013     2014             2014                     2015          
    (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

         

Revenue

  $ 73,141      $ 88,848      $ 125,510      $ 57,643      $ 81,263   

Cost of revenue

    24,178        30,972        42,668        19,489        27,160   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    48,963        57,876        82,842        38,154        54,103   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

         

Research and development

    12,548        14,084        15,575        7,538        7,983   

Selling, general and administrative

    32,987        44,918        64,258        28,240        45,943   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    45,535        59,002        79,833        35,778        53,926   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    3,428        (1,126     3,009        2,376        177   

Interest income (expense), net

    244        345        439        39        385   

Other income (expense), net

    220        (474     (309     (92     (498
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    3,892        (1,255     3,139        2,323        64   

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    1,934        (5,354     894        666        233   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 1,958      $ 4,099      $ 2,245      $ 1,657      $ (169
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ 412      $ 887      $ (833   $ 355      $ (34
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

         

Basic

  $ 0.10      $ 0.21      $ (0.18   $ 0.08      $ (0.01
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ 0.07      $ 0.14      $ (0.18   $ 0.05      $ (0.01
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

         

Basic

    4,153,121        4,304,396        4,609,375        4,520,898        5,000,375   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    5,886,126        6,500,835        4,609,375        6,743,140        5,000,375   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share — Basic

      $ 0.10        $ (0.01
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share — Diluted

      $ 0.09        $ (0.01
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute the pro forma net income (loss) per share

         

—Basic (unaudited)

        22,680,810          24,510,785   
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

—Diluted (unaudited)

        25,037,541          24,510,785   
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 



 

8


Table of Contents
     As of June 30, 2015  
     Actual     Pro Forma(1)      Pro Forma As
Adjusted(2)(3)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 36,764      $ 36,764       $                

Total assets

   $ 129,070      $ 129,070       $     

Long-term debt

   $      $       $     

Working capital

   $ 91,298      $ 91,298       $     

Preferred stock

   $ 111,467      $       $     

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ (11,099   $ 100,368       $     

 

(1)  The pro forma column reflects (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 19,510,410 shares of our common stock, which conversion will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as if such conversion had occurred on June 30, 2015, and (ii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

 

(2)  The pro forma as adjusted column gives effect to (a) the pro forma adjustments set forth in (1) above and (b) the sale and issuance by us of              shares of our common stock in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

(3)  Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of our cash and cash equivalents, total assets, working capital and stockholders’ equity by $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. An increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of our cash and cash equivalents, total assets, working capital and stockholders’ equity by $         million, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

 



 

9


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risks described below before making an investment decision. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business. Our business could be harmed by any of these risks. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. In assessing these risks, you should also refer to the other information contained in this prospectus, including the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before making a decision to invest in our common stock.

Business Risks

We have a limited operating history and may not be able to sustain or grow our profitability or generate positive cash flows from operations.

We were founded in 2004 and did not generate any revenue until 2007. Moreover, while we have successfully developed, obtained regulatory clearance or approval for, and introduced a number of products in the neuro market since 2007, we first introduced products in the peripheral vascular and neurosurgical markets in 2013 and 2014, respectively. Accordingly, we only have a limited operating history upon which investors can evaluate our business and prospects, and this limited operating history may not be indicative of our future results. Since 2009, we have been generally profitable on an annual basis; however, we incurred operating losses in 2013, and we are not currently cash-flow positive. We can give no assurance that we will be profitable or cash-flow positive in the future.

We expect that our general and administrative and sales and marketing expenses will increase to support our anticipated growth as well as the additional operational and reporting costs associated with being a public company. We have also expended significant amounts on research and development to develop and fund clinical testing of our products, and we expect to continue to do so. We also expend significant amounts on maintaining inventory levels of raw materials, components and finished products to meet anticipated customer demand. In addition, our coil products are sold on a consignment basis, which requires us to expend significant amounts on inventory that is placed at many customer locations. Our ability to sustain our growth and profitability and become cash-flow positive may be influenced by many factors, including:

 

    our ability to achieve and maintain market acceptance of our products;

 

    unanticipated problems and additional costs relating to the development and testing of new products;

 

    our ability to introduce, manufacture at scale and commercialize new products;

 

    our ability to produce sufficient quantities of our products to meet demand and to smoothly transition to new products;

 

    the impact of competition;

 

    the timing and impact of market and regulatory developments;

 

    our ability to expand into new markets;

 

    pricing pressure from competitors;

 

    the availability and adequacy of third-party reimbursement for procedures in which our products are used; and

 

    our ability to obtain and maintain adequate intellectual property protection for our products and technologies.

If we encounter difficulties with any of the foregoing or unexpected expenses, it could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

 

10


Table of Contents

Our existing products may be rendered obsolete and we may be unable to effectively introduce and market new products or may fail to keep pace with advances in technology.

The medical device market is characterized by rapidly advancing technology. Our success depends, in part, on our ability to anticipate technological advancements and competitive innovations and introduce new products to adapt to these advancements and innovations. To compete in the marketplace, we have made, and we must continue to make, substantial investments in new product development, whether internally through research and development or externally through licensing or acquisitions. We can give no assurance that we will be successful in identifying, developing or acquiring, and marketing new products or enhancing our existing products. In addition, we can give no assurance that new products or alternative treatment techniques developed by competitors will not render our current or future products obsolete or inferior, technologically or economically.

The success of any new products that we develop or acquire depends on achieving and maintaining market acceptance. Market acceptance for our current and new products could be affected by a number of factors, including:

 

    our ability to market and distribute our products effectively;

 

    the availability, perceived efficacy and pricing of alternative products from our competitors;

 

    the development of new products or alternative treatments by others that render our products and technologies obsolete;

 

    the price, quality, effectiveness and reliability of our products;

 

    our customer service and reputation;

 

    our ability to convince specialist physicians to use our products on their patients; and

 

    the timing of market entry of new products or alternative treatments.

Our competition may respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies or a changing clinical landscape, undertake more extensive marketing campaigns, have greater financial, marketing and other resources than us or be more successful in attracting potential customers and strategic partners. Given these factors, we cannot assure you that we will be able to continue or increase our level of success. Our failure to introduce new and innovative products in a timely manner, and our inability to maintain or grow the market acceptance of our existing products, could result in permanent write-downs or write-offs of our inventory and otherwise have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Delays in product introductions could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

The medical device market is highly competitive and designs change often to adjust to shifting market preferences and other factors. Therefore, product life cycles are relatively short. As a result, any delays in our product launches may significantly impede our ability to enter or compete in a given market and may reduce the sales that we are able to generate from these products. We may experience delays in any phase of a product launch, including during research and development, clinical trials, regulatory review, manufacturing and marketing. Delays in product introductions could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We face significant competition, and if we are unable to compete effectively, we may not be able to achieve or maintain significant market penetration or improve our results of operations.

The medical device industry is intensely competitive, subject to rapid change and significantly affected by new product introductions and other market activities of industry participants. We compete with a number of manufacturers and distributors of neuro and peripheral vascular devices. Our most notable competitors are Boston Scientific, Johnson & Johnson, Medtronic, Stryker and Terumo. All of these competitors are large, well-capitalized companies with longer operating histories and significantly greater resources than us. We also

 

11


Table of Contents

compete with a number of smaller medical device companies that have a single product or a limited range of products. Our competitors may be able to spend more on product development, marketing, sales and other product initiatives, or be more focused in their spending and activities, than we can. Some of our competitors have:

 

    significantly greater name recognition;

 

    broader or deeper relations with healthcare professionals, customers and third-party payors;

 

    more established distribution networks;

 

    additional lines of products and the ability to offer rebates or bundle products to offer greater discounts or other incentives to gain a competitive advantage;

 

    greater experience in conducting research and development, manufacturing, clinical trials, marketing and obtaining regulatory clearance or approval for products; and

 

    greater financial and human resources for product development, sales and marketing and patent litigation.

We compete primarily on the basis that our products are able to treat patients with neurovascular and peripheral vascular diseases and disorders safely and effectively, with improved outcomes and procedural cost savings. Our continued success depends on our ability to:

 

    develop innovative, proprietary products that can cost-effectively address significant clinical needs;

 

    continue to innovate and develop scientifically advanced technology;

 

    obtain and maintain regulatory clearances or approvals;

 

    demonstrate efficacy in Penumbra-sponsored and third-party clinical trials and studies;

 

    apply technology across product lines and markets;

 

    attract and retain skilled research and development and sales personnel; and

 

    cost-effectively manufacture and successfully market and sell products.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete effectively on the basis of these factors. Additionally, our competitors with greater financial resources could acquire or develop new technologies or products that effectively compete with our existing or future products. If we are unable to effectively compete, it would materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our future growth depends, in part, on our ability to further penetrate our current customer base and increase the frequency of use of our products by our customers.

We will need to continue to make specialist physicians and other hospital staff aware of the benefits of our products to generate increased demand and frequency of use, and thus increase sales to our hospital customers. Although we are attempting to increase the number of patients treated with procedures that use our products through our established relationships and focused sales efforts, we cannot provide assurance that our efforts will increase the use of our products. If we are unable to increase the frequency of use of our products by specialist physicians, this could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Our future growth depends, in part, on significantly expanding our user base to include additional specialist physicians in both our existing and future target end markets.

Currently, the primary users of our neuro products are neuro interventionalists who perform endovascular neuro interventions. We also began selling in the peripheral vascular market in 2013 with the introduction of our Ruby Coil and the neurosurgery market in 2014 with the introduction of our Apollo System, and we may enter new target end markets in the future. Our revenue growth will depend in part on our ability to convince

 

12


Table of Contents

specialist physicians in our existing and future target end markets of our products’ efficacy, to educate them in the proper use of our products and to sell our products to their affiliated hospitals. Convincing specialist physicians to use new products and to dedicate the time and energy necessary for adequate education in the use of our products is challenging, especially in new markets where treatments using our products are not established. Expanding our customer base in existing or new target end markets may require, among other things, additional clinical evidence supporting patient benefits, training in a manner to which we are not accustomed, or other resources that we do not readily have available or are not cost effective for us to provide. If we are unable to convert specialist physicians in existing or new target end markets to the use of our products, our sales growth will be limited, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

The marketing and sales of our products require a significant amount of time and expense and we may not have the resources to successfully market and sell our products, which would adversely affect our business and results of operations.

The marketing and sales of our products requires us to invest in training and education and employ a salesforce that is large enough to interact with the specialist physicians who use our products. Entering new markets also requires a significant amount of time and expense in order to identify and establish relationships with key opinion leaders among the specialist physicians who may use our products in those markets. We may not have adequate resources to market and sell our products successfully against larger competitors. For example, when we began selling in the peripheral vascular market in 2013, we did not have a dedicated direct peripheral vascular sales team and our neuro sales team was required to dedicate a portion of its efforts to the sales of our peripheral vascular products. We subsequently expended significant sums to develop a direct salesforce focused on peripheral vascular product sales. If we do not have adequate resources to market and sell our products effectively, or cannot otherwise market and sell our products successfully, it could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Third-party reimbursement may not be available or adequate for the procedures in which our products are used.

Our ability to commercialize new products successfully in both the United States and international markets depends in part on the availability of, and hospitals’ ability to obtain, adequate levels of third-party reimbursement for the procedures in which our products are used. In the United States, the cost of medical care is funded, in substantial part, by government insurance programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and private and corporate health insurance plans. Third-party payors may deny reimbursement if they determine that a device used in a procedure has not received appropriate FDA or other governmental regulatory clearances or approvals, is not used in accordance with cost-effective treatment methods as determined by the payor, or is experimental, unnecessary or inappropriate. Our ability to commercialize our products successfully will depend, in large part, on the extent to which adequate reimbursement levels for the cost of their use are obtained from government authorities, private health insurers and other organizations, such as health maintenance organizations. Further, healthcare in the United States and international markets is also being affected by economic pressure to contain reimbursement levels and costs. Changing reimbursement models could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We have generated a significant portion of our revenue from products that are used in connection with the treatment of neurovascular diseases, and our revenue and business prospects would be adversely affected if our neuro product sales were to decline.

We have generated most of our revenue from our neurovascular products, including our Penumbra System, Penumbra Coil 400 and Neuron products. If any one or more of these products, or any successor products, were no longer available for sale in any key market because of regulatory, third-party reimbursement or intellectual property issues or any other reason, or if one of our competitors introduced one or more products that specialist physicians believe are superior to our products, our revenue from these products would

 

13


Table of Contents

decline. A significant decline in our sales of neurovascular products could also negatively impact our financial condition and our ability to conduct product development activities, and therefore negatively impact our business prospects.

We must maintain and further develop relationships with specialist physicians. If specialist physicians do not recommend and endorse, or use, our products or if our relationships with specialist physicians deteriorate, our products may not be accepted or maintain acceptance in the marketplace, which would adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our products are sold to hospitals for use by specialist physicians practicing at their facilities. In order for us to sell our products, specialist physicians must recommend and endorse them for the hospital to purchase them, and must use them in treating their patients to generate follow-on sales. We may not obtain the necessary recommendations or endorsements for new products from specialist physicians, nor may we be able to maintain the current or future level of acceptance and usage of our products. Acceptance of our products depends on educating the medical community as to the distinctive characteristics, perceived benefits, safety, clinical efficacy and cost-effectiveness of our products compared to products of our competitors or treatments that do not use our products, and on training specialist physicians in the proper application and use of our products. We invest in significant training and education of our sales representatives and specialist physicians to achieve market acceptance of our products, with no assurance of success. If we are not successful in obtaining and maintaining the recommendations or endorsements of specialist physicians for our products, if specialist physicians prefer our competitors’ products or other alternative treatments that do not use our products, or if our products otherwise do not gain or maintain market acceptance, our business could be adversely affected.

In addition, the research, development, marketing and sales of our products are dependent, in part, upon our working relationships with specialist physicians. We rely on them to provide us with knowledge and feedback regarding our products and the marketing of our products. If we are unable to develop or maintain strong relationships with specialist physicians and receive their advice and input, the development and marketing of our products could suffer, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We may not be able to achieve or maintain satisfactory pricing and margins for our products.

Manufacturers of medical devices have a history of price competition, and we can give no assurance that we will be able to achieve satisfactory prices for our products or maintain prices at the levels we have historically achieved. If we are unable to achieve or maintain our prices, or if our costs increase and we are unable to offset such increase with an increase in our prices, our margins could erode and we may be unable to maintain profitable operations.

We cannot be certain that we will be able to manufacture our products in high volumes at commercially reasonable costs.

We currently maintain our manufacturing operations in buildings located at our campus in Alameda, California. We currently produce substantially all of our products at this facility, and we do not have redundant facilities. We may need to expend significant capital resources and increase the size of our manufacturing capabilities as we grow our business. We could, however, encounter problems related to:

 

    capacity constraints;

 

    production yields;

 

    quality control;

 

    equipment availability; and

 

    shortages of qualified personnel.

 

14


Table of Contents

Our continuous product innovation limits our ability to identify and implement manufacturing efficiencies. Failure to do so may reduce our ability to manufacture our products at commercially reasonable costs. If we are unable to manufacture our products in high volumes at commercially reasonable costs, it could materially affect our ability to adequately increase production of our products and fulfill customer orders on a timely basis, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We are required to maintain high levels of inventory, which consume a significant amount of our working capital and could lead to permanent write-downs or write-offs of our inventory.

We maintain a significant inventory of raw materials, components and finished goods, which subjects us to a number of risks and challenges. Our hospital customers typically maintain only small quantities of our products at their facilities, so as products are used, they order replacements that typically require prompt delivery. As a result, we must maintain sufficient levels of finished goods to permit rapid shipment of products following receipt of a customer order. In turn, we must also maintain a sufficient supply of raw materials and components inventory to permit rapid manufacturing and re-stocking of finished goods. Furthermore, our coil inventory is supplied to hospital customers on a consignment basis, which means that it is classified as part of our inventory for financial reporting purposes but is maintained at the hospital location until it is used.

Maintaining a significant inventory of raw materials, components and finished goods consumes a significant amount of our working capital. This working capital could be used for other purposes, such as research and development or sales and marketing activities. As we grow our business, we may need substantial additional capital to fund higher levels of inventory, which may materially adversely affect our liquidity or result in dilution to our stockholders if we sell additional equity securities or leverage if we raise debt capital to finance our working capital requirements.

Maintaining a significant inventory of raw materials, components and finished goods also subjects us to the risk of inventory excess and obsolescence, which may lead to a permanent write-down or write-off of our inventory. While in inventory, our components and finished goods may become obsolete, and we may over-estimate the amount of inventory needed, which may lead to excessive inventory. In these circumstances, we would write-down or write-off our inventory, and we may be required to expend additional resources or be constrained in the amount of end product that we can produce. Furthermore, our products have a limited shelf life due to sterilization requirements, and part or all of a given product or component may expire, resulting in a decrease in value and potentially a permanent write-down of our inventory. For example, we recorded write downs of $0.9 million and $1.9 million for excess and obsolete inventory in 2013 and 2014, respectively. In the event that a substantial portion of our inventory becomes excess or obsolete, it could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

Defects or failures associated with our products could lead to recalls, safety alerts or litigation, as well as significant costs and negative publicity.

Manufacturing flaws, component failures, design defects, off-label uses or inadequate disclosure of product-related information could result in an unsafe condition or the injury or death of a patient. These problems could lead to a recall of, or issuance of a safety alert relating to, our products and result in significant costs, negative publicity and adverse competitive pressure. While we have had product recalls, they have all been voluntary, based on our own internal safety and quality monitoring and testing data, and none of our past product recalls has been material. The circumstances giving rise to recalls are, however, unpredictable, and any future recalls of existing or future products could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

The medical device industry has historically been subject to extensive litigation over product liability claims. There are high rates of mortality and other complications associated with some of the medical conditions suffered by the patients whom specialist physicians use our devices to treat, and we may be subject to product liability claims if our products cause, or merely appear to have caused, an injury or death. In addition, an injury or death that is caused by the activities of our suppliers, such as those that provide us with

 

15


Table of Contents

components and raw materials, or by an aspect of a treatment used in combination with our products, such as a complementary drug or anesthesia, may be the basis for a claim against us by patients, hospitals, health-care providers or others purchasing or using our products, even if our products were not the actual cause of such injury or death. An adverse outcome involving one of our products could result in reduced market acceptance and demand for all of our products, and could harm our reputation and our ability to market our products in the future. In some circumstances, adverse events arising from or associated with the design, manufacture or marketing of our products could result in the suspension or delay of regulatory reviews of our premarket notifications or applications for marketing. Any of the foregoing problems could disrupt our business and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition or cash flows.

Although we carry product liability insurance in the United States and in other countries in which we conduct business, including for clinical trials and product marketing, we can give no assurance that such coverage will be available or adequate to satisfy any claims. Product liability insurance is expensive, subject to significant deductibles and exclusions, and may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. If we are unable to obtain or maintain insurance at an acceptable cost or on acceptable terms with adequate coverage or otherwise protect against potential product liability claims, we could be exposed to significant liabilities. A product liability claim, recall or other claim with respect to uninsured liabilities or for amounts in excess of insured liabilities could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Defending a suit, regardless of its merit or eventual outcome, could be costly, could divert management’s attention from our business and might result in adverse publicity, which could result in reduced acceptance of our products in the market, product recalls or market withdrawals.

Our products are continually the subject of clinical trials conducted by us, our competitors, or other third parties, the results of which may be unfavorable, or perceived as unfavorable, and which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As a part of the regulatory process of obtaining marketing clearance or approval for new products and new indications for existing products, as well as to provide specialist physicians with ongoing information regarding the efficacy of our products, we conduct and participate in numerous clinical trials with a variety of study designs, patient populations and trial endpoints. Our competitors and third parties also conduct clinical trials of our products without our participation. Unfavorable or inconsistent clinical data from existing or future clinical trials conducted by us, our competitors or third parties, or the market’s or regulators’ perception of clinical data, could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Our future success depends in part upon establishing an interventional stroke care pathway in the United States that integrates the use of endovascular thrombectomy into the treatment of ischemic stroke.

The stroke care pathway in the United States generally begins with emergency responders who are responsible for transporting the patient to a hospital facility. With a small number of exceptions (such as for trauma), emergency responders in the United States generally operate under a protocol that transports patients to the nearest hospital, which decreases the likelihood that the patient will be transported to a stroke center that has a developed stroke team and an interventional approach to the treatment of stroke. Further, there is no agreed upon standard of care among physicians or hospitals regarding the treatment of ischemic stroke patients, and treatment protocols vary according to the particular hospital, often resulting in significant delays and gaps in patients being assessed for and receiving interventional treatment. The absence of a uniform protocol among hospitals and among physicians within the same hospital means that we have to educate each hospital and stroke center about protocols that integrate our products for the treatment of stroke.

We believe that the stroke care system in the United States has not been historically geared towards interventional treatment of stroke due to the absence of clinical evidence that interventional techniques were effective. Our and our competitors’ ability to alter the existing stroke care pathway may depend on whether we and our competitors are successful in using recent positive clinical studies to convince specialist physicians that intervention yields superior clinical results relative to cases where intervention is not used.

 

16


Table of Contents

Establishing an interventional stroke pathway that integrates the use of interventional treatments, including our products, will depend upon many factors, including:

 

    continuing to educate hospitals and specialist physicians about the clinical evidence supporting intervention, as well as the use, benefits and cost-effectiveness of our products;

 

    improving the speed with which patients are assessed for and receive interventional treatments; and

 

    increasing the likelihood that patients are transported to a hospital or stroke center where interventional treatments are available.

Even if these efforts are successful, it may be years before existing systems and care pathways are changed. These factors may make it difficult to grow our business.

Any data that is gathered in the course of clinical trials may be significantly more favorable than the typical results achieved by practicing specialist physicians, which could negatively impact rates of adoption of our products.

Even if the data collected from clinical trials indicates positive results, each specialist physician’s actual experience with our products will vary. Clinical trials often involve procedures performed by specialist physicians who are technically proficient and high volume users. Consequently, the results reported in clinical trials may be significantly more favorable than typical results of other users. If specialist physicians’ experiences indicate, or they otherwise believe, that our products are not as safe or effective as other treatment options with which they are more familiar, or clinical trial data indicates the same, adoption of our products may suffer, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Negative publicity regarding our products or marketing tactics by competitors could reduce demand for our products, which would adversely affect sales and our financial performance.

We may experience, from time to time, negative exposure in clinical publications or in marketing campaigns of our competitors. Such publications or campaigns may present negative individual physician experience regarding the safety or effectiveness of our products or may suggest our competitors’ products are superior to ours, based on studies or clinical trials conducted or funded by competitors or that involved competitive products.

Our reputation and competitive position may also be harmed by other publicly available information suggesting that our products are not safe. For example, we file adverse event reports under Medical Device Reporting, or MDR, obligations with the FDA that are publicly available on the FDA’s website. We are required to file MDRs if our products may have caused or contributed to a serious injury or death or malfunctioned in a way that could likely cause or contribute to a serious injury or death if it were to recur. Any such MDR that reports a significant adverse event could result in negative publicity and could harm our reputation and future sales.

Our dependence on key suppliers puts us at risk of interruptions in the availability of our products, which could reduce our revenue and adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, increases in prices for raw materials and components used in our products could adversely affect our results of operations.

We require the timely delivery of sufficient amounts of components and materials to manufacture our products. For reasons of quality assurance, cost effectiveness or availability, we procure certain raw materials and components from a single or limited number of suppliers. We generally acquire such raw materials and components through purchase orders placed in the ordinary course of business, and as a result we may not have a significant inventory of these materials and components and generally do not have any guaranteed or contractual supply arrangements with many of these suppliers. Our reliance on these suppliers subjects us to risks that could harm our business, including, but not limited to, difficulty locating and qualifying alternative suppliers.

 

17


Table of Contents

Our dependence on third-party suppliers involves several other risks, including limited control over pricing, availability, quality and delivery schedules. Suppliers of raw materials and components may decide, or be required, for reasons beyond our control, to cease supplying raw materials and components to us or to raise their prices. Shortages of raw materials, quality control problems, production capacity constraints or delays by our suppliers could negatively affect our ability to meet our production requirements and result in increased prices for affected materials or components. We may also face delays, yield issues and quality control problems if we are required to locate and secure new sources of supply. While we have not experienced any to date, any material shortage, constraint or delay may result in delays in shipments of our products, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations. Increases in prices for raw materials and components used in our products could also materially adversely affect our results of operations.

In addition, the FDA and regulators outside of the United States may require additional testing of any raw materials or components from new suppliers prior to our use of these materials or components. In the case of a device with clearance under section 510(k) of the U.S. Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, referred to as a 510(k), we may be required to submit a new 510(k) if a change in a raw material or component supplier results in a change in a material or component supplied that is not within the 510(k) cleared device specifications. If we need to establish additional or replacement suppliers for some of these materials or components, our access to the materials or components might be delayed while we qualify such suppliers and obtain any necessary FDA approvals or clearances. Our suppliers may also be subject to regulatory inspection and scrutiny. Any adverse regulatory finding or action against those suppliers could impact their ability to supply us with raw materials and components for our products.

Our corporate culture has contributed to our success, and if we cannot maintain this culture as we grow, we could lose the innovative approach, creativity, and teamwork fostered by our culture, and our business may be harmed.

We believe that a critical contributor to our success has been our corporate culture, which we believe fosters innovation, teamwork, and a focus on execution, as well as facilitating critical knowledge transfer and knowledge sharing. As we grow, we may find it difficult to maintain these important aspects of our corporate culture, which could limit our ability to innovate and operate effectively. Any failure to preserve our culture could also negatively affect our ability to retain and recruit personnel or execute on our business strategy.

If our facilities were to become inoperable, we would be unable to continue to develop and manufacture our products until we were able to restore full research, manufacturing and administrative capabilities at our facilities or secure a new facility, and as a result, our business would be harmed.

We currently maintain our research and development, manufacturing and administrative operations in buildings located at our campus in Alameda, California, and we do not have redundant facilities. Alameda is situated on or near earthquake fault lines, and our facilities are built on filled land, which could be prone to liquefaction in a major earthquake. Should one or more of our buildings be significantly damaged or destroyed by natural or man-made disasters, such as earthquakes, fires or other events, it could take months to relocate or rebuild, during which time our employees may seek other positions, our research, development and manufacturing would cease or be delayed and our products may be unavailable. Moreover, because of the time required to approve and license a manufacturing facility under FDA and non-U.S. regulatory requirements, we may not be able to resume production on a timely basis even if we are able to replace production capacity in the event we lose manufacturing capacity. While we maintain property and business interruption insurance, such insurance has limits and would only cover the cost of rebuilding and relocating and lost profits, but not losses we may suffer due to our products being replaced by competitors’ products. The inability to perform our research, development and manufacturing activities, combined with our limited inventory of raw materials and components and manufactured products, may cause specialist physicians to discontinue using our products or harm our reputation, and we may be unable to reestablish relationships with those specialist physicians in the future. Consequently, a catastrophic event at our facility could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

 

18


Table of Contents

To successfully market and sell our products internationally, we must address a number of unique challenges applicable to international markets.

For 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2015, we derived 34% and 34%, respectively, of our revenue from international sales. International sales are subject to a number of risks and challenges, including:

 

    reliance on distributors;

 

    varying coverage and reimbursement policies, processes and procedures;

 

    difficulties in staffing and managing international operations from which sales are conducted;

 

    difficulties in penetrating markets in which our competitors’ products or alternative procedures that do not use our products are more established;

 

    reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

 

    export licensing requirements or restrictions, trade regulations and foreign tax laws;

 

    fluctuating foreign currency exchange rates;

 

    foreign certification, regulatory requirements and legal requirements;

 

    lengthy payment cycles and difficulty in collecting accounts receivable;

 

    customs clearance and shipping delays;

 

    pricing pressure in international markets;

 

    political and economic instability; and

 

    preference for locally produced products.

If we are unable to successfully address these challenges, we may not be able to grow our international sales and our results of operations may suffer as a result.

Over the long term, we intend to grow our business internationally and to do so, we will need to either spend substantial sums to expand or develop direct sales capabilities in existing and new geographic areas or generate additional sales through existing distributors or attract additional distributors.

As a result of our international operations, we are required to comply with tax requirements in multiple jurisdictions, the scope and impact of which may be unclear. Moreover, tax authorities in jurisdictions in which we do business could disagree with tax positions that we take, including, for example, our inter-company pricing policies, or could assert that we owe more taxes than we currently pay due to the level and nature of our activities in such jurisdictions.

We rely on our distributors to market and sell our products in certain international markets.

We have established a direct sales capability in the United States, most of Europe, Canada and Australia, which we have complemented with distributors in Japan and certain other international markets. Sales to distributors represented 17.7% and 17.7% of our revenue in 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2015, respectively. In addition, sales to our Japanese distributor, Medico’s Hirata Inc., represented approximately 11.7% of our revenue in 2014. Our success outside of the United States, most of Europe, Canada and Australia depends largely upon marketing arrangements with distributors, in particular their sales expertise and their relationships with specialist physicians and affiliated hospitals in their geographic areas. Distributors may terminate their relationship with us, sell competitive products or devote insufficient sales efforts or other resources to our products. We do not control our distributors, and they may not be successful in implementing our marketing plans. In addition, many of our distributors initially obtain and maintain foreign regulatory approval for the sale of our products in their respective countries, and their efforts in obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval may not be as robust as we desire or expect. Our failure to maintain our existing relationships with our distributors, or our failure to recruit and retain additional skilled distributors in

 

19


Table of Contents

existing or new international markets, could have an adverse effect on our operations. If current or future distributors do not perform adequately, or if we lose a significant distributor, such as our Japanese distributor, we may not be able to maintain existing levels of international revenue or realize expected long term international revenue growth. We have also experienced turnover with some of our distributors in the past that has adversely affected sales in the countries in which those distributors operate. Similar occurrences could happen in the future.

Most of our customer relationships outside of the United States are with governmental entities, and we could be materially adversely affected by violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar anti-bribery laws in non-U.S. jurisdictions.

The FCPA and similar anti-bribery laws in non-U.S. jurisdictions generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Because of the predominance of government-sponsored healthcare systems around the world, most of our customer relationships outside of the United States are with governmental entities, and physicians practicing in those systems are considered “government officials;” our sale to these entities are therefore subject to such anti-bribery laws. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws. We operate in many parts of the world that have experienced governmental corruption, and in certain circumstances strict compliance with anti-bribery laws may be at variance with local customs and practices. Despite our training and compliance programs, our internal control policies and procedures may not always protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees, distributors or agents. Violations of the FCPA or other anti-bribery laws, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our business and materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Foreign currency exchange rates may adversely affect our results.

We are exposed to the effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, and we have not historically hedged our foreign currency exposure. Approximately 34% and 34% of our revenue for 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2015, respectively, were derived from sales in non-U.S. markets, and we expect sales from non-U.S. markets to continue to represent a significant portion of our revenue. For direct sales in our international markets, we are paid by our customers in their local currency, which is primarily euros. For sales to distributors in our international markets, we are paid in either U.S. dollars, euros or Japanese yen. Therefore, when the U.S. dollar strengthens relative to the euro, yen or other local currency, as it has in recent periods, our U.S. dollar reported revenue from non-U.S. dollar denominated sales will decrease, or we will need to increase our non-U.S. dollar denominated prices, which may not be commercially practical. Conversely, when the U.S. dollar weakens relative to the euro, yen or other local currency, our U.S. dollar reported expenses from non-U.S. dollar denominated operating costs will increase. Changes in the relative values of currencies occur regularly and, in some instances, could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods, and if we fail to manage our growth effectively, our business and results of operations may suffer.

We have significantly expanded our overall business, research and development, customer base, product portfolio, employee headcount and operations in recent periods. We have also established new operations in other countries. We have increased our total number of full-time employees from 468 as of December 31, 2013, to approximately 1,000 as of June 30, 2015. Our expansion has placed, and our expected future growth will continue to place, a significant strain on our managerial, operational, product development, sales and marketing, administrative, financial and other resources. More systems, facilities, processes and management employees are needed to allow us to continue to grow successfully. We also plan to continue to increase our salesforce. Our experience has been that it takes at least six months, and often longer, before new sales personnel generate enough sales to cover their costs, resulting in increased costs without offsetting revenue during periods in which we are increasing the size of our salesforce. To meet anticipated demand for our products, we will also have to obtain additional space, buy additional equipment and hire additional research

 

20


Table of Contents

and development and manufacturing employees, including quality control personnel and other personnel involved in the production process. If we are unable to manage our growth successfully, it could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We depend on key personnel to operate our business and develop our products, and if we are unable to retain, attract and integrate qualified personnel, our ability to develop and successfully grow our business could be harmed.

We believe that our future success is highly dependent on the contributions of our executive officers, particularly our chief executive officer, as well as our ability to attract and retain highly skilled and experienced sales and marketing, technical and other personnel in the United States and in international markets. Each of these persons’ efforts will be critical to us as we continue to develop our products and business. If we were to lose one or more of our key employees, including to competitors, we may experience difficulties in competing effectively, developing our products and implementing our business strategies.

Our research and development and sales and marketing programs depend on our ability to attract and retain highly skilled technicians, engineers and salespeople. We may not be able to attract or retain qualified employees in the future due to the intense competition for qualified personnel among life science businesses, particularly in the San Francisco Bay Area, where our corporate headquarters, research and development and manufacturing facilities are located. If we are not able to identify, recruit and retain highly qualified personnel, we may experience constraints that will adversely affect our ability to support our research, development, manufacturing and sales programs, and ultimately our ability to compete. If we are unable to identify, recruit and retain qualified salespeople, there could be a delay or decline in the adoption of our products. If key personnel were to leave Penumbra, either to join our competitors or otherwise, we may not be able to attract and retain equally qualified personnel to replace them.

We depend on information technology systems to operate our business and a cyber-attack or other breach of these systems could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We rely on information technology systems to process, transmit and store electronic information in our day-to-day operations. Our information technology systems are vulnerable to a cyber-attack, malicious intrusion, breakdown, destruction, loss of data privacy or other significant disruption. Any such successful attacks could result in the theft of intellectual property or other misappropriation of assets, or otherwise compromise our confidential or proprietary information and disrupt our operations. Cyber-attacks are becoming more sophisticated and frequent, and our systems could be the target of malware and other cyber-attacks. We have invested in our systems and the protection of our data to reduce the risk of an intrusion or interruption, and we monitor our systems on an ongoing basis for any current or potential threats. We can give no assurances that these measures and efforts will prevent interruptions or breakdowns. If we fail to maintain or protect our information technology systems and data integrity effectively or fail to anticipate, plan for or manage significant disruptions to these systems, our competitive position could be harmed, we could lose existing customers, have difficulty preventing, detecting, and controlling fraud, have disputes with customers, specialist physicians and other health care professionals, have regulatory sanctions or penalties imposed, incur expenses or lose revenues as a result of a data privacy breach or theft of intellectual property or suffer other adverse consequences, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Cost-containment efforts of our customers, purchasing groups and governmental organizations could have a material adverse effect on our sales and profitability.

In an effort to reduce costs, many hospitals within the United States have become members of Group Purchasing Organizations (GPOs) and Integrated Delivery Networks (IDNs). GPOs and IDNs negotiate pricing arrangements with medical device companies and distributors and offer the negotiated prices to affiliated hospitals and other members. GPOs and IDNs typically award contracts on a category-by-category basis through a competitive bidding process. Bids are generally solicited from multiple providers with the intention of

 

21


Table of Contents

driving down pricing or reducing the number of vendors. Due to the highly competitive nature of the GPO and IDN contracting processes, we may not be able to obtain or maintain contract positions with major GPOs and IDNs. Furthermore, the increasing leverage of organized buying groups may reduce market prices for our products, thereby reducing our profitability.

While having a contract with a GPO or IDN for a given product category can facilitate sales to members of that GPO or IDN, such contract positions can offer no assurance that any level of sales will be achieved, as sales are typically made pursuant to purchase orders. Even when a provider is the sole contracted supplier of a GPO or IDN for a certain product category, members of the GPO or IDN generally are free to purchase from other suppliers. Furthermore, GPO and IDN contracts typically are terminable without cause by the GPO or IDN upon 60 to 90 days’ notice. Accordingly, although we have multiple contracts with many major GPOs and IDNs, the members of such groups may choose to purchase from our competitors due to the price or quality offered by such competitors, which could result in a decline in our sales and profitability.

The successful use of our products depends, in part, on our ability to educate specialist physicians in the proper use of our products, which may be more complex than competitive products or alternative treatments that do not use our products. If we are unable to educate specialist physicians in the proper use of our products, we may experience a high risk of product liability.

The successful use of our products depends, in part, on our ability to educate specialist physicians in the proper use of our products, which may be more complex than competitive products or alternative treatments that do not use our products. We educate specialist physicians on the proper techniques in using our products to achieve the intended outcome. However, our products may be more complicated to operate than competitive products or alternative treatments that do not use our products. In the event that specialist physicians perceive that our products are complex relative to alternative products or established treatments that do not use our products, we may have difficulty gaining or increasing adoption of our products. Further, we may be unable to provide adequate education on the use of our products to specialist physicians, and some specialist physicians may not be willing to invest the time required to become properly educated on the use of our products. If we are unable to educate specialist physicians to properly use our products, this may lead to inadequate demand for our products and materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

If we do not adequately educate specialist physicians on the use of our products, and our products are used incorrectly during procedures, we may also be subject to claims against us by such specialist physicians, their hospitals or their patients. Our business, including our reputation, may consequently be adversely affected by any litigation that may occur based on error in the use of our products, and such litigation could also materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Regulatory Risks

We are subject to stringent domestic and foreign medical device regulation, which may impede the approval or clearance process for our products, hinder our development activities and manufacturing processes and, in some cases, result in the recall or seizure of previously approved or cleared products.

Our products, development activities and manufacturing processes are subject to extensive and rigorous regulation by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and by comparable agencies in foreign countries and by other regulatory agencies and governing bodies. Manufacturers of medical devices such as us must comply with certain regulations that cover the composition, labeling, testing, clinical study, manufacturing, packaging and distribution of medical devices. In addition, medical devices must receive FDA clearance or approval before they can be commercially marketed in the United States. The FDA may require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the effects of cleared or approved products that have been commercialized and can prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of these post-marketing programs. Furthermore, most major markets for medical devices outside the United States require clearance, approval or compliance with certain standards and requirements before a product can be commercially marketed. The process of obtaining marketing approval or clearance from the FDA and foreign regulatory agencies for new

 

22


Table of Contents

products could take a significant period of time, require the expenditure of substantial resources, involve rigorous pre-clinical and clinical testing, require changes to our products and result in limitations on the indicated uses of our products. We cannot provide assurance that we will receive the required approval or clearance from the FDA and foreign regulatory agencies for future products on a timely basis. Results from pre-clinical studies and early clinical trials may not allow us to predict results in later-stage testing. We cannot be certain that our future clinical trials will demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of any of our future products or will result in clearance or approval to market any of these products. The failure to receive approval or clearance for significant new products on a timely basis could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition or cash flows.

The FDA also conducts periodic inspections of our facilities to determine compliance with both the FDA’s Quality System Regulation (QSR) requirements and/or MDR regulations. Product approvals or clearances by the FDA can be withdrawn, and new product approvals or clearances by the FDA and foreign regulatory bodies can be delayed, due to failure to comply with regulatory requirements or the occurrence of unforeseen problems following initial approval or clearance of a product. The failure to comply with regulatory requirements or the discovery of previously unknown problems with a product or manufacturer could result in fines, delays or suspensions of regulatory approvals or clearances, seizures or recalls of products (with the attendant expenses and adverse competitive impact), the banning of a particular device, an order to replace or refund the cost of any device previously manufactured or distributed, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution, as well as decreased sales as a result of negative publicity and product liability claims, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition or cash flows.

The implementation of healthcare reform in the United States could have a material adverse effect on our business.

In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (the Affordable Care Act) was enacted into law in the United States. The Affordable Care Act includes provisions that, among other things, reduce and/or limit Medicare reimbursement, require all individuals to have health insurance (with limited exceptions) and impose new and/or increased taxes. Specifically, the law imposes a 2.3% excise tax on the sale in the United States of certain medical devices by a manufacturer, producer or importer of such devices starting after December 31, 2012. The Affordable Care Act also reduces Medicare and Medicaid payments to hospitals and clinical laboratories, which could reduce medical procedure volumes and impact the demand for our products or the prices at which we sell them. While this legislation is intended to expand health insurance coverage to uninsured persons in the United States, the impact of any overall increase in access to healthcare on sales of our products remains uncertain. Various healthcare reform proposals have also emerged at the state level. The impact of the Affordable Care Act and these proposals could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition or cash flows.

If we modify our FDA cleared products, we may need to seek and obtain new clearances, which, if not granted, would prevent us from selling our modified products or require us to redesign our products.

A component of our strategy is to continue to modify and upgrade our products that have been cleared by the FDA. The FDA requires device manufacturers to make a determination of whether or not a modification requires a clearance; however, the FDA can review a manufacturer’s decision not to submit for additional clearances. Any modifications to an FDA cleared device that would significantly affect its safety or effectiveness or that would constitute a major change in its intended use would require a new 510(k) clearance or possibly a premarket approval. We may not be able to obtain additional 510(k) clearances or premarket approvals for new products or for modifications to, or additional indications for, our existing products in a timely fashion, or at all. We also cannot provide any assurance that the FDA will agree with our decisions not to seek clearances for particular device modifications. Delays in obtaining future clearances would adversely affect our ability to introduce new or enhanced products in a timely manner, which in turn would harm our revenue and future profitability. We have made modifications to our products in the past and may make additional modifications in the future that we believe do not or will not require additional clearances. If the FDA disagrees, and requires new clearances or approvals for any modifications, and we fail to obtain such approvals or clearances or fail to secure approvals or clearances in a timely

 

23


Table of Contents

manner, we may be required to recall and to stop the manufacturing and marketing of the modified device until we obtain FDA approval or clearance, and we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties, all of which could harm our results of operations and require us to redesign our products.

We may not receive necessary foreign regulatory approvals or clearances or otherwise comply with foreign regulations.

In 2014 and for the six months ended June 30, 2015, sales outside the United States accounted for approximately 34% and 34%, respectively, of our total sales, and we expect this percentage to increase in future years. Foreign regulatory bodies have established varying regulations. Specifically, the European Union has promulgated rules that require that medical device products receive the right to affix the CE mark, an international symbol of adherence to quality assurance standards and compliance with applicable European medical device directives. Although we have received CE markings for all of the products we currently sell in the European Union, we can give no assurance that we will be able to obtain European Union approval for any of our future products. Our inability or failure, or the inability or failure of our international distributors, to comply with varying foreign regulations or the imposition of new regulations could restrict or, in certain countries, result in the prohibition of the sale of our products, and thereby adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our profitability from our international operations may be limited by risks and uncertainties related to economic conditions in these regions, foreign currency fluctuations, regulatory and reimbursement approvals, competitive offerings, infrastructure development, rights to intellectual property and our ability to implement our overall business strategy. Any significant changes in the competitive, political, legal, regulatory, reimbursement or economic environment where we conduct international operations may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition or cash flows.

We may not be able to meet regulatory quality requirements applicable to our manufacturing process.

We are required to register with the FDA as a device manufacturer and as a result, we are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA for compliance with the FDA’s QSR requirements, which require manufacturers of medical devices to adhere to certain regulations, including testing, quality control and documentation procedures. In addition, the federal MDR regulations require us to provide information to the FDA whenever there is evidence that reasonably suggests that a device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury, or has malfunctioned, and if the malfunction were to recur, it would be likely to cause or contribute to a death or serious injury. Compliance with applicable regulatory requirements is subject to continual review and is rigorously monitored through periodic inspections by the FDA. In the European Community, we are required to maintain certain International Organization for Standardization (ISO) certifications in order to sell products and we undergo periodic inspections by notified bodies to obtain and maintain these certifications. Some foreign countries, most notably Japan and Brazil, have similar requirements or may require inspections of our manufacturing facilities before approving a product for sale in their country. Some of our suppliers are subject to the same or similar scrutiny. If we or our suppliers fail to adhere to QSR, ISO or similar requirements, this could delay production of our products and lead to fines, difficulties in obtaining regulatory clearances or approvals, recalls or other consequences, which could in turn have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition or cash flows.

We are subject to periodic inspections by the FDA and other regulatory bodies related to regulatory requirements that apply to medical devices designed and manufactured, and clinical trials sponsored, by us. We recently received notices of inspectional observations or deficiencies from the FDA, which require us to undertake corrective and preventive actions or other actions in order to address the FDA’s concerns, which could be expensive and time-consuming to complete and could impose additional burdens and expenses.

We are subject to periodic inspections by the FDA and other regulatory bodies. If we receive a notice of inspectional observations or deficiencies from the FDA following an inspection, we may be required to undertake corrective and preventive actions or other actions in order to address the FDA’s concerns, which could be expensive and time-consuming to complete and could impose additional burdens and expenses. Failure to adequately address the FDA’s concerns could expose us to enforcement and administrative actions.

 

24


Table of Contents

For example, from June 24, 2015 to July 15, 2015 the FDA conducted an inspection of our records relating to certain investigational sites for two different clinical trials and from July 30, 2015 to August 4, 2015, the FDA conducted an inspection of our quality system. At the conclusion of the first inspection, a Form FDA 483 was issued with one observation. The 483 observation pertained to the failure to ensure proper monitoring at five of the investigational sites reviewed. Specifically, the observation noted that protocols relating to performing onsite monitoring visits at appropriate intervals and providing documentation to clearly address any repeated data problems and resolutions of noted deficiencies in written reports after each onsite visit were not properly followed. At the conclusion of the second inspection, a Form FDA 483 was also issued with one observation relating to our procedures for Corrective and Preventative Action (CAPA). Specifically, the observation noted our CAPA procedures do not require an effectiveness check in all cases.

We responded to the first 483 on August 4, 2015, and we have begun to take preventive actions to address the observation in that 483. We continue to review and enhance our investigational site monitoring to ensure compliance with regulatory requirements. We have opened a CAPA to address the observation in the second 483 and expect to respond to the second 483 later in August 2015. However, the FDA may conclude that we have not adequately responded to its observations, and could take action against us without further notice. Action by the FDA against us could result in monetary fines or require us to take further corrective actions, which could be expensive and time-consuming to complete and could impose additional burdens and expenses, and could even require us to discontinue our investigational studies.

We are subject to healthcare fraud and abuse regulations that could result in significant liability, require us to change our business practices and restrict our operations in the future.

We are subject to various federal, state and local laws targeting fraud and abuse in the healthcare industry, including anti-kickback and false claims laws. Violations of these laws are punishable by criminal or civil sanctions, including substantial fines, imprisonment and exclusion from participation in healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. These laws and regulations are wide ranging and subject to changing interpretation and application, which could restrict our sales or marketing practices. Furthermore, since many of our customers rely on reimbursement from Medicare, Medicaid and other governmental programs to cover a substantial portion of their expenditures, our exclusion from such programs as a result of a violation of these laws could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition or cash flows.

The FDA and other regulatory agencies strictly regulate the promotional claims that may be made about medical devices. If we are found to have improperly promoted our products for off-label uses, we may become subject to significant fines and other liability.

The FDA and other regulatory agencies strictly regulate the promotional claims that may be made about medical devices. For example, devices cleared under section 510(k) cannot be marketed for any intended use that is outside of the FDA’s substantial equivalence determination for such devices. Physicians nevertheless may use our products on their patients in a manner that is inconsistent with the intended use cleared by the FDA. If we are found to have promoted such “off-label” uses, we may become subject to significant government fines and other related liability. The federal government has levied large civil and criminal fines against companies for alleged improper promotion and has enjoined several companies from engaging in off-label promotion. The FDA has also requested that companies enter into consent decrees or permanent injunctions under which specified promotional conduct is changed or curtailed.

Our operations are subject to environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, with which compliance may be costly.

Our business is subject to federal, state, and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment, worker health and safety and the use, management, storage, and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions. In addition, environmental laws and regulations could require us to pay for environmental remediation and response costs, or subject us to third party claims for personal injury, natural

 

25


Table of Contents

resource or property damage, relating to environmental contamination. Liability may be imposed whether or not we knew of, or were responsible for, such environmental contamination. The cost of defending against environmental claims, of compliance with environmental, health and safety regulatory requirements or of remediating contamination could materially adversely affect our business, assets or results of operations and, consequently, amounts available for distribution to our stockholders.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

We rely on a variety of intellectual property rights, and if we are unable to maintain or protect our intellectual property, our business and results of operations will be harmed.

Our commercial success will depend, in part, on our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for our products and related technologies both in the United States and elsewhere, successfully defend our intellectual property rights against third-party challenges and successfully enforce our intellectual property rights to prevent third-party infringement. While we rely primarily upon a combination of patents, trademarks and trade secret protection, as well as nondisclosure, confidentiality and other contractual agreements to protect the intellectual property related to our brands, products and other proprietary technologies, protection derived from patents is relatively limited.

The process of obtaining patent protection is expensive and time-consuming, and we may not be able to prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. We may choose not to seek patent protection for certain innovations or products and may choose not to pursue patent protection in certain jurisdictions, and under the laws of certain jurisdictions, patents or other intellectual property rights may be unavailable or limited in scope and, in any event, any patent protection we obtain may be limited. As a result, some of our products are not, and in the future may not be, protected by patents. We generally apply for patents in those countries where we intend to make, have made, use or sell products and where we assess the risk of infringement to justify the cost of seeking patent protection. However, we do not seek protection in all countries where we sell products and we may not accurately predict all the countries where patent protection would ultimately be desirable. If we fail to timely file a patent application in any such country or major market, we may be precluded from doing so at a later date. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories in which we have patent protection that may not be sufficient to terminate infringing activities.

Furthermore, we cannot guarantee that any patents will be issued from any pending or future owned or licensed patent applications, or if any current or future patents will provide us with any meaningful protection or competitive advantage. Even if issued, existing or future patents may be challenged, including with respect to ownership, narrowed, invalidated, held unenforceable or circumvented, any of which could limit our ability to prevent competitors and other third parties from developing and marketing similar products or limit the length of terms of patent protection we may have for our products and technologies. Other companies may also design around technologies we have patented, licensed or developed. In addition, the issuance of a patent does not give us the right to practice the patented invention. Third parties may have blocking patents that could prevent us from marketing our products or practicing our own patented technology.

The patent positions of medical device companies can be highly uncertain and involve complex legal, scientific and factual questions for which important legal principles remain unresolved. The standards that the United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) and its foreign counterparts use to grant patents are not always applied predictably or uniformly. Changes in either the patent laws, implementing regulations or the interpretation of patent laws may diminish the value of our rights. The legal systems of certain countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, and many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending such rights in foreign jurisdictions.

Because patent applications in the United States, Europe and many other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing, or in some cases not at all, and because publications of discoveries in scientific literature lag behind actual discoveries, we cannot be certain that we were the first to make the

 

26


Table of Contents

inventions claimed in our issued patents or pending patent applications, or that we were the first to file for protection of the inventions set forth in our patents or applications. We can give no assurance that all of the potentially relevant art relating to our patents and patent applications has been found; overlooked prior art could be used by a third party to challenge the validity, enforceability and scope of our patents or prevent a patent from issuing from a pending patent application. As a result, we may not be able to obtain or maintain protection for certain inventions. Therefore, the validity, enforceability and scope of our patents in the United States, Europe and in other countries cannot be predicted with certainty and, as a result, any patents that we own or license may not provide sufficient protection against our competitors.

Third parties may challenge any existing patent or future patent we own or license through adversarial proceedings in the issuing offices or in court proceedings, including as a response to any assertion of our patents against them. In any of these proceedings, a court or agency with jurisdiction may find our patents invalid and/or unenforceable, or even if valid and enforceable, insufficient to provide protection against competing products and services sufficient to achieve our business objectives. We may be subject to a third party pre-issuance submission of prior art to the USPTO, or reexamination by the USPTO if a third party asserts a substantial question of patentability against any claim of a U.S. patent we own or license. The adoption of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act (Leahy-Smith Act) in September 2011 established additional opportunities for third parties to invalidate U.S. patent claims, including inter partes review and post-grant review proceedings. Outside of the United States, patents we own or license may become subject to patent opposition or similar proceedings, which may result in loss of scope of some claims or the entire patent. In addition, such proceedings are very complex and expensive, and may divert our management’s attention from our core business. If any of our patents are challenged, invalidated, circumvented by third parties or otherwise limited or expire prior to the commercialization of our product candidates, and if we do not own or have exclusive rights to other enforceable patents protecting our products or other technologies, competitors and other third parties could market products and use processes that are substantially similar to, or superior to, ours and our business would suffer.

The degree of future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain because legal means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep a competitive advantage. For example:

 

    others may be able to develop products that are similar to, or better than, ours in a way that is not covered by the claims of our patents;

 

    we might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by our patents or pending patent applications;

 

    we might not have been the first to file patent applications for these inventions;

 

    any patents that we obtain may not provide us with any competitive advantages or may ultimately be found invalid or unenforceable; or

 

    we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable.

We may file lawsuits or initiate other proceedings to protect or enforce our patents or other intellectual property rights, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

Competitors may infringe our issued patents or other intellectual property. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming. Any claims we assert against perceived infringers could provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their intellectual property. In addition, in a patent infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours is invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, construe the patent’s claims narrowly or refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology in question. An adverse result in any litigation proceeding could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly, which could adversely affect our competitive business position, business prospects and financial condition.

 

27


Table of Contents

Our commercial success depends significantly on our ability to operate without infringing upon the intellectual property rights of third parties.

The medical device industry is subject to rapid technological change and substantial litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. Our competitors in both the United States and abroad, many of which have substantially greater resources and have made substantial investments in patent portfolios and competing technologies, may have applied for or obtained or may in the future apply for and obtain, patents that will prevent, limit or otherwise interfere with our ability to make, use and sell our products. Numerous third party patents exist in the fields relating to our products, and it is difficult for industry participants, including us, to identify all third-party patent rights relevant to our products and technologies. Moreover, because some patent applications are maintained as confidential for a certain period of time, we cannot be certain that third parties have not filed patent applications that cover our products and technologies.

Patents could be issued to third parties that we may ultimately be found to infringe. Third parties may have or obtain valid and enforceable patents or proprietary rights that could block us from developing product candidates using our technology. Our failure to obtain or maintain a license to any technology that we require may materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, we would be exposed to a threat of litigation.

From time to time, we may be party to, or threatened with, litigation or other proceedings with third parties, including non-practicing entities, who allege that our products, components of our products and/or proprietary technologies infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate their intellectual property rights. The types of situations in which we may become a party to such litigation or proceedings include:

 

    we or our collaborators may initiate litigation or other proceedings against third parties seeking to invalidate the patents held by those third parties or to obtain a judgment that our products or processes do not infringe those third parties’ patents;

 

    we or our collaborators may participate at substantial cost in International Trade Commission proceedings to abate importation of products that would compete unfairly with our products;

 

    if our competitors file patent applications that claim technology also claimed by us or our licensors, we or our licensors may be required to participate in interference, derivation or opposition proceedings to determine the priority of invention, which could jeopardize our patent rights and potentially provide a third party with a dominant patent position;

 

    if third parties initiate litigation claiming that our processes or products infringe their patent or other intellectual property rights, we and our collaborators will need to defend against such proceedings;

 

    if third parties initiate litigation or other proceedings seeking to invalidate patents owned by or licensed to us or to obtain a declaratory judgment that their product or technology does not infringe our patents or patents licensed to us, we will need to defend against such proceedings;

 

    we may be subject to ownership disputes relating to intellectual property, including disputes arising from conflicting obligations of consultants or others who are involved in developing our products; and

 

    if a license to necessary technology is terminated, the licensor may initiate litigation claiming that our processes or products infringe or misappropriate their patent or other intellectual property rights and/or that we breached our obligations under the license agreement, and we and our collaborators would need to defend against such proceedings.

These lawsuits and proceedings, regardless of merit, are time-consuming and expensive to initiate, maintain, defend or settle, and could divert the time and attention of managerial and technical personnel, which could materially adversely affect our business. Any such claim could also force use to do one or more of the following:

 

    incur substantial monetary liability for infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights, which we may have to pay if a court decides that the product or technology at issue infringes or violates the third party’s rights, and if the court finds that the infringement was willful, we could be ordered to pay treble damages and the third party’s attorneys’ fees;

 

28


Table of Contents
    pay substantial damages to our customers or end users to discontinue use or replace infringing technology with non-infringing technology;

 

    stop manufacturing, selling, using, exporting or licensing the product or technology incorporating the allegedly infringing technology or stop incorporating the allegedly infringing technology into such product or technology;

 

    obtain from the owner of the infringed intellectual property right a license, which may require us to pay substantial upfront fees or royalties to sell or use the relevant technology and which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all;

 

    redesign our products and technology so they do not infringe or violate the third party’s intellectual property rights, which may not be possible or may require substantial monetary expenditures and time;

 

    enter into cross-licenses with our competitors, which could weaken our overall intellectual property position;

 

    lose the opportunity to license our technology to others or to collect royalty payments based upon successful protection and assertion of our intellectual property against others;

 

    find alternative suppliers for non-infringing products and technologies, which could be costly and create significant delay; or

 

    relinquish rights associated with one or more of our patent claims, if our claims are held invalid or otherwise unenforceable.

Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of complex intellectual property litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. In addition, intellectual property litigation, regardless of its outcome, may cause negative publicity, adversely impact prospective customers, cause product shipment delays, or prohibit us from manufacturing, marketing or otherwise commercializing our products and technology. Any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise additional funds or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition or cash flows.

In addition, we may indemnify our customers and distributors against claims relating to the infringement of intellectual property rights of third parties related to our products. Third parties may assert infringement claims against our customers or distributors. These claims may require us to initiate or defend protracted and costly litigation on behalf of our customers or distributors, regardless of the merits of these claims. If any of these claims succeed, we may be forced to pay damages on behalf of our customers, suppliers or distributors, or may be required to obtain licenses for the products they use. If we cannot obtain all necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, our customers may be forced to stop using our products.

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the price of our common stock. The occurrence of any of these events may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition or cash flows.

Changes in patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our existing and future products.

Recent patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents. On September 16, 2011, the Leahy-Smith Act was signed into law. The Leahy-Smith Act includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted, redefine prior art, and may also affect patent litigation. The USPTO developed new regulations and procedures to govern

 

29


Table of Contents

administration of the Leahy-Smith Act, including switching the United States patent system from a “first-to-invent” system to a “first-to-file” system. Under a “first-to-file” system, assuming the other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application generally will be entitled to the patent on an invention regardless of whether another inventor had made the invention earlier. Many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the Leahy-Smith Act, in particular, the first-to-file provisions, only became effective recently. Accordingly, it is not clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on the operation of our business. The Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition or cash flows.

In addition, patent reform legislation may pass in the future that could lead to additional uncertainties and increased costs surrounding the prosecution, enforcement and defense of our patents and applications. Furthermore, the U.S. Supreme Court and the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit have made, and will likely continue to make, changes in how the patent laws of the United States are interpreted. Similarly, foreign courts have made, and will likely continue to make, changes in how the patent laws in their respective jurisdictions are interpreted. We cannot predict future changes in the interpretation of patent laws or changes to patent laws that might be enacted into law by United States and foreign legislative bodies. Those changes may materially affect our patents or patent applications and our ability to obtain additional patent protection in the future.

Obtaining and maintaining patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

The USPTO and various foreign patent offices require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions. In addition, periodic maintenance fees on our owned and in-licensed patents are due to be paid to governmental patent agencies over the lifetime of the patents. Future maintenance fees will also need to be paid on other patents that may be issued to us. We have systems in place to remind us to pay these fees, and we employ outside firms to remind us or our licensor to pay annuity fees due to patent agencies on our patents and pending patent applications. In certain cases, an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules. However, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, our competitors might be able to enter the market and this circumstance would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition or cash flows.

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected.

We currently own eight trademarks, related to our company name, logo, products and technology, that are registered with the USPTO as well as six trademarks registered in Europe and Japan. Our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented, declared generic or determined to be infringing on other marks or names. We may not be able to protect our rights in these trademarks and trade names, which we need in order to build name recognition with potential customers in our markets of interest. There is no guarantee we will be able to secure registration for any of our pending trademark applications with the USPTO or comparable foreign authorities. In addition, third parties have registered trademarks similar and identical to our trademarks, and may in the future file for registration of such trademarks. If they succeed in registering or developing common law rights in such trademarks, and if we are not successful in challenging such third-party rights, we may not be able to use these trademarks to market our products in those countries where such third parties have registered such trademarks or obtained such common law rights. In any case, if we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, then we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected.

 

30


Table of Contents

In addition, we may be involved in litigation or other proceedings to protect our trademark rights associated with our company name or the names used with our products. For example, the United States application for registration of our Apollo trademark is currently subject to an opposition proceeding before the Trademark Trial and Appeal Board. An adverse decision in such proceeding could require us to establish an alternative name for our Apollo product line. Any objections we receive from the USPTO, foreign trademark authorities or third parties relating to our pending applications could require us to incur significant expense in defending the objections or establishing alternative names. Names used with our products may be claimed to infringe names held by others or to be ineligible for proprietary protection. If we have to change the name of our company or any product, we may experience a loss in goodwill associated with our brand name, customer confusion or a loss of sales.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets and other proprietary information, our business and competitive position may be harmed.

In addition to patent protection, we also rely on confidential proprietary information, including trade secrets and know-how, to develop and maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect our confidential proprietary information, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, collaborators and others upon the commencement of their relationships with us. These agreements require that all confidential information developed by the individual or made known to the individual by us during the course of the individual’s relationship with us be kept confidential. Our agreements with employees and our personnel policies also provide that any inventions conceived by the individual in the course of rendering services to us shall be our exclusive property. However, we may not obtain these agreements in all circumstances, and individuals with whom we have these agreements may not comply with their terms. Thus, despite such agreements, such inventions may become assigned to third parties. Monitoring unauthorized uses and disclosures of our intellectual property is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property will be effective. In the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our trade secrets or proprietary information, these agreements, even if obtained, may not provide meaningful protection, particularly for our trade secrets or other confidential information. To the extent that our employees, consultants or contractors use technology or know-how owned by third parties in their work for us, disputes may arise between us and those third parties as to the rights in related inventions. To the extent that an individual who is not obligated to assign rights in intellectual property to us is rightfully an inventor of intellectual property, we may need to obtain an assignment or a license to that intellectual property from that individual, or a third party or from that individual’s assignee. Such assignment or license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

Adequate remedies may not exist in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our proprietary information. The disclosure of our trade secrets would impair our competitive position and may materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Costly and time consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights, and failure to maintain trade secret protection could adversely affect our competitive business position. In addition, others may independently discover or develop our trade secrets and proprietary information, and the existence of our own trade secrets affords no protection against such independent discovery.

We may also employ individuals who were previously or concurrently employed at research institutions and/or other medical device companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. We may be subject to claims that these employees, or we, have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of their former employers, or that patents and applications we have filed to protect inventions of these employees, even those related to one or more of our products, are rightfully owned by their former or concurrent employer. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

 

31


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Finances and Capital Requirements

It is difficult to forecast future performance, which may cause our financial results to fluctuate unpredictably.

A number of factors over which we have limited or no control may contribute to fluctuations in our financial results, such as:

 

    variations in revenue due to the unavailability of specialist physicians who use our products during certain times of the year, such as those periods when there are major conferences on conditions they treat or those periods when high volume users of our products take time off of work;

 

    positive or negative media coverage of our products or the procedures or products of our competitors or our industry;

 

    publication of clinical trial results or studies by us or our competitors;

 

    changes in our sales process due to industry changes, such as changes in the stroke care pathway;

 

    delays in receipt of anticipated purchase orders;

 

    delays in customers receiving products;

 

    performance of our independent distributors;

 

    our ability to obtain further regulatory clearances or approvals;

 

    the timing of product development and clinical trial activities;

 

    delays in, or failure of, product and component deliveries by our suppliers;

 

    changes in reimbursement policies or levels;

 

    customer response to the introduction of new products or alternative treatments, and the degree to we which we are effective in transitioning customers to our products; and

 

    fluctuations in foreign currency.

In the event our actual revenue and results of operations do not meet our or others’ forecasts for a particular period, the market price of our common stock may decline substantially.

We may require additional financing in the future and may not be able to obtain such financing on favorable terms, if at all, which could force us to delay, reduce or eliminate our research and development activities or otherwise harm our business.

To date, we have financed our operations primarily through our operations, private placements of our equity securities and borrowings under a line of credit with a financial institution. We are unable to predict the extent of any future operating cash flows or whether we will be able to maintain or grow our profitability. If we require additional financing to continue or expand our operations, for research and development, for acquisitions or for other purposes, we may determine to engage in equity or debt financings or incur other indebtedness. We may not be able to timely secure additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms, or at all. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt or other equity-linked securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution. Any debt financing obtained by us in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. If needed funds are not available in adequate amounts or on acceptable terms from additional financing sources, our business will be materially adversely affected.

 

32


Table of Contents

If we engage in any acquisitions, we will incur a variety of costs and may potentially face numerous risks that could adversely affect our business and operations.

If appropriate opportunities become available, we may seek to acquire additional businesses, assets, technologies or products to enhance our business. In connection with any acquisitions, we could issue additional equity securities or convertible debt or equity-linked securities, which would dilute our stockholders, cause us to incur substantial debt to fund the acquisitions, or assume significant liabilities.

Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including problems integrating the purchased operations, technologies or products, unanticipated costs and other liabilities, diversion of management’s attention from our core businesses, adverse effects on existing business relationships with current and/or prospective customers and/or suppliers, risks associated with entering markets in which we have no or limited prior experience and potential loss of key employees. Acquisitions may also require us to record goodwill and non-amortizable intangible assets that will be subject to impairment testing on a regular basis and potential periodic impairment charges, incur amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets, and incur write offs and restructuring and other related expenses, any of which could harm our results of operations and financial condition. If we fail in our integration efforts with respect to any of our acquisitions and are unable to efficiently operate as a combined organization, our business and financial condition may be adversely affected.

Risks Relating to Securities Markets and Investment in Our Common Stock

A viable trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. Although we intend to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. We and the underwriters will determine the initial public offering price of our common stock through negotiation. This price will not necessarily reflect the price at which investors in the market will be willing to buy and sell our shares following this offering. The initial public offering price may vary from the market price of our common stock after the offering. In addition, the trading volume of companies such as ours is often very low, and thus your ability to resell your shares may be severely constrained. As a result of these and other factors, you may be unable to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price.

The price of our common stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Stock markets have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock. In addition, limited trading volume of our stock may contribute to its future volatility. Price declines in our common stock could result from general market and economic conditions, some of which are beyond our control, and a variety of other factors, including any of the risk factors described in this prospectus. These broad market and industry factors may harm the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance, and could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our common stock since you might be unable to sell your shares at or above the price you paid in this offering. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the market price of our common stock include the following:

 

    price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

 

    volatility in the market prices and trading volumes of medical device company stocks;

 

    changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other medical device companies generally, or those in our industry in particular;

 

    sales of shares of our common stock by us or our stockholders;

 

    failure of securities analysts to maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

33


Table of Contents
    the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in those projections or our failure to meet those projections;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of new products or services;

 

    the public’s reaction to our press releases, other public announcements and filings with the SEC;

 

    rumors and market speculation involving us or other companies in our industry;

 

    actual or anticipated changes in our results of operations or fluctuations in our results of operations;

 

    actual or anticipated developments in our business, our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape generally;

 

    litigation involving us, our industry or both, or investigations by regulators into our operations or those of our competitors;

 

    developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;

 

    announced or completed acquisitions of businesses or technologies by us or our competitors;

 

    new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;

 

    changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations or principles;

 

    any significant change in our management; and

 

    general economic conditions and slow or negative growth of our markets.

In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a particular company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock immediately prior to this offering. Therefore, if you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur an immediate dilution of $         in net tangible book value per share from the price you paid, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). In addition, purchasers who bought shares from us in this offering will have contributed     % of the total consideration paid to us by our stockholders to purchase shares of our common stock, in exchange for acquiring approximately     % of the outstanding shares of our capital stock as of June 30, 2015 after giving effect to this offering. The exercise of outstanding options will result in further dilution. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see the section titled “Dilution.”

If our executive officers, directors and largest stockholders choose to act together, they may be able to significantly influence our management and operations, acting in their own best interests and not necessarily those of other stockholders.

As of June 30, 2015, our executive officers, directors and holders of 5% or more of our outstanding stock and their affiliates beneficially owned approximately 36.1% of our voting stock in the aggregate, and we expect that immediately following the completion of this offering the same group will continue to hold at least     % of our outstanding voting stock, based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2015. As a result, these stockholders, acting together, would be able to significantly influence all matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers or other business combination transactions. The interests of this group of stockholders may not always coincide with the interests of other

 

34


Table of Contents

stockholders, and they may act in a manner that advances their best interests and not necessarily those of other stockholders. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our common stock.

A significant portion of our outstanding shares of common stock is restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time, subject to the 180-day lock-up periods under the lock-up agreements described in the section of this prospectus titled “Underwriting.” These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares of common stock intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. As of June 30, 2015, our directors, executive officers and holders of 5% or more of our outstanding stock beneficially owned approximately 36.1% of our outstanding stock in the aggregate. If one or more of them were to sell a substantial portion of the shares they hold, it could cause our stock price to decline. Futhermore, the lock-up agreements mentioned above may be waived by the underwriters at any time which could lead to these shares being sold in the market prior to the expiration of this 180-day lock-up period.

In addition, as of June 30, 2015, there were 2,460,574 shares subject to outstanding options that will become eligible for sale in the public market upon exercise of such options to the extent permitted by any applicable vesting requirements, the lock-up agreements and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act). Moreover, after this offering, holders of an aggregate of 21,617,845 shares of our common stock will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders.

We also intend to register all             shares of common stock that we may issue under our Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance and once vested and exercised, as applicable, subject to the 180-day lock-up periods under the lock-up agreements described in the section of this prospectus titled “Underwriting.”

Sales of our common stock as restrictions end or pursuant to registration rights may make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. These sales also could cause the price of our common stock to fall and make it more difficult for you to sell shares of our common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that could discourage another company from acquiring us and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Provisions of Delaware law (where we are incorporated), our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace or remove our board of directors. These provisions include:

 

    authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock without any need for action by stockholders;

 

    requiring supermajority stockholder voting to effect certain amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws;

 

    eliminating the ability of stockholders to call and bring business before special meetings of stockholders;

 

    prohibiting stockholder action by written consent;

 

35


Table of Contents
    establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted on by stockholders at stockholder meetings;

 

    dividing our board of directors into three classes so that only one third of our directors will be up for election in any given year; and

 

    providing that our directors may be removed by our stockholders only for cause.

In addition, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by our board of directors, including discouraging takeover attempts that could have resulted in a premium over the market price for shares of our common stock.

These provisions apply even if a takeover offer may be considered beneficial by some stockholders and could delay or prevent an acquisition that our board of directors determines is not in our and our stockholders’ best interests and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock.”

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. If a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business and financial condition.

As a public company, our expenses and administrative burden will increase.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, our administrative staff will be required to perform additional tasks. For example, in anticipation of becoming a public company, we will need to adopt additional internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures and bear all of the internal and external costs of preparing and distributing periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under applicable securities laws.

In addition, laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and related regulations implemented by the SEC and the             , have increased legal and financial compliance costs and made some regulatory and compliance activities more time consuming. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to new and proposed rules and cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. We also expect that being a public company, and being subject to these new rules and regulations, will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract

 

36


Table of Contents

and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee, and attract and retain qualified executive officers.

The increased costs associated with operating as a public company may decrease our net income or increase any future net loss and may cause us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our products to offset the effect of such increased costs. Additionally, if these requirements divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition or cash flows.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies but not to “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to:

 

    being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure;

 

    not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

    not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

    reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and

 

    exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and the price of our common stock may be more volatile.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.

As a public company, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the listing standards of the NYSE. We expect that the requirements of these rules and regulations will continue to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time consuming and costly, and place significant strain on our personnel, systems and resources.

 

37


Table of Contents

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are continuing to develop and refine our disclosure controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we will file with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and that information required to be disclosed in reports under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our principal executive and financial officers. We are also continuing to improve our internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, we have expended, and anticipate that we will continue to expend, significant resources, including accounting-related costs and significant management oversight.

Our current controls and any new controls that we develop may become inadequate because of changes in our business. Further, weaknesses in our disclosure controls or our internal control over financial reporting may be discovered in the future. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls, or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in errors in our financial statements or a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods. Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting also could adversely affect the results of management evaluations and independent registered public accounting firm audits of our internal control over financial reporting that we will eventually be required to include in our periodic reports that will be filed with the SEC. Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial and other information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock. In addition, if we are unable to continue to meet these requirements, we may not be able to remain listed on the NYSE.

We are not currently required to comply with the SEC rules that implement Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. As a public company, we will be required to provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting commencing with our second annual report on Form 10-K. Our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to audit the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until after we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our internal control over financial reporting is documented, designed or operating.

Any failure to maintain effective disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting could have a material and adverse effect on our business and results of operations, and cause a decline in the price of our common stock.

We will have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

We will have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock. Our failure to apply these funds effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, delay the development and commercialization of our products and cause the price of our common stock to decline. Until the net proceeds are used, they may be placed in investments that do not produce significant income or that may lose value.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for

 

38


Table of Contents

our stock would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

We do not anticipate paying cash dividends, and accordingly, stockholders must rely on stock appreciation for any return on their investment.

We do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the future. As a result, only appreciation of the price of our common stock, which may never occur, would provide a return to stockholders. Investors seeking cash dividends should not invest in our common stock.

Impairment of our deferred tax assets could require a charge to earnings, which could result in a negative impact on our results of operations.

Primarily as a result of net operating losses, stock based compensation, various accruals and reserves, and tax credits, we maintain a deferred tax asset (an asset recognized to reflect an expected benefit to be realized in the future) that may be used to reduce the amount of tax that we would otherwise be required to pay in future periods. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that the future realization of all or some of the deferred tax assets will not be achieved. Valuation allowances related to deferred tax assets can be affected by changes to tax laws, statutory tax rates, future taxable income levels and input from our tax advisors or regulatory authorities. At June 30, 2015, our net deferred tax asset was $6.8 million, after reduction of a valuation allowance of $2.9 million. If our management was to determine that we would not be able to realize all or a portion of our net deferred tax assets in the future, a valuation allowance and a related charge to earnings would be reflected in that period, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

39


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

We have made statements under the sections titled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and in other sections of this prospectus that are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as “may,” “might,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue,” the negative of these terms and other comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements, which are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions about us, may include projections of our future financial performance, our anticipated growth strategies and anticipated trends in our business. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to statements about:

 

    our ability to design, develop, manufacture and market innovative products;

 

    our expected future growth, including growth in international sales;

 

    the size and growth potential of the markets for our products, and our ability to address those markets;

 

    the market acceptance of our products;

 

    the performance of our salesforce and distributors;

 

    regulatory developments in the United States and other markets in which we sell our products;

 

    our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approval or clearance of our products on expected timelines;

 

    our ability to scale our organizational culture;

 

    competition;

 

    our use of the proceeds from this offering;

 

    our results of operations and capital requirements; and

 

    our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for our products, as well as our ability to operate our business without infringing the intellectual property rights of others.

These statements are only predictions based on our current expectations and projections about future events. There are important factors that could cause our actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from the results, level of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements, including those factors discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors.” You should specifically consider the numerous risks outlined in the section titled “Risk Factors.” Although we believe the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, level of activity, performance or achievements. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law.

 

40


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $         million, or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our net proceeds from this offering by $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. An increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, our net proceeds from this offering by $         million, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for product development, including research and development and clinical trials, expansion of our salesforce and for working capital and general corporate purposes. From time to time, we may consider the acquisition of complementary technologies or businesses, though we have no agreements or understandings with respect to any such acquisitions at this time. We currently have no specific plans for the use of the net proceeds that we receive from this offering. Accordingly, we will have broad discretion in using these proceeds. Pending the use of the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in investment grade, interest bearing securities.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds for use in the operation and expansion of our business, and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination related to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on a number of factors, including our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

41


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2015:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 19,510,410 shares of our common stock, which conversion will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as if such conversion had occurred on June 30, 2015, and (ii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments set forth above, and the sale and issuance by us of              shares of common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

This table should be read in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     June 30, 2015  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma As
Adjusted(1)
 
     (in thousands, except share
and per share data)
 

Cash and cash equivalents and marketable investments

   $ 36,764      $ 36,764      $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

   $      $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share, 25,000,000 shares authorized, 19,510,410 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

   $ 111,467      $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

      

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share, no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                     

Common stock, $0.001 par value per share, 40,000,000 shares authorized, 5,747,638 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 300,000,000 authorized, 25,258,048 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 300,000,000 authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     6        25     

Additional paid-in capital

     10,169        121,617     

Notes receivable from stockholders

     (32     (32  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (1,233     (1,233  

Accumulated deficit

     (20,009     (20,009  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ (11,099   $ 100,368      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 129,070      $ 100,368      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting underwriting

 

42


Table of Contents
  discounts and commissions payable by us. An increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

The actual column in the table above is based on 5,747,638 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding and excludes 24,818 shares of common stock issued upon early exercise of stock options and subject to repurchase and 755,771 shares of unvested restricted stock. See Notes 10 and 12 to our Consolidated Financial Statements. The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted columns in the table above are based on 25,258,048 shares of our common stock (including preferred stock on an as-converted basis) outstanding as of June 30, 2015, and exclude the following:

 

    2,460,574 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2015, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.27 per share;

 

    1,713,634 shares of common stock reserved for future grant or issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan as of June 30, 2015;

 

    867, 000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $22.04 per share and 5,000 shares of restricted stock, which were granted on August 12, 2015;

 

    24,818 shares of common stock issued upon early exercise of stock options and subject to repurchase;

 

    755,771 shares of unvested restricted stock;

 

    3,000,000 shares of common stock initially reserved for future issuance under our Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance pursuant to this plan; and

 

    600,000 shares of common stock initially reserved for issuance under our ESPP, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance pursuant to this plan.

 

43


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of                     , 2015 was $         or $         per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents tangible assets, less liabilities, divided by the aggregate number of shares of common stock outstanding, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 19,510,410 shares of our common stock, which conversion will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering. After giving effect to the sale by us of the              shares of common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of                     , 2015, would be $         or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value to existing stockholders of $         per share and an immediate dilution to new investors of $         per share. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of                     , 2015

   $                   

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

     

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors

      $     
     

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors by $            , and would increase or decrease, as applicable, dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $            , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $         per share and increase or decrease, as applicable, the dilution to new investors by $         per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, would be $         per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would be $         per share.

The following table sets forth, on a pro forma as adjusted basis, as of                     , 2015, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid, or to be paid, and the average price per share paid, or to be paid, by existing stockholders and by the new investors, at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
    

Number

   Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

               $                             $                

New investors

             $     
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100.0   $           100.0  
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

44


Table of Contents

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based upon 26,038,637 shares outstanding (including preferred stock on an as-converted basis) as of June 30, 2015, and excludes:

 

    2,460,574 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2015, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.27 per share;

 

    1,713,634 shares of common stock reserved for future grant or issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan as of June 30, 2015;

 

    867,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $22.04 per share and 5,000 shares of restricted stock, which were granted on August 12, 2015;

 

    3,000,000 shares of common stock initially reserved for future issuance under our Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance pursuant to this plan; and

 

    600,000 shares of common stock initially reserved for issuance under our ESPP, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance pursuant to this plan.

To the extent options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors.

 

45


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected consolidated financial data of Penumbra, Inc. should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, are derived from, and qualified by reference to, our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and should be read in conjunction with those consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. The consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2012, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the six month periods ended June 30, 2014 and 2015, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2015, are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus which, in our opinion, have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of our results of operations and financial position. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and the results for the six months ended June 30, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year or any other period.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30  
     2012      2013     2014           2014                 2015        
     (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

           

Revenue

   $ 73,141       $ 88,848      $ 125,510      $ 57,643      $ 81,263   

Cost of revenue

     24,178         30,972        42,668        19,489        27,160   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     48,963         57,876        82,842        38,154        54,103   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

           

Research and development

     12,548         14,084        15,575        7,538        7,983   

Selling, general and administrative

     32,987         44,918        64,258        28,240        45,943   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     45,535         59,002        79,833        35,778        53,926   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     3,428         (1,126     3,009        2,376        177   

Interest income (expense), net

     244         345        439        39        385   

Other income (expense), net

     220         (474     (309     (92     (498
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     3,892         (1,255     3,139        2,323        64   

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     1,934         (5,354     894        666        233   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 1,958       $ 4,099      $ 2,245      $ 1,657      $ (169
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

   $ 412       $ 887      $ (833   $ 355      $ (34
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

           

Basic

   $ 0.10       $ 0.21      $ (0.18   $ 0.08      $ (0.01
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.07       $ 0.14      $ (0.18   $ 0.05      $ (0.01
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

           

Basic

     4,153,121         4,304,396        4,609,375        4,520,898        5,000,375   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     5,886,126         6,500,835        4,609,375        6,743,140        5,000,375   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share—Basic

        $ 0.10        $ (0.01
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share—Diluted

        $ 0.09        $ (0.01
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute the pro forma net income (loss) per share

           

—Basic (unaudited)

          22,680,810          24,510,785   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

—Diluted (unaudited)

          25,037,541          24,510,785   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

46


Table of Contents
     As of December 31,     As of June 30,
2015
 
     2013     2014    

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4,131      $ 3,290      $ 36,764   

Marketable investments

   $ 9,545      $ 48,253      $   

Total assets

   $ 71,147      $ 121,381      $ 129,070   

Long-term debt

   $      $      $   

Working capital

   $ 46,401      $ 94,478      $ 91,298   

Preferred stock

   $ 56,222      $ 111,467      $ 111,467   

Stockholders’ deficit

   $ (8,062   $ (12,370   $ (11,099

 

47


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth in the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as the information presented under the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data.”

Overview

Penumbra is a global interventional therapies company that designs, develops, manufactures and markets innovative medical devices. We have a broad portfolio of products that addresses challenging medical conditions and significant clinical needs across two major markets, neuro and peripheral vascular. The conditions that our products address include, among others, ischemic stroke, hemorrhagic stroke and various peripheral vascular conditions that can be treated through thrombectomy and embolization procedures.

We are an established company focused on the neuro market, and we recently expanded our business to include the peripheral vascular market. We focus on developing, manufacturing and marketing products for use by specialist physicians, including interventional neuroradiologists, neurosurgeons, interventional neurologists, interventional radiologists and vascular surgeons. We design our products to provide these specialist physicians with a means to drive improved clinical outcomes through faster and safer procedures. Studies involving our Penumbra System ischemic stroke products and Penumbra Coil 400 neurovascular embolization products, as well as initial study results for our Indigo peripheral thrombectomy products, have shown that these products generate significant overall cost savings to the healthcare system relative to procedures using other products.

Since our founding in 2004, we have invested heavily in our product development capabilities in our two key markets: neuro and peripheral vascular. We launched our first neurovascular product in 2007, our first peripheral vascular product in 2013 and our first neurosurgical product in 2014. To date, we have launched 14 product brands, and we expect to continue to develop and build our portfolio of products based on our thrombectomy, embolization and access technologies. Generally, when we introduce a next generation product or a new product designed to replace a current product, sales of the earlier generation product or the product replaced decline. Our research and development activities are centered around the development of new products and clinical activities designed to support our regulatory submissions and demonstrate the effectiveness of our products.

We manufacture substantially all of our products at our campus in Alameda, California and stock inventory of raw materials, components and finished goods at that location. We rely on a single or limited number of suppliers for certain raw materials and components, and we generally have no long-term supply arrangements with our suppliers, as we order on a purchase order basis. We ship all of our products from Alameda to our hospital customers and distributors worldwide pursuant to purchase orders. We typically recognize revenue when products are delivered to our hospital customers or distributors, other than our coils, which we ship to our hospital customers on a consignment basis, and for which we recognize revenue when the hospital customers utilize products in a procedure.

Hospitals purchase our products for use in procedures performed by their specialist physicians, generally seeking reimbursement from third party payors for procedures performed. We believe that the cost-effectiveness of our products is attractive to our hospital customers.

In 2014, 34% of our revenue was generated from customers located outside of the United States. Our sales outside of the United States are denominated principally in the euro and Japanese yen. As a result, we have foreign exchange exposure, but do not currently engage in hedging. In 2014, no single hospital and only one distributor accounted for more than 10% of our sales.

As of June 30, 2015, we had approximately 1,000 employees worldwide. We sell our products to hospitals primarily through our direct sales organization in the United States, most of Europe, Canada and Australia, as well as through distributors in select international markets. In 2014, we generated revenue of $125.5 million,

 

48


Table of Contents

which represents a 41.3% increase over 2013, and $3.0 million in operating income as compared to an operating loss of $1.1 million in 2013. For the six months ended June 30, 2015, we generated revenue of $81.3 million, which represents a 41.0% increase over the six months ended June 30, 2014, and $0.2 million in operating income as compared to operating income of $2.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014.

Factors Affecting Our Performance

There are a number of factors that have impacted, and we believe will continue to impact, our results of operations and growth. These factors include:

 

    The rate at which we grow our salesforce and the speed at which newly hired salespeople become fully effective can impact our revenue growth or our costs incurred in anticipation of such growth.

 

    Our industry is intensely competitive and, in particular, we compete with a number of large, well-capitalized companies. We must continue to successfully compete in light of our competitors’ existing and future products and their resources to successfully market to the specialist physicians who use our products.

 

    We must continue to successfully introduce new products that gain acceptance with specialist physicians and successfully transition from existing products to new products, ensuring adequate supply while avoiding excess inventory of older products and resulting inventory write-downs or write-offs. In addition, as we introduce new products, we generally build our inventory of components and finished goods in advance of sales, which may cause quarterly fluctuations in our results of operations.

 

    Publications of clinical results by us, our competitors and other third parties can have a significant influence on whether, and the degree to which, our products are used by specialist physicians and the procedures and treatments those physicians choose to administer for a given condition.

 

    The specialist physicians who use our products may not perform procedures during certain times of the year, such as those periods when they are at major medical conferences or are away from their practices for other reasons, the timing of which occurs irregularly during the year and from year to year.

In addition, we have experienced and expect to continue to experience meaningful variability in our quarterly revenue and gross profit as a result of a number of factors, including, but not limited to: the number of available selling days, which can be impacted by holidays; the mix of products sold; the geographic mix of where products are sold; the demand for our products and the products of our competitors; the timing of or failure to obtain regulatory approvals or clearances for products; increased competition; the timing of customer orders; inventory write-offs and write-downs; costs, benefits and timing of new product introductions; the availability and cost of components and raw materials; and fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. We experience quarters in which we have significant revenue growth sequentially followed by quarters of little or no revenue growth. Additionally, we experience quarters in which operating expenses, in particular research and development expenses, fluctuate depending on the stage and timing of product development.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue. We sell our products directly to hospitals and through distributors for use in procedures performed by specialist physicians to treat patients in two key markets: neuro and peripheral vascular disease. We sell our products through purchase orders, and we do not have long term purchase commitments from our customers. We typically recognize revenue when products are delivered to our hospital customers or distributors. However, with respect to products that we consign to hospitals, which primarily consist of coils, we recognize revenue at the time hospitals utilize products in a procedure. Revenue also includes shipping and handling costs that we charge to customers.

Cost of Revenue. Cost of revenue consists primarily of the cost of raw materials and components, personnel costs, including stock-based compensation, inbound freight charges, receiving costs, inspection and testing costs, warehousing costs, royalty expense, shipping and handling costs and other labor and overhead costs incurred in the manufacturing of products. We manufacture substantially all of our products in our manufacturing facility at our campus in Alameda, California.

 

49


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

Research and Development. Research and development expenses include product development, clinical and regulatory expenses, materials, depreciation and other costs associated with the development of our products. Research and development expenses also include salaries, benefits and other related costs, including stock-based compensation, for personnel and consultants. We expense research and development costs as they are incurred.

We expect to incur additional research and development costs as we continue to innovate and develop new products and engage in ongoing clinical research. These costs will generally increase in absolute terms as we continue to expand our product pipeline and add personnel.

Sales, General and Administrative. Sales, general and administrative expenses primarily consist of salaries, benefits and other related costs, including stock-based compensation, for personnel and consultants engaged in sales, marketing, finance, legal, compliance, administrative, information technology, medical education and training and human resource activities. Our sales, general and administrative expenses also include commissions, generally based on a percentage of sales, to direct sales representatives and the medical device excise tax, which is approximately 2.3% of U.S. sales.

We expect our sales, general and administrative expenses to continue to increase in absolute terms as we expand our salesforce and operations. Additionally, we expect to incur increased expenses related to headcount, professional service fees, systems and other infrastructure related to operating as a public company.

Income Tax Expense. We are taxed at the rates applicable within each jurisdiction where we sell products. The composite income tax rate, tax provisions, deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities will vary according to the jurisdiction in which profits arise. Tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by management and the respective governmental taxing authorities, and require us to exercise judgment in determining our income tax provision, our deferred tax assets and liabilities and the potential valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined using the enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which those tax assets are expected to be realized. A valuation allowance is established when it is more likely than not that the future realization of all or some of the deferred tax assets will not be achieved.

 

50


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth the components of our consolidated statements of operations in dollars and as a percentage of revenue for the periods presented:

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2013     2014     2014     2015  
    (in thousands, except for percentages)  

Revenue

  $ 88,848        100.0   $ 125,510        100.0   $ 57,643        100.0   $ 81,263        100.0

Cost of revenue

    30,972        34.9     42,668        34.0     19,489        33.8     27,160        33.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    57,876        65.1     82,842        66.0     38,154        66.2     54,103        66.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development

    14,084        15.9     15,575        12.4     7,538        13.1     7,983        9.8

Sales, general and administrative

    44,918        50.6     64,258        51.2     28,240        49.0     45,943        56.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    59,002        66.4     79,833        63.6     35,778        62.1     53,926        66.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (1,126     (1.3 )%      3,009        2.4     2,376        4.1     177        0.2

Interest income (expense), net

    345        0.4     439        0.3     39        0.1     385        0.5

Other income (expense), net

    (474     (0.5 )%      (309     (0.2 )%      (92     (0.2 )%      (498     (0.6 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    (1,255     (1.4 )%      3,139        2.5     2,323        4.0     64        0.1

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    (5,354     (6.0 )%      894        0.7     666        1.2     233        0.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 4,099        4.6   $ 2,245        1.8   $ 1,657        2.9   $ (169     (0.2 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2015 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2014

Revenue

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,      Change  
           2014                  2015            $      %  
     (in thousands, except for percentages)  

Neuro

   $ 50,068       $ 66,054       $ 15,986         31.9

Peripheral Vascular

     7,575         15,209         7,634         100.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 57,643       $ 81,263       $ 23,620         41.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Revenue increased $23.6 million, or 41.0%, to $81.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2015, from $57.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014. Our revenue growth was due to expansion of our salesforce headcount by 42.5%, further market penetration of our existing products and sales of new products. Increased sales of Penumbra System products accounted for more than half of the revenue increase in the six months ended June 30, 2015. Additionally, approximately 10.4% of the increase in revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2015 came from the sale of new products, including our Indigo peripheral thrombectomy product, our Apollo System and our Benchmark neuro access product.

Revenue from sales in the United States increased $17.0 million, or 46.0%, to $54.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2015, from $37.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014. Revenue from sales in international markets increased $6.6 million, or 32.1%, to $27.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2015, from $20.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014. Revenue from international sales represented 34% and 36% of our total revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

51


Table of Contents

Revenue from our neuro products increased $16.0 million, or 31.9%, to $66.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2015, from $50.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014. Our neuro product sales experienced strong momentum due to further market penetration and growth in the market following the presentation and publication of trial results in the fourth quarter of 2014, and the presentation and publication of additional trial results in the first quarter of 2015, each of which support endovascular treatment of stroke. We believe that these published trial results led to increases in the number of procedures performed by specialist physicians using our products. Increased sales of Penumbra System products accounted for most of the revenue increase in the six months ended June 30, 2015. Further, while our introduction of Benchmark in the fourth quarter 2014 was designed as a potential replacement for our Neuron access products, sales of our Neuron access products have increased slightly since Benchmark was introduced. The increase in revenue from our neuro products was partially offset by a decrease in sales of our neuro embolization products in the six months ended June 30, 2015. Prices for our neuro products remained substantially flat during the period.

Revenue from our peripheral vascular products increased $7.6 million, or 100.8%, to $15.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2015, from $7.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014. Our peripheral embolization and peripheral thrombectomy products experienced strong volume growth in the period, primarily due to the focused efforts of our dedicated peripheral vascular salesforce, which was established in the second half of 2014, and further market penetration of our products. Prices for our peripheral vascular products remained substantially flat during the period.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,     Change  
           2014                 2015           $      %  
     (in thousands, except for percentages)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 19,489      $ 27,160      $ 7,671         39.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Gross profit

   $ 38,154      $ 54,103      $ 15,949         41.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Gross margin %

     66.2     66.6     
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Gross profit increased $15.9 million, or 41.8%, to $54.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2015, from $38.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014. The increase in gross profit was primarily due to an increase in revenue from sales of our neuro and peripheral vascular products.

Gross margin increased 0.4 percentage points to 66.6% in the six months ended June 30, 2015, from 66.2% in the six months ended June 30, 2014. The increase in gross margin was primarily due to geographic and product mix.

Research and Development (R&D)

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,     Change  
           2014                 2015           $      %  
     (in thousands, except for percentages)  

R&D

   $ 7,538      $ 7,983      $ 445         5.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

R&D as a percentage of revenue

     13.1 %      9.8 %      

R&D expenses increased by $0.5 million, or 5.9%, to $8.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2015, from $7.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014. The $0.5 million increase in R&D expenses was primarily due to a $0.9 million increase in compensation expense resulting from increased headcount to support continued investment in our products, a $0.2 million increase in travel related expenses and a $0.2 million increase in expenses related to demo products, partially offset by $0.8 million reduced R&D spend due to the stage and timing of development activities on our projects.

 

52


Table of Contents

Sales, General and Administrative (SG&A)

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,     Change  
           2014                 2015           $      %  
     (in thousands, except for percentages)  

SG&A

   $ 28,240      $ 45,943      $ 17,703         62.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

SG&A as a percentage of revenue

     49.0 %      56.5 %      

SG&A expenses increased by $17.7 million, or 62.7% to $45.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2015, from $28.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014. Our sales and administrative headcount in the six months ended June 30, 2015 increased by 61.8%, which led to a $11.5 million increase in compensation expense. Additionally, SG&A expenses were impacted by a $2.5 million increase due to expanded marketing programs, a $1.7 million increase in legal, professional and consulting expenses and a $1.0 million increase in travel-related expenses of our salesforce to support our sales activities.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,     Change  
           2014                 2015           $     %  
     (in thousands, except for percentages)  

Provision for income taxes

     666        233      $ (433     nm   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Effective tax rate

     28.7 %      364.1 %     

Our provision for income taxes decreased $0.4 million, to $0.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2015, from $0.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014. Our effective tax rate increased to 364.1% for the six months ended June 30, 2015, compared to 28.7% for the six months ended June 30, 2014. The effective tax rate is based on a projection of our full year results. The higher effective tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2015 was primarily due to the change in mix of jurisdictional profits.

Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2013

Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change  
           2013                  2014            $      %  
     (in thousands, except for percentages)  

Neuro

   $ 81,343       $ 106,242       $ 24,899         30.6

Peripheral Vascular

     7,505         19,268         11,763         156.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 88,848       $ 125,510       $ 36,662         41.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Revenue increased $36.7 million, or 41.3%, to $125.5 million in 2014, from $88.8 million in 2013. Our revenue growth was primarily due to expansion of our salesforce headcount by 55.8%, further market penetration of our existing products and sales of new products. Increased sales of Penumbra System products accounted for approximately half of the revenue increase in 2014. With respect to the impact of the introduction of new products, 12.1% of the increase in 2014 revenues came from the sale of new products, including our Indigo peripheral thrombectomy product, our Apollo System and our Benchmark neuro access product.

Revenue from sales in the United States increased $24.7 million, or 42.3%, to $83.0 million in 2014, from $58.3 million in 2013. Revenue from sales in international markets increased $12.0 million, or 39.3%, to $42.5 million in 2014, from $30.5 million in 2013. Revenue from international sales represented 34% and 34% of our total revenue for 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Revenue from our neuro products increased $24.9 million, or 30.6%, to $106.2 million in 2014, from $81.3 million in 2013. Our neuro product sales experienced strong momentum due to further market penetration and growth in the market following presentation of trial results in October 2014, which support endovascular treatment of stroke. Additionally, our neuro product sales benefited from the launch of our ACE Reperfusion Catheter in July 2013. Prices for our neuro products remained substantially flat during the period.

 

53


Table of Contents

Revenue from our peripheral vascular products increased $11.8 million, or 156.7%, to $19.3 million in 2014, from $7.5 million in 2013. Peripheral vascular product sales volume growth benefited from the focused efforts of our dedicated peripheral vascular salesforce, which was established in the second half of 2014, further market penetration and sales from our recently launched Indigo product. Prices for our peripheral vascular products remained substantially flat during the period.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
           2013                 2014           $      %  
     (in thousands, except for percentages)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 30,972      $ 42,668      $ 11,696         37.8

Gross profit

   $ 57,876      $ 82,842      $ 24,966         43.1

Gross margin %

     65.1     66.0     

Gross profit increased $25.0 million, or 43.1%, to $82.8 million in 2014, from $57.9 million in 2013. The increase in gross profit was primarily driven by an increase in revenue from sales of our neuro and peripheral vascular products.

Gross margin increased 0.9 percentage points, to 66.0% in 2014, from 65.1% in 2013. The increase in gross margin is attributable to geographic and product mix and improved manufacturing efficiency.

Research and Development (R&D) Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
           2013               2014           $      %  
     (in thousands, except for percentages)  

R&D

   $ 14,084      $ 15,575      $ 1,491         10.6

R&D as a percentage of revenue

     15.9     12.4     

R&D expenses increased $1.5 million, or 10.6%, to $15.6 million in 2014, from $14.1 million in 2013. The $1.5 million increase was primarily due to a $1.2 million increase in compensation expense resulting from increased headcount to support continued research and development in our products and a $0.3 million increase in consulting costs.

Sales, General and Administrative (SG&A) Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
           2013               2014           $      %  
     (in thousands, except for percentages)  

SG&A

   $ 44,918      $ 64,258      $ 19,340         43.1

SG&A as a percentage of revenue

     50.6     51.2     

SG&A expenses increased by $19.3 million, or 43.1%, to $64.3 million in 2014, from $44.9 million in 2013. The $19.3 million increase was primarily due to a $10.9 million increase in compensation expense resulting from increased headcount, a $2.1 million increase in legal, professional and consulting fees, a $2.1 million increase in marketing expenses due to expanded marketing programs and a $1.5 million increase in travel-related expenses for our salesforce to support our sales activities.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
           2013                 2014           $      %  
     (in thousands, except for percentages)  

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   $ (5,354   $ 894      $ 6,248         nm   

Effective tax rate

     nm        28.5     

 

54


Table of Contents

Our provision for income taxes was $0.9 million in 2014 compared to a tax benefit of $5.4 million in 2013. The higher tax provision in 2014 was due to the release of a valuation allowance of $5.0 million against net deferred tax assets in 2013 and the reduced availability of net operating loss carryforwards in 2014. Our effective tax rate was 28.5% in 2014. The effective tax rate in 2014 was lower than the U.S. federal statutory rate due to the impact of federal income tax credits.

Prior to 2013, we recorded a valuation allowance in the full amount of our net deferred tax assets, as we had assessed our cumulative loss position and determined that the future benefits were not more likely than not to be realized. As of December 31, 2013, we determined that it is more likely than not that a portion of the net deferred tax assets will be realized for federal and state income tax purposes in the U.S., except in California, and released $5.0 million of the valuation allowance. We continue to record a valuation allowance in the full amount of the net deferred tax assets attributable to California and certain foreign jurisdictions.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since our inception, we have financed our operations through private placements of preferred stock. As of June 30, 2015, we had $91.3 million in working capital, which included $36.8 million in cash and cash equivalents.

In addition to our existing cash and cash equivalents and marketable investment balances, our principal source of liquidity is our accounts receivable. We believe these sources will provide sufficient liquidity for us to meet our liquidity requirements for at least the next 12 months. Our principal liquidity requirements are to fund our operations, including our research and development, and capital expenditures. To facilitate our expansion, we may also lease or purchase additional facilities. We expect to continue to make investments as we launch new products, expand our manufacturing operations and further expand into international markets. We may, however, require or elect to secure additional financing as we continue to execute our business strategy. If we require additional funds, we may seek to raise capital through equity or debt financing, which may not be available on acceptable terms, could result in dilution to our stockholders and could require us to agree to covenants that limit our operating flexibility.

 

     December 31,     

June 30,

 
     2013      2014      2015  
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4,131       $ 3,290       $ 36,764   

Marketable investments

   $ 9,545       $ 48,253       $   

Accounts receivable, net

   $ 13,074       $ 18,912       $ 23,604   

Accounts payable

   $ 1,312       $ 2,348       $ 3,721   

Accrued liabilities

   $ 14,525       $ 18,475       $ 23,168   

Working capital(1)

   $ 46,401       $ 94,478       $ 91,298   

 

(1) Working capital consists of total current assets less total current liabilities.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our beginning balance of cash and cash equivalents, net cash flows provided by (used in) operating, investing and financing activities and our ending balance of cash and cash equivalents:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
           2013                 2014                 2014                 2015        
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

   $ 7,435      $ 4,131      $ 4,131      $ 3,290   

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (3,396   $ (6,389   $ 1,992      $ (8,331

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

   $ (1,251   $ (37,001   $ (940   $ 45,018   

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

   $ 2,178      $ 42,897      $ 50,495      $ (2,974

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 4,131      $ 3,290      $ 55,560      $ 36,764   

 

55


Table of Contents

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities consists primarily of net income adjusted for certain non-cash items (including depreciation and amortization, inventory write downs, stock-based compensation expense, provision for doubtful accounts, provision for sales returns, loss on minority investment, loss on disposal of property and equipment, provision for product warranty), and the effect of changes in working capital and other activities.

Net cash used in operating activities was $8.3 million during the six months ended June 30, 2015 and consisted of net loss of $0.2 million and net changes in operating assets and liabilities of $13.8 million, partially offset by non-cash items of $5.6 million. The change in operating assets and liabilities include the increase in inventories of $11.3 million to support our revenue growth, an increase in accounts receivable of $4.9 million, an increase in prepaid expenses and other current and non-current assets of $2.8 million, partially offset by an increase in accrued expenses and other non-current liabilities of $4.7 million and accounts payable of $0.5 million, as a result of the growth in our business activities.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $2.0 million during the six months ended June 30, 2014, and consisted of net income of $1.7 million and non-cash items of $1.7 million, partially offset by net changes in operating assets and liabilities of $1.3 million.

Net cash used by operating activities was $6.4 million in 2014 and consisted of net income of $2.2 million and non-cash items of $3.5 million, offset by net changes in operating assets and liabilities of $12.1 million. The change in operating assets and liabilities include an increase in inventories of $9.4 million to support our revenue growth and a corresponding increase in accounts receivable of $7.4 million and an increase in prepaid expenses and other current and non-current assets of $1.9 million partially offset by an increase in accrued expenses and other non current liabilities of $5.4 million and accounts payable of $1.3 million as a result of the growth in our business activities.

Net cash used by operating activities was $3.4 million in 2013 and consisted of net income of $4.1 million, and a change in non-cash items of $2.5 million, which includes a release of a valuation allowance of $5.0 million and a change in deferred tax benefits of $0.3 million, partially offset by net changes in operating assets and liabilities of $5.0 million. The significant items in the change in operating assets and liabilities include increases in inventories and accounts receivable of $3.8 million and $1.6 million, respectively, partially offset by increase in accrued expenses and other non-current liabilities of $1.7 million.

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities relates primarily to divestures or purchases of marketable investments and capital expenditures.

Net cash provided by investing activities was $45.0 million during the six months ended June 30, 2015 and consisted of net proceeds from sales of marketable investments of $48.1 million partially offset by capital expenditures of $3.1 million.

Net cash used in investing activities was $0.9 million during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and consisted of capital expenditures of $0.8 million and net purchase of marketable investments of $0.1 million.

Net cash used in investing activities was $37.0 million in 2014 and consisted of net purchase of marketable investments of $33.1 million and capital expenditures of $3.9 million.

Net cash used in investing activities was $1.3 million during in 2013 and consisted of capital expenditures of $0.8 million and net purchase of marketable investments of $0.5 million.

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

Cash from financing activities primarily relates to capital raising activities through equity or debt financing.

 

56


Table of Contents

Financing activities in the six months ended June 30, 2015 used cash of $3.0 million and consisted of payment of employee taxes related to vested common and restricted stock of $2.5 million and payments of deferred issuance costs of $1.0 million, partially offset by proceeds from exercises of stock options of $0.5 million.

Financing activities in the six months ended June 30, 2014 provided $50.5 million and consisted of proceeds from the issuance of Series F Preferred Stock of $57.1 million, net of issuance costs and proceeds from exercises of stock options of $0.3 million. These proceeds were offset in part by the repayment of amounts outstanding under our credit facility of $6.0 million upon its termination in May 2014 and repurchases of common stock and stock options of $0.9 million.

Financing activities in 2014 provided $42.9 million and consisted of proceeds from issuance of Series F Preferred Stock of $57.2 million, net of issuance costs and proceeds from exercises of stock options of $1.0 million. These proceeds were partially offset by repurchases of preferred stock, common stock and stock options of $9.4 million and the repayment of amounts outstanding under our credit facility of $6.0 million upon its termination in May 2014.

Financing activities in 2013 provided $2.2 million and consisted of proceeds from our credit facility of $2.0 million and proceeds from exercises of stock options of $0.2 million.

Indebtedness

In May 2012, we entered into a $15.0 million revolving credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association. The credit facility was collateralized by our investment balances. The interest on the credit facility was based on the daily one-month London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (LIBOR), plus 1.75% and was payable monthly. The outstanding balance on the credit facility was due in full on June 1, 2015. The credit facility contained customary covenants for credit facilities of this type, including limitations on disposition of assets and changes in control. In May 2014, in conjunction with our Series F Preferred Stock financing, we paid the then outstanding balance on the credit facility and terminated the credit facility.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2014:

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less Than
One Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More than
Five Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Rent obligations(1)

   $ 35,711       $ 2,010       $ 4,140       $ 4,405       $ 25,156   

Equipment lease obligations(2)

     333         138         192         3           

Purchase commitments(3)

     9,862         6,169         3,693                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 45,906       $ 8,317       $ 8,025       $ 4,408       $ 25,156   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  We lease our corporate headquarters and a manufacturing facility at our campus in Alameda, California pursuant to lease agreements that expire in November 2029. Additionally, we lease offices in Germany, Australia and Brazil. In June 2015, a lease for additional space at our campus in Alameda, California commenced upon our landlord’s substantial completion of tenant improvements. This lease expires in November 2029 and, as of June 30, 2015, represented a contractual obligation of $13.9 million.

 

(2)  We lease equipment and automobiles under operating leases. These leases expire at various dates through 2018.

 

(3)  Purchase commitments consist of contracts with suppliers to purchase raw materials to be used to manufacture products.

The amounts in the table above exclude $0.6 million of income tax liabilities included in current liabilities as we are unable to reasonably estimate the timing of settlement. See Note 15 to our Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, the table above does not reflect royalty obligations under a license agreement as amounts due thereunder fluctuate depending on sales levels. See Note 7 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

57


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements or any holdings in variable interest entities.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk

We are exposed to various market risks, which may result in potential losses arising from adverse changes in market rates, such as interest rates and foreign exchange rates. We do not enter into derivatives or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes and do not believe we are exposed to material market risk with respect to our cash and cash equivalents and/or our marketable investments.

Interest Rate Risk. We had cash and cash equivalents of $3.3 million and $36.8 million as of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015, respectively, which consisted of cash and highly liquid money market funds.

Foreign Exchange Risk Management. We operate in countries other than the United States, and, therefore, we are exposed to foreign currency risks. We bill most sales outside of the United States in local currencies, primarily the euro and Japanese yen. We expect that the percentage of our sales denominated in foreign currencies will increase in the foreseeable future as we continue to expand into international markets. When sales or expenses are not denominated in U.S. dollars, a fluctuation in exchange rates could affect our net income. We do not believe an immediate 10% adverse change in foreign exchange rates would have a material effect on our results of operations. We do not currently hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations; however, we may choose to hedge our exposure in the future.

Related-Party Transactions

For a description of our related-party transactions, see the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions.”

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the applicable periods. Management bases its estimates, assumptions and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Different assumptions and judgments would change the estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, which, in turn, could materially change our results from those reported. Management evaluates its estimates, assumptions and judgments on an ongoing basis. Historically, our critical accounting estimates have not differed materially from actual results. However, if our assumptions change, we may need to revise our estimates, or take other corrective actions, either of which may also have a material adverse effect on our consolidated statements of operations, liquidity and financial condition.

We believe the following critical accounting policies involve significant areas where management applies judgments and estimates in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Segments

We have determined our operating segment on the same basis that we use to evaluate our performance internally. We have one business activity: the design, development, manufacturing and marketing of innovative medical devices, and we operate as one operating segment. Our chief operating decision-maker, our Chief Executive Officer, reviews our operating results for the purpose of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. We determine revenue by geographic area, based on the destination to which we ship our products.

 

58


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is comprised of product revenue net of returns, discounts and administration fees. We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Evidence of an arrangement consists of customer orders, and we typically consider delivery to have occurred once title and risk of loss has been transferred and the product has been delivered to our customers. We typically recognize revenue when products are delivered to our hospital customers or distributors. However, with respect to products that we consign to hospitals, which primarily consist of coils, we recognize revenue at the time hospitals utilize our products used in a procedure.

We defer revenue for amounts that we have already invoiced our customers for and are ultimately expected to be recognized as revenue, but for which not all revenue recognition criteria have been met.

Our terms and conditions permit product returns and exchanges, and we record returns reserves in the period when revenue is recognized. Estimates are based on actual historical returns over the prior three years and are recorded as reductions in revenue at the time of sale. Upon recognition, we reduce revenue and cost of revenue for the estimated return. Return rates can fluctuate over time, but are sufficiently predictable to allow us to estimate expected future product returns.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are stated at invoice value less estimated allowances for returns and doubtful accounts. We continually monitor customer payments and maintain a reserve for estimated losses resulting from our customers’ inability to make required payments. We consider factors such as historical experience, credit quality, age of the accounts receivable balances, geographic related risks and economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay. In cases where there are circumstances that may impair a specific customer’s ability to meet its financial obligations, a specific allowance is recorded against amounts due, and thereby reduces the net recognized receivable to the amount reasonably believed to be collectible.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (determined under the first-in first-out method) or market. Write-downs are provided for finished goods expected to become nonsaleable and provisions are specifically made for excessive, slow-moving or obsolete items. Market value is determined as the lower of replacement cost or net realizable value. We regularly review inventory quantities in consideration of actual loss experiences, projected future demand, and remaining shelf life to record a provision for excess and obsolete inventory when appropriate.

The estimate of excess quantities is subjective and primarily dependent on our estimate of future demand for a particular product. If the estimate of future demand is inaccurate based on actual sales, we may increase the write down for excess inventory for that component and record a charge to inventory impairment in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. We periodically evaluate the carrying value of inventory on hand for potential excess amount over demand using the same lower of cost or market approach as that has been used to value the inventory. We also periodically evaluate inventory quantities in consideration of actual loss experience.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue includes direct and indirect costs associated with the manufacture of our products. Direct costs include material and labor, while indirect costs include, but are not limited to, inbound freight charges, receiving costs, inspection and testing costs, warehousing costs, royalty expense and other labor and overhead costs incurred in the manufacturing of products. Cost of revenue also includes stock-based compensation, warranty replacement costs, cost of revenue related to product return reserves, and excess and obsolete inventory write-downs.

 

59


Table of Contents

Research and Development (R&D) Expenses

R&D costs include personnel-related costs, including stock-based compensation, regulatory, supplies, services, depreciation, allocated facilities and information services, clinical trial and related clinical manufacturing expenses, fees paid to investigative sites and other indirect costs.

Our clinical trial accruals are based on estimates of patient enrollment and related costs at clinical investigator sites. We estimate preclinical and clinical trial expenses based on the services performed pursuant to contracts with research institutions and clinical research organizations that conduct and manage preclinical studies and clinical trials on our behalf. In accruing service fees, we estimate the time period over which services will be performed and the level of patient enrollment and activity expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from the estimate, we will adjust the accrual accordingly. Payments made to third parties under these arrangements in advance of the receipt of the related services are recorded as prepaid expenses until the services are rendered.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation costs related to stock options granted to employees are measured at the date of grant based on the estimated fair value of the award, net of estimated forfeitures. We estimate the grant date fair value, and the resulting stock-based compensation expense, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally the vesting term of four years.

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of highly subjective assumptions which determine the fair value of stock-based awards. The assumptions used in our option-pricing model represent management’s best estimates. These estimates are complex, involve a number of variables, uncertainties and assumptions and the application of management’s judgment, so that they are inherently subjective. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. These assumptions are estimated as follows:

Fair Value of Common Stock. Because our stock is not publicly traded, we must estimate its fair value, as discussed in “Common Stock Valuations” below.

Risk-Free Interest Rate. We base the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes valuation model on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent remaining term of the options for each option group.

Expected Term. The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. Because of the limitations on the sale or transfer or our common stock as a privately held company, we do not believe our historical exercise pattern is indicative of the pattern we will experience as a publicly traded company. We have consequently used the Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB, 110, simplified method to calculate the expected term, which is the average of the contractual term and vesting period. We plan to continue to use the SAB 110 simplified method until we have sufficient trading history as a publicly traded company.

Volatility. We determine the price volatility factor based on the historical volatilities of our peer group as we do not have a trading history for our common stock. Industry peers consist of several public companies in the medical device technology industry with comparable characteristics including enterprise value, risk profiles and position within the industry. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation.

Dividend Yield. The expected dividend assumption is based on our current expectations about our anticipated dividend policy. We currently do not expect to issue any dividends.

 

60


Table of Contents

In addition to assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation for our awards. We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to our stock-based compensation on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data, we may have refinements to our estimates, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense.

We used the following assumptions in our Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of employee stock options:

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Six Months Ended June 30,
         2013            2014                2014                    2015        
               (unaudited)

Expected term (in years)

   6.25    6.25    6.25    6.25

Expected volatility

   45%    45%    45%    45%

Risk-free interest rate

   0.63% - 0.90%    1.76% - 2.02%    1.76% - 2.02%    1.56% - 1.78%

Expected dividend rate

   0%    0%    0%    0%

The following table sets forth the stock-based compensation expense included in the consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended June 30,  
         2013              2014              2014              2015      
                   (unaudited)  

Cost of sales

   $ 98       $ 267       $ 124       $ 130   

Research and development

     84         96         47         182   

Sales, general and administrative

     704         1,070         531         3,304   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 886       $ 1,433       $ 702       $ 3,616   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2015, we had approximately $11.4 million of total unrecognized compensation expense, net of related forfeiture estimates, which we expect to recognize over a weighted average period of approximately 3.5 years.

The intrinsic value of all outstanding options as of                  was $         million based on the estimated fair value of our common stock of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

Common Stock Valuations

The fair value of the shares of common stock underlying our stock options has historically been determined by our board of directors. Because there has been no public market for our common stock and in the absence of recent arm’s-length cash sales transactions of our common stock with independent third parties, our board of directors has determined the fair value of our common stock by considering at the time of grant a number of objective and subjective factors. Our board of directors intends all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. The estimated fair value of our common stock was determined at each valuation date in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. Our board of directors, with the assistance of management, developed these valuations using significant judgment and taking into account numerous factors, including the following:

 

    independent third-party valuations;

 

    progress of research and development activities;

 

    our operating and financial performance, including our levels of available capital resources;

 

    rights and preferences of our common stock compared to the rights and preferences of our other outstanding equity securities;

 

61


Table of Contents
    equity market conditions affecting comparable public companies, as reflected in comparable companies’ market multiples, IPO valuations and other metrics;

 

    the achievement of enterprise milestones, including our progress in clinical trials;

 

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock, such as an IPO given prevailing market and medical device sector conditions;

 

    sales of our preferred stock in arms-length transactions;

 

    the illiquidity of our securities by virtue of being a private company;

 

    business risks; and

 

    management and board experience.

We considered the following approaches in the preparation of our valuations:

 

    Market Approach. The market approach values a business by reference to guideline companies, for which enterprise values are known. This approach has two principal methodologies. The guideline public company methodology derives valuation multiples from the operating data and share prices of similar publicly traded companies. The guideline acquisition methodology focuses on comparisons between the subject company and guideline acquired public or private companies.

 

    Option-Pricing Method Backsolve, or OPM backsolve. The OPM backsolve method derives the implied equity value for a company from a recent transaction involving the company’s own securities issued on an arms-length basis.

 

    Probability Weighted Expected Return Method. Using the probability weighted expected return, or PWERM, method, the value of a company’s common stock is estimated based upon the analysis of future values for the company assuming various possible future liquidity events like an initial public offering, sale or merger. Share value is based upon the probability-weighted present value of expected future net cash flows, considering each of the possible future events, as well as the rights and preferences of each share class.

In addition, we also considered an enterprise value allocation method:

 

    Option-Pricing Method, or OPM. Under this method, each class of stock is modeled as a call option with a distinct claim on the enterprise value of the company. The option’s exercise prices would be based on a comparison with the enterprise value. The method assumes that a formula, such as the Black-Scholes model, would calculate the fair value when provided with certain values, including share price, expiration date, volatility and the risk free interest rate.

The per share common stock value was estimated by allocating our enterprise value using the OPM method in October 1, 2013 , May 16, 2014, and September 30, 2014, which determined the common stock value to be $7.75, $9.06 and $10.92, respectively. The per share common stock value was estimated in December 31, 2014, March 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015, which utilized the PWERM method, which determined the common stock value to be $12.36, $14.46 and $20.51, respectively.

In determining the estimated fair value of our common stock, our board of directors also considered the fact that our stockholders could not freely trade our common stock in the public markets. Accordingly, we applied discounts to reflect the lack of marketability of our common stock based on the expected time to liquidity. The estimated fair value of our common stock at each grant date reflected a non-marketability discount partially based on the anticipated likelihood and timing of a future liquidity event.

The key subjective factors and assumptions used in our valuations primarily consisted of: (i) the selection of the appropriate market comparable transactions, (ii) the selection of the appropriate comparable publicly traded companies, (iii) the financial forecasts utilized to determine future cash balances and necessary capital requirements, (iv) the probability and timing of the various possible liquidity events, (v) the estimated weighted average cost of capital and (vi) the discount for lack of marketability of our common stock.

 

62


Table of Contents

At each grant date the board of directors reviewed any recent events and their potential impact on the estimated fair value per share of the common stock. As is provided for in Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, we generally rely on our valuations for up to twelve months unless we have experienced a material event that would have affected the estimated fair value per common share.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method, whereby deferred tax asset and liability account balances are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. We provide a valuation allowance to reduce the net deferred tax assets to their estimated realizable value.

At December 31, 2014, we had approximately $17.8 million and $2.0 million of state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards, respectively, available to offset future taxable income. The state net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2017. At December 31, 2014, we had research credits available to offset federal and state tax liabilities in the amount of $0.7 million and $2.8 million, respectively. Federal credits will begin to expire in 2027 and California state tax credits have no expiration. As of December 31, 2014, we had fully used $22.6 million of federal net operating losses, which we had accumulated in our first six years of operations, from 2004 through 2009.

The calculation of our current provision for income taxes involves the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments while taking into account current tax laws, interpretation of current tax laws and possible outcomes of future tax audits. We have established reserves to address potential exposures related to tax positions that could be challenged by tax authorities. Although we believe our estimates, assumptions and judgments to be reasonable, any changes in tax law or its interpretation of tax laws and the resolutions of potential tax audits could significantly impact the amounts provided for income taxes in our consolidated financial statements.

At June 30, 2015, our net deferred tax asset was $6.8 million, after reduction of a valuation allowance of $2.9 million. The calculation of our deferred tax asset balance involves the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments while taking into account estimates of the amounts and type of future taxable income. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that the future realization of all or some of the deferred tax assets will not be achieved. Valuation allowances related to deferred tax assets can be affected by changes to tax laws, statutory tax rates, future taxable income levels and input from our tax advisors or regulatory authorities. If our management was to determine that we would not be able to realize all or a portion of our net deferred tax assets in the future, a valuation allowance related charge to earnings would be reflected in that period, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

We have adopted ASC 740-10 “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” that prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in our income tax return, and also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.

We include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within income tax expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. We have not incurred any interest or penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in any of the periods presented.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which outlines a comprehensive new revenue recognition model designed to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The accounting standard is effective for annual reporting periods (including interim reporting periods within those periods) beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is not permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of this accounting standard.

 

63


Table of Contents

In July 2015, the FASB voted to defer the effective date by one year to December 15, 2017 for annual reporting periods beginning after that date. The FASB also voted to permit early adoption of the standard, but not before the original effective date of December 15, 2016. The final accounting standard formally amending the effective date is expected to be issued by the FASB by the end of the third quarter of 2015.

In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-17, Pushdown Accounting, which provides an acquired entity to elect the option to apply pushdown accounting in the reporting period in which the change-in-control event occurs and allows the acquired entity to determine whether to elect to apply pushdown accounting for each individual change-in-control event in which the acquirer obtains control of the acquired entity. This accounting standard is effective as of November 18, 2014 and we will apply the guidance to future change-in control events.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory, which requires an entity to measure most inventory at the lower of cost and net realizable value, thereby simplifying the current guidance under which an entity must measure inventory at the lower of cost or market. The accounting standard is effective prospectively for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods therein. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of an interim or annual reporting period. We are currently evaluating the impact of this accounting standard.

 

64


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

Penumbra is a global interventional therapies company that designs, develops, manufactures and markets innovative medical devices. We have a broad portfolio of products that addresses challenging medical conditions and significant clinical needs across two major markets, neuro and peripheral vascular. The conditions that our products address include, among others, ischemic stroke, hemorrhagic stroke and various peripheral vascular conditions that can be treated through thrombectomy and embolization procedures.

We are an established company focused on the neuro market, and we recently expanded our business to include the peripheral vascular market. We sell our products to hospitals, primarily through our salesforce, as well as through distributors in select international markets. We focus on developing, manufacturing and marketing products for use by specialist physicians, including interventional neuroradiologists, neurosurgeons, interventional neurologists, interventional radiologists and vascular surgeons. We design our products to provide these specialist physicians with a means to drive improved clinical outcomes through faster and safer procedures. Studies involving our Penumbra System ischemic stroke products and Penumbra Coil 400 neurovascular embolization products, as well as initial study results for our Indigo peripheral thrombectomy products, have shown that these products generate significant overall cost savings to the healthcare system relative to procedures using other products.

We attribute our success to our culture built on cooperation, our highly efficient product innovation process, our disciplined approach to product and commercial development, our deep understanding of our target end markets and our relationships with specialist physicians. We believe these factors have enabled us to rapidly innovate in a highly capital-efficient manner.

Since our founding in 2004, we have had a strong track record of organic product development and commercial expansion that has established the foundation of our global organization. Some of our key accomplishments include:

 

    launching our first product, for neurovascular access, in the United States in 2007;

 

    establishing our direct neuro salesforce in the United States and Europe in 2008;

 

    launching the first 510(k)-cleared, aspiration-based product for the treatment of ischemic stroke patients in 2008, and launching four subsequent generations of that product;

 

    launching our first neurovascular coil for the treatment of brain aneurysms in 2011;

 

    launching our first peripheral vascular product in 2013; and

 

    establishing our direct peripheral vascular salesforce in the United States and Europe in 2014.

As of June 30, 2015, we had approximately 1,000 employees worldwide. We sell our products to hospitals primarily through our direct sales organization in the United States, most of Europe, Canada and Australia, as well as through distributors in select international markets. For the year ended December 31, 2014, we generated revenue of $125.5 million, which represents a 41.3% increase over 2013, and $3.0 million in operating income as compared to an operating loss of $1.1 million in 2013. For the six months ended June 30, 2015, we generated revenue of $81.3 million, which represents a 41.0% increase over the six months ended June 30, 2014, and $0.2 million in operating income as compared to operating income of $2.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014.

Market Opportunity

We estimate that the market for our current neuro and peripheral vascular products in the United States and Europe combined was approximately $1.3 billion in 2014, which we estimate represents growth of approximately 3.2% per year from 2012. While reliable third-party data is not available for markets outside the United States and Europe, we believe that there is a substantial additional market for our neuro and peripheral vascular products in the rest of the world.

 

65


Table of Contents

We believe the market for our products remains substantially underpenetrated today, and that this market will experience significant growth as we and our competitors:

 

    generate additional clinical evidence supporting endovascular treatment of vascular disease;

 

    improve existing technologies to enable physicians to treat vascular disease faster and more safely than previously possible;

 

    support and educate the growing number of specialist physicians who treat vascular disease in the use of endovascular treatment;

 

    grow the number of hospitals where endovascular treatment of vascular disease is available; and

 

    raise patient awareness of endovascular treatment of vascular disease.

We estimate that the market for our neuro products in the United States and Europe combined was over $500 million in 2014. According to the American Heart Association (AHA), the worldwide incidence of all forms of stroke was 33 million in 2010. We believe the recent publication of several major clinical trials demonstrating the benefit of endovascular treatment of ischemic stroke patients over the standard medical therapy will significantly expand the neuro market and support increased future growth.

We estimate that the market for our peripheral vascular products in the United States and Europe combined was over $750 million in 2014. Furthermore, according to a paper published in the journal The Lancet, 202 million people globally were living with peripheral artery disease in 2010. We believe that expanded adoption of new technologies developed to treat peripheral vascular disease will drive continued growth in this market.

Industry Background

Vascular Disease

Vascular disease refers to any condition that affects the circulatory system and typically manifests as a blockage or rupture of an artery or a vein. It may occur in any part of the body and is a condition that leads most often to blood vessel narrowing and obstruction, but can also lead to expansion of the blood vessel wall and blood vessel wall weakening and rupture. Vascular disease can cause a range of conditions, from pain to functional impairment, and it can require the amputation of a limb or result in death.

When the treatment for vascular disease is performed from within a vessel, it is referred to as an endovascular procedure. Endovascular procedures are minimally invasive means of treating the two major vascular problems that can develop within blood vessels: an occlusion, where the vessel is blocked or narrowed, and an aneurysm, or weakening of the vessel wall that forms a balloon-like pouch that fills with blood.

Endovascular procedures are performed by utilizing an accessible artery to reach an occlusion or aneurysm. During most endovascular procedures, a catheter is placed into the femoral artery in the groin, and X-ray imaging or fluoroscopy is used to help the physician visually navigate the catheter to the area to be treated. Endovascular procedures are less invasive and require a smaller incision than conventional open surgery, and we believe they are safer procedures for patients, reduce hospital stays and recovery times, and are more cost effective to the healthcare system.

Endovascular device markets are conventionally classified according to the anatomic location of the disorder. We currently focus our efforts on the neuro and peripheral vascular markets.

Neurovascular Disease

Neurovascular diseases are vascular diseases and disorders in the brain. A devastating complication of neurovascular disease is stroke. A stroke is caused by either an occlusion or rupture of an artery or vein. According to the AHA, the worldwide incidence of all forms of stroke was 33 million in 2010, and stroke was the second leading cause of death globally. The AHA estimates that there are approximately 795,000 strokes

 

66


Table of Contents

annually in the United States, making stroke the fourth leading cause of death, and the leading cause of long-term disability. The AHA estimates that stroke results in total direct and indirect costs of approximately $33 billion in the United States annually. There are two principal forms of stroke:

 

    ischemic strokes, which are caused by the blockage of an artery to the brain and affect approximately 690,000 patients annually in the United States; and

 

    hemorrhagic strokes, which are caused by a sudden rupture of a brain artery that leads to bleeding into or around the brain and affect approximately 105,000 patients annually in the United States.

Both forms of stroke may result in permanent brain damage or death. Patients who survive a stroke are often left with disabilities, including paralysis, coma, impaired cognition, decreased coordination, loss of visual acuity, loss of speech, loss of sensation or some combination of these conditions. The devastating effects of stroke are one of the greatest costs to the healthcare system.

Ischemic Stroke

Ischemic strokes can be caused by several kinds of disease and can be characterized as either thrombotic or embolic. A thrombotic stroke is the most common and occurs when arteries in the brain become blocked by the formation of a clot within the brain. An embolic stroke occurs when a clot or small piece of plaque formed in one of the arteries leading to the brain travels through the bloodstream where it lodges in narrower arteries in the brain and blocks blood flow.

Treatment for patients with a blocked blood vessel in the brain that has caused an ischemic stroke consists of two basic methodologies to restore blood flow to the brain: intravenous (IV) lysis of the clot with administration of tissue plasminogen activator (tPA), the standard medical therapy, and more recently, endovascular removal of the clot with catheter based devices, or thrombectomy.

tPA is a clot dissolving drug that is administered to patients presenting with ischemic stroke symptoms within 3 hours, in most patients, and up to 4.5 hours in certain eligible patients. However, a large percentage of stroke patients do not arrive at a hospital in time for tPA treatment, and a significant percentage of patients treated with tPA do not immediately experience improved blood flow, or perfusion, to the brain. Such delays in perfusion can lead to prolonging or exacerbating the symptoms of ischemic stroke.

Currently, thrombectomy products are 510(k) cleared by the FDA for use within eight hours of stroke onset to restore blood flow in patients experiencing an ischemic stroke. Thrombectomy is performed by advancing a catheter to the site of the blocked blood vessel in the brain and then aspirating the clot into an aspiration catheter at the site of the clot, deploying a stent-like device and retracting it through the cerebral vasculature into a large catheter in the neck, or a combination of the two approaches. Ischemic stroke patients with large vessel occlusions and those with sufficient salvageable tissue are candidates for endovascular thrombectomy. According to a paper published in the journal Stroke, only 0.6% of stroke patients in the United States in 2009 underwent such a procedure.

In the past year, several major clinical trials have produced clinical data demonstrating the benefit of endovascular treatment of stroke patients over standard medical therapy. The MR CLEAN study, published in The New England Journal of Medicine in January 2015, demonstrated the benefit of endovascular thrombectomy plus standard medical therapy over standard medical therapy alone. The MR CLEAN study demonstrated the benefit of endovascular treatment across the range of clinical outcomes at 90 days, judged by the modified Rankin Scale (mRS), which is a commonly used scale measuring the degree of disability or dependence in the daily activities of people who have suffered a stroke or other causes of neurological disability. In the MR CLEAN study, where patients received endovascular treatment for stroke, there was a significant increase in the number achieving functional independence at 90 days, with 32.6% of the endovascular treatment group achieving a 0 to 2 on the mRS, which indicates no symptoms or only slight disability, compared to 19.1% of the control group. The results of this study have now been independently confirmed by several additional clinical trials: ESCAPE (2015), SWIFT PRIME (2015), EXTEND IA (2015), REVASCAT (2015), THRACE (2015) and our own THERAPY (2015) study. These studies support endovascular stroke treatment (as compared to standard medical

 

67


Table of Contents

therapy) across a range of different products and patient selection criteria. With the exception of our own THERAPY study, we do not have access to the raw data underlying the published results of these trials, and so we cannot state with certainty whether any of our products was used in any of the trials.

With the recent clinical data supporting the benefits of endovascular thrombectomy, the Society of NeuroInterventional Surgery (SNIS) has stated endovascular thrombectomy is a new standard of care for stroke patients who qualify for the procedure. SNIS published the Report of its Standard and Guidelines Committee in the Journal of NeuroInterventional Surgery in May 2015, including the following specific language:

“For patients with anterior circulation stroke and documented E[mergent] L[arge] V[essel] O[cclusion] affecting the ICA or M1 segment of the MCA and a corresponding clinical deficit, the addition of endovascular embolectomy results in superior clinical outcomes compared with best medical therapy alone. Embolectomy needs to be performed as rapidly as possible for the greatest clinical benefit, and is best when performed within 6 h[ours] from onset of symptoms (AHA Class I, level of evidence A.).”

The ICA or M1 Segment of the MCA refers to the specific anatomical location of the occlusion in the vasculature.

In addition, on June 29, 2015, the American Heart Association/American Stroke Association (AHA/ASA) issued its updated guidance on endovascular treatment of acute ischemic stroke—the 2015 AHA/ASA Focused Update of the 2013 Guidelines for the Early Management of Patients with Acute Ischemic Stroke Regarding Endovascular Treatment. It was published in Stroke, the medical journal of the AHA/ASA. The AHA/ASA guidelines focus on the use of stent retrievers as the primary method of endovascular treatment of acute ischemic stroke but also allow for the use of other devices. Recommendation 10 specifically states: “Use of stent retrievers is indicated in preference to the MERCI device. The use of mechanical thrombectomy devices other than stent retrievers may be reasonable in some circumstances.”

Given the recent clinical data supporting endovascular treatment of ischemic stroke patients and the substantial clinical need and economic burden of ischemic stroke, we believe that the market for endovascular treatment of ischemic stroke is in its early stages of development and will continue to expand significantly over time.

Hemorrhagic Stroke

Hemorrhagic strokes are caused by a sudden rupture of a brain artery leading to bleeding into or around the brain. A cerebral aneurysm is usually located along the major arteries deep within brain structures. A major cause of hemorrhagic stroke is the rupture of a cerebral aneurysm. Aneurysms can vary in shape and size, typically grow over time and, due to pressure placed on the wall of the aneurysm, are prone to rupture. Ruptured aneurysms can cause death as a result of massive intracranial bleeding and loss of perfusion to the brain in the area affected by the aneurysm rupture. If an aneurysm ruptures, it leaks blood into the space around the brain. This is called a subarachnoid hemorrhage. If the hemorrhage bleeds into the brain itself, causing damage to the brain directly, this results in a hemorrhagic stroke. According to the AHA, once an aneurysm bleeds, there is an approximately 30% to 40% likelihood of death and an approximately 20% to 35% likelihood of moderate to severe brain damage, even if the aneurysm is successfully treated. If the aneurysm is not treated quickly, additional bleeding may occur from the already ruptured aneurysm.

The optimal treatment for an aneurysm depends upon many factors, including whether the aneurysm has ruptured or not. If an aneurysm has not ruptured, the optimal treatment will depend upon its size, location and shape and the patient’s symptoms. Small, unruptured aneurysms that are not creating any symptoms may not need treatment unless they grow, trigger symptoms, or rupture. A ruptured aneurysm usually requires immediate treatment because the re-bleeding rate remains quite high. However, the treatment time and options for treatment depend upon the size, location and shape of the aneurysm, as well as the patient’s overall medical condition.

Depending on an individual’s risk factors, surgical clipping of an aneurysm had been traditionally recommended. In this open surgical procedure, patients are placed under general anesthesia, an opening is

 

68


Table of Contents

made in the skull, the brain tissue is spread apart, and the aneurysm is surgically exposed. The neurosurgeon then places a clip around the aneurysm’s base. The clip seals off the aneurysm so that blood cannot enter. Possible complications from surgical clipping include infection at the incision site, rupturing of the aneurysm during surgery, damage to the artery and bleeding into the brain which could result in brain damage. As with other open surgical procedures, there are risks associated with the use of anesthesia during the procedure.

The primary endovascular procedure for treating both unruptured and ruptured aneurysms uses a repair technique called embolization. The objective of embolization is to induce a blood clot, or thrombus, in the diseased vasculature to limit blood flow through the diseased vascular anatomy, thereby reducing blood pressure and flow to a ruptured area or the likelihood of rupture in an unruptured area.

The endovascular embolization of cerebral aneurysms usually involves the deployment of small platinum coils into the aneurysm. During such an embolic coiling procedure, the physician accesses the femoral artery to allow the introduction of a catheter which is inserted and guided towards the brain. A microcatheter is then introduced through the larger catheter and used to deliver coils through the neck and into the sac of the aneurysm. They are individually placed and often detached by a small electric current or mechanical detachment. This process is generally repeated until the aneurysm is filled with many coils, generally in progressively smaller sizes. Coiling may be done under local or general anesthesia. Possible complications include rupture of the aneurysm during treatment and damage to the artery and bleeding into the brain that could result in brain damage or death, as well as risks from the anesthesia.

Following the release of results from the International Subarachnoid Aneurysm Trial (ISAT) which were published in the journal The Lancet in 2002 and did not involve our products, the treatment of aneurysms shifted from open surgical techniques, such as surgical clipping, to minimally invasive, endovascular techniques, such as embolic coiling. The ISAT was a clinical trial involving 2,143 patients in Europe, North America and Australia that compared aneurysm clipping with embolic coiling as a method of treating cerebral aneurysms. The trial concluded that endovascular intervention with detachable platinum coils resulted in a 23% relative and 7% absolute reduction in the risk of major brain injury or death at one-year follow up compared with surgical clipping of the aneurysm.

According to the American Association of Neurological Surgeons, up to 6% of the general population in the United States may be living with an unruptured aneurysm. In addition, an estimated 30,000 people per year in the United States suffer from a ruptured cerebral aneurysm. According to the AHA, annually, 0.5% to 3.0% of people with a brain aneurysm may suffer from bleeding. If a patient has one aneurysm, there is a 15% to 20% likelihood that the patient has at least one or more additional aneurysms.

Peripheral Vascular Disease

Peripheral vascular disease is defined as vascular disease occurring in vessels outside of the brain or heart. Peripheral vascular disease is characterized by the narrowing or occlusion of blood vessels and can cause pain or loss of function and lead to amputation and death. Mortality from peripheral vascular disease can occur as a result of stroke, kidney failure or diabetes-related vascular complications.

According to a paper published in the journal The Lancet, the worldwide prevalence of peripheral artery disease was 202 million in 2010. Within the United States, the AHA estimates that approximately 8 million adults have peripheral artery disease. Patients with peripheral artery disease have a nearly threefold increase in the risk of suffering a heart attack or stroke. Over half of the population with peripheral artery disease does not display classic symptoms of the disease, leading to substantial underdiagnosis. Massachusetts General Hospital estimates that only approximately 25% of patients with peripheral artery disease in the United States undergo treatment for the disease.

More particularly, in Deep Vein Thrombosis, Dr. Camerota estimated that approximately 1 million people in the United States are diagnosed with deep vein thrombosis (DVT) each year. Approximately 300,000 people die of a venous thromboembolism complication, which exceeds that of acute myocardial infarction or acute stroke. In addition, according to The New England Journal of Medicine, acute limb ischemia, a sudden decrease in limb perfusion that threatens the viability of the limb, is found in approximately 1.5 out of 10,000 people per year.

 

69


Table of Contents

Peripheral thrombectomy

When blood is unable to flow smoothly through a vessel, it can begin to coagulate, turning from a free-flowing liquid to a semisolid gel, a process known as blood clotting. A blood clot, or thrombus, that forms within a blood vessel may continue to grow, blocking off the blood supply to certain parts of the body and causing damage to tissues and organs. In some patients, blood clots come from other sources and dislodge in relatively small vessels, thereby causing a blockage or embolization. If left untreated, a vascular blockage can lead to limb ischemia, a potentially lethal clinical event. Limb ischemia is a sudden decrease in blood supply to the limb that threatens the viability of the limb. The rapid onset of this condition reduces or prevents the delivery of nutrients to the metabolically active tissues of the limb, including skin, muscle, and nerves. Symptoms of limb ischemia include pain, pulselessness, pale color, perishing cold feeling and paraesthetic feeling, such as burning or tingling, and paralysis.

Thrombotic occlusion is the most common cause of limb ischemia. Immediate surgical or endovascular removal of the clot is recommended in order to restore blood flow to the limb and prevent amputation. In these situations, thrombectomy and thrombolysis are often performed as a less invasive alternative to bypass surgery, where clot removal is imperative for the patient’s survival.

Minimally invasive endovascular procedures for the treatment of blood clots in the peripheral vasculature consist primarily of thrombolytic drug infusion, syringe aspiration or mechanical removal. In thrombolytic drug infusion, a catheter with holes allowing for drug infusion is inserted into the blocked or narrowed part of the artery over a previously positioned guidewire that directs the catheter to the affected area. A thrombolytic drug, such as tPA, is then infused at a set infusion rate for a period of 18 to 48 hours, during which time, these patients are closely monitored in an Intensive Care Unit (ICU) to ensure there are no complications associated with infusion of the drug.

Clot removal using syringe aspiration is accomplished through the use of a catheter delivered to the clot, and then a syringe is hooked to the end of the catheter. This syringe creates an initial vacuum, and hence can remove very short, soft segments of the clot in small vessels. As clot segments get longer, and more fibrous in nature, these syringe aspiration techniques are no longer effective, and a more robust mode of endovascular treatment is required. Some new techniques are evolving, where there is now the ability to maintain a continuous vacuum using a mechanical pump, and the addition of another wire-based tool along with the catheter to help keep the catheter option for the duration of the procedure. This is proving to be able to handle longer segments of the clot, as well as a clot that has been in place for a longer period of time. Other techniques involve the combination of the tPA drug along with a mechanical component, with the risk of bleeding, albeit lower, as well as added procedural cost.

Percutaneous thrombectomy devices are increasingly used to remove clots from peripheral and coronary vessels because they offer a faster treatment option than the traditional standard of care, systemic thrombolysis. The advantages of thrombectomy over thrombolytic drug administration alone can include rapid reperfusion of ischemic limbs, reduced procedural times, potentially shorter hospital stays, and lower recurrence of thrombosis.

With proper endovascular or surgical care, acute limb ischemia is a highly treatable condition; however, delayed treatment beyond six to 12 hours can result in permanent disability, amputation and death. Despite currently available treatments, according to The New England Journal of Medicine, it is estimated that acute limb ischemia has an associated one-year mortality rate of between 15% and 20% and an in-hospital amputation rate of between 10% and 15%.

Peripheral embolization

Aneurysms are another potential result of peripheral vascular disease. Peripheral aneurysms vary in size, shape and location. Peripheral vascular aneurysms occur in the renal arteries, the lower extremities and the visceral arteries, which are located in the abdomen and feed several important organs, such as the liver and spleen. Ruptured aneurysms can result in death as a result of massive bleeding and loss of perfusion to the organ that the vessel feeds.

Internal hemorrhaging can be difficult to control, and interventional radiologists will often perform an embolization to occlude the bleeding vessel. Leading causes of internal hemorrhaging where embolization is used

 

70


Table of Contents

include trauma (generally major organ or gastrointestinal), pre- and post-surgical organ removal, hemoptysis (respiratory tract bleeding resulting in the excessive coughing up of blood), epistaxis (excessive and uncontrollable nosebleed), pseudoaneurysm hemorrhage and pulmonary AVM (arterial venous malformation) hemorrhage.

A peripheral aneurysm requires surgical or endovascular repair because of the risk of rupture. If the aneurysm is small and there are no symptoms, the physician will monitor its size to determine when repair is needed. Endovascular repair makes use of a catheter to place embolization coils that occlude the aneurysm and prevent blood flow to the area, thereby preventing further growth of the aneurysm. Open surgical repair of a peripheral aneurysm may be recommended if the aneurysm anatomy does not allow for endovascular repair. In this procedure, the damaged vasculature is removed and replaced with a graft or surgically ligated.

Minimally invasive endovascular procedures for the treatment of peripheral aneurysms or blood vessel sacrifice involve the placement of a catheter at the targeted location. The interventional radiologist then delivers metallic occlusion devices such as embolization coils or plugs to the target location to obstruct the aneurysm or vessel. Coils can be either pushable or detachable. Pushable coils are pushed out of the catheter without exact control of placement and delivery. Detachable coils offer precise physician control and can be carefully positioned until the physician is satisfied with the coil placement at the desired location. At this point, the physician uses a trigger mechanism, which can be mechanical or electrolytic, to detach the coil and release it into the target vessel.

Peripheral vascular embolization coils (PV coils) are used in a variety of clinical applications. Detachable PV coils are becoming more popular among interventional radiologists due to their clinical benefits relative to pushable coils, their ease of use and their predictability. Clinical applications involving the use of coils include: active extravasations; selective embolization in patients with visceral aneurysms; exclusion of branches prior to chemoembolization and radioembolization; embolization in patients with gastrointestinal bleeding; embolization of branches prior to stent graft procedures; procedures after stent grafting in patients with persistent type II endoleaks and sac enlargement; treatment of patients with varicocele and pelvic congestion syndrome; high flow AVM; post trans intrahepatic shunt placement; balloon retrograde transvenous obliteration; and exclusion of hepatic branches prior to liver resection.

Our Strengths

We believe the following strengths have enabled us to develop our broad and differentiated product portfolio and will continue to be significant factors in our success and growth. We plan to continue investing in our organization to preserve these strengths as we grow our business.

 

    Our culture built on cooperation, which we have institutionalized through our unique organizational structure. From our inception, we structured Penumbra in a unique way, designed to optimize the level of cooperation and communication between functional areas of the organization. This structure is highlighted by the application of distinctive methodologies to almost every important aspect of management, including research and development (R&D) project selection, budgeting, hiring and compensation. We believe our success in maintaining this structure over the past ten years demonstrates that our corporate structure and approach to culture and cooperation should be scalable as we continue to grow. We also seek to ensure maximum control of our development, manufacturing and commercialization processes, and accordingly, we currently conduct substantially all of our own product development, manufacture substantially all of our own products and, where cost effective, sell our own products through our direct sales organization.

 

    Our highly efficient product innovation process. Our differentiated products have been a significant factor in our commercial success. We believe our ability to rapidly develop innovative products is in large part attributable to the fully integrated product innovation process that we have implemented and the management philosophy behind that process. From project initiation, we staff projects with a development team that includes our R&D engineers, personnel with manufacturing and quality control competencies, as well as employees focused on clinical, regulatory and marketing. This enables us to have a broad perspective on the design, manufacturing and clinical needs for the product, and ensures that members of the team share in the ownership of any given project. In addition, we rotate our project team leaders from our various functional areas to ensure cooperation and communication. We empower each project team to foster and encourage long-term innovative success by discouraging the fear of failure.

 

71


Table of Contents
    Our disciplined approach to product and commercial development. One of the benefits of our organizational structure and product innovation process is our ability to approach our development and commercialization in a disciplined manner. In our product development, this discipline includes incorporating the feedback of our cross-functional teams to optimize the materials selection or physician ease-of-use objectives early in the process, which enables us to accelerate the development process. Of equal importance, this also enables us to eliminate a project more expeditiously should it not meet the requirements for success defined by one of our functional teams. In our commercial development, we believe that we have applied the same discipline to our selection of target end markets and our identification of new sales and marketing talent.

 

    Our deep understanding of our target end markets. We have assembled a team with in-depth knowledge of both of the target end markets in which we currently compete. We entered the neuro market in 2007, and we have a highly experienced team with extensive expertise and long tenure in this market. We believe our experience and expertise in this market has enabled us to effectively address specific clinical challenges with innovative products and technologies. In our peripheral vascular business, we have built a team with vast experience in peripheral vascular disease. We have also sought expertise and gained insight from many of the physician thought leaders in the interventional and vascular surgery community. The combination of internal expertise and access to external expertise has enabled us to engage in focused product development.

 

    Our relationships with specialist physicians. Many of the specialist physicians who use our products have been responsible for developing clinical treatments in the neuro and peripheral vascular markets. Given our deep understanding of the clinical challenges in these markets, we have been able to develop very strong relationships with many of the leading specialist physicians. These physicians range from those in the specialist residency programs in endovascular treatment of stroke to influential thought leaders who are developing some of the most innovative research and techniques in the field.

Our Growth Strategies

We believe the following strategies will continue to play a critical role in our future growth:

 

    Expanding the penetration of our products in our target end markets. In order to grow our business, we plan to continue to establish and strengthen our presence in our target end markets of neuro and peripheral vascular disease. We sell our products through our direct sales organization in the United States, most of Europe, Canada and Australia and through distributors in select international markets. We plan to expand the reach and penetration of our products by growing our direct sales organization and establishing new relationships with specialist physicians who have not used our products. We also plan to establish deeper relationships with hospital customers for whom we believe the cost effectiveness of our products is very attractive relative to alternatives.

 

    Growing the acceptance of our innovative products as the standard of care in their targeted clinical applications. We develop innovative products to improve the clinical outcomes in our targeted applications in a cost effective manner. Improving a clinical outcome can have many implications, ranging from improving post-procedure reperfusion in ischemic stroke or limb ischemia to generating rapid occlusion in hemorrhagic stroke patients and reducing procedure times. We have evaluated some of our products in clinical studies to obtain U.S. regulatory clearance, and many of our products have been studied post-marketing in either Penumbra or third-party sponsored clinical trials. We believe that our strategy of continuing to invest in clinical studies for our products will help us differentiate our products for specialist physicians, hospital customers and patients.

 

    Continuing to leverage our product development capabilities to drive efficient, rapid product development. We believe our highly efficient product development process has been a significant factor in our success to date. We plan to continue investing in product development, applying our integrated development approach and core technology expertise, to drive efficient, rapid product development in our target end markets. We expect to maintain our disciplined approach to product development in markets where we believe we can improve clinical outcomes in a cost-effective manner.

 

72


Table of Contents
    Scaling our culture of cooperative product development and commercial execution. We believe that our organizational structure has been an important differentiating factor because it has enabled us to innovate and commercialize our products in a capital efficient manner. As we have grown as an organization, we have been able to scale our business from development stage in 2004 to a company with approximately 1,000 employees currently focused on multiple product categories in two target end markets. We believe our experience in maintaining our unique structure while scaling our business will help us considerably as we grow our business going forward.

 

73


Table of Contents

Our Products

Since our founding in 2004, we have invested in expanding our product development and marketing capabilities. These investments have included engineering and materials science capabilities, pre-clinical and bench-testing infrastructure and in-house clinical and regulatory infrastructure. Our fully-integrated organization has enabled us to launch 14 product brands for access, thrombectomy and embolization since 2007 to service our two target end markets. Our current portfolio provides a range of products that are designed to enable specialist physicians to drive improved clinical outcomes in a cost effective manner. Numerous independent clinical studies have supported the cost-effectiveness of our products for hospital customers through comparative cost data.

The following table summarizes our product offerings in each of our target end markets:

 

 

LOGO

 

74


Table of Contents

OUR NEURO PRODUCTS

Neurovascular Access

Accessing the brain through the tortuous neurovasculature has been a substantial challenge for physicians treating vascular disorders in the brain. Companies developing products for neurovascular applications have historically leveraged technologies developed for use in coronary or peripheral vascular interventions. This approach created challenges given the vastly different anatomy, structure and sizing of the neurovascular vessels.

Our portfolio of neurovascular access products includes our Neuron Access System catheters, BENCHMARK Intracranial Access System catheters and a variety of microcatheters.

Neuron Access System

We recognized the challenges posed by existing access technologies and focused our initial efforts on developing a guide catheter system designed specifically for neurointerventional procedures. Our Neuron delivery catheter is a variable stiffness guide catheter with increased support in the aortic arch, which enables trackability to access the intracranial vasculature. The design of Neuron enables physicians to position the catheter much higher in the anatomy than conventional guide catheters.

We believe the Neuron family of guide catheters and the Penumbra distal delivery catheters that we subsequently introduced have enabled many neuro-endovascular procedures that previously had not been possible in the tortuous anatomy of the neurovasculature. We have continued our development and currently offer a wide range of catheters that enable delivery of the different therapeutic catheters that are required for ischemic and hemorrhagic stroke interventions. Our Neuron products include the following:

 

    The Neuron Intracranial Access System is indicated for the introduction of interventional devices into the peripheral, coronary and neuro vasculature. The system is a two-catheter system comprised of the Neuron Delivery Catheter and the Select Catheter.

 

    The Neuron Delivery Catheter is a variable stiffness, large lumen catheter that combines proximal arch support with a microcatheter-like distal segment that is designed to access the intracranial anatomy. The Neuron can be used individually with a 0.038 inch guidewire, or together with the Neuron Select Catheter, to access the desired location.

 

    The Select Catheter is a single lumen, braid-reinforced, torquable catheter with a radiopaque distal end and a hub on the proximal end. The Select Catheter enables primary access with the Neuron Delivery Catheters, obviating the need for an extra guide catheter.

 

    The Neuron MAX System is an additional configuration to the currently available Neuron Intracranial Access System. The Neuron MAX System is a long sheath catheter with a flexible distal tip for neurovascular use and provides a larger lumen to enable a wide range of device compatibility in neurovascular procedures.

BENCHMARK Intracranial Access System

Advances in our catheter technology, driven largely by our advances in ischemic stroke therapy, have enabled us to further develop our intracranial access category of products. Our latest development in this category is the BENCHMARK catheter, which features additional improvements in ease-of-use, trackability, and aortic arch support that we believe will further enhance our position in the neurovascular access market.

The BENCHMARK catheter technology achieves these improvements by combining our advanced tracking technology with the original Neuron intracranial access concept. In addition to improved proximal support in the arch through multi-geometry metal reinforcement, the distal tip is softer and more trackable, while maintaining complete distal shaft radiopacity for improved visualization. The BENCHMARK also is available pre-packaged with a Select catheter to obviate the need for a neurovascular guide catheter exchange, which reduces the number of devices needed per procedure and shortens procedure times.

 

75


Table of Contents

Ischemic Stroke

Penumbra System

We developed our aspiration-based Penumbra System family of products to enable specialist physicians to revascularize blood vessels that are blocked by clots in the intracranial vasculature. We launched our first Penumbra System product in 2008 in the United States. We believe ACE, launched in June 2013, and ACE 64, launched in May 2015, represent significant advancements over prior generations of the Penumbra System, enabling physicians to treat patients with ischemic stroke quickly, safely and cost effectively.

Overview of the Penumbra System

Our Penumbra System family of products is comprised of several principal components, which include:

 

    Penumbra Reperfusion Catheters are the cornerstone of the Penumbra System and are manufactured using a variety of proprietary processes and materials science innovations. We have launched five successive generations of Reperfusion Catheters since 2008.

The latest generation of our Reperfusion Catheters, the ACE family of catheters, represents our most powerful and trackable Reperfusion Catheters launched to date. Its design enables specialist physicians to track these large bore aspiration catheters to the distal locations of occluded vessels. Once at the site of the occlusion, ACE provides significantly greater aspiration power than our prior Reperfusion Catheters, which we believe contributes to improved clinical outcomes and reduced procedure times.

ACE 64, our latest generation of ACE catheter, is designed to offer enhanced aspiration power relative to prior generations of the product, while maintaining trackability. ACE 64 launched in the United States in late May 2015.

 

    Penumbra Separators are a component of the earlier generations of the Penumbra System and enable a physician to remove an aspirated clot that has aggregated in the Reperfusion Catheter during the procedure. The Separators were an important component of our earlier Penumbra System due to the smaller diameter of our original Reperfusion Catheters, which resulted in frequent obstruction of the catheter. With the launch of our larger diameter ACE, Separators are less frequently used by physicians.

 

    3D is a stent retriever component of the Penumbra System that allows a physician to combine direct aspiration with stent retriever technology in a procedure commonly called “Solumbra.” 3D is currently being evaluated in a clinical study pursuant to an Investigational Device Exemption (IDE) to obtain 510(k) clearance.

 

    Penumbra Aspiration Pumps are attached to our Reperfusion Catheters and provide the aspirating suction force. Our second generation MAX Aspiration Pump features increased aspiration capabilities and an improved, easier to use design. We have standardized the MAX Aspiration Pump to work with all generations of our Reperfusion Catheters.

Evolution of Penumbra System’s Reperfusion Catheters

The Penumbra System Reperfusion Catheters are the foundation of the Penumbra System. The principal generations of our Reperfusion Catheters include the original Penumbra System, Penumbra System MAX, Penumbra System ACE and Penumbra System ACE 64. We have introduced five successive generations of these catheters since early 2008. Each subsequent generation of our Reperfusion Catheters has incorporated significant performance enhancements relative to prior generations with regard to trackability and aspiration power.

 

76


Table of Contents

The Generations of the Penumbra System

 

 

LOGO

The Original Penumbra System

Our original Penumbra System was CE–marked in September 2006 and 510(k) cleared by the FDA in December 2007. The Penumbra System is intended for use in the revascularization of patients with ischemic stroke within eight hours of symptom onset.

Our original Penumbra System was evaluated in the Penumbra Pivotal study, a 125 patient clinical study to assess the safety and effectiveness of the Penumbra System in the revascularization of patients presenting with ischemic stroke. This study was sponsored by Penumbra to support and obtain regulatory clearance for the original Penumbra System. The Penumbra Pivotal study demonstrated an 81.6% success rate in achieving successful revascularization. The study was completed in 2007 and the results were published in the journal Stroke in 2009.

We had commissioned and subsequently evaluated the Penumbra System in our THERAPY study, a clinical study comparing the clinical outcomes in the medical management of stroke patients with IV recombinant tPA (rtPA) to stroke patients treated with a combination of IV rtPA and the Penumbra System. The THERAPY study was commenced in March 2012, and was designed to enroll up to 692 patients, but was stopped early in October 2014, because the positive results of the MR CLEAN study made it unethical to continue to treat the control group in the THERAPY study with medical management rather than with endovascular treatment. The MR CLEAN study demonstrated the superiority of endovascular treatment of stroke over medical management. As a result, the steering committee for THERAPY recommended stopping enrollment for the trial. The THERAPY study results, after the randomization of 108 patients, were presented in April 2015 at the European Stroke Organization Conference and the manuscript is being prepared for submission to a peer-reviewed journal. Despite the early termination of the study, the pre-specified per protocol analysis demonstrated a significant benefit of combined treatment with IV rtPA and the Penumbra System over IV rtPA alone.

 

77


Table of Contents

Penumbra System MAX

The Penumbra System MAX applies our advanced tracking technology and improved aspiration power to the Penumbra System’s aspiration platform. Launched in 2011, the 3MAX and 4MAX Systems feature MAX Tracking Technology that allows access over a solo guidewire for an even faster, easier procedure than with our original Penumbra System. The proximal shaft of these specialized catheters incorporates tapering, larger diameters, enabling increased aspiration power. In August 2012, we launched the 5MAX, which added our MAX Tracking Technology to an even larger dimension Reperfusion Catheter.

ACE

Almost a decade of research and product development culminated in the introduction of our first ACE Reperfusion Catheter in July 2013. ACE features a unique tapered design, large lumen diameter and other developments that result in significantly greater aspiration power and improved trackability compared to our earlier original Penumbra System and Penumbra MAX products.

Given its improved aspiration power and larger lumen size, our ACE Reperfusion Catheter can enable the extraction of a fibrous thrombus without fragmentation and often in one solid piece. This leaves the longitudinal fibrin strands in the clot intact, allowing the thrombus to retain its integrity. We believe this is evidenced in our post-launch clinical experience, in which clinicians have seen high rates of TICI 3 revascularization, representing complete recanalization of the affected area, using our ACE catheters.

Our ACE 64 Reperfusion Catheter was launched in the United States in May 2015. It is built on our ACE platform and offers an increased lumen diameter, which leads to further increased aspiration power and which we believe will aid in the removal of clot from the neurovasculature.

ACE Reperfusion Catheter

 

 

LOGO

 

78


Table of Contents

Penumbra System Clinical Experience

There have been a number of clinical studies that have confirmed that mechanical thrombectomy results in generally better clinical outcomes than non-interventional treatments. Generations of our Penumbra System have been evaluated in several post-market clinical studies that demonstrate improved clinical outcomes and cost effectiveness. The following table summarizes certain key findings from certain clinical studies involving the Penumbra System and competitive technologies for treatment of ischemic stroke. While most of these studies were not designed to provide statistically significant comparisons of the various devices, these studies are highlighted as representative examples of the continuing evolution of mechanical thrombectomy in which clinical results are improving over time from original generation to subsequent generations across different products (including Penumbra products and competitor products). In these clinical studies, the Penumbra System demonstrated robust clinical performance.

 

Product   MERCI(1)     Original
Penumbra
System
    Stent
Retriever
    “Solumbra”     5MAX     ACE  
Author  

Kass-Hout

(JNIS 2014)(2)

   

Humphries

(JNIS

2014)(3)

   

Turk

(JNIS 2014)(4)

 

Number of patients

    81        91        115        105        44        44   

TICI 2b/3

(Successful revascularization (includes partial and complete revascularization))

    70%        78%        86%        88%        96%        98%   

TICI 3

(Complete revascularization)

    14%        9%        37%        44%        41%        61%   

Puncture to revascularization

(Time from groin puncture to successful revascularization)

    91 min        75 min        79 min        57 min        38 min        36 min   

sICH

(Symptomatic intracranial hemorrhage)

    7%        6%        7%        5%        0%        0%   

mRS £ 2 at 90 days

(Modified Rankin scale)

    25%        41%        36%        44%        34%        50%   

 

(1) Merci is the marketing name for the “corkscrew” retriever device developed by Concentric Medical, Inc.

 

(2) Kass-Hout T, Kass-Hout O, Sun C-H J, et al. (2014) Clinical, angiographic and radiographic outcome differences among mechanical thrombectomy devices: initial experience of a large-volume center. J NeuroIntervent Surg. Advance online publication doi:10.1136/neurintsurg-2013-011037.

 

(3) Humphries W, Hoit D, Doss VT, et al. (2014) Distal aspiration with retrievable stent assisted thrombectomy for the treatment of ischemic stroke. J NeuroIntervent Surg. Advance online publication doi:10.1136/neurintsurg-2013-010986.

 

(4) Turk AS, Frei D, Fiorella D, et al. (2014) ADAPT FAST study: a direct aspiration first pass technique for stroke thrombectomy. J NeuroIntervent Surg. Advance online publication doi:10.1136/neurintsurg-2014-011125.

We believe the advancements offered by the Penumbra System, and in particular the ACE Reperfusion Catheter, have changed and will continue to change the way specialist physicians treat ischemic stroke. Some of the principal benefits include:

 

    Improved trackability: The ACE Reperfusion Catheter’s design features significant improvements in trackability, enabling greater ease-of-use in accessing the middle cerebral artery in a highly reproducible manner.

 

    Reduced procedure times: We believe the improved trackability and the significantly greater aspiration power, which can be applied directly to the site of the clot, can enable clinicians using ACE to achieve revascularization faster than has been possible historically. Once our catheter has been navigated to the clot site, aspiration is typically rapid and the clot removed, often intact. The ADAPT FAST study demonstrated that ACE procedures averaged revascularization in 36 minutes from groin access.

 

79


Table of Contents
    Reduced need for general anesthesia: We believe ACE also may offer clinicians the ability to reduce the need for general anesthesia during the procedure. In some cases, ACE procedures can be performed without general anesthesia. It has been demonstrated that performing thrombectomy procedures without general anesthesia has been associated with better clinical outcomes for the patient.

 

    Significant cost advantage: We designed ACE to offer significant economic advantages to our hospital customers relative to prior generations of the Penumbra System and our competitors’ offerings. These cost savings relative to competitive revascularization products are driven by lower total direct product costs as well as reduced procedure times. Based on current list prices, ACE procedures can be performed more cost effectively than procedures using stent retrievers based on device costs alone.

3D

3D is a stent retriever that is designed to be used in conjunction with our Penumbra System. We believe that it will be useful in treating a small percentage of very difficult to treat ischemic clots that may not be removed with our catheters and aspiration pumps alone.

3D

 

 

LOGO

(side view of deployed 3D stent retriever)

We are currently evaluating 3D in a clinical trial pursuant to an Investigational Device Exemption (IDE) study to obtain 510(k) clearance. The 230 patient clinical study compares the safety and effectiveness of 3D as part of the Penumbra System with that of the standard Penumbra System alone. This study is actively enrolling patients. As of June 30, 2015, we have recruited 46 centers in the United States to participate in the trial and have enrolled 183 patients. We expect to complete enrollment of the study in 2016 and anticipate being in a position to file for 510(k) clearance by the end of 2016.

Neurovascular Embolization

Given the minimal product differentiation among the existing coils on the market, we concluded that to initially penetrate this market successfully we would have to develop a coil that was materially easier to deliver, and provided a procedural economic advantage. We also identified a segment of aneurysms that traditional neurovascular coils could not effectively treat on a cost effective basis. These included larger aneurysms and other larger, more complex lesions. We estimate that these aneurysms and lesions currently represent less than 10% of the addressable aneurysms.

The Penumbra Coil 400

We developed our Penumbra Coil 400 to offer an improved alternative for the treatment of larger aneurysms and other larger, more complex lesions. We implemented several proprietary design innovations to enable the coil to maintain shape while achieving biomechanically stable occlusion. Our coil system is composed of a platinum embolization coil complemented by a nitinol inner structure and stretch resistant nitinol wire. It is attached to a composite delivery pusher with a radiopaque positioning marker. The Penumbra Detachment Handle offers instant mechanical detachment of the coil and can be controlled by the physician in the sterile field.

 

80


Table of Contents

We received 510(k) clearance for the Penumbra Coil 400 in 2011. The Penumbra Coil system is FDA cleared for endovascular embolization of intracranial aneurysms and other neurovascular abnormalities.

Penumbra Coil 400 Design Relative to Traditional Coils

 

 

LOGO

Review of Penumbra Coil 400 Clinical Performance

Given the size and handling of the Penumbra Coil 400, it is able to achieve higher packing density with fewer coils compared to competitive coiling systems. These findings have been confirmed in numerous physician sponsored post-marketing studies. Collectively, the clinical studies have shown that use of the Penumbra Coil 400 resulted in:

 

    less retreatments or worsening occlusions;

 

    larger aneurysm treatment capabilities;

 

    higher packing density; and

 

    fewer coils per aneurysm.

Certain single center clinical studies evaluating the Penumbra Coil 400 have shown the clinical and economic benefit of using the large volume Penumbra Coil 400. Some of the principle conclusions include:

 

    In their 2014 study of 75 patients, Mascitelli, Patel, et al. reported their single-center experience with the Penumbra Coil 400 and compared it to their results with conventional coils. They concluded that the Penumbra Coil 400 is more efficient in the embolization of cerebral aneurysms, achieves greater packing density with fewer coils, and the related procedure takes less time to perform without compromising safety.

 

    In their 2012 study of 58 patients, Milburn et al. reported their single-center experience with the Penumbra Coil 400 and compared it to their results with conventional coils. In consecutive cases, they reported a greater than 90% rate of stable occlusion on average follow-up time of 8.6 months. They evaluated and compared the number and total length of coils used per unit volume of aneurysm and experienced a 67% cost savings using the Penumbra Coil 400.

Penumbra SMART Coil

Leveraging our initial experience treating larger aneurysms and more complex lesions with the Penumbra Coil 400, we turned our efforts to developing a standard sized coil to compete in the traditional, smaller neurovascular coil market. While the market has seen significant growth over the last 15 years, there has been

 

81


Table of Contents

very little innovation in the last several years with regard to coil design, material science and performance. As a result, neurovascular coils built on the traditional, smaller-coil platform offer very little differentiation in terms of materials, ease-of-use and trackability.

In light of these dynamics, we focused our development efforts on a coil that would improve ease of delivery, or “feel” of the coil compared to the leading established coils. In order to accomplish this, our engineering team developed a highly sophisticated coil that dramatically changes its softness profile within the span of a single individual coil. This progressive softness feature enables physicians to pack the coil into a delicate lesion and mitigate catheter kick-back at the end of delivery, which can preclude the successful complete embolization of the lesion.

The Penumbra SMART Coil is designed to treat patients with a wide range of neurovascular lesions, including the small and medium sized aneurysms that comprise the majority of the neurovascular coiling market. Alternative products available to physicians in this market are offered in single levels of softness – standard, soft or extra soft.

The three principal levels of softness that competitors offer are derived from using smaller platinum filaments to increase the level of softness. However, this methodology does not allow for changes to the softness level within an individual coil. The design of the Penumbra SMART Coil allows the level of softness to be determined not only by the diameter of the platinum filament, but also by a structural component inside the coil itself. This development enables the Penumbra SMART Coil to become progressively softer within the span of an individual coil.

We anticipate launching our SMART Coil in the second half of 2015. We believe that it will provide us with another important opportunity to offer specialist physicians a broader suite of products to address their neurovascular coiling needs.

LIBERTY Stent

As the market for neurovascular coils grew over the past 15 years, the need arose to optimize coil performance using additional structural support devices. Neurovascular stents were initially developed as a means to complement these coil embolization procedures by enabling the treatment of wide-necked aneurysms that could not be treated with coils alone. These stents have historically had several shortcomings, which include lack of complete coverage of the neck of the aneurysm, challenging stent delivery through neurovascular tortuosity and limited vessel wall opposition.

To expand our presence in the market for the treatment of aneurysms, we began developing a next generation aneurysm stent that could overcome the limitations of existing stents. The objectives were to develop a stent that could:

 

    provide enhanced coverage of the neck of the aneurysm and increased flow diversion;

 

    improve ease-of-use and stent delivery; and

 

    provide improved opposition to the vessel wall through a self-expanding stent with excellent conformability.

The LIBERTY stent is Penumbra’s product for stent-assisted coil embolization. The product incorporates a self-expanding nitinol stent technology developed from a laser-cut hypotube processed to create high coverage with many thin struts supported by a larger structure. This laser-cut nitinol design, complete with thin stent struts, address many of the limitations of other products in the market.

Unlike currently marketed flow-diverting stents, the LIBERTY stent allows the physician to penetrate the stent with a microcatheter and place coils for immediate protection from the possibility of aneurysm rupture, while establishing a scaffold for healing across the aneurysm neck.

 

82


Table of Contents

LIBERTY Stent System

 

 

LOGO

We are currently evaluating LIBERTY in a 120 patient international clinical study, the results of which, if positive, will be submitted to support our premarket approval application, or PMA. As of June 30, 2015, we had enrolled 113 patients in the study. We expect to complete enrollment of the study by the end of 2015 and anticipate being in a position to file for PMA approval by the FDA upon completion of the last patient’s 12-month follow-up.

Neurosurgical Tools

The Apollo System

We received 510(k) clearance from the FDA for our first neurosurgical product, the Apollo System, in 2014. The Apollo system leverages our expertise in thrombectomy and access to offer a minimally invasive approach to surgical removal of fluid and tissue from the ventricles in the brain.

The Apollo system is comprised of two primary components:

 

    the Apollo wand that is inserted into the brain through an endoscope, which, in turn, is inserted through a small burr hole into the skull; and

 

    a reusable hardware device that delivers vacuum, irrigation and vibrational energy along the disposable wand to the site of the hemorrhage.

 

83


Table of Contents
Apollo System    Apollo Wand

 

LOGO

  

 

LOGO  

OUR PERIPHERAL VASCULAR PRODUCTS

After initially focusing our business on our neuro products, we identified the peripheral vascular market as an ideal opportunity to leverage our neuro experience and our core expertise in thrombectomy, embolization and access technologies to develop new products that could address significant clinical needs cost effectively.

The peripheral vasculature suffers from disorders that are very similar to those experienced in the neurovasculature that our products already successfully address. For example, weakening of the vascular walls can result in aneurysms, and blockages can form as the result of embolism or advanced atherosclerosis. Just as the disruption of blood flow to the brain has high mortality and morbidity, disruptions in the peripheral vasculature can also have serious adverse consequences.

The peripheral vasculature also presents unique challenges that do not apply to interventional efforts in the brain. Many peripheral arteries and veins are significantly larger than those found in the brain and therefore have higher blood flow rates. More importantly, they must be able to accommodate larger pressure gradients and sustain structural integrity despite substantial movement and flexing of the organs and musculature that surround them. Imaging can also be more challenging as physicians have to view their equipment through many more layers of organs and tissue than in the brain.

In 2012, we began investing further in research and development to evaluate and identify potential solutions to address significant clinical needs in the peripheral vasculature. Our products for the treatment of peripheral vascular disease focus on:

 

    peripheral vascular embolization;

 

    vessel occlusion; and

 

    peripheral vascular thrombectomy.

Peripheral Embolization

Ruby Coil System

After completing research and development focusing on the specific requirements of the peripheral embolization market, we launched our Ruby Coil System for use in the peripheral vascular market in 2013. The

 

84


Table of Contents

Ruby Coil System consists of detachable coils that are specifically designed for peripheral applications. The Ruby coils have a controlled mechanical detachment mechanism that permits the physician to deliver and reposition the coil until the final satisfactory position is reached before detachment. Compared to pushable coils, this minimizes costly complications like embolizing unintended vessels.

The Ruby Coil System is used in a variety of clinical applications, including:

 

    active extravasations, or the escape of blood into surrounding tissue;

 

    selective embolization in patients with visceral aneurysms;

 

    exclusion of branches prior to chemoembolization and radioembolization;

 

    embolization in patients with gastrointestinal bleeding;

 

    embolization of branches prior to stent graft procedures;

 

    procedures after stent grafting in patients with persistent type II endoleaks and sac enlargement;

 

    treatment of patients with varicocele and pelvic congestion syndrome;

 

    high flow arterial venous malformations;

 

    post trans intrahepatic shunt placement;

 

    balloon retrograde transvenous obliteration; and

 

    exclusion of hepatic branches prior to liver resection.

We believe our Ruby Coil System offers specialist physicians a differentiated, cost-effective solution in the treatment of peripheral embolization patients.

POD (Penumbra Occlusion Device)

We developed POD, our peripheral vascular occlusion device, to address a specific need in the peripheral embolization market to rapidly and precisely occlude a target vessel. Current options for vessel occlusion in the periphery are limited, either requiring multiple devices or difficult to deliver vascular plugs. Microcatheter deliverable devices, such as coils, are not ideally suited for vessel embolization due to their tendency to migrate with antegrade flow and generally require the deployment of several devices to achieve occlusion. Vascular plug technology for larger peripheral vessels requires access with large diagnostic catheters or even larger bore sheaths. Additionally, these devices often require the placement of adjunctive devices, such as coils, to achieve complete occlusion. Our POD device utilizes technology that delivers both variable sizing and variable softness to provide a single device solution for rapid and precise embolization of the target vessel.

Unlike conventional vascular plugs, our POD technology enables the occlusive device to be delivered through a microcatheter. Additionally, a single POD can occlude a range of vessel diameters, reducing the need for sophisticated measurement prior to embolization.

Our POD technology leverages the key features of a dedicated vessel embolization device to improve ease-of-use. These include:

 

    microcatheter deliverability;

 

    instant detachment;

 

    immediate and precise anchoring;

 

    a single device to treat a range of vessel diameters; and

 

    dense occlusion in a short segment.

The technology achieves this range of features through the design of a distal anchoring segment, thereby immediately anchoring the device in a range of vessel diameters. The proximal segment of the POD achieves

 

85


Table of Contents

dense occlusion by packing a softer, smaller diameter segment tightly behind the anchored portion. Once POD is deployed, it can be detached instantly with the sterile detachment handle.

POD technology deployment

 

LOGO    LOGO  
Step 1: Anchor    Step 2: Pack

Peripheral Thrombectomy

Indigo System

Our Indigo System, which we launched in 2014, was designed for continuous aspiration mechanical thrombectomy (CAT), leveraging the success of the Penumbra System in ischemic stroke. The Indigo System is designed to remove clots in the peripheral arteries, including in patients with limb ischemia.

Our Indigo System family of products and accessories is an easy to use thrombectomy system that is powerful, highly trackable, and suited to a wide range of clot morphology. The principal components include:

 

    Continuous Aspiration Mechanical Thrombectomy Catheters are the foundation of the system and are ideally suited to reach anatomy below the knee. Much like our MAX and ACE catheters, the CAT catheters are robust, durable, trackable and suited for the peripheral anatomy. The initial launch of the Indigo System included our CAT5 catheter and the device made for more distal access, CAT3, which is able to reach the distal peripheral vessels of the upper and lower extremities. On May 26, 2015, we received FDA clearance for two larger sizes of the Indigo System, as well as to market the Indigo System for use in the vessels of both the peripheral arterial and venous systems.

 

    Indigo Separator enables the peripheral interventionalist to remove a difficult to aspirate clot from the CAT catheter. In the peripheral vessels, clots often form in long segments, and are more resistant to traditional aspiration techniques. The Indigo System with the Separator enables a wide range of clot morphology to be removed from the body. In clinical settings, we have demonstrated that the Indigo System with the Separator removes clots that were resistant to hours of revascularization attempts with other technologies and thrombolytic agents.

 

    Penumbra Aspiration Pump is the power source that provides the aspirating suction force to remove waste, such as blood and clots.

Our initial clinical experience with the Indigo System has demonstrated high rates of revascularization and reduced procedure times in a range of case applications including:

 

    revascularization of visceral vessels;

 

    upper extremity revascularization in the brachial, radial, ulnar and digital arteries;

 

    above and below the knee revascularization of arteries such as the superficial femoral, popliteal, peroneal, tibial and pedal arteries; and

 

    rescue revascularization following failed revascularization or embolic showering during angioplasty/stenting, complete total occlusion (CTO) procedures, atherectomy, mechanical thrombectomy and thrombolytic infusion.

 

86


Table of Contents

Procedure times with current treatment options often range from several hours up to 24 to 72 hours when thrombolytic therapy is administered. Procedures using the Indigo Systems can generally achieve revascularization in times similar to the neuro experience with the Penumbra System in ischemic stroke.

We are working with leaders in the peripheral interventional field to collect clinical data in our PRISM study, which is a retrospective analysis of technical success using the Penumbra and Indigo Systems for mechanical thrombectomy in the periphery. Initial results of the PRISM study were presented at the 2015 Annual Scientific Meeting of the Society of Interventional Radiology (SIR). In these initial results based on 38 patients, 44.7% of patients were treated initially with Indigo and 44.7% of patients were treated following failed lytic therapy with the remaining patients treated following failed pharmaco-mechanical therapy. In the presented data, 97.3% of patients were successfully revascularized, and there were no device-related complications. The initial data illustrates the benefits of the Indigo System in achieving revascularization of these patients, many of whom had the Indigo System used in the first line therapy.

 

CAT 5 & SEP 5, CAT 3 & SEP 3    Indigo Pump

 

LOGO

  

 

LOGO  

Research and Development

We direct our research efforts towards the development of clinical therapies that expand the therapeutic alternatives available to specialist physicians and improve upon our existing product offerings. Our research and development team has a track record of product innovation and significant product improvements. Since inception, we have introduced 14 products brands in either the United States, international markets, or both. Our research and development expenses totaled $15.6 million and $14.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

We believe our ability to rapidly develop innovative products is in large part attributable to the fully integrated product innovation process that we have implemented, and the management philosophy behind that process. In addition, we have recruited and retained engineers with both significant experience in the development of medical devices as well as engineers directly from undergraduate and graduate programs that have become immediately productive within our development process. We have a pipeline of products in various stages of development that are expected to provide additional commercial opportunities. All of our research and development efforts are based at our campus in Alameda, California.

Manufacturing

We currently maintain one manufacturing facility at our campus in Alameda, California, which, together with our research and development space, totals 180,000 square feet. The manufacturing facilities run two eight-hour shifts per weekday. In addition, we have capacity to increase production, and can expand adjacent to our current facilities. We currently produce substantially all of our products in house.

Our rigorous quality control management programs have earned us a number of quality-related manufacturing designations. Our manufacturing facilities are EN ISO 13485 compliant with ISO 13485-2003 certification achieved in 2005. In 2007, we achieved compliance with MDD standards, allowing our products to be

 

87


Table of Contents

CE marked. We use annual internal audits, combined with external audits by regulatory agencies to help ensure strong quality control practices. An internal, on-going staff training and education program contributes to our quality assurance program; training is documented and considered part of the employee evaluation process.

Sales and Marketing

We have dedicated substantial resources to establish a direct sales capability in the United States, most of Europe, Canada and Australia, which we have complemented with distributors in Japan and certain other international markets. We have regulatory clearance to sell our neurovascular access, ischemic stroke, neurovascular embolization, peripheral embolization and peripheral thrombectomy products in two of our three major markets, the United States and Europe, except that neither DDC nor Apollo System has been cleared in Europe and 3D has been cleared in Europe but not the United States. In our third major market, Japan, we have regulatory clearance to sell our ischemic stroke, neurovascular embolization and peripheral embolization products. The only access product that has received regulatory clearance in Japan is PXSLIM. 3D, Penumbra SMART Coil, Ruby Coil, POD and Indigo System have not received regulatory clearance in Japan. Our Coil 400 products are also used for peripheral embolization in Japan, and have received regulatory clearance for that use in that market. Liberty Stent has not yet received regulatory clearance anywhere. We believe our global presence enables us to capitalize on the markets for neuro and peripheral vascular devices that exist outside of the United States.

We currently sell our products to hospitals in the United States through our dedicated salesforce in two target end markets, neuro and peripheral vascular. Our sales representatives and sales managers generally have substantial medical device experience and market our products directly to a variety of specialist physicians engaged in the treatment of neurovascular and peripheral vascular disorders, who are the end users of our products and significantly influence hospital buying decisions relating to medical devices. We are focused on developing strong relationships with specialist physicians and devote significant resources to training and educating physicians in the use and benefits of our products. The principal specialist physicians in our two target end markets include:

 

    Neuro: Interventional neuroradiologists, neurosurgeons and interventional neurologists.

 

    Peripheral vascular: Interventional radiologists and vascular surgeons.

In addition to our direct sales organizations, we work with distributors in certain geographies where we have determined that selling through distributors is likely to be more effective. The largest market where we sell our products through a distributor, Medico’s Hirata Inc., is Japan.

Our direct sales have been, and we anticipate will continue to represent, a majority of our revenues. In 2014, direct sales accounted for approximately 82.3% of our revenue, with the balance generated by independent distributors that sell our products outside of the United States.

Backlog

We typically accept and ship orders on the day purchase orders are received or the next business day. Furthermore, if requested, we generally permit customers to cancel or reschedule without penalty. As a result, we do not believe that our backlog at any particular time is material, nor is it a reliable indication of future revenue.

Reimbursement

In the United States, hospitals are the purchasers of our products. Hospitals in turn bill various third-party payors, such as Medicare, Medicaid and private health insurance plans, for the total healthcare services required to treat the patient. Government agencies, private insurers and other payors determine whether to provide coverage for a particular procedure and to reimburse hospitals for inpatient treatment at a fixed rate based on the diagnosis-related group (DRG) as determined by the U.S. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS). The fixed rate of reimbursement is based on the procedure performed, and is unrelated to the specific medical device used in that procedure. Medicare rates for the same or similar procedures vary due to geographic location, nature of facility in which the procedure is performed (i.e., teaching or community

 

88


Table of Contents

hospital) and other factors. While private payors vary in their coverage and payment policies, most look to coverage and payment by Medicare as a benchmark by which to make their own decisions.

Some payors may deny reimbursement if they determine that the device used in a treatment was unnecessary, not cost-effective, or used for a non-approved indication. We cannot assure you that government or private third-party payors will cover and reimburse the procedures using our products in whole or in part in the future or that payment rates will be adequate.

Outside the United States, market acceptance of medical devices depends partly upon the availability of reimbursement within the prevailing healthcare payment system. Reimbursement levels vary significantly by country, and by region within some countries. Reimbursement is obtained from a variety of sources, including government-sponsored and private health insurance plans, and combinations of both. A small number of countries may require us to gather additional clinical data before recognizing coverage and reimbursement for our products. It is our intent to complete the requisite clinical studies and obtain coverage and reimbursement approval in countries where it makes economic sense to do so.

The increased emphasis on managed healthcare in the United States and on country and regional pricing and reimbursement controls in international markets will put additional pressure on product pricing, reimbursement and usage, which may adversely affect our product sales and results of operations. These pressures can arise from rules and practices of insurers and managed care organizations, judicial decisions and governmental laws and regulations related to Medicare, Medicaid and healthcare reform, medical device reimbursement policies and pricing in general. Our ability to achieve market acceptance or significant sales volume will depend in large part on the availability of coverage and the level of reimbursement for procedures performed using our products under healthcare payment systems in such markets.

All third-party reimbursement programs, whether government funded or insured commercially, whether in the United States or internationally, are developing increasingly sophisticated methods of controlling health care costs through prospective reimbursement and capitation programs, group purchasing, redesign of benefits, second opinions required prior to major surgery, careful review of bills, encouragement of healthier lifestyles and exploration of more cost-effective methods of delivering health care. These types of programs and legislative or regulatory changes to reimbursement policies could potentially limit the amount which healthcare providers may be willing to pay for medical devices.

Competition

The medical device industry is intensely competitive, subject to rapid change and significantly affected by new product introductions and other market activities of industry participants. We compete with a number of manufacturers and distributors of neurovascular and peripheral vascular medical devices. Our most notable competitors are Boston Scientific, Johnson & Johnson, Medtronic, Stryker and Terumo. All of these competitors are large, well-capitalized companies with significantly more market share and resources than we have. As a consequence, they are able to spend more on product development, marketing, sales and other product initiatives than we can. We also compete with a number of smaller medical device companies that have single products or a limited range of products. Some of our competitors have:

 

    significantly greater name recognition;

 

    broader or deeper relations with healthcare professionals, customers and third-party payors;

 

    more established distribution networks;

 

    additional lines of products and the ability to offer rebates or bundle products to offer greater discounts or other incentives to gain a competitive advantage;

 

    greater experience in conducting research and development, manufacturing, clinical trials, marketing and obtaining regulatory clearance or approval for products; and

 

    greater financial and human resources for product development, sales and marketing and patent litigation.

 

89


Table of Contents

We compete primarily on the basis that our products are able to treat patients with neurovascular and peripheral vascular diseases and disorders safely and effectively, with improved outcomes and procedural cost savings. Our continued success depends on our ability to:

 

    develop innovative, proprietary products that can cost-effectively address significant clinical needs;

 

    continue to innovate and develop scientifically advanced technology;

 

    obtain and maintain regulatory clearances or approvals;

 

    demonstrate efficacy in Penumbra-sponsored and third-party clinical trials and studies;

 

    apply technology across product lines and markets;

 

    attract and retain skilled research and development and sales personnel; and

 

    cost-effectively manufacture and successfully market and sell products.

Intellectual Property

Our success depends in part on our ability to protect our proprietary technology and intellectual property and operate without infringing the patents and other proprietary rights of third parties. We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, trade secret, copyright and other intellectual property rights and measures to protect our intellectual property rights that we consider important to our business. We also rely on know-how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position. We do not have any material licenses to any technology or intellectual property rights.

As of June 30, 2015, we owned 18 issued patents globally, of which seven were U.S. patents. As of June 30, 2015, we owned 31 pending patent applications, of which 14 were patent applications pending in the United States. Subject to payment of required maintenance fees, annuities and other charges, eight of our issued patents are currently expected to expire between 2024 and 2025; five of these patents relate to components of the Penumbra System and the Indigo System and one of these patents relates to methods performed by the Apollo System. An additional four of our issued patents, which relate to components of devices that have not been commercialized, are expected to expire between 2026 and 2027. The remaining six of our issued patents, which relate to the components of the Penumbra Coil and Ruby Coil, are currently expected to expire after 2027. Our issued patents relate to the following main areas: mechanical thrombectomy, coil embolization, treatment of aneurysm and treatment of intracranial hemorrhage. Our pending patent applications relate primarily to the following five main areas: mechanical thrombectomy, coil embolization, coronary atherectomy, blood filtration and treatment of patients with intracranial hemorrhage. Some of our pending patent applications pertain to components and methods of use associated with currently commercialized products. Our pending patent applications may not result in issued patents and we can give no assurance that any patents that have issued or might issue in the future will protect our current or future products or provide us with any competitive advantage. See the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property” for additional information.

Additionally, we own or have rights to trademarks or trade names that are used in our business and in conjunction with the sale of our products, including eight U.S. trademark registrations and six foreign trademark registrations as of June 30, 2015. Included in the registered trademarks is a mark with our company name and logo.

We also seek to protect our proprietary rights through a variety of methods, including confidentiality agreements and proprietary information agreements with suppliers, employees, consultants and others who may have access to our proprietary information.

Government Regulation

United States

Our products are medical devices subject to extensive and ongoing regulation by the FDA under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FD&C Act), and its implementing regulations, as well as other federal and

 

90


Table of Contents

state regulatory bodies in the United States and comparable authorities in other countries under other statutes and regulations. The laws and regulations govern, among other things, product design and development, pre- clinical and clinical testing, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, storage, recordkeeping and reporting, clearance or approval, marketing, distribution, promotion, import and export, and post-marketing surveillance. Failure to comply with applicable requirements may subject a device and/or its manufacturer to a variety of administrative sanctions, such as issuance of Warning letters, import detentions, civil monetary penalties, and/or judicial sanctions, such as product seizures, injunctions and criminal prosecution.

FDA’s Premarket Clearance and Approval Requirements

Each medical device we seek to commercially distribute in the United States will require either a prior 510(k) clearance, unless it is exempt, or a premarket approval from the FDA. Medical devices are classified into one of three classes—Class I, Class II or Class III—depending on the degree of risk associated with each medical device and the extent of control needed to provide reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness. Class I devices are deemed to be low risk and are subject to the general controls of the FD&C Act, such as provisions that relate to adulteration; misbranding; registration and listing; notification, including repair, replacement, or refund; records and reports; and good manufacturing practices. Most Class I devices are classified as exempt from premarket notification under section 510(k) of the FD&C Act, and therefore may be commercially distributed without obtaining 510(k) clearance from the FDA., Class II devices are subject to both general controls and special controls to provide reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness. Special controls include performance standards, postmarket surveillance, patient registries, and guidance documents. A manufacturer may be required to submit to the FDA a premarket notification requesting permission to commercially distribute some Class II devices. Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices, or devices deemed not substantially equivalent to a previously cleared 510(k) device, are placed in Class III. A Class III device cannot be marketed in the United States unless the FDA approves the device after submission of a premarket approval application, or PMA. However, there are some Class III devices for which FDA has not yet called for a PMA. For these devices, the manufacturer must submit a premarket notification and obtain 510(k) clearance in orders to commercially distribute these devices. The FDA can also impose sales, marketing or other restrictions on devices in order to assure that they are used in a safe and effective manner.

510(k) Clearance Pathway

When a 510(k) clearance is required, we must submit a premarket notification to the FDA demonstrating that our proposed device is substantially equivalent to a predicate device, which is a previously cleared and legally marketed 510(k) device or a device that was in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976. By regulation, a premarket notification must be submitted to the FDA at least 90 days before we intend to distribute a device. As a practical matter, clearance often takes significantly longer. To demonstrate substantial equivalence, the manufacturer must show that the proposed device has the same intended use as the predicate device, and it either has the same technological characteristics, or different technological characteristics and the information in the premarket notification demonstrates that the device is equally safe and effective and does not raise different questions of safety and effectiveness. The FDA may require further information, including clinical data, to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence. If the FDA determines that the device, or its intended use, is not substantially equivalent to a previously cleared device or use, the FDA will place the device into Class III.

There are three types of 510(k)s: traditional, special and abbreviated. Special 510(k)s are for devices that are modified and the modification needs a new 510(k) but does not affect the intended use or alter the fundamental scientific technology of the device. Abbreviated 510(k)s are for devices that conform to a recognized standard. The special and abbreviated 510(k)s are intended to streamline review, and the FDA intends to process special 510(k)s within 30 days of receipt.

Premarket Approval Pathway

A premarket approval application must be submitted to the FDA for Class III devices for which the FDA has required a PMA. The premarket approval application process is much more demanding than the 510(k)

 

91


Table of Contents

premarket notification process. A premarket approval application must be supported by extensive data, including but not limited to technical, preclinical, clinical trials, manufacturing and labeling to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction reasonable evidence of safety and effectiveness of the device.

After a premarket approval application is submitted, the FDA has 45 days to determine whether the application is sufficiently complete to permit a substantive review and thus whether the FDA will file the application for review. The FDA has 180 days to review a filed premarket approval application, although the review of an application generally occurs over a significantly longer period of time and can take up to several years. During this review period, the FDA may request additional information or clarification of the information already provided. Also, an advisory panel of experts from outside the FDA may be convened to review and evaluate the application and provide recommendations to the FDA as to the approvability of the device. Although the FDA is not bound by the advisory panel decision, the panel’s recommendations are important to the FDA’s overall decision making process. In addition, the FDA may conduct a preapproval inspection of the manufacturing facility to ensure compliance with the Quality System Regulation or QSR. The agency also may inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with FDA’s regulations.

Upon completion of the PMA review, the FDA may: (i) approve the PMA which authorizes commercial marketing with specific prescribing information for one or more indications, which can be more limited than those originally sought; (ii) issue an approvable letter which indicates the FDA’s belief that the PMA is approvable and states what additional information the FDA requires, or the post-approval commitments that must be agreed to prior to approval; (iii) issue a not approvable letter which outlines steps required for approval, but which are typically more onerous than those in an approvable letter, and may require additional clinical trials that are often expensive and time consuming and can delay approval for months or even years; or (iv) deny the application. If the FDA issues an approvable or not approvable letter, the applicant has 180 days to respond, after which the FDA’s review clock is reset.

Clinical Trials

Clinical trials are almost always required to support premarket approval and are sometimes required for 510(k) clearance. In the United States, for significant risk devices, these trials require submission of an application for an Investigational Device Exemption, or IDE, to the FDA. The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE must be approved in advance by the FDA for a specific number of patients at specified study sites. During the trial, the sponsor must comply with the FDA’s IDE requirements for investigator selection, trial monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping. The investigators must obtain patient informed consent, rigorously follow the investigational plan and study protocol, control the disposition of investigational devices, and comply with all reporting and recordkeeping requirements. Clinical trials for significant risk devices may not begin until the IDE application is approved by the FDA and the appropriate institutional review boards, or IRBs, at the clinical trial sites. An IRB is an appropriately constituted group that has been formally designated to review and monitor medical research involving subjects and which has the authority to approve, require modifications in, or disapprove research to protect the rights, safety and welfare of human research subjects. A nonsignificant risk device does not require FDA approval of an IDE; however, the clinical trial must still be conducted in compliance with various requirements of FDA’s IDE regulations and be approved by an IRB at the clinical trials sites. We, the FDA or the IRB at each site at which a clinical trial is being performed may withdraw approval of a clinical trial at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the risks to study subjects outweigh the benefits or a failure to comply with FDA or IRB requirements. Even if a trial is completed, the results of clinical testing may not demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of the device, may be equivocal or may otherwise not be sufficient to obtain approval or clearance of the product.

Sponsors of clinical trials of devices are required to register with clinicaltrials.gov, a public database of clinical trial information. Information related to the device, patient population, phase of investigation, study sites and investigators, and other aspects of the clinical trial is made public as part of the registration.

 

92


Table of Contents

Ongoing Regulation by the FDA

Even after a device receives clearance or approval and is placed on the market, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include:

 

    establishment registration and device listing;

 

    the QSR, which requires manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation, and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the manufacturing process;

 

    labeling regulations and the FDA prohibitions against the promotion of products for un-cleared, unapproved or “off-label” uses, and other requirements related to promotional activities;

 

    medical device reporting regulations, which require that manufactures report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or if their device malfunctioned and the device or a similar device marketed by the manufacturer would be likely to cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur;

 

    corrections and removal reporting regulations, which require that manufactures report to the FDA field corrections or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by a device or to remedy a violation of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act that may present a risk to health; and

 

    post market surveillance regulations, which apply to certain class II or III devices when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device.

After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, will require a new clearance or possibly a premarket approval. The FDA requires each manufacturer to make this determination initially, but the FDA can review any such decision and can disagree with a manufacturer’s determination. If the FDA disagrees with our determination not to seek a new 510(k) clearance, the FDA may retroactively require us to seek 510(k) clearance or possibly a premarket approval. The FDA could also require us to cease marketing and distribution and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or premarket approval is obtained. Also, in these circumstances, we may be subject to significant regulatory fines and penalties.

Some changes to an approved PMA device, including changes in indications, labeling, or manufacturing processes or facilities, require submission and FDA approval of a new PMA or PMA supplement, as appropriate, before the change can be implemented. Supplements to a PMA often require the submission of the same type of information required for an original PMA, except that the supplement is generally limited to that information needed to support the proposed change from the device covered by the original PMA. The FDA uses the same procedures and actions in reviewing PMA supplements as it does in reviewing original PMAs.

FDA regulations require us to register as a medical device manufacturer with the FDA. Additionally, the California Department of Health Services, or CDHS, requires us to register as a medical device manufacturer within the state. Because of this, the FDA and the CDHS inspect us on a routine basis for compliance with the QSR. These regulations require that we manufacture our products and maintain related documentation in a prescribed manner with respect to manufacturing, testing and control activities. We have undergone and expect to continue to undergo regular QSR inspections in connection with the manufacture of our products at our facilities. Further, the FDA requires us to comply with various FDA regulations regarding labeling. Failure by us or by our suppliers to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the FDA or state authorities, which may include any of the following sanctions:

 

    warning or untitled letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

 

    customer notifications, voluntary or mandatory recall or seizure of our products;

 

    operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

 

    delay in processing submissions or applications for new products or modifications to existing products;

 

93


Table of Contents
    withdrawing approvals that have already been granted; and

 

    criminal prosecution.

The Medical Device Reporting laws and regulations require us to provide information to the FDA when we receive or otherwise become aware of information that reasonably suggests our device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury as well as a device malfunction that likely would cause or contribute to death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur. In addition, the FDA prohibits an approved device from being marketed for off-label use. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability, including substantial monetary penalties and criminal prosecution.

Newly discovered or developed safety or effectiveness data may require changes to a product’s labeling, including the addition of new warnings and contraindications, and also may require the implementation of other risk management measures. Also, new government requirements, including those resulting from new legislation, may be established, or the FDA’s policies may change, which could delay or prevent regulatory clearance or approval of our products under development.

We are also subject to other federal, state and local laws, and regulations relating to safe working conditions, laboratory, and manufacturing practices.

Regulatory Inspections

We are subject to periodic inspections by the FDA and other regulatory bodies related to the regulatory requirements that apply to medical devices designed and manufactured, and clinical trials sponsored, by us. When the FDA conducts an inspection, the inspectors will identify any deficiencies they believe exist in the form of a notice of inspectional observations, or Form FDA 483. If we receive a notice of inspectional observations or deficiencies from the FDA following an inspection, we likely will be required to respond in writing, and may be required to undertake corrective and preventive actions or other actions in order to address the FDA’s concerns. Failure to address the FDA’s concerns may result in the issuance of a warning letter or other enforcement or administrative actions.

From June 24, 2015 to July 15, 2015 the FDA conducted an inspection of our records relating to certain investigational sites for two different clinical trials and from July 30, 2015 to August 4, 2015, the FDA conducted an inspection of our Quality System. At the conclusion of the first inspection, a Form FDA 483 was issued with one observation. The 483 observation pertained to the failure to ensure proper monitoring at five of the investigational sites reviewed. Specifically, the observation noted that protocols relating to performing onsite monitoring visits at appropriate intervals and providing documentation to clearly address any repeated data problems and resolutions of noted deficiencies in written reports after each onsite monitoring visit were not properly followed. At the conclusion of the second inspection, a Form FDA 483 was also issued with one observation relating to our procedures for Corrective and Preventative Action (CAPA). Specifically, the observation noted our CAPA procedures do not require an effectiveness check in all cases.

We responded to the first 483 on August 4, 2015, and we have begun to take preventive actions to address the observation in that 483. We continue to review and enhance our investigational site monitoring to ensure compliance with regulatory requirements. We have opened a CAPA to address the observation in the second 483 and expect to respond to the second 483 later in August 2015. However, the FDA may conclude in subsequent inspections that we have not adequately responded to its observations, and could take action against us without further notice. Action by the FDA against us could result in monetary fines or require us to take further corrective actions, which could be expensive and time-consuming to complete and could impose additional burdens and expenses, and could even require us to discontinue our investigational studies.

European Union

Our products are regulated in the European Union as medical devices per the European Union Directive (93/42/EEC), also known as the Medical Device Directive. An authorized third party, Notified Body, must

 

94


Table of Contents

approve products for CE marking. The CE mark is contingent upon continued compliance to the applicable regulations and the quality system requirements of the ISO 13485 standard.

Other Regions

Most major markets have different levels of regulatory requirements for medical devices. Modifications to the cleared or approved products may require a new regulatory submission in all major markets. The regulatory requirements, and the review time, vary significantly from country to country. Products can also be marketed in other countries that have minimal requirements for medical devices.

Fraud and Abuse and Other Healthcare Regulation

Anti-Kickback Statute

We are subject to various federal and state healthcare laws, including, but not limited to, anti-kickback laws. In particular, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons or entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or paying any remuneration, directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual for the furnishing or arranging for a good or service, or for the purchasing, leasing, ordering, or arranging for or recommending any good, facility, service or item for which payment may be made in whole or in part under federal healthcare programs, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The federal Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and prohibits many arrangements and practices that are lawful in businesses outside of the healthcare industry. The term “remuneration” expressly includes kickbacks, bribes, or rebates and also has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including, for example, gifts, discounts, the furnishing of supplies or equipment, credit arrangements, payments of cash, waivers of payments, ownership interests and providing anything at less than its fair market value.

There are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting certain business arrangements from prosecution under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. These statutory exceptions and safe harbors set forth provisions that, if all their applicable requirements are met, will assure healthcare providers and other parties that they may not be prosecuted under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. The failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit precisely within one or more applicable statutory exceptions or safe harbors does not necessarily mean that it is illegal or that prosecution will be pursued. However, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy all requirements of an applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities and will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis based on a cumulative review of all of its facts and circumstances. Additionally, the intent standard under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute was amended under the Affordable Care Act, to a stricter standard such that a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. The Affordable Care Act provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act which is discussed below. Penalties for violations of the anti-kickback statute include, but are not limited to, criminal, civil and/or administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, individual imprisonment, possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, and the curtailment or restructuring of operations. Various states have adopted laws similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, and some of these state laws may be broader in scope in that some of these state laws extend to all payors and may not contain safe harbors.

Federal Civil False Claims Act. The federal civil False Claims Act prohibits, among other things, persons or entities from knowingly presenting or causing to be presented a false or fraudulent claim to, or the knowing use of false statements to obtain payment from or approval by, the federal government. Suits filed under the federal civil False Claims Act, known as “qui tam” actions, can be brought by any individual on behalf of the government. These individuals, sometimes known as “relators” or, more commonly, as “whistleblowers,” may share in any amounts paid by the entity to the government in fines or settlement. The number of filings of qui tam actions has increased significantly in recent years, causing more healthcare companies to have to defend a

 

95


Table of Contents

case brought under the federal civil False Claim Act. If an entity is determined to have violated the federal civil False Claims Act, it may be required to pay up to three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus civil penalties for each separate false claim. Various states have adopted laws similar to the federal civil False Claims Act, and many of these state laws are broader in scope and apply to all payors, and therefore, are not limited to only those claims submitted to the federal government.

Federal Civil Monetary Penalties Statute. The federal Civil Monetary Penalties Statute, among other things, imposes fines against any person who is determined to have presented, or caused to be presented, claims to a federal healthcare program that the person knows, or should know, is for an item or service that was not provided as claimed or is false or fraudulent.

Sunshine Act. The Affordable Care Act also included a provision, commonly referred to as the Sunshine Act. This provision requires that any manufacturer of a covered device that provides payment or other transfer of value to a physician or teaching hospital, or to a third party at the request of a physician or teaching hospital, must submit to the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services information about the payment or other transfer of value annually, with the reported information to be made public on a searchable website.

Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996. The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) created several new federal crimes, including healthcare fraud and false statements relating to healthcare matters. The healthcare fraud statute prohibits knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors. The false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. In addition, HIPAA and its implementing regulations established uniform standards for certain covered entities, which are healthcare providers, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses, as well as their business associates, governing the conduct of specified electronic healthcare transactions and protecting the security and privacy of protected health information.

The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, commonly referred to as the economic stimulus package, included an expansion of HIPAA’s privacy and security standards called the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (HITECH). Among other things, HITECH created four new tiers of civil monetary penalties and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions.

Employees

As of June 30, 2015, we had approximately 1,000 employees worldwide. None of our employees are represented by a collective bargaining agreement and we have never experienced a work stoppage. We believe our employee relations are good.

Facilities

We maintain a 180,000 square foot research and development and manufacturing facility in three buildings at our campus in Alameda, California. We leased the initial 75,000 square feet of the Alameda campus in 2008 and we added the additional space over several lease amendments and additional leases. The leases for all three buildings expire in 2029, subject to our option to renew any or all three leases for an additional ten years.

We also lease office space in Berlin, Germany; Sydney, Australia; and Sao Paulo, Brazil. The offices in Berlin and Sydney support our direct sales operations in Europe and Australia, respectively, and the office in Sao Paulo supports our Latin America marketing efforts through our distribution partners.

Legal Proceedings

We are not currently party to any material legal proceedings. We currently are and in the future may at times be involved in litigation and other legal claims in the ordinary course of business. When appropriate in our estimation, we may record reserves in our financial statements for pending litigation and other claims.

 

96


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Adam Elsesser

     53       Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President

Arani Bose, M.D.

     53       Chief Innovator and Director

Sri Kosaraju

     37       Chief Financial Officer and Head of Strategy

Daniel Davis

     37       President, North America

James Pray

     51       President, International

Lynn Rothman

     54       Executive Vice President and Chief Business Officer

Robert Evans

     68       Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Don Kassing(1)(2)(3)

     73       Director

Walter Wang(1)(2)(3)

     47       Director

Harpreet Grewal(1)(2)(3)

     48       Director

 

(1)  Member of the audit committee.
(2)  Member of the compensation committee.
(3)  Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Executive Officers

Adam Elsesser co-founded Penumbra and has served as Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since our inception in 2004 and as President and Chairman of our board of directors since January 2015. Prior to Penumbra, Mr. Elsesser led SMART Therapeutics, Inc., a medical device company focused on devices for neuro-intervention, as its Chief Executive Officer from 2000 to 2002 and, after its acquisition by Boston Scientific Corporation, President of SMART Therapeutics within Boston Scientific Corporation from 2002 to 2005. Before his work in the medical device industry, Mr. Elsesser was a partner in the law firm of Shartsis Friese, LLP. Mr. Elsesser received a B.A. from Stanford University and a J.D. from Hastings College of the Law. Mr. Elsesser is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his extensive knowledge of our company, the medical device industry and the competitive landscape, as well as his expertise in building and leading successful medical device companies and commercializing devices.

Arani Bose, M.D. co-founded Penumbra in 2004 and has served as a member of our board of directors since our inception. Dr. Bose was Chairman of our board of directors and Chief Medical Officer from 2005 until 2015 and currently serves as Chief Innovator. Prior to founding Penumbra, Dr. Bose was an Assistant Professor of Radiology and Neurology at New York University (NYU) School of Medicine from 1997 to 2004, where he also had a clinical practice. While at NYU, Dr. Bose co-founded SMART Therapeutics. Dr. Bose received a B.A. from Stanford University and a M.D. from the University of Colorado School of Medicine with residency and fellowships at Yale University School of Medicine and NYU Medical Center. Dr. Bose is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his extensive knowledge of our company and the medical device industry, as well as his training and expertise in interventional radiology and neurology and his skills and experience in clinical research and device development and commercialization.

Sri Kosaraju joined Penumbra as Chief Financial Officer and Head of Strategy in 2015. Prior to joining Penumbra, Mr. Kosaraju worked in investment banking for J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (J.P. Morgan) from 1999 until 2015, where he held a variety of positions with successively greater responsibility, most recently Managing Director of Equity Capital Markets, Head of Healthcare Equity Capital Markets and co-Head of Technology, Media, Telecom Equity Capital Markets. Prior to entering J.P. Morgan’s equity capital markets group in 2006, Mr. Kosaraju served in various practice groups at J.P. Morgan, including Equity Derivatives from 2003 to 2006 and Technology, Media, Telecom Investment Banking Coverage from 1999 to 2003. Mr. Kosaraju received a B.S. from Massachusetts Institute of Technology in 1999.

 

97


Table of Contents

Daniel Davis joined Penumbra in 2007. He has served as President, North America, since 2015. Mr. Davis previously served as Vice President of Strategy from 2013 to 2014 and as Director of Marketing from 2011 to 2012. Mr. Davis joined our sales team in 2007, serving as a Sales Trainer from 2008 to 2011. Before joining Penumbra, Mr. Davis held various sales and marketing positions at Boston Scientific Corporation. Mr. Davis received a B.A. from Duke University.

James Pray joined Penumbra in 2005. He has served as President, International, since 2015 and as President from 2005 to 2015. Mr. Pray joined Penumbra with over 15 years of experience in the medical device industry, much of that in the neurovascular arena. Prior to joining Penumbra, Mr. Pray worked for Boston Scientific Corporation, including as the Director of Marketing for the neurovascular division from 2000 to 2005. Mr. Pray also worked as a Research and Development Engineer and Engineering Manager for SCIMED Life Systems, a medical device company, from 1990 to 1996. Mr. Pray received a B.S. and M.S. from the University of Minnesota.

Lynn Rothman joined Penumbra in 2007. She has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Business Officer since January 2015; as Chief Financial Officer from March 2009 to January 2015; as Vice President, Administration from January 2009 to March 2009, and as Human Resources Manager from 2007 to January 2009. Ms. Rothman joined Penumbra with over 20 years of experience in finance and marketing of medical and emerging growth companies. Ms. Rothman served as Director of Corporate Marketing at Confer Software, Inc., a disease management company, from 1997 to 2000. Prior to that time, Ms. Rothman worked at Robertson Stephens & Company, a financial services firm, where she worked in both health care research and venture capital focused on potential medical device, service and software investment opportunities. She received an M.B.A. from The Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania and a B.A. from Stanford University.

Robert Evans joined Penumbra as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary in 2008. Prior to joining Penumbra, Mr. Evans was Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Waste Connections, Inc., a publicly traded waste services company, from 2002 to 2008, and a partner in the law firm Shartsis Friese LLP from 1978 to 2002. Mr. Evans received a B.A. and J.D. from the University of California, Berkeley.

Nonemployee Directors

Don Kassing has served on our board of directors since 2008. Mr. Kassing is President Emeritus of San Jose State University. Mr. Kassing served as President of San Jose State University from 2004 to 2008, Interim President from 2010 to 2011, and Vice President, Administration and Finance and Chief Financial Officer from 1993 to 2004. Prior to his tenure at San Jose State University, Mr. Kassing spent 18 years in higher education and 11 years in private industry, including eight years in corporate finance and operations management at Brown Group, Inc., a retail real estate developer, and General Motors Corporation. Mr. Kassing received a B.A. and M.B.A. from Saint Louis University. Mr. Kassing is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his extensive business and leadership experience, including valuable skills related to strategic planning, based on his long tenure leading a major educational institution, including overseeing the development and construction of two high-profile campus facilities and having primary responsibility for university business and financial affairs.

Walter Wang has served on our board of directors since January 2015. Mr. Wang has served as the Chief Executive Officer of Orlucent, Inc., an early stage diagnostics company, since 2012. From 1999 to the present, Mr. Wang has researched, advised and invested in medical device, financial and technology start-up companies through Wang Ventures, a family investment partnership and other related entities. In addition, Mr. Wang invests, develops and manages real estate through W5 Investments, a real estate company. Mr. Wang began his career in 1989 with U-Jin Enterprises, Inc., a food processing and import/export company. Mr. Wang received a B.S. from the University of Southern California. Mr. Wang is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his extensive experience in analyzing, investing in and advising medical device and emerging growth companies and his strong financial background.

 

98


Table of Contents

Harpreet Grewal has served on our board of directors since April 2015. Since 2010, Mr. Grewal has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Constant Contact, Inc., a publicly-traded technology company primarily focused on marketing tools. From 2008 to 2009, Mr. Grewal worked as an independent consultant to small businesses and early-stage entrepreneurs. From 2006 through 2008, Mr. Grewal was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of VistaPrint, Ltd., a publicly-traded online printing and marketing services company. Prior to VistaPrint, Mr. Grewal was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of GoldenSource Corporation, a data management company, from 2002 to 2006, Chief Financial Officer of eGain Communications Corporation, a customer engagement services company, from 1999 to 2002, and held various financial and strategic planning positions with PepsiCo, Inc., a publicly-traded food and beverage company, from 1996 to 1999. Mr. Grewal received a B.A. from the University of California, Berkeley and a M.A. from Johns Hopkins University. Mr. Grewal is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive business and leadership experience, including financial expertise and strategic planning skills, based on his tenure as Chief Financial Officer at numerous companies, including several publicly-traded corporations.

Board Structure and Compensation of Directors

Upon completion of the offering, our board of directors will consist of five members. In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, immediately after the completion of this offering, our directors will be divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors will be elected to succeed the class of directors whose terms have expired. Our current directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

    the Class I directors will consist of Mr. Kassing, and his term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016;

 

    the Class II directors will consist of Dr. Bose and Mr. Wang, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017; and

 

    the Class III directors will consist of Messrs. Elsesser and Grewal, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018.

This classification of our board of directors could have the effect of increasing the length of time necessary to change the composition of a majority of the board of directors. In general, at least two annual meetings of stockholders will be necessary for stockholders to effect a change in a majority of the members of the board of directors.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, our board of directors has determined that each of Don Kassing, Walter Wang and Harpreet Grewal do not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and is independent under applicable NYSE rules. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director, and the transactions involving them described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Director Compensation Policy

Directors who are also full-time officers or employees of our company will receive no additional compensation for serving as directors. All other directors will receive an annual retainer of $25,000. The chairman of the audit committee will receive an additional annual fee of $25,000. Each non-employee director also will receive an annual grant of 2,000 shares of restricted stock under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

99


Table of Contents

Board Committees

Audit Committee

The members of our audit committee are Don Kassing, Walter Wang and Harpreet Grewal. Harpreet Grewal is the chair of our audit committee. The composition of our audit committee meets the requirements for independence under the current NYSE listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of our audit committee is financially literate. In addition, our board of directors has determined that each of Mr. Grewal and Mr. Kassing is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 407(d)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act. This designation does not impose on either any duties, obligations or liabilities that are greater than are generally imposed on members of our audit committee and our board of directors. Our audit committee is directly responsible for, among other things:

 

    selecting a firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

 

    ensuring the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm and reviewing, with management and that firm, our interim and year-end operating results;

 

    establishing procedures for employees to anonymously submit concerns about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

    considering the adequacy of our internal controls and internal audit function;

 

    reviewing material related party transactions or those that require disclosure; and

 

    approving or, as permitted, pre-approving all audit and non-audit services to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Our audit committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE.

Compensation Committee

The members of our compensation committee are Don Kassing, Walter Wang and Harpreet Grewal. Walter Wang is the chair of our compensation committee. Each member of this committee is a non-employee director, as defined by Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act), and an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code, and meets the requirements for independence under the current NYSE listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Our compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

    reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, the compensation of our executive officers;

 

    reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our directors;

 

    administering our stock and equity incentive plans;

 

    reviewing and approving, or making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to, incentive compensation and equity plans; and

 

    reviewing our overall compensation philosophy.

Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE.

Nominating and Governance Committee

The members of our nominating and governance committee are Don Kassing, Walter Wang and Harpreet Grewal. Don Kassing is the chair of our nominating and governance committee. Messrs. Kassing, Wang and

 

100


Table of Contents

Grewal all meet the requirements for independence under the current NYSE listing standards. Our nominating and governance committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

    identifying and recommending candidates for membership on our board of directors;

 

    reviewing and recommending our corporate governance guidelines and policies;

 

    reviewing proposed waivers of the code of conduct for directors and executive officers;

 

    overseeing the process of evaluating the performance of our board of directors; and

 

    assisting our board of directors on corporate governance matters.

Our nominating and governance committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE.

Code of Ethics

In connection with this offering, our board of directors will adopt a code of ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other executive and senior financial officers. Upon completion of this offering, the full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on the investor relations section of our website. We intend to disclose future amendments to our code of business conduct and ethics, or any waivers of such code, on our website or in public filings.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering will provide that we may indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws to be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering will also provide that we are obligated to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law and advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements will provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe these limitations of liability provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and indemnification agreements may discourage stockholders

 

101


Table of Contents

from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that any such lawsuit must be brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware. The foregoing provisions may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Our compensation committee has historically consisted solely of Adam Elsesser, our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President. As a result, Mr. Elsesser determined the compensation of our executive officers. Prior to the completion of this offering, we will appoint a compensation committee consisting solely of independent directors. None of our executive officers has served as a member of a compensation committee (or if no committee performs that function, the board of directors) of any other entity that has an executive officer serving as a member of our board of directors.

 

102


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation paid to our principal executive officer, and our two most highly compensated executive officers other than the principal executive officer during our fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.

2014 SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary ($)      Stock Awards
($)(1)
     Option Awards
($)(1)
     All Other
Compensation
($)
     Total
($)
 

Adam Elsesser,

     2014         511,250                 1,162,500                 1,673,750   

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President

                 

Daniel Davis,

     2014         300,000         387,500                         687,500   

President, North America

                 

Lynn Rothman,

     2014         300,000         387,500                         687,500   

Executive Vice President and Chief Business Officer

                 

 

(1)  The amounts reflect the aggregate grant date fair value for awards granted during 2014. The grant date fair value was computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation. Unlike the calculations contained in our financial statements, this calculation does not give effect to any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting, but assumes that the executive will perform the requisite service for the award to vest in full. The assumptions we used in valuing options and stock awards are described in Note 12 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus.

Executive Officer Arrangements

Our executive officers are employed on an at-will basis. Mr. Elsesser, Mr. Davis and Ms. Rothman have entered into at will employment agreements with us that set forth the general terms of their employment. We do not have agreements or policies that would require us to provide severance benefits or change-in-control benefits to our executive officers, other than the provisions under our equity plans described below.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

The following table sets forth information concerning unexercised options, stock that has not vested and equity incentive plan awards for the named executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table as of the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.

 

103


Table of Contents

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT 2014 FISCAL YEAR END

 

     Option Awards     Stock Awards  

Name

   Numbers
of  Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)
Exercisable(1)
    Numbers
of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)
Unexercisable
     Option
Exercise
Price
($)
     Option
Expiration Date
     Number
of Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
(#)
    Market Value
of Shares or

Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
($)(2)
 

Adam Elsesser

     300,000 (3)              0.57         04/01/2016                  
     200,000 (3)              1.26         05/01/2017                  
     100,000 (3)              1.26         10/01/2017                  
     5,000 (4)              7.75         03/21/2024                  
     145,000 (5)              7.75         03/20/2024                  

Daniel Davis

                                    32 (6)      396   
     65,000 (7)              3.98         09/30/2021                  
     2,000 (8)              4.49         02/07/2022                  
                                    50,000 (9)      618,000   

Lynn Rothman

     50,000 (10)              3.98         06/13/2021                  
                                    50,000 (9)      618,000   

 

(1)  Options may be exercised prior to vesting, subject to repurchase rights that expire over the vesting periods indicated in the footnotes below. Accordingly, all options outstanding as of December 31, 2014, were exercisable in full.

 

(2) There was no public market for our common stock as of December 31, 2014. The fair value of our common stock as of December 31, 2014, was $12.36 per share.

 

(3) The shares subject to this option were granted under the Penumbra 2005 Stock Plan and are fully vested as of December 31, 2014. Mr. Elsesser exercised options to purchase 300,000 shares of common stock on June 22, 2015. We withheld 52,337 of such shares for the payment of tax withholdings. Mr. Elsesser also tendered 11,825 of his existing shares of our common stock in payment of the exercise price.

 

(4) Options were granted under the Penumbra 2005 Stock Plan and vest with respect to 1/4th of the shares subject to the option on March 21, 2015, and as to 1/48th of the total shares subject to the option on each month thereafter, subject to the executive continuing to provide services to us through each applicable vesting date. In the event of a Change in Control, as defined under the 2005 Stock Plan, the issued options will fully vest, subject to the executive continuing to provide services to us through the occurrence of the Change in Control.

 

(5) Options were granted under the Penumbra 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and vest with respect to 1/4th of the shares subject to the option on March 21, 2015, and as to 1/48th of the total shares subject to the option on each month thereafter, subject to the executive continuing to provide services to us through each applicable vesting date. In the event of a Change in Control, as defined under the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, the issued options will fully vest, subject to the executive continuing to provide services to us through the occurrence of the Change in Control.

 

(6) The shares were issued upon the early exercise of options to purchase 1,500 shares of common stock. The original grant of options to purchase 1,500 shares of common stock was made under the Penumbra 2005 Stock Plan to vest as to 1/4th of the shares subject to the option on January 14, 2012, and as to 1/48th of the total shares subject to the option on each month thereafter, subject to the executive continuing to provide services to us through each applicable vesting date. Our repurchase rights with respect to issued restricted shares lapse over the vesting period. In the event of a Change in Control, as defined under the 2005 Stock Plan, the issued restricted shares will fully vest, subject to the executive continuing to provide services to us through the occurrence of the Change in Control.

 

(7) Options were granted under the Penumbra 2005 Stock Plan and vest with respect to 1/4th of the shares subject to the option on September 30, 2012, and as to 1/48th of the total shares subject to the option on each month thereafter, subject to the executive continuing to provide services to us through each applicable vesting date. In the event of a Change in Control, as defined under the 2005 Stock Plan, the issued options will fully vest, subject to the executive continuing to provide services to us through the occurrence of the Change in Control.

 

(8)

Options were granted under the Penumbra 2005 Stock Plan and vest with respect to 1/4th of the shares subject to the option on January 1, 2013, and as to 1/4th of the total shares subject to the option on each January 2nd thereafter,

 

104


Table of Contents
  subject to the executive continuing to provide services to us through each applicable vesting date. In the event of a Change in Control, as defined under the 2005 Stock Plan, the issued options will fully vest, subject to the executive continuing to provide services to us through the occurrence of the Change in Control.

 

(9) Mr. Davis and Ms. Rothman were each granted 50,000 restricted shares under the Penumbra 2011 Equity Incentive Plan on February 3, 2014. Our repurchase rights with respect to the issued restricted shares lapses as to 1/4th of the shares subject to the stock award on January 2, 2015, and as to 1/48th of the total shares subject to the award on each month thereafter, subject to the executive continuing to provide services to us through each applicable vesting date. In the event of a Change in Control, as defined under the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, the issued restricted shares will fully vest, subject to the executive continuing to provide services to us through the occurrence of the Change in Control.

 

(10)  Options were granted under the Penumbra 2005 Stock Plan and vest with respect to 1/4th of the shares subject to the option on February 1, 2012, and as to 1/48th of the total shares subject to the option on each month thereafter, subject to the executive continuing to provide services to us through each applicable vesting date. In the event of a Change in Control, as defined under the 2005 Stock Plan, the issued options will fully vest, subject to the executive continuing to provide services to us through the occurrence of the Change in Control.

Employee Benefit Plans

Our officers are entitled to participate in our equity incentive plans. All officers are eligible to participate in our 401(k) plan on the same terms as all other employees.

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors and our stockholders approved our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2014 plan) and it became effective in May, 2014. Our 2014 plan replaced our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2011 plan) and our 2005 Stock Plan (the 2005 plan). No further equity awards may be granted under our 2011 and 2005 plans. Our board of directors approved an amendment to the 2014 plan in August, 2015, which will become effective as of the business day immediately prior to the date of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and will:

 

    increase the number of shares of our common stock initially reserved for issuance under the 2014 Plan to 3,000,000 shares;

 

    include an “evergreen” provision which will automatically increase the shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2014 Plan in an amount equal to the lesser of: (i) 2,500,000 shares of our common stock (after any adjustments for dividends or other distributions, stock splits, recapitalizations and certain other transactions in accordance with the plan); (ii) 5% of the number of outstanding shares of our common stock on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; and (iii) an amount determined by the board of directors;

 

    authorize the grant of performance awards which may be earned upon achievement or satisfaction of one or more performance conditions; and

 

    authorize the grant of other awards that may be based on or related to shares of our common stock or other factors that may influence the value of our common stock.

As of June 30, 2015, there were 1,713,634 shares remaining available for the grant of equity awards under our 2014 plan. As of June 30, 2015, we had granted options to purchase 536,650 shares of our common stock under our 2014 plan, of which 535,650 were outstanding and 1,000 options had been forfeited. We had also granted 662,361 shares of restricted stock under our 2014 plan, of which 503,646 shares were unvested and were subject to forfeiture.

Stock awards. The 2014 plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options (ISOs), nonstatutory stock options (NSOs), stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards and restricted stock unit awards (collectively, “stock awards”). ISOs may be granted only to employees. All other awards may be granted to employees, directors and consultants.

Share reserve. The aggregate number of shares of our common stock initially reserved for issuance pursuant to stock awards under the 2014 plan was 2,700,000, plus (i) the shares reserved for issuance under

 

105


Table of Contents

the 2005 plan and 2011 plan which were not issued or subject to awards granted under those plans and (ii) any shares subject to stock options or other stock awards granted under our 2011 and 2005 plans that expire or terminate for any reason, are forfeited or repurchased by us or are reacquired, withheld or not issued to satisfy a tax withholding obligation, up to a maximum of 3,007,276 shares added through clauses (i) or (ii). The maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options will equal this aggregate maximum number of shares plus other shares that become available upon lapsed awards or certain other conditions, to the extent allowed by section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended to the date hereof, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

If a stock award granted under the 2014 plan is forfeited back to us because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest, such shares will become available for subsequent issuance under the 2014 plan. In addition, shares withheld to satisfy income or employment withholding taxes and shares used to pay the exercise price of a stock option will become available for the grant of new stock awards under the 2014 plan.

Administration. Our board of directors, or one or more duly authorized committees thereof, have the authority to administer the 2014 plan. Subject to the terms of the 2014 plan, our board of directors or the authorized committee, referred to herein as the plan administrator, determines recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of the stock awards, including the period of their exercisability and vesting schedule applicable to a stock award. Subject to the limitations set forth below, the plan administrator will also determine the exercise price, strike price or purchase price of awards granted and the types of consideration to be paid for the award.

The plan administrator has the authority to modify outstanding awards under our 2014 plan. Subject to the terms of our 2014 plan, the plan administrator has the authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of awards and to extend the maximum term of an option.

Stock Options. Incentive and nonstatutory stock options are granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2014 plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. In the case of an incentive stock option granted to an employee who owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our stock or any parent or subsidiary of us, the exercise price will be no less 110% of the fair market value on the date of the grant. Options vest at the rate specified by the plan administrator. At the time an option is granted, the plan administrator will fix the period within which the option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the option may be exercised.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2014 plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. In the case of an incentive stock option granted to an employee who owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our stock or the stock of any of our parents or subsidiaries, the maximum term will be 5 years. Unless the terms of an option holder’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an option holder’s service relationship with us ceases for any reason other than disability or death, the option holder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of thirty days following the cessation of service. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us ceases due to disability or death, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 6 months, or within such longer period of time as is specified in the award agreement. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the plan administrator and may include (1) cash, (2) check, (3) promissory note, (4) other shares, (5) a broker-assisted cashless exercise, (6) by net exercise, or (5) combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. An optionholder may designate a beneficiary, however, who may exercise the option following the optionholder’s death.

 

106


Table of Contents

Stock Appreciation Rights. The 2014 plan permits the grant of stock appreciation rights. Stock appreciation rights give recipients the right to acquire a specified number of shares of stock at a predetermined price. The terms of the stock appreciation rights granted under the 2014 plan are determined by the plan administrator in the award agreement evidencing the award, including the number of shares, exercise price, expiration date and other terms.

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units. The 2014 plan permits the grant of restricted stock and/or restricted stock units. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock. Restricted stock units represent the right to receive shares of our common stock (or a cash amount equal to the value of our common stock) on future specified dates. The terms of the restricted stock and/or restricted stock units granted under the 2014 plan are determined by the plan administrator in the award agreement evidencing the award, including the number of shares, period of restriction or vesting schedule, and other terms.

Tax Limitations on Incentive Stock Options. The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an optionholder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as NSOs. No ISO may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and (2) the option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.

Adjustments; Corporate Transactions. In the event of certain changes in our corporate structure, including any dividend or other distribution, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of shares of the company the administrator will make appropriate adjustments to outstanding awards to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the plan.

Merger or Change of Control. In the event of certain corporate transactions specified in the plan, including a merger or change of control, as defined in the plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, without a participant’s consent, including that (i) awards will be assumed or substituted by the succeeding corporation; (ii) the awards will terminate; (iii) outstanding awards will vest and become exercisable, (iv) the awards will terminate in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of the award or realization of the rights under the award as of the date of the transaction, (v) the replacement of any award with rights or property selected by the plan administrator or (vi) any combination of the above. In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute the award, the participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding options and stock appreciation rights and all restrictions on restricted stock and restricted stock units will lapse and performance goals will be deemed achieved at 100% of the target levels. Our plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner. Under the 2014 plan, a change of control is generally (i) the acquisition by a person or entity of more than 50% of our combined voting power other than by private financing that is approved by the board, (ii) if we are public, the date on which a majority of the board has been replaced during any twelve month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the board prior to the date of appointment or election; or (iii) change in ownership of a substantial portion of our assets.

Amendment and Termination. The 2014 plan will terminate in 2024. However, our Board of Directors has the authority to amend, alter, or terminate our 2014 plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In August 2015, our board of directors adopted and we expect our stockholders to approve, our Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP. The ESPP will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the ESPP will be administered by our compensation committee.

 

107


Table of Contents

Share Reserve. The ESPP authorizes the initial issuance of up to a total of 600,000 shares of our common stock to participating employees. The ESPP provides that the number of shares reserved and available for purchase under the plan will automatically increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning with the 2016 fiscal year and ending with the 2025 fiscal year, in an amount equal to the least of (i) 500,000 shares of our common stock, (ii) 1% of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the last day of immediately preceding fiscal year and (iii) such number of shares of our common stock determined by our board of directors. This number is subject to antidilution adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization.

Eligible Employees. All employees who have been employed by us or our designated subsidiaries are eligible to participate in the ESPP, provided that the plan administrator may determine from time to time in its discretion to not include in the ESPP or any particular offering period employees who work less than 20 hours per week or less than five months in any calendar year. Any employee who owns, or would own upon such purchase under the ESPP, 5% or more of the voting power or value of our stock is not eligible to purchase shares under our the ESPP.

Offering Periods. Unless otherwise determined by the administrator of the ESPP, each offering to our employees to purchase stock under the ESPP will begin on each May 20 and November 20 and will end on the following November 19 and May 19, respectively, each referred to as offering periods, provided that the first offering period will begin on the date that the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part becomes effective and will end on May 19, 2016. The administrator may designate different offering periods prior to the beginning of an offering period in its discretion, but no offering shall exceed 27 months in duration.

Purchase Limits. Each employee who is a participant in the ESPP may purchase shares by authorizing payroll deductions at a minimum of 1% and up to 15% of his or her eligible compensation for each pay period. Unless the participating employee has previously withdrawn from the offering, his or her accumulated payroll deductions will be used to purchase our common stock on the last business day of the offering period at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value of the common stock on either the first or the last day of the offering period, whichever is lower, provided that no more than              shares of our common stock or such other lesser maximum number established by the plan administrator may be purchased by any one employee during each offering period. Under applicable tax rules, an employee may purchase no more than $25,000 worth of common stock, valued at the start of the purchase period, under the ESPP in any calendar year.

The accumulated payroll deductions of any employee who is not a participant on the last day of an offering period will be refunded or retained for use in the next offering period. An employee’s rights under the ESPP terminate upon voluntary withdrawal from the plan or when the employee ceases employment for any reason. Eligible employees who have withdrawn from participation may reenroll effective the next offering period.

Corporate Reorganization. Prior to the effective time of any Corporate Reorganization, as defined in the ESPP, the ESPP will terminate and shares will be purchased prior to the effective time as determined by the plan administrator, unless the ESPP is continued by the company or assumed by the surviving corporation.

Non-Transferability. An employee may not transfer rights granted under the ESPP other than by beneficiary designation or the laws of descent and distribution.

Amendment and Termination. The ESPP may be terminated or amended by our board of directors at any time. Amendments that increase the number of shares of our common stock authorized under the ESPP and certain other amendments require the approval of our stockholders. The plan administrator may adopt and amend stock purchase subplans for employees of our non-U.S. subsidiaries.

2011 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors approved our 2011 plan and it became effective in October 2011. As of June 30, 2015, we had granted options to purchase 145,000 shares of our common stock under our 2011 plan, all of which were outstanding. We had also granted 505,000 shares of restricted stock under our 2011 plan, of which 252,125 shares were unvested and were subject to forfeiture and 1,667 shares had been forfeited.

 

108


Table of Contents

Stock awards. The 2011 plan provides for the grant of ISOs, NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards and restricted stock unit awards (collectively, stock awards). ISOs may be granted only to employees. All other awards may be granted to employees, directors and consultants.

Stock Options. No ISOs were issued under the 2011 plan. Nonstatutory stock options have been granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The terms of stock options granted under the 2011 plan are determined by the plan administrator in the award agreement evidencing the award, including the term of the option, exercise price of the option, vesting rate of the option, period within which the option may be exercised and any conditions that must be satisfied before the option may be exercised, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2011 plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. Unless the terms of an option holder’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an option holder’s service relationship with us ceases for any reason other than termination for cause, disability or death, the option holder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us ceases due to termination for cause, the option terminates and ceases to be exercisable on termination of service. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us ceases due to disability or death, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months, or within such longer period of time as is specified in the award agreement. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. An optionholder may designate a beneficiary, however, who may exercise the option following the optionholder’s death.

Stock Appreciation Rights. The 2011 plan permits the grant of stock appreciation rights. The terms of the stock appreciation rights granted under the 2011 plan are determined by the plan administrator in the award agreement evidencing the award, including the number of shares, exercise price, expiration date and other terms.

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units. The 2011 plan permits the grant of restricted stock and/or restricted stock units. The terms of the restricted stock and/or restricted stock units granted under the 2011 plan are determined by the plan administrator in the award agreement evidencing the award, including the number of shares, period of restriction or vesting schedule and other terms.

Adjustments; Corporate Transactions. In the event of certain changes in our corporate structure, including any dividend or other distribution, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of shares, the administrator will make appropriate adjustments to outstanding awards to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the plan.

Merger or Change of Control. In the event of certain corporate transactions specified in the plan, including a merger or change of control, as defined in the plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the plan administrator determines, without a participant’s consent, including that (i) awards will be assumed or substituted by the succeeding corporation; (ii) the awards will terminate; (iii) outstanding awards will vest and become exercisable, (iv) the awards will terminate in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of the award or realization of the rights under the award as of the date of the transaction, (v) the replacement of any award with rights or property selected by the plan administrator or (vi) any combination of the above. In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute the award, the participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding options and stock appreciation rights and all restrictions on restricted stock and restricted stock units will lapse and performance goals will be deemed achieved at 100% of the target levels. Our plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner. Under the 2011 plan, a change of control is generally (i) the acquisition by a person or entity

 

109


Table of Contents

of more than 50% of our combined voting power other than by private financing that is approved by the board, (ii) if we are public, the date on which a majority of the board has been replaced during any twelve month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the board prior to the date of appointment or election; or (iii) change in ownership of a substantial portion of our assets.

Amendment and Termination. The 2011 plan will terminate in October 2021. However, our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, or terminate our 2011 plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. Termination of the 2011 plan will not affect the plan administrator’s ability to exercise its powers under the plan with respect to awards granted prior to termination of the plan.

Penumbra 2005 Stock Plan

Our board of directors and our stockholders approved our 2005 plan and it became effective in January 2005 and was subsequently amended and restated in 2006, 2007, 2008 and 2010. As of June 30, 2015, we had granted options to purchase 5,431,017 shares of our common stock under our 2005 plan, of which options to purchase 1,779,924 shares of our common stock were outstanding, and options to purchase 24,818 shares of our common stock had been early exercised and were unvested and subject to repurchase.

Stock awards. The 2005 plan provides for the grant of ISOs, NSOs, and stock purchase rights (collectively, stock awards). ISOs may be granted only to employees. All other awards may be granted to employees, directors and consultants.

Stock Options. Incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options have been granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The terms of stock options granted under the 2005 plan are determined by the board in the award agreement evidencing the award, including the term of the option, exercise price of the option, vesting schedule of the option, period within which the option may be exercised and any conditions that must be satisfied before the option may be exercised, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. In the case of an incentive stock option granted to an employee who owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our stock or any parent or subsidiary of us, the exercise price will be no less 110% of the fair market value on the date of the grant.

The board determines the term of stock options granted under the 2005 plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. In the case of an incentive stock option granted to an employee who owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our stock or the stock of any of our parents or subsidiaries, the maximum term will be 5 years. Unless the terms of an option holder’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an option holder’s service relationship with us ceases for any reason other than termination for cause, disability or death, the option holder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us ceases due to termination for cause, the option terminates and ceases to be exercisable on termination of service. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us ceases due to disability or death, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months, or within such longer period of time as is specified in the award agreement. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Options generally are not transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

Stock Purchase Rights. The 2005 plan permits the grant of stock purchase rights. The terms of the stock purchase rights granted under the 2005 plan are determined by the board in the award agreement evidencing the award, including the number of shares, purchase price, purchase period and other terms, provided that the purchase period is no longer than 30 days from the date of grant.

Adjustments; Corporate Transactions. In the event of certain changes in our corporate structure, including any dividend or other distribution, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of shares of the Company, the administrator will make appropriate adjustments to outstanding awards to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the plan.

 

110


Table of Contents

Merger or Change of Control. In the event of certain corporate transactions specified in the plan, including a merger or change of control, as defined in the plan, the surviving or purchasing corporation may, without the consent of the participants, either (i) assume our rights and obligations under the options or (ii) substitute for outstanding options substantially equivalent options of that company’s stock. Any unexercised options which are neither assumed by the surviving corporation nor substituted shall terminate as of the date of the change of control. In the event of a change of control, the board of directors may also cancel each or any option outstanding prior to the change of control in exchange for cash, equity or other property of the same value. In the event of a change in control, our board of directors may provide for the acceleration and vesting of any or all outstanding options and shares acquired upon the exercise of those options. Under the 2005 plan, a change of control is generally (i) the sale by our stockholders of more than 50% of the combined voting power of our outstanding shares, (ii) a merger or consolidation in which we are a party, (iii) the sale, exchange or transfer of substantially all of our assets, or (iv) our liquidation and dissolution, in each case where our stockholders after the transaction no longer beneficially own at least 50% of the combined voting power of our outstanding shares, or, in the case of an asset sale, beneficially own at least 50% of the combined voting power of the corporation to which our assets were transferred.

Amendment and Termination. The 2005 plan will continue in effect until the earlier of its termination by the board or all shares of stock available for issuance under the plan have been issued. All awards under the plan must be granted, if at all, within 10 years of its adoption. Termination or amendment of the 2005 plan will not affect any then outstanding award.

Pension Benefits

We do not maintain any defined benefit pension plans.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

We do not maintain any nonqualified deferred compensation plans.

 

111


Table of Contents

2014 DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

None of our non-employee directors received any cash or equity compensation during fiscal 2014, or held any outstanding options or stock awards at the end of fiscal 2014. Mr. Elsesser, our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President, Dr. Bose, our Chief Innovator, and Mr. Krebs, our Treasurer and a director in 2014, did not receive additional compensation for their services as directors. For more information on Mr. Elsesser’s compensation as an officer, see the section titled “Executive Compensation.”

Benefit Plans for Directors

Our directors are entitled to participate in our equity incentive plans, described above.

 

112


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

We describe below transactions and series of similar transactions, during our last three fiscal years or currently proposed, to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

 

    the amounts involved exceeds or will exceed $120,000; and

 

    any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock or any member of the immediate family of or entities affiliated with any of the forgoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Other than as described below, there have not been, nor are there any currently proposed, transactions or series of similar transactions meeting this criteria to which we have been or will be a party other than compensation arrangements, which are described where required under the sections titled “Management—Board Structure and Compensation of Directors” and “Executive Compensation.”

Preferred Stock Financing and Tender Offer

On May 16, 2014, we sold a total of 4,545,455 shares of Series F preferred stock at a purchase price of $13.20 per share. Entities affiliated with Fidelity Investments, who currently beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, purchased 3,030,303 shares of Series F preferred stock in this offering. Prior to this investment, entities affiliated with Fidelity Investments were not affiliated with us.

In connection with our sale of Series F preferred stock in May 2014, we conducted a tender offer for up to 1,359,541 shares of our then-outstanding preferred stock at a price of $13.20 per share. Pursuant to the tender offer, a total of 584,052 shares of preferred stock were tendered by our stockholders. One of our executive officers, James Pray, and his immediate family or affiliated entities participated in the tender offer, tendering a total of 11,710 shares of preferred stock for aggregate consideration of $154,572.

Promissory Notes

In 2005, we made a loan to one of our executive officers, James Pray, in the form of a full-recourse secured promissory note in the amount of $85,000, to permit him to exercise stock options granted to him. This note was secured by a stock pledge agreement covering 500,000 shares of our common stock held by Mr. Pray. This note accrued interest at the rate of 2.92% per annum, with principal and interest due and payable on January 31, 2015, provided that upon the occurrence of a change of control of Penumbra, Mr. Pray would be required to pre pay principal in an amount equal to the product of the number of shares of our common stock that vested as a result of such change of control and $0.01. On April 14, 2015, our board of directors forgave this loan to Mr. Pray in its entirety, including accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

Investor Rights Agreement

We have entered into an agreement with our two founders, Adam Elsesser and Arani Bose, and the holders of our preferred stock including certain related persons, namely Daniel Davis, James Pray, Lynn Rothman, Robert Evans, Walter Wang, Harpreet Grewal and entities affiliated with FMR LLC, and certain members of the immediate family of the listed individuals, that provides for certain rights relating to the registration of their shares. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

Director and Officer Indemnification

We have entered into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers. These indemnification agreements and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. For information regarding these indemnification arrangements, please refer to the section titled “Management—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers.”

 

113


Table of Contents

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Our board of directors plans to adopt a written related party transaction policy setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related party transactions. This policy covers any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we were or are to be a participant and a related party had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, as determined by the audit committee of our board of directors, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related party or entities in which the related party has a material interest, and indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness or employment by us of a related party.

All related party transactions described in this section occurred prior to adoption of this policy and as such, these transactions were not subject to the approval and review procedures set forth in the policy. However, these transactions were reviewed and approved by our board of directors.

 

114


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 30, 2015, by:

 

    each person whom we know to own beneficially more than 5% of our common stock;

 

    each of our directors and named executive officers individually; and

 

    all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

In accordance with the rules of the SEC, beneficial ownership includes voting or investment power with respect to securities and includes the shares issuable pursuant to stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2015. Shares issuable pursuant to stock options are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of the person holding such options but are not outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person. The number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering includes              shares of common stock being offered for sale by us in this offering. The percentage of beneficial ownership for the following table is based on 26,038,637 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2015, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock as of June 30, 2015 into common stock, and              shares of common stock outstanding after the completion of this offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each listed stockholder is: c/o Penumbra, Inc., One Penumbra Place, 1351 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, California 94502. To our knowledge, except as indicated in the footnotes to this table and pursuant to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock.

 

     Shares Beneficially
Owned Before the
Offering
    Shares Beneficially
Owned After the
Offering

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

   Number      Percent     Number    Percent

Greater than 5% Stockholders:

          

Entities affiliated with FMR LLC(1)

     3,030,303         11.6     

Directors and Named Executive Officers:

          

Adam Elsesser(2)

     1,700,982         6.4     

Daniel Davis(3)

     150,444         *        

Lynn Rothman(4)

     273,458         1.0     

Arani Bose, M.D.(5)

     1,545,662         5.9     

Don Kassing(6)

     16,000         *        

Walter Wang(7)

     1,480,931         5.7     

Harpreet Grewal(8)

     14,139         *        

Directors and Officers as a Group
(10 persons)(9)

     6,671,256         24.8     

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding common stock.

 

(1) 

Consists of (i) 1,250,000 shares held by Fidelity Select Portfolios: Health Care Portfolio (“Fidelity Health”), (ii) 265,152 shares held by Fidelity Select Portfolios: Medical Equipment and Systems Portfolio (“Fidelity Medical Equipment”), (iii) 1,128,787 shares held by Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund (“Fidelity Growth”), (iv) 257,576 shares held by Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Series Growth Company Fund (“Fidelity Series Growth”) and (v) 128,788 shares held by Fidelity Group Trust for Employee Benefit Plans: Fidelity Growth Company Commingled Pool (“Fidelity Group Trust”). Fidelity Health, Fidelity Medical Equipment, Fidelity Growth, Fidelity Series Growth and Fidelity Group Trust are managed by direct or indirect subsidiaries of FMR LLC. Edward C. Johnson 3d is a Director and the Chairman of FMR LLC and Abigail P. Johnson is a Director, the Vice Chairman and the President of FMR LLC. Members of the family of Edward C. Johnson 3d, including Abigail P. Johnson, are the predominant owners, directly or through trusts, of Series B voting common shares of FMR LLC, representing 49% of the voting power of FMR LLC. The Johnson family group and all other Series B shareholders have entered into a shareholders’ voting agreement under which all Series B voting common shares will be voted in accordance with the majority vote of Series B voting

 

115


Table of Contents
  common shares. Accordingly, through their ownership of voting common shares and the execution of the shareholders’ voting agreement, members of the Johnson family may be deemed, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, to form a controlling group with respect to FMR LLC. Neither FMR LLC nor Edward C. Johnson 3d nor Abigail P. Johnson has the sole power to vote or direct the voting of the shares owned directly by the various investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act (Fidelity Funds) advised by Fidelity Management & Research Company (FMR Co), a wholly owned subsidiary of FMR LLC, which power resides with the Fidelity Funds’ Boards of Trustees. Fidelity Management & Research Company carries out the voting of the shares under written guidelines established by the Fidelity Funds’ Boards of Trustees. The address for FMR LLC is 200 Seaport Blvd. V12G, Boston, Massachusetts 02210.

 

(2)  Consists of (i) 1,236,838 shares held by Mr. Elsesser, (ii) 14,144 shares held by the Siegel/Elsesser Revocable Trust and (iii) 450,000 shares issuable pursuant to options that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2015 (of which 353,125 would be vested).

 

(3)  Consists of (i) 83,444 shares held by Mr. Davis, of which 37,500 shares are subject to our right of repurchase as of June 30, 2015, and (ii) 67,000 shares issuable pursuant to options that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2015 (of which 64,083 would be vested).

 

(4)  Consists of (i) 200,000 shares held by Ms. Rothman, of which 37,500 shares are subject to our right of repurchase as of June 30, 2015, (ii) 23,458 shares held by Richard Koch & Lynn Rothman and (iii) 50,000 shares issuable pursuant to options that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2015 (all of which would be vested).

 

(5)  Consists of (i) 731,518 shares held by Dr. Bose, (ii) 14,144 shares held by Arani & Shumita Bose, (iii) 250,000 shares held by the Arani Bose 2009 Family Trust, (iv) 250,000 shares held by the Shumita Bose 2009 Family Trust and (v) 300,000 shares issuable pursuant to options that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2015 (all of which would be vested).

 

(6)  Consists of 16,000 shares held by The Kassing Family Trust.

 

(7)  Consists of (i) 517,071 shares held by Mr. Wang and (ii) 963,860 shares held by Wang Ventures LLC. Mr. Wang is the owner of a 25% interest in Wang Ventures LLC as a Member. Mr. Wang disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares held by Wang Ventures LLC.

 

(8)  Consists of 14,139 shares held by Mr. Grewal.

 

(9)  Consists of (i) 5,804,256 shares held by all current executive officers and directors as a group, of which 530,209 shares are subject to our right of repurchase as of June 30, 2015 and (ii) 867,000 shares issuable pursuant to options that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2015 (of which 767,208 would be vested).

 

116


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering. Reference is made to the more detailed provisions of, and the descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to, these documents, copies of which will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. We refer in this section to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation as our certificate of incorporation, and we refer to our amended and restated bylaws as our bylaws.

General

Following this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 300,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Common Stock

Common stock outstanding. As of June 30, 2015, there were 26,038,637 shares of common stock outstanding (including preferred stock on an as-converted basis) which were held of record by 345 stockholders. There will be                  shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options, after giving effect to the sale of the shares of common stock offered hereby. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and non-assessable, and the shares of common stock to be issued upon completion of this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable.

Voting rights. The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders.

Dividend rights. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. See the section titled “Dividend Policy.”

Rights upon liquidation. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of Penumbra, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding.

Other rights. The holders of our common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock.

Preferred Stock

Effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding because all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock will have been automatically converted into an aggregate of 19,510,410 shares of common stock. Our board of directors has the authority to issue the preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, without further vote or action by the stockholders.

The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of Penumbra without further action by the stockholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. At present, we have no plans to issue any of the preferred stock.

Registration Rights

After the closing of this offering, certain holders of our common stock will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. These registration rights are contained in our Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of May 16, 2014, and are described in additional

 

117


Table of Contents

detail below. With respect to any particular stockholder, when such stockholder is able to sell all of its shares pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act without restriction (including any volume limitations), these registration rights will expire. We will pay the registration expenses (other than underwriting discounts and selling commissions) of the holders of the shares registered pursuant to the registrations describe below. In an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. In connection with this offering, each stockholder that has registration rights agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any securities without the prior written consent of the underwriters for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain terms and conditions. For more information regarding such restrictions, see the section titled “Underwriting.”

Demand Registration Rights

Beginning 180 days following this offering through the date that is three years following this offering, the holders of approximately 19,641,495 shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. The holders of at least 66 2/3% of these securities have the right to require us, on not more than two occasions, to file a registration statement under the Securities Act in order to register the resale of their shares of common stock. We may, in certain circumstances, defer such registrations and the underwriters have the right, subject to certain limitations, to limit the number of shares included in such registrations.

Piggyback Registration Rights

After the closing of this offering, if we propose to register the offer and sale of any of our securities under the Securities Act, in connection with the public offering of such securities the holders of approximately 21,617,845 shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing the holders to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a registration related to a company stock plan or on any form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the registrable securities or a registration that would not customarily provide for the sale of secondary equity shares for cash, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration.

S-3 Registration Rights

After the closing of this offering, the holders of approximately 19,641,495 shares of our common stock may make a written request that we register the offer and sale of their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 so long as the request covers at least that number of shares with an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $1.0 million. These stockholders may make an unlimited number of requests for registration on Form S-3; however, we will not be required to effect a registration on Form S-3 if we have effected two such registrations in a given 12-month period. Additionally, if we determine that it would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders to effect such a registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 180 days.

Election and Removal of Directors

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of between five and nine directors. The exact number of directors will be fixed from time to time by resolution of the board. No director may be removed except for cause, and directors may be removed for cause by an affirmative vote of shares representing a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Any vacancy occurring on the board of directors and any newly created directorship may be filled only by a majority of the remaining directors in office.

 

118


Table of Contents

Staggered Board

Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be will be divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms. Class I, Class II and Class III directors will serve until our annual meetings of stockholders in 2016, 2017 and 2018, respectively. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors will be elected to succeed the class of directors whose terms have expired. This classification of our board of directors could have the effect of increasing the length of time necessary to change the composition of a majority of the board of directors. In general, at least two annual meetings of stockholders will be necessary for stockholders to effect a change in a majority of the members of the board of directors.

Limits on Written Consents

Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws will provide that holders of our common stock will not be able to act by written consent without a meeting.

Stockholder Meetings

Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws will provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by our board of directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the board of directors.

Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation

The provisions of our certificate of incorporation described under the sections titled “Common Stock—Voting rights,” “Amendment of Bylaws,” “Election and Removal of Directors,” “Stockholder Meetings” and “Limits on Written Consents” may be amended only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 662/3% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of voting stock, voting together as a single class. The affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the voting power of our outstanding shares of stock will generally be required to amend other provisions of our certificate of incorporation.

Amendment of Bylaws

Our bylaws may generally be altered, amended or repealed, and new bylaws may be adopted, with:

 

    the affirmative vote of a majority of directors present at any regular or special meeting of the board of directors called for that purpose, or without a meeting if all members of the board of directors consent to the taking of the action; or

 

    the affirmative vote of holders of 66 23% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of voting stock, voting together as a single class.

Other Limitations on Stockholder Actions

Our bylaws will also impose some procedural requirements on stockholders who wish to:

 

    make nominations in the election of directors;

 

    propose any amendment to our bylaws; or

 

    propose any other business to be brought before an annual or special meeting of stockholders.

Under these procedural requirements, in order to bring a proposal before a meeting of stockholders, a stockholder must deliver timely notice of a proposal pertaining to a proper subject for presentation at the meeting to our corporate secretary along with the following:

 

    a brief description of any business to be brought before the meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting;

 

    the text of any proposed amendments to our bylaws;

 

119


Table of Contents
    the stockholder’s name and address;

 

    the number and type of shares beneficially owned by the stockholder and evidence of such ownership;

 

    a description of any arrangement between the stockholder and other beneficial owners of our stock;

 

    any hedging arrangements with respect to our securities entered into by the stockholder;

 

    representations as to whether the stockholder intends to appear at the meeting, distribute a proxy statement or otherwise solicit proxies; and

 

    any other information required to be disclosed under the Exchange Act or that we may reasonably require to determine that the proposed business is proper.

In order to submit a nomination for our board of directors, a stockholder must also timely submit any information with respect to the nominee that we would be required to include in a proxy statement, as well as some other information. If a stockholder fails to follow the required procedures, the stockholder’s proposal or nominee will be ineligible and will not be voted on by our stockholders.

To be timely, a stockholder must generally deliver notice:

 

    in connection with an annual meeting of stockholders, not less than 120 nor more than 150 days prior to the date on which the annual meeting of stockholders was held in the immediately preceding year, but in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 70 days after the anniversary date of the preceding annual meeting of stockholders, a stockholder notice will be timely if received by us not later than the close of business on the later of (1) the 70th day prior to the annual meeting and (2) the 10th day following the day on which we first publicly announce the date of the annual meeting; or

 

    in connection with the election of a director at a special meeting of stockholders, not earlier than 150 nor later than the later of (1) 120 days prior to the date of the special meeting and (2) the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which a notice of the date of the special meeting was mailed to the stockholders or the public disclosure of that date was made.

Limitation of Liability of Directors and Officers

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that no director will be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except as required by applicable law, as in effect from time to time. Currently, Delaware law requires that liability be imposed for the following:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or which involved intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; and

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

As a result, neither we nor our stockholders have the right, through stockholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior, except in the situations described above.

Our bylaws provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, we will indemnify any officer or director of our company against all damages, claims and liabilities arising out of the fact that the person is or was our director or officer, or served any other enterprise at our request as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary. We will reimburse the expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by a person indemnified by this provision when we receive an undertaking to repay such amounts if it is ultimately determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by us. Amending this provision will not reduce our indemnification obligations relating to actions taken before an amendment.

 

120


Table of Contents

Forum Selection

The Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of Penumbra, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of Penumbra to Penumbra or Penumbra’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of Penumbra shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing forum selection provisions.

Delaware Business Combination Statute

We elect to be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which regulates corporate acquisitions. Section 203 prevents an “interested stockholder,” which is defined generally as a person owning 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock, or any affiliate or associate of that person, from engaging in a broad range of “business combinations” with the corporation for three years after becoming an interested stockholder unless:

 

    the board of directors of the corporation had previously approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder’s becoming an interested stockholder;

 

    upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder’s becoming an interested stockholder, that person owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, other than statutorily excluded shares; or

 

    following the transaction in which that person became an interested stockholder, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the corporation and holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock not owned by the interested stockholder.

Under Section 203, the restrictions described above also do not apply to specific business combinations proposed by an interested stockholder following the announcement or notification of designated extraordinary transactions involving the corporation and a person who had not been an interested stockholder during the previous three years or who became an interested stockholder with the approval of a majority of the corporation’s directors, if such extraordinary transaction is approved or not opposed by a majority of the directors who were directors prior to any person becoming an interested stockholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a majority of such directors.

Section 203 may make it more difficult for a person who would be an interested stockholder to effect various business combinations with a corporation for a three-year period. Section 203 also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management and could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that our stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Some Provisions

Some provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could make an acquisition of control of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise more difficult, including our classified board and ability to issue preferred stock. These provisions are designed to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection give us the potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us, and that the benefits of this increased protection outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging those proposals, because negotiation of those proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Listing

We expect to apply to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “PEN.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

 

121


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR

NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

The following are the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock acquired in this offering by a “Non-U.S. Holder” that does not own, and has not owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock. You are a Non-U.S. Holder if for U.S. federal income tax purposes you are a beneficial owner of our common stock that is:

 

    a nonresident alien individual;

 

    a foreign corporation; or

 

    a foreign estate or trust.

You are not a Non-U.S. Holder if you are a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition, or if you are a former citizen or former resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If you are such a person, you should consult your tax adviser regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock.

If you are a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and your activities.

This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended to the date hereof (the Code), administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations, changes to any of which subsequent to the date of this prospectus may affect the tax consequences described herein, possibly with retroactive effect. This discussion does not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to you in light of your particular circumstances, including alternative minimum tax and Medicare contribution tax consequences, and does not address any aspect of state, local or non-U.S. taxation, or any taxes other than income and estate taxes. You should consult your tax adviser with regard to the application of the U.S. federal tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or non-U.S. taxing jurisdiction.

Dividends

As discussed under “Dividend Policy” above, we do not currently expect to make distributions on our common stock. In the event that we do make distributions of cash or other property, those distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital, which will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of our common stock, as described below under the section titled “—Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock.”

Dividends paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate or a reduced rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, you will be required to provide a properly executed applicable Internal Revenue Service (IRS) Form W-8 certifying your entitlement to benefits under a treaty.

If dividends paid to you are effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by you in the United States), you will generally be taxed on the dividends in the same manner as a U.S. person. In this case, you will be exempt from the withholding tax discussed in the preceding paragraph, although you will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI in order to claim an exemption from withholding. You should consult your tax adviser with respect to other U.S. tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock, including the possible imposition of a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate) if you are a corporation.

 

122


Table of Contents

Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below under the sections titled “—Information Reporting and Backup Withholding” and “—FATCA,” you generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on gain realized on a sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by you in the United States), or

 

    we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation,” as defined in the Code, at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period, whichever period is shorter, and our common stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs.

We believe that we are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a United States real property holding corporation.

If you recognize gain on a sale or other disposition of our common stock that is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by you in the United States), you will generally be taxed on such gain in the same manner as a U.S. person. You should consult your tax adviser with respect to other U.S. tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock, including the possible imposition of a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate) if you are a corporation.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with payments of dividends on our common stock. Unless you comply with certification procedures to establish that you are not a U.S. person, information returns may also be filed with the IRS in connection with the payment of proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock. You may be subject to backup withholding on payments on our common stock or on the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock unless you comply with certification procedures to establish that you are not a U.S. person or otherwise establish an exemption. Your provision of a properly executed applicable IRS Form W-8 (usually IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E) certifying your non-U.S. status will permit you to avoid backup withholding. Amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules are not additional taxes and may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

FATCA

Provisions of the Code commonly referred to as “FATCA” currently require withholding of 30% on payments of dividends on our common stock, and will require 30% withholding on payments of gross proceeds of dispositions of our common stock occurring after December 31, 2016, to “foreign financial institutions” (which is broadly defined for this purpose and in general includes investment vehicles) and certain other non-U.S. entities unless various U.S. information reporting and due diligence requirements (generally relating to ownership by U.S. persons of interests in or accounts with those entities) have been satisfied, or an exemption applies. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify these requirements. If FATCA withholding is imposed, a beneficial owner that is not a foreign financial institution generally may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld by filing a U.S. federal income tax return (which may entail significant administrative burden). You should consult your tax adviser regarding the effects of FATCA on your investment in our common stock.

Federal Estate Tax

Individual Non-U.S. Holders and entities the property of which is potentially includible in such an individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes (for example, a trust funded by such an individual and with respect to which the individual has retained certain interests or powers), should note that, absent an applicable treaty exemption, our common stock will be treated as U.S. situs property subject to U.S. federal estate tax.

 

123


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. Furthermore, because only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to existing contractual and legal restrictions on resale as described below, there may be sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse. This may adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have              shares of common stock outstanding assuming the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock and no exercise of any options outstanding as of June 30, 2015. Of these shares, the              shares, or              shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our existing “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining              shares of common stock existing are “restricted shares” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 of the Securities Act. As a result of the contractual 180-day lock-up period described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, these shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

Number of Shares

  

Date

   On the date of this prospectus.
   After 180 days from the date of this prospectus (subject, in some cases, to volume limitations).
   At various times after 180 days from the date of this prospectus (subject, in some cases, to volume limitations).

Rule 144

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell such securities, provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the              during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

provided, in each case, that we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144 to the extent applicable.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement

 

124


Table of Contents

before the effective date of this offering is entitled to resell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, without having to comply with the holding period requirements or other restrictions contained in Rule 701.

The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after the date of this prospectus. Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are restricted securities and, subject to the contractual restrictions described above, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, may be sold by persons other than “affiliates,” as defined in Rule 144, subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by “affiliates” under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year minimum holding period requirement.

Registration Rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of 21,617,845 shares of common stock will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates.

Stock Options

As of June 30, 2015, options to purchase a total of 2,460,574 shares of common stock were outstanding. An additional 1,713,634 shares of common stock were available for future grants under our stock plans.

Upon the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering all shares of common stock subject to outstanding options or issuable pursuant to our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. Subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates, shares registered under any registration statements will be available for sale in the open market, beginning 90 days after the date of the prospectus, except to the extent that the shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the contractual restrictions described below.

Lock-up Agreements

We expect that all of our directors, executive officers and substantially all of the other holders of our equity securities will agree, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters. See the section titled “Underwriting.”

 

125


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We will enter into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we will agree to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter will severally agree to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Name

   Number of
Shares

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                      Incorporated

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

Canaccord Genuity Inc.

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriters will be committed to purchase all the common shares offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement will also provide that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $        per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $        per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares to the public, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

The underwriters will have an option to buy up to            additional shares of common stock from us. The underwriters will have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the common shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $        per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

     Without
exercise of option
to purchase
additional shares
     With full
exercise of option
to purchase
additional shares
 

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $                    $                

Perella Weinberg Partners LP (Perella Weinberg), a Financial Industry Regulatory Association, Inc. (FINRA) member, is acting as our financial advisor in connection with the offering. We expect to pay Perella Weinberg, upon the successful completion of this offering, a fee of $1,250,000 for its services. The services provided to us by Perella Weinberg include, among other things, an independent financial valuation analysis; assisting in drafting our positioning and investment thesis; assisting us in our interactions with the underwriters; and

 

126


Table of Contents

assisting us in crafting an appropriate aftermarket trading and investor relations strategy. Perella Weinberg will not sell or offer to sell any securities in this offering and will not identify, solicit or engage directly with potential investors in this offering. In addition, Perella Weinberg will not purchase any of the offered securities.

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including the fees of Perella Weinberg, registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related and other expenses incurred by them in connection with this offering in an amount up to $        . The underwriters have agreed to reimburse us for certain expenses we incur in connection with this offering up to $            .

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We will agree that, subject to limited exceptions, we will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than the shares of our common stock to be sold hereunder and any shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options granted under our existing equity incentive plans.

Our directors and executive officers, and holders of substantially all of our outstanding shares have entered into or will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers, or other stockholders in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock. The restrictions described above are subject to exceptions, including:

 

    open market transactions after the completion of this offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, or other public announcement, shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with any such transaction (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the restricted period);

 

   

transfers that occur by operation of law pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, provided that any filing required to be made under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall clearly indicate the purpose of the transfer in the footnotes thereto, no other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer and each transferee,

 

127


Table of Contents
 

donee or distributee shall execute and deliver to the underwriters a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of the lock-up agreement entered into by the party subject to the lockup restrictions;

 

    transfers to us pursuant to agreements under which we have the option to repurchase such shares or securities upon termination of service of the party subject to the lockup restrictions, provided that any public report or filing required to be made under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto the circumstances of such transfer and no other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer;

 

    the exercise of stock options granted under a stock incentive plan or stock purchase plan described in this prospectus, provided that the shares received upon exercise shall continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the lock-up agreement and that any public report or filing required to be made under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that the filing relates to the exercise of a stock option, that no shares were sold by the reporting person and that the shares received upon exercise of the stock option are subject to a lock-up agreement with the underwriters;

 

    transfers to us upon the exercise of options to purchase our securities outstanding as of the date the party subject to the lockup restrictions entered into the lock-up agreement or pursuant to a stock incentive plan or stock purchase plan described in this prospectus, on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis, provided that the shares received upon exercise shall continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the lock-up agreement and that any public report or filing required to be made under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that the filing relates to the “cashless” or “net” exercise of a stock option, that no shares were sold by the reporting person and that the shares received upon exercise of the stock option are subject to a lock-up letter agreement with the underwriters; or

 

    the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period and (ii) no public announcement or filing shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with the establishment of such plan during the restricted period.

We will agree to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

We will apply to have our common stock approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “PEN.”

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

 

128


Table of Contents

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the              or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

 

    the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

    our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

    an assessment of our management;

 

    our prospects for future earnings;

 

    the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

    the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

    other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

An affiliate of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, one of the underwriters for this offering, has provided us with commercial banking services in the past, for which it has received customary compensation. Certain of the underwriters or their affiliates may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us or our affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they may receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time in the future, certain of the underwriters or their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans.

Selling Restrictions

General

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a Relevant Member State), no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

  A. to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  B.

to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined

 

129


Table of Contents
  in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or

 

  C. in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Company or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

The Company, the representatives and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for the Company or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither the Company nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for the Company or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”).

Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

 

130


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the issuance of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP. Goodwin Procter LLP is representing the underwriters.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Penumbra, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and for each of the two years ended December 31, 2014, included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

131


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock offered hereby. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to the Company and its common stock, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and any schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance, if such contract or document is filed as an exhibit, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. A copy of the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, may be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site at www.sec.gov, from which interested persons can electronically access the registration statement, including the exhibits and any schedules thereto.

As a result of the offering, we will be required to file periodic reports and other information with the SEC. We also maintain an Internet site at www.penumbrainc.com. Our website and the information contained therein or accessible therefrom shall not be deemed to be incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.

 

132


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Penumbra, Inc.

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Penumbra, Inc.

Alameda, California

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Penumbra, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2014. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

San Francisco, California

June 9, 2015

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     December 31,
2013
    December 31,
2014
    June 30,
2015
    Pro Forma
Stockholders’
Equity at
June 30,

2015
(See Note 2)
 
                 (unaudited)  

Assets

        

Current assets:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4,131      $ 3,290      $ 36,764     

Marketable investments

     9,545        48,253            

Accounts receivable, net of doubtful accounts of $471, $602 and $501 at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), respectively

     13,074        18,912        23,604     

Inventories

     27,067        33,451        44,179     

Deferred taxes

     5,134        6,280        5.720     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     3,287        5,115        7,920     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

     62,238        115,301        118,187     

Property and equipment, net

     2,031        5,181        7,976     

Restricted investments

     6,000                   

Deferred taxes

     424        571        1,039     

Other non-current assets

     454        328        1,868     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

   $ 71,147      $ 121,381      $ 129,070     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities, Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

        

Current liabilities:

        

Accounts payable

   $ 1,312      $ 2,348      $ 3,721     

Accrued liabilities

     14,525        18,475        23,168     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

     15,837        20,823        26,889     

Credit facility

     6,000                   

Other non-current liabilities

     1,150        1,461        1,813     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

     22,987        22,284        28,702     

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

        

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value—25,000,000, 25,000,000 and 25,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited) respectively; 15,594,618, 19,510,410 and 19,510,410 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), respectively; aggregate liquidation value $85,218, $149,361, and $153,738 at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), respectively;                      shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

     56,222        111,467        111,467          

Stockholders’ deficit:

        

Common stock, $0.001 par value—40,000,000, 40,000,000 and 40,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2013, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), respectively; 4,391,591, 4,736,689 and 5,747,638 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), respectively;                  shares authorized,                  shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

     4        5        6        25   

Additional paid-in capital

     6,269        8,446        10,169        121,617   

Notes receivable from stockholders

     (138     (117     (32     (32

Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)

     796        (864     (1,233     (1,233

Accumulated deficit

     (14,993     (19,840     (20,009     (20,009
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (8,062     (12,370     (11,099     100,368   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 71,147      $ 121,381      $ 129,070     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
           2013                 2014                 2014                 2015        
                 (unaudited)  

Revenue

   $ 88,848      $ 125,510      $ 57,643      $ 81,263   

Cost of revenue

     30,972        42,668        19,489        27,160   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     57,876        82,842        38,154        54,103   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     14,084        15,575        7,538        7,983   

Sales, general and administrative

     44,918        64,258        28,240        45,943   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     59,002        79,833        35,778        53,926   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (1,126     3,009        2,376        177   

Interest income (expense), net

     345        439        39        385   

Other income (expense), net

     (474     (309     (92     (498
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     (1,255     3,139        2,323        64   

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     (5,354     894        666        233   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     4,099        2,245        1,657        (169

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

     (522     (1,423     (89     (589

Unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, net of tax

     (84     (237     174        220   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 3,493      $ 585      $ 1,742      $ (538
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders (Note 16)

   $ 887      $ (833   $ 355      $ (34
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

        

Basic

   $ 0.21      $ (0.18   $ 0.08      $ (0.01
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.14      $ (0.18   $ 0.05      $ (0.01
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

        

Basic

     4,304,396        4,609,375        4,520,898        5,000,375   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     6,500,835        4,609,375        6,743,140        5,000,375   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share (unaudited) (Note 16)

        

Basic

     $ 0.10        $ (0.01
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

     $ 0.09        $ (0.01
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma net income (loss) per share (unaudited) (Note 16)

        

Basic

       22,680,810          24,510,785   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

       25,037,541          24,510,785   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

                                 Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Notes
Receivable

from
Stockholders
    Accumulated
Other

Comprehensive
Income/ (Loss)
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Preferred Stock          Common Stock            
    Shares     Amount          Shares     Amount            

Balance at December 31, 2012

    15,594,618      $ 56,222            4,192,745      $ 4      $ 5,073      $ (138   $ 1,402      $ (19,092   $ (12,751

Issuance of common stock

                      198,843               310                             310   

Stock-based compensation

                                    886                             886   

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax of $213

                                                  (522            (522

Unrealized loss on investments, net of tax of $10

                                                  (84            (84

Net income

                                                         4,099        4,099   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

    15,594,618        56,222            4,391,588        4        6,269        (138     796        (14,993     (8,062

Issuance of Series F preferred stock, net of issuance cost of $2,788

    4,545,455        57,212                                                        

Repurchase of preferred stock

    (629,663     (1,967                                            (6,344     (6,344

Repurchase of common stock

                      (115,612       (292         (748     (1,040

Issuance of common stock

                      460,713        1        1,036                             1,037   

Stock-based compensation

                                    1,433                             1,433   

Forgiven notes receivable from stockholders

                                           21                      21   

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax of $245

                                                  (1,423            (1,423

Unrealized loss on investments, net of tax of $168

                                                  (237            (237

Net income

                                                         2,245        2,245   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

    19,510,410        111,467            4,736,689        5        8,446        (117     (864     (19,840     (12,370

Issuance of common stock (unaudited)

                      1,034,599        1        974                             975   

Shares held for tax withholdings (unaudited)

                                    (2,525                          (2,525

Repurchase of common stock (unaudited)

                      (23,650            (342                          (342

Stock-based compensation (unaudited)

                                    3,616                             3,616   

Forgiven notes receivable from stockholders (unaudited)

                                           85                      85   

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax of $92 (unaudited)

                                                  (589            (589

Unrealized gain on investments, net of tax of $ 159 (unaudited)

                                                  220               220   

Net loss (unaudited)

                                                         (169     (169
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2015 (unaudited)

    19,510,410      $ 111,467            5,747,638      $ 6      $ 10,169      $ (32   $ (1,233   $ (20,009   $ (11,099
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
    2013     2014     2014     2015  
                (unaudited)  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

       

Net income (loss)

  $ 4,099      $ 2,245      $ 1,657      $ (169

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

       

Depreciation and amortization

    677        751        328        745   

Stock-based compensation

    886        1,433        702        3,616   

Provision for doubtful accounts

    259        150        166        (101

Inventory write downs

    892        1,852        481        304   

Write off of note receivable

           21               85   

Provision for sales returns

    (212     (3     79        223   

Loss on minority investment

           150                 

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

    3        21        8        12   

Realized loss on marketable investments

    160                      541   

Provision for product warranty

           (8     17        176   

Release of valuation allowance

    (4,962     (321              

Deferred taxes

    (335     (571     (107       

Issuance of common stock to third parties

    132                        

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

       

Accounts receivable

    (1,550     (7,426     (3,150     (4,940

Inventories

    (3,779     (9,444     (2,864     (11,321

Prepaid expenses and other current and non-current assets

    (961     (1,906     (235     (2,759

Accounts payable

    (451     1,299        1,237        548   

Accrued expenses and other non-current liabilities

    1,746        5,368        3,673        4,709   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    (3,396     (6,389     1,992        (8,331
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

       

Purchase of marketable investments

    (6,858     (51,342     (4,428     (4,069

Proceeds from sales of marketable investments

    6,405        18,229        4,306        52,160   

Purchases of property and equipment

    (798     (3,888     (818     (3,073
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    (1,251     (37,001     (940     45,018   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

       

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs

           57,212        57,112          

Payments of deferred issuance costs

                         (964

Proceeds from exercises of stock options

    178        1,036        264        515   

Repurchase of preferred stock

           (8,311              

Proceeds from credit facility

    2,000                        

Repayment of credit facility

           (6,000     (6,000  

Repurchase of common stock and stock options

           (1,040     (881       

Payment of employee taxes related to vested common and restricted stock

                         (2,525
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    2,178        42,897        50,495        (2,974
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    (835     (348     (118     (239
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Increase (Decrease) In Cash And Cash Equivalents

    (3,304     (841     51,429        33,474   

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of period

    7,435        4,131        4,131        3,290   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of period

  $ 4,131      $ 3,290      $ 55,560      $ 36,764   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

       

Cash paid for interest

  $ 100      $ 160      $ 160      $   

Cash paid for income taxes

  $ 37      $ 3,086      $ 107      $ 80   

NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

       

Purchase of property and equipment funded through accounts payable

  $ 5      $ 44      $      $ 483   

Deferred issuance costs not yet paid

  $      $      $      $ 620   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization and Description of Business

Penumbra, Inc. (the “Company”) is a global interventional therapies company that designs, develops, manufactures and markets innovative medical devices. The Company has a broad portfolio of products that addresses challenging medical conditions and significant clinical needs across two major markets, neuro and peripheral vascular. The conditions that the Company’s products address include, among others, ischemic stroke, hemorrhagic stroke and various peripheral vascular conditions that can be treated through thrombectomy and embolization procedures.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (U.S. GAAP). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Subsequent events were evaluated from the balance sheet dates of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited) through June 9, 2015 and August 14, 2015 (unaudited).

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and equity accounts; disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements; and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including those related to provisions for doubtful accounts, sales return reserve, warranty reserves, valuation of inventories, useful lives of property and equipment, income taxes, the valuation of equity instruments and contingencies, among others. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other data. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

The accompanying interim consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 and the related interim information contained within the notes to the financial statements are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP for interim financial information and on the same basis as the audited financial statements. In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments which are necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position as of June 30, 2015, and the results of its operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015. Such adjustments are of a normal and recurring nature. The results for the six months ended June 30, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2015 or for any future period.

Unaudited Pro Forma Stockholders’ Equity

The unaudited pro forma stockholders’ equity information in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet reflects that there are 25,258,048 shares of common stock outstanding and assumes the automatic

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock in connection with the Company’s proposed initial public offering (IPO). The unaudited pro forma stockholders’ equity does not assume any proceeds from the proposed IPO.

Segments

The Company determined its operating segment on the same basis that it uses to evaluate its performance internally. The Company has one business activity: the design, development, manufacturing and marketing of innovative medical devices, and operates as one operating segment. The Company’s chief operating decision-maker, its Chief Executive Officer, reviews its operating results for the purpose of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company determines revenue by geographic area, based on the destination to which it ships its products.

Foreign Currency Translation

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in United States Dollars (USD). Its foreign subsidiaries use their local currency as their functional currency and maintain their records in the local currency. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries are translated into USD using the current exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and equity accounts are translated into USD using historical rates. Revenues and expenses are translated using the average exchange rates in effect. The resulting foreign currency translation adjustments are recorded in other comprehensive income in the consolidated balance sheets. Transactions denominated in foreign currency are translated at exchange rates at the date of transaction with foreign currency gains (losses) recorded in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations and other comprehensive income. The Company recognized net foreign currency transaction gains (losses) of $(0.3) million, $(0.3) million, $(49,000) (unaudited) and $0.1 million (unaudited) during the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited) and 2015 (unaudited), respectively.

As the Company’s international operations grow, its risks associated with fluctuation in currency rates will become greater, and the Company will continue to reassess its approach to managing this risk. In addition, currency fluctuations or a weakening USD can increase the costs of the Company’s international expansion. To date, the Company has not entered into any foreign currency hedging contracts, since exchange rate fluctuations have not had a material impact on its operating results and cash flows.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents, marketable investments and accounts receivable. The majority of the Company’s cash is held by one financial institution in the United States in excess of federally insured limits. The Company maintained investments in money market funds that were not federally insured during the year ended December 31, 2014 and held cash in foreign banks of approximately $0.6 million, $0.8 million and $3.0 million (unaudited) at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), respectively, that was not federally insured. The Company has not experienced any losses on its deposits of cash and cash equivalents.

All of the Company’s revenue has been derived from sales of its products in the United States and international markets. The Company uses both its own salesforce and independent distributors to sell its products. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are limited due to the large number of entities comprising the Company’s customer base. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

customers, including its distributors, does not require collateral, and maintains allowances for potential credit losses on customer accounts when deemed necessary.

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited) and 2015 (unaudited), one customer (a distributor) accounted for 14%, 12%, 13% and 11%, respectively, of the Company’s revenue. No customer accounted for greater than 10% of the Company’s accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2013, 2014 or June 30, 2015 (unaudited).

Significant Risks and Uncertainties

The Company is subject to risks common to medical device companies including, but not limited to, new technological innovations, dependence on key personnel, protection of proprietary technology, compliance with government regulations, product liability, uncertainty of market acceptance of products and the potential need to obtain additional financing. The Company is dependent on third party suppliers, in some cases single-source suppliers.

There can be no assurance that the Company’s products will continue to be accepted in the marketplace, nor can there be any assurance that any future products can be developed or manufactured at an acceptable cost and with appropriate performance characteristics, or that such products will be successfully marketed, if at all.

The Company’s products require approval or clearance from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration prior to commencing commercial sales in the United States. There can be no assurance that the Company’s products will receive all of the required approvals or clearances. Approvals or clearances are also required in foreign jurisdictions in which the Company sells its products. If the Company is denied such approvals or clearances or such approvals or clearances are delayed, it may have a material adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position and liquidity.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Carrying amounts of certain of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, approximate fair value due to their relatively short maturities.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Marketable Investments

The Company invests its cash primarily in money market funds and in highly liquid debt instruments of U.S. federal and municipal governments and their agencies and corporate debt securities. All highly liquid investments with stated maturities of three months or less from the date of purchase are classified as cash equivalents; all highly liquid investments with stated maturities of greater than three months are classified as marketable investments. The majority of the Company’s cash and investments are held in U.S. banks and its foreign subsidiaries maintain a limited amount of cash in their local banks to cover their short term operating expenses.

The Company determines the appropriate classification of its investments in marketable investments at the time of purchase and re-evaluates such designation at each balance sheet date. The Company’s marketable investments have been classified and accounted for as available-for-sale. Investments with remaining maturities of more than one year are viewed by the Company as available to support current operations and are classified as current assets under the caption marketable investments in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Investments in marketable investments are carried at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Any realized gains or losses on

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

the sale of marketable investments are determined on a specific identification method, and such gains and losses are reflected as a component of other income (expense), net.

Impairment of Marketable Investments

After determining the fair value of available-for-sales debt instruments, gains or losses on these securities are recorded to accumulated other comprehensive income until either the security is sold or the Company determines that the decline in value is other-than-temporary. The primary differentiating factors that the Company considers in classifying impairments as either temporary or other-than-temporary impairments is the intent and ability to retain the investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value, the length of the time and the extent to which the market value of the investment has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer. There were no other-than-temporary impairments for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited) and 2015 (unaudited). The Company did not have any marketable investments as of June 30, 2015 (unaudited).

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are stated at invoice value less estimated allowances for doubtful accounts. The Company continually monitors customer payments and maintains a reserve for estimated losses resulting from its customers’ inability to make required payments. The Company considers factors such as historical experience, credit quality, age of the accounts receivable balances, geographic related risks and economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay. In cases where there are circumstances that may impair a specific customer’s ability to meet its financial obligations, a specific allowance is recorded against amounts due, and thereby reduces the net recognized receivable to the amount reasonably believed to be collectible.

Restricted Investments

Restricted investments of $6.0 million as of December 31, 2013, classified as available-for-sale investments in money market funds, are held with a major financial institution as security for the Company’s credit facility. Refer to Note 5. There are no restricted investments as of December 31, 2014 or June 30, 2015 (unaudited).

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (determined under the first-in first-out method) or market. Write downs are provided for raw materials, components or finished goods that are determined to be excessive or obsolete. Market value is determined as the lower of replacement cost or net realizable value. The Company regularly reviews inventory quantities in consideration of actual loss experience, projected future demand and remaining shelf life to record a provision for excess and obsolete inventory when appropriate.

The estimate of excess quantities is subjective and primarily dependent on the Company’s estimates of future demand for a particular product or components or raw materials used in the manufacturing of such product. If the estimate of future demand is inaccurate based on actual sales, the Company may increase the write down for excess inventory and record a charge to inventory impairment in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. The Company periodically evaluates the carrying value of inventory on hand for potential excess amounts over demand using the same lower of cost or market approach as that has been used to value the inventory. The Company also periodically evaluates inventory quantities in consideration of actual loss experience. As a result of these evaluations, the Company

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

recognized total write downs of $0.9 million and $1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $0.5 million and $0.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited) and 2015 (unaudited).

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over five years, which is the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life. Upon retirement or sale, the cost and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the consolidated balance sheet and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. When such an event occurs, management determines whether there has been impairment by comparing the anticipated undiscounted future net cash flows to the related asset group’s carrying value. If an asset is considered impaired, the asset is written down to fair value, which is determined based either on discounted cash flows or appraised value, depending on the nature of the asset. There was no impairment of long-lived assets during the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited) and 2015 (unaudited).

Preferred Stock

The Company has classified the preferred stock as temporary equity in the consolidated balance sheets due to the existence of certain change in control events that are not solely within the Company’s control, including liquidation, sale or transfer of the Company, that trigger the ability of the holders of the preferred stock to call for redemption of shares.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is comprised of product revenue net of returns, discounts, administration fees and sales rebates. The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Evidence of an arrangement consists of customer orders and the Company typically considers delivery to have occurred once title and risk of loss has been transferred and the product has been delivered to the customer. The Company typically recognizes revenue when products are delivered to hospital customers or distributors. However, with respect to products that the Company consigns to hospitals, which primarily consist of coils, the Company recognizes revenue at the time hospitals utilize products in a procedure.

Deferred revenue represents amounts that the Company has already invoiced its customers and are ultimately expected to be recognized as revenue, but for which not all revenue recognition criteria have been met. The Company had a deferred revenue balance of $1.1 million, $1.6 million and $0.8 million, as of December 31, 2013, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), respectively.

The Company’s terms and conditions permit product returns and exchanges, and it records returns reserves in the period when revenue is recognized. Estimates are based on actual historical returns over the prior three years and are recorded as reductions in revenue at the time of sale. Upon recognition, the Company

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

reduces revenue and cost of revenue for the estimated return. Return rates can fluctuate over time, but are sufficiently predictable to allow the Company to estimate expected future product returns.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue includes direct and indirect costs associated with the manufacture of the Company’s products. Direct costs include material and labor, while indirect costs include inbound freight charges, receiving costs, inspection and testing costs, warehousing costs, royalty expense and other labor and overhead costs incurred in the manufacturing of products. Cost of revenue also includes stock-based compensation, warranty replacement costs, cost of revenue related to product return reserves and excess and obsolete inventory write-downs.

Shipping Costs

Shipping and handling costs charged to customers are recorded as revenue. Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of revenue.

Research and Development (R&D) Expenses

R&D costs primarily consist of product development, clinical and regulatory expenses, materials, depreciation and other costs associated with the development of the Company’s products. R&D costs also include related personnel and consultants’ salaries, benefits and related costs, including stock-based compensation. The Company expenses R&D costs as they are incurred.

The Company’s clinical trial accruals are based on estimates of patient enrollment and related costs at clinical investigator sites. The Company estimates preclinical and clinical trial expenses based on the services performed pursuant to contracts with research institutions and clinical research organizations that conduct and manage preclinical studies and clinical trials on its behalf. In accruing service fees, the Company estimates the time period over which services will be performed and the level of patient enrollment and activity expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from the estimate, the Company will adjust the accrual accordingly. Payments made to third parties under these arrangements in advance of the receipt of the related services are recorded as prepaid expenses until the services are rendered.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses and are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs consist primarily of trade show and booth costs, product demonstration, and marketing materials. Advertising costs for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited) and 2015 (unaudited) were $0.1 million, $0.3 million, $73,000, and $0.3 million, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation arrangements with employees in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation. ASC 718 requires the recognition of compensation expense, using a fair value-based method, for costs related to all share-based payments including stock options.

The Company’s determination of the fair value of stock options on the date of grant utilizes the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and is impacted by its common stock price as well as changes in assumptions

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, expected term that options will remain outstanding, expected common stock price volatility over the term of the option awards, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends.

The fair value is recognized over the period during which an optionee is required to provide services in exchange for the option award, known as the requisite service period (usually the vesting period) on a straight-line basis. Stock-based compensation expense recognized at fair value includes the impact of estimated forfeitures. The Company estimates future forfeitures at the date of grant and revises the estimates, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. To the extent actual forfeiture results differ from the estimates, the difference is recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period forfeiture estimates are revised. No compensation cost is recorded for options that do not vest.

Equity instruments issued to non-employees are recorded at their fair value on the measurement date and are subject to periodic adjustments as the underlying equity instruments vest. The fair value of options granted to consultants is expensed over the service period.

Estimating the fair value of equity-settled awards as of the grant date using valuation models, such as the Black-Scholes option pricing model, is affected by assumptions regarding a number of complex variables. Changes in the assumptions can materially affect the fair value and ultimately how much stock-based compensation expense is recognized. These inputs are subjective and generally require significant analysis and judgment to develop. For all stock options granted to date, the Company estimated the volatility data based on a study of publicly traded industry peer companies. For purposes of identifying these peer companies, the Company considered the industry, stage of development, size and financial leverage of potential comparable companies. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues similar in duration to the expected term of the equity-settled award.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method, whereby deferred tax asset and liability account balances are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The Company provides a valuation allowance to reduce the net deferred tax assets to their estimated realizable value.

The calculation of the Company’s current provision for income taxes involves the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments while taking into account current tax laws, interpretation of current tax laws and possible outcomes of future tax audits. The Company has established reserves to address potential exposures related to tax positions that could be challenged by tax authorities. Although the Company believes its estimates, assumptions and judgments to be reasonable, any changes in tax law or its interpretation of tax laws and the resolutions of potential tax audits could significantly impact the amounts provided for income taxes in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The calculation of the Company’s deferred tax asset balance involves the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments while taking into account estimates of the amounts and type of future taxable income. Actual future operating results and the underlying amount and type of income could differ materially from the Company’s estimates, assumptions and judgments thereby impacting the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

The Company follows ASC 740-10 “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the Company’s income tax return, and also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.

The Company includes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within income tax expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The Company has not incurred any interest or penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in any of the periods presented.

Comprehensive Income

The Company is required to display comprehensive income and its components as part of the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Comprehensive income consists of net income, unrealized gains on available-for-sale investments and the effects of foreign currency translation.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs, which primarily consist of direct incremental legal and accounting fees relating to the proposed IPO, are capitalized. The deferred offering costs will be offset against IPO proceeds upon the consummation of the offering. In the event the offering is terminated, deferred offering costs will be expensed.

Net Income (Loss) Per Share and Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income (Loss) Per Share of Common Stock

The Company calculates its basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders in conformity with the two-class method required for companies with participating securities. Under the two-class method, the Company determines whether it has net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, which includes the results of operations less current period preferred stock non-cumulative dividends. If it is determined that the Company does have net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders during a period, the related undistributed earnings are then allocated between common stock and the preferred stock based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period to determine the numerator for the basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders. In computing diluted net income attributable to common stockholders, undistributed earnings are re-allocated to reflect the potential impact of dilutive securities to determine the numerator for the diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders. The Company’s basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. The diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by giving effect to all potential dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period. For purposes of this calculation, options to purchase common stock and common stock warrants are considered common stock equivalents.

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share reflects the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock as if the conversion had occurred at the earlier of the beginning of the period or the date of issuance, if later.

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share amounts do not give effect to the issuance of shares from the planned initial public offering nor do they give effect to potential dilutive securities where the impact would be anti-dilutive.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which outlines a comprehensive new revenue recognition model designed to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The accounting standard is effective for annual reporting periods (including interim reporting periods within those periods) beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this accounting standard.

In July 2015, the FASB voted to defer the effective date by one year to December 15, 2017 for annual reporting periods beginning after that date. The FASB also voted to permit early adoption of the standard, but not before the original effective date of December 15, 2016. The final accounting standard formally amending the effective date is expected to be issued by the FASB by the end of the third quarter of 2015 (unaudited).

In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-17, Pushdown Accounting, which provides an acquired entity to elect the option to apply pushdown accounting in the reporting period in which the change-in-control event occurs and allows the acquired entity to determine whether to elect to apply pushdown accounting for each individual change-in-control event in which the acquirer obtains control of the acquired entity. This accounting standard is effective as of November 18, 2014 and the Company will apply the guidance to future change-in control events.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory, which requires an entity to measure most inventory at the lower of cost and net realizable value, thereby simplifying the current guidance under which an entity must measure inventory at the lower of cost or market. The accounting standard is effective prospectively for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods therein. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of an interim or annual reporting period. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this accounting standard (unaudited).

3. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the reporting date. The accounting guidance establishes a three-tiered hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in the valuation methodologies in measuring fair value:

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2—Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

The categorization of a financial instrument within the valuation hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The Company classifies its cash equivalents and marketable investments within Level 1 and Level 2, as it uses quoted market prices or alternative pricing sources and models utilizing market observable inputs.

The Company determined the fair value of its Level 1 financial instruments, which are traded in active markets, using quoted market prices for identical instruments.

Marketable investments classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy are valued based on other observable inputs, including broker or dealer quotations or alternative pricing sources. When quoted prices in

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)

 

active markets for identical assets or liabilities are not available, the Company relies on non-binding quotes from its investment managers, which are based on proprietary valuation models of independent pricing services. These models generally use inputs such as observable market data, quoted market prices for similar instruments, historical pricing trends of a security as relative to its peers and internal assumptions of the independent pricing services. To validate the fair value determination provided by its investment managers, the Company reviews the pricing movement in the context of overall market trends and trading information from its investment managers. In addition, the Company assesses the inputs and methods used in determining the fair value in order to determine the classification of securities in the fair value hierarchy.

The Company did not own any Level 3 financial assets or liabilities as of December 31, 2013 or 2014 or June 30, 2015 (unaudited).

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited) and 2015 (unaudited), the Company did not record impairment charges related to its marketable investments, and the Company did not have any transfers between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

The following tables set forth the fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities by level within the fair value hierarchy (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31, 2013  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Fair Value  

Financial Assets

           

Marketable investments:

           

Mutual funds

   $ 15,545       $       $       $ 15,545   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15,545       $       $       $ 15,545   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s marketable investments as of December 31, 2013 of $15.5 million included $6.0 million of restricted investments, which were held with a major financial institution as a security for the Company’s credit facility. Refer to Note 5.

 

     As of December 31, 2014  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Fair Value  

Financial Assets

           

Cash equivalents:

           

Money market funds

   $ 155       $       $       $ 155   

Marketable investments:

           

U.S. Agency securities

             6,006                 6,006   

U.S. Treasury

     4,009                         4,009   

Corporate bonds

             29,619                 29,619   

Mutual funds

     8,619                         8,619   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 12,783       $ 35,625       $       $ 48,408   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)

 

     As of June 30, 2015  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Fair Value  
     (unaudited)  

Financial Assets

           

Cash equivalents:

           

Money market funds

   $ 24,762       $       $       $ 24,762   

Marketable investments:

           

U.S. Agency securities

                               

U.S. Treasury

                               

Corporate bonds

                               

Mutual funds

                               
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 24,762       $       $       $ 24,762   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited) and 2015 (unaudited), the Company did not have any transfers of financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis to or from Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3. The Company did not hold any Level 3 assets or liabilities as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited).

The carrying amounts of cash equivalents, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to their relatively short maturities.

4. Balance Sheet Components

Accounts Receivable, Net

The Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts comprised of the following (in thousands):

 

     Balance At
Beginning
Of Year
     Charged To
Costs And
Expenses
    Deductions     Balance At
End Of
Year
 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

         

For year ended:

         

December 31, 2013

   $ 212       $ 259      $      $ 471   

December 31, 2014

     471         150        (19     602   

June 30, 2015 (unaudited)

     602         (101            501   

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

The Company’s prepaid expenses and other current assets comprised of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,
2015
 
     2013      2014     
                   (unaudited)  

Prepaid expenses

   $ 3,166       $ 3,130       $ 5,849   

Income tax receivable

     78         1,654         1,889   

Other current assets

     43         331         182   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 3,287       $ 5,115       $ 7,920   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

4. Balance Sheet Components (Continued)

 

Marketable Investments

The Company’s marketable investments as of December 31, 2013 were as follows (in thousands):

 

Marketable Investments

   Cost      Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value  

Mutual funds

   $ 15,519       $ 125       $ (99   $ 15,545   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15,519       $ 125       $ (99   $ 15,545   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s marketable investments as of December 31, 2013 of $15.5 million included $6.0 million of restricted investments, which were held with a major financial institution as a security for the Company’s credit facility. Refer to Note 5.

The Company’s marketable investments as of December 31, 2014 were as follows (in thousands):

 

Marketable Investments

   Cost      Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value  

U.S. Agency securities

   $ 6,012       $ 3       $ (9   $ 6,006   

U.S. Treasury

     4,011                 (2     4,009   

Corporate bonds

     29,834         4         (219     29,619   

Mutual funds

     8,768                 (149     8,619   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 48,625       $ 7       $ (379   $ 48,253   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company did not have any marketable investments as of June 30, 2015 (unaudited).

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited), gains or losses realized on the sale of investments were insignificant. During the six months ended June 30, 2015, the Company sold all of its marketable investments and recorded a realized loss of $0.5 million. As of December 31, 2014, there are no securities that have been in a loss position for more than twelve months.

The contractual maturities of the Company’s marketable investments as of December 31, 2014 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2014
 
     Fair Value  
        

Due in one year

   $ 16,442   

Due in one to five years

     31,811   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 48,253   
  

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

4. Balance Sheet Components (Continued)

 

Inventories

The components of inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,
2015
 
     2013      2014     
                   (unaudited)  

Raw materials

   $ 3,778       $ 5,105       $ 8,611   

Work in process

     614         543         1,094   

Finished goods

     22,675         27,803         34,474   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Inventories

   $ 27,067       $ 33,451       $ 44,179   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net comprised of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     June 30
2015
 
     2013     2014    
                 (unaudited)  

Machinery and equipment

   $ 3,466      $ 5,089      $ 7,272   

Furniture and fixtures

     418        519        1,845   

Leasehold improvements

     387        379        967   

Software

     482        599        769   

Computers

     112        153        400   

Construction in progress

     37        1,931        929   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     4,902        8,670        12,182   

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (2,871     (3,489     (4,206
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 2,031      $ 5,181      $ 7,976   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited) and 2015 (unaudited) was $0.7 million, $0.8 million, $0.3 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

Accrued Liabilities

The following table shows the components of accrued liabilities (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,
2015
 
     2013      2014     
                   (unaudited)  

Payroll and employee-related expenses

   $ 5,119       $ 8,221       $ 11,600   

Sales return reserve

     2,161         2,164         2,387   

Preclinical and clinical trial cost

     2,267         2,319         1,661   

Deferred revenue

     1,093         1,591         786   

Product warranty

     323         314         490   

Sales tax payable

     368         306         662   

Income tax payable

             332         672   

Other accrued liabilities

     3,194         3,228         4,910   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued liabilities

   $ 14,525       $ 18,475       $ 23,168   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

4. Balance Sheet Components (Continued)

 

The estimated product warranty accrual was as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     June 30,
2015
 
     2013     2014    
                 (unaudited)  

Balance at the beginning of the period

   $ 323      $ 323      $ 314   

Accruals of warranties issued

     100        149        351   

Settlements of warranty claims

     (100     (158     (175
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the period

   $ 323      $ 314      $ 490   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

5. Credit Facility

In May 2012, the Company entered into a revolving credit facility of $15.0 million with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association. The credit facility was collateralized by the Company’s investment balances. The interest on the credit facility was based on the daily one-month London Inter-Bank Offered Rate, plus 1.75% and was payable monthly. Any outstanding balance on the credit facility was due in full on June 1, 2015. The credit facility contained customary covenants for credit facilities of this type, including limitations on disposition of assets and changes in control. In May 2014, in conjunction with its Series F financing, the Company paid the then outstanding balance on the credit facility and terminated the credit facility. The Company was in compliance with the covenants as of December 31, 2013.

6. Related Party Transactions

Notes Receivable from Stockholders

In March 2005, options to purchase 875,000 shares of common stock, subject to repurchase by the Company, were exercised in exchange for full recourse promissory notes totaling $0.1 million. The notes bear interest at 2.92% per year, compounded annually with interest and principal due on the earlier to occur of January 31, 2015, or the date the employee ceases to be an employee, director or consultant of the Company.

In July 2011, options to purchase 5,000 shares of common stock were exercised in exchange for a full recourse promissory note totaling $10,250. The note is noninterest bearing and is due in full on December 31, 2016.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), outstanding promissory notes were $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $31,500, respectively.

7. Commitments and Contingencies

Lease Commitments

The Company leases its offices and other equipment under non-cancelable operating leases that expire at various dates in 2029. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited) and 2015 (unaudited) was $1.7 million, $1.8 million, $0.9 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

 

Future minimum lease payments under the non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2014

are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31:

   Lease Payments  

2015

   $ 2,148   

2016

     2,158   

2017

     2,174   

2018

     2,166   

2019

     2,242   

Thereafter

     25,156   
  

 

 

 

Total future minimum lease payments

   $ 36,044   
  

 

 

 

Future minimum lease payments under the non-cancelable operating leases as of June 30, 2015 (unaudited) are as follows (in thousands):

 

Quarter Ending June 30:

   Lease Payments  

2015

   $ 1,478   

2016

     3,026   

2017

     3,011   

2018

     3,010   

2019

     3,110   

Thereafter

     35,308   
  

 

 

 

Total future minimum lease payments

   $ 48,943   
  

 

 

 

Future minimum lease payments under the non-cancelable operating leases as of June 30, 2015 in the table above includes lease for additional space at the Company’s campus in Alameda, California. This lease commenced in June 2015 upon landlord’s substantial completion of tenant improvements and expires in November 2029.

Purchase Commitments

The Company had non-cancellable purchase obligations to suppliers for the year ended December 31, 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 (unaudited) of $9.9 million and $6.3 million, respectively.

Royalty Obligations

In March 2005, the Company entered into a license agreement that requires the Company to make minimum royalty payments to the licensor, on a quarterly basis. As of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015, the license agreement requires minimum annual royalty payments of $0.1 million and $0.1 million in equal quarterly installments, respectively. On each January 1, the quarterly calendar year minimum royalty shall be adjusted to equal the prior year’s minimum royalty adjusted by a percentage equal to the percentage change in the “consumer price index for all urban consumers” for the prior calendar year as reported by the U.S. Department of Labor. Unless terminated earlier, the term of the license agreement shall continue until the expiration of the last to expire patent that covers that licensed product or for the period of 15 years following the first commercial sale of such licensed product, whichever is longer. The first commercial sale occurred in June 2007.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

 

In April 2012, the Company entered into an agreement that requires the Company to pay a 5% royalty on sales of products covered under applicable patents, on a quarterly basis. The first commercial sale occurred in April 2014. Unless terminated earlier, the royalty term for each applicable product shall continue for fifteen years following the first commercial sale of such patented product, or when the applicable patent covering such product has expired, whichever is sooner.

In April 2015, the Company entered into a royalty agreement that requires the Company to pay a 2% royalty on sales of certain products covered by the agreement, on a quarterly basis. The Company anticipates that the first commercial sale of the covered Indigo products will occur in June 2015. Unless terminated earlier, the royalty term for each covered product shall continue for twenty years following the first commercial sale of the covered products.

Royalty expense included in cost of sales for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited) and 2015 (unaudited), was $0.7 million, $1.1 million, $0.5 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

Contingencies

From time to time, the Company may have certain contingent liabilities that arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company accrues a liability for such matters when it is probable that future expenditures will be made and such expenditures can be reasonably estimated. There have been no contingent liabilities requiring accrual or disclosure at December 31, 2013 and 2014 or June 30, 2015 (unaudited).

Indemnification

The Company enters into standard indemnification arrangements in the ordinary course of business. Pursuant to these arrangements, the Company indemnifies, holds harmless, and agrees to reimburse the indemnified parties for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party, in connection with any trade secret, copyright, patent or other intellectual property infringement claim by any third-party with respect to the Company’s technology. The term of these indemnification agreements is generally perpetual. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these agreements is not determinable because it involves claims that may be made against the Company in the future, but have not yet been made.

The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and officers that may require the Company to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct of the individual.

The Company has not incurred costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification agreements. No liability associated with such indemnifications has been recorded to date.

Litigation

From time to time, the Company is subject to claims and assessments in the ordinary course of business. The Company is not currently a party to any litigation matter that, individually or in the aggregate, is expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

8. Preferred Stock

The preferred stock at December 31, 2014 consisted of the following (in thousands, except shares):

 

Series

   Shares
Authorized
     Shares Issued
and
Outstanding
     Proceeds,
Net of Issuance
Costs
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Amount
 

Series A Preferred Stock

     1,000,000         1,000,000       $ 299       $ 554   

Series B Preferred Stock

     4,287,486         4,005,338         6,536         11,725   

Series C Preferred Stock

     4,388,715         4,168,218         13,266         22,238   

Series D Preferred Stock

     3,944,733         3,881,459         19,647         30,976   

Series E Preferred Stock

     1,973,684         1,909,940         14,507         21,609   

Series F Preferred Stock

     5,303,031         4,545,455         57,212         62,259   

Undesignated

     4,102,351                           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total preferred stock

     25,000,000         19,510,410       $ 111,467       $ 149,361   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The preferred stock at June 30, 2015 (unaudited) consisted of the following (in thousands, except shares):

 

Series

   Shares
Authorized
     Shares Issued
and
Outstanding
     Proceeds,
Net of Issuance
Costs
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Amount
 

Series A Preferred Stock

     1,000,000         1,000,000       $ 299       $ 571   

Series B Preferred Stock

     4,287,486         4,005,338         6,536         12,072   

Series C Preferred Stock

     4,388,715         4,168,218         13,266         22,893   

Series D Preferred Stock

     3,944,733         3,881,459         19,647         31,886   

Series E Preferred Stock

     1,973,684         1,909,940         14,507         22,246   

Series F Preferred Stock

     5,303,031         4,545,455         57,212         64,070   

Undesignated

     4,102,351                           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total preferred stock

     25,000,000         19,510,410       $ 111,467       $ 153,738   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The rights, preferences and privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock (Series A), Series B Preferred Stock (Series B), Series C Preferred Stock (Series C), Series D Preferred Stock (Series D), Series E Preferred Stock (Series E) and Series F Preferred Stock (Series F) are as follows:

Voting

The holders of each share of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F preferred stock are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which each share of preferred stock could be converted, and have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of common stock.

Dividends

The holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends out of any assets legally available, prior, and in preference to, any declaration or payment of any dividend on the common stock of the Company, at the rate of 6% of the original purchase price (adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, or recapitalization) per share per annum. For any future dividends per annum, the preferred stock would participate with common stock on an as-converted basis. Such dividends are payable when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors and are not cumulative. No dividends have been declared or paid since the issuance of preferred stock through December 31, 2014 or June 30, 2015 (unaudited).

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

8. Preferred Stock (Continued)

 

Conversion

Each share of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F preferred stock, at the option of the holder, is convertible into the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock, which results from dividing the original purchase price of the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F preferred stock by the conversion price applicable to such shares. The initial per-share conversion price of the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F preferred stock is $0.30, $1.63, $3.19, $5.07, $7.60 and $13.20 per share, respectively.

Conversion is automatic at the then-effective conversion rate either (a) immediately upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of common stock in which the aggregate proceeds raised, equal, or exceed $15,000,000 or (b) at the election of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F preferred stock voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis.

Liquidation

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of common stock by reason of their ownership, an amount per share equal to the original purchase price, plus 6% per annum compounded annually from original issuance date for each outstanding share of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F preferred stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, or recapitalization), plus any declared, but unpaid, dividends on such share, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, the holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F preferred stock are entitled to receive an amount per share equal to $0.55, $2.93, $5.34, $7.98, $11.31 and $13.70, respectively. As of June 30, 2015, the holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F preferred stock are entitled to receive an amount per share equal to $0.57, $3.01, $5.49, $8.21, $11.65 and $14.10, respectively.

If upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds distributed among the holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F preferred stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then, subject to the rights of series of preferred stock that may from time to time come into existence, the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution will be distributed ratably among the holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F preferred stock, and holders of such series of preferred stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is entitled to receive.

After payment has been made to the holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F preferred stock, any remaining assets and funds are to be distributed among the holders of common stock ratably, based on the number of shares of common stock held by each stockholder.

Mergers

A merger, reorganization or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in which more than 50% of the voting power of the Company is disposed of shall be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Common Stock

Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote. The holders of common stock are also entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and when declared by the board of directors, subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock outstanding.

10. Common Stock Liability

As of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), the Company had outstanding options to purchase 3,092,176, 2,900,676 and 2,460,574 shares, respectively, of common stock. Proceeds from the exercise of unvested stock options are accounted for as a liability. The liability as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), were $0.1 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

The options are not considered exercised and the underlying shares are not considered issued until the Company’s right to repurchase lapses, when the employee vests in the award. Employees who have exercised shares prior to vesting are current employees of the Company. There were 16,305, 33,081 and 24,818 shares subject to repurchase as of December 31, 2013, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), respectively.

11. Warrants

In connection with the sale of Series B preferred stock in 2004, the Company issued warrants to purchase 211,138 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $0.01 per share. The warrants were exercisable upon grant and had a term of 10 years from the date of grant, which expired on December 31, 2014. The value of the warrants was calculated using Black-Scholes option pricing model and was deemed to be immaterial. As of December 31, 2013, warrants to purchase 79,645 shares of common stock were outstanding. No warrants were outstanding as of December 31, 2014.

12. Stock Option Plans

2005 Stock Plan

The Company’s board of directors and stockholders approved the Company’s 2005 Stock Plan (the 2005 Plan) and it became effective in January 2005. The 2005 Plan was subsequently amended and restated in 2006, 2007, 2008 and 2010. As of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), the Company had granted options to purchase 5,431,017 and 5,431,017 shares of common stock, respectively, under the 2005 Plan, of which options to purchase 2,707,176 and 1,779,924 shares of common stock were outstanding, and options to purchase 33,081 and 24,818 shares of common stock had been early exercised and were unvested and subject to repurchase, as of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), respectively. Under the 2005 Plan, the board of directors could grant incentive stock options (ISO), nonqualified stock options (NSO), or stock awards to eligible persons, including employees, nonemployees, directors, consultants and other independent advisors who provide services to the Company. Stock purchase rights could also be granted under the Plan. The board of directors had the authority to determine to whom options would be granted, the number of options, the term and the exercise price. ISOs could only be granted to Company employees, which include officers and directors of the Company. NSOs and stock purchase rights could be granted to employees and consultants. For individuals holding more than 10% of the voting rights of all classes of stock, the exercise price for an ISO could not be less than 110% of fair market value. Options are exercisable immediately upon the optionee entering into a restricted stock purchase agreement with respect to any unvested options. Options generally vest annually at a rate of 1/4 after the first year and 1/48 per month thereafter. The term of the options is no longer

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

12. Stock Option Plans (Continued)

 

than five years for ISOs, for which the grantee owns greater than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock and no longer than 10 years for all other options. Stock options granted under the 2005 Plan generally have a contractual life of ten years, and generally vest over a period of four years.

2011 Equity Incentive Plan

The Company’s board of directors approved the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2011 Plan) and it became effective in October 2011. As of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), the Company had granted options to purchase 145,000 and 145,000 shares of common stock, respectively, under the 2011 Plan, of which options to purchase 145,000 and 145,000 shares of common stock were outstanding at December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), respectively. The Company had also granted 505,000 and 505,000 shares of restricted stock under the 2011 Plan, of which 367,126 and 252,125 shares were unvested and subject to forfeiture and 1,667 and 1,667 shares had been forfeited as of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), respectively. Under the 2011 Plan, the board of directors could grant ISOs, NSOs, restricted stock, or restricted stock units (RSU) to eligible persons, including employees, directors and consultants who provide services to the Company. Stock Appreciation Rights (SAR) could also be granted under the 2011 Plan. The board of directors had the authority to determine to whom options would be granted, the number of options, the term and the exercise price. ISOs could only be granted to Company employees, which include officers and directors of the Company. NSOs, SARs, restricted stock and RSUs could be granted to employees and consultants. For individuals holding more than 10% of the voting rights of all classes of stock, the exercise price for an ISO could not be less than 110% of fair market value. Stock options granted under the 2011 Plan generally have a contractual life of ten years, and generally vest over a period of four years.

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

The Company’s board of directors and stockholders approved the Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2014 Plan) and it became effective in May, 2014. The 2014 Plan replaced the 2011 Plan and the 2005 Plan. No further equity awards may be granted under the 2011 Plan or the 2005 Plan. As of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), respectively there were 2,688,513 and 1,713,634 shares remaining available for the grant of equity awards under our 2014 Plan. As of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), the Company had granted options to purchase 48,500 and 536,650 shares of common stock under the 2014 Plan, 48,500 and 535,650 of which were outstanding and 0 and 1,000 options had been forfeited as of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), respectively. The Company had also granted 0 and 662,361 shares of restricted stock under the 2014 Plan, as of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), respectively, of which 0 and 503,646 shares were unvested and subject to forfeiture as of such dates.

Early Exercises

Stock options granted under the 2005 Plan, 2011 Plan and 2014 Plan allow the board of directors to grant awards to provide employee option holders the right to elect to exercise unvested options in exchange for restricted common stock. Unvested shares, which amounted to 16,305, 33,081 and 24,818 as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), respectively, were subject to a repurchase right held by the Company at the original issue price in the event the optionees’ employment was terminated either voluntarily or involuntarily. For exercises of employee options, this right lapses according to the vesting schedule designated on the associated option grant. The repurchase terms are considered to be a forfeiture provision. The shares purchased by the employees pursuant to the early exercise of stock options are not deemed to be issued or outstanding for accounting purposes until those shares vest, though they are legally issued and

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

12. Stock Option Plans (Continued)

 

outstanding. In addition, cash received from employees for exercise of unvested options is treated as a refundable deposit shown as a liability on the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), cash received related to unvested shares totaled $0.1 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively. Amounts recorded are transferred into common stock and additional paid-in-capital as the shares vest.

Activity of stock options under 2005 Plan, 2011 Plan and 2014 Plan is set forth below:

 

     Shares
Available for
Grant
    Number
of Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(in Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
                        (in thousands)  

Balance, December 31, 2013

     500,963        3,092,176      $ 2.23         

Additional shares authorized

     2,700,000                       

Restricted stock granted

     (286,000                    

Restricted stock cancelled

     1,667                       

Options granted

     (268,050     268,050        7.99         

Options exercised

            (421,159     2.79         

Options cancelled

     39,933        (38,391     3.89         
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Balance, December 31, 2014

     2,688,513        2,900,676        2.66         

Restricted stock granted (unaudited)

     (662,361                    

Restricted stock withheld for taxes (unaudited)

     65,638                       

Options granted (unaudited)

     (488,150     488,150        12.57         

Options exercised (unaudited)

            (927,252     0.92         

Options withheld for taxes (unaudited)

     108,994                       

Options cancelled (unaudited)

     1,000        (1,000     14.46         
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Balance, June 30, 2015 (unaudited)

     1,713,634        2,460,574      $ 5.27         
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Vested and expected to vest—December 31, 2014

       2,890,852      $ 2.63         4.11       $ 28,126   
    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable—December 31, 2014

       2,852,176      $ 2.55         4.04       $ 27,987   
    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest—June 30, 2015 (unaudited)

       2,408,967      $ 5.14         5.67       $ 37,027   
    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable—June 30, 2015 (unaudited)

       1,939,479      $ 3.37         4.68       $ 33,237   
    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

12. Stock Option Plans (Continued)

 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2014:

 

     Options Outstanding         

Exercise Price

   Stock
Options
Outstanding
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
     Options
Exercisable
 

$0.17—$1.54

     1,562,917         1.83         1,562,917   

$2.05—$3.98

     885,459         5.95         885,459   

$4.49—$5.99

     192,650         7.47         192,650   

$7.75—$9.06

     259,650         9.31         211,150   

$12.36—$12.36

                       
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

$0.17—$12.36

     2,900,676         4.13         2,852,176   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at June 30, 2015 (unaudited):

 

     Options Outstanding         

Exercise Price

   Stock Options
Outstanding
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in Years)
     Options
Exercisable
 

$0.57—$1.54

     731,050         1.97         731,050   

$2.05—$3.98

     834,459         5.56         834,459   

$4.49—$5.99

     159,740         7.06         159,740   

$7.75—$9.06

     248,175         8.82         212,842   

$12.36—$14.46

     487,150         9.74         1,388   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 
     2,460,574         5.75         1,939,479   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The valuation model for stock compensation expense requires the Company to make assumptions and judgments about the variables used in the calculation including the expected term (weighted average period of time that the options granted are expected to be outstanding); volatility of the Company’s common stock and an assumed-risk-free interest rate.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2013     2014     2014     2015  
                 (unaudited)  

Expected term (in years)

     6.25        6.25        6.25        6.25   

Expected volatility

     45     45     45     45

Risk-free interest rate

     0.63%–0.90     1.76%–2.02     1.76%–2.02     1.56%–1.78

Expected dividend rate

     0     0     0     0

Fair Value of Common Stock. The fair value of the shares of common stock underlying our stock options has historically been determined by the Company’s board of directors. Because there has been no public market for their common stock and in the absence of recent arm’s-length cash sales transactions of their common stock with independent third parties, the Company’s board of directors has determined the fair value of their common stock by considering at the time of grant a number of objective and subjective factors. The Company’s

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

12. Stock Option Plans (Continued)

 

board of directors intends all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of their common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. The estimated fair value of their common stock was determined at each valuation date in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. Their board of directors, with the assistance of management, developed these valuations using significant judgement and taking into account numerous factors, including the following:

 

    independent third party valuations;

 

    progress of research and development activities;

 

    their operating and financial performance, including levels of available capital resources;

 

    rights and preferences of their common stock compared to the rights and preferences of their other outstanding equity securities;

 

    equity market conditions affecting comparable public companies, as reflected in comparable companies; market multiples, IPO valuations and other metrics;

 

    the achievement of enterprise milestones, including progress in clinical trials;

 

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock, such as an IPO given prevailing market and medical device sector conditions;

 

    sales of their preferred stock in arms-length transactions;

 

    the illiquidity of their securities by virtue of being a private company;

 

    business risks; and

 

    management and board experience.

The Company considered the following approaches in the preparation of their valuations:

 

    Market Approach. The market approach values a business by reference to guideline companies, for which enterprise values are known. This approach has two principal methodologies. The guideline public company methodology derives valuation multiples from the operating data and share prices of similar publicly traded companies. The guideline acquisition methodology focuses on comparisons between the subject company and guideline acquired public or private companies.

 

    Option-Pricing Method Backsolve, or OPM backsolve. The OPM backsolve method derives the implied equity value for a company from a recent transaction involving the company’s own securities issued on an arm’s-length basis.

 

    Probability Weighted Expected Return Method. Using the probability weighted expected return, or PWERM, method, the value of a company’s common stock is estimated based upon the analysis of future values for the company assuming various possible future liquidity events like an initial public offering, or IPO, sale or merger. Share value is based upon the probability-weighted present value of expected future net cash flows, considering each of the possible future events, as well as the rights and preferences of each share class.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

12. Stock Option Plans (Continued)

 

In addition, the Company also considered an enterprise value allocation method:

 

    Option-Pricing Method, or OPM. Under this method, each class of stock is modeled as a call option with a distinct claim on the enterprise value of the company. The option’s exercise prices would be based on a comparison with the enterprise value. The method assumes that a formula, such as the Black-Scholes model, would calculate the fair value when provided with certain values, including share price, expiration date, volatility and risk free interest rate.

The per share common stock value was estimated by allocating the Company’s enterprise value using the OPM method in October 1, 2013, May 16, 2014, and September 30, 2014, which determined the common value to be $7.75, $9.06 and $10.92, respectively. The per share common stock value was estimated in December 31, 2014, March 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015, which utilized the PWERM method, which determined the common stock value to be $12.36, $14.46 and $20.51, respectively.

In determining the estimated fair value of their common stock, the Company’s board of directors also considered the fact that their stockholders could not freely trade their common stock in the public markets. Accordingly, the Company applied discounts to reflect the lack of marketability of their common stock based on the expected time to liquidity. The estimated fair value of their common stock at each grant date reflected a non-marketability discount partially based on the anticipated likelihood and timing of a future liquidity event.

The key subjective factors and assumptions used in their valuations primarily consisted of: (i) the selection of the appropriate market comparable transactions, (ii) the selection of the appropriate comparable publicly traded companies, (iii) the financial forecasts utilized to determine future cash balances and necessary capital requirements, (iv) the probability and timing of the various possible liquidity events, (v) the estimated weighted-average cost of capital and (vi) the discount for lack of marketability of our common stock.

At each grant date the board of directors reviewed any recent events and their potential impact on the estimated fair value per share of the common stock.

Weighted Average Expected Term. The Company derived the expected term using the “simplified” method (the expected term is determined as the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the options), as the Company had limited historical information to develop expectations about future exercise patterns and post vesting employment termination behavior.

Volatility. Since there has been no public market for the Company’s common stock and lack of company-specific historical volatility, it has determined the share price volatility for options granted based on an analysis of the volatility used by a peer group of publicly traded medical device companies. In evaluating similarity, the Company considers factors such as industry, stage of life cycle and size.

Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate is based upon U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term of the options.

Dividend Yield. The Company has never paid any dividends and does not plan to pay dividends in the foreseeable future, and therefore, used an expected dividend yield of zero in the valuation model.

Forfeitures. The Company is required to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant, and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company uses historical

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

12. Stock Option Plans (Continued)

 

data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record stock based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. To the extent actual forfeitures differ from the estimates, the difference will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period that the estimates are revised.

The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 (unaudited) was $3.8 million and $17.7 million, respectively. The intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock at the exercise date and the exercise price of the stock option. As of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), the Company’s common stock valuation was at $12.36 and $20.51 per share, respectively.

The weighted average grant date fair value of the employee stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited) and 2015 (unaudited) was $2.63, $3.69, $3.58 and $5.72 per share, respectively.

The following table summarizes the activity of unvested restricted stock:

 

           Weighted Average  
     Number     Grant Date  
     of Shares     Fair Value  

Unvested at December 31, 2013

     135,461      $ 5.45   

Granted

     286,000        7.75   

Vested

     (52,668     5.32   

Cancelled/Forfeited

     (1,667     4.49   
  

 

 

   

Unvested at December 31, 2014

     367,126        7.26   

Granted (unaudited)

     662,361        14.30   

Vested (unaudited)

     (273,716     11.28   

Cancelled/Forfeited (unaudited)

              
  

 

 

   

Unvested and expected to vest at June 30, 2015 (unaudited)

     755,771      $ 11.98   
  

 

 

   

As of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), total unrecognized compensation cost was $2.9 million and $11.4 million related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.8 years and 3.5 years, respectively.

The following table sets forth the stock-based compensation expense included in the consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
      2013        2014        2014        2015   
                   (unaudited)  

Cost of sales

   $ 98       $ 267       $ 124       $ 130   

Research and development

     84         96         47         182   

Sales, general and administrative

     704         1,070         531         3,304   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 886       $ 1,433       $ 702       $ 3,616   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

13. Common and Preferred Stock Repurchase

The Company’s board of directors approved the repurchase of 70,612 shares of common stock, 45,000 stock options and 45,611 of preferred stock from shareholders in May 2014 for $13.20 per share for a total purchase price of $2.0 million. For the repurchased shares of common stock and stock options, the Company charged the difference between the purchase and market prices of $0.5 million to expense. For the repurchased preferred shares, the excess between the purchase and the issuance price of $0.5 million was treated as a deemed dividend. In addition, the Company closed a tender offer in July 2014 to repurchase shares of preferred stock from existing shareholders at a purchase price of $13.20 per share. The Company repurchased 584,052 shares of preferred stock for a total purchase price of $7.7 million. The excess between the purchase and the issuance price of $5.8 million was treated as a deemed dividend. The repurchased shares of common and preferred stock were retired and remained as authorized but unissued.

14. Employee Benefit Plans

The Company offers a retirement savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (the IRC) to its eligible U.S. employees whereby they may contribute up to the maximum amount permitted by IRC. The retirement savings plan provides for employer contributions to be made at the discretion of the Company’s board of directors. The Company has not provided any such matching contributions through June 30, 2015.

15. Income Taxes

The Company is incorporated in the United States and operates in various countries with differing tax laws and rates. A portion of the Company’s income or (loss) before taxes and the provision for income taxes are generated from international operations.

Income or (loss) before income taxes for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 is summarized as follows:

 

    

Year Ended
December 31,

 
      2013       2014   

United States

   $ (1,142   $ 2,230   

Foreign

     (113     909   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   $ (1,255   $ 3,139   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax provision in 2013 and 2014 is comprised of federal, state, and foreign taxes.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

15. Income Taxes (Continued)

 

The components of the provision for (benefit from) income taxes are summarized as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
      2013       2014   

Current:

    

Federal

   $ (155   $ 1,155   

State

     87        274   

Foreign

            323   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current

     (68 )     1,752   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred:

    

Federal

     (5,087     (625

State

     (199     (116

Foreign

            (117
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred

     (5,286 )     (858
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   $ (5,354   $ 894   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s actual provision for tax differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 34% to pretax income as a result of the following:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
         2013             2014      

Income tax at federal statutory rate

     34.0     34.0

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     (5.6     3.2   

Foreign taxes differential

     5.8        5.2   

APB 51 prepaid tax

     (2.7     (8.9

Foreign exchange gains and losses

     11.7        -   

IRC 199 deduction

     -        (7.0

Stock-based compensation

     (14.1     6.0   

Meals and entertainment

     (10.7     5.8   

Imputed interest

     (12.1     6.6   

Tax credits

     41.8        (12.1

Other

     0.3        2.8   

Change in valuation allowance

     378.2        (7.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     426.6     28.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

15. Income Taxes (Continued)

 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities consist of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2013     2014  

Deferred tax assets

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 3,067      $ 1,626   

Tax credits

     1,890        1,779   

Accruals and reserves

     2,749        3,759   

Stock-based compensation

     192        416   

Translation adjustment

     271        674   

UNICAP adjustments

     1,729        2,227   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     9,898        10,481   

Valuation allowance

     (3,860     (2,945
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     6,038        7,536   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

    

Depreciation and amortization

     (480     (685
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (480     (685
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 5,558      $ 6,851   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes, net - Balance Sheet Classification

    

Current deferred income tax assets

   $ 5,134      $ 6,280   

Long-term deferred income tax assets

     424        571   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     5,558        6,851   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company assesses the realizability of its net deferred tax assets by evaluating all available evidence, both positive and negative, including (1) cumulative results of operations in recent years, (2) sources of recent losses, (3) estimates of future taxable income and (4) the length of net operating loss carryforward periods. From inception through 2012, the Company had determined that it was more likely than not that all of the net deferred tax assets would not be realized. As a result, the Company had recorded a full valuation allowance against those net deferred tax assets to reduce them to their estimated net realizable value as of December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2013, the Company determined that it is more likely than not that a portion of the net deferred tax assets will be realized for federal and U.S. states except California and released the valuation allowance of $5.0 million. The Company continued establishing a full valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets of California, Germany, Australia and Canada. As of December 31, 2014, the Company determined that it is more likely than not that German net deferred tax assets will be realized and released the German valuation allowance of $0.3 million. As a result, the Company has continued establishing a full valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets of California, Australia and Canada.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

15. Income Taxes (Continued)

 

The valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets changed as follows:

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 8,742     

Release of valuation allowance

     (4,962  

Other reserves and deferrals

     80     
  

 

 

   

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

     3,860     

Release of valuation allowance

     (321  

Other reserves and deferrals

     (594  
  

 

 

   

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $ 2,945     
  

 

 

   

 

At December 31, 2014, the Company had approximately $17.8 million and $2.0 million of state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards, respectively, available to offset future taxable income. The state net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2017. At December 31, 2014, the Company had research credits available to offset federal and state tax liabilities in the amount of $0.7 million and $2.8 million, respectively. Federal credits will begin to expire in 2027 and California state tax credits have no expiration. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had fully used $22.6 million of federal net operating losses, which the Company had accumulated in its first six years of operations, from 2004 through 2009.

Internal Revenue Code sections 382 and 383 limit the use of net operating losses and business credits if there is a change in ownership. In 2009, the Company determined there were changes in ownership in 2004 and 2008. As of December 31, 2014, the section 382 limitation has no impact on the Company’s deferred tax assets prior to the valuation allowance.

As of December 31, 2014, the Company has $1.7 million in unrecognized tax benefits, of which $0.7 million would affect the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized.

A reconciliation of the change in the gross unrecognized tax benefits from January 1, 2013 to December 31, 2014, is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
           2013                  2014        

Beginning Balance

   $ 838       $ 1,325   

Gross increase for tax positions of current year

     324         401   

Gross increase for tax positions of prior years

     163           

Settlements

               

Lapse of statute of limitations

               
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending Balance

   $ 1,325       $ 1,726   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had $69,000 accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

The Company files U.S., state and foreign income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. Due to net operating loss and credit carryovers, the tax years ending December 31, 2004 through December 31, 2014 remain subject to examination by federal and state tax authorities. In Australia and Canada, tax years ending December 31, 2008 through December 31, 2014 generally remain subject to examination by tax authorities. In Germany, tax years ending December 31, 2013 through December 31, 2014 remain subject to examination by tax authorities. As of December 31, 2014, the Company is under examination by the German tax authority for tax years ending December 31, 2010 through December 31, 2012.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

15. Income Taxes (Continued)

 

The Company classifies its unrecognized tax benefits as non-current income taxes payable, as no amounts are expected to be payable within the next 12 months.

16. Net Income (Loss) per Share of Common Stock attributable to Common Stockholders and Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income (Loss) per Share of Common Stock

A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in the calculation of the basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is as follows (in thousands except share and per share amounts):

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
         2013             2014             2014             2015      
                 (unaudited)  

Net income (loss) per share:

        

Numerator

        

Net income (loss)

   $ 4,099      $ 2,245      $ 1,657      $ (169

Less: Deemed dividend paid to preferred stockholders upon repurchase

            (6,344              

Less: Undistributed income (loss) attributable to preferred stockholders

     (3,212            (1,302     135   

Add: Undistributed loss attributable to preferred stockholders

            3,266                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ 887      $ (833   $ 355      $ (34
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator

        

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders
—Basic

     4,304,396        4,609,375        4,520,898        5,000,375   

Potential dilutive options, as calculated using treasury stock method

     2,021,394               2,101,306          

Potential dilutive common stock warrants, as calculated using treasury stock method

     86,985               77,339          

Potential dilutive restricted stock, as calculated using treasury stock method

     88,060               43,597          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders —Diluted

     6,500,835        4,609,375        6,743,140        5,000,375   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders
—Basic

   $ 0.21      $ (0.18   $ 0.08      $ (0.01
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

—Diluted

   $ 0.14      $ (0.18   $ 0.05      $ (0.01
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

16. Net Income (Loss) per Share of Common Stock attributable to Common Stockholders and Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income (Loss) per Share of Common Stock (Continued)

 

The following outstanding shares of potentially dilutive securities were excluded from the computation of diluted net income (loss) per share of common stock for the periods presented, because the effect of including them would have been anti-dilutive:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended June 30,  
             2013                      2014                       2014                        2015           
                   (unaudited)  

Options to purchase common stock

     63,750         2,933,757         217,650         2,485,392   

Restricted stock

             367,126         286,000         755,771   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     63,750         3,300,883         503,650         3,241,163   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted income (loss) per share is computed as follows (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2014
     Pro Forma
Six Months Ended
June 30, 2015
 
     (unaudited)  

Unaudited pro forma net income (loss) per share:

     

Numerator

     

Net income (loss) used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

   $ 2,245       $ (169
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator

     

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders—basic

     4,609,375         5,000,375   

Pro forma adjustments to reflect weighted average effect of assumed automatic conversion of preferred stock

     18,071,435         19,510,410   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator for pro forma basic net income (loss) per share of common stock

     22,680,810         24,510,785   

Potential dilutive options, as calculated using treasury stock method

     2,161,223           

Potential dilutive common stock warrants, as calculated using treasury stock method

     118,897           

Potential dilutive restricted stock, as calculated using treasury stock method

     76,611           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator for pro forma diluted net income (loss) per share of common stock

     25,037,541         24,510,785   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share—Basic

   $ 0.10       $ (0.01
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share—Diluted

   $ 0.09       $ (0.01
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Penumbra, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

17. Geographic Areas and Product Sales

The Company’s revenue by geographic area, based on the destination to which the Company ships its products, was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended June 30,  
           2013                  2014                    2014                      2015          
                   (unaudited)  

United States

   $ 58,305       $ 82,965       $ 36,976       $ 53,970   

Japan

     12,668         14,699         7,329         8,610   

Other International

     17,875         27,846         13,338         18,683   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 88,848       $ 125,510       $ 57,643       $ 81,263   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth revenue by product category (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended June 30,  
           2013                  2014                    2014                      2015          
                   (unaudited)  

Neuro

   $ 81,343       $ 106,242       $ 50,068       $ 66,054   

Peripheral Vascular

     7,505         19,268         7,575         15,209   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 88,848       $ 125,510       $ 57,643       $ 81,263   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company does not have significant long-lived assets outside the U.S.

18. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events that occurred after December 31, 2014 through June 9, 2015, the date that the audited annual consolidated financial statements were issued, and determined that no additional subsequent events had occurred that would require recognition in these consolidated financial statements and all material subsequent events that require disclosure have been disclosed. The Company has evaluated subsequent events and transactions for potential recognition or disclosure through August 14, 2015, the date the unaudited interim financial statements were available to be issued.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

            shares

Common Stock

 

 

 

LOGO

Prospectus

 

J.P. Morgan    BofA Merrill Lynch
Wells Fargo Securities    Canaccord Genuity

                    , 2015

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

     Amount to Be Paid  

SEC registration fee

   $ 13,363   

FINRA filing fee

   $ 17,750   

NYSE listing fee

                 

Transfer agent’s fees

                 

Printing and engraving expenses

                 

Legal fees and expenses

                 

Accounting fees and expenses

                 

Blue Sky fees and expenses

                 

Miscellaneous

                 
  

 

 

 

Total

   $             
  

 

 

 

 

* To be completed by amendment.

Each of the amounts set forth above, other than the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee, is an estimate.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions, suits or proceedings in which such person is made a party by reason of such person being or having been a director, officer, employee or agent to the registrant. The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that Section 145 is not exclusive of other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. Article VIII of the registrant’s certificate of incorporation provides for indemnification by the registrant of its directors, officers and employees to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. The registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its current directors and executive officers to provide these directors and executive officers additional contractual assurances regarding the scope of the indemnification set forth in the registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and to provide additional procedural protections. There is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or executive officer of the registrant for which indemnification is sought.

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The registrant’s certificate of incorporation provides for such limitation of liability.

The registrant maintains standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided (a) to its directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and (b) to the registrant with respect to payments which may be made by the registrant to such officers and directors pursuant to the above indemnification provision or otherwise as a matter of law.

The proposed form of underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of directors and officers of the registrant by the underwriters against certain liabilities.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Since January 1, 2012, the registrant has sold the following securities without registration under the Securities Act of 1933:

Preferred Stock Issuances

On May 16, 2014, we issued and sold an aggregate of 4,545,455 shares of our Series F preferred stock at a price of $13.20 per share to a total of 38 accredited investors for aggregate consideration of $60,000,006.

Option Grants and Common Stock and Restricted Stock Issuances

Since January 1, 2012, we granted to our directors, officers, employees and consultants options to purchase an aggregate of 1,862,300 shares of common stock under our equity compensation plans, at exercise prices ranging from $4.49 to $22.04 per share.

Since January 1, 2012, we issued and sold to our directors, officers, employees and consultants an aggregate of 1,444,496 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options under our equity compensation plans at exercise prices ranging from $0.17 to $7.75 per share, for an aggregate amount of approximately $2,275,176.

Since January 1, 2012, we granted to our officers and employees an aggregate of 1,164,861 shares of restricted stock under our equity compensation plans at a fair market value ranging from $4.49 to $22.04 per share, for an aggregate amount of approximately $12,804,050.

Since January 1, 2012, we issued to our consultants an aggregate of 55,000 shares of common stock at a fair market value ranging from $4.49 to $5.99 per share, for an aggregate amount of approximately $288,950.

Since January 1, 2012, we issued and sold an aggregate of 25,568 shares of common stock upon the exercise of warrants at an exercise price of $0.01 per share, for an aggregate amount of approximately $256.

On May 6, 2015, we issued 7,500 shares of restricted stock in connection with the acquisition of a privately held company at a fair market value of $14.46 per share, for an aggregate amount of approximately $108,450.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. Unless otherwise stated, the sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder) or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) The following exhibits are filed as part of this registration statement:

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Description

1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Penumbra, Inc., as currently in effect
3.2*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Penumbra, Inc., to be in effect upon completion of this offering
3.3    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Penumbra, Inc., as currently in effect
3.4*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Penumbra, Inc., to be in effect upon completion of this offering
4.1*    Form of Common Stock Certificate
4.2    Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, by and among Penumbra, Inc., Adam Elsesser and Arani Bose and the investors listed on Exhibit A thereto, dated May 16, 2014
5.1*    Opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
10.1    Lease for facilities at 1351 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, California, dated November 28, 2007 and amended on May 7, 2008 and June 23, 2011
10.2    Lease for facilities at 1411 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, California, dated September 11, 2014
10.3    Lease for facilities at 1321 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, California, dated September 11, 2014
10.4#    Distribution Agreement between Penumbra, Inc. and Medico’s Hirata, dated August 2, 2009, as amended
10.5†    2014 Equity Incentive Plan, and forms of Restricted Stock Agreement, Stock Option Agreement and Early Exercise Stock Option Agreement
10.6†    2011 Equity Incentive Plan, and forms of Restricted Stock Agreement, Stock Grant Agreement, Stock Option Agreement and Early Exercise Stock Option Agreement
10.7†    2005 Stock Plan, and forms of Notice of Grant and Early Exercise Stock Option Agreement
10.8†    Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between Penumbra, Inc. and each of its directors and executive officers, as currently in effect
10.9†    Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between Penumbra, Inc. and each of its directors and executive officers, to be in effect immediately prior to the consummation of the offering
10.10†    Offer Letter with Adam Elsesser
10.11†    Offer Letter with Arani Bose
10.12†    Offer Letter with Sri Kosaraju
10.13†    Offer Letter with Daniel Davis
10.14†    Offer Letter with James Pray
10.15†    Offer Letter with Lynn Rothman
10.16†    Offer Letter with Robert Evans
10.17†    Form of Employee Nondisclosure and Assignment Agreement
10.18†    2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.19†    Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, and forms of Restricted Stock Agreement, Stock Option Agreement and Early Exercise Stock Option Agreement
21.1    Subsidiaries of the registrant
23.1    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2*    Consent of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

# Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and this exhibit has been filed separately with the SEC.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the consolidated financial statements or in the notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 14 of this registration statement, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Alameda, State of California, on the 14 day of August, 2015.

 

PENUMBRA, INC.

By:    

 

/s/ Adam Elsesser

  Name:       Adam Elsesser
  Title:   Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Adam Elsesser, Sri Kosaraju and Robert Evans, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and any and all additional registration statements pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or either of them or their or his or her substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ Adam Elsesser

Adam Elsesser

  Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President (Principal Executive Officer)   August 14, 2015

/s/ Sri Kosaraju

Sri Kosaraju

  Chief Financial Officer and Head of Strategy (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   August 14, 2015

/s/ Arani Bose

Arani Bose, M.D.

  Chief Innovator and Director   August 14, 2015

/s/ Don Kassing

Don Kassing

  Director   August 14, 2015

/s/ Walter Wang

Walter Wang

  Director   August 14, 2015

/s/ Harpreet Grewal

Harpreet Grewal

  Director   August 14, 2015

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Description

1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Penumbra, Inc., as currently in effect
3.2*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Penumbra, Inc., to be in effect upon completion of this offering
3.3    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Penumbra, Inc., as currently in effect
3.4*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Penumbra, Inc., to be in effect upon completion of this offering
4.1*    Form of Common Stock Certificate
4.2    Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, by and among Penumbra, Inc., Adam Elsesser and Arani Bose and the investors listed on Exhibit A thereto, dated May 16, 2014
5.1*    Opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
10.1    Lease for facilities at 1351 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, California, dated November 28, 2007 and amended on May 7, 2008 and June 23, 2011
10.2    Lease for facilities at 1411 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, California, dated September 11, 2014
10.3    Lease for facilities at 1321 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, California, dated September 11, 2014
10.4#    Distribution Agreement between Penumbra, Inc. and Medico’s Hirata, dated August 2, 2009, as amended
10.5†    2014 Equity Incentive Plan, and forms of Restricted Stock Agreement, Stock Option Agreement and Early Exercise Stock Option Agreement
10.6†    2011 Equity Incentive Plan, and forms of Restricted Stock Agreement, Stock Grant Agreement, Stock Option Agreement and Early Exercise Stock Option Agreement
10.7†    2005 Stock Plan, and forms of Notice of Grant and Early Exercise Stock Option Agreement
10.8†    Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between Penumbra, Inc. and each of its directors and executive officers, as currently in effect
10.9†    Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between Penumbra, Inc. and each of its directors and executive officers, to be in effect immediately prior to the consummation of the offering
10.10†    Offer Letter with Adam Elsesser
10.11†    Offer Letter with Arani Bose
10.12†    Offer Letter with Sri Kosaraju
10.13†    Offer Letter with Daniel Davis
10.14†    Offer Letter with James Pray
10.15†    Offer Letter with Lynn Rothman
10.16†    Offer Letter with Robert Evans
10.17†    Form of Employee Nondisclosure and Assignment Agreement
10.18†    2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.19†    Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, and forms of Restricted Stock Agreement, Stock Option Agreement and Early Exercise Stock Option Agreement
21.1    Subsidiaries of the registrant
23.1    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2*    Consent of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

# Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and this exhibit has been filed separately with the SEC.

EX-3.1

Exhibit 3.1

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

PENUMBRA, INC.

The undersigned, Robert D. Evans, Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, hereby certifies that:

1. He is the duly elected and acting Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Penumbra, Inc., a corporation (the “Corporation”) organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law).

2. The Corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on June 21, 2004. An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 20, 2004. A Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 16, 2004. A Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 8, 2006. A Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 23, 2007. A Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 6, 2008 (the “Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”).

3. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this Corporation and its stockholders, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:

4. Resolved that the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation shall be amended and restated in its entirety to read in full as follows:

ARTICLE I.

The name of this corporation is Penumbra, Inc.

ARTICLE II.

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is:

3500 South DuPont Highway, Dover, Kent County, Delaware 19901. The Registered Agent in charge thereof is Incorporating Services, Ltd.


ARTICLE III.

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

ARTICLE IV.

A. Classes of Stock. The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to issue is 65,000,000 shares, each with a par value of $0.001 per share. 40,000,000 shares shall be Common Stock and 25,000,000 shares shall be Preferred Stock.

B. Rights and Restrictions of Common Stock.

1. General. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein.

2. Voting. The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of the stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings); provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by applicable law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation (as the same may be amended, restated or modified from time to time, the “Certificate of Incorporation”) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the General Corporation Law. The number of authorized Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

C. Rights, Preferences and Restrictions of Preferred Stock. The Preferred Stock authorized by this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The first series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series A Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 1,000,000 shares. The second series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series B Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 4,287,486 shares. The third series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series C Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 4,388,715 shares. The fourth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series D Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 3,944,733 shares. The fifth Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series E Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 1,973,684 shares. The sixth Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series F Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 5,303,031 shares. (The Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock is sometimes hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Preferred Stock”.) The rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Preferred Stock are as set forth below in this Article IV(C).

 

2


The Preferred Stock authorized by this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding), subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock, as applicable, set forth herein, the number of shares of any series prior to or subsequent to the issue of shares in that series. In case the number of shares of any such series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series. The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to provide for the issuance of all or any of the remaining shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares and to determine or alter for each such series, such voting power, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other rights and qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such shares (a “Preferred Stock Designation”) and as may be permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

1. Dividend Provisions. The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of the Corporation) on the Common Stock of the Corporation, at the rate of six percent (6.0%) of the Original Purchase Price (as defined below) per share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock or Series F Preferred Stock, as applicable (appropriately adjusted to reflect subsequent stock splits, stock dividends, combinations or other recapitalizations), per annum on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock or Series F Preferred Stock, as applicable, payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. Such dividends shall not be cumulative. No dividend shall be paid on the Common Stock in any fiscal year unless a dividend shall first have been paid in full on the Preferred Stock in an amount for each such share of Preferred Stock equal to or greater than the aggregate amount of dividends for all Common Stock into which each such share of Preferred Stock could then be converted. The holders of outstanding Preferred Stock can waive any dividend preference that such holders shall be entitled to receive under this Section I upon the affirmative vote or written consent of (A) with respect to Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, the holders of at least a majority of the applicable series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, and (B) with respect to Series F Preferred Stock, the holders of at least a two-thirds majority of the Series F Preferred Stock then outstanding. “Original Purchase Price” shall mean (i) with respect to Series A Preferred Stock, $0.30, (ii) with respect to Series B Preferred Stock, $1.63, (iii) with respect to Series C Preferred Stock, $3.19, (iv) with respect to Series D Preferred Stock, $5.07, (v) with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock, $7.60 and (vi) with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock, $13.20.

 

3


2. Liquidation.

(a) Preference. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary:

(i) The holders of Series F Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, or Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the Original Purchase Price plus six percent (6.0%) per annum, compounded annually from the Purchase Date (as defined in Section 4(d)) (as adjusted to reflect subsequent stock splits, stock dividends, combinations or other recapitalizations), for each share of Series F Preferred Stock then held by them. If upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of Series F Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full preferential amounts, then, subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock that may from time to time come into existence, the entire assets and funds of this Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Series F Preferred Stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is entitled to receive.

(ii) Upon completion of the foregoing distribution, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the applicable Original Purchase Price plus six percent (6.0%) per annum, compounded annually from the Purchase Date (as defined in Section 4(d)) (as adjusted to reflect subsequent stock splits, stock dividends, combinations or other recapitalizations), for each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock, as applicable, then held by them. If upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full preferential amounts, then, subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock that may from time to time come into existence, the entire assets and funds of this Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock and holders of such other series of Preferred Stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is entitled to receive.

(b) Remaining Assets. Upon the completion of the distribution required by Section 2(a) above and any other distribution that may be required with respect to any series of Preferred Stock that may from time to time come into existence, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of the Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each.

 

4


(c) Certain Acquisitions.

(i) Deemed Liquidation. For purposes of this Section 2, a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation shall be deemed to occur if the Corporation shall sell, convey, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property, assets or business, merge into or consolidate with any other corporation (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary corporation) or effect any other transaction, including but not limited to a stock sale, or series of any such related transactions in which more than a majority of the voting power of the Corporation is disposed of (each, a “Corporate Sale”), provided that, this Section 2(c)(i) shall not apply to a merger effected solely for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Corporation.

(ii) Valuation of Consideration. The value of assets or securities distributed pursuant to this Article IV, Section 2 shall be computed at their fair market value at the time of payment to the Corporation or at the time made available to its stockholders, all as determined by the Board of Directors in the good faith exercise of its reasonable business judgment, provided that (i) if such securities are listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, their fair market value shall be the closing sales price for such securities as quoted on such system or exchange for the date the value is to be determined (or if there are no sales for such date, then for the last preceding business day on which there were sales), as reported in the Wall Street Journal or similar publication, and, (ii) if such securities are regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, their fair market value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for such securities on the date the value is to be determined (or if there are no quoted prices for such date, then for the last preceding business day on which there were quoted prices).

(iii) Consent for Certain Repurchases. Each holder of an outstanding share of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have consented, to distributions made by the Corporation in connection with the repurchase of shares of Common Stock issued to or held by directors, employees or consultants (i) upon termination of their employment or services, (ii) in connection with other repurchases from employees and consultants at the then deemed fair market value of the Common Stock, if approved by the Board of Directors, or (iii) in connection with the exercise by the Corporation of contractual rights of first refusal or first offer pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase between the Corporation and such persons, provided the terms of such repurchase shall have been approved by the Board of Directors.

3. Redemption. The Preferred Stock is not redeemable.

4. Conversion. The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”):

(a) Right to Convert. Subject to Section 4(c), each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing (x) the Original Purchase Price of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock. Series E Preferred Stock or Series F Preferred Stock, as applicable, by (y) the

 

5


Conversion Price (as defined below) applicable to such share, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion or, in the case of an automatic conversion pursuant to Section 4(b), on the effective date of such conversion. The initial conversion price per share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock shall be the Original Purchase Price, which initial conversion price shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 4(d) (the “Conversion Price”).

(b) Automatic Conversion. Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the applicable Conversion Price immediately upon the earlier of (i) the closing of a fine commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), covering the offer and sale of Common Stock (other than a registration on Form S-8, Form S-4 or comparable or successor forms), with aggregate gross proceeds (prior to underwriters’ commissions and offering expenses) to the Corporation of not less than $15,000,000 and following which the Common Stock is quoted on NASDAQ or on the New York Stock Exchange (a “Qualified IPO”), or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of (A) the holders of at least a two-thirds majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series F Preferred Stock voting as a separate class and (B) the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock voting together as a single class.

(c) Mechanics of Conversion. Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Common Stock, the holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefore, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for such series of Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of such series of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date. If the conversion is in connection with a Qualified IPO pursuant to Section 4(b)(i) above, such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of such offering, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date.

(d) Conversion Price Adjustments of Preferred Stock for Certain Dilutive Issuances, Splits and Combinations. The applicable Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

(i) (A) If this Corporation shall issue, after the date on which any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock or Series F Preferred

 

6


Stock were first issued (the “Purchase Date” with respect to such series), any Additional Stock (as defined below in Section 4(d)(ii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price for such Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock or Series F Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock, the Conversion Price for such Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to each such issuance shall forthwith (except as otherwise provided in this Section 4(d)(i)) be adjusted to a price determined in accordance with the following formula:

CP2 = CPl * ((A+ B)+ (A+ C)).

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

CP2’’ shall mean the applicable Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately after such issue of additional shares of Common Stock;

CP1” shall mean the applicable Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issue of additional shares of Common Stock;

A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue of additional shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such additional shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP1); and

C” shall mean the number of such additional shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

(B) No adjustment of the applicable Conversion Price for each series of Preferred Stock shall be made in an amount less than one hundredth of one cent per share. Except to the limited extent provided for in Sections 4(d)(i)(E)(3) and 4(d)(i)(E)(4), no adjustment of such Conversion Price pursuant to this section 4(d)(i) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price above the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment.

(C) In the case of the issuance of shares of Common Stock for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by this Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof.

 

7


(D) In the case of the issuance of shares of Common Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair value thereof as determined by the Board of Directors.

(E) In the case of the issuance (whether before, on or after the applicable Purchase Date) of options, warrants or other rights to purchase or subscribe for shares of Common Stock, securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock or options, warrants or other rights to purchase or subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities, the following provisions shall apply for all purposes of this Section 4(d)(i) and Section 4(d)(ii):

(1) The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable on exercise (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, including, without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) of such options, warrants or other rights to purchase or subscribe for shares of Common Stock shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such options, warrants or other rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration (determined in the manner provided in Sections 4(d)(i)(C) and 4(d)(i)(D)), if any, received by this Corporation on the issuance of such options, warrants or other rights plus the minimum exercise price provided in such options, warrants or other rights (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) for the Common Stock covered thereby.

(2) The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable on conversion of, or in exchange for (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to convertibility or exchangeability, including, without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments), any such convertible or exchangeable securities or on the exercise of options, warrants or other rights to purchase or subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities and subsequent conversion or exchange thereof shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such securities were issued or such options, warrants or other rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration, if any, received by this Corporation for any such securities and related options, warrants or other rights (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the minimum additional consideration, if any, to be received by this Corporation (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) on the conversion or exchange of such securities or the exercise in full of any related options, warrants or other rights (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in Sections 4(d)(i)(C) and 4(d)(i)(D)).

(3) In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable or in the consideration payable to this Corporation on exercise of such options, warrants or other rights or on conversion of, or in exchange for, such convertible or exchangeable securities, including, but not limited to, a change resulting from the antidilution provisions thereof, the applicable Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock shall be recomputed to reflect any applicable change, but no further adjustment shall be made for the actual issuance of Common Stock or any payment of such consideration on the exercise of any such options, warrants or other rights or the conversion or exchange of such securities.

 

8


(4) On the expiration of any such options, warrants or other rights, the termination of any such rights to convert or exchange or the expiration of any options, warrants or other rights related to such convertible or exchangeable securities, the applicable Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, warrants or other rights or securities or options, warrants or other rights related to such securities, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock (and convertible or exchangeable securities which remain in effect) actually issued on the exercise of such options, warrants or other rights, on the conversion or exchange of such securities or on the exercise of the options, warrants or other rights related to such securities.

(5) The number of shares of Common Stock deemed issued and the consideration deemed paid therefor pursuant to Sections 4(d)(i)(E)(l) and (2) shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any change, termination or expiration of the type described in either Section 4(d)(i)(E)(3) or (4).

(ii) “Additional Stock” shall mean any shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to section 4(d)(i)(E)) by this Corporation after the Purchase Date other than the Excluded Stock. “Excluded Stock” means the following:

(A) shares of Common Stock issuable (1) on conversion of Preferred Stock, (2) pursuant to a transaction described in Section 4(d)(ii) hereof, or (3) on exercise of warrants to purchase Common Stock issued to holders of Series B Preferred Stock prior to the date hereof;

(B) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable (1) in a public offering, before or in connection with which all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock will be converted to Common Stock or (2) on exercise of warrants or rights granted to underwriters in connection with such a public offering;

(C) shares of Common Stock or other securities issued or issuable in connection with the acquisition by the Corporation of all or part of another business entity by merger, purchase of assets or capital stock or other reorganization that in each case has been approved by the Board of Directors;

(D) shares of Common Stock or other securities issued or issuable (1) to financial institutions or lessors in connection with commercial credit arrangements, leases, equipment financings or similar transactions, or (2) to any entity that creates strategic advantage for the Corporation, in each case as approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation; and

(E) shares of Common Stock, options, warrants and other rights to purchase capital stock approved by the Board of Directors and issued to employees, consultants, advisors or directors of the Corporation directly or pursuant to a stock option plan, restricted stock plan or other equity incentive plan approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

(iii) Subdivisions, Combinations, or Consolidations of Common Stock. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be

 

9


subdivided, combined or consolidated, by stock split, stock dividend, combination or like event, into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock after the Purchase Date, the applicable Conversion Price for each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision, combination, consolidation or stock dividend shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, combination or consolidation, be proportionately adjusted.

(e) Other Distributions. In the event the Corporation shall declare a distribution payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by the Corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights not referred to in Section 4(d)(ii), then, in each such case for the purpose of this Section 4(e), the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though they were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation into which their shares of Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of the Corporation entitled to receive such distribution.

(f) Recapitalizations. If at any time or from time to time there shall be a recapitalization of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision, combination or merger or sale of assets transaction provided for elsewhere in this Section 4 or Section 2), provision shall be made so that the holders of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of such Preferred Stock the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation or otherwise, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such recapitalization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 4 with respect to the rights of the holders of such Preferred Stock after the recapitalization to the end that the provisions of this Section 4 (including adjustment of the Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares purchasable upon conversion of such Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

(g) No Impairment. The Corporation will not, without (i) the consent of the holders of at least a majority of shares of the Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, and (ii) the consent of the holders of at least a two-thirds majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series F Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, by amendment of its Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, alter, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 4 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the Conversion Rights of the holders of Preferred Stock against impairment.

(h) No Fractional Shares; Certificate as to Adjustments.

(i) No fractional shares shall be issued on the conversion of any share or shares of Preferred Stock. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of Preferred Stock by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after such

 

10


aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Corporation shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the Common Stock’s fair market value (as determined by the Corporation’s Board of Directors) on the date of conversion.

(ii) On the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the applicable Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts on which such adjustment or readjustment is based. This Corporation shall, on the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock at the time in effect, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received on the conversion of a share of Preferred Stock.

(i) Record Date; Notices. In the event of any taking by this Corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, this Corporation shall mail to each holder of Preferred Stock, at least ten (10) days prior to the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right (the “Record Date”), a notice specifying the Record Date and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right.

Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 4 shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, if not, then on the next business day, (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid or (iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All notices shall be addressed to the each holder of record at the address of such holder appearing on the books of the Corporation.

(j) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. This Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of such Preferred Stock; and, if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of such Preferred Stock, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

5. Voting Rights. Except as otherwise required by law, the holder of each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred

 

11


Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock shall have the right to one vote for each share of Common Stock into which such Preferred Stock could then be converted, and with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Stock, and shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision hereof, to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote, together with holders of Common Stock, with respect to any question upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights available on an as-converted basis (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number.

6. Protective Provisions.

(a) Subject to the rights of series of Preferred Stock which may from time to time come into existence, so long as at least fifty percent (50%) of the originally issued shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock or ten (10%) of the originally issued shares of Series F Preferred Stock are outstanding, this Corporation shall not without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class:

(i) amend or repeal any provision of, or add any provision to, this Corporation’s Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws to materially alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock or Series F Preferred Stock so as to adversely affect such Preferred Stock or increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock or Series F Preferred Stock; or

(ii) authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any other equity security, or shares or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock having a preference or being superior or having a priority over, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock or Series F Preferred Stock with respect to voting, dividends, redemption or on liquidation, including any such security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security; provided that equity securities or convertible securities issued in connection with a debt or equity financing may have rights senior to Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock or Series F Preferred Stock if the holders of such Preferred Stock have been given the opportunity to approve an amendment to the terms of such Preferred Stock that would give such Preferred Stock the same rights, preferences and privileges as the equity securities or convertible securities issued in connection with such financing; or

(iii) effect a Corporate Sale, liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation.

 

12


(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the consent of the holders of at least a two-thirds majority of the Series F Preferred Stock shall be required for: (i) any action that adversely changes the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series F Preferred Stock, provided; that for the avoidance of doubt the authorization or issuance of any other series or class of capital stock ranking junior, pari passu or senior to the Series F Preferred Stock with respect to one or more powers, preferences or special rights shall not, in and of itself, be deemed to constitute an amendment, alteration or change of the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series F Preferred Stock that adversely affects the Series F Preferred Stock; (ii) any action that creates or authorizes the creation of additional shares of Series F Preferred Stock or increases the authorized number of shares of Series F Preferred Stock; (iii) any action that reclassifies, alters or amends any existing security of the Corporation that is junior to or on parity with the Series F Preferred Stock, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or on parity with the Series F Preferred Stock or (iv) any action that results in the purchase, redemption, payment or declaration of dividends, or distribution on, any shares of capital stock other than the Series F Preferred Stock, other than repurchases of stock issued to or held by directors, employees or consultants (x) upon termination of their employment or services, (y) in connection with other repurchases from employees and consultants at the then deemed fair market value of the Common Stock, if approved by the Board of Directors, or (z) in connection with the exercise by the Corporation of contractual rights of first refusal or first offer pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase between the Corporation and such persons, provided the terms of such repurchase shall have been approved by the Board of Directors.

7. Status of Converted Stock. In the event any shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, such shares so converted shall be cancelled and shall not be issuable by this Corporation. This Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation shall be appropriately amended to effect the corresponding reductions in this Corporation’s authorized capital stock.

ARTICLE V.

A. To the fullest extent permitted by Delaware statutory or decisional law, as amended or interpreted, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. This Article V does not affect the availability of equitable remedies for breach of fiduciary duties.

B. The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent legally permissible under the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended or interpreted, indemnify and hold harmless any and all persons whom it shall have power to indemnify under said provisions from and against any and all liabilities (including expenses) imposed on or reasonably incurred by him in connection with any action, suit or other proceeding in which he may be involved or with which he may be threatened, or other matters referred to in or covered by said provisions both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer of the corporation. Such indemnification provided shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement or resolution adopted by the shareholders entitled to vote thereon after notice.

C. Any repeal or modification of this Article V shall be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Article V in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any act or omission to act giving rise to liability or indemnification.

 

13


ARTICLE VI.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

1. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed by the Bylaws of this Corporation, as amended.

2. The Board of Directors may from time to time make, amend, supplement or repeal the Bylaws, provided that such action does not conflict with this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

3. The directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

ARTICLE VII.

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein are granted subject to this right.

Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between the Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between the Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of the Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof, or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the provision of Section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority-in-number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this corporation as a consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of the Corporation, as the case may be, and also on the Corporation.

5. All amendments to the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation reflected herein have been duly authorized and adopted by the

 

14


Corporation’s Board of Directors in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141, 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, and the stockholders of the Corporation, acting in accordance with Sections 228 and 242 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as of the date set forth below and certifies under penalty of perjury that he has read the foregoing Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and knows the contents thereof and that the statements therein are true.

Executed this 16 day of May, 2014.

 

/s/ Robert D. Evans

Robert D. Evans
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

 

15


EX-3.3

Exhibit 3.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

PENUMBRA, INC.

ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

1.1 Place of Meetings. All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place within or outside the State of Delaware as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

1.2 Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held on a date to be fixed by the Board of Directors at the time and place to be fixed by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.

1.3 Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the holders of record of not less than 10% of all shares entitled to cast votes at the meeting, for any purpose or purposes prescribed in the notice of the meeting and shall be held at such place, on such date and at such time as the Board may fix. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be confined to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

1.4 Notice of Meetings. Written notice of each meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law (meaning here and hereafter, as required from time to time by the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation). The notices of all meetings shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting. The notice of a special meeting shall state, in addition, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

1.5 Voting List. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare, at least 10 days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting, at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time of the meeting, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. This list shall determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

1.6 Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, the holders of a majority of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting,


present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, may adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time.

If a notice of any adjourned special meeting of stockholders is sent to all stockholders entitled to vote thereat, stating that it will be held with those present constituting a quorum, then except as otherwise required by law, those present at such adjourned meeting shall constitute a quorum, and all matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast at such meeting.

1.7 Adjournments. Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned to any other time and to any other place at which a meeting of stockholders may be held under these Bylaws by the Chairman of the meeting or, in the absence of such person, by any officer entitled to preside at or to act as Secretary of such meeting, or by the holders of a majority of the shares of stock present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote, although less than a quorum. When a meeting is adjourned to another place, date or time, written notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the place, date and time thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than 30 days after the date for which the meeting was originally noticed, or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, written notice of the place, date, and time of the adjourned meeting shall be given in conformity herewith. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

1.8 Voting and Proxies. Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote held of record by such stockholder and a proportionate vote for each fractional share so held, unless otherwise provided by law or in the Certificate of Incorporation. Each stockholder of record entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may vote in person or may authorize any other person or persons to vote or act for him by written proxy executed by the stockholder or his authorized agent or by a transmission permitted by law and delivered to the Secretary of the corporation. No stockholder may authorize more than one proxy for his shares. Any copy, facsimile transmission or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to this Section may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile transmission or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

1.9 Action at Meeting. When a quorum is present at any meeting, any election shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote at the election, and all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively on the matter (or if there are two or more classes of stock entitled to vote as separate classes, then in the case of each such class, a majority of each such class present or represented and voting affirmatively or negatively on the matter) shall decide such matter, except when a different vote is required by express provision of law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

All voting, including on the election of directors, but excepting where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand therefor by a stockholder

 

2


entitled to vote or his or her proxy, a stock vote shall be taken. Every stock vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. Every vote taken by ballot shall be counted by an inspector or inspectors appointed by the chairman of the meeting. The corporation may, and to the extent required by law, shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The corporation may designate one or more persons as an alternate inspector to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting may, and to the extent required by law, shall, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability.

1.10 Stockholder Action Without Meeting. Any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting forth the actions so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes which would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. All such consents shall be filed with the Secretary of the corporation and shall be maintained in the corporate records. Prompt notice of the taking of a corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

An electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder, or by a proxy holder or other person authorized to act for a stockholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purpose of this Section 1.10, provided that such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or by a person authorized to act for the stockholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or authorized person transmitted such electronic transmission. The date on which such electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the books in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.

1.11 Meetings by Remote Communication. If authorized by the Board of Directors, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders and proxy holders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication, participate in the meeting and be deemed present in person and vote at the meeting, whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (i) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxy holder, (ii) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxy holders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings,

 

3


and (iii) if any stockholder or proxy holder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the corporation.

ARTICLE II

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

2.1 General Powers. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, who may exercise all of the powers of the corporation except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board until the vacancy is filled.

2.2 Number and Term of Office. The number of directors shall initially be three (3) and, thereafter, shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board for adoption). All directors shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until their respective successors are elected, except in the case of the death, resignation or removal of any director.

2.3 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or other cause (other than removal from office by a vote of the stockholders) may be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director, and directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

2.4 Resignation. Any director may resign by delivering notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

2.5 Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any directors, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from such removal may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, by the sole remaining director, or by the stockholders at the next annual meeting or at a special meeting called in accordance with Section 1.3 above. Directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders.

 

4


2.6 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given notice of the determination. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors may be held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders.

2.7 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or two or more directors and may be held at any time and place, within or without the State of Delaware.

2.8 Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of any special meeting of directors shall be given to each director by the Secretary or by the officer or one of the directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be duly given to each director by (i) giving notice to such director in person or by telephone, electronic transmission or voice message system at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, (ii) sending a facsimile, or delivering written notice by hand, to his last known business or home address at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, or (iii) mailing written notice to his last known business or home address at least three days in advance of the meeting. A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors need not specify the purposes of the meeting. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

2.9 Participation in Meetings by Telephone Conference Calls or Other Methods of Communication. Directors or any members of any committee designated by the directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

2.10 Quorum. A majority of the total number of authorized directors shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors. In the event one or more of the directors shall be disqualified to vote at any meeting, then the required quorum shall be reduced by one for each such director so disqualified; provided, however, that in no case shall less than 1/3 of the number so fixed constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum at any such meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or at a meeting of a committee which authorizes a particular contract or transaction.

2.11 Action at Meeting. At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, the vote of a majority of those present shall be sufficient to take any action, unless a different vote is specified by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

2.12 Action by Written Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent to the action in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writings or electronic transmissions are

 

5


filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

2.13 Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation, with such lawfully delegated powers and duties as it therefor confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members of the committee present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors and subject to the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each such committee shall keep minutes and make such reports as the Board of Directors may from time to time request. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided in these Bylaws for the Board of Directors.

2.14 Compensation of Directors. Directors may be paid such compensation for their services and such reimbursement for expenses of attendance at meetings as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation or any of its parent or subsidiary corporations in any other capacity and receiving compensation for such service.

2.15 Nomination of Director Candidates. Subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, nominations for the election of Directors may be made by (i) the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof or (ii) any stockholder entitled to vote in the election of Directors.

ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

3.1 Enumeration. The officers of the corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary, a Chief Financial Officer and such other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors shall determine, including, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a Chairman of the Board and one or more Vice Presidents and Assistant Secretaries. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as it may deem appropriate.

3.2 Election. Officers shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders. Officers may be appointed by the Board of Directors at any other meeting.

 

6


3.3 Qualification. No officer need be a stockholder. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

3.4 Tenure. Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, each officer shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified, unless a different term is specified in the vote appointing him, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

3.5 Resignation and Removal. Any officer may resign by delivering his written resignation to the corporation at its principal office or to the President or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors or, in the case of any officer other than the Chief Executive Officer, by the Chief Executive Officer.

3.6 Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may appoint a Chairman of the Board. If the Board of Directors appoints a Chairman of the Board, he shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are assigned to him by the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, he shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders, and, if he is a director, at all meetings of the Board of Directors.

3.7 Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have responsibility for the general management and control of the business and affairs of the corporation and shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of Chief Executive Officer or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. The Chief Executive Officer shall, in the absence of or because of the inability to act of the Chairman of the Board, perform all duties of the Chairman of the Board and preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of stockholders. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform such other duties and shall have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. He or she shall have power to sign stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the corporation which are authorized and shall have general supervision and direction of all of the other officers, employees and agents of the corporation.

3.8 President. The President shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer and when so performing shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer.

3.9 Vice Presidents. Any Vice President shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Chief Executive Officer and the President, the Vice President (or if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer and the President and when so performing shall have at the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer and the President. The Board of Directors may assign to any Vice President the title of Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or any other title selected by the Board of Directors.

 

7


3.10 Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The Secretary shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe. In addition, the Secretary shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of the Secretary, including, without limitation, the duty and power to give notices of all meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, to keep a record of the proceedings of all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors, to maintain a stock ledger and prepare lists of stockholders and their addresses as required, to be custodian of corporate records and the corporate seal and to affix and attest to the same on documents.

Any Assistant Secretary shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

In the absence of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary at any meeting of stockholders or directors, the person presiding at the meeting shall designate a temporary secretary to keep a record of the meeting.

3.11 Chief Financial Officer. Unless otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer shall be the Treasurer. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. In addition, the Chief Financial Officer shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of chief financial officer, including without limitation, the duty and power to keep and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation, to maintain the financial records of the corporation, to deposit funds of the corporation in depositories as authorized, to disburse such funds as authorized, to make proper accounts of such funds, and to render as required by the Board of Directors accounts of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the corporation.

3.12 Salaries. Officers of the corporation shall be entitled to such salaries, compensation or reimbursement as shall be fixed or allowed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

3.13 Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL STOCK

4.1 Issuance of Stock. Unless otherwise voted by the stockholders and subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation or the whole or any part of any unissued balance

 

8


of the authorized capital stock of the corporation held in its treasury may be issued, sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by vote of the Board of Directors in such manner, for such consideration and on such terms as the Board of Directors may determine.

4.2 Certificates of Stock. Every holder of stock of the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, in such form as may be prescribed by law and by the Board of Directors, certifying the number and class of shares owned by him in the corporation. Each such certificate shall be signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice Chairman, if any, of the Board of Directors, or the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice President, and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.

Each certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, applicable securities laws or any agreement among any number of shareholders or among such holders and the corporation shall have conspicuously noted on the face or back of the certificate either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such restriction.

4.3 Transfers. Except as otherwise established by rules and regulations adopted by the Board of Directors, and subject to applicable law, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the corporation by the surrender to the corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate representing such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, and with such proof of authority or authenticity of signature as the corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require. Except as may be otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, the corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect to such stock, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock until the shares have been transferred on the books of the corporation in accordance with the requirements of these Bylaws.

4.4 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in place of any previously issued certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors may prescribe, including the presentation of reasonable evidence of such loss, theft or destruction and the giving of such indemnity as the Board of Directors may require for the protection of the corporation or any transfer agent or registrar.

4.5 Record Date. The Board of Directors may fix in advance a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or to express consent (or dissent) to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights in respect of any change, concession or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action. Such record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action to which such record date relates.

If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day before the

 

9


day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day before the day on which the meeting is held. The record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed. The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating to such purpose.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

ARTICLE V

GENERAL PROVISIONS

5.1 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be as fixed by the Board of Directors.

5.2 Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors.

5.3 Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice whatsoever is required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, a waiver of such notice either in writing signed by the person entitled to such notice or such person’s duly authorized attorney, or by electronic transmission or any other method permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law, whether before, at or after the time stated in such waiver, or the appearance of such person or persons at such meeting in person or by proxy, shall be deemed equivalent to such notice.

5.4 Actions with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise designate, the Chief Executive Officer or President or any officer of the corporation authorized by the Chief Executive Officer or President shall have the power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the corporation, in person or proxy, and may waive notice of, and act as, or appoint any person or persons to act as, proxy or attorney-in-fact to this corporation (with or without power of substitution) at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders (or with respect to any action of stockholders) of any other corporation or organization, the securities of which may be held by this corporation and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which this corporation may possess by reason of this corporation’s ownership of securities in such other corporation or other organization.

5.5 Evidence of Authority. A certificate by the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, or a temporary Secretary, as to any action taken by the stockholders, directors, a committee or any officer or representative of the corporation shall as to all persons who rely on the certificate in good faith be conclusive evidence of such action.

5.6 Certificate of Incorporation. All references in these Bylaws to the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, as amended and in effect from time to time.

 

10


5.7 Severability. Any determination that any provision of these Bylaws is for any reason inapplicable, illegal or ineffective shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of these Bylaws.

5.8 Pronouns. All pronouns used in these Bylaws shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

5.9 Notices. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein or required by law, all notices required to be given to any stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent shall be in writing and may in every instance be effectively given by hand delivery to the recipient thereof, by depositing such notice in the mails, postage paid, or by sending such notice by facsimile or other electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or by commercial courier service. Any such notice shall be addressed to such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent at his or her last known address as the same appears on the books of the corporation. The time when such notice shall be deemed to be given shall be the time such notice is received by such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent, or by any person accepting such notice on behalf of such person, if delivered by hand, facsimile, other electronic transmission or commercial courier service, or the time such notice is dispatched, if delivered through the mails.

5.10 Reliance Upon Books, Reports and Records. Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer of the corporation shall, in the performance of his duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the corporation, including reports made to the corporation by any of its officers, by an independent certified public accountant, or by an appraiser selected with reasonable care.

5.11 Time Periods. In applying any provision of these Bylaws which require that an act be done or not done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

5.12 Facsimile Signatures. In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

5.13 Annual Report. For so long as the corporation has fewer than 100 holders of record of its shares, the mandatory requirement of an annual report under Section 1501 of the California Corporations Code, if otherwise applicable to the corporation, is hereby expressly waived.

ARTICLE VI

AMENDMENTS

6.1 By the Board of Directors. Except as is otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present.

6.2 By the Stockholders. Except as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at any annual meeting of stockholders, or at any special meeting of stockholders, provided notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws shall have been stated in the notice of such special meeting.

 

11


ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

7.1 Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (“proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, or as a controlling person of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer, or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said Law permitted the corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expenses, liability and loss reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 7.2 of this Article VII, the corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnity in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if (a) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (b) the proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (c) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (d) the proceeding (or part thereof) is brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under an indemnity agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. The rights hereunder shall be contract rights and shall include the right to be paid expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, unless the Delaware General Corporation Law then so prohibits, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer of the corporation in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is tendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section or otherwise.

 

12


7.2 Right of Claimant to Bring Suit. If a claim under Section 7.1 is not paid in full by the corporation within 90 days after a written claim has been received by the corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if such suit is not frivolous or brought in bad faith, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to this corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

7.3 Indemnification of Employees and Agents. The corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and to the advancement of related expenses, to any employee or agent of the corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article with respect to the indemnification of and advancement of expenses to directors and officers of the corporation.

7.4 Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person in Section 7.1 and 7.2 shall not be exclusive of any other right which such persons may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

7.5 Indemnification Contracts. The Board of Directors is authorized to enter into a contract with any director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or any person serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including employee benefit plans, providing for indemnification rights equivalent to or, if the Board of Directors so determines, greater than, those provided for in this Article VII.

7.6 Insurance. The corporation may maintain insurance to the extent reasonably available, at its expense, to protect itself and any such director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

7.7 Effect of Amendment. Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article VII by the stockholders and the directors of the corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

13


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

OF

PENUMBRA, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

I, Robert Evans, the Secretary of Penumbra, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), hereby certify that the Bylaws to which this Certificate is attached are the Bylaws of the Corporation.

Executed effective on the 11th day of June 2008.

 

/s/ Robert Evans

Robert Evans, Secretary

 

14


EX-4.2

Exhibit 4.2

EXECUTION VERSION

PENUMBRA, INC.

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

Dated as of May 16, 2014


FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of May 16, 2014, by and among Penumbra, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Adam Elsesser and Arani Bose (collectively, the “Founders,” and each individually, a “Founder”), and the investors (the “Investors,” and individually, an “Investor”) listed on Exhibit A hereto with reference to the following facts:

WHEREAS, the Company and certain Investors listed on Exhibit A thereto (the “Existing Investors”) are parties to that certain Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated February 1, 2008 (the “Investors’ Rights Agreements”);

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors are parties to the Series F Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Series F Agreement”) of even date herewith by and among the Company and such Investors (the “Series F Investors”); and

WHEREAS, in order to induce the Company to enter into the Series F Agreement and to induce the Series F Investors to invest funds in the Company pursuant to the Series F Agreement, the Existing Investors desire to amend and restate the Investors’ Rights Agreements by entering into this Agreement and the Company and the Existing Investors executing this Agreement together represent sufficient signatory authority to amend and restate the Investors’ Rights Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Registration Rights. The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

1.1 Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) The term “Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(b) The term “Fidelity” means Holders affiliated with Fidelity Management & Research Company.

(c) The term “Form S-3” means such form under the Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Act subsequently adopted by the SEC which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

(d) The term “Holder” means any person owning or having the right to acquire Registrable Securities or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 1.12, provided that a Founder shall not be deemed to be a Holder with respect to Founders’ Stock (as defined below) only for purposes of Sections 1.2 and 1.4.

(e) The term “1934 Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


(f) The term “Qualified IPO” shall mean a firm commitment underwritten public offering by the Company of shares of its common stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Act, in which at least $15,000,000 is raised by the Company (prior to underwriters’ commissions and offering expenses) and following which the Common Stock is quoted on NASDAQ or the New York Stock Exchange.

(g) The term “Redmile” means Holders affiliated with Redmile Group LLC.

(h) The terms “register,” “registered” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

(i) The term “Registrable Securities” means (i) the shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, (ii) the shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon exercise of Warrants issued to certain Holders of Series B Preferred Stock in connection with the issuance and sale of the Series B Preferred Stock, (iii) the shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock, (iv) the shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock, (v) the shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock, (vi) the shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series E Preferred Stock, (vii) the shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series F Preferred Stock, (viii) any shares of Common Stock acquired by Fidelity or Redmile; (ix) the shares of Common Stock issued to the Founders (the “Founders’ Stock”) prior to the date of this Agreement provided, however, that for the purposes of Sections 1.2, 1.4, 2, 3.1 and 4.10, the Founders’ Stock shall not be deemed Registrable Securities and the Founders shall not be deemed a Holder, (x) Common Stock issued in connection with any stock dividend, stock split or other reclassification of Common Stock that is otherwise a Registrable Security hereunder and (xi) any other securities issued by the Company from time to time after the date of this Agreement that the Company’s Board of Directors determines should be included in the definition of “Registrable Securities,” excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a person in a transaction in which his rights under this Section 1 are not assigned; provided, however, that shares of Common Stock or other securities then held by any Holder shall not be treated as Registrable Securities for the purposes of any registration if and so long as at the time of such registration all transfer restrictions and restrictive legends with respect thereto have been or, in the opinion of the Company’s counsel, may be removed, and all the Registrable Securities held by such Holder may be sold without restriction (including any volume limitations) under Rule 144 under the Act.

(j) The number of shares of “Registrable Securities then outstanding” shall be determined by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding which are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities which are, Registrable Securities.

(k) The term “SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(l) The term “Underwritten Offering” means an offering of Common Stock to the public pursuant to an effective Registration Statement that is firmly underwritten by a United States nationally recognized underwriter or underwriters that are selected or approved by the Company in accordance with this Agreement.

 

2


1.2 Request for Registration.

(a) Subject to the conditions of this Section 1.2(a), if the Company shall receive at any time after-the earlier of (i) 180 days following a Qualified IPO or (ii) 3 years after May 16, 2014, a written request from Holders holding at least 66 2/3% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (the “Initiating Holders”) that the Company file a registration statement under the Act covering the registration of at least 25% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (or a lesser percent if the anticipated aggregate offering price would exceed $25,000,000), then the Company shall, within 10 days after the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders and shall, subject to the limitations and pursuant to the provisions of this Section 1.2, use reasonable efforts to file a registration statement under the Act covering all Registrable Securities which the Holders request to be registered.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to take any action to effect any such registration pursuant to this Section 1.2:

(i) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities which may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made under Section 1.4; or

(ii) during the period starting with the date 60 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date 180 days after the effective date of, a registration subject to Section 1.3 hereof; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or

(iii) if the Holders shall have initiated two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 1.2, which have been declared or ordered effective and pursuant to which securities have been sold or have been withdrawn by the Holders other than as a result of a material adverse change to the Company; or

(iv) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 1.2, a certificate signed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously and materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period not more than 180 days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders, provided that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any 12-month period; or

(v) 3 years after a Qualified IPO.

 

3


(c) Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the foregoing Section 1.2(b) and Section 1.5(a), the Company shall file a registration statement as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Initiating Holders under this Section 1.2, but in any event within 90 days after receipt of such request or requests.

(d) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an Underwritten Offering, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 1.2 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in subsection 1.2(a). The underwriter will be selected by the Initiating Holders and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company. In such event, the right of any Holder to include his, her or its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority-in-interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2, if the managing underwriter advises the Initiating Holders and the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among all Holders thereof, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the amount of Registrable Securities of the Company owned by each Holder, or in such other proportion as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders; provided, however, that the number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100.

If any Holder does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder shall be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company or the underwriter. Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration. If shares are so withdrawn from the registration and the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration was previously reduced as a result of marketing factors, the Company shall then offer to all persons who have retained the right to include securities in the registration the right to include additional securities in the registration in an aggregate amount equal to the number of shares so withdrawn, with such shares to be allocated among the persons requesting additional inclusion pro rata according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included in such registration owned by each such person or in such other proportions as shall be mutually agreed by such selling stockholders. For purposes of the preceding sentence concerning apportionment, for any selling stockholder that is a holder of Registrable Securities and that is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the partners, retired partners, members, retired members and shareholders of such holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, retired partners, members, retired members and shareholders and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “selling stockholder,” and any pro-rata reduction with respect to such “selling

 

4


stockholder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “selling stockholder,” as defined in this sentence.

1.3 Company Registration. If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for any stockholders) any of its stock or other securities under the Act in connection with the public offering (other than the Company’s initial public offering) of such securities by the Company solely for cash (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities to participants in a Company stock plan or similar benefit plan, or a registration on any form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities or a registration that would not customarily provide for the sale of secondary equity shares for cash, each an “Exempt Registration”), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration. Registrations effected pursuant to Section 1.4 hereof shall not require notice to the Holders pursuant to this Section 1.3. Upon the written request of each Holder given within 20 days after such notice is given by the Company in accordance with Section 4.8, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 1.8, cause to be registered under the Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be registered.

1.4 Form S-3 Registration. In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders of not less than a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder, the Company will:

(a) within 10 days give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and

(b) as soon as practicable but in any event within 60 days after such request is given, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within 20 days after effectiveness of such written notice from the Company pursuant to Section 4.8; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 1.4: (i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders; (ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at any aggregate price to the public less than $1,000,000; (iii) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 Registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than 180 days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 1.4; provided that the Company shall not utilize this right more than

 

5


once in any 12-month period; (iv) if the Company has, within the 12-month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two (2) registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 1.4; (v) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance; or (vi) during the period starting with the date 60 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date 180 days after the effective date of, a registration statement subject to Section 1.3 hereof; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

(c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 1.4 shall not be counted as demands for registration effected pursuant to Section 1.2.

1.5 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this Section 1 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as promptly as reasonably possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to 120 days; provided, however, that in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable SEC rules, such 120-day period shall be extended for up to 180 days, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for up to 120 days;

(c) furnish to the selling Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them;

(d) use its best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

 

6


(e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering;

(f) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, such obligation to continue for 120 days;

(g) cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such registration statement to be listed on each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(h) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such registration statement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

(i) promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company reasonably requested by such selling Holder to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement;

(j) notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed; and

(k) use reasonable efforts to furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 1, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes effective, (i) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities and (ii) a letter dated such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities.

1.6 Furnish Information. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 1 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder, the Registrable Securities held by such Holder, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

 

7


1.7 Expenses of Company Registration.

(a) Demand Registration. All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Sections 1.2 or 1.4, including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company shall be borne by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 1.2 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be requested in the withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding agree to forfeit their right to one (1) demand registration pursuant to Section 1.2; provided, further, however, that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Section 1.2.

(b) Company Registration. The Company shall bear all expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 1.3 for each Holder (which right may be assigned as provided in Section 1.12), including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company.

(c) Registration on Form S-3. The Company shall bear all expenses incurred in connection with a registration requested pursuant to Section 1.4, including (without limitation) all registration, filing, qualification, printers’ and accounting fees, but excluding any underwriters’ discounts or commissions associated with Registrable Securities.

1.8 Underwriting Requirements. In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock, the Company shall not be required under Section 1.3 to include any of the Holders’ securities in such underwriting unless they accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by it (or by other persons entitled to select the underwriters), and then only in such quantity as the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total amount of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities sold other than by the Company that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering (the securities so included to

 

8


be apportioned pro rata among the selling stockholders according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included therein owned by each selling stockholder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by such selling stockholders) but in no event shall the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the offering be reduced below 30% of the total amount of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the initial public offering of the Company’s securities, in which case, the selling stockholders may be excluded if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included. For purposes of the preceding parenthetical concerning apportionment, for any selling stockholder that is a holder of Registrable Securities and which is a partnership or corporation, the partners, retired partners and stockholders of such holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “selling stockholder,” and any pro-rata reduction with respect to such “selling stockholder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “selling stockholder,” as defined in this sentence.

If any Holder does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, the Holder shall be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company or the underwriter. Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration. If shares are so withdrawn from the registration and if the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration was previously reduced as a result of marketing factors, the Company shall then offer to all persons who have retained the right to include securities in the registration the right to include additional securities in the registration in an aggregate amount equal to the number of shares so withdrawn, with such shares to be allocated among the persons requesting additional inclusion pro rata according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included in such registration owned by each such person or in such other proportions as shall be mutually agreed by such selling stockholders.

1.9 Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 1.

1.10 Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 1:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Act or the 1934 Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Act, the 1934 Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “Violation”): (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Act, the 1934 Act, any state securities law

 

9


or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Act, the 1934 Act or any state securities law; and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter or controlling person, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.10(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by any such Holder, underwriter or controlling person of such Holder.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act, any underwriter, any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject, under the Act, the 1934 Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration: and each such Holder will pay, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this subsection 1.10(b), in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.10(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided that in no event shall any indemnity under this subsection 1.10(b) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of willful fraud by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 1.10 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 1.10, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties which may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the reasonable fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any

 

10


liability to the indemnified party under this Section 1.10, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 1.10.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.10 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to therein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

(f) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 1.10 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 1, and otherwise.

1.11 Reports Under Securities Exchange Act of 1934. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company shall:

(a) make and keep adequate current public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) take such action, including the voluntary registration of its Common Stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, as is necessary to enable the Holders to utilize Form S-3 for the sale of their Registrable Securities, such action to be taken as soon as practicable after the end of the fiscal year in which the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public is declared effective;

(c) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Act and the 1934 Act; and

(d) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied

 

11


with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144, or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company, and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC which permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

1.12 Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1 may be assigned to a transferee or assignee (other than a competitor of the Company, as determined in the good faith discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company) who acquires at least a majority of the shares held by a Holder (or, in the case of Fidelity or Redmile, any shares held by such Holder), provided that: (a) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; (b) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

(a) such assignment shall be effective only if immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Act; and

(b) transfer of registration rights to a limited or general partner of any Holder that is a partnership will be without restriction as to minimum shareholding. For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee or assignee, the holdings of transferees and assignees of a partnership or limited liability company who are partners or retired partners of such partnership or members or retired members of such limited liability company (including spouses and ancestors, lineal descendants and siblings of such partners, members or spouses who acquire Registrable Securities by gift will or intestate succession) shall be aggregated together and with the partnership or limited liability company; provided that all assignees and transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of registration rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices or taking any action under this Section 1.

1.13 Market-Standoff Agreement.

(a) Market-Standoff. In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such offering of the Company’s securities, each Holder agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any Registrable Securities of the Company held immediately prior to the Company’s initial public offering (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters (such period not to exceed 180 days) and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company’s initial public offering. The Company agrees to use its reasonable efforts to obtain the agreement of the managing underwriter to periodic early releases of portions of the securities subject to such lock-up agreements upon the

 

12


request of a Holder to such early release, provided that in the event of any early release, all Holders will be released on a pro rata basis from such agreements. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all Holders subject to such agreements, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements.

(b) Limitations. The foregoing provisions of this Section 1.13 shall apply only to the initial public offering of the Company’s securities, shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, and shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers, directors, and stockholders individually owning more than 2% of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to conversion into Common Stock of all outstanding Preferred Stock) are subject to the same restrictions.

(c) Stop-Transfer Instructions. In order to enforce the foregoing covenants, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the securities of each Holder (and the securities of every other person subject to the restrictions in Section 1.13(a)) until the end of such period.

(d) Transferees Bound. Each Holder agrees that it will not transfer securities of the Company unless each transferee agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Section 1.13, provided that this Section 1.13(d) shall not apply to transfers pursuant to a registration statement or transfers after the six-month anniversary of the effective date of the Company’s initial registration statement subject to this Section 1.13.

1.14 Termination of Registration Rights. No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any right provided for in this Section 1 after the earlier of (i) 3 years after a Qualified IPO or (ii) such time as Rule 144 or a similar exemption under the Act is available for the sale of all of such Holder’s shares during a 90-day period. The Registrable Securities held by such holder immediately prior to such date shall cease to be Registrable Securities on such date.

1.15 Registration of Common Stock. For purposes of Section 1 of this Agreement, the only securities which the Company shall be required to register pursuant hereto shall be shares of Common Stock.

2. Co-Sale Rights.

2.1 Co-Sale Right. Should a Founder (or a Permitted Transferee, as defined in Section 2.4 below) propose to accept one or more bona fide offers (collectively, a “Purchase Offer”) from any person or persons to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock now or hereafter owned or held by such Founder (the “Shares”) from such Founder (other than as set forth in Section 2.4 of this Agreement), such Founder (the “Selling Founder”) shall promptly deliver a notice (the “Notice”) to the Company and the Investors stating the terms and conditions of such Purchase Offer including, without limitation, the number of Shares proposed to be sold or transferred, the nature of such sale or transfer, the consideration to be paid and the name and address of each prospective purchaser or transferee. The Notice shall certify that the Selling Founder has received a firm offer from the prospective transferee(s) and in good faith believes a binding agreement for the transfer is obtainable on the terms set forth in the Notice. The Notice

 

13


shall also include a copy of any written proposal, term sheet, letter of intent or other agreement relating to the proposed transfer. The Investors shall have the right (the “Co-Sale Right”), exercisable upon written notice to the Company within 10 business days after receipt of the Notice, to participate in such sale on the terms and conditions specified in the Purchase Offer. To the extent an Investor exercises its Co-Sale Right in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth below, the number of Shares that the Selling Founder may sell pursuant to such Purchase Offer shall be correspondingly reduced. The Co-Sale Right of each Investor shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a) Each Investor may sell all or any part of that number of shares of Capital Stock (as defined in Section 3.1 below) equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the aggregate number of shares of Capital Stock covered by the Purchase Offer by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Capital Stock at the time owned by the Investor and the denominator of which is the sum of (A) the total number of shares of Capital Stock at the time owned by all Investors participating in such sale plus (B) the total number of shares of Capital Stock at the time owned by the Selling Founder, including shares transferred by such Founder to Permitted Transferees in accordance with this Agreement.

(b) Each Investor may effect its participation in the sale by delivering to the Selling Founder for transfer to the prospective purchaser one or more certificates, properly endorsed for transfer, which represent the Conversion Shares that the Investor elects to sell.

2.2 Transfer. The stock certificate or certificates that the Investors deliver to the Selling Founder pursuant to Section 2.1 shall be delivered by such Selling Founder to the prospective purchaser in consummation of the sale pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Notice, and the Selling Founder shall promptly thereafter remit to the Investors that portion of the sale proceeds to which such Investor is entitled by reason of its participation in such sale. To the extent that any prospective purchaser or purchasers prohibits such assignment or otherwise refuses to purchase Conversion Shares from such Investor’s exercise of its Co-Sale Right hereunder, the Selling Founder shall not sell to such prospective purchaser or purchasers any Shares unless and until, simultaneously with such sale, the Selling Founder shall purchase such Conversion Shares from such Investor for the same consideration and on the same terms and conditions as the proposed transfer described in the Notice (which terms and conditions shall be no less favorable than those governing the sale to the purchaser by the Selling Founder).

2.3 Non-Exercise of Rights. To the extent that the Company, the other Founders and the Investors have not exercised their Co-Sale Right within the time period specified in Section 2.1, the Selling Founder shall have a period of 90 days from the expiration of such rights in which to sell the Shares upon terms and conditions (including the purchase price) no more favorable than those specified in the Notice to the third-party transferees(s) identified in the Notice. The third-party transferees(s) shall acquire the Shares free and clear of subsequent rights of co-sale under this Agreement. In the event the Selling Founder does not consummate the sale or disposition of the Shares within the 90-day period from the expiration of these rights, the Company’s and the Investors’ co-sale right shall continue to be applicable to any subsequent disposition of the Shares by such Selling Founder until such right lapses in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Furthermore, the exercise or non-exercise of the rights of the Company, the other Founders and the Investors under this Section 2.3 to participate in the sale of Shares by the Selling Founder shall not adversely affect the Investors’ rights to participate in subsequent sales of Shares by such Selling Founder.

 

14


2.4 Permitted Transactions. The provisions of Section 2 of this Agreement shall not pertain or apply to:

(a) any repurchase of Common Stock by the Company at a price no greater than that originally paid for such Common Stock and pursuant to an agreement containing vesting and/or repurchase provisions approved by a majority of the Board;

(b) any transfer made for bona fide estate planning purposes by a Founder, either during his or her lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to his or her spouse, child (natural or adopted), or any other direct lineal descendant provided, that (i) the Founder shall inform the Investors of such pledge, transfer or gift and (ii) the pledgee transferee, donee or purchaser (each a “Permitted Transferee”) shall furnish the Investors with a written agreement that binds such Permitted Transferee to comply with all provisions of this Agreement applicable to such selling Founder;

(c) any pledge of Common Stock made by a Founder pursuant to a bona fide loan transaction which creates a mere security interest;

(d) any sale or transfer of Common Stock by a Founder which does not, in the aggregate, exceed 25% of the Common Stock initially subject to this Agreement held by such Founder; or

(e) any sale or transfer of Common Stock among the Founders, provided, in each case, that (i) the Selling Founder shall inform the Investors of such pledge, transfer or gift prior to effecting it and (ii) the Permitted Transferee shall furnish the Investors with a written agreement that binds such Permitted Transferee to comply with all provisions of this Agreement applicable to such selling Founder.

2.5 Assignment of Rights. The rights of the Investors set forth in this Section 2 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by the Investors to (i) a transferee or assignee that is a current or former constituent partner, affiliate or member of such Investor, (ii) an entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Investor, including without limitation, a corporation or limited liability company that is a parent or wholly-owned subsidiary of such Investor, or (iii) a transferee or assignee of at least a majority of an Investor’s Conversion Shares set forth in Exhibit A (as may be updated from time to time). Within a reasonable time after such transfer, the Investor shall furnish the Company written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee, and provide the Company with written acceptance from such transferee whereby the transferee agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement. Any assignment of rights under this Section 2.5 is subject to the further condition that the transferee is not an actual or potential competitor of the Company, to be determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

15


2.6 Prohibited Transfers.

(a) In the event a Founder should sell any Shares in contravention of the Co-Sale Right (a “Prohibited Transfer”), the Investors, in addition to such other remedies as may be available at law, in equity or hereunder, shall have the put option provided below, and such Founder (the “Violating Founder”) shall be bound by the applicable provisions of such put option.

(b) In the event of a Prohibited Transfer, each Investor shall have the right to sell to the Violating Founder a number of Conversion Shares equal to the number of Conversion Shares such Investor would have been entitled to transfer to the third-party transferee(s) under Section 2.1 hereof had the Prohibited Transfer been effected pursuant to and in compliance with the terms hereof. Such sale shall be made on the following terms and conditions:

(i) the price per share at which the shares are to be sold to the Violating Founder shall be equal to the price per share paid by the third-party transferee(s) to such Founder in the Prohibited Transfer. The Violating Founder shall also reimburse each Investor for any and all reasonable fees and expenses, including reasonable legal fees and expenses, incurred pursuant to the exercise or the attempted exercise of the Investor’s right under Section 2.1 and this Section 2.6;

(ii) within 30 days after the later of the dates on which the Investor (A) received notice of the Prohibited Transfer or (B) otherwise became aware of the Prohibited Transfer, each Investor shall, if exercising the option created hereby, deliver to the Violating Founder the certificate or certificates representing shares to be sold, each certificate to be properly endorsed for transfer; and

(iii) the Violating Founder shall, upon receipt of the certificate or certificates for the shares to be sold by an Investor pursuant to this Section 2.6, pay the aggregate purchase price therefor and the amount of reimbursable fees and expenses, as specified in Section 2.6(b)(i) above, in cash or by other means acceptable to the Investor.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any attempt by the Violating Founder to transfer Shares in violation of Section 2 hereof shall be void and the Company agrees it will not effect such a transfer nor will it treat any alleged transferees(s) as the owner of such shares without the written consent of the Investors in accordance with Section 4.10 of this Agreement.

3. Covenants of the Company.

3.1 Right of First Offer. Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 3.1, the Company hereby grants to each Investor a right of first offer with respect to future sales by the Company of its Shares (as hereinafter defined). For the avoidance of doubt and for purposes of this Section 3.1, a Founder shall be considered an Investor only with respect to the Preferred Stock, as applicable, held by him, her or it, and his, her or its pro rata share (in Section 3.1(b) below) shall be calculated based exclusively on the shares of Preferred Stock, as applicable, then held by him, her or it. An Investor who chooses to exercise the right of first offer may designate as purchasers under such right a current or former constituent partner, affiliate or

 

16


member of itself or an entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with itself, including without limitation a corporation or limited liability company that is a parent or subsidiary, in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

Each time the Company proposes to offer any shares of, or securities convertible into or exercisable for any shares of, any class of its capital stock (“Capital Stock”), the Company shall first make an offering of such Capital Stock to each Investor in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) The Company shall deliver a notice (“Offer Notice”) to the Investors stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such Shares, (ii) the number and type of such Shares to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such Shares.

(b) By notification to the Company within 10 days after delivery of the Offer Notice, the Investor may elect to purchase or obtain, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such Shares which equals the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by such Investor bears to the fully diluted total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all outstanding convertible or exercisable securities). Such purchase shall be completed at the same closing as that of any third party purchasers or at an additional closing thereunder subject to any applicable regulatory requirements.

(c) At the expiration of such twenty (20) day period, the Company shall promptly notify each Investor that elects to purchase or acquire all the shares available to it (each, a “Fully Exercising Investor”) of any other Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the ten (10) day period commencing after the Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Investor may, by giving notice to the Company, elect to purchase or acquire, in addition to the number of shares specified above, up to that portion of the Shares for which Investors were entitled to subscribe but that were not subscribed for by the Investors, which is equal to the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by such Investor bears to the fully diluted total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all outstanding convertible or exercisable securities) then held, by all Fully Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such unsubscribed shares. The closing of any sale pursuant to this Section 3.1(c) shall occur within the later of 120 days of the date that the Offer Notice is given and the date of initial sale of the Shares pursuant to Section 3.1(d).

(d) The Company may, during the 45-day period following the expiration of the period provided in subsection 3.1(c) hereof, offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of the Shares to any person or persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than those specified in the Offer Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the Shares within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within thirty (30) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Shares shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Investors in accordance with this Section 3.1.

(e) The right of first offer in this Section 3.1 shall not be applicable to (i) Excluded Stock (as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation), and (ii) shares of Common Stock issued in the Qualified IPO.

 

17


3.2 Information Rights.

(a) The Company shall deliver the following financial information to the Series F Investors at the times herein set forth:

(i) as soon as practicable but in any event within 60 days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, unaudited statements of income and of cash flows for such fiscal quarter, and an unaudited balance sheet and a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such fiscal quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP);

(ii) as soon as practicable, but in any event within 180 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (i) a balance sheet as of the end of such year, (ii) statements of income and of cash flows for such year, and (iii) a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year, all such financial statements audited and certified by independent public accountants of nationally or regionally recognized standing selected by the Company and approved by the Board of Directors;

(iii) such other information relating to the financial condition, business, prospects, or corporate affairs of the Company as any Series F Investor may from time to time reasonably request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 3.2 to provide information (i) that the Company reasonably determines in good faith to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form acceptable to the Company) or (ii) the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel; and

(iv) if, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to the foregoing sections shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

(b) Inspection. The Company shall permit each Series F Investor, at such Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties; examine its books of account and records; and discuss the Company’s affairs, finances, and accounts with its officers, during normal business hours of the Company as may be reasonably requested by the Investor; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 3.2 to provide access to any information that it reasonably considers to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form acceptable to the Company) or the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

(c) Confidentiality. Any Series F Investor who receives any information pursuant to Section 3.2(a) shall, and shall direct any person who receives any information pursuant to Section 3.2(a) to, maintain the confidentiality of any information to delivered to it except as otherwise required by applicable law.

 

18


4. Miscellaneous.

4.1 Termination of Covenants.

(a) The covenants set forth in Sections 2 and 3 shall terminate as to each Investor and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO, or (ii) upon termination of the entire Agreement as provided in Section 4.16.

(b) The covenants set forth in Section 2 shall terminate as to each Holder and be of no further force or effect when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, if this occurs earlier than the events described in Section 4.1(a).

4.2 Restrictive Legend. Each certificate representing Common Stock shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 4.3, be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS IT HAS BEEN REGISTERED UNDER SUCH ACT AND ALL SUCH OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE.

A certificate shall not bear such legend if in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company the securities being sold thereby may be publicly sold without registration under the Act and any applicable state securities laws.

4.3 Notice of Proposed Transfer. Prior to any proposed transfer of any Common Stock, the holder thereof shall give written notice to the Company of his or her intention to effect such transfer. Each such notice shall describe the manner of the proposed transfer and, if reasonably requested by the Company, shall be accompanied by an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company to the effect that the proposed transfer may be effected without registration under the Act and any applicable state securities laws, whereupon the holder of such stock shall be entitled to transfer such stock in accordance with the terms of the notice; provided, however, that no such opinion of counsel shall be required for a transfer to one or more partners or members of the transferor (in the case of a transferor that is a partnership or limited liability company) or to an affiliated corporation (in the case of a transferor that is a corporation). Each certificate for Common Stock transferred as above provided shall bear the legend set forth in Section 4.2, except that such certificate shall not bear such legend if (i) such transfer is in accordance with the provisions of Rule 144 (or any other rule permitting public sale without registration under the Act) or (ii) the opinion of counsel referred to above is to the further effect that the transferee and any subsequent transferee (other than an affiliate of the Company) would be entitled to transfer such securities in a public sale without registration under the Act.

 

19


Promptly after effecting any such transfer, the Holder shall give written notice to the Company of the number of shares transferred. The restrictions provided for in this Section 4.3 shall not apply to securities which are not required to bear the legend prescribed by Section 4.2 in accordance with the provisions of that Section.

4.4 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties (including transferees of any shares of Registrable Securities). Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

4.5 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws principles.

4.6 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

4.7 Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

4.8 Notices. Any notice, consent, authorization or other communication to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given and received when delivered personally or transmitted by facsimile transmission with receipt acknowledged by the addressee or three days after being mailed by first class mail, or the next business day after being deposited for next-day delivery with a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, charges and postage prepaid, properly addressed to the party to receive such notice at the following address for such pony (or at such other address as shall be specified by like notice):

(a) If to the Company, to:

 

  Penumbra, Inc.
  1351 Harbor Bay Parkway
  Alameda, CA 94502
  Attention:     Chief Executive Officer
  Telephone:     (510) 748-3200
  Facsimile:     (510) 814-8303

 

20


  with copies to:
  Shartsis Friese LLP
  One Maritime Plaza, 18th Floor
  San Francisco, CA 94111
  Attention:     Derek H. Wilson
  Telephone:     (415) 421-6500
  Facsimile:     (415) 421-2922
  with copies to:
  Shearman & Sterling LLP
  599 Lexington Avenue
  New York, NY 10022
  Attention:     Robert Katz
  Telephone:     (212) 848-8008
  Facsimile:     (646) 848-8008

(b) if to the Investors, to the addresses on file with the Company.

Unless otherwise provided, any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery to the party to be notified or upon deposit with the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid and addressed to the party to be notified at the address indicated for such part on the signature page hereof, or at such other address as such party may designate by 10 days’ advance written notice to the other parties.

4.9 Expenses. If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

4.10 Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, or in the case of waiver, by the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities entitled to exercise the right being waived. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section shall be binding upon each holder of any Registrable Securities then outstanding, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities, and the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 1.13, 2.1, 3.1 and 3.2 and this sentence of this Section 4.10 may not be amended to reduce or terminate the rights of Fidelity or Redmile or their affiliates thereunder, and the observance of any term of Section 3.2 may not be waived with respect to Fidelity or Redmile or their respective affiliates, in each case, without the prior written consent of Fidelity or Redmile, as applicable; and provided further that any provision hereof may be waived by any waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party.

 

21


4.11 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application of such provision to any person or circumstance, shall be held invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those to which it is held to be invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby.

4.12 Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

4.13 Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties and supersede all prior negotiations, correspondence, agreements and understandings, written and oral, between or among the parties, regarding the subject matter hereof.

4.14 Further Assurances. Each party shall execute such other and further certificates, instruments and other documents as may be necessary and proper to implement, complete and perfect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

4.15 Interpretation. All parties have been assisted by counsel in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and this Agreement shall be construed according to its fair language. The rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement.

4.16 Termination. This Agreement shall terminate in its entirety 3 years after a Qualified IPO.

 

22


IN WITNESS WHEREOF. the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY:
PENUMBRA. INC.
By:

/s/ Robert D. Evans

Robert D. Evans
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


FOUNDERS:

/s/ Adam Elsesser

Adam Elsesser

 

Arani Bose

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


FOUNDERS:

 

Adam Elsesser

/s/ Arani Bose

Arani Bose

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
Please sign and date below and if applicable, include name and title.

/s/ Philip J. Arnautou

Arnautou Family 1996 Trust dated 2/27/96
Name: Philip J. Arnautou
Title: Trustee
15,312 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
14,792 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
Date: May 13, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
Please sign and date below and if applicable, include name and title.

/s/ Arani Bose     /s/ Shumita Bose

Arani & Shumita Bose
13,471 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
Date: May 10, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
Please sign and date below and if applicable, include name and title.

/s/ Ann E. Carmel

Ann Carmel
45,937 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
Date: May 19, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
Please sign and date below and if applicable, include name and title.

/s/ Ann E. Carmel

Trust l/11/65 FBO Ann E. Carmel
Name: Ann E. Carmel
Title: beneficiary
47,022 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
29,585 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
12,487 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: May 19, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Nicolas Cazaux

Nicolas Cazaux
9.000 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
Date: 13/05/2014, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
/s/ James L. Cederholm

/s/ Jean Pray Cederholm

James L. & Jean Pray Cederholm
12,250 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
Date: May 13th, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ John David Chin

John David Chin and Carole Lam-Chin
Name:

John David Chin

3,289 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: May 17, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Smita Conjeevaram

Smita Conjeevaram
146,285 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
Date: May 12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Smita Conjeevaram

TD Ameritrade Clearing Custodian FBO Smita Conjeevaram
Name:

Smita Conjeevaram

Title:

 

76,923 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
Date: May 12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Srini Conjeevaram

TD Ameritrade Clearing Custodian FBO Srini Conjeevaram
Name:

Srini Conjeevaram

Title:

 

90,729 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
Date: May 12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Srini Conjeevaram

SC Capital (P), LP
Name:

Srini Conjeevaram

Title:

Managing Director, SC Capital (P), LP General Partner

838,264 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
197,368 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: May 12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Shilpa Ghatalia

Shilpa Ghatalia
3,420 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
3,420 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
Date: May 12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Alain Cornil

Alain Cornil
1,000 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
Date: May, 12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Steven M. Cramer

MLPF&S Custodian FBO Steven M. Cramer RRA
Name:

Steven M. Cramer

Title:

 

7,350 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
7,962 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
29,781 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
Date: 5/19, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Stanley Dahlin

Stanley Dahlin
30,625 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
7,837 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
11,834 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
3,947 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: 14 May, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Sherman Little

The Dante Cianciarulo Irrevocable Trust
Name:

Sherman Little

Title:

Trustee

31,348 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
6,579 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: 5/12/14, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Daniel Davis

Daniel Davis
301 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
7,895 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
248 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
Date: 13 May, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Michael DeFilippo

Michael DeFilippo
2,000 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
Date: 10 May, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Diana Michener

Diana Michener
78,370 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
Date: May 12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ James L. Dine

James L. Dine
78,370 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
256,410 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
131,579 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: May 12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ David B. Dollinger

Dollinger Harbor Bay Associates
Name:

David B. Dollinger

Title:

General Partner

32,895 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: May 14, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Adam Elsesser

Siegel/Elsesser Revocable Trust
Name:

Adam Elsesser

Title:

Trustee

13,471 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
Date: May 12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Michael A. Evans

Michael A. Evans
12,250 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
7,837 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
1,972 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
3,289 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: May 13, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Robert D. Evans    /s/ Norma J. Evans

The 2010 Robert D. Evans and Norma J. Evans
Revocable Trust u/d/t dated November 11, 2010
Name:

Robert D. Evans

Title:

Trustee

45,937 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
47,022 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
27,041 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
Date: 9 May, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Robert L. Feldman

Feldman Interests, Ltd.
Name:

Robert L. Feldman

Title:

General Partner

235,110 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
Date: May 13, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Daniel Feldman

Daniel Feldman
15,789 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: May 15, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Daniel Feldman

Feldman Med Investments LLC
Name:

Daniel E. Feldman

Title:

Manager

47,022 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
Date: May 15, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Weylin Fong

Weylin Fong and Betty Fong Family
Revocable Trust of 2001
Name:

Weylin Fong

Title:

Trustee

61,250 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
47,022 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
19,723 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
19,737 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: May 12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Andrew Friedman

Andrew & Cynthia Friedman
24,500 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
Date: May 17, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Andrew Friedman, Trustee

Cynthia & Andrew Friedman 1995 Revocable Trust (12/96)
Name:

Andrew Friedman

Title:

Trustee

29,781 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
6,903 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
7,895 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: May 17, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Holger Friedrich

Holger Friedrich
6,125 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
Date: May 16th, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Rosemary Garcia

Rosemary Garcia
6,125 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
3,135 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
1,316 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: May 12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Edward E. Grammens

National Financial Services LLC CUST FBO
Edward E. Grammens SEP IRA
Name:

 

Title:

 

104,125 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
Date: May 12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Edward E. Grammens

Prudential Investment Management Services
FBO Edward Grammens Acct. No. F62-161454
Name:

 

Title:

 

21,944 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
32,895 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
44,378 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
29,250 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: May 12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Edward E. Grammens

Edward E. Grammens Revocable Trust
Name:

 

Title:

 

79,625 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
56,426 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
4,930 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
3,645 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: May 12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Paul Grammens

Paul Grammens
30,625 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
15,674 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
19,723 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
6,579 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: 12 May, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ David Hasselbach

David Hasselbach
1,800 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
300 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
4,118 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
4,000 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
1,200 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
249 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
6,579 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
Date: May 11, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Bertrand S. Irissou

Bertrand S. Irissou and Cynthia L. Irissou

Revocable Living Trust dated August 4, 2000

Name:

Bertrand Irrisou

Title:

Trustee

19,723 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
13,158 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: May 12th, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Pierre R. Irissou

Irissou Family Living Trust, Pierre R. Irrissou & Elizabeth M. Irissou
Name:

Pierre R. Irissou

Title:

Trustee

19,723 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
13,158 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: 05/12/, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Lia Jones

Lia Jones
301 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
248 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
Date: 5 - 12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Jonathan M. Kennedy

Jonathan M. Kennedy & Sherry Hope-Kennedy
76,562 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
62,696 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
19,723 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
9,868 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: 5 - 11, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Aaron E. Kilberg

Aaron E. Kilberg
18,899 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
Date: 5/11, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Young C. Kim

Young C. Kim
9,187 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
6,270 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
3,944 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
2,632 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: 5/16/2014, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Richard Koch     /s/ Lynn Rothman

Richard Koch & Lynn Rothman
9,187 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
5,917 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
7,895 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: 11 May, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
Please sign and date below and if applicable, include name and title.

/s/ Thomas R. Krebs

Thomas R. Krebs Survivor’s Trust
Name:

Thomas R. Krebs

Title:

Trustee

810,320 Shares of Series A Preferred Stock
13,471 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
173,102 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
2,317 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
11,882 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: May 9, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
Please sign and date below and if applicable, include name and title.

/s/ Thomas R. Krebs

The Fawn P. Krebs Bypass Trust for Barron David Krebs
Name:

Thomas R. Krebs

Title:

Trustee

94,840 Shares of Series A Preferred Stock
Date: May 9, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
Please sign and date below and if applicable, include name and title.

/s/ Thomas R. Krebs

The Fawn P. Krebs Bypass Trust for Walker Franz Krebs
Name:

Thomas R. Krebs

Title:

Trustee

94,840 Shares of Series A Preferred Stock
Date: May 9, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
Please sign and date below and if applicable, include name and title.

/s/ Thomas R. Krebs

Equity Trust Company d.b.a. Sterling Trust, Custodian FBO: Thomas Richard Krebs a/c#403105
Name:

Thomas R. Krebs

Title:

 

40,556 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: May 9, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ David H. Kremer, Trustee

Kremer Miller Family Trust
Name:

David H. Kremer

Title:

Trustee

107,187 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
94,044 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
59,171 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
23,026 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: May 12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Hugh M. Laumeister

Hugh M. Laumeister
1,500 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
1,500 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: May 11, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Christopher G. Luck

Christopher G. Luck 2012 IDG Trust
Name:

Christopher G. Luck

Title:

Trustee

27,562 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
25,079 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
Date: 5/11, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Kathryn E. Luck

Kathryn E. Luck 2012 IDG Trust
Name:

Kathryn E. Luck

Title:

as Trustee

27,563 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
25,078 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
Date: May 15, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ John G. Manalili

John G. Manalili and Karen A. Cross
Revocable Trust
Name:

John G. Manalili

Title:

Trustee

3,944 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
658 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: 5/12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Tom McGovern

Tom McGovern
5,818 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
Date: 5/12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Diana Meckfessel

Diana Meckfessel
24,500 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
23,511 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
Date: May 13, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Steven R. Meckfessel

The Steven R. Meckfessel Revocable Trust
24,500 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
23,511 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
Date: May 12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Christopher Murphy

Christopher Murphy
301 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
1,000 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
248 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
1,000 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: May 12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
Please sign and date below and if applicable, include name and title.

/s/ Anilesh Ahuja

Anilesh Ahuja
612,500 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
235,110 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
98,620 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
32,895 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: 5/13, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Artlyn Fong

Artlyn Fong and Lena Fong Revocable Trust dated 08/26/1993
Name:

Artlyn Fong

Title:

Trustee

61,250 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
47,022 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
9,861 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
9,868 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
Date: May 12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ James Park / /s/ Jane Park

James and Jane Park Family Trust
Name:

James Park / Jane Park

Title:

Co-trustee

30,625 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
39,185 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
88,757 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
26,316 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: May 12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Kyle K. Pond

Kyle K. Pond
31,348 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
9,861 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
13,158 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: 5/13, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ James R. Pray

Pray Revocable Trust
Name:

James R. Pray

Title:

Trustee

6,125 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
Date: 10 May, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Robert H. Pray

Robert H. Pray
6,125 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
3,135 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
Date: May 10, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Barry Reder

Barry Reder
9,861 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
1,447 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: 5/12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Carolyn Reiser, Trustee

The Carolyn Shealy Reiser 2011 Revocable Trust u/d/t October 26, 2011
45,937 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
23,511 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
Date: 5/12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Karren Shorofsky

The Karren Mia Shorofsky 2011 Revocable Trust u/d/t October 26, 2011
Name:

Karren Shorofsky

Title:

Trustee

9,861 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
11,842 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: 12/5 [May], 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Mark Rettstatt

Mark Rettstatt
300 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
249 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
1,000 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: May 12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Joseph Z. Rong     /s/ Mei Xu Rong

Joseph Z. & Mei Xu Rong
12,260 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
1,500 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: May 11, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Christopher J. Rupright

Christopher J. Rupright
45,937 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
15,674 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
9,861 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
13,158 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: 5-12-14, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Robert N. Sacks

Robert N. Sacks
10,000 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
8,000 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
Date: 5/12/14, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ George E. Salah

George Salah
313,480 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
197,238 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
Date: May 13, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Michael G. Schrantz

Michael G. Schrantz
15,312 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
7,837 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
4,930 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
Date: May 13, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Chandranath Sen

Chandranath Sen
30,625 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
31,348 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
9,861 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
13,158 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: 5/14/14, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Arthur Shartsis    /s/ Mary Jo Shartsis

Arthur & Mary Jo Shartsis
62,696 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
13,158 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: 5/20/, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Daniel Shore

Daniel and Pamela Shore
122,500 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
62,696 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
19,723 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
Date: May 13, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Trevor M. Smith

Trevor M. Smith
3,944 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
Date: May 12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Christopher Speck

Christopher Speck
301 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
248 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
6,579 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
Date: May 12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Harry A. Kopelman

Swartz Family Limited Partnership #4
Name:

Harry A. Kopelman

Title: Managing Partner,

Swartz Family Limited Partnership #4

153,125 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
78,370 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
49,310 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
32,895 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: May 10, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
/s/ David R. Tipton

/s/ Cynthia E. G. Tipton

David R. Tipton and Cynthia E. G. Tipton, as Trustees of the Tipton Family Revocable Trust dated March 12, 2002
6,268 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
15,674 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
2,959 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
Date: May 12th, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Ben H. Tompkins    /s/ Erica Tompkins, Trustee

The Ben and Erica Tompkins 2013 Family Trust
3,750 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
Date: May 12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Bryan Uhl

Bryan Uhl
301 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
248 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
600 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: 5/9, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Inja Kim Wang

Jung T. Wang Family Trust
Name:

Inja Kim Wang

Title:

Trustee

61,250 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
62,696 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
98,619 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
52,632 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: 5/12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Inja Kim Wang

Wang Ventures LLC
Name:

Inja Kim Wang

Title:

Managing Member

306,250 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
313,480 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
197,239 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
131,579 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: 5/12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Victor Wang

Victor Wang
45,937 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
39,185 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
78,895 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
19,737 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: 5/12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Walter C. Wang

Walter C. Wang
122,500 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
125,392 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
157,791 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
105,263 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: 5/12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Darryl L. Webster

Darryl L. Webster
15,674 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
6,600 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
Date: May 20, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Melissa J. Welk

Melissa Welk
300 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
1,000 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
249 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
Date: May 12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Derek H. Wilson

Derek H. Wilson
20,376 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
15,000 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
Date: May 12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Warren Wixen    /s/ Rhonda Wixen

Warren Wixen and Rhonda Wixen
76,562 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
62,696 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
78,895 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
39,474 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: 5/12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
/s/ Craig Wurm

/s/ Denise Wurm

Craig and Denise Wurm
6,125 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
Date: May 11, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Joel Zelden

Zelden Living Trust Dated 8-10-04
Name:

Joel Zelden

Title:

Trustee

9,861 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
1,447 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: May 10, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
Please sign and date below and if applicable, include name and title.

/s/ Carol M. Sands

The Angels’ Forum 72, LLC
Name:

Carol M. Sands

Title:

Managing Member

168,437 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
192,192 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
148,324 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
84,215 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: May 21, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ James Cohan

James Cohan
47,335 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
Date: 6/5, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

 

UBS Financial Services Inc. Custodian FBO
Lisa Cracknell IRA
Name:

/s/ Lisa Cracknell

Title:

 

12,250 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
Date: June 5, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

 

UBS as Custodian FBO Lisa Cracknell
SEP Account 7144-3605
Name:

/s/ Lisa Cracknell

Title:

 

5,917 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
2,105 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: June 5, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Lisa Cracknell

Peter & Lisa Cracknell
18,375 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
3,944 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
2,105 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: June 5, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Quyen Dang

Quyen Dang
8,000 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
1,000 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: June 10, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
Please sign and date below and if applicable, include name and title.

/s/ Daniel W. Aljoe

Daniel W. Aljoe and Audrey A. Aljoe Revocable Trust
Name:

Daniel W. Aljoe

Title:

Trustee

61,250 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
47,022 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
9,862 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
9,868 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: 5 June, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Satyendra K. Deb    /s/ Sima Deb

Satyendra K. & Sima Deb
30,625 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
9,861 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
Date: June 5, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Robert Friese

Robert Friese
61,612 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
Date: June 8, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Douglas Godshall

Douglas Godshall
7,837 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
4,930 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
2,632 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: June 5, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Margaret M. Gonzalez    /s/ John Gonzalez

Margaret M. Gonzalez and John Gonzalez
1,000 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
145 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: 5•17•14 , 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Hemant Jaiswal

Hemant Jaiswal
10,000 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
10,000 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
Date: 6/5, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Aaron Katz

Aaron Katz IRA Sterling Trust, Custodian
Name:

Aaron Katz

Title:

Owner

15,674 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
Date: June 6, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Aaron Katz

Aaron Katz
15,674 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
8,164 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
2,627 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
6,579 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
2,367 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
Date: June 6, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Marcia Katz

Marcia Katz, Custodian for Evan Maximilian
Katz under the Uniform Gift to Minors Act
(District of Columbia)
Name:

Marcia Katz

Title:

 

6,579 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
Date: 6/6, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Michael L. Meyers

Michael L. Meyers
[●] Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
Date: 6/13, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Brian Norton

Brian Norton
301 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
248 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
Date: 6/1, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Jeffrey A. O’Connell    /s/ Catherine K. O’Connell

Jeffrey A. O’Connell and Catherine K. O’Connell, as Community Property
24,500 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
7,837 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
6,903 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
6,579 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: May 15, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ JoAnne Powell

National Financial Services LLC CUST FBO
JoAnne Powell SEP IRA
Name:

 

Title:

 

30,625 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
14,792 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
9,870 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: May 12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ JoAnne Powell

Prudential Investment Management Services
FBO JoAnne Powell
Name:

 

Title:

 

13,158 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
Date: May 12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Jahan P. Raissi

Jahan P. Raissi
9,861 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
1,447 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: 6/9, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Eric M. Ruttenberg

Tinicum Investors
Name:

Eric M. Ruttenberg

Title:

 

49,310 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
4,932 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: June 9, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Artlyn Fong

Artlyn Fong and Lena Fong Revocable Trust dated 08/26/1993
Name:

Artlyn Fong

Title:

Trustee

61,250 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
47,022 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
9,861 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
9,868 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
Date: May 12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Matthew Friedman

Matthew Friedman
15,312 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
15,674 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
7,889 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
Date: 5-24-14, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Margaret M. Gonzalez

Margaret M. Gonzalez
1,000 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
Date: 5/17/14, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
Please sign and date below and if applicable, include name and title.

/s/ Carol M. Sands

Halo Fund II, LP
Name:

Carol M. Sands

Title:

Managing Member

80,407 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
98,619 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
40,132 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: May 21, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

 

The Kim P. Norman, M.D. Profit Sharing Plan
Name:

/s/ Kimberlie L. Cerrone

Title:

Administrator

12,250 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
Date: 5/23/14, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ C. Louise LeCoque

C. Louise LeCoque, as Trustee of the C. Louise
LeCoque Revocable Trust
Name:

C. Louise LeCoque

Title: Trustee of C. Louise LeCoque

Revocable Trust

30,625 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
31,348 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
9,861 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
6,579 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: May 28, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Charles A. Strickler

Charles A. Strickler
6,125 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
6,270 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
Date: 6-2, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Grant Weenig

Grant Weenig
7,388 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
301 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
8,000 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
6,579 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
248 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
6,579 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: May 12th, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Joe Willson

Joe Willson
61,250 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
47,022 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
19,724 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
19,737 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: 5-14-14, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Harpeet Grewal

Harpeet Grewal
9,404 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
2,761 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock
1,974 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: 6/10, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

 

Fidelity Select Portfolios: Health Care Portfolio
Name:

/s/ Stacie M. Smith

Stacie Smith
Title:

Deputy Treasurer

1,250,000 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date:                 , 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

 

Fidelity Select Portfolios: Medical Equipment and Systems Portfolio
Name:

/s/ Stacie M. Smith

Stacie Smith
Title:

Deputy Treasurer

265,152 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date:                 , 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

 

Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund
Name:

/s/ Stacie M. Smith

Stacie Smith
Title:

Deputy Treasurer

1,128,787 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date:                 , 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

 

Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Series Growth Company Fund
Name:

/s/ Stacie M. Smith

Stacie Smith
Title:

Deputy Treasurer

257,576 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date:                 , 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

 

Fidelity Group Trust for Employee Benefit Plans: Fidelity Growth Company Commingled Pool
By: Fidelity Management & Trust Co.
Name:

/s/ Kenneth Robins

Kenneth Robins
Title:

Authorized Signatory

128,788 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date:                 , 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Jeremy Green

Redmile Capital Offshore Fund II, Ltd.
Name:

Jeremy Green

Title:

Managing Member of the Investment Manager

757,576 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date:                 , 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Jeremy Green

Redmile Private Investments I, LP
Name:

Jeremy Green/Redmile Group, LLC

Title:

Managing Member of the GP and/or Management Company

231,850 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date:                 , 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Jeremy Green

Redmile Private Investments I Affiliates, LP
Name:

Jeremy Green, Redmile Group, LLC

Title:

Managing Member of the GP and/or Management Company

172,596 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date:                 , 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Michael Kramer

PWP EIV LLC – Series C
Name:

Michael Kramer

Title:

Member of the Board of Managers

243,561 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date: May 15, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
By:

/s/ Elizabeth K. Becker

Name:

Equity Trust Company, Custodian FBO Elizabeth K. Becker Traditional IRA

Title:

Custodian

3,000 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date: May 13, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
By:

/s/ Michelle R. Bruce

Name:

Michelle R. Bruce

Title:

Territory Manager

1,515 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date: May 12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
By:

/s/ Jeremy W. Crawford

Name:

Jeremy W. Crawford

Title:

Territory Manager

3,030 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date: 13 May 2014, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
By:

/s/ Bobby Douglas

Name:

Bobby Douglas

Title:

Territory Manager

7,000 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date: 5/14/2014, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
By:

/s/ Lisa Fallon

Name:

Lisa Fallon

Title:

 

1,894 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date: May 13th, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
By:

/s/ David Hasselbach

Name:

David Hasselbach

Title:

Southeast Regional Manager

7,576 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date: May 14, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
By:

/s/ Thomas Hohman

Name:

Thomas Hohman

Title:

 

758 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date: 15-May, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
By:

/s/ Lia Jones

Name:

Lia Jones

Title:

Territory Manager

6,061 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date: 5-14-14, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
By:

/s/ Michael L. Jones

Name:

Michael L. Jones

Title:

American IRA, LLC FBO Michael L. Jones Traditional IRA

1,893 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date: May 15, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
By:

/s/ Michael L. Jones

Name:

Michael L. Jones

Title:

American IRA, LLC FBO Michael L. Jones Traditional IRA

1,516 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date: May 15, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
By:

/s/ Michael Liguori

Name:

Michael Liguori

Title:

 

1,200 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date: 5/10/2014, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
By:

 

Name:

/s/ Geoffrey Matthew MacIntyre

Title:

 

3,787 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date: May 14th, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
By:

/s/ Cynthia Maskeny

Name:

Cynthia Maskeny

Title:

 

3,788 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date: May 13th, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
By:

/s/ Eric Masterson

Name:

Eric Masterson

Title:

Territory Manager

568 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date: May 13, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
By:

/s/ Bradley Moore

Name:

Bradley Moore

Title:

Sales

1,894 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date: May 9, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
By:

/s/ Christopher D. Murphy

Name:

Christopher D. Murphy

Title:

Territory Manager

1,500 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date: May 16, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
By:

/s/ Bradley Parker

Name:

Bradley Parker

Title:

 

758 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date: May 14, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
By:

/s/ Brian Reinhard

Name:

Brian Reinhard

Title:

Sales Representative

12,879 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date: 5/13, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
By:

/s/ David Roberts Jr.

Name:

David Roberts Jr.

Title:

Territory Sales Manager

6,818 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date: 5/14, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
By:

/s/ Johanna Roberts

Name:

Johanna Roberts

Title:

 

576 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date: May 15, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
By:

/s/ Stan Schafeitel

Name:

Stan Schafeitel

Title:

Penumbra Territory Manager

379 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date: May 13, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
By:

/s/ Chris Speck

Name:

Chris Speck

Title:

NW Regional Manager

2,273 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date: May 12, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
By:

/s/ Billy Stone

Name:

Billy Stone

Title:

Territory Manager/Sales

7,576 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date: 5/13, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
By:

/s/ Sara N. Thompson

Name:

Sara N. Thompson

Title:

Territory Manager

7,576 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date: 5-14-14, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK

/s/ Brian Uhl

Brian Uhl
301 Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
248 Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
600 Shares of Series E Preferred Stock
Date: 5/9/, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
By:

/s/ John C. Warnick II

Name:

John C. Warnick II

Title:

Territory Manager

1,894 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date: May 13, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
By:

/s/ Grant S. Weenig

Name:

Grant S. Weenig

Title:

Regional Manager – Southcentral

15,000 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date: May 12th, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
By:

/s/ Melissa J. Welk

Name:

/s/ Melissa J. Welk

Title:

Regional Manager – Penumbra

2,273 Shares of Series F Preferred Stock
Date: May 14, 2014

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

INVESTORS SUBJECT TO THIS AGREEMENT

LAST UPDATED ON MAY 16, 2014

 

Name and Address

  

Origin of Holdings

SERIES A FINANCING   
Thomas R. Krebs Survivor’s Trust    Series A Financing
The Fawn P. Krebs Bypass Trust for Barron David Krebs    Series A Financing
The Fawn P. Krebs Bypass Trust for Walker Franz Krebs    Series A Financing
SERIES B FINANCING   
Anilesh Ahuja    Series B Financing
Ashish Ahuja    Series B Financing
Daniel W. Aljoe and Audrey A. Aljoe Revocable Trust    Series B Financing
Syed Naved Ameen    Series B Financing
The Angels’ Forum 72, LLC    Series B Financing
Arnautou Family 1996 Trust dated 2/27/96    Series B Financing
Arani & Shumita Bose    Series B Financing
Ann Carmel    Series B Financing
Jonathan Carmel    Series B Financing
James L. & Jean Pray Cederholm    Series B Financing
Mark Chimenti    Series B Financing
Michael A. Chisek    Series B Financing
Technology Credit Corporation    Series B Financing
Smita Conjeevaram        Series B Financing

 

A-1


Name and Address

  

Origin of Holdings

Alain Cornil    Series B Financing
Peter and Lisa Cracknell    Series B Financing
UBS Financial Services Inc. Custodian FBO Lisa Cracknell IRA    Series B Financing
Steven M. Cramer & Susan Cramer Tenants in the Entirety    Series B Financing
MLPF&S Custodian FBO Steven M. Cramer RRA    Series B Financing
Stanley Dahlin    Series B Financing
Daniel Davis    Series B Financing
Satyendra K. & Sima Deb    Series B Financing
Michael DeFilippo    Series B Financing
Demeter Holdings LLC    Series B Financing
Siegel/Elsesser Revocable Trust    Series B Financing
Peter J. Essex III    Series B Financing
Michael A. Evans    Series B Financing
The 2010 Robert D. Evans and Norma J. Evans Revocable Trust u/d/t dated November 11, 2010    Series B Financing
Paul Feasby    Series B Financing
Artlyn Fong and Lena Fong Revocable Trust dated 08/26/1993    Series B Financing
Weylin Fong and Betty Fong Family Revocable Trust of 2001    Series B Financing
Andrew & Cynthia Friedman    Series B Financing
Matthew Friedman    Series B Financing
Holger Friedrich    Series B Financing
Robert Friese    Series B Financing
Rosemary Garcia        Series B Financing

 

A-2


Name and Address

  

Origin of Holdings

Shilpa Ghatalia    Series B Financing
Margaret M. Gonzalez    Series B Financing
Margaret M. Gonzalez and John Gonzalez    Series B Financing
Edward E. Grammens Revocable Trust    Series B Financing
National Financial Services LLC CUST FBO Edward E. Grammens SEP IRA    Series B Financing
Paul Grammens    Series B Financing
Vikas Gupta    Series B Financing
David Hasselbach    Series B Financing
Lia Jones    Series B Financing
Jonathan M. Kennedy & Sherry Hope-Kennedy    Series B Financing
Aaron E. Kilberg    Series B Financing
Young C. Kim    Series B Financing
Richard Koch & Lynn Rothman    Series B Financing
Thomas R. Krebs Survivor’s Trust    Series B Financing
Kremer Miller Family Trust    Series B Financing
The Krishnan-Shah Family Limited Partnership    Series B Financing
Alain G. LeCoque    Series B Financing
C. Louise LeCoque, as Trustee of the C. Louise LeCoque Revocable Trust U/A/S 5/8/1990    Series B Financing
Nicholas J. Lembo    Series B Financing
Christopher G. Luck 2012 IDG Trust    Series B Financing
Kathryn E. Luck 2012 IDG Trust    Series B Financing
Laura M. Lynch        Series B Financing

 

A-3


Name and Address

  

Origin of Holdings

Michael Madison    Series B Financing
Michael G. Manasse    Series B Financing
Tom McGovern    Series B Financing
Diana Meckfessel    Series B Financing
The Steven R. Meckfessel Revocable Trust    Series B Financing
Sunit Mehra    Series B Financing
Michael L. & Judith Brown Meyers    Series B Financing
Michael L. Meyers, Trustee of the Meyers Family Trust u/a/d October 10, 2000    Series B Financing
Michael W. Meyers    Series B Financing
Nicholas J. Mourlas    Series B Financing
Christopher Murphy    Series B Financing
James Nabers    Series B Financing
The Kim P. Norman, M.D. Profit Sharing Plan    Series B Financing
Brian Norton    Series B Financing
Jeffrey A. O’Connell and Catherine K. O’Connell, as Community Property    Series B Financing
James and Jane Park Family Trust    Series B Financing
Steven V. Pacia    Series B Financing
Ramesh Babu Pitti    Series B Financing
National Financial Services LLC CUST FBO JoAnne Powell SEP IRA    Series B Financing
Pray Revocable Trust    Series B Financing
Robert H. Pray    Series B Financing
The Carolyn Shealy Reiser 2011 Revocable Trust u/d/t October 26, 2011        Series B Financing

 

A-4


Name and Address

  

Origin of Holdings

Mark Rettstatt    Series B Financing
RJC 1993 Living Trust    Series B Financing
Alan Robin    Series B Financing
Joseph Z. & Mei Xu Rong    Series B Financing
Christopher J. Rupright    Series B Financing
Michael G. Schrantz    Series B Financing
Chandranath Sen    Series B Financing
Daniel & Pamela Shore    Series B Financing
Angelica Sigalos    Series B Financing
Christopher Speck    Series B Financing
Charles A. Strickler    Series B Financing
Swartz Family Limited Partnership #4    Series B Financing
David R. Tipton and Cynthia E.G. Tipton, as Trustees of the Tipton Family Revocable Trust dated March 12, 2002    Series B Financing
Bryan Uhl    Series B Financing
Jung T. Wang Family Trust    Series B Financing
Victor Wang    Series B Financing
Walter C. Wang    Series B Financing
Wang Ventures LLC    Series B Financing
Grant Weenig    Series B Financing
Melissa Welk    Series B Financing
Joe Willson    Series B Financing
Warren Wixen & Rhonda Wixen        Series B Financing

 

A-5


Name and Address

  

Origin of Holdings

Craig & Denise Wurm    Series B Financing
SERIES C FINANCING   
Anilesh Ahuja    Series C Financing
Daniel W. Aljoe and Audrey A. Aljoe Revocable Trust    Series C Financing
Syed Naved Ameen    Series C Financing
The Angels’ Forum 72, LLC    Series C Financing
Halo Fund II, LP    Series C Financing
James Berman    Series C Financing
Trust 1/11/65 FBO Ann E. Carmel    Series C Financing
Mark Chimenti    Series C Financing
Michael A. Chisek    Series C Financing
The Dante Cianciarulo Irrevocable Trust    Series C Financing
Lawrence M. Clark    Series C Financing
James Cohan    Series C Financing
MLPF&S Custodian FPO Steven M. Cramer RRA    Series C Financing
Steven M. Cramer DMD Beneficiary Helen Cramer WfBNA Custodian Beneficiary Roth IRA    Series C Financing
Oppenheimer & Co., Inc. Custodian Helen Cramer (Deceased) Roth IRA FBO Steven M. Cramer    Series C Financing
Stanley Dahlin    Series C Financing
Quyen Dang    Series C Financing
Daniel Davis    Series C Financing
Demeter Holdings LLC    Series C Financing
Douglas L. Dethy & Marianne E. Kozlowski        Series C Financing

 

A-6


Name and Address

  

Origin of Holdings

James L. Dine    Series C Financing
Michael A. Evans    Series C Financing
The 2010 Robert D. Evans and Norma J. Evans Revocable Trust u/d/t dated November 11, 2010    Series C Financing
Paul Feasby    Series C Financing
Feldman Interests, Ltd.    Series C Financing
Feldman Med Investments LLC    Series C Financing
Artlyn Fong and Lena Fong Revocable Trust dated 08/26/1993    Series C Financing
Weylin Fong and Betty Fong Family Revocable Trust of 2001    Series C Financing
Andrew & Cynthia Friedman 1996 Revocable Trust (12/96)    Series C Financing
Matthew Friedman    Series C Financing
Gaurav Gandhi    Series C Financing
Rosemary Garcia    Series C Financing
Douglas Godshall    Series C Financing
Edward E. Grammens Revocable Trust    Series C Financing
Prudential Investment Management Services FBO Edward Grammens Acct. No: F62-161454    Series C Financing
Paul Grammens    Series C Financing
Harpreet Grewal    Series C Financing
David Hasselbach    Series C Financing
Gupta Trust    Series C Financing
Hemant Jaiswal    Series C Financing
Lia Jones    Series C Financing
Aaron Katz        Series C Financing

 

A-7


Name and Address

  

Origin of Holdings

Aaron Katz IRA Sterling Trust, Custodian    Series C Financing
Marcia Katz Custodian for Evan Maximilian Katz under the Uniform Gift to Minors Act (District of Columbia)    Series C Financing
Jonathan M. Kennedy & Sherry Hope-Kennedy    Series C Financing
Young C. Kim    Series C Financing
The Thomas R. Krebs Survivor’s Trust    Series C Financing
Kremer Miller Family Trust    Series C Financing
The Krishnan-Shah Family Limited Partnership    Series C Financing
Ruben Kuzniecky    Series C Financing
Alain G. LeCoque    Series C Financing
Alain G. LeCoque SEP IRA    Series C Financing
C. Louise LeCoque, as Trustee of the C. Louise LeCoque Revocable Trust U/A/S 5/8/1990    Series C Financing
Nicholas J. Lembo    Series C Financing
Christopher G. Luck 2012 IDG Trust    Series C Financing
Kathryn E. Luck 2012 IDG Trust    Series C Financing
Michael Madison    Series C Financing
Michael G. Manasse    Series C Financing
Diana Meckfessel    Series C Financing
The Steven R. Meckfessel Revocable Trust    Series C Financing
Michael L. & Judith Brown Meyers    Series C Financing
Diana Michener    Series C Financing
Nicholas J. Mourlas    Series C Financing
Christopher Murphy        Series C Financing

 

A-8


Name and Address

  

Origin of Holdings

James Nabers    Series C Financing
Brian Norton    Series C Financing
Jeffrey A. O’Connell and Catherine K. O’Connell, as Community Property    Series C Financing
James and Jane Park Family Trust    Series C Financing
Kyle K. Pond    Series C Financing
Prudential Investment Management Services FBO JoAnne Powell    Series C Financing
Robert H. Pray    Series C Financing
The Carolyn Shealy Reiser 2011 Revocable Trust u/d/t October 26, 2011    Series C Financing
Mark Rettstatt    Series C Financing
RJC 1993 Living Trust    Series C Financing
John L. Roach    Series C Financing
Alan Robin    Series C Financing
Christopher J. Rupright    Series C Financing
Robert N. Sacks    Series C Financing
George Salah    Series C Financing
Michael G. Schrantz    Series C Financing
Chandranath Sen    Series C Financing
Arthur & Mary Jo Shartsis    Series C Financing
Daniel & Pamela Shore    Series C Financing
Benjamin Sorci    Series C Financing
Christopher Speck    Series C Financing
Charles A. Strickler    Series C Financing

 

A-9


Name and Address

  

Origin of Holdings

Swartz Family Limited Partnership #4    Series C Financing
David R. Tipton and Cynthia E.G. Tipton, as Trustees of the Tipton Family Revocable Trust dated March 12, 2002    Series C Financing
The Ben and Erica Tompkins 2013 Family Trust    Series C Financing
Bryan Uhl    Series C Financing
Jung T. Wang Family Trust    Series C Financing
Wang Ventures LLC    Series C Financing
Victor Wang    Series C Financing
Walter C. Wang    Series C Financing
Darryl L. Webster    Series C Financing
Grant Weenig    Series C Financing
Joe Willson    Series C Financing
Derek H. Wilson    Series C Financing
Warren Wixen & Rhonda Wixen    Series C Financing
SERIES D FINANCING   
Anilesh Ahuja    Series D Financing
Daniel W. Aljoe and Audrey A. Aljoe Revocable Trust    Series D Financing
The Angels’ Forum 72, LLC    Series D Financing
Halo Fund II, LP    Series D Financing
Arnautou Family 1996 Trust dated 2/27/96    Series D Financing
Trust 1/11/65 FBO Ann E. Carmel    Series D Financing
Jonathan Carmel    Series D Financing
Michael A. Chisek    Series D Financing
Eugene Chow    Series D Financing

 

A-10


Name and Address

  

Origin of Holdings

George C. Chow    Series D Financing
Margaux Chow    Series D Financing
Michael Chow    Series D Financing
Michelle Chow    Series D Financing
Scott Chow    Series D Financing
William Chow    Series D Financing
TD Ameritrade Clearing Custodian FBO Smita Conjeevaram    Series D Financing
TD Ameritrade Clearing Custodian FBO Srini Conjeevaram    Series D Financing
Peter & Lisa Cracknell    Series D Financing
UBS as Custodian FBO Lisa Cracknell SEP Account No. 7144-3605    Series D Financing
Stanley Dahlin    Series D Financing
Satyendra K. & Sima Deb    Series D Financing
Douglas L. Dethy & Marianne E. Kozlowski    Series D Financing
James Dine    Series D Financing
Peter J. Essex III    Series D Financing
Michael A. Evans    Series D Financing
The 2010 Robert D. Evans and Norma J. Evans Revocable Trust u/d/t dated November 11, 2010    Series D Financing
Paul Feasby    Series D Financing
Artlyn Fong and Lena Fong Revocable Trust dated 08/26/1993    Series D Financing
Weylin Fong and Betty Fong Family Revocable Trust of 2001    Series D Financing
Cynthia & Andrew Friedman 1996 Revocable Trust (12/96)    Series D Financing
Matthew Friedman    Series D Financing

 

A-11


Name and Address

  

Origin of Holdings

Douglas Godshall    Series D Financing
Golden Eagle LLC    Series D Financing
Edward E. Grammens Revocable Trust    Series D Financing
Prudential Investment Management Services FBO Edward Grammens Acct. No: F62-161454    Series D Financing
Paul Grammens    Series D Financing
Harpreet Grewal    Series D Financing
HB Family Limited Partnership    Series D Financing
David Hasselbach    Series D Financing
Bertrand S. Irissou and Cynthia L. Irissou Revocable Living Trust dated August 4th, 2000    Series D Financing
Irissou Family Living Trust    Series D Financing
Hemant Jaiswal    Series D Financing
Aaron Katz    Series D Financing
Jonathan M. Kennedy & Sherry Hope-Kennedy    Series D Financing
Young C. Kim    Series D Financing
Richard Koch & Lynn Rothman    Series D Financing
Thomas R. Krebs Survivor’s Trust    Series D Financing
Kremer Miller Family Trust    Series D Financing
Krishnan-Shah Family Partners, LP    Series D Financing
Ruben Kuzniecky    Series D Financing
C. Louise LeCoque, as Trustee of the C. Louise LeCoque Revocable Trust U/A/S 5/8/1990    Series D Financing
Amy C.M. Lo    Series D Financing
Betty Lo    Series D Financing

 

A-12


Name and Address

  

Origin of Holdings

Falguni & Vikram Malkani    Series D Financing
John G. Manalili and Karen A. Cross Revocable Trust    Series D Financing
Michael L. & Judith Brown Meyers    Series D Financing
James Nabers    Series D Financing
Jeffrey A. O’Connell and Catherine K. O’Connell, as Community Property    Series D Financing
James and Jane Park Family Trust    Series D Financing
Hyung Myung Peak    Series D Financing
Kyle K. Pond    Series D Financing
National Financial Services LLC CUST FBO JoAnne Powell SEP IRA    Series D Financing
Jahan P. Raissi    Series D Financing
Barry Reder    Series D Financing
Christopher J. Rupright    Series D Financing
Robert N. Sacks    Series D Financing
George Salah    Series D Financing
SC Capital (P), LP    Series D Financing
Michael G. Schrantz    Series D Financing
Chandranath Sen    Series D Financing
Daniel & Pamela Shore    Series D Financing
The Karren Mia Shorofsky 2011 Revocable Trust u/d/t October 26, 2011    Series D Financing
Trevor M. Smith    Series D Financing
Benjamin Sorci    Series D Financing
Christopher Speck    Series D Financing

 

A-13


Name and Address

  

Origin of Holdings

Swartz Family Limited Partnership #4    Series D Financing
Tinicum Investors    Series D Financing
David R. Tipton and Cynthia E.G. Tipton, as Trustees of the Tipton Family Revocable Trust dated March 12, 2002    Series D Financing
Jung T. Wang Family Trust    Series D Financing
Wang Ventures LLC    Series D Financing
Victor Wang    Series D Financing
Walter C. Wang    Series D Financing
Joe Willson    Series D Financing
Derek H. Wilson    Series D Financing
Warren Wixen & Rhonda Wixen    Series D Financing
Zeldin Living Trust Dated 8-10-04    Series D Financing
SERIES E FINANCING   
Anilesh Ahuja    Series E Financing
Daniel W. Aljoe and Audrey A. Aljoe Revocable Trust    Series E Financing
The Angels’ Forum 72, LLC    Series E Financing
Halo Fund II, LP    Series E Financing
Lawrence C. Best    Series E Financing
Trust 1/11/65 FBO Ann E. Carmel    Series E Financing
Jonathan Carmel    Series E Financing
Mark Chimenti    Series E Financing
John David Chin and Carole Lam-Chin    Series E Financing
Michael A. Chisek    Series E Financing
Eugene Chow    Series E Financing

 

A-14


Name and Address

  

Origin of Holdings

The Dante Cianciarulo Irrevocable Trust    Series E Financing
Peter & Lisa Cracknell    Series E Financing
UBS as Custodian FBO Lisa Cracknell SEP Account No. 7144-3605    Series E Financing
Steven M. Cramer & Susan Cramer Tenants in the Entirety    Series E Financing
Steven M. Cramer DMD Beneficiary Helen Cramer WfBNA Custodian Beneficiary Roth IRA    Series E Financing
Stanley Dahlin    Series E Financing
Quyen Dang    Series E Financing
Douglas L. Dethy & Marianne E. Kozlowski    Series E Financing
James Dine    Series E Financing
Dollinger Harbor Bay Associates    Series E Financing
Michael A. Evans    Series E Financing
Paul Feasby    Series E Financing
Daniel E. Feldman    Series E Financing
Artlyn Fong and Lena Fong Revocable Trust dated 08/26/1993    Series E Financing
Weylin Fong and Betty Fong Family Revocable Trust of 2001    Series E Financing
Cynthia & Andrew Friedman 1996 Revocable Trust (12/96)    Series E Financing
Friedman Family 1996 Living Trust    Series E Financing
Rosemary Garcia    Series E Financing
Douglas Godshall    Series E Financing
Golden Eagle II LLC    Series E Financing
Margaret M. Gonzalez and John Gonzalez    Series E Financing
Edward E. Grammens Revocable Trust    Series E Financing

 

A-15


Name and Address

  

Origin of Holdings

Prudential Investment Management Services FBO Edward Grammens Acct. No: F62-161454    Series E Financing
Paul Grammens    Series E Financing
Harpreet Grewal    Series E Financing
Vanguard Ventures Retirement Plan, John Harrington Trustee    Series E Financing
Bertrand S. Irissou and Cythia L. Irissou Revocable Living Trust dated August 4, 2000    Series E Financing
Irissou Family Living Trust, Pierre R. Irissou & Elisabeth M. Irissou    Series E Financing
Jonathan M. Kennedy & Sherry Hope-Kennedy    Series E Financing
Young C. Kim    Series E Financing
Richard Koch & Lynn Rothman    Series E Financing
Thomas R. Krebs Survivor’s Trust    Series E Financing
Equity Trust Company d.b.a. Sterling Trust, Custodian FBO: Thomas Richard Krebs a/c #403105    Series E Financing
Kremer Miller Family Trust    Series E Financing
Ruben Kuzniecky    Series E Financing
Hugh M. Laumeister    Series E Financing
Alain G. LeCoque SEP IRA    Series E Financing
C. Louise LeCoque, as Trustee of the C. Louise LeCoque Revocable Trust U/A/S 5/8/1990    Series E Financing
Amy C.M. Lo    Series E Financing
Betty Lo    Series E Financing
Luck Family Trust    Series E Financing
Falguni & Vikram Malkani    Series E Financing

 

A-16


Name and Address

  

Origin of Holdings

John G. Manalili and Karen A. Cross Revocable Trust    Series E Financing
Michael G. Manasse    Series E Financing
PENSCO Trust Company Custodian FBO Michael L. Meyers IRA Account Number ME1CCU    Series E Financing
Christopher D. Murphy    Series E Financing
Jeffrey A. O’Connell and Catherine K. O’Connell, as Community Property    Series E Financing
Steven V. Pacia    Series E Financing
James and Jane Park Family Trust    Series E Financing
Kyle K. Pond    Series E Financing
National Financial Services LLC CUST FBO JoAnne Powell SEP IRA    Series E Financing
Jahan P. Raissi    Series E Financing
Barry Reder    Series E Financing
Mark Rettstatt    Series E Financing
RJC 1993 Living Trust    Series E Financing
Alan Robin & Constance Levi JTWROS    Series E Financing
Joseph Z. Rong & Mei Xu    Series E Financing
Christopher J. Rupright    Series E Financing
SC Capital (P), LP    Series E Financing
Chandranath Sen    Series E Financing
Arthur & Mary Jo Shartsis    Series E Financing
David M. Shaw    Series E Financing
The Karren Mia Shorofsky 2011 Revocable Trust u/d/t October 26, 2011    Series E Financing

 

A-17


Name and Address

  

Origin of Holdings

Benjamin Sorci    Series E Financing
Swartz Family Limited Partnership #4    Series E Financing
Tinicum Investors    Series E Financing
Bryan Uhl    Series E Financing
Jung T. Wang Family Trust    Series E Financing
Wang Ventures LLC    Series E Financing
Victor Wang    Series E Financing
Walter C. Wang    Series E Financing
Grant Weenig    Series E Financing
Joe Willson    Series E Financing
Warren Wixen & Rhonda Wixen    Series E Financing
Zeldin Living Trust Dated 8-10-04    Series E Financing
SERIES F FINANCING   
Fidelity Select Portfolios: Health Care Portfolio    Series F Financing
Fidelity Select Portfolios: Medical Equipment and Systems Portfolio    Series F Financing
Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund    Series F Financing
Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Series Growth Company Fund    Series F Financing
Fidelity Group Trust for Employee Benefit Plans: Fidelity Growth Company Commingled Pool    Series F Financing
Redmile Capital Offshore Fund II, Ltd.    Series F Financing
Redmile Private Investments I, LP    Series F Financing
Redmile Private Investments I Affiliates, LP    Series F Financing

 

A-18


Name and Address

  

Origin of Holdings

PWP EIV LLC – Series C    Series F Financing
Equity Trust Company Custodian FBO Elizabeth K. Becker Traditional IRA    Series F Financing
Michelle Bruce    Series F Financing
Jeremy W. Crawford    Series F Financing
Robert M. Douglas    Series F Financing
Lisa Fallon    Series F Financing
David Hasselbach    Series F Financing
Thomas Hohman    Series F Financing
Lia Jones    Series F Financing
American IRA, LLC FBO Michael L. Jones Traditional IRA    Series F Financing
American IRA, LLC FBO Michael L. Jones ROTH IRA    Series F Financing
Michael Liguori    Series F Financing
Geoffrey Matthew MacIntyre    Series F Financing
Cynthia Maskeny    Series F Financing
Eric Masterson    Series F Financing
Bradley D. Moore    Series F Financing
Christopher D. Murphy    Series F Financing
Bradley E. Parker    Series F Financing
Brian Reinhard    Series F Financing
Jon Mark Rettstatt    Series F Financing
David Roberts Jr.    Series F Financing
Johanna Roberts    Series F Financing
Christopher Speck    Series F Financing

 

A-19


Name and Address

  

Origin of Holdings

Stan Schafeitel    Series F Financing
Billy Stone    Series F Financing
Sara Thompson    Series F Financing
Bryan Uhl    Series F Financing
John Charles Warnick II    Series F Financing
Grant S. Weenig    Series F Financing
Melissa J. Welk    Series F Financing

 

A-20


EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL MULTI-TENANT

LEASE MODIFIED NET

1. Basic Provisions (“Basic Provision”).

1.1 Parties: This Lease (“Lease”), dated, November 28, 2007, is made by and between Dollinger Harbor Bay Associates, LP (“Landlord”) and Penumbra, Inc. (“Tenant”), (collectively the “Parties,” or individually a “Party”).

1.2(a) Premises: A portion of that certain building containing approximately 72,788 rentable square feet, including all improvements therein or to be provided by Landlord under the terms of this Lease, commonly known by the street address of 1351 Harbor Bay Parkway, Suite 100A & 202, located in the City of Alameda, County of Alameda, State of California, with zip code 94502 as outlined on Exhibit A attached hereto (“Premises”). The “Building” is that certain building containing the Premises and generally described as (describe briefly the nature of the Building): a multi-tenant R&D Office building.

In addition to Tenant’s rights to use and occupy the Premises as hereinafter specified, Tenant shall have non-exclusive rights to the Common Areas (as defined in Paragraph 2.7 below) as hereinafter specified, but shall not have any rights to the roof, exterior walls or utility raceways of the Building or to any other buildings in the Industrial Center. The Premises, the Building, the Common Areas, the land upon which they are located, along with all other buildings and improvements thereon, are herein collectively referred to as the “Industrial Center.” (Also see Paragraph 2.)

1.2(b) Parking: 240 unreserved vehicle parking spaces (“Unreserved Parking Spaces”); and no reserved vehicle parking spaces (“Reserved Parking Spaces”). (Also, see Paragraph 2.6)

1.3 Term: Six (6) years and 0 months (“Original Term”) commencing thirty (30) days after the Landlord’s substantial completion of Tenant Improvements (“Commencement Date”) and ending six (6) years thereafter. (“Expiration Date”). (Also Paragraph 3.)

1.4 Early Possession: Tenant shall be allowed access to the Premises during Tenant Improvement Period; however Landlord shall not be responsible for any delays caused by Tenant’s work (“Early Possession”). (Also Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3.)

1.5 Base rent: $59,673.75 per month (which is for Suite 100A, although Tenant will be entitled to occupy Suite 202 during this period) (“Base Rent”), payable on the first day of each month commencing on the Commencement Date (Also see Paragraph 4.). Base Rent is not payable for suite 202 during the initial twelve (12) months of the Term. Base Rent shall be adjusted on an annual basis as follows:

 

Months 13-24

$ 94,624.40    per month (which is for both Suite 100A & 202)

Months 25-36

$ 98,263.80    per month (which is for both Suite 100A & 202)

Months 37-48

$ 101,903.20    per month (which is for both Suite 100A & 202)

Months 49-60

$ 105,542.60    per month (which is for both Suite 100A & 202)

Months 61-72

$ 109,182.00    per month (which is for both Suite 100A & 202)

1.6(a) Base Rent Paid Upon Execution: $59,673.75 as Base Rent for the first month of the Lease Term.

1.6(b) Tenant’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses: 48.72% of the building for Months 1-12 of the Lease Term and 74.29% of the Building for Months 13-72 of the Lease Term (“Tenant’s Share”) as determined by prorata square footage of the Premises as compared to the total square footage of the Building.

1.7 Security Deposit: $1,000,000.00 Letter of Credit. The Letter of Credit shall be returned to Tenant and replaced by a cash Security Deposit in the amount of $109,182.00 upon the completion of the conditions specified in Section 53 (“Security Deposit”). (Also see Paragraph 5)

1.8 Permitted Use: General Office and R&D Use (“Permitted Use”) (Also see Paragraph 5.)

 

1


1.9 Insuring Party. Landlord is the “Insuring Party.” (Also see Paragraph 8)

1.10(a) Real Estate Brokers. The following real estate broker(s) (collectively, the “Brokers”) and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction and are consented to by the Parties (check applicable boxes):

 

[    ] represents Landlord exclusively (“Landlord’s Broker”);

 

[    ] represents Tenant exclusively (“Tenant’s Broker”); or

 

[ x ] Cushman Wakefield represents both Landlord and Tenant (“Dual Agency”). (/also see Par. 15.)

1.10(b) Payment to Brokers. Upon the execution of this Lease by both Parties, Landlord shall pay to said Broker(s) according to separate written agreement between Landlord and said Broker(s).

1.11 Guarantor. The obligations of the Tenant under this Lease are to be guaranteed by NONE (“Guarantor”). (Also see Paragraph 37.)

1.12 Addenda and Exhibits. Attached hereto is Exhibit A through C, all of which constitute a part of this Lease.

2. Premises, Parking and Common Areas.

2.1 Letting. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. The leaseable area is measured to the outside edge of the outside walls and drip lines to the centerline of any demising walls, including a pro rata share of the electrical room, corridors, lobbies and other common spaces. Unless otherwise provided herein, any statement of square footage set forth in this Lease, or that may have been used in calculating rental and/or Common Area Operating Expenses, is an approximation which Landlord and Tenant agree is reasonable and the rental and Tenant’s Share (as defined in Paragraph 1.6(b) based thereon is not subject to revision whether or not the actual square footage is more or less.

2.2 Condition. Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant clean and free of debris on the Commencement Date and warrants to Tenant that the existing plumbing, electrical systems, fire sprinkler system, lighting, air conditioning and heating systems and loading doors, if any, in the Premises, other than those constructed by Tenant, shall be in good operating condition on the Commencement Date. If a non-compliance with said warranty exists as of the Commencement Date, Landlord shall, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Tenant setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such noncompliance, rectify same at Landlord’s expense. If Tenant does not give Landlord written notice of a non-compliance with this warranty within six (6) months after the Commencement Date, correction of that non-compliance shall be the obligation of Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

2.3 Warranties. Tenant acknowledges that neither landlord nor any of its agents made any representations or warranties respecting the project, the buildings, or the leased premises, upon which tenant relied in entering into this lease, which are not expressly set forth in this lease. Tenant further acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any of its agents made any representations as to (i) whether the leased premises may be used for tenant’s intended use under existing law or; (ii) the suitability of the leased premises for the conduct of tenant’s business or; (iii) the exact square footage of the leased premises; that tenant relied solely upon its own investigations respecting said premises (including but not limited to the electrical and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, seismic and earthquake requirements, and compliance with the American with Disabilities Act and applicable zoning, municipal, county, state and federal laws, ordinances and regulations and any covenants or restrictions of record (collectively, “Applicable Laws”) and that upon its execution of this lease, accepts the leaseable area as specified herein. Tenant expressly waives any and all claims for damage by reason of any statement, representation, warranty, promise or other agreement of landlord or landlord’s agent(s), if any, not contained in this lease or in any addenda hereto.

2.4 Tenant as Prior Owner/Occupant. The warranties made by Landlord in this Paragraph 2.2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately prior to the date set forth in Paragraph 1.1 Tenant was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In such event, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, correct any non-compliance of the Premises with said warranties.

 

2


2.5 Vehicle Parking. Tenant shall be entitled to use the number of Unreserved Parking Spaces and Reserved Parking Spaces specified in Paragraph 1.2(b) on those portions of the Common Areas designated from time to time by Landlord for parking. Tenant shall not use more parking spaces than said number. Said parking spaces shall be used for parking by vehicles no larger than full-size passenger automobiles or pick-up trucks, herein called “Permitted Size Vehicles.” Vehicles other than Permitted Size Vehicles shall be parked and loaded or unloaded as directed by Landlord in the Rules and Regulations (as defined in Paragraph 40) issued by Landlord. (Also see Paragraph 2.9.)

(a) Tenant shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Tenant or Tenant’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked in areas other than those designated by Landlord for such activities.

(b) If Tenant permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described in this Paragraph 2.6, then Landlord shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to Tenant, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Landlord.

(c) Landlord shall at the Commencement Date of this Lease, provide the parking facilities required by Applicable Law.

2.6 Common Areas - Definition. The term “Common Areas” is defined as all areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line of the Industrial Center and Interior utility raceways within the Premises that are provided and designated by the Landlord from time to time for the general non-exclusive use of Landlord, Tenant and other tenants of the Industrial Center and their respective employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways, driveways and landscaped areas.

2.7 Common Areas - Tenant’s Rights. Landlord hereby grants to Tenant, for the benefit of Tenant and its employees, suppliers, shippers, contractors, customers and invitees, during the term of this Lease, the non-exclusive right to use, in common with others entitled to such use, the Common Areas as they exist from time to time, subject to any rights, powers, and privileges reserved by Landlord under the terms hereof or under the terms of any rules and regulations or restrictions governing the use of the Industrial Center. Under no circumstances shall the right herein granted to use the Common Areas be deemed to include the right to store any property, temporarily or permanently, in the Common Areas. Any such storage shall be permitted only by the prior written consent of Landlord or Landlord’s designated agent, which consent may be revoked at any time. In the event that any unauthorized storage shall occur then Landlord shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove the property and charge the cost to Tenant, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Landlord.

2.8 Common Areas - Rules and Regulations. Landlord or such other person(s) as Landlord may appoint shall have the exclusive control and management of the Common Areas and shall have the right, from time to time, to establish, modify, amend and enforce reasonable Rules and Regulations with respect thereto in accordance with Paragraph 40. Tenant agrees to abide by and conform to all such Rules and Regulations and to cause its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees to so abide and conform. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the non-compliance with said rules and regulations by other tenants of the Industrial Center.

2.9 Common Areas - Changes. Landlord shall have the right, in Landlord’s sole discretion, from time to time:

(a) To make changes to the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways and utility raceways;

(b) To close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available;

 

3


(c) To designate other land outside the boundaries of the Industrial Center to be a part of the Common Areas;

(d) To add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas;

(e) To use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Industrial Center, or any portion thereof;

(f) To do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas and Industrial Center as Landlord may, in the exercise of sound business judgment, deem to be appropriate.

Landlord shall use best efforts to ensure that the performance of any such work of repairs or alterations shall not interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises (or any portion thereof) for Tenant’s business purposes (such efforts to include limiting the performance of any such work which might be disruptive to weekends or the evening and the cleaning of any work area prior to the commencement of the next business day); and

3. Term.

3.1 Term. The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

3.2 Early Possession. If Tenant totally or partially occupies the Premises after the Early Possession Date but prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated for the period of such early occupancy. All other terms of this Lease, however, (including but not limited to the obligations to pay Tenant’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses and to carry the insurance required by Paragraph 8) shall be in effect during such period. Any such early possession shall not affect nor advance the Expiration Date of the Original Term.

3.3 Delay in Possession. If for any reason Landlord cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant by the Early Possession Date, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease, or the obligations of Tenant hereunder, or extend the term hereof, but in such case, Tenant shall not, except as otherwise provided herein, be obligated to pay rent or perform any other obligation of Tenant under the terms of this Lease until Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant. If possession of the Premises is not delivered to Tenant within sixty (60) days after the Commencement Date, Tenant may, at its option, by notice in writing to Landlord within ten (10) days after the end of sixty (60) day period, cancel this Lease, in which event the parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder; provided further, however, that if such written notice of Tenant is not received by Landlord within said ten (10) day period, Tenant’s right to cancel this Lease hereunder shall terminate and be of no further force or effect.

4. Rent.

4.1 Base Rent. Tenant shall pay Base Rent and other rent or charges, as the same may be adjusted from time to time, to Landlord in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction, on or before the 1st day of each month. Base Rent and all other rent and charges for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one full month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of the month involved. Payment of Base Rent and other charges shall be made to Landlord at its address stated herein or to such other persons or at such other addresses as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing to Tenant.

 

4


4.2 Common Area Operating Expenses. Tenant shall pay to Landlord during the term hereof, in addition to the Base Rent, Tenant’s Share (as specified in Paragraph 1.6(b)) of all Common Area Operating Expenses, as hereinafter defined, during each calendar year of the term of this Lease, in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) “Common Area Operating Expenses” are defined, for purposes of this Lease, as all costs incurred by Landlord relating to the ownership and operation of the Industrial Center, including, but not limited to, the following:

(i) The operation, repair and maintenance, in neat, clean, good order and condition, of the following:

(aa) The Common Areas, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways, driveways, landscaped areas, striping, bumpers, irrigation systems, Common Area lighting facilities, fences and gates, elevators and roof.

(bb) Exterior signs and any tenant directories.

(cc) Fire detection and sprinkler systems.

(ii) The cost of water, gas, electricity and telephone to service the Common Areas.

(iii) Trash disposal, property management fees of 4% of the gross monthly rental and security services and the costs of any regularly scheduled environmental inspections.

(iv) [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED].

(v) Real Property Taxes (as defined in Paragraph 10.2) to be paid by Landlord for the Building and the Common Areas under Paragraph 10 hereof.

(vi) The cost of the premiums for the insurance policies maintained by Landlord under Paragraph 8 hereof.

(vii) Any deductible portion of an insured loss concerning the building or the Common Areas.

(viii) Any other services to be provided by Landlord that are stated elsewhere in this Lease to be a Common Area Operating Expense.

The cost of any capital improvements or other capital items included in Common Area Operating Expenses shall be amortized by Landlord on a straight line basis over the economic useful life of the capital item for accounting purposes, as determined by Landlord using generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, and Internal Revenue Service asset classification regulations, if any. The amortized cost of capital improvements may include interest at the rate paid by Landlord on any funds borrowed for such expenditures from an unaffiliated third-party financial institution, but in no event in excess of the market rate of interest customarily paid on such borrowed funds for such purposes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Common Area Operating Expenses will not include:

(i) repairs or other work occasioned by fire, windstorm or other insured casualty or hazard, to the extent that Landlord shall receive proceeds of such insurance or would have received such proceeds had Landlord maintained the insurance coverage required under this Lease and diligently attempted to procure the maximum possible insurance coverage;

(ii) marketing and promotional costs;

(iii) debt service payments on or related to any indebtedness;

(iv) any amounts paid to any person, firm or corporation related or otherwise affiliated with Landlord or any general partner, officer or director of Landlord or any of its general partners, to the extent same materially exceeds arms-length competitive prices paid in the Alameda, California metropolitan area for the services or goods provided; and

(v) costs relating to maintaining Landlord’s existence, either as a corporation, partnership, or other entity.

(b) Any common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are specifically attributable to the Building or to any other building in the industrial Center or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be allocated entirely to the Building or to such other building.

 

5


However, any Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are not specifically attributable to the Building or to any other building or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be equitably allocated by Landlord to all buildings in the Industrial Center.

(c) The inclusion of the improvements, facilities and services set forth in subparagraph 4.2(a) shall not be deemed to impose an obligation upon Landlord to either have said improvements or facilities or to provide those services unless the Industrial Center already has the same, Landlord already provides the services, or Landlord has agreed elsewhere in this Lease to provide the same or some of them.

(d) Tenant’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses shall be payable by Tenant within thirty (30) days after a reasonably detailed statement of actual expenses is presented to Tenant by Landlord. At Landlord’s option, however, an amount may be reasonably estimated by Landlord from time to time of Tenant’s Share of annual Common Area Operating Expenses and the same shall be payable monthly or quarterly, as Landlord shall designate, during each 12-month period of the Lease term, on the same day as the Base Rent is due hereunder. Landlord shall deliver to Tenant within sixty (60) days after the expiration of each calendar year a reasonably detailed statement showing Tenant’s Share of the actual Common Area Operating Expenses incurred during the preceding year. If Tenant’s payments under this Paragraph 4.2(d) during said preceding year exceed Tenant’s Share as indicated on said statement, Landlord shall be credited the amount of such over-payment against Tenant’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses next becoming due. If Tenant’s payments under this Paragraph 4.2(d) during said preceding year were less than Tenant’s Share as indicated on said statement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of the deficiency within ten (10) days after delivery by Landlord to Tenant of said statement.

(e) Landlord shall maintain at all times during the term of this Lease, full, complete and accurate books of account and records prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles with respect to Common Area Operating Expenses, and shall retain such books and records, as well as contracts, bills, vouchers, and checks, and such other documents as are reasonably necessary to properly audit Common Area Operating Expenses. Upon reasonable notice from Tenant, Landlord shall make available for Tenant’s inspection (or inspection performed by Tenant’s accountant and/or consultants) during normal business hours, Landlord’s books and records relating to the Common Area Operating Expenses. If an audit, review or inspection by a Tenant or Tenant’s accountant or consultant alleges an overbilling, Tenant may submit a claim for the overbilled amount to Landlord, detailing the nature of the overbilling, and Landlord shall have thirty (30) days to pay such amount or contest the claim by giving notice thereof to Tenant, detailing the nature of Landlord’s contest of Tenant’s claims. If, Landlord’s statement is ultimately determined to be in error, Landlord will promptly reimburse to Tenant, or Tenant will promptly pay to Landlord, any amount which may be determined to have been due as a result of Tenant’s audit; additionally, if Landlord is determined to have overcharged Tenant for Common Area Operating Expenses by 3% or more, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant within thirty (30) days following such determination for the reasonable cost of Tenant’s review of Landlord’s books and records not to exceed $500 (which cost may not be included as a Common Area Operating Expense).

5. Security Deposit. Tenant shall deposit with Landlord upon Tenant’s execution hereof the Security Deposit set forth in Paragraph 1.7 as security for Tenant’s faithful performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. If Tenant fails to pay Base Rent or other rent or charges due hereunder, or otherwise Defaults under this Lease (as defined in Paragraph 13.1), Landlord may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit, Tenant shall within ten (10) days after written request therefore deposit monies with Landlord sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount required by this Lease. Landlord shall not be required to keep all or any part of the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. Landlord shall, at the expiration or earlier termination of the term hereof and after Tenant has vacated the Premises, return to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee, if any, of Tenant’s interest herein), that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Landlord. Unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing by Landlord, no part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or other increment for its use, or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Tenant under this Lease.

6. Use.

6.1 Permitted Use.

(a) Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Permitted Use set forth in Paragraph 1.8, or any other legal use which is reasonably comparable thereto, and for no other purpose.

 

6


Tenant shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs owners and/or occupants of, or causes damage to the Premises or neighboring premises or properties.

(b) Landlord hereby agrees to not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent to any written request by Tenant, Tenant’s assignees or subtenants, and by prospective assignees and subtenants of Tenant, its assignees and subtenants, for a modification of said Permitted Use, so long as the same will not impair the structural integrity of the improvements on the Premises or in the Building or the mechanical or electrical systems therein, does not conflict with uses by other Tenants, is not significantly more burdensome to the Premises or the Building and the improvements thereon, and is otherwise permissible pursuant to this Paragraph 6. If Landlord elects to withhold such consent, Landlord shall within five (5) business days after such request give a written notification of same, which notice shall include an explanation of Landlord’s reasonable objections to the change in use.

6.2 Hazardous Substances.

(a) Reportable Uses Require Consent. The term “Hazardous Substance” as used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, chemical, material or waste whose presence, nature, quantity and/or intensity of existence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, spill, release or effect, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment, or the Premises; (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority; or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Landlord to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory. Hazardous Substance shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, crude oil or any products or by-products thereof. Tenant shall not engage in any activity in or about the Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use (as hereinafter defined) of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent of Landlord and compliance in a timely manner (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) with all Applicable Requirements (as defined in Paragraph 6.3). “Reportable Use” shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and (iii) the presence in, on or about the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Laws require that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may, without Landlord’s prior consent, but upon notice to Landlord and in compliance with all Applicable requirements, use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used by Tenant in the normal course of the Permitted Use, so long as such use is not a Reportable Use and does not expose the Premises or neighboring properties to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Landlord to any liability therefor. In addition, Landlord may (but without any obligation to do so) condition its consent to any Reportable Use of any Hazardous Substance by Tenant upon Tenant’s giving Landlord such additional assurances as Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, deems necessary to protect itself, the public, the Premises and the environment against damage, contamination or injury and/or liability therefor, including but not limited to the installation (and, at Landlord’s option, removal on or before Lease expiration or earlier termination) of reasonably necessary protective modifications to the Premises (such as concrete encasements) and/or the deposit of an additional Security Deposit under Paragraph 5 hereof.

(b) Duty to Inform Landlord. If Tenant knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises or the Building, other than as previously consented to by Landlord, Tenant shall immediately give Landlord written notice thereof, together with a copy of any statement, report, notice, registration, application, permit, business plan, license, claim, action, or proceeding given to, or received from, any governmental authority or private party concerning the presence, spill, release, discharge of, or exposure to, such Hazardous Substance including but not limited to all such documents as may be involved in any Reportable Use involving the Premises. Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under or about the Premises (including, without limitation, through the prompting or sanitary sewer system).

(c) Indemnification. Tenant shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold Landlord, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, and the Premises, harmless from and against any and all damages, liabilities, judgments, costs, claims, liens, expenses, penalties, loss of permits and attorneys’ and consultants’ fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises by or for Tenant or by anyone under Tenant’s control. Tenant’s obligations under this paragraph 6.2(c) shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the

 

7


environment created or suffered by Tenant, and the cost of investigation (including consultants’ and attorneys’ fees and testing), removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement thereof, or of any contamination therein involved, and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Landlord and Tenant shall release Tenant from its obligations under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless specifically so agreed by Landlord in writing at the time of such agreement.

6.3 Tenant’s Compliance with Requirements. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, comply with all “Applicable Requirements,” which term is used in this Lease to mean all laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, directives, covenants, easements and restrictions of record, permits, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Landlord’s engineers and/or consultants, relating in any manner to the Premises (including but not limited to matters pertaining to (i) industrial hygiene, (ii) environmental conditions on, in, under or about the Premises, including soil and ground water conditions, and (iii) the use, generation, manufacture, production, installation, maintenance, removal, transportation, storage, spill, or release of any Hazardous Substance), now in effect or which may hereafter come into effect. Tenant shall, within five (5) days after receipt of Landlord’s written request, provide Landlord with copies of all documents and information, including but not limited to permits, registrations, manifests, applications, reports and certificates, evidencing Tenant’s compliance with any applicable Requirements specified by Landlord, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Landlord in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving failure by Tenant or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements.

6.3 Inspection; Compliance with Law. Landlord, Landlord’s agents, employees, contractors and designated representatives, and the holders of any mortgages, deeds of trust or ground leases on the Premises (“Lenders”) shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times upon reasonable advance notice to Tenant, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Tenant with this Lease and all Applicable Requirements (as defined in Paragraph 6.3), and Landlord shall be entitled to employ experts and/or consultants in connection therewith to advise Landlord with respect to Tenant’s activities, including but not limited to Tenant’s installation, operation, use, monitoring, maintenance, or removal of any Hazardous Substance on or from the Premises. The costs and expenses of any such inspections shall be paid by the party requesting same (and if paid by Landlord, such cost will not be included in Common Area Operating Expenses), unless a Default or Breach of this Lease by Tenant or a violation of Applicable Requirements or a contamination, caused or materially contributed to by Tenant, is found to exist or to be imminent, or unless the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority as the result of any such existing or imminent violation or contamination. In such case, Tenant shall upon request reimburse Landlord or Landlord’s Lender, as the case may be, for the costs and expenses of such inspections.

7. Maintenance, Repairs, Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures and Alterations.

7.1 Tenant’s Obligations.

(a) Subject to the provision of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 7.2 (Landlord’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction), and 14 (Condemnation), Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and at all times, keep the Premises and every part thereof in good order, condition and repair (whether or not such portion of the Premises requiring repair, or the means of repairing the same, are reasonably or readily accessible to Tenant, and whether or not the need for such repairs occurs as a result of Tenant’s use, any prior use, the elements or the age of such portion of the Premises), including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all equipment or facilities specifically serving the Premises, such as plumbing, heating, air conditioning, ventilating, electrical, lighting facilities, boilers, fired or unfired pressure vessels, fire hose connections if within the Premises, fixtures, interior walls, interior surfaces of exterior walls, ceilings, floors, windows, doors, plate glass, and skylights, but excluding any items which are the responsibility of Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 7.2 below. Tenant, in keeping the Premises in good order, condition and repair, shall exercise and perform good maintenance practices. Tenant’s obligations shall include restorations, replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the Premises and all improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition and state of repair.

(b) Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, procure and maintain a contract, with copies to Landlord, in customary form and substance for and with a contractor specializing and experienced in the inspection, maintenance and service of the heating, air conditioning and ventilation

 

8


system for the Premises. However, Landlord reserves the right, upon notice to Tenant, to procure and maintain the contract for the heating, air conditioning and ventilating systems, and if Landlord so elects, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, upon demand, for the cost thereof.

(c) If Tenant fails to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph 7.1, Landlord may enter upon the Premises after ten (10) days’ prior written notice to Tenant (except in the case of an emergency, in which case no notice shall be required), perform such obligations on Tenant’s behalf, and put the Premises in good order, condition and repair, in accordance with Paragraph 13.2 below.

7.2 Landlord’s Obligations. Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 4.2 (Common Area Operating Expenses to the extent applicable), 7 (Use), 7.1 (Tenant’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), Landlord, subject to reimbursement pursuant to Paragraph 4.2 to the extent applicable, shall keep in good order, condition and repair the foundations, exterior walls, structural condition of interior bearing walls, roof, fire sprinkler and/or standpipe and hose (if located in the Common Areas) or other automatic fire extinguishing system including fire alarm and/or smoke detection systems and equipment, fire hydrants, parking lots, walkways, parkways, driveways, landscaping, fences, signs and utility systems serving the Common Areas and all parts thereof, as well as providing the services for which there is a Common Area Operating Expense pursuant to Paragraph 4.2. Landlord shall not be obligated to paint the exterior or interior surfaces of exterior walls nor shall Landlord be obligated to maintain, repair or replace windows, doors or plate glass of the Premises. Tenant expressly waives the benefit of any statute now or hereafter in effect which would otherwise afford Tenant the right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense or terminate this Lease because of Landlord’s failure to keep the Building, Industrial Center or Common Areas in good order, condition and repair.

7.3 Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, Alterations.

(a) Definitions; Consent Required. The term “Utility Installations” is used in this Lease to refer to all air lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security, fire protections systems, lighting fixtures, heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment, plumbing, and fencing in, on or about the Premises. The term “Trade Fixtures” shall mean Tenant’s machinery and equipment which can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises. The term “Alterations” shall mean any modification of the improvements on the Premises under the terms of this Lease, other than Utility Installations or Trade Fixtures. “Tenant-Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations” are defined as Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Tenant that are not yet owned by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a). Tenant shall not make nor cause to be made any Alterations or Utility Installations in, on, under or about the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant may, however, make non-structural Utility Installations to the interior of the Premises (excluding the roof) without Landlord’s consent but upon notice to Landlord, so long as they are not visible from the outside of the Premises, do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the roof or any existing walls, or changing or interfering with the fire sprinkler or fire detection systems and the cost thereof does not exceed $25,000.00.

(b) Consent. Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Tenant shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Landlord shall be presented to Landlord in written form with detailed plans. All consents given by Landlord, whether by virtue of Paragraph 7.3(a) or by subsequent specific consent, shall be deemed conditioned upon: (i) Tenant’s acquiring all applicable permits required by governmental authorities; (ii) the furnishing of copies of such permits together with a copy of the plans and specifications for the Alteration or Utility Installation to Landlord prior to commencement of the work thereon; and (iii) the compliance by Tenant with all conditions of said permits in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any Alterations of Utility Installations by Tenant during the term of this Lease shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner, with good and sufficient materials, and be in compliance with all Applicable Requirements. Tenant shall promptly upon completion thereof furnish Landlord with as-built plans and specifications therefor. Landlord may (but without obligation to do so) condition its consent to any requested Alteration or Utility Installation that costs $25,000.00 or more upon Tenant’s providing Landlord with a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to one and one-half times the estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation.

(c) Lien Protection. Tenant shall pay when due all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Tenant at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic’s or materialmen’s lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Tenant shall give Landlord not less than ten (10) days’ notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on, or about the Premises, and Landlord shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility in or on the

 

9


Premises as provided by law. If Tenant shall, in good faith, contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Tenant shall, at its sole expense, defend and protect itself, Landlord and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof against the Landlord or the Premises. If Landlord shall require, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a surety bond satisfactory to Landlord in an amount equal to one and one-half times the amount of such contested lien claim or demand, indemnifying Landlord against liability for the same, as required by law for the holding of the Premises free from the effect of such lien or claim. In addition, Landlord may require Tenant to pay Landlord’s attorneys’ fees and costs in participating in such action if Landlord shall decide it is to its best interest to do so.

7.4 Ownership, Removal, Surrender, and Restoration.

(a) Ownership. Subject to Landlord’s right to require their removal as expressly set forth below, and to cause Tenant to become the owner thereof as hereinafter provided in this Paragraph 7.4, all Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by Tenant shall be the property of and owned by Tenant, but considered a part of the Premises. Landlord may, at any time and at its option, elect in writing to Tenant to be the owner of all or any specified part of the Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Unless otherwise instructed per Subparagraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, become the property of Landlord and remain upon the Premises and be surrendered with the Premises by Tenant.

(b) Removal. Landlord may, by notice delivered to Tenant concurrently with Landlord’s consent to the installation of any Tenant-Owned Alterations or Utility Installations (but not the Tenant Improvements or initial Alterations) require that any or all of such Tenant-Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, notwithstanding that their installation may have been consented to by Landlord. Landlord may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Alterations or Utility Installations made without the required consent of Landlord.

(c) Surrender/Restoration. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation thereof, shall not work a merger, and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate all or any existing subleases or subtenancies, or may, at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all such subleases or subtenancies. Immediately prior to the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove all of Tenant’s signs from the exterior of the Building and shall remove all of Tenant’s equipment, trade fixtures, furniture, supplies, wall decorations and other personal property from the Leased Premises, and shall vacate and surrender the Leased Premises to Landlord in the same condition, broom clean, as existed at the Lease Commencement Date, subject to Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations the removal of which is not required hereunder. Tenant shall repair all damage to the Leased Premises caused by Tenant or by Tenant’s removal of Tenant’s property and all damage to the exterior of the Building caused by Tenant’s removal of Tenant’s signs. Tenant shall replace all stained or damaged ceiling tiles and shall repair or replace, as necessary, all burned out light bulbs and damaged or stained light lenses and shall touch up any painted walls if needed. Tenant shall patch and refinish, to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction, all penetrations made by Tenant or its employees to the floor, walls or ceiling of the Leased Premises, whether such penetrations were made with Landlord’s approval or not. Additionally, Tenant shall, prior to the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, remove any improvements, constructed or installed by Tenant which Landlord pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.4(b) above, previously requested be so removed by Tenant and repair all damage caused by such removal. If the Leased Premises are not surrendered to Landlord in the condition required by this Article at the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, Landlord may, at Tenant’s expense, so remove Tenant’s signs, property and/or improvements not so removed and make such repairs and replacements not so made or hire, at Tenant’s expenses, independent contractors to perform such work. Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for all costs incurred by Landlord in returning the Leased Premises to the required condition and Tenant shall be deemed to have impermissibly held over until such time as such required work is completed. Tenant shall pay Base Monthly Rent and Additional Rent at the rate payable immediately preceding the Expiration Date until such work is completed.

8. Insurance; Indemnity.

8.1 Payment of Premiums. The cost of the premiums for the insurance policies maintained by Landlord under this Paragraph B shall be a Common Area Operating Expense pursuant to Paragraph 4.2 hereof. Premiums for policy periods commencing prior to, or extending beyond, the term of this Lease shall be prorated to coincide with the corresponding Commencement Date or Expiration Date.

 

10


8.2 Liability Insurance.

(a) Carried by Tenant. Tenant shall obtain and keep in force during the term of this Lease a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance protecting Tenant, Landlord and any Lender(s) whose names have been provided to Tenant in writing (as additional insureds) against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon, involving or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence with an “Additional Insured-Managers or Landlords of Premises” endorsement and contain the “Amendment of the Pollution Exclusion” endorsement for damage caused by heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. Tenant must either cause their liability policy to be endorsed to include pollution liability coverage, onsite and off site, including release of any pollutants, toxins, or contaminants, whether such release is sudden or prolonged or willful or accidental OR Tenant must procure a separate policy which provides coverage for pollution, liability, premises pollution, on site and off site, including release of any pollutants, toxins, or contaminants, whether such release is sudden or prolonged or willful or accidental. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an “insured contract” for the performance of Tenant’s indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance required by this Lease or as carried by Tenant shall not, however, limit the liability of Tenant nor relieve Tenant of any obligation hereunder. All insurance to be required by this Lease or as carried by Tenant shall not, however, limit the liability of Tenant nor relieve Tenant of any obligation hereunder. All insurance to be carried by Tenant shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Landlord, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.

(b) Carried by Landlord. Landlord shall also maintain liability insurance described in Paragraph 8.2(a) above, in addition to and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by Tenant except coverage for pollution liability, premises pollution, on site and off site, including release of any pollutants, toxins, or contaminants, whether such release is sudden or prolonged or willful or accidental, shall only be carried solely by Tenant. Tenant shall not be named as an additional insured therein.

8.3 Property Insurance-Building, Improvements and Rental Value.

(a) Building and Improvements. Landlord shall obtain and keep in force during the term of this Lease a policy or policies in the name of Landlord, with loss payable to Landlord and to any Lender(s), insuring against loss or damage to the Building and Premises. Such insurance shall be for full replacement cost, as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by any Lender(s), but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value thereof if, by reason of the unique nature or age of the improvements involved, such latter amount is less than full replacement cost. Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures and Tenant’s personal property shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 8.4. Landlord’s policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or damage (and at Landlord’s option the perils of flood and/or earthquake), including coverage for any additional costs resulting from debris removal and reasonable amounts of coverage for the enforcement of any ordinance or law regulating the reconstruction or replacement of any undamaged sections of the Building required to be demolished or removed by reason of the enforcement of any building, zoning, safety or land use laws as the result of a covered loss, but not including plate glass insurance. Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any co-insurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located.

(b) Rental Value. Landlord shall also obtain and keep in force during the term of this Lease a policy or policies in the name of Landlord, with loss payable to Landlord and any Lender(s), insuring the loss of the full rental and other charges payable by all tenants of the Building to Landlord for at least one year (including all Real Property Taxes, insurance costs, all Common Area Operating Expenses and any scheduled rental increases). Said insurance may provide that in the event the Lease is terminated by reason of an insured loss, the period of indemnity for such coverage shall be extended beyond the date of the completion of repairs or replacement of the Premises, to provide for one full year’s loss of rental revenues from the date of any such loss. Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any co-insurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected rental income, Real Property Taxes, insurance premium costs and other expenses, if any, otherwise payable, for the next 12-month period. Common Area Operating Expenses shall include any deductible amount in the event of such loss.

 

11


(c) Adjacent Premises. Tenant shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of the Building and for the Common Areas or other buildings in the Industrial Center if said increase is caused solely by Tenant’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

(d) Tenant’s Improvements. Since Landlord is the Insuring Party, Landlord shall not be required to insure Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations unless the item in question has become the property of Landlord under the terms of this Lease.

8.4 Tenant’s Property Insurance. Subject to the requirements of Paragraph 8.5, Tenant at its cost shall either by separate policy or by endorsement to a policy already carried, maintain insurance coverage on all of Tenant’s personal property, Trade Fixtures and Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations in, on, or about the Premises similar in coverage to that carried by Landlord as the Insuring Party under Paragraph 8.3(a). Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage with a deductible not to exceed $10,000.00 per occurrence. Upon request from Landlord, Tenant shall provide Landlord with written evidence that such insurance is in force.

8.5 Insurance Policies. Insurance required hereunder shall be in companies duly licensed to transact business in the state where the Premises are located, and maintaining during the policy term a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least A-VII, or such other rating as may be required by a Lender, as set forth in the most current issue of “Best’s Insurance Guide.” Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything which shall invalidate the insurance policies referred to in this Paragraph 8. Tenant shall cause to be delivered to Landlord, within seven (7) days after the earlier of the Early Possession Date or the Commencement Date, certificates evidencing the existence and amounts of, the insurance required under Paragraph 8.2(a) and 8.4. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to material modification except after ten (10) days’ prior written notice to Landlord. Tenant shall at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with evidence of renewals or “insurance binders” evidencing renewal thereof, or Landlord may following notice to order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Tenant, which amount shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord upon demand.

8.6 Waiver of Subrogation. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease to the contrary, Tenant and Landlord each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages (whether in contract or in tort) against the other, for loss or damage to their property arising out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against under Paragraph 8. The effect of such releases and waivers of the right to recover damages shall not be limited by the amount of insurance carried or required or by any deductibles applicable thereto. Landlord and Tenant agree to have their respective insurance companies issuing property damage insurance waive any right to subrogation that such companies may have against Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, so long as the insurance is not invalidated thereby.

8.7 Indemnity.

(a) By Tenant. Subject to the provisions of Section 8.6 above, Tenant, shall, during the term of this lease, indemnify and save harmless Landlord from any and all loss, damage, claims of damage, obligations, cause or causes of action, or liabilities of any kind or nature (including reasonable costs of attorney’s fees if Landlord is made a party to any action which Tenant’s indemnity runs hereunder) by reason of injury or death of any person or persons or damage to any property of any kind and to whomsoever belonging, including injury or death to the person or damage to the property of Tenant, Tenant’s officers, directors, employees, agents, guests, subtenants and assignees, concessionaires and licensees, and any other person, firm or corporation selling or manufacturing merchandise or services upon or from the demised premises, or any part thereof, from any cause or cause whatsoever which result from Tenant’s use of the Premises or from any other activity done, permitted or suffered by Tenant. As a material part of the consideration to Landlord, Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons in or about the Premises from any cause whatsoever (except that which is caused by the negligence or willful misconduct by Landlord or its Agents or by the failure of Landlord to observe any of the terms and conditions of this Lease after prior written notice from Tenant). Tenant’s obligations under this paragraph shall survive the termination of this Lease.

(b) By Landlord. Subject to the provisions of Section 8.6, Landlord shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Tenant and Tenant’s agents, employees, officers, directors, shareholders

 

12


and partners from and against all liabilities, obligations, damages, penalties, claims, causes of action, costs, charges and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, administrative costs and costs of appeals which may be imposed upon or incurred by, or asserted by reason of any of the following which shall occur during the Term of this Lease, or during any period of time prior to the Lease Commencement Date:

(i) Any work or act done in or about the Premises or the Building by Landlord or its agents, contractors or employees;

(ii) Any negligence or other wrongful act or omission on the part of the Landlord or any of its agents, contractors, subcontractors, servants, employees, subtenants, licensees or invitees;

(iii) Any accident, injury or damage to any persons or property occurring in, on or about the common area, unless caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its employees, contractors or agents, as well as any accident, injury or damage to any persons or property occurring in or about the common area, unless caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its employees, contractors or agents; and

(iv) Any failure on the part of Landlord to perform or comply with any of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions, conditions or limitations contained in this Lease on its part to be performed or complied with as long as Landlord was given prior written notice.

8.8 Exemption of Landlord from Liability. Landlord shall not be liable for injury or damage which may be sustained by Tenant or to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Tenant, Tenant’s employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, earthquake, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, which may leak or from or into any part of the premises or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Building of which the Premises are a part, from other sources or places, and regardless of whether the cause of such damage or injury or the means of preparing the same is accessible or not. Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of Landlord nor from the failure by Landlord to enforce the provisions of any other lease in the Industrial Center. Notwithstanding Landlord’s negligence or breach of this Lease, Landlord shall under no circumstances be liable for injury to Tenant’s business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom.

9. Damage or Destruction.

9.1 Definitions.

(a) “Premises Partial Damage” shall mean damage or destruction to the Premises, other than Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, the repair cost of which damage or destruction is less than fifty percent (50%) of the then Replacement Cost (as defined in Paragraph 9.1(d)) of the Premises (excluding the Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures) immediately prior to such damage or destruction.

(b) “Premises Total Destruction” shall mean damage or destruction to the Premises, other than Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, the repair cost of which damage or destruction is fifty percent (50%) or more of the then Replacement Cost of the Premises (excluding Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures) immediately prior to such damage or destruction. In addition, damage or destruction to the Building, other than Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures of any tenants of the Building, the cost of which damage or destruction is fifty percent (50%) or more of the then Replacement Cost (excluding Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures of any Tenants of the Building) of the Building shall, at the option of Landlord, be deemed to be Premises total Destruction.

(c) “Industrial Center Total Destruction” shall mean damage or destruction to the Industrial Center or the Building in which the premises are located, regardless of the damage to the premises. The cost of which damage or destruction is fifty percent (50%) or more of the then Replacement Cost of the Industrial Center or the Building (excluding Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures) immediately prior to such damage or destruction.

 

13


(d) “Insured Loss” shall mean damage or destruction to the Premises, other than Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a) irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.

(e) “Replacement Cost” shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the improvements owned by Landlord at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of applicable building codes, ordinances or laws, and without deduction for depreciation.

(f) “Hazardous Substance Condition” shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a Hazardous Substance as defined in Paragraph 6.2(a), in, on, or under the Premises.

9.2 Premises Partial or Total Damage - Insured or Uninsured Loss. If Premises Partial or Total Damage that is an Insured or Uninsured Loss occurs, then Landlord shall, at Landlord’s expense, repair such damage (but not Tenant’s Trade Fixtures or Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) as soon as reasonably possible, but only to the extent of the available insurance proceeds, if any (provided Landlord has maintained the insurance coverage required hereunder), and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. In the event, however, that there is a shortage of insurance proceeds and such shortage is due to any reason (other than Landlord’s failure to maintain the insurance required hereunder) including the fact that some but not all of which may include the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements in the Premises, full replacement cost insurance coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, then Landlord shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Tenant provides Landlord with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within ten (10) days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefore [no deductible payment will be included in any such “shortage”]. If Landlord receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said thirty (30) day period, Landlord shall complete the repairs as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If Landlord does not receive such funds or assurance within said period, Landlord may nevertheless elect by written notice to Tenant within ten (10) days thereafter to make such restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Landlord paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If Landlord does not receive such funds or assurance within such thirty (30) day period, and if Landlord does not so elect to restore and repair, then this Lease shall terminate sixty (60) days following the occurrence of the damage or destruction. Unless otherwise agreed, Tenant shall in no event have any right to reimbursement from Landlord for any funds contributed by Tenant to repair any such damage or destruction.

9.3 Intentionally Deleted.

9.4 Industrial Center Destruction. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if the Industrial Center in which the Premises are located suffers Total Destruction (including any destruction required by any authorized public authority), this Lease at Landlord’s option shall terminate sixty (60) days following the date of such Total Destruction, whether or not the damage or destruction affected the premises. In the event, however, that the damage or destruction was caused by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to recover Landlord’s damages from Tenant except as released and waived in Paragraph 9.7.

9.5 Damage Near End of Term. If at any time during the last six (6) months of the term of this Lease there is damage to the Premises for which the cost to repair (other than the repair of Tenant’s Trade Fixtures or Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) exceeds three (3) months’ Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, terminate this Lease effective sixty (60) days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving written notice to Tenant of Landlord’s election to do so within thirty (30) days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Provided, however, if Tenant at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease, then Tenant may preserve this Lease by (a) exercising such option, and (b) providing Landlord with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Tenant duly exercises such option during such period and provides Landlord with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds,

 

14


Landlord shall, at Landlord’s expense repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Tenant fails to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate as of the date set forth in the first sentence of this Paragraph 9.5.

9.6 Abatement of Rent; Tenant’s Remedies.

(a) In the event of (i) Premises Partial Damage or (ii) Hazardous Substance Condition for which Tenant is not legally responsible, the Base Rent, Common Area Operating Expenses and other charges, if any, payable by Tenant hereunder for the period during which such damage or condition, its repair, remediation or restoration continues, shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Tenant’s use of the Premises is impaired, but not in excess of proceeds from insurance required to be carried under Paragraph 8.3(b). Except for abatement of Base Rent, Common Area Operating Expenses and other charges, if any, as aforesaid, all other obligations of Tenant hereunder shall be performed by Tenant, and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for any damage suffered by reason of any such damage, destruction, repair, remediation or restoration.

(b) If Landlord shall be obligated to repair or restore the Premises under the provisions of this Paragraph 9 and shall not commence, in a substantial and meaningful way, the repair or restoration of the Premises within ninety (90) days after such obligation shall accrue, Tenant may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Landlord and to any Lenders of which Tenant has actual notice of Tenant’s election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than sixty (60) days following the giving of such notice. If Tenant gives such notice to Landlord and such Lenders and such repair or restoration is not commenced within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in said notice. If Landlord or a Lender commences the repair or restoration of the Premises within thirty (30) days after the receipt of such notice, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect (subject to the remaining rights of that set forth herein). “Commence” as used in this Paragraph 9.6 shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever occurs first.

(c) In the event of any damage which affects the Building, Landlord will, within thirty (30) days following the date of the damage, deliver to Tenant an estimate of the time necessary to repair the damage in question such that the Premises may be used by and accessible to Tenant and the Building; such notice will be based upon the review and opinions of Landlord’s architect and contractor (“Landlord’s Repair Notice”). If the Premises are damaged by fire or other casualty and are rendered not reasonably usable for Tenant’s business purposes thereby, or if the Building shall be so damaged that Tenant shall be deprived of reasonable access to the Premises, and if, pursuant to Landlord’s Repair Notice, the restoration shall not be substantially completed on or before the date which shall be nine (9) months following the date of such damage or destruction, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease (with respect to the affected Floors only, or the entire Premises, at Tenant’s option) by giving written notice (the “Termination Notice”) to Landlord not later than thirty (30) days following receipt of Landlord’s Repair Notice. If Tenant gives a Termination Notice, this Lease shall be deemed cancelled and terminated as of the date of the damage as if such date were the Expiration Date, and Rent shall be apportioned and shall be paid or refunded, as the case may be up to and including the date of such damage or destruction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant was entitled to but elected not to exercise its right to terminate this Lease and Landlord does not substantially complete the repair and restoration of the Premises within two (2) months after the expiration of the estimated period of time set forth in Landlord’s Repair Notice, which period shall be extended to the extent of any delays caused by Tenant, then Tenant may terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days after the expiration of such period, as the same may be so extended.

9.7 Hazardous Substance Conditions. If a Hazardous Substance Condition occurs, unless Tenant is legally responsible therefor (in which case Tenant shall make the investigation and remediation thereof required by Applicable Requirements and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but subject to Landlord’s rights under Paragraph 6.2(c) and Paragraph 13), Landlord may at Landlord’s option either (i) investigate and remediate such Hazardous Substance Condition, if required, as soon as reasonably possible at Landlord’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) if the estimated cost to investigate and remediate such condition exceeds twelve (12) times the then monthly Base Rent or $50,000, whichever is greater, give written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt by Landlord of knowledge of the occurrence of such Hazardous Substance Condition of Landlord’s desire to terminate this Lease as of the date sixty (60) days following the date of such notice. In the event Landlord

 

15


elects to give such notice of Landlord’s intention to terminate this Lease, Tenant shall have the right within ten (10) days after receipt of such notice to give written notice to Landlord of Tenant’s commitment to pay for the excess costs of (a) investigation and remediation of such Hazardous Substance Condition to the extent required by Applicable Requirements, over (B) an amount equal to twelve (12) times the then monthly Base Rent or $50,000 whichever is greater. Tenant shall provide Landlord with the funds required of Tenant or satisfactory assurance thereof within thirty (30) days following said commitment by Tenant. In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Landlord shall proceed to make such investigation and remediation as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Tenant does not give such notice and provide the required funds or assurance thereof within the time period specified above, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Landlord’s notice of termination.

9.8 Termination - Advance Payments. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to this Paragraph 9, Landlord shall return to Tenant any advance payment made by Tenant to Landlord and so much of Tenant’s Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Landlord under the terms of this Lease.

9.9 Waiver of Statutes. Landlord and Tenant agree that the terms of this Lease shall govern the effect of any damage to or destruction of the Premises and the Building with respect to the termination of this Lease and hereby waive the provisions of any present or future statute to the extent it is inconsistent herewith.

10. Real Property Taxes.

10.1 Payment of Taxes. Landlord shall pay the Real Property Taxes, as defined in Paragraph 10.2, applicable to the Industrial Center, and except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 10.3, any such amounts shall be included in the calculation of Common Area Operating Expenses in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.2.

10.2 Real Property Tax Definition. As used herein, the term “Real Property Taxes” shall include any form of real estate tax or assessment, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, and any license fee, commercial rental tax, improvement bond or bonds, levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income or estate taxes) imposed upon the Industrial Center by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax, including any city, state or federal government, or any school, agricultural, sanitary, fire, street, drainage, or other improvement district thereof, levied against any legal or equitable interest of Landlord in the Industrial Center or any portion thereof, Landlord’s right to rent or other income therefrom, and/or Landlord’s business of leasing the Premises. The term “Real Property Taxes” shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein, imposed by reason of events occurring, or changes in Applicable Law taking effect, during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to a change in the ownership of the Industrial Center or in the improvements thereon, the execution of this Lease, or any modification, amendment or transfer thereof, and whether or not contemplated by the Parties. In calculating Real Property Taxes for any calendar year, the Real Property Taxes for any real estate tax year shall be included in the calculation of Real Property Taxes for such calendar year based upon the number of days which such calendar year and tax year have in common.

10.3 Additional Improvements. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Common Area Operating Expenses as payable under Paragraph 4.2, the entirety of any increase in Real Property Taxes if assessed solely by reason of Alterations, Trade Fixtures or Utility Installations placed upon the Premises by Tenant or at Tenant’s request.

10.4 Joint Assessment. If the Building is not separately assessed, Real Property Taxes allocated to the Building shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed or the industrial center, such proportion to be determined by Landlord from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor’s work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available. Landlord’s reasonable determination thereof, in good faith, shall be conclusive.

10.5 Tenant’s Property Taxes. Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against and levied upon Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Tenant contained in the Premises or stored within the Industrial Center. When possible, Tenant shall cause its Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from

 

16


the real property of Landlord. If any of Tenant’s said property shall be assessed with Landlord’s real property, Tenant shall pay Landlord the taxes attributable to Tenant’s property within ten (10) days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes applicable to Tenant’s property.

11. Utilities. Tenant shall pay directly for all utilities and services supplied to the Premises, including but not limited to electricity, water, telephone, security, gas, sewer, trash removal and cleaning of the Premises, together with any taxes thereon. If any such utilities or services are not separately metered to the Premises or separately billed to the Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a reasonable proportion to be determined by Landlord of all such charges jointly metered or billed with other premises in the Building, in the manner and within the time periods set forth in Paragraph 4.2(d). Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for injury, damage, loss of Tenant’s business or profits, from any failure, interruption, rationing or other curtailment in the supply of electric, gas, water or other utilities from whatever cause. Tenant shall not consume water in excess of that usually furnished or supplied for reasonable and normal drinking and lavatory use in connection with an office environment (as determined by Landlord), without first procuring the written consent of Landlord, which Landlord may refuse, and in the event of consent, Landlord may have installed a water meter in the Premises to measure the amount of water consumed. The cost of any such meter and of its installation, maintenance and repair shall be paid for by the Tenant, and Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord promptly upon demand for all such water consumed as shown by said meters, at the rates charged for such services by the local public utility plus any additional expense incurred in keeping account of the water so consumed. If a separate meter is not installed, the excess cost for such water shall be established by an estimate made by a utility company or electrical engineer hired by Landlord at Tenant’s expense.

12. Assignment and Subletting.

12.1 Landlord’s Consent Required.

(a) Tenant shall not assign this lease, nor any right hereunder, nor sublet the premises, nor any part thereof, without the prior written consent of Landlord which will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. In exercising its reasonable discretion Landlord may consider all commercially relevant factors involved in the leasing of the Premises including but not limited to the a) the creditworthiness and financial stability of the prospective assignee or subtenant (as compared to the obligations of such entity under the sublease or assignment, as the case may be); b) references of prior landlords; c) the past history of such subtenant, with respect to involvement in litigation and bankruptcy proceedings; d) the impact of said subtenant or assignee and proposed use of the premises on pedestrian and vehicular traffic, other tenants, and parking; e) the use, generation or disposal of hazardous materials. The presence of one negative factor enumerated above if material, shall be deemed reasonable justification for Landlord’s withholding consent.

(b) A change in the control of Tenant shall constitute an assignment requiring Landlord’s consent. The transfer of forty-nine percent (49%) or more of the voting control of Tenant shall constitute a change in control for this purpose. An initial public offering of Tenant’s stock on a recognized exchange, as well as the subsequent transfer of shares of Tenant’s stock on a public exchange, will not, however, be deemed an assignment.

(c) So long as Tenant is not entering into the Permitted Transfer for the purpose of avoiding or otherwise circumventing the remaining terms of this Article 12, Tenant may assign its entire interest under this Lease, without the consent of Landlord, to (i) an affiliate, subsidiary, or parent of Tenant, or a corporation, partnership or other legal entity wholly owned by Tenant (collectively, an “Affiliated Party”), or (ii) a successor to Tenant by purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization, provided that all of the following conditions are satisfied (each such Transfer a “Permitted Transfer”): (1) Tenant is not in default under this Lease; (2) Tenant shall give Landlord written notice prior to the effective date of the proposed Permitted Transfer; and (3) with respect to a purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization or any Permitted Transfer which results in Tenant ceasing to exist as a separate legal entity, (a) Tenant’s successor shall own all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, and (b) Tenant’s successor shall have a net worth which is at least equal to the greater of Tenant’s net worth at the date of this Lease or Tenant’s net worth as of the day prior to the proposed purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization. If requested by Landlord, Tenant’s successor shall sign a commercially reasonable form of assumption agreement. As used herein, (A) “parent” shall mean a company which owns a majority of Tenant’s voting equity; (B) “subsidiary” shall mean an entity wholly owned by Tenant or at least 51% of whose voting equity is owned by Tenant; and (C) “affiliate” shall mean an entity controlled by, controlling or under common control with Tenant.

 

17


(d) An assignment or subletting of Tenant’s interest in this Lease without Landlord’s specific prior written consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1, or a non-curable Breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Landlord elects to treat such unconsented to assignment or subletting as a non-curable Breach, Landlord shall have the right to either: (i) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon thirty (30) days’ written notice (“Landlord’s Notice”), increase the monthly Base Rent for the Premises to the greater of the then fair market rental value of the Premises, as reasonably determined by Landlord, or one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Base Rent then in effect. Pending determination of the new fair market rental value, if disputed by Tenant, Tenant shall pay the amount set forth in Landlord’s Notice, with any overpayment credited against the next installment(s) of Base Rent coming due, and any underpayment for the period retroactively to the effective date of the adjustment being due and payable immediately upon the determination thereof. Further, in the event of such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held by Tenant shall be subject to similar adjustment to the then fair market value as reasonably determined by Landlord (without the Lease being considered an encumbrance or any deduction for depreciation or obsolescence, and considering the Premises at its highest and best use and in good condition) or one hundred ten percent (110%) of the price previously in effect, (ii) any index-oriented rental or price adjustment formulas contained in this Lease shall be adjusted to require that the base index be determined with reference to the index applicable to the time of such adjustment, and (iii) any fixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased in the same ratio as the new rental bears to the Base Rent in effect immediately prior to the adjustment specified in Landlord’s Notice.

(e) Tenant’s remedy for any breach of this Paragraph 12.1 by Landlord shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.

12.2 Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting.

(a) Landlord will respond to any request for consent to an assignment or sublease within fifteen (15) days following receipt of such request. If Landlord fails to timely deliver to Tenant notice of Landlord’s consent, or the withholding of consent, to a proposed Transfer, Tenant may send a second (2nd) notice to Landlord, which notice must contain the following inscription, in bold faced lettering: “SECOND NOTICE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 12 OF LEASE - - FAILURE TO TIMELY RESPOND WITHIN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS SHALL RESULT IN DEEMED APPROVAL OF ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLEASE.” If Landlord fails to deliver notice of Landlord’s consent to, or the withholding of Landlord’s consent, to the proposed assignment or sublease within such five (5) business day period, Landlord shall be deemed to have approved the assignment or sublease in question. If Landlord at any time timely delivers notice to Tenant or Landlord’s withholding of consent to a proposed assignment or sublease, Landlord shall specify in reasonable detail in such notice, the basis for such withholding of consent. Regardless of Landlord’s consent, any assignment or subletting shall not (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or subtenant of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease, (ii) release Tenant of any obligations hereunder, nor (iii) alter the primary liability of Tenant for the payment of Base Rent and other sums due Landlord hereunder or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by Tenant under this Lease.

(b) Landlord may accept any rent or performance of Tenant’s obligations from any person other than Tenant pending approval or disapproval of an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of any rent for performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Landlord’s right to exercise its remedies for the Default or Breach by Tenant of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease.

(c) The consent of Landlord to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting by Tenant or to any subsequent or successive assignment or subletting by the assignee or subtenant. However, Landlord may consent to subsequent or successive assignment or subletting by the assignee or subtenant. However, Landlord may consent to subsequent sublettings and assignments of the sublease or any amendments or modifications thereto without notifying Tenant or anyone else liable under this Lease or the sublease and without obtaining their consent; provided, however, that if Landlord consents to a subsequent amendment of this Lease with an assignee of Tenant, which amendment increases the obligations or liability of the “tenant” hereunder, the original Tenant shall not be liable for such increased obligations unless the original Tenant consented to such amendment in writing.

 

18


(d) In the event of any Default or Breach of Tenant’s obligation under this Lease, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant, any guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of the Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, including any subtenant, without first exhausting Landlord’s remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefor to Landlord, or any security held by Landlord.

(e) Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Landlord’s determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or subtenant, including but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any, together with a non-refundable deposit of $1,000, as reasonable consideration for Landlord’s considering and processing the request for consent. Tenant agrees to provide Landlord with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested by Landlord.

(f) Any assignee of, or subtenant under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment or entering into such sublease, be deemed, for the benefit of Landlord, to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Tenant during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Landlord has specifically consented in writing.

(g) If Tenant desires to Sublet substantially the entire Premises for substantially the remainder of the term (other than pursuant to the Permitted Transfer) or assign the Premises (other than pursuant to a Permitted Transfer) prior to the expiration of the term of this lease and obtains an acceptable subtenant or assignee, then the Landlord shall have the option prior to the execution of the sublease or assignment agreement to cancel this Lease with respect to the portion of the Premises that is the subject of such proposed assignment or sublease. Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion, may then enter into a new lease with any prospective subtenant as the substitute Tenant. If Landlord exercises this option, then this present lease shall be terminated by mutual agreement as of that time.

12.3 Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting. The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting or assignment by Tenant of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases and assignments under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

(a) Tenant hereby assigns and transfers to Landlord all of Tenant’s interest in all rentals, income or other consideration arising from any sublease or assignment of all or a portion of the Premises heretofore or hereafter made by Tenant, and Landlord may collect such sums and apply same toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Landlord shall not, by reason of the foregoing provision or any other assignment of such sublease to Landlord, nor by reason of the collection of the rents from a subtenant, be deemed liable to the subtenant for any failure of Tenant to perform and comply with any of Tenant’s obligations to such subtenant under such Sublease. Tenant hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such subtenant, upon receipt of a written notice from Landlord, to pay to Landlord the rents and other charges due and to become due under the sublease. Subtenant shall rely upon any such statement and request from Landlord and shall pay such rents and other charges to Landlord without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether any Breach exists and notwithstanding any notice from or claim from Tenant to the contrary. Tenant shall have no right or claim against such subtenant, or, until the Breach has been cured, against Landlord, for any such rents and other charges so paid by said subtenant to Landlord.

(b) In the event of a Breach by Tenant in the performance of its obligations under this Lease, Landlord, at its option and without any obligation to do so, may require any subtenant to attorn to Landlord, in which event Landlord shall undertake the obligations of the sub landlord under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, Landlord shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such subtenant to such sub landlord or for any other prior defaults or breaches of such sub landlord under such sublease.

(c) Any matter or thing requiring the consent of the sub landlord under a sublease shall also require the consent of Landlord herein.

 

19


(d) No subtenant under a sublease or assignee approved by Landlord shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(e) Landlord shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Tenant to the subtenant, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Tenant within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The subtenant shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Tenant for any such Defaults cured by the subtenant.

13. Default; Breach; Remedies.

13.1 Default; Breach. Landlord and Tenant agree that if any attorney is consulted by Landlord in connection with a Tenant Default or Breach (as hereinafter defined), $350.00 is a reasonable minimum sum per such occurrence for legal services and costs in the preparation and service of a notice of Default, and that Landlord may include the cost of such services and costs in said notice as rent due and payable to cure said default. A “Default” by Tenant is defined as a failure by Tenant to observe, comply with or perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or rules applicable to Tenant under this Lease. A “Breach” by Tenant is defined as the occurrence of any one or more of the following Defaults, and, where a grace period for cure after notice is specified herein, the failure by Tenant to cure such Default prior to the expiration of the applicable grace period, and shall entitle Landlord to pursue the remedies set forth in Paragraphs 13.2 and/or 13.3.

(a) The vacating of the Premises or the abandonment of the Premises without paying the Rent due hereunder.

(b) Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Lease, the failure by Tenant to make any payment of Base Rent, Tenant’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses, or any other monetary payment required to be made by Tenant hereunder as and when due, the failure by Tenant to provide Landlord with reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond required under this Lease, or the failure of Tenant to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of five (5) days following written notice thereof by or on behalf of Landlord to Tenant.

(c) Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Lease, the failure by Tenant to provide Landlord with reasonable written evidence (in duly executed original form, if applicable) of (i) compliance with Applicable Requirements per Paragraph 6.3, (ii) the inspection, maintenance and service contracts required under Paragraph 7.1(b), (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or subletting per Paragraph 12.1, (iv) a Tenancy Statement per Paragraphs 16 or 37, (v) the subordination or non-subordination of this Lease per Paragraph 30, (vi) the guaranty of the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease if required under Paragraphs 1.11 and 37, (vii) the execution of any document requested under Paragraph 42 (easements), or (viii) any other documentation or information which Landlord may reasonably require of Tenant under the terms of this lease, where any such failure continues for a period of ten (10) days following written notice by or on behalf of Landlord to Tenant.

(d) A Default by Tenant as to the terms covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 40 hereof that are to be observed, complied with or performed by Tenant, other than those described in Subparagraphs 13.1(a), (b), or (c), above, where such Default continues for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof by or on behalf of Landlord to Tenant; provided however, that if the nature of Tenant’s Default is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach of this Lease by Tenant if Tenant commences such cure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

(e) The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the making by Tenant of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) Tenant’s becoming a “debtor” as defined in 11 U.S. Code Section 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Tenant within thirty (30) days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within thirty (30) days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this Subparagraph 13.1(e) is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and shall not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

 

20


(f) The discovery by Landlord that any financial statement of Tenant or of any Guarantor, given to Landlord by Tenant or any Guarantor, was materially false.

(g) If the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease is guaranteed: (i) the death of a Guarantor, (ii) the termination of a Guarantor’s liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty, (iii) a Guarantor’s becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing, (iv) a Guarantor’s refusal to honor the guaranty, or (v) a Guarantor’s breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory breach basis, and Tenant’s failure, within sixty (60) days following written notice by or on behalf of Landlord to Tenant of any such event, to provide Landlord with written alternative assurances of security, which, when coupled with the then existing resources of Tenant, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of Tenant and the Guarantors that existed at the time of the execution of this Lease.

13.2 Remedies. If Tenant fails to commence to perform any affirmative duty or obligation of Tenant under this Lease, within ten (10) business days after written notice to Tenant (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Landlord may at its option (but without obligation to do so), perform such duty or obligation on Tenant’s behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. The costs and expenses of any such performance by Landlord shall be due and payable by Tenant to Landlord upon invoice therefor. If any check given to Landlord by Tenant shall not be honored by the bank upon which it is drawn, Landlord, at its own option, may require all future payments to be made under this Lease by Tenant to be made only by cashier’s check. In the event of a Breach of this Lease by Tenant (as defined in Paragraph 13.1), with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Landlord in the exercise of any right or remedy which Landlord may have by reason of such Breach, Landlord may:

(a) Terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease and the term hereof shall terminate and Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. In such event Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant: (i) the worth at the time of the award of the unpaid rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by the Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and that portion of any leasing commission paid by Landlord in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco or the Federal Reserve Bank District in which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent (1%). Efforts by Landlord to mitigate damages caused by Tenant’s Default or Breach of this Lease shall not waive Landlord’s right to recover damages under this Paragraph 13.2. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Landlord shall have the right to recover in such proceeding the unpaid rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Landlord may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit for such rent and/or damages. If a notice and grace period required under Subparagraph 13.1 (b), (c) or (d) was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit, as the case may be, given to Tenant under any statute authorizing the forfeiture of leases for unlawful detainer shall also constitute the applicable notice for grace period purposes required by Subparagraph 13.1 (b), (c) or (d). In such case, the applicable grace period under the unlawful detainer statue shall run concurrently after the one such statutory notice, and the failure of Tenant to cure the Default within the greater of the two (2) such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Landlord to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

(b) Continue the Lease and Tenant’s right to possession in effect (in California under California Civil Code Section 1951.4) after Tenant’s Breach and recover the rent as it becomes due, provided Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonably limitations. Landlord and

 

21


Tenant agree that the limitations on assignment and subletting in this Lease are reasonable. Acts of maintenance or preservation, efforts to relet the Premises, or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Landlord’s interest under this Lease, shall not constitute a termination of the Tenant’s right to possession.

(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available to Landlord under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located.

(d) The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Tenant’s right to possession shall not relieve Tenant from liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises.

13.3 [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

13.4 Late Charges. Tenant hereby acknowledges that late payment by Tenant to Landlord of rent and other sums due hereunder will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Landlord by the terms of any ground lease, mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises. Accordingly, if any installment of rent or other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee within five (5) days after such amount shall be due (that provided, however that Tenant shall be entitled to notice, prior to the commencement of such five (5) day period, on the first (1st) occasion in any calendar year on which Tenant fails to timely pay an amount due hereunder), then, without any requirement for notice to Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to ten percent (10%) of such overdue amount. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant. Acceptance of such late charge be Landlord shall in no event constitute a waiver of Tenant’s Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent Landlord from exercising any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for three (3) consecutive installments of Base Rent, then notwithstanding Paragraph 4.1 or any other provision of this Lease to the contrary, Base Rent shall, at Landlord’s option, become due and payable quarterly in advance; provided, however, that if Tenant subsequently pays such quarterly Base Rent in a timely fashion for four (4) consecutive calendar quarters, Rent shall thereafter be payable on a monthly basis.

13.5 Breach by Landlord. Landlord shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease unless Landlord fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Landlord. For purposes of this Paragraph 13.5, a reasonable time shall in no event be less than thirty (30) days after receipt by Landlord, and by any Lender(s) whose name and address shall have been furnished to Tenant in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Landlord has not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days after such notice are reasonably required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in breach of this Lease if performance is commenced within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

14. Condemnation. If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (all of which are herein called “condemnation”), this Lease shall terminate as to the part so taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than twenty five percent (25%) of the floor area of the Premises, or more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the portion of the Common Areas designated for Tenant’s parking, is taken by condemnation, Tenant may, at Tenant’s option, to be exercised in writing within ten (10) days after Landlord shall have given Tenant written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within ten (10) days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Tenant does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in the same proportion as the rentable floor area of the Premises taken bears to the total rentable floor area of the Premises. No reduction of the Base Rent shall occur if the condemnation does not apply to any portion of the Premises. Any award for the taking of all or any part of the Premises under the power of eminent domain or any payment made under threat of the exercise of such power shall be the property of Landlord, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution of value of the leasehold or for the taking of the fee, or as severance damages; provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to any compensation, separately awarded to Tenant for Tenant’s relocation expenses and/or loss of Tenant’s Trade Fixtures. In the event that this Lease is not

 

22


terminated by reason of such condemnation, Landlord shall to the extent of its net severance damages received, over and above Tenant’s Share of the legal and other expenses incurred by Landlord in the condemnation matter, repair any damage to the Premises caused by such condemnation authority. Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of any amount in excess of such net severance damages required to complete such repair.

15. Broker’s Fees.

15.1 Procuring Cause. The Broker(s) named in Paragraph 1.10 is/are the procuring cause of this Lease.

15.2 Additional Terms. Unless Landlord and Broker(s) have otherwise agreed in writing, Landlord agrees that: (a) if Tenant exercises any Option (as defined in Paragraph 39.1) granted under this Lease or any Option subsequently granted, or (b) if Tenant acquires any rights to the Premises or other premises in which Landlord has an interest, or (c) if Tenant remains in possession of the Premises with the consent of Landlord after the expiration of the term of this Lease after having failed to exercise an Option, or (d) if said Brokers are the procuring cause of any other lease or sale entered into between the Parties pertaining to the Premises and/or any adjacent property in which Landlord has an interest, or (e) if Base Rent is increased, whether by agreement or operation of an escalation clause herein, then as to any of said transactions, Landlord shall not be liable to said Broker(s) to pay a fee.

15.3 Assumption of Obligations. Any buyer or transferee of Landlord’s interest in this Lease, whether such transfer is by agreement or by operation of law, shall be deemed to have assumed Landlord’s obligation under this Paragraph 15.

15.4 Representations and Warranties. Tenant and Landlord each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder other than as named in Paragraph 1.10(a) in connection with the negotiation of this Lease and/or the consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby, and that no broker or other person, firm or entity other than said named Broker(s) is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection with said transaction. Tenant and Landlord do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, and/or attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

16. Tenancy and Financial Statements.

16.1 Tenancy Statement. Each Party (as “Responding Party”) shall within ten (10) business days after written notice from the other Party (the “Requesting Party”) execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in a form similar to the then most current “Tenancy Statement” form published by the American Industrial Real Estate Association, plus such additional information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.

16.2 Financial Statement. If Landlord desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises or the Building, or any part thereof, Tenant and all the Guarantors shall deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Landlord such financial statements of Tenant and such Guarantors as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Tenant’s financial statements for the past three (3) years. All such financial statements shall be received by Landlord and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

17. Landlord’s Liability. The term “Landlord” as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises. In the event of a transfer of Landlord’s title or interest in the Premises or in this Lease, Landlord shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Landlord at the time of such transfer or assignment. Except as provided in Paragraph 15.3, upon such transfer or assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Landlord shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by Landlord. Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Landlord shall be binding only upon the Landlord as herein above defined. Notwithstanding any other terms or provisions of this lease, Tenant agrees that in the event of any default or breach by Landlord with respect to any of the terms of the Lease to be observed and performed by Landlord (a) Tenant shall look solely to the estate and property (which is the subject of this lease) of Landlord or any

 

23


successor in interest in the property (which shall be deemed to include the rental income, the proceeds of any sale by Landlord as well as any insurance or condemnation proceeds), for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies for the collection of a judgment (or other judicial process) requiring the payment of money by Landlord; (b) no other property or assets of Landlord, its partners, members, shareholders, officers or any successor in interest shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction if Tenant’s remedies; (c) no personal liability shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against Landlord, it’s partner’s, members or successors in interest (except to the extent permitted in (a) above), and no judgment will be taken against any partner, member, shareholder, officer or director of Landlord. The provisions of this section shall apply only to the Landlord and the parties herein described, and shall not be for the benefit of any insurer nor any other third party.

18. Severability. The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

19. Interest on Past-Due Obligations. Any monetary payment due Landlord hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Landlord within ten (10) days following the date on which it was due, shall bear interest from the date due at the prime rate charged by the largest state chartered bank in the state in which the Premises are located plus four percent (4%) per annum, but not exceeding the maximum rate allowed by law, in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

20. Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

21. Rent Defined. All monetary obligations of Tenant to Landlord under the terms of this Lease are deemed to be rent.

22. No Prior or other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer. This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Lease and as to the nature, quality and character of the Premises. Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party. Each Broker shall be an intended third party beneficiary of the provisions of this Paragraph 22.

23. Notices.

23.1 Notice Requirements. All notices required or permitted by this Lease shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by messenger or courier service) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party’s signature on this Lease shall be that Party’s address for delivery or mailing of notice purposes. Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice purposes. A copy of all notices required or permitted to be given to Landlord hereunder shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Landlord may from time to time hereafter designate by written notice to Tenant.

23.2 Date of Notice. Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular mail, the notice shall be deemed given three (3) business days after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantees next day delivery shall be deemed given twenty-four (24) hours after delivery of the same to the United States Postal Service or courier. If notice is received or otherwise deemed delivered on a Saturday or a Sunday or a legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

24. Waivers. No waiver by a party of the Default or Breach of any term covenant or condition hereof by the other, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by the other of the same or any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Landlord’s consent to, or approval of, any such act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Landlord’s consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by Tenant, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent. Regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of a Default or Breach at the time of accepting rent, the acceptance of rent by

 

24


Landlord shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Tenant of any provision hereof. Any payment given Landlord by Tenant may be accepted by Landlord on account of moneys or damages due Landlord, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Tenant in connection therewith, which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Landlord at or before the time of deposit of such payment.

25. Recording. Either Landlord or Tenant shall, upon request of the other, execute, acknowledge and deliver to the other a short form memorandum of this Lease for recording purposes. The Party requesting recordation shall be responsible for payment of any fees or taxes applicable thereto.

26. No Right To Holdover. Tenant has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. In the event that Tenant holds over in violation of this Paragraph 26 then the Base Rent payable from and after the time of the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease shall be increased to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent applicable during the month immediately preceding such expiration or earlier termination. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as a consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant.

27. Cumulative Remedies. No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

28. Covenants and Conditions. Al provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant are both covenants and conditions.

29. Binding Effect; Choice of Law. This Lease shall be binding upon the Parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.

30. Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance.

30.1 Subordination. [PLEASE PROVIDE A SNDA FROM CURRENT LENDER] This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively, “Security Device”), now or hereafter placed by Landlord upon the real property of which the Premises are a part, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. Tenant agrees that the Lenders holding any such Security Device shall have no duty, liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Landlord under this Lease, but that in the event of Landlord’s default with respect to any such obligation, Tenant will give any Lender whose name and address have been furnished Tenant in writing for such purpose notice of Landlord’s default pursuant to Paragraph 13.5. If any Lender shall elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device and shall give written notice thereof to Tenant, this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof.

30.2 Attornment. Subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3, Tenant agrees to attorn to a Lender or any other party who acquires ownership of the Premises by reason of a foreclosure of a Security Device, and that in the event of such foreclosure, such new owner shall not: (i) be liable for any act or omission of any prior Landlord or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership, (ii) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant might have against any prior Landlord, or (iii) be bound by prepayment of more than one month’s rent.

30.3 Non-Disturbance. With respect to Security Devices entered into by Landlord after the execution of this lease, Tenant’s subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving assurance (a “non-disturbance agreement”) from the Lender that Tenant’s possession and this Lease, including any options to extend the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Tenant is not in Breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises.

30.4 Self-Executing. The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that upon written request from Landlord or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of Premises, Tenant and Landlord shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any such subordination or non-subordination, attornment and/or non-disturbance agreement as is provided for herein.

 

25


31. Attorneys’ Fees. If any Party brings an action or proceeding to enforce the terms hereof or declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term “Prevailing Party” shall include, without limitation, a Party who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorneys’ fee award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to full reimburse all attorneys fees, cost and expenses reasonably incurred. Landlord shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach.

32. Landlord’s Access; Showing Premises; Repairs. Landlord and Landlord’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times upon reasonable advance notice to Tenant for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or (during the final six (6) months of the term) tenants, and make such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Building, as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary (provided that Tenant shall have the right to require that Landlord be accompanied by a representative of Tenant during any such entry). Landlord shall use best efforts to ensure that the performance of any such work of repairs or alterations shall not interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises (or any portion thereof) for Tenant’s business purposes (such efforts to include limiting the performance of any such work which might be disruptive to weekends or the evening and the cleaning of any work area prior to the commencement of the next business day). Landlord may at any time place on or about the Premises or Building any ordinary “For Sale” signs and Landlord may at any time during the last one hundred eighty (180) days of the term hereof place on or about the Premises any ordinary “For Lease” signs. All such activities of Landlord shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Tenant.

33. Auctions. Tenant shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, either voluntarily or involuntarily, any auction upon the Premises without first having obtained Landlord’s prior written consent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Landlord shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to grant such consent.

34. Signs. Tenant shall not place any sign upon the exterior of the Premises or the Building, except that Tenant may, with Landlord’s prior written consent, install (but not on the roof) such signs as are reasonably required to advertise Tenant’s own business so long as such signs are in a location designated by Landlord and comply with Applicable Requirements and the signage criteria established for the Industrial Center by Landlord. The installation of any sign on the Premises by or for Tenant shall be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7 (Maintenance, Repairs, Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures and Alterations). Unless otherwise expressly agreed herein, Landlord reserves all rights to the use of the roof of the Building and the right to install advertising signs on the Building, including the roof, which do not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of Tenant’s business; Landlord shall be entitled to all revenues from such advertising signs. Landlord approves of Tenants reasonable signage as long as it does not conflict with the office park CC&R’s and does not interfere with signage for other Tenant’s in the building.

35. Termination; Merger. Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Landlord, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Landlord for Breach by Tenant, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, Landlord shall, in the event of any such surrender, termination or cancellation, have the option to continue any one or all of any existing subtenancies. Landlord’s failure within ten (10) days of following any such event to make a written election to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest, shall constitute Landlord’s election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.

36. Consents.

(a) Except for Paragraph 33 (Auctions) or as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Landlord’s actual reasonable costs and expenses (including but not limited to architects’, attorneys’, engineers’ and other consultants’ fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Tenant for any Landlord consent pertaining to this Lease or the Premises,

 

26


including but not limited to consents to an assignment a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor. In addition to the deposit described in Paragraph 12.2(e), Landlord may, as condition to considering any such request by Tenant, require that Tenant deposit with Landlord an amount of money (in addition to the Security Deposit held under Paragraph 5) reasonably calculated by Landlord to represent the cost Landlord will incur in considering and responding to Tenant’s request. Any unused portion of said deposit shall be refunded to Tenant without interest. Landlord’s consent to any act, assignment of this Lease or subletting of the Premises by Tenant shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or Breach by Tenant of this Lease exists, nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by Landlord at the time of such consent.

(b) All conditions to Landlord’s consent authorized by this Lease are acknowledged by Tenant as being reasonable. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to Landlord’s consent shall not preclude the impositions by Landlord at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given.

37. [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED].

38. Quiet Possession. Upon payment by Tenant of the rent for the Premises and the performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Tenant shall have quiet possession of the Premises for the entire term hereof subject to all of the provisions of this Lease.

39. Options.

39.1 Definition. As used in this Lease, the word “Option” has the following meaning: (a) the right to extend the term of this Lease or to renew this Lease or to extend or renew any lease that Tenant has on other property of Landlord.

39.2 Options Personal to Original Tenant. Each Option granted to Tenant in this Lease is personal to the original Tenant named in Paragraph 1.1 hereof and any assignee pursuant to a Permitted Transfer, and cannot be voluntarily or involuntarily assigned or exercised by any person or entity other than said original Tenant while the original Tenant is in full and actual possession of the Premises and without the intention of thereafter assigning or subletting. The Options, if any, herein granted to Tenant are not assignable (other than pursuant to a Permitted Transfer), either as a part of an assignment of this Lease or separately or apart therefrom, and no Option may be separated from this Lease in any manner, by reservation or otherwise.

39.3 Multiple Options. In the event that Tenant has any multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later option cannot be exercised unless the prior Options to extend or renew this Lease have been validly exercised.

39.4 Effect of Default on Options.

(a) Tenant shall have no right to exercise an Option, notwithstanding any provision in the grant of Option to the contrary: (i) during the period commencing with the giving of any notice of Default under Paragraph 13.1 and continuing until the noticed Default is cured, or (ii) during the period of time any monetary obligation due Landlord from Tenant is unpaid (without regard to whether notice thereof is given Tenant), or (iii) during the time Tenant is in Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Landlord has given to Tenant three (3) or more notices of separate Defaults under Paragraph 13.1 during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the exercise of the Option, whether or not the Defaults are cured.

(b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

(c) All rights of Tenant under the provisions of an Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Tenant’s due and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and during the term of this Lease, (i) Tenant fails to pay to Landlord a monetary obligation of Tenant for a period of thirty (30) days after such obligation becomes due (without any necessity of Landlord to give notice thereof to Tenant), or (ii) Landlord gives to Tenant three (3) or more notices of separate Defaults under Paragraph 13.1 during any twelve (12) month period, whether or not the Defaults are cured, or (iii) if Tenant commits a Breach of this Lease.

 

27


40. Rules and Regulations. Tenant agrees that it will abide by, and keep and observe all reasonable rules and regulations (“Rules and Regulations”) which Landlord may make from time to time for the management, safety, care, and cleanliness of the grounds, the parking and unloading of vehicles and the preservation of good order, as well as for the convenience of other occupants or tenants of the Building and the Industrial Center and their invitees.

41. Security Measures. Tenant hereby acknowledges that the rental payable to Landlord hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same. Tenant assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Tenant, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

42. Reservations. Landlord reserves the right, from time to time, to grant, without the consent or joinder of Tenant, such easements, rights of way, utility raceways, and dedications that Landlord reasonably deems necessary, and to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, so long as such easements, rights of way, utility raceways, dedications, maps and restrictions do not reasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Tenant. Tenant agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Landlord to effectuate any such easement rights, dedication, map or restrictions.

43. Performance Under Protest. If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment “under protest” and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay under the provisions of this Lease.

44. Authority. If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, or general or limited partnership, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on it’s behalf and that such entity is duly authorized and existing and qualified to do business in California and that Tenant has the full right and legal authority to enter into this lease.

45. Conflict. Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

46. Offer. Preparation of this Lease by either Landlord or Tenant or Landlord’s agent or Tenant’s agent and submission of same to Tenant or Landlord shall not be deemed an offer to lease. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

47. Amendments. This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the parties in interest at the time of the modification. The Parties shall amend this Lease from time to time to reflect any adjustments that are made to the Base Rent or other rent payable under this Lease. As long as they do not materially change Tenant’s obligations hereunder, Tenant agrees to make such reasonable non-monetary modification to this Lease as may be reasonably required by an institutional insurance company or pension plan Lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the property of which the Premises are a part.

48. Multiple Parties. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, if more than one person or entity is named herein as either Landlord or Tenant, the obligations of such multiple parties shall be the joint and several responsibility of all persons or entities named herein as such Landlord or Tenant.

49. Tenant Improvements. Turnkey by Landlord as specified further in Exhibit A and Exhibit “A” Notes. The buildout in this space shall consist of at least 80% of dropped ceiling office/R&D/lab spaces, the lunch room will have 8’ counter with 8’ of cabinets below and a sink, VCT flooring only. The entire dropped ceiling space will have 10 ft. high (if possible, otherwise 9 ft. high) 2x4 T-bar ceiling grid with 2x4 lay in white armstrong tiles except for the clean room area in which Landlord shall install vinyl ceiling tiles. The lights where not existing will be standard 3 tube 2x4 lights with prismatic lenses. The floor coverings where not existing will be either standard VCT or standard 26 ounce carpet. All office doors to be 9’ prefinished birch.

 

28


All offices to have 3’ sidelights. All walls will be drywall on metal stud and will be straight and painted white. The entire space including warehouse will have HVAC, and fire sprinklers (for ordinary hazard). The balance of the space will be open warehouse ceiling insulated with R-19, with no floor covering, 8’ chain hung florescent lights spaced 10’ apart. Any upgrades to these specs or to a normal office or warehouse environment (whether or not shown or labeled on Exhibit “A” or Exhibit “A” notes) to be paid for by tenant (this includes any additional HVAC loads above 1 ton per 400, any increased fire ratings, any hard ceilings, any soffits, any special lighting or a/v equipment, any signs, any security equipment, any phones or network wiring or communications equipment, any dark rooms and their affiliated walls, any non drywall walls, any item that is not straight in nature such as curved walls or cornices, any appliances, any electrical hookups for equipment, any electrical drops, any piping for air or gases, any increased power loads, any power strips, any electric over a standard office environment, any soundproofing, any office cubicles or furniture). All window coverings by tenant, approved by landlord. All construction shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with all applicable laws. Landlord shall separate the HVAC units and power from the neighboring space if needed.

50. Right of First Offering. The Tenant shall have the right of first offer to purchase the Building should Landlord decide to sell the Building. At the time Landlord decides to sell the Building, Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of the price that Landlord intends to sell the Building for and Tenant shall have 10 business days to inform Landlord by written notice that it intends to purchase the Building for all cash within ninety (90) days. Failure of Tenant to purchase the Building at that time will make this right of first offer null and void forever. If Tenant fails to inform Landlord in writing within ten (10) business days that it intends to purchase the building then Landlord shall be free to sell the Building to any third party as long as the purchase price is within five percent (5%) of the price previously offered to Tenant. If the price is lower by five percent (5%) or more, then Tenant shall have five (5) business days to match said offer. Tenant shall purchase the building “AS IS” and sign a 1542 waiver releasing Landlord of all liability known or unknown upon the close of escrow. Said Right of First Offer shall be subordinate to the rights of a lender that is acquiring the property through a deed in lieu or a foreclosure.

51. Option to Extend. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, Tenant may at its option extend the Term of this Lease for One (1) period of Five (5) years. Such period is called the “Renewal Term.” The Renewal Term shall be upon the same terms contained in this Lease, except that (i) Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with any Tenant Improvement Allowance or demolition in connection with the Renewal Term, (ii) the Base Rental during the Renewal Term shall be calculated as set forth below, and (iii) any reference in the Lease to the “Term” of the Lease shall be deemed to include the Renewal Term and apply thereto, unless it is expressly provided otherwise. Tenant shall have no additional extension options. The Base Rent during the Renewal Term shall be at the then Fair Market Rate (defined hereinafter) for such space for a term commencing of the first day of the Renewal Term. “Market Rate” shall mean the then prevailing market rate for a comparable term commencing on the first day of the Renewal Term for tenants of comparable size and creditworthiness for comparable space in the Building and other Office buildings in the Alameda Area. In no event shall the Base Rent payable during the first (1st) year of the Renewal Term be less than the 36th Month’s Rent. Base Rent during the Renewal Term shall increase at four percent (4%) per year. To exercise any option, Tenant must deliver a binding written notice to Landlord not sooner than twelve (12) months nor later than six (6) months prior to the expiration of the initial Term of this Lease. Thereafter, the Market Rate for the Renewal Term shall be calculated by Landlord and Landlord shall inform Tenant of the Market Rate. If the parties cannot agree on the Market Rate within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s delivery of a statement of Fair Market Rent, the parties shall each, within ten (10) business days following the expiration of such thirty (30) day period, appoint a real estate broker (with at least 10 years experience in office leasing in Alameda) to determine the Market Rate, and each such broker will deliver its determination within ten (10) additional business days. If the lower of the two is within 90% of the higher of the two valuations, then the Market Rent shall be the average of the two. If a party fails to timely designate a broker, the broker designated by the other party will determine the Market Rate. If the lower of the two valuations is less than 90% of the higher valuation, then the two brokers/appraisers originally selected by the parties shall, within five (5) business days, select a third broker/appraiser and shall present their final determinations of Market Rate to the third broker/appraiser, and the third broker/appraiser shall pick one of those two as being the Market Rate. The determination of the third broker/appraiser shall be binding on the parties. If Tenant fails to timely give its notice of exercise, Tenant will be deemed to have waived its option to extend.

 

29


52. Deposits.

52.1 Amount.

Concurrently with the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord (1) first month’s Rent in the amount of fifty-nine thousand six hundred seventy-three dollars and seventy-five cents ($59,673.75) (2) an unconditional irrevocable standby letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit”) in the amount of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) issued by Wells Fargo Bank or Bank of America (or another bank doing business in one of the nine counties comprising the San Francisco-Oakland-San Jose area (“Bay Area”) and reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and naming Landlord as beneficiary thereunder, as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

If Landlord notifies Tenant in writing that the bank which issued the Letter of Credit has become financially unacceptable (e.g., the bank is under investigation by governmental authorities, has filed bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings, or has closed two or more of its branches in the Bay Area), then Tenant shall have thirty (30) days to provide Landlord with as substitute Letter of Credit complying with all of the requirements set forth in this paragraph.

lf, pursuant to the terms of Paragraph 52, Landlord uses any portion of the Letter of Credit, Tenant shall within ten (2) days after demand from Landlord, restore the Letter of Credit to its full amount.

52.2 Letter of Credit.

If Tenant Fails to pay when due any Rent or other sum due under this Lease and such failure continues after notice from Landlord and the expiration of any applicable grace period, regardless of whether Tenant has filed a petition in bankruptcy under the federal bankruptcy laws, or if Tenant, following the filing of any such petition, rejects this Lease, then Landlord may (but shall not be required to) use, apply or retain all or any part of the Cash Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent or other sum due under this Lease or for the payment of any other amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s breach or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s breach of this Lease. Landlord shall thereupon be entitled to draw on the Letter of Credit to the extent necessary to cure the default in question. The Letter of Credit, or so much thereof as remains after the curing of any default of Tenant hereunder, shall be returned to Tenant within (30) days following the expiration of the term of this Lease (or earlier termination of the Lease) and surrender of the Premises by Tenant.

The Letter of credit shall be issued for a term of at least twelve (12) months and shall be renewed automatically for consecutive twelve (12) month periods for the entire term of this Lease (except that the Letter of Credit shall expire not less than sixty (60) days after the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease) subject, however, to reduction as provided in Paragraph 53 below. If, at any time during the term of this Lease, Landlord does not receive written notice from the issuing bank, at least fifteen (15) business days prior to the expiration of any twelve (12) month term of the Letter of Credit, that the Letter of Credit is being renewed for another twelve (12) months, then Landlord shall have the right to draw upon the Letter of Credit for the full amount thereof. Drawing upon the Letter of Credit shall be conditioned only upon presentation of the original Letter of Credit to the issuer thereof accompanied by a certified statement from Landlord that Tenant is in default under this Lease and the default is continuing after notice and the expiration of any applicable grace period or Tenant has failed to timely renew such Letter of Credit. The Letter of Credit shall not be mortgaged, assigned or encumbered in any manner whatsoever by Tenant. The use, application or retention of the Letter of Credit, or any portion thereof, by Landlord shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided by this Lease or by law, it being intended that Landlord shall not first be required to proceed against the Letter of Credit, and such use, application or retention shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled. At Landlord’s election, the Letter of Credit may name the Landlord’s lender as a beneficiary, or as a co-beneficiary with Landlord, and/or may require that Landlord’s lender sign the certification required to be presented for any draw against the Letter of Credit. Landlord shall have the right to pledge or assign the Letter of Credit (or the proceeds of such Letter of Credit) to its lender holding a security interest in the Premises.

In the event of a termination or transfer of Landlord’s interest in this Lease, Landlord shall transfer its interest in the Letter of Credit to the Landlord’s successor. In addition, upon termination or transfer of Landlord’s interest in this Lease, within ten (10) business days after request by Landlord or Landlord’s successor, Tenant shall either cause the Letter of Credit to be amended to name Landlord’s successor as

 

30


the party entitled to draw down on the Letter of Credit and deliver such amendment to the requesting party, or shall obtain and deliver to the requesting party a new Letter of Credit meeting the requirements of this Paragraph 52 naming Landlord’s successor as the party entitled to draw down on the Letter of Credit. At Landlord’s election, within ten (19) business days after request by Landlord, Tenant shall cause the Letter of Credit to be amended to name Landlord’s lender as the beneficiary, or as a co-beneficiary with Landlord, and/or as a co-signer of any certification presented for a draw down of the Letter of Credit. If Tenant fails to comply with the requirements described in either or both of the prior two (2) sentences, Landlord or any lender designated in the Letter of Credit shall be entitled to draw down on the entire amount of the Letter of Credit, the proceeds of which shall be held by Landlord as a cash Security Deposit to be utilized in the manner described in Paragraph 5. If a new Letter of Credit is delivered to Landlord as required by this paragraph above, the previously existing Letter of Credit shall be promptly returned to Tenant. Any fee due in connection with the transfer of Landlord’s rights as beneficiary under the Letter of Credit to a successor landlord (or to Landlord’s lender), or in connection with an amendment or substitution of the Letter of Credit shall be paid by Tenant to the financial institution owned such fee or if Landlord or any designated lender incurs any such fees, shall be paid by Tenant to the party incurring such fees upon demand.

53. Letter of Credit. The Letter of Credit shall be returned to Tenant within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s satisfaction of either of the criteria set forth in subparagraph 53 (a) or 53 (b).

 

  a. Tenant shall not be in default under this Lease and Tenant has had two (2) consecutive quarters of increasing sales growth and net profitability. In all events net profits shall be greater than $500,000.00 per quarter.

 

  b. Tenant shall not be in default under this Lease and Tenant and Tenant has gone public with a market cap of at least $250,000,000.00 or been acquired and the Lease has been assumed by a company with at market cap of at least $250,000,000.00.

In order to validate Tenant’s performance with respect to Section 52 (a) or (b), Tenant will provide the Landlord with a CPA reviewed or audited FYE financials, by using Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, following each fiscal year end.

LANDLORD AND TENANT HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LANDLORD AND TENANT WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

THIS LEASE PREPARED FOR YOUR ATTORNEY’S REVIEW AND APPROVAL. FURTHER, EXPERTS SHOULD BE CONSULTED TO THE PRESENCE OF ASBESTOS, UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS OR HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES. NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY THE REAL ESTATE BROKERS OR THEIR CONTRACTORS, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES; THE PARTIES SHALL RELY SOLELY UPON THE ADVICE OF THEIR OWN COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE. IF THE SUBJECT PROPERTY IS IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, AN ATTORNEY FROM THE STATE WHERE THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED SHOULD BE CONSULTED.

 

31


The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respective signatures.

 

Executed at:

San Leandro, CA

Executed at:

San Leandro

On:

12-7-07

On:

12-7-07

By Landlord: By Tenant:
DOLLINGER HARBOR BAY ASSOCIATES,
a California limited partnership
By: D&M Investors Fund I LLC, a
California Limited Liability Company
Its General Partner
By: D&M Ventures LP, a
California Limited Partnership
Its Sole Member
By: David Dollinger Living Trust PENUMBRA, Inc.
Its General Partner
By:

/s/ David B. Dollinger

By:

/s/ Adam Elsesser

David B. Dollinger, Trustee Its:

CEO

Address: 555 Twin Dolphin Drive, Suite 600 Address:
Redwood City, CA 94065
Telephone: (650) 508-8666 Telephone: (    )

 

Facsimile: (650) 508-8686 Facsimile: (    )

 

 

32


Exhibit A Notes

1351 Harbor Bay Parkway – First Floor

All items by Landlord unless specified.

Clean Room – Approximately Class 10,000

Flooring – VCT (do not wax)

Ceiling – T-Bar grid with Clean Room ceiling tiles

Ceiling height – 10’

Door Height – 9’ min

Walls- Smooth with Epoxy paint

110V Power on every support column by Landlord,

CDA, on every support column (by Tenant)

110V Power on perimeter walls per code by Landlord,

CDA and Data along perimeter walls (by Tenant)

Landlord to reuse existing HVAC system and run return air ducts surface mounted and painted on the perimeter walls.

Landlord to supply and install 67 hepafilters, 1/2 lay in, 1/2 fan.

220V Power – 4 locations TBD by Landlord

Engineering Lab

Flooring – VCT

Ceiling – existing

Ceiling height – existing

Door height – 8’ min

Walls – partition, paint to match existing

Power –110V and 220V availability (along perimeter walls by code)

CDA- drops along perimeter walls (by Tenant)

Data – ports along perimeter walls (landlord to stall data pull boxes in newly built walls, Tenant to do data wiring)

1QC

Flooring – VCT

Ceiling – existing

Ceiling height – existing

Door height – 8’ min

Walls – partition, paint to match existing

Power – 110V (along perimeter walls per code)

CDA- drops along perimeter walls (by Tenant)

Data – ports along perimeter walls (landlord to install power and data pull boxes, Tenant to do data wiring)

Equipment Shop

Flooring – VCT

Ceiling – existing

Ceiling height – existing

Door height – 8’ min

Walls – partition, paint to match existing

Power – 110V and 220V availability (along perimeter walls per code)

CDA- drops along perimeter walls (by Tenant)

Data – ports along perimeter walls (landlord to install power and data pull boxes, Tenant to do data wiring)

IQC Quarantine/Stores/Finished Goods

Floors – Finished concrete

Power – 110V along perimeter walls (Landlord to provide per code only)

Data – along perimeter walls (landlord to install power and data pull boxes, Tenant to do data wiring)

 

33


Wet Processing

Flooring – VCT

Ceiling – existing

Ceiling height - existing

Up to 4 Fume hoods to be provided (by Tenant) – exhausting of such hoods to be provided by Landlord

Power 110V and 220V (Qty 2) availability (locations TBD)

Emergency Shower and Eyewash Station (provided by Tenant, installed by Landlord)

Utility sink

General

Upgrade break area cabinets and counter tops (by Tenant)

1351 Harbor Bay Parkway – Second Floor

Private offices

Doors – Light Wood, standard with 3’ side light

Power and Data on perimeter walls (landlord to install power and data pull boxes, Tenant to do data wiring)

Paint – to match existing

27x24 Rooms

Doors – Light Wood, standard doors with no side lights

Power and data on perimeter walls (landlord to install power and data pull boxes, Tenant to do data wiring)

Paint – to match existing

19x14 Room

Doors – Light Wood, standard with 3’ side light

Power and data along Perimeter walls (landlord to install power and data pull boxes, Tenant to do data wiring)

Power and data in floor center (for polycom phone) (by Tenant)

General

Ceiling – existing

Walls – partition, paint to match existing

Flooring – existing throughout

Upgrade kitchen cabinets and countertops (by Tenant)

Power and data on all support columns (by Tenant)

 

34


COMMENCEMENT DATE LETTER

May 7, 2008

Re: The Lease Agreement dated November 28, 2007, Dollinger Harbor Bay Associates, herein after called Landlord, and Penumbra, Inc., herein after call Tenant relating to certain premises located at 1351 Harbor Bay Parkway, Suite 100A & 202, Alameda, CA 94502.

This letter is to confirm that on or before April 11, 2008, Landlord delivered the above referenced Premises to the Tenant per the terms of the Lease Agreement.

Now, therefore:

 

  1) The Tenant had Possession on April 11, 2008.

 

  2) The Lease Commencement Date shall be May 11, 2008.

 

  3) The Rent shall commence on May 11, 2008.

 

  4) The initial term of the Lease shall now expire on May 10, 2014.

 

  5) NNN Expenses are estimated to be $21,836.40 per month, and this shall be paid monthly through December 2008.

 

  6) Tenant has paid Rent in the amount of $59,673.75 which is to be applied to June Rent.

 

  7) Due on May 11, 2008 will be pro-rated Base Rent for 21 days in the amount of $40,424.15 and pro-rated expenses for 21 days in the amount of $14,792.40.

 

  8) Due on June 1, 2008 are NNN expenses for June in the amount of $21,836.40.

 

  9) Thereafter all Rents will be due on the first day of each month in the full amount as outlined in the Lease Agreement. Payments should be made payable and remitted to:

Dollinger Properties

555 Twin Dolphin Drive, Suite #600

Redwood City, CA 94065

As a reminder, no invoices for Rent will be sent.

 

  10) Rent Increases shall occur annually, each May 11th.

Per the terms of the Lease, the Tenant is responsible for Public Liability and Property Damage per Section 8 of your lease agreement with Landlord named Additional Insured. Please have your insurance carrier forward a Certificate of Insurance showing evidence of this coverage as soon as possible.


Also, as a reminder, Tenants are responsible for the maintenance and repair of their HVAC mechanical system. It is our recommendation that you retain a licensed contractor to service your air-conditioning equipment under a standard maintenance contract to avoid costly repairs.

If you have any questions or concerns with your Premises or your Lease, please do not hesitate to call either myself (kim@dollingerproperties.com) or Cary Thompson (cary@dollingerproperties.com) at (650) 508-8666. Remember, move-in punch lists must be completed with the first 30 days of occupancy. On behalf of Dollinger Properties, I would like to welcome you as a new tenant.

 

Sincerely, Agreed To:
Dollinger Properties Penumbra, Inc.
/s/ Kimberlee Grover
Kimberlee Grover By:

/s/ Adam Elsesser

Lease Administrator Date:

5/7/08

 

2


June 23, 2011

Penumbra, Inc.

1351 Harbor Bay Parkway, Suite 100A & 202

Alameda, CA 94502

Attn: Adam Elsesser

Dear Adam:

This letter when executed shall serve as an agreement modifying that certain lease dated November 28, 2007 and last modified May 7, 2008, by and between Dollinger Harbor Bay Associates, as Landlord and Penumbra, Inc., as Tenant, relating to the Premises at 1341 Harbor Bay Parkway, Suite 100A & 202, Alameda, CA 94502.

IT IS AGREED THAT:

 

1) Effective upon full execution of this Letter Agreement, the Term of the Lease shall be extended for seven (7) years and twenty-one (21) days, commencing May 11, 2014 and expiring May 31, 2021.

 

2) Effective upon completion of the work specified in Paragraph 5 below (estimated to be November 1, 2011}, the Premises shall be adjusted to include an additional 25,430 square feet, and the Tenant shall occupy the entire 1351 Harbor Bay Parkway building, for a total of 97,980 square feet.

 

3) Effective three (3} months from the date of completion of the Tenant Improvements, the Base Monthly Rent shall be $117,576.00 per month.

 

4) Effective each February 1st, the Base Monthly Rent shall increase 3%.

 

5) Landlord, and Landlord’s sole cost and expense shall build the Tenant Improvements as per the attached Exhibit A, using the same building standards as when the Tenant originally moved in. Such Tenant Improvements shall include minor work in the building lobby, including, installing a new floor, painting the walls, and moving one of the walls to increase the size of the lobby.

 

6) All other terms and conditions of said Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

Sincerely,
/s/ David Dollinger
David Dollinger

 

Acknowledged and Agreed To:
Penumbra, Inc.
/s/ Adam Elsesser
Adam Elsesser


LOGO

 


LOGO

 


LOGO

 


EX-10.2

Exhibit 10.2

STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL MULTI-TENANT

LEASE MODIFIED NET

1. Basic Provisions (“Basic Provision”).

1.1. Parties: This Lease (“Lease”), dated, September 11, 2014, is made by and between Dollinger Harbor Bay Associates, LP (“Landlord”) and Penumbra, lnc. (“Tenant”), (collectively the “Parties,” or individually a “Party”).

1.2. (a) Premises: A portion of that certain building containing approximately 28,317 rentable square feet, including all improvements therein or to be provided by Landlord under the terms of this Lease, commonly known by the street address of 1411 Harbor Bay Parkway, located in the City of Alameda, County of Alameda, State of California, with zip code 94502 as outlined on Exhibit B attached hereto (“Premises”). The “Building” is that certain building containing the Premises and generally described as (describe briefly the nature of the Building): a multi-tenant R&D Office building.

In addition to Tenant’s rights to use and occupy the Premises as hereinafter specified, Tenant shall have nonexclusive rights to the Common Areas (as defined in Paragraph 2.7 below) as hereinafter specified, but shall not have any rights to the roof, exterior walls or utility raceways of the Building or to any other buildings in the Industrial Center. The Premises, the Building, the Common Areas, the land upon which they are located, along with all other buildings and improvements thereon, are herein collectively referred to as the “Industrial Center.” (Also see Paragraph 2.)

1.2 (b) Parking: the parking ratio will be 3.30 unreserved parking stalls per 1,000 sq. ft. of leased office space. unreserved vehicle parking spaces (“Unreserved Parking Spaces”); and no reserved vehicle parking spaces (“Reserved Parking Spaces”). (Also, see Paragraph 2.6.)

1.3. Term: (“Original Term”) Commencing upon the Landlord’s substantial completion of Tenant Improvements at 1411 Harbor Bay Parkway (“Commencement Date”) and ending on November 30, 2029. (“Expiration Date”). (Also Paragraph 3.)

1.4. Early Possession: Tenant shall be allowed access to the Premises during Tenant Improvement Period, however Landlord shall not be responsible for any delays caused by Tenant’s work (“Early Possession”). (Also Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3.)

1.5. Base rent: $36,812.10 per month (“Base Rent”), payable commencing one month following (the “Rent Commencement Date”) the Commencement Date (Also see Paragraph 4). Tenant will receive a Rent Credit for Prometric’s occupancy of Suite 1001 in the amount of $4,187.00 per month until the earlier to occur of Prometric vacating Suite 1001 or August 30th, 2022 . Beginning on the on the 1st day of the month following the first anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date and annually thereafter, Base Rent shall be increased 3% annually.

1.6. (b) Tenant’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses: 100% of the building (“Tenant’s Share”) as determined by prorata square footage of the Premises as compared to the total square footage of the Building.

1.7. Security Deposit: $36,812.10 (“Security Deposit”). (Also see Paragraph 5.)

1.8. Permitted Use: General Office and R&D Use (“Permitted Use”) (Also see Paragraph 5.)

1.9. Insuring Party. Landlord is the “Insuring Party.” (Also see Paragraph 8.)

1.10. (a) Real Estate Brokers. [ x ]NONE

Tenant shall Indemnify and hold Landlord, its trustees, members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, mortgagee(s) and agents, and the respective principals and members of any such agents harmless from all claims of any brokers claiming to have represented Tenant in connection with this Lease. Landlord shall indemnify and hold Tenant, its trustees, members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, and agents, and the respective principals and members of any such agents harmless from all claims of any brokers claiming to have represented Landlord in connection with this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that any assistance rendered by any agent or employee of any affiliate of Landlord in connection with this Lease has been made as an accommodation to Tenant solely in furtherance of consummating the transaction on behalf of Landlord, and not as agent for Tenant

 

1


1.10 (b) Intentionally Omitted

1.11. Guarantor. The obligations of the Tenant under this Lease are to be guaranteed by NONE (“Guarantor”). (Also see Paragraph 37.)

1.12. Addenda and Exhibits. Attached hereto are Exhibit A and B, all of which constitute a part of this Lease.

2. Premises, Parking and Common Areas.

2.1. Letting. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant. and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. The leasable area is measured to the outside edge of the outside walls and drip lines to the centerline of any demising walls, including a pro rata share of the electrical room, corridors, lobbies and other common spaces. Unless otherwise provided herein, any statement of square footage set forth in this Lease, or that may have been used in calculating rental and/or Common Area Operating Expenses, Is an approximation which Landlord and Tenant agree is reasonable and the rental and Tenant’s Share (as defined in Paragraph 1.6(b) based thereon Is not subject to revision whether or not the actual square footage is more or less.

2.2. Condition. Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant clean and free of debris on the Commencement Date and warrants to Tenant that the existing plumbing, electrical systems, fire sprinkler system, lighting, air conditioning and heating systems and loading doors, if any, in the Premises, other than those constructed by Tenant, shall be In good operating condition on the Commencement Date. If a non-compliance with said warranty exists as of the Commencement Date, Landlord shall, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Tenant setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify same at Landlord’s expense. If Tenant does not give Landlord written notice of a non-compliance with this warranty within six (6) months after the Commencement Date, correction of that non-compliance shall be the obligation of Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

2.3. Warranties. Tenant acknowledges that neither landlord nor any of Its agents made any representations or warranties respecting the project, the buildings, or the leased premises, upon which tenant relied In entering into this lease, which are not expressly set forth in this lease. Tenant further acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any of its agents made any representations as to (i) whether the leased premises may be used for tenants intended use under existing law or, (ii) the suitability of the leased premises for the conduct of tenant’s business or; (iii) the exact square footage of the leased premises; that tenant relied solely upon its own investigations respecting said premises (including but not limited to the electrical and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, seismic and earthquake requirements, and compliance with the American with Disabilities Act and applicable zoning, municipal, county, state and federal laws, ordinances and regulations and any covenants or restrictions of record (collectively, “Applicable Laws”) and that upon its execution of this lease, accepts the leasable area as specified herein. Tenant expressly waives any and all claims for damage by reason of any statement, representation, warranty, promise or other agreement of landlord or landlord’s agent(s), if any, not contained in this lease or in any addenda hereto.

2.4. Tenant as Prior Owner/Occupant. The warranties made by Landlord in this Paragraph 2.2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately prior to the date set forth In Paragraph 1.1 Tenant was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In such event, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, correct any non-compliance of the Premises with said warranties.

2.5. Vehicle Parking. Tenant shall be entitled to use the number of Unreserved Parking Spaces and Reserved Parking Spaces specified in Paragraph 1.2(b) on those portions of the Common Areas designated from time to time by Landlord for parking. Tenant shall not use more parking spaces than said number. Said parking spaces shall be used for parking by vehicles no larger than full-size passenger automobiles or pick-up trucks, herein called “Permitted Size Vehicles.” Vehicles other than Permitted Size Vehicles shall be parked and loaded or unloaded as directed by Landlord in the Rules and Regulations (as defined in Paragraph 40) issued by Landlord. (Also see Paragraph 2.9.)

 

2


(a) Tenant shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Tenant or Tenant’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked in areas other than those designated by Landlord for such activities.

(b) If Tenant permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described in this Paragraph 2.6, then Landlord shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to Tenant, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Landlord.

(c) Landlord shall at the Commencement Date of this Lease, provide the parking facilities required by Applicable Law.

2.6. Common Areas – Definition. The term “Common Areas” is defined as all areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line of the Industrial Center and Interior utility raceways within the Premises that are provided and designated by the Landlord from time to time for the general non-exclusive use of Landlord, Tenant and other tenants of the Industrial Center and their respective employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways, driveways and landscaped areas.

2.7. Common Areas – Tenant’s Rights. Landlord hereby grants to Tenant, for the benefit of Tenant and its employees, suppliers, shippers, contractors, customers and invitees, during the term of this Lease, the nonexclusive right to use, in common with others entitled to such use, the Common Areas as they exist from time to time, subject to any rights, powers, and privileges reserved by Landlord under the terms hereof or under the terms of any rules and regulations or restrictions governing the use of the Industrial Center. Under no circumstances shall the right herein granted to use the Common Areas be deemed to include the right to store any property, temporarily or permanently, in the Common Areas. Any such storage shall be permitted only by the prior written consent of Landlord or Landlord’s designated agent, which consent may be revoked at any time. In the event that any unauthorized storage shall occur then Landlord shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove the property and charge the cost to Tenant, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Landlord.

2.8. Common Areas – Rules and Regulations. Landlord or such other person(s) as Landlord may appoint shall have the exclusive control and management of the Common Areas and shall have the right, from time to time, to establish, modify, amend and enforce reasonable Rules and Regulations with respect thereto in accordance with Paragraph 40. Tenant agrees to abide by and conform to all such Rules and Regulations and to cause its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees to so abide and conform. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the non-compliance with said rules and regulations by other tenants of the Industrial Center.

2.9. Common Areas – Changes. Landlord shall have the right, in landlord’s sole discretion, from time to time:

(a) To make changes to the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways and utility raceways;

(b) To close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available;

(c) To designate other land outside the boundaries of the Industrial Center to be a part of the Common Areas;

(d) To add additional buildings and Improvements to the Common Areas;

(e) To use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Industrial Center, or any portion thereof;

(f) To do and perform such other acts and make such other changes In, to or with respect to the Common Areas and Industrial Center as Landlord may, in the exercise of sound business judgment, deem to be appropriate.

 

3


Landlord shall use best efforts to ensure that the performance of any such work of repairs or alterations shall not interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises (or any portion thereof) for Tenant’s business purposes (such efforts to include limiting the performance of any such work which might be disruptive to weekends or the evening and the cleaning of any work area prior to the commencement of the next business day); and

3. Term.

3.1. Term. The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

3.2. Early Possession. If Tenant totally or partially occupies the Premises after the Early Possession Date but prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated for the period of such early occupancy. All other terms of this Lease, however, (including but not limited to the obligations to pay Tenant’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses and to carry the insurance required by Paragraph 8) shall be in effect during such period. Any such early possession shall not affect nor advance the Expiration Date of the Original Term.

3.3. Delay In Possession. If for any reason Landlord cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant by the Early Possession Date, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease, or the obligations of Tenant hereunder, or extend the term hereof, but in such case, Tenant shall not, except as otherwise provided herein, be obligated to pay rent or perform any other obligation of Tenant under the terms of this Lease until Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant. If possession of the Premises is not delivered to Tenant within sixty (60) days after the Commencement Date, Tenant may, at its option, by notice in writing to Landlord within ten (10) days after the end of sixty (60) day period, cancel this Lease, in which event the parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder; provided further, however, that if such written notice of Tenant is not received by Landlord within said ten (10) day period, Tenants right to cancel this Lease hereunder shall terminate and be of no further force or effect.

4. Rent

4.1. Base Rent. Tenant shall pay Base Rent and other rent or charges, as the same may be adjusted from time to time, to Landlord in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction, on or before the 1st day of each month. Base Rent and all other rent and charges for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one full month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of the month involved. Payment of Base Rent and other charges shall be made to Landlord at its address stated herein or to such other persons or at such other addresses as Landlord may from time to lime designate In writing to Tenant.

4.2. Common Area Operating Expenses. Tenant shall pay to Landlord during the term hereof, in addition to the Base Rent, Tenant’s Share (as specified in Paragraph 1.6(b)) of all Common Area Operating Expenses, as hereinafter defined, during each calendar year of the term of this Lease, in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) “Common Area Operating Expenses” are defined, for purposes of this Lease, as all costs incurred by Landlord relating to the ownership and operation of the Industrial Center, including, but not limited to, the following:

(i) The operation, repair and maintenance, in neat, clean, good order and condition, of the following:

(aa) The Common Areas, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways, driveways, landscaped areas, striping, bumpers, irrigation systems, Common Area lighting facilities, fences and gates, elevators and roof.

(bb) Exterior signs and any tenant directories.

(cc) Fire detection and sprinkler systems.

(ii) The cost of water, gas, electricity and telephone to service the Common Areas.

(iii) Trash disposal, property management fees of 4% of the gross monthly rental and security services and the costs of any regularly scheduled environmental inspections.

(iv) [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED].

 

4


(v) Real Property Taxes (as defined in Paragraph 10.2) to be paid by Landlord for the Building and the Common Areas under Paragraph 10 hereof.

(vi) The cost of the premiums for the insurance policies maintained by Landlord under Paragraph 8 hereof.

(vii) Any deductible portion of an insured loss concerning the building or the Common Areas.

(viii) Any other services to be provided by Landlord that are stated elsewhere in this Lease to be a Common Area Operating Expense.

The cost of any capital improvements or other capital items included in Common Area Operating Expenses shall be amortized by Landlord on a straight line basis over the economic useful life of the capital item for accounting purposes, as determined by Landlord using generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, and Internal Revenue Service asset classification regulations, if any. The amortized cost of capital improvements may include interest at the rate paid by Landlord on any funds borrowed for such expenditures from an unaffiliated third-party financial institution, but in no event in excess of the market rate of interest customarily paid on such borrowed funds for such purposes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Common Area Operating Expenses will not include:

(i) repairs or other work occasioned by fire, windstorm or other insured casualty or hazard, to the extent that Landlord shall receive proceeds of such insurance or would have received such proceeds had Landlord maintained the insurance coverage required under this Lease and diligently attempted to procure the maximum possible insurance coverage;

(ii) marketing and promotional costs;

(iii) debt service payments on or related to any indebtedness;

(iv) any amounts paid to any person, firm or corporation related or otherwise affiliated with Landlord or any general partner, officer or director of Landlord or any of its general partners, to the extent same materially exceeds arms-length competitive prices paid in the Alameda, California metropolitan area for the services or goods provided; and

(v) costs relating to maintaining Landlord’s existence, either as a corporation, partnership, or other entity.

(b) Any common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are specifically attributable to the Building or to any other building in the industrial Center or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be allocated entirely to the Building or to such other building. However, any Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are not specifically attributable to the Building or to any other building or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be equitably allocated by Landlord to all buildings in the Industrial Center.

(c) The inclusion of the improvements, facilities and services set forth in subparagraph 4.2(a) shall not be deemed to impose an obligation upon Landlord to either have said improvements or facilities or to provide those services unless the Industrial Center already has the same, Landlord already provides the services, or Landlord has agreed elsewhere in this Lease to provide the same or some of them.

(d) Tenant’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses shall be payable by Tenant within thirty (30) days after a reasonably detailed statement of actual expenses is presented to Tenant by Landlord. At Landlord’s option, however, an amount may be reasonably estimated by Landlord from time to time of Tenant’s Share of annual Common Area Operating Expenses and the same shall be payable monthly or quarterly, as Landlord shall designate, during each 12-month period of the Lease term, on the same day as the Base Rent is due hereunder. Landlord shall deliver to Tenant within sixty (60) days after the expiration of each calendar year a reasonably detailed statement showing Tenant’s Share of the actual Common Area Operating Expenses incurred during the preceding year. If Tenant’s payments under this Paragraph 4.2(d) during said preceding year exceed Tenant’s Share as indicated on said statement, Landlord shall be credited the amount of such over-payment against Tenant’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses next becoming due. If Tenant’s payments under this Paragraph 4.2(d) during said preceding year were less than Tenant’s Share as indicated on said statement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of the deficiency within ten (10) days after delivery by Landlord to Tenant of said statement.

 

5


(e) Landlord shall maintain at all times during the term of this Lease, full, complete and accurate books of account and records prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles with respect to Common Area Operating Expenses, and shall retain such books and records, as well as contracts, bills, vouchers, and checks, and such other documents as are reasonably necessary to properly audit Common Area Operating Expenses. Upon reasonable notice from Tenant, Landlord shall make available for Tenant’s inspection (or inspection performed by Tenant’s accountant and/or consultants) during normal business hours, Landlord’s books and records relating to the Common Area Operating Expenses. If an audit, review or inspection by a Tenant or Tenant’s accountant or consultant alleges an overbilling, Tenant may submit a claim for the overbilled amount to Landlord, detailing the nature of the overbilling, and Landlord shall have thirty (30) days to pay such amount or contest the claim by giving notice thereof to Tenant, detailing the nature of Landlord’s contest of Tenant’s claims. If, Landlord’s statement is ultimately determined to be in error, Landlord will promptly reimburse to Tenant, or Tenant will promptly pay to Landlord, any amount which may be determined to have been due as a result of Tenant’s audit; additionally, if Landlord is determined to have overcharged Tenant for Common Area Operating Expenses by 3% or more, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant within thirty (30) days following such determination for the reasonable cost of Tenant’s review of Landlord’s books and records not to exceed $500 (which cost may not be included as a Common Area Operating Expense).

5. Security Deposit. Tenant shall deposit with Landlord upon Tenant’s execution hereof the Security Deposit set forth in Paragraph 1.7 as security for Tenant’s faithful performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. If Tenant fails to pay Base Rent or other rent or charges due hereunder, or otherwise Defaults under this Lease (as defined in Paragraph 13.1), Landlord may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit, Tenant shall within ten (10) days after written request therefore deposit monies with Landlord sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount required by this Lease. Landlord shall not be required to keep all or any part of the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. Landlord shall, at the expiration or earlier termination of the term hereof and after Tenant has vacated the Premises, return to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee, if any, of Tenant’s interest herein), that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Landlord. Unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing by Landlord, no part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or other increment for its use, or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Tenant under this Lease.

6. Use.

6.1. Permitted Use.

(a) Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Permitted Use set forth in Paragraph 1.8, or any other legal use which is reasonably comparable thereto, and for no other purpose. Tenant shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs owners and/or occupants of, or causes damage to the Premises or neighboring premises or properties.

(b) Landlord hereby agrees to not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent to any written request by Tenant, Tenant’s assignees or subtenants, and by prospective assignees and subtenants of Tenant, its assignees and subtenants, for a modification of said Permitted Use, so long as the same will not impair the structural integrity of the improvements on the Premises or in the Building or the mechanical or electrical systems therein, does not conflict with uses by other Tenants, is not significantly more burdensome to the Premises or the Building and the Improvements thereon, and is otherwise permissible pursuant to this Paragraph 6. If Landlord elects to withhold such consent, Landlord shall within five (5) business days after such request give a written notification of same, which notice shall include an explanation of Landlord’s reasonable objections to the change in use.

6.2. Hazardous Substances.

(a) Reportable Uses Require Consent. The term “Hazardous Substance” as used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, chemical, material or waste whose presence, nature, quantity and/or intensity of existence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, spill, release or effect, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment, or the Premises; (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority; or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Landlord to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory. Hazardous Substance shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, crude oil or any products or by-products thereof. Tenant shall not engage in any activity in or about the Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use (as hereinafter defined) of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent of Landlord and compliance in a timely manner (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) with all Applicable Requirements (as defined in Paragraph 6.3). “Reportable Use” shall mean (i) the installation or use of

 

6


any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and (iii) the presence in, on or about the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Laws require that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may, without Landlord’s prior consent, but upon notice to Landlord and in compliance with all Applicable requirements, use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used by Tenant in the normal course of the Permitted Use, so long as such use is not a Reportable Use and does not expose the Premises or neighboring properties to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Landlord to any liability therefor. In addition, Landlord may (but without any obligation to do so) condition its consent to any Reportable Use of any Hazardous Substance by Tenant upon Tenant’s giving Landlord such additional assurances as Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, deems necessary to protect itself, the public, the Premises and the environment against damage, contamination or injury and/or liability therefor, including but not limited to the installation (and, at Landlord’s option, removal on or before Lease expiration or earlier termination) of reasonably necessary protective modifications to the Premises (such as concrete encasements) and/or the deposit of an additional Security Deposit under Paragraph 5 hereof.

(b) Duty to Inform Landlord. If Tenant knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises or the Building, other than as previously consented to by Landlord, Tenant shall immediately give Landlord written notice thereof, together with a copy of any statement, report, notice, registration, application, permit, business plan, license, claim, action, or proceeding given to, or received from, any governmental authority or private party concerning the presence, spill, release, discharge of, or exposure to, such Hazardous Substance including but not limited to all such documents as may be involved in any Reportable Use involving the Premises. Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under or about the Premises (including, without limitation, through the prompting or sanitary sewer system).

(c) Indemnification. Tenant shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold Landlord, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, and the Premises, harmless from and against any and all damages, liabilities, judgments, costs, claims, liens, expenses, penalties, loss of permits and attorneys’ and consultants’ fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises by or for Tenant or by anyone under Tenant’s control. Tenant’s obligations under this paragraph 6.2(c) shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Tenant, and the cost of investigation (including consultants’ and attorneys’ fees and testing), removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement thereof, or of any contamination therein involved, and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Landlord and Tenant shall release Tenant from its obligations under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless specifically so agreed by Landlord in writing at the time of such agreement

6.3. Tenant’s Compliance with Requirements. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, comply with all “Applicable Requirements”· which term is used in this Lease to mean all laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, directives, covenants, easements and restrictions of record, permits, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Landlord’s engineers and/or consultants, relating in any manner to the Premises (including but not limited to matters pertaining to (i) industrial hygiene, (ii) environmental conditions on, in, under or about the Premises, including soil and ground water conditions, and (iii) the use, generation, manufacture, production, installation, maintenance, removal, transportation, storage, spill, or release of any Hazardous Substance), now in effect or which may hereafter come into effect. Tenant shall, within five (5) days after receipt of Landlord’s written request, provide Landlord with copies of all documents and information, including but not limited to permits, registrations, manifests, applications, reports and certificates, evidencing Tenant’s compliance with any applicable Requirements specified by Landlord, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Landlord in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving failure by Tenant or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements.

6.4. Inspection; Compliance with Law. Landlord, Landlord’s agents, employees, contractors and designated representatives, and the holders of any mortgages, deeds of trust or ground leases on the Premises (“Lenders”) shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times upon reasonable advance notice to Tenant, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Tenant with this Lease and all Applicable Requirements (as defined in Paragraph 6.3), and Landlord shall be entitled to employ experts and/or consultants in connection therewith to advise Landlord with respect to Tenant’s activities, including but not limited to Tenant’s installation, operation, use, monitoring, maintenance, or removal of any Hazardous Substance on or from the Premises. The costs and expenses

 

7


of any such inspections shall be paid by the party requesting same (and if paid by Landlord, such cost will not be included in Common Area Operating Expenses), unless a Default or Breach of this Lease by Tenant or a violation of Applicable Requirements or a contamination, caused or materially contributed to by Tenant, is found to exist or to be imminent, or unless the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority as the result of any such existing or imminent violation or contamination. In such case, Tenant shall upon request reimburse Landlord or Landlord’s Lender, as the case may be, for the costs and expenses of such inspections.

7. Maintenance, Repairs, Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures and Alterations.

7.1. Tenant’s Obligations.

(a) Subject to the provision of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 7.2 (Landlord’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction), and 14 (Condemnation), Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and at all times, keep the Premises and every part thereof in good order, condition and repair (whether or not such portion of the Premises requiring repair, or the means of repairing the same, are reasonably or readily accessible to Tenant, and whether or not the need for such repairs occurs as a result of Tenant’s use, any prior use, the elements or the age of such portion of the Premises), including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all equipment or facilities specifically serving the Premises, such as plumbing, heating, air conditioning, ventilating electrical, lighting facilities, boilers, fired or unfired pressure vessels, fire hose connections if within the Premises, fixtures, interior walls, interior surfaces of exterior walls, ceilings, floors, windows, doors, plate glass, and skylights, but excluding any items which are the responsibility of Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 7.2 below. Tenant, in keeping the Premises in good order, condition and repair, shall exercise and perform good maintenance practices. Tenant’s obligations shall include restorations, replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the Premises and all improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition and state of repair.

(b) Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, procure and maintain a contract, with copies to Landlord, in customary form and substance for and with a contractor specializing and experienced in the inspection, maintenance and service of the heating, air conditioning and ventilation system for the Premises. However, Landlord reserves the right, upon notice to Tenant, to procure and maintain the contract for the heating, air conditioning and ventilating systems, and if Landlord so elects, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, upon demand, for the cost thereof.

(c) If Tenant fails to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph 7.1, Landlord may enter upon the Premises after ten (10) days’ prior written notice to Tenant (except in the case of an emergency, in which case no notice shall be required), perform such obligations on Tenant’s behalf, and put the Premises in good order, condition and repair, in accordance with Paragraph 13.2 below.

7.2. Landlord’s Obligations. Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 22 (Condition), 4.2 (Common Area Operating Expenses to the extent applicable), 7 (Use), 7.1 (Tenant’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), Landlord, subject to reimbursement pursuant to Paragraph 4.2 to the extent applicable, shall keep in good order, condition and repair the foundations, exterior walls, structural condition of interior bearing walls, roof, fire sprinkler and/or standpipe and hose (if located in the Common Areas) or other automatic fire extinguishing system including fire alarm and/or smoke detection systems and equipment, fire hydrants, parking lots, walkways, parkways, driveways, landscaping, fences, signs and utility systems serving the Common Areas and all parts thereof, as well as providing the services for which there is a Common Area Operating Expense pursuant to Paragraph 4.2. Landlord shall not be obligated to paint the exterior or interior surfaces of exterior walls nor shall Landlord be obligated to maintain, repair or replace windows, doors or plate glass of the Premises. Tenant expressly waives the benefit of any statute now or hereafter in effect which would otherwise afford Tenant the right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense or terminate this Lease because of Landlord’s failure to keep the Building, Industrial Center or Common Areas in good order, condition and repair.

7.3. Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, Alterations.

(a) Definitions; Consent Required. The term “Utility Installations” is used in this Lease to refer to all air lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security, fire protections systems, lighting fixtures, heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment, plumbing, and fencing in, on or about the Premises. The term “Trade Fixtures” shall mean Tenant’s machinery and equipment which can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises. The term “Alterations” shall mean any modification of the improvements on the Premises under the terms of this Lease, other than Utility Installations or Trade Fixtures. “Tenant-Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations” are defined as Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Tenant that are not yet owned by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a). Tenant shall not make nor cause to be made any Alterations or Utility

 

8


Installations in, on, under or about the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant may, however, make non-structural Utility Installations to the interior of the Premises (excluding the roof) without Landlord’s consent but upon notice to Landlord, so long as they are not visible from the outside of the Premises, do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the roof or any existing walls, or changing or interfering with the fire sprinkler or fire detection systems and the cost thereof does not exceed $25,000.00.

(b) Consent. Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Tenant shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Landlord shall be presented to Landlord in written form with detailed plans. All consents given by Landlord, whether by virtue of Paragraph 7.3(a) or by subsequent specific consent, shall be deemed conditioned upon: (i) Tenant’s acquiring all applicable permits required by governmental authorities; (ii) the furnishing of copies of such permits together with a copy of the plans and specifications for the Alteration or Utility Installation to Landlord prior to commencement of the work thereon; and (iii) the compliance by Tenant with all conditions of said permits in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any Alterations of Utility Installations by Tenant during the term of this Lease shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner, with good and sufficient materials, and be in compliance with all Applicable Requirements. Tenant shall promptly upon completion thereof furnish Landlord with as-built plans and specifications therefor. Landlord may (but without obligation to do so) condition its consent to any requested Alteration or Utility Installation that costs $25,000.00 or more upon Tenant’s providing Landlord with a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to one and one-half times the estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation.

(c) Lien Protection. Tenant shall pay when due all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Tenant at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic’s or materialmen’s lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Tenant shall give Landlord not less than ten (10) days’ notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on, or about the Premises, and Landlord shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility in or on the Premises as provided by law. If Tenant shall, in good faith, contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand. then Tenant shall, at its sole expense. defend and protect itself, Landlord and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof against the Landlord or the Premises. If Landlord shall require, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a surety bond satisfactory to Landlord in an amount equal to one and one-half times the amount of such contested lien claim or demand, indemnifying Landlord against liability for the same, as required by law for the holding of the Premises free from the effect of such lien or claim. In addition, Landlord may require Tenant to pay Landlord’s attorneys’ fees and costs in participating in such action if Landlord shall decide it is to its best interest to do so.

7.4. Ownership, Removal, Surrender, and Restoration.

(a) Ownership. Subject to Landlord’s right to require their removal as expressly set forth below, and to cause Tenant to become the owner thereof as hereinafter provided in this Paragraph 7.4, all Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by Tenant shall be the property of and owned by Tenant, but considered a part of the Premises. Landlord may, at any time and at its option, elect in writing to Tenant to be the owner of all or any specified part of the Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Unless otherwise instructed per Subparagraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, become the property of Landlord and remain upon the Premises and be surrendered with the Premises by Tenant.

(b) Removal. Landlord may, by notice delivered to Tenant concurrently with Landlord’s consent to the installation of any Tenant-Owned Alterations or Utility Installations (but not the Tenant Improvements or Initial Alterations) require that any or all of such Tenant-Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, notwithstanding that their installation may have been consented to by Landlord. Landlord may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Alterations or Utility Installations made without the required consent of Landlord.

(c) Surrender/Restoration. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation thereof, shall not work a merger, and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate all or any existing subleases or subtenancies, or may, at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all such subleases or subtenancies. Immediately prior to the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove all of Tenant’s signs from the exterior of the Building and shall remove all of Tenant’s equipment, trade fixtures, furniture, supplies, wall decorations and other personal property from the Leased Premises, and shall vacate and surrender the Leased Premises to Landlord in the same condition, broom clean, as existed at the Lease Commencement Date, subject to Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations the removal of which is not required hereunder. Tenant shall repair all damage to the Leased Premises caused by Tenant or by Tenant’s

 

9


removal of Tenant’s property and all damage to the exterior of the Building caused by Tenant’s removal of Tenant’s signs. Tenant shall replace all stained or damaged ceiling tiles and shall repair or replace, as necessary, all burned out light bulbs and damaged or stained light lenses and shall repaint all painted walls. Tenant shall patch and refinish, to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction, all penetrations made by Tenant or its employees to the floor, walls or ceiling of the Leased Premises, whether such penetrations were made with Landlord’s approval or not. Additionally, Tenant shall, prior to the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, remove any improvements, constructed or installed by Tenant which Landlord pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.4(b) above, previously requested be so removed by Tenant and repair all damage caused by such removal. If the Leased Premises are not surrendered to Landlord in the condition required by this Article at the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, Landlord may, at Tenant’s expense, so remove Tenant’s signs, property and/or improvements not so removed and make such repairs and replacements not so made or hire, at Tenant’s expenses, independent contractors to perform such work. Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for all costs incurred by Landlord in returning the Leased Premises to the required condition and Tenant shall be deemed to have impermissibly held over until such time as such required work is completed. Tenant shall pay Base Monthly Rent and Additional Rent at the rate payable immediately preceding the Expiration Date until such work is completed.

8. Insurance; Indemnity.

8.1. Payment of Premiums. The cost of the premiums for the insurance policies maintained by Landlord under this Paragraph 8 shall be a Common Area Operating Expense pursuant to Paragraph 4.2 hereof. Premiums for policy periods commencing prior to, or extending beyond, the term of this Lease shall be prorated to coincide with the corresponding Commencement Date or Expiration Date.

8.2. Liability Insurance.

(a) Carried by Tenant. Tenant shall obtain and keep in force during the term of this Lease a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance protecting Tenant, Landlord and any Lender(s) whose names have been provided to Tenant in writing (as additional insureds) against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon, involving or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence with an “Additional Insured-Managers or Landlords of Premises· endorsement and contain the “Amendment of the Pollution Exclusion” endorsement for damage caused by heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. Tenant must either cause their liability policy to be endorsed to include pollution liability coverage, onsite and off site, including release of any pollutants, toxins, or contaminants, whether such release is sudden or prolonged or willful or accidental OR Tenant must procure a separate policy which provides coverage for pollution, liability, premises pollution, on site and off site , including release of any pollutants, toxins, or contaminants, whether such release is sudden or prolonged or willful or accidental. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an “Insured contract” for the performance of Tenant’s indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance required by this Lease or as carried by Tenant shall not, however, limit the liability of Tenant nor relieve Tenant of any obligation hereunder. All insurance to be required by this Lease or as carried by Tenant shall not, however, limit the liability of Tenant nor relieve Tenant of any obligation hereunder. All insurance to be carried by Tenant shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Landlord, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.

(b) Carried by Landlord. Landlord shall also maintain liability insurance described in Paragraph 8.2(a) above, in addition to and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by Tenant except coverage for pollution liability, premises pollution, on site and off site, including release of any pollutants, toxins, or contaminants, whether such release is sudden or prolonged or willful or accidental, shall only be carried solely by Tenant. Tenant shall not be named as an additional insured therein.

8.3. Property Insurance-Building, Improvements and Rental Value.

(a) Building and Improvements. Landlord shall obtain and keep in force during the term of this Lease a policy or policies in the name of Landlord, with loss payable to Landlord and to any Lender(s), insuring against loss or damage to the Building and Premises. Such insurance shall be for full replacement cost, as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by any Lender(s), but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value thereof if, by reason of the unique nature or age of the improvements involved, such latter amount is less than full replacement cost. Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures and Tenant’s personal property shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 8.4. Landlord’s policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or damage (and at Landlord’s option the perils of

 

10


flood and/or earthquake), including coverage for any additional costs resulting from debris removal and reasonable amounts of coverage for the enforcement of any ordinance or law regulating the reconstruction or replacement of any undamaged sections of the Building required to be demolished or removed by reason of the enforcement of any building, zoning, safety or land use laws as the result of a covered loss, but not including plate glass insurance. Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any co-insurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located.

(b) Rental Value. Landlord shall also obtain and keep in force during the term of this Lease a policy or policies in the name of Landlord, with loss payable to Landlord and any Lender(s), insuring the loss of the full rental and other charges payable by all tenants of the Building to Landlord for at least one year (including all Real Property Taxes, insurance costs, all Common Area Operating Expenses and any scheduled rental increases). Said insurance may provide that in the event the Lease is terminated by reason of an insured loss, the period of indemnity for such coverage shall be extended beyond the date of the completion of repairs or replacement of the Premises, to provide for one full year’s loss of rental revenues from the date of any such loss. Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any co-insurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected rental income, Real Property Taxes, insurance premium costs and other expenses, if any, otherwise payable, for the next 12-month period. Common Area Operating Expenses shall include any deductible amount in the event of such loss.

(c) Adjacent Premises. Tenant shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of the Building and for the Common Areas or other buildings in the Industrial Center If said increase is caused solely by Tenant’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

(d) Tenant’s Improvements. Since Landlord Is the Insuring Party, Landlord shall not be required to Insure Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations unless the Item In question has become the property of Landlord under the terms of this Lease.

8.4. Tenant’s Property Insurance. Subject to the requirements of Paragraph 8.5, Tenant at Its cost shall either by separate policy or by endorsement to a policy already carried, maintain insurance coverage on all of Tenant’s personal property, Trade Fixtures and Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations in, on, or about the Premises similar In coverage to that carried by Landlord as the Insuring Party under Paragraph 8.3(a). Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage with a deductible not to exceed $10,000.00 per occurrence. Upon request from Landlord, Tenant shall provide Landlord with written evidence that such Insurance is in force.

8.5. Insurance Policies. Insurance required hereunder shall be In companies duly licensed to transact business In the state where the Premises are located, and maintaining during the policy term a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least A-VII, or such other rating as may be required by a Lender, as set forth in the most current Issue of “Best’s Insurance Guide.” Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything which shall invalidate the insurance policies referred to in this Paragraph 8. Tenant shall cause to be delivered to Landlord, within seven (7) days after the earlier of the Early Possession Date or the Commencement Date, certificates evidencing the existence and amounts of, the insurance required under Paragraph 8.2(a) and 8.4. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to material modification except after ten (10) days’ prior written notice to Landlord. Tenant shall at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with evidence of renewals or “insurance binders” evidencing renewal thereof, or Landlord may following notice to order such Insurance and charge the cost thereof to Tenant, which amount shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord upon demand.

8.6. Waiver of Subrogation. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease to the contrary, Tenant and Landlord each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages (whether in contract or in tort) against the other, for loss or damage to their property arising out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against under Paragraph 8. The effect of such releases and waivers of the right to recover damages shall not be limited by the amount of Insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable thereto. Landlord and Tenant agree to have their respective insurance companies issuing property damage insurance waive any right to subrogation that such companies may have against Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, so long as the Insurance is not invalidated thereby.

8.7. Indemnity.

(a) By Tenant. Subject to the provisions of Section 8.6 above, Tenant, shall, during the term of this lease, indemnify and save harmless Landlord from any and all loss, damage, claims of damage, obligations, cause or causes of action, or liabilities of any kind or nature (including reasonable costs of attorney’s fees if Landlord

 

11


is made a party to any action which Tenant’s indemnity runs hereunder) by reason of injury or death of any person or persons or damage to any property of any kind and to whomsoever belonging, including injury or death to the person or damage to the property of Tenant, Tenant’s officers, directors, employees, agents, guests, subtenants and assignees, concessionaires and licensees, and any other person, firm or corporation selling or manufacturing merchandise or services upon or from the demised premises, or any part thereof, from any cause or cause whatsoever which result from Tenant’s use of the Premises or from any other activity done, permitted or suffered by Tenant. As a material part of the consideration to Landlord, Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons in or about the Premises from any cause whatsoever (except that which is caused by the negligence or willful misconduct by Landlord or its Agents or by the failure of Landlord to observe any of the terms and conditions of this Lease after prior written notice from Tenant). Tenant’s obligations under this paragraph shall survive the termination of this Lease.

(b) By Landlord. Subject to the provisions of Section 8.6, Landlord shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Tenant and Tenant’s agents, employees, officers, directors, shareholders and partners from and against all liabilities, obligations, damages, penalties, claims, causes of action, costs, charges and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, administrative costs and costs of appeals which may be imposed upon or incurred by, or asserted by reason of any of the following which shall occur during the Term of this Lease, or during any period of time prior to the Lease Commencement Date:

(i) Any work or act done in or about the Premises or the Building by Landlord or its agents, contractors or employees;

(ii) Any negligence or other wrongful act or omission on the part of the Landlord or any of its agents, contractors, subcontractors, servants, employees, subtenants, licensees or invitees;

(iii) Any accident, injury or damage to any persons or property occurring in, on or about the common area, unless caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its employees, contractors or agents, as well as any accident, injury or damage to any persons or property occurring in or about the common area, unless caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its employees, contractors or agents; and

(iv) Any failure on the part of Landlord to perform or comply with any of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions, conditions or limitations contained in this Lease on its part to be performed or complied with as long as Landlord was given prior written notice.

8.8. Exemption of Landlord from Liability. Landlord shall not be liable for injury or damage which may be sustained by Tenant or to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Tenant, Tenant’s employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, earthquake, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, which may leak or from or into any part of the premises or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Building of which the Premises are a part, from other sources or places, and regardless of whether the cause of such damage or injury or the means of preparing the same is accessible or not. Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of Landlord nor from the failure by Landlord to enforce the provisions of any other lease in the Industrial Center. Notwithstanding Landlord’s negligence or breach of this Lease, Landlord shall under no circumstances be liable for injury to Tenant’s business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom.

9. Damage or Destruction.

9.1. Definitions.

(a) “Premises Partial Damage” shall mean damage or destruction to the Premises, other than Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, the repair cost of which damage or destruction is less than fifty percent (50%) of the then Replacement Cost (as defined in Paragraph 9.(d)) of the Premises (excluding the Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures) immediately prior to such damage or destruction.

(b) “Premises Total Destruction” shall mean damage or destruction to the Premises, other than Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, the repair cost of which damage or destruction is fifty percent (50%) or more of the then Replacement Cost of the Premises (excluding Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures) immediately prior to such damage or destruction. In addition, damage or destruction to the Building, other than Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures of any tenants of the

 

12


Building, the cost of which damage or destruction is fifty percent (50%) or more of the then Replacement Cost (excluding Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures of any Tenants of the Building) of the Building shall, at the option of Landlord, be deemed to be Premises total Destruction.

(c) “Industrial Center Total Destruction” shall mean damage or destruction to the Industrial Center or the Building in which the premises are located, regardless of the damage to the premises. The cost of which damage or destruction is fifty percent (50%) or more of the then Replacement Cost of the Industrial Center or the Building (excluding Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures) immediately prior to such damage or destruction.

(d) “Insured Loss” shall mean damage or destruction to the Premises, other than Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a) irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.

(e) “Replacement Cost” shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the improvements owned by Landlord at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of applicable building codes, ordinances or laws, and without deduction for depreciation.

(f) “Hazardous Substance Condition” shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a Hazardous Substance as defined in Paragraph 6.2(a), in, on, or under the Premises.

9.2. Premises Partial or Total Damage-Insured or Uninsured Loss. If Premises Partial or Total Damage that is an Insured or Uninsured Loss occurs, then Landlord shall, at Landlord’s expense, repair such damage (but not Tenant’s Trade Fixtures or Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) as soon as reasonably possible, but only to the extent of the available insurance proceeds, if any (provided Landlord has maintained the insurance coverage required hereunder), and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. In the event, however, that there is a shortage of insurance proceeds and such shortage is due to any reason (other than Landlord’s failure to maintain the insurance required hereunder) including the fact that some but not all of which may include the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements in the Premises, full replacement cost insurance coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, then Landlord shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Tenant provides Landlord with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within ten (10) days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefore [no deductible payment will be included in any such “shortage”]. If Landlord receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said thirty (30) day period, Landlord shall complete the repairs as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If Landlord does not receive such funds or assurance within said period, Landlord may nevertheless elect by written notice to Tenant within ten (10) days thereafter to make such restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Landlord paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect if Landlord does not receive such funds or assurance within such thirty (30) day period, and if Landlord does not so elect to restore and repair, then this Lease shall terminate sixty (60) days following the occurrence of the damage or destruction. Unless otherwise agreed, Tenant shall in no event have any right to reimbursement from Landlord for any funds contributed by Tenant to repair any such damage or destruction.

9.3. Intentionally Deleted.

9.4. Industrial Center Destruction. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if the Industrial Center in which the Premises are located suffers Total Destruction (including any destruction required by any authorized public authority), this Lease at Landlord’s option shall terminate sixty (60) days following the date of such Total Destruction, whether or not the damage or destruction affected the premises. In the event, however, that the damage or destruction was caused by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to recover Landlord’s damages from Tenant except as released and waived in Paragraph 9.7.

9.5. Damage Near End of Term. If at any time during the last six (6) months of the term of this Lease there is damage to the Premises for which the cost to repair (other than the repair of Tenant’s Trade Fixtures or Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) exceeds three (3) months’ Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, terminate this Lease effective sixty (60) days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving written notice to Tenant of Landlord’s election to do so within thirty (30) days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Provided, however, if Tenant at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease, then Tenant may preserve this Lease by (a) exercising such option, and (b) providing Landlord

 

13


with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Tenant duly exercises such option during such period and provides Landlord with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s expense repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Tenant falls to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate as of the date set forth in the first sentence of this Paragraph 9.5.

9.6. Abatement of Rent; Tenant’s Remedies.

(a) In the event of (i) Premises Partial Damage or (ii) Hazardous Substance Condition for which Tenant is not legally responsible, the Base Rent, Common Area Operating Expenses and other charges, if any, payable by Tenant hereunder for the period during which such damage or condition, its repair, remediation or restoration continues, shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Tenant’s use of the Premises is impaired, but not in excess of proceeds from insurance required to be carried under Paragraph 8.3(b). Except for abatement of Base Rent, Common Area Operating Expenses and other charges, if any, as aforesaid, all other obligations of Tenant hereunder shall be performed by Tenant, and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for any damage suffered by reason of any such damage, destruction, repair, remediation or restoration.

(b) If Landlord shall be obligated to repair or restore the Premises under the provisions of this Paragraph 9 and shall not commence, in a substantial and meaningful way, the repair or restoration of the Premises within ninety (90) days after such obligation shall accrue, Tenant may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Landlord and to any Lenders of which Tenant has actual notice of Tenant’s election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than sixty (60) days following the giving of such notice. If Tenant gives such notice to Landlord and such Lenders and such repair or restoration is not commenced within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in said notice. If Landlord or a Lender commences the repair or restoration of the Premises within thirty (30) days after the receipt of such notice, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect (subject to the remaining rights of that set forth herein) “commence” as used in this Paragraph 9.6 shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever occurs first.

(c) In the event of any damage which affects the Premises or the Building outside the boundaries of the Premises, Landlord will, within thirty (30) days following the date of the damage, deliver to Tenant an estimate of the time necessary to repair the damage in question such that the Premises may be used by and accessible to Tenant and the Building and Common Areas; such notice will be based upon the review and opinions of Landlord’s architect and contractor (“Landlord’s Repair Notice”). If the Premises are damaged by fire or other casualty and are rendered not reasonably usable for Tenant’s business purposes thereby, or if the Building shall be so damaged that Tenant shall be deprived of reasonable access to the Premises, and if, pursuant to Landlord’s Repair Notice, the restoration shall not be substantially completed on or before the date which shall be nine (9) months following the date of such damage or destruction, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease (with respect to the affected Floors only, or the entire Premises, at Tenant’s option) by giving written notice (the “Termination Notice”) to Landlord not later than thirty (30) days following receipt of Landlord’s Repair Notice. If Tenant gives a Termination Notice, this Lease shall be deemed cancelled and terminated as of the date of the damage as if such date were the Expiration Date, and Rent shall be apportioned and shall be paid or refunded, as the case may be up to and including the date of such damage or destruction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant was entitled to but elected not to exercise its right to terminate this Lease and Landlord does not substantially complete the repair and restoration of the Premises within two (2) months after the expiration of the estimated period of time set forth in Landlord’s Repair Notice, which period shall be extended to the extent of any delays caused by Tenant, then Tenant may terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days after the expiration of such period, as the same may be so extended.

9.7. Hazardous Substance Conditions. If a Hazardous Substance Condition occurs, unless Tenant is legally responsible therefor (in which case Tenant shall make the investigation and remediation thereof required by Applicable Requirements and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but subject to Landlord’s rights under Paragraph 6.2(c) and Paragraph 13), Landlord may at Landlord’s option either (i) investigate and remediate such Hazardous Substance Condition, if required, as soon as reasonably possible at Landlord’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) if the estimated cost to investigate and remediate such condition exceeds twelve (12) times the then monthly Base Rent or $50,000, whichever is greater, give written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt by Landlord of knowledge of the occurrence of such Hazardous Substance Condition of Landlord’s desire to terminate this Lease as of the date sixty (60) days following the date of

 

14


such notice. In the event Landlord elects to give such notice of Landlord’s intention to terminate this Lease, Tenant shall have the right within ten (10) days after receipt of such notice to give written notice to Landlord of Tenant’s commitment to pay for the excess costs of (a) investigation and remediation of such Hazardous Substance Condition to the extent required by Applicable Requirements, over (B) an amount equal to twelve (12) times the then monthly Base Rent or $50,000 whichever is greater. Tenant shall provide Landlord with the funds required of Tenant or satisfactory assurance thereof within thirty (30) days following said commitment by Tenant. In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Landlord shall proceed to make such Investigation and remediation as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Tenant does not give such notice and provide the required funds or assurance thereof within the time period specified above, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Landlord’s notice of termination.

9.8. Termination – Advance Payments. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to this Paragraph 9, Landlord shall return to Tenant any advance payment made by Tenant to Landlord and so much of Tenant’s Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Landlord under the terms of this Lease.

9.9. Waiver of Statutes. Landlord and Tenant agree that the terms of this Lease shall govern the effect of any damage to or destruction of the Premises and the Building with respect to the termination of this Lease and hereby waive the provisions of any present or future statute to the extent it is inconsistent herewith.

10. Real Property Taxes.

10.1. Payment of Taxes. Landlord shall pay the Real Property Taxes, as defined in Paragraph 10.2, applicable to the Industrial Center, and except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 10.3, any such amounts shall be included In the calculation of Common Area Operating Expenses in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.2.

10.2. Real Property Tax Definition. As used herein, the term “Real Property Taxes” shall include any form of real estate tax or assessment, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, and any license fee, commercial rental tax, improvement bond or bonds, levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income or estate taxes) imposed upon the Industrial Center by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax, including any city, state or federal government, or any school, agricultural, sanitary, fire, street, drainage, or other improvement district thereof, levied against any legal or equitable interest of Landlord in the Industrial Center or any portion thereof, Landlord’s right to rent or other income therefrom, and/or Landlord’s business of leasing the Premises. The term “Real Property Taxes” shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein, imposed by reason of events occurring, or changes In Applicable Law taking effect, during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to a change in the ownership of the Industrial Center or in the improvements thereon, the execution of this Lease, or any modification, amendment or transfer thereof, and whether or not contemplated by the Parties. In calculating Real Property Taxes for any calendar year, the Real Property Taxes for any real estate tax year shall be included in the calculation of Real Property Taxes for such calendar year based upon the number of days which such calendar year and tax year have in common.

10.3. Additional Improvements. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Common Area Operating Expenses as payable under Paragraph 4.2, the entirety of any increase in Real Property Taxes if assessed solely by reason of Alterations, Trade Fixtures or Utility Installations placed upon the Premises by Tenant or at Tenant’s request.

10.4. Joint Assessment. If the Building is not separately assessed, Real Property Taxes allocated to the Building shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed or the industrial center, such proportion to be determined by Landlord from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor’s worksheets or such other information as may be reasonably available. Landlord’s reasonable determination thereof, in good faith, shall be conclusive.

10.5. Tenant’s Property Taxes. Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against and levied upon Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Tenant contained in the Premises or stored within the Industrial Center. When possible, Tenant shall cause Its Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Landlord. If any of Tenant’s said property shall be assessed with Landlord’s real property, Tenant shall pay Landlord the taxes attributable to Tenant’s property within ten (10) days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes applicable to Tenant’s property.

11. Utilities. Tenant shall pay directly for all utilities and services supplied to the Premises, including but not limited to electricity, water, telephone, security, gas, sewer, trash removal and cleaning of the Premises, together with

 

15


any taxes thereon. If any such utilities or services are not separately metered to the Premises or separately billed to the Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a reasonable proportion to be determined by Landlord of all such charges jointly metered or billed with other premises in the Building, in the manner and within the time periods set forth in Paragraph 4.2(d). Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for injury, damage, loss of Tenant’s business or profits, from any failure, interruption, rationing or other curtailment in the supply of electric, gas, water or other utilities from whatever cause. Tenant shall not consume water in excess of that usually furnished or supplied for reasonable and normal drinking and lavatory use in connection with an office environment (as determined by Landlord), without first procuring the written consent of Landlord, which Landlord may refuse, and in the event of consent, Landlord may have installed a water meter in the Premises to measure the amount of water consumed. The cost of any such meter and of its installation, maintenance and repair shall be paid for by the Tenant, and Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord promptly upon demand for all such water consumed as shown by said meters, at the rates charged for such services by the local public utility plus any additional expense incurred in keeping account of the water so consumed. If a separate meter is not installed, the excess cost for such water shall be established by an estimate made by a utility company or electrical engineer hired by Landlord at Tenant’s expense.

12. Assignment and Subletting.

12.1. Landlord’s Consent Required.

(a) Tenant shall not assign this lease, nor any right hereunder, nor sublet the premises, nor any part thereof, without the prior written consent of Landlord which will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. In exercising its reasonable discretion Landlord may consider all commercially relevant factors involved in the leasing of the Premises including but not limited to the a) the creditworthiness and financial stability of the prospective assignee or subtenant (as compared to the obligations of such entity under the sublease or assignment, as the case may be); b) references of prior landlords; c) the past history of such subtenant, with respect to involvement in litigation and bankruptcy proceedings; d) the impact of said subtenant or assignee and proposed use of the premises on pedestrian and vehicular traffic, other tenants, and parking; e) the use, generation or disposal of hazardous materials. The presence of one negative factor enumerated above if material, shall be deemed reasonable justification for Landlord’s withholding consent.

(b) A change in the control of Tenant shall constitute an assignment requiring Landlord’s consent. The transfer of forty-nine percent (49%) or more of the voting control of Tenant shall constitute a change in control for this purpose. An initial public offering of Tenant’s stock on a recognized exchange, as well as the subsequent transfer of shares of Tenant’s stock on a public exchange, will not, however, be deemed an assignment.

(c) So long as Tenant is not entering into the Permitted Transfer for the purpose of avoiding or otherwise circumventing the remaining terms of this Article 12, Tenant may assign its entire interest under this Lease, without the consent of Landlord, to (i) an affiliate, subsidiary, or parent of Tenant, or a corporation, partnership or other legal entity wholly owned by Tenant (collectively, an “Affiliated Party”), or (ii) a successor to Tenant by purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization, provided that all of the following conditions are satisfied (each such Transfer a “Permitted Transfer”): (1) Tenant is not in default under this Lease; (2) Tenant shall give Landlord written notice prior to the effective date of the proposed Permitted Transfer; and (3) with respect to a purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization or any Permitted Transfer which results in Tenant ceasing to exist as a separate legal entity, (a) Tenant’s successor shall own all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, and (b) Tenant’s successor shall have a net worth which is at least equal to the greater of Tenant’s net worth at the date of this Lease or Tenant’s net worth as of the day prior to the proposed purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization. If requested by Landlord, Tenant’s successor shall sign a commercially reasonable form of assumption agreement as used herein, (A) “parent” shall mean a company which owns a majority of Tenant’s voting equity; (B) “subsidiary” shall mean an entity wholly owned by Tenant or at least 51% of whose voting equity is owned by Tenant; and (C) “affiliate” shall mean an entity controlled by, controlling or under common control with Tenant.

(d) An assignment or subletting of Tenant’s interest in this Lease without Landlord’s specific prior written consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1, or a non-curable Breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Landlord elects to treat such unconsented to assignment or subletting as a non-curable Breach, Landlord shall have the right to either: (i) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon thirty (30) days’ written notice (“Landlord’s Notice”), increase the monthly Base Rent for the Premises to the greater of the then fair market rental value of the Premises, as reasonably determined by Landlord, or one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Base Rent then in effect Pending determination of the new fair market rental value, if disputed by Tenant, Tenant shall pay the amount set forth in Landlord’s Notice, with any overpayment credited against the next installment(s) of Base Rent coming due, and any underpayment for the period retroactively to the effective date of the adjustment being due and payable immediately upon the determination thereof. Further, in

 

16


the event of such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held by Tenant shall be subject to similar adjustment to the then fair market value as reasonably determined by Landlord (without the Lease being considered an encumbrance or any deduction for depreciation or obsolescence, and considering the Premises at its highest and best use and in good condition) or one hundred ten percent (110%) of the price previously in effect, (ii) any index-oriented rental or price adjustment formulas contained in this Lease shall be adjusted to require that the base index be determined with reference to the index applicable to the time of such adjustment, and (iii) any fixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased in the same ratio as the new rental bears to the Base Rent in effect immediately prior to the adjustment specified in Landlord’s Notice.

(e) Tenant’s remedy for any breach of this Paragraph 12.1 by Landlord shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.

12.2. Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting.

(a) Landlord will respond to any request for consent to an assignment or sublease within fifteen (15) days following receipt of such request. If Landlord fails to timely deliver to Tenant notice of Landlord’s consent, or the withholding of consent, to a proposed Transfer, Tenant may send a second (2nd) notice to Landlord, which notice must contain the following inscription, in bold faced lettering: “SECOND NOTICE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 12 OF LEASE—FAILURE TO TIMELY RESPOND WITHIN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS SHALL RESULT IN DEEMED APPROVAL OF ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLEASE.” If Landlord falls to deliver notice of Landlord’s consent to, or the withholding of Landlord’s consent, to the proposed assignment or sublease within such five (5) business day period, Landlord shall be deemed to have approved the assignment or sublease in question. If Landlord at any time timely delivers notice to Tenant or Landlord’s withholding of consent to a proposed assignment or sublease, Landlord shall specify in reasonable detail in such notice, the basis for such withholding of consent. Regardless of Landlord’s consent, any assignment or subletting shall not (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or subtenant of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease, (ii) release Tenant of any obligations hereunder, nor (iii) alter the primary liability of Tenant for the payment of Base Rent and other sums due Landlord hereunder or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by Tenant under this Lease.

(b) Landlord may accept any rent or performance of Tenant’s obligations from any person other than Tenant pending approval or disapproval of an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of any rent for performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Landlord’s right to exercise its remedies for the Default or Breach by Tenant of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease.

(c) The consent of Landlord to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting by Tenant or to any subsequent or successive assignment or subletting by the assignee or subtenant. However, Landlord may consent to subsequent or successive assignment or subletting by the assignee or subtenant. However, Landlord may consent to subsequent sublettings and assignments of the sublease or any amendments or modifications thereto without notifying Tenant or anyone else liable under this Lease or the sublease and without obtaining their consent; provided, however, that if Landlord consents to a subsequent amendment of this Lease with an assignee of Tenant, which amendment increases the obligations or liability of the “tenant” hereunder, the original Tenant shall not be liable for such increased obligations unless the original Tenant consented to such amendment In writing.

(d) In the event of any Default or Breach of Tenant’s obligation under this Lease, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant, any guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of the Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, including any subtenant, without first exhausting Landlord’s remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefor to Landlord, or any security held by Landlord.

(e) Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Landlord’s determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or subtenant, including but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any, together with a non-refundable deposit of $1,000, as reasonable consideration for Landlord’s considering and processing the request for consent. Tenant agrees to provide Landlord with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested by Landlord.

(f) Any assignee of, or subtenant under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment or entering Into such sublease, be deemed, for the benefit of Landlord, to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Tenant during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Landlord has specifically consented in writing.

 

17


(g) If Tenant desires to Sublet substantially the entire Premises for substantially the remainder of the term (other than pursuant to the Permitted Transfer) or assign the Premises (other than pursuant to a Permitted Transfer) prior to the expiration of the term of this lease and obtains an acceptable subtenant or assignee, then the Landlord shall have the option prior to the execution of the sublease or assignment agreement to cancel this Lease with respect to the portion of the Premises that is the subject of such proposed assignment or sublease. Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion, may then enter into a new lease with any prospective subtenant as the substitute Tenant. If Landlord exercises this option, then this present lease shall be terminated by mutual agreement as of that time.

12.3. Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting. The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting or assignment by Tenant of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases and assignments under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

(a) Tenant hereby assigns and transfers to Landlord all of Tenant’s interest in all rentals, income or other consideration arising from any sublease or assignment of all or a portion of the Premises heretofore or hereafter made by Tenant, and Landlord may collect such sums and apply same toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Landlord shall not, by reason of the foregoing provision or any other assignment of such sublease to Landlord, nor by reason of the collection of the rents from a subtenant, be deemed liable to the subtenant for any failure of Tenant to perform and comply with any of Tenant’s obligations to such subtenant under such Sublease. Tenant hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such subtenant, upon receipt of a written notice from Landlord, to pay to Landlord the rents and other charges due and to become due under the sublease. Subtenant shall rely upon any such statement and request from Landlord and shall pay such rents and other charges to Landlord without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether any Breach exists and notwithstanding any notice from or claim from Tenant to the contrary. Tenant shall have no right or claim against such subtenant, or, until the Breach has been cured, against Landlord, for any such rents and other charges so paid by said subtenant to Landlord.

(b) In the event of a Breach by Tenant in the performance of its obligations under this Lease, Landlord, at its option and without any obligation to do so, may require any subtenant to attorn to Landlord, in which event Landlord shall undertake the obligations of the sub landlord under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, Landlord shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such subtenant to such sub landlord or for any other prior defaults or breaches of such sub landlord under such sublease.

(c) Any matter or thing requiring the consent of the sub landlord under a sublease shall also require the consent of Landlord herein.

(d) No subtenant under a sublease or assignee approved by Landlord shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(e) Landlord shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Tenant to the subtenant, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Tenant within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The subtenant shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Tenant for any such Defaults cured by the subtenant.

13. Default; Breach; Remedies.

13.1. Default; Breach. Landlord and Tenant agree that if any attorney is consulted by Landlord in connection with a Tenant Default or Breach (as hereinafter defined), $350.00 is a reasonable minimum sum per such occurrence for legal services and costs in the preparation and service of a notice of Default, and that Landlord may include the cost of such services and costs in said notice as rent due and payable to cure said default. a “Default” by Tenant is defined as a failure by Tenant to observe, comply with or perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or rules applicable to Tenant under this Lease. A “Breach” by Tenant is defined as the occurrence of any one or more of the following Defaults, and, where a grace period for cure after notice is specified herein, the failure by Tenant to cure such Default prior to the expiration of the applicable grace period, and shall entitle Landlord to pursue the remedies set forth in Paragraphs 13.2 and/or 13.3.

 

18


(a) The vacating of the Premises, or the abandonment of the Premises without paying the Rent due hereunder.

(b) Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Lease, the failure by Tenant to make any payment of Base Rent, Tenant’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses, or any other monetary payment required to be made by Tenant hereunder as and when due, the failure by Tenant to provide Landlord with reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond required under this Lease, or the failure of Tenant to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of five (5) days following written notice thereof by or on behalf of Landlord to Tenant.

(c) Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Lease, the failure by Tenant to provide Landlord with reasonable written evidence (in duly executed original form, if applicable) of (i) compliance with Applicable Requirements per Paragraph 6.3, (ii) the inspection, maintenance and service contracts required under Paragraph 7.1(b), (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or subletting per Paragraph 12.1, (iv) a Tenancy Statement per Paragraphs 16 or 37, (v) the subordination or non-subordination of this Lease per Paragraph 30, (vi) the guaranty of the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease if required under Paragraphs 1.11 and 37, (vii) the execution of any document requested under Paragraph 42 (easements), or (viii) any other documentation or information which Landlord may reasonably require of Tenant under the terms of this Lease, where any such failure continues for a period often (10) days following written notice by or on behalf of Landlord to Tenant.

(d) A Default by Tenant as to the terms covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 40 hereof that are to be observed, complied with or performed by Tenant, other than those described in Subparagraphs 13.1(a), (b), or (c), above, where such Default continues for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof by or on behalf of Landlord to Tenant; provided however, that if the nature of Tenant’s Default is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach of this Lease by Tenant if Tenant commences such cure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

(e) The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the making by Tenant of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) Tenant’s becoming a “debtor” as defined in 11 U.S. Code Section 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest In this Lease, where possession is not restored to Tenant within thirty (30) days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within thirty (30) days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this Subparagraph 13.1(e) is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and shall not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

(f) The discovery by Landlord that any financial statement of Tenant or of any Guarantor, given to Landlord by Tenant or any Guarantor, was materially false.

(g) If the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease is guaranteed: (i) the death of a Guarantor, (ii) the termination of a Guarantor’s liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty, (iii) a Guarantor’s becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing, (iv) a Guarantor’s refusal to honor the guaranty, or (v) a Guarantor’s breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory breach basis, and Tenant’s failure, within sixty (60) days following written notice by or on behalf of Landlord to Tenant of any such event, to provide Landlord with written alternative assurances of security, which, when coupled with the then existing resources of Tenant, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of Tenant and the Guarantors that existed at the time of the execution of this Lease.

 

19


13.2. Remedies. If Tenant fails to commence to perform any affirmative duty or obligation of Tenant under this Lease, within ten (10) business days after written notice to Tenant (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Landlord may at its option (but without obligation to do so), perform such duty or obligation on Tenant’s behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. The costs and expenses of any such performance by Landlord shall be due and payable by Tenant to Landlord upon invoice therefor. If any check given to Landlord by Tenant shall not be honored by the bank upon which it is drawn, Landlord, at its own option, may require all future payments to be made under this Lease by Tenant to be made only by cashier’s check. In the event of a Breach of this Lease by Tenant (as defined in Paragraph 13.1), with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Landlord in the exercise of any right or remedy which Landlord may have by reason of such Breach, Landlord may:

(a) Terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease and the term hereof shall terminate and Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. In such event Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant (i) the worth at the time of the award of the unpaid rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by the Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, Including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and that portion of any leasing commission paid by Landlord in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco or the Federal Reserve Bank District in which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent (1%). Efforts by Landlord to mitigate damages caused by Tenant’s Default or Breach of this Lease shall not waive Landlord’s right to recover damages under this Paragraph 13.2. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Landlord shall have the right to recover in such proceeding the unpaid rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Landlord may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit for such rent and/or damages. If a notice and grace period required under Subparagraph 13.1(b), (c) or (d) was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit, as the case may be, given to Tenant under any statute authorizing the forfeiture of leases for unlawful detainer shall also constitute the applicable notice for grace period purposes required by Subparagraph 13.1(b), (c) or (d). In such case, the applicable grace period under the unlawful detainer statue shall run concurrently after the one such statutory notice, and the failure of Tenant to cure the Default within the greater of the two (2) such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Landlord to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

(b) Continue the Lease and Tenant’s right to possession in effect (in California under California Civil Code Section 1951.4) after Tenant’s Breach and recover the rent as it becomes due, provided Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonably limitations. Landlord and Tenant agree that the limitations on assignment and subletting in this Lease are reasonable. Acts of maintenance or preservation, efforts to relet the Premises, or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Landlord’s Interest under this Lease, shall not constitute a termination of the Tenant’s right to possession.

(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available to Landlord under the taws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located.

(d) The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Tenant’s right to possession shall not relieve Tenant from liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises.

        13.3. [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

        13.4. Late Charges. Tenant hereby acknowledges that late payment by Tenant to Landlord of rent and other sums due hereunder will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Landlord by the terms of any ground lease, mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises. Accordingly, if any installment of rent or other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee within five (5) days after such amount shall be due (that provided, however that Tenant shall be entitled to notice, prior to the commencement of such five (5) day period, on the first (1st) occasion in any calendar year on which Tenant falls to timely pay an amount due hereunder), then, without any requirement for notice to Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to ten percent (10%) of such overdue amount. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant. Acceptance of such late charge be Landlord shall in no event constitute a waiver of Tenant’s Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent Landlord from exercising any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for three (3) consecutive installments of Base Rent, then notwithstanding Paragraph 4.1 or any other provision of this Lease to the contrary, Base Rent shall, at Landlord’s option, become due and payable quarterly in advance; provided, however, that if Tenant subsequently pays such quarterly Base Rent in a timely fashion for four (4) consecutive calendar quarters, Rent shall thereafter be payable on a monthly basis.

 

20


13.4 Breach by Landlord. Landlord shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease unless Landlord fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Landlord. For purposes of this Paragraph 13.4, a reasonable time shall in no event be less than thirty (30) days after receipt by Landlord, and by any lender(s) whose name and address shall have been furnished to Tenant in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Landlord has not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation Is such that more than thirty (30) days after such notice are reasonably required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be In breach of this Lease if performance is commenced within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

14. Condemnation. If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (all of which are herein called “condemnation”), this Lease shall terminate as to the part so taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than twenty five percent (25%) of the floor area of the Premises, or more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the portion of the Common Areas designated for Tenant’s parking, is taken by condemnation, Tenant may, at Tenant’s option, to be exercised in writing within ten (10) days after Landlord shall have given Tenant written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within ten (10) days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Tenant does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in the same proportion as the rentable floor area of the Premises taken bears to the total rentable floor area of the Premises. No reduction of the Base Rent shall occur if the condemnation does not apply to any portion of the Premises. Any award for the taking of all or any part of the Premises under the power of eminent domain or any payment made under threat of the exercise of such power shall be the property of Landlord, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution of value of the leasehold or for the taking of the fee, or as severance damages; provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to any compensation, separately awarded to Tenant for Tenant’s relocation expenses and/or loss of Tenant’s Trade Fixtures. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of such condemnation, Landlord shall to the extent of its net severance damages received, over and above Tenant’s Share of the legal and other expenses incurred by Landlord in the condemnation matter, repair any damage to the Premises caused by such condemnation authority. Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of any amount In excess of such net severance damages required to complete such repair.

15. Broker’s Fees.

15.1. Procuring Cause. The Broker(s) named in Paragraph 1.10 is/are the procuring cause of this Lease.

15.2. Additional Terms. Unless Landlord and Broker(s) have otherwise agreed in writing, Landlord agrees that: (a) If Tenant exercises any Option (as defined in Paragraph 39.1) granted under this Lease or any Option subsequently granted, or (b) if Tenant acquires any rights to the Premises or other premises in which Landlord has an Interest, or (c) if Tenant remains in possession of the Premises with the consent of Landlord after the expiration of the term of this Lease after having failed to exercise an Option, or (d) if said Brokers are the procuring cause of any other lease or sale entered into between the Parties pertaining to the Premises and/or any adjacent property in which Landlord has an interest, or (e) if Base Rent is increased, whether by agreement or operation of an escalation clause herein, then as to any of said transactions, Landlord shall not be liable to said Broker(s) to pay a fee.

15.3. Assumption of Obligations. Any buyer or transferee of Landlord’s interest in this Lease, whether such transfer is by agreement or by operation of law, shall be deemed to have assumed Landlord’s obligation under this Paragraph 15.

15.4. Representations and Warranties. Tenant and Landlord each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder other than as named in Paragraph 1.10(a) in connection with the negotiation of this Lease and/or the consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby, and that no broker or other person, firm or entity other than said named Broker(s) is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection with said transaction. Tenant and Landlord do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, and/or attorneys’ fees reasonably Incurred with respect thereto.

 

21


16. Tenancy and Financial Statements.

16.1. Tenancy Statement. Each Party (as “Responding Party”) shall within ten (10) business days after written notice from the other Party (the “Requesting Party”) execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in a form similar to the then most current “Tenancy Statement” form published by the American Industrial Real Estate Association, plus such additional information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.

16.2. Financial Statement. If Landlord desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises or the Building, or any part thereof, Tenant and all the Guarantors shall deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Landlord such financial statements of Tenant and such Guarantors as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Tenant’s financial statements for the past three (3) years. All such financial statements shall be received by Landlord and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

17. Landlord’s Liability. The term “Landlord” as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises. In the event of a transfer of Landlord’s title or interest in the Premises or in this Lease, Landlord shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Landlord at the time of such transfer or assignment. Except as provided In Paragraph 15.3, upon such transfer or assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Landlord shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by Landlord. Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Landlord shall be binding only upon the Landlord as herein above defined. Notwithstanding any other terms or provisions of this lease, Tenant agrees that in the event of any default or breach by Landlord with respect to any of the terms of the Lease to be observed and performed by Landlord (a) Tenant shall look solely to the estate and property (which is the subject of this lease) of Landlord or any successor in interest in the property (which shall be deemed to include the rental income, the proceeds of any sale by Landlord as well as any insurance or condemnation proceeds), for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies for the collection of a judgment (or other judicial process) requiring the payment of money by Landlord; (b) no other property or assets of Landlord, its partners, members, shareholders, officers or any successor in interest shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction if Tenant’s remedies;(c) no personal liability shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against Landlord, it’s partner’s, members or successors in interest (except to the extent permitted in (a) above), and no judgment will be taken against any partner, member, shareholder, officer or director of Landlord. The provisions of this section shall apply only to the Landlord and the parties herein described, and shall not be for the benefit of any insurer nor any other third party.

18. Severability. The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

19. Interest on Past-Due Obligations. Any monetary payment due Landlord hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Landlord within ten (10) days following the date on which it was due, shall bear interest from the date due at the prime rate charged by the largest state chartered bank in the state in which the Premises are located plus four percent (4%) per annum, but not exceeding the maximum rate allowed by law, in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

20. Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

21. Rent Defined. All monetary obligations of Tenant to Landlord under the terms of this Lease are deemed to be rent.

22. No Prior or other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer. This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Lease and as to the nature, quality and character of the Premises. Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party. Each Broker shall be an intended third party beneficiary of the provisions of this Paragraph 22.

 

22


23. Notices.

23.1. Notice Requirements. All notices required or permitted by this Lease shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by messenger or courier service) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mall, with postage prepaid, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party’s signature on this lease shall be that Party’s address for delivery or mailing of notice purposes. Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice purposes. A copy of all notices required or permitted to be given to Landlord hereunder shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Landlord may from time to time hereafter designate by written notice to Tenant.

23.2. Date of Notice. Any notice sent by registered or certified mall, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular mall, the notice shall be deemed given three (3) business days after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantees next day delivery shall be deemed given twenty-four (24) hours after delivery of the same to the United States Postal Service or courier. If notice is received or otherwise deemed delivered on a Saturday or a Sunday or a legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

24. Waivers. No waiver by a party of the Default or Breach of any term covenant or condition hereof by the other, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by the other of the same or any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Landlord’s consent to, or approval of, any such act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Landlord’s consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by Tenant, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent. Regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of a Default or Breach at the time of accepting rent, the acceptance of rent by Landlord shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Tenant of any provision hereof. Any payment given Landlord by Tenant may be accepted by Landlord on account of moneys or damages due Landlord, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Tenant in connection therewith, which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to In writing by Landlord at or before the time of deposit of such payment.

25. Recording. Either Landlord or Tenant shall, upon request of the other, execute, acknowledge and deliver to the other a short form memorandum of this lease for recording purposes. The Party requesting recordation shall be responsible for payment of any fees or taxes applicable thereto.

26. No Right To Holdover. Tenant has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or earlier termination of this lease. In the event that Tenant holds over in violation of this Paragraph 26 then the Base Rent payable from and after the time of the expiration or earlier termination of this lease shall be increased to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent applicable during the month immediately preceding such expiration or earlier termination. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as a consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant.

27. Cumulative Remedies. No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

28. Covenants and Conditions. AI provisions of this lease to be observed or performed by Tenant are both covenants and conditions.

29. Binding Effect; Choice of Law. This Lease shall be binding upon the Parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.

30. Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance.

30.1. Subordination. This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively, “Security Device”), now or hereafter placed by Landlord upon the real property of which the Premises are a part, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. Tenant agrees that the Lenders holding any such Security Device shall have no duty, liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Landlord under this Lease, but that in the event of Landlord’s default with respect to any such obligation, Tenant will give any Lender whose name and address have been furnished Tenant in writing for such purpose notice of Landlord’s default pursuant to Paragraph 13.5. If any Lender shall elect to have this Lease

 

23


and/or any Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device and shall give written notice thereof to Tenant, this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof.

30.2. Attornment. Subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3, Tenant agrees to attorn to a Lender or any other party who acquires ownership of the Premises by reason of a foreclosure of a Security Device. and that in the event of such foreclosure, such new owner shall not: (i) be liable for any act or omission of any prior Landlord or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership, (ii) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant might have against any prior Landlord, or (iii) be bound by prepayment of more than one month’s rent.

30.3. Non-Disturbance. With respect to Security Devices entered into by Landlord after the execution of this lease, Tenant’s subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving assurance (a “non-disturbance agreement”) from the Lender that Tenant’s possession and this Lease, including any options to extend the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Tenant is not in Breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises.

30.4. Self-Executing. The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that upon written request from Landlord or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of Premises, Tenant and Landlord shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any such subordination or non-subordination, attornment and/or non-disturbance agreement as is provided for herein.

31. Attorneys’ Fees. If any Party brings an action or proceeding to enforce the terms hereof or declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term “Prevailing Party” shall include, without limitation, a Party who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorneys’ fee award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to full reimburse all attorneys fees, cost and expenses reasonably incurred. Landlord shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach.

32. Landlord’s Access; Showing Premises; Repairs. Landlord and Landlord’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times upon reasonable advance notice to Tenant for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or (during the final six (6) months of the term) tenants, and make such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Building, as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary (provided that Tenant shall have the right to require that Landlord be accompanied by a representative of Tenant during any such entry). Landlord shall use best efforts to ensure that the performance of any such work of repairs or alterations shall not interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises (or any portion thereof) for Tenant’s business purposes (such efforts to include limiting the performance of any such work which might be disruptive to weekends or the evening and the cleaning of any work area prior to the commencement of the next business day). Landlord may at any time place on or about the Premises or Building any ordinary “For Sale” signs and Landlord may at any time during the last one hundred eighty (180) days of the term hereof place on or about the Premises any ordinary “For Lease” signs. All such activities of Landlord shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Tenant.

33. Auctions. Tenant shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, either voluntarily or involuntarily, any auction upon the Premises without first having obtained Landlord’s prior written consent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Landlord shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to grant such consent.

34. Signs. Tenant shall not place any sign upon the exterior of the Premises or the Building, except that Tenant may, with Landlord’s prior written consent, install (but not on the roof) such signs as are reasonably required to advertise Tenant’s own business so long as such signs are in a location designated by Landlord and comply with Applicable Requirements and the signage criteria established for the Industrial Center by Landlord. The installation of any sign on the Premises by or for Tenant shall be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7 (Maintenance, Repairs, Utility Installations, Trade Textures and Alterations). Unless otherwise expressly agreed herein, Landlord reserves all rights to the use of the roof of the Building and the right to install advertising signs on the Building, including the roof, which do not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of Tenant’s business; Landlord shall be entitled to all revenues from such advertising signs.

 

24


35. Termination; Merger. Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Landlord, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Landlord for Breach by Tenant, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, Landlord shall, in the event of any such surrender, termination or cancellation, have the option to continue any one or all of any existing subtenancies. Landlord’s failure within ten (10) days of following any such event to make a written election to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest, shall constitute Landlord’s election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.

36. Consents.

(a) Except for Paragraph 33 (Auctions) or as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party Is required to an act by or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Landlord’s actual reasonable costs and expenses (including but not limited to architects’. attorneys’, engineers’ and other consultants’ fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Tenant for any Landlord consent pertaining to this Lease or the Premises, including but not limited to consents to an assignment a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor. In addition to the deposit described in Paragraph 12.2(e), Landlord may, as condition to considering any such request by Tenant, require that Tenant deposit with Landlord an amount of money (in addition to the Security Deposit held under Paragraph 5) reasonably calculated by Landlord to represent the cost Landlord will incur in considering and responding to Tenant’s request. Any unused portion of said deposit shall be refunded to Tenant without interest Landlord’s consent to any act, assignment of this Lease or subletting of the Premises by Tenant shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or Breach by Tenant of this Lease exists, nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by Landlord at the time of such consent.

(b) All conditions to Landlord’s consent authorized by this Lease are acknowledged by Tenant as being reasonable. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to Landlord’s consent shall not preclude the impositions by Landlord at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given.

37. [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED].

38. Quiet Possession. Upon payment by Tenant of the rent for the Premises and the performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Tenant shall have quiet possession of the Premises for the entire term hereof subject to all of the provisions of this Lease.

39. Options.

39.1. Definition. As used in this Lease, the word “Option” has the following meaning: (a) the right to extend the term of this Lease or to renew this Lease or to extend or renew any lease that Tenant has on other property of Landlord.

39.2. Options Personal to Original Tenant. Each Option granted to Tenant in this lease is personal to the original Tenant named in Paragraph 1.1 hereof and any assignee pursuant to a Permitted Transfer, and cannot be voluntarily or involuntarily assigned or exercised by any person or entity other than said original Tenant while the original Tenant is in full and actual possession of the Premises and without the intention of thereafter assigning or subletting. The Options, if any, herein granted to Tenant are not assignable (other than pursuant to a Permitted Transfer), either as a part of an assignment of this Lease or separately or apart therefrom, and no Option may be separated from this Lease in any manner, by reservation or otherwise.

39.3. Multiple Options. In the event that Tenant has any multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later option cannot be exercised unless the prior Options to extend or renew this Lease have been validly exercised.

 

25


39.4. Effect of Default on Options.

(a) Tenant shall have no right to exercise an Option, notwithstanding any provision in the grant of Option to the contrary: (i) during the period commencing with the giving of any notice of Default under Paragraph 13.1 and continuing until the noticed Default is cured, or (ii) during the period of time any monetary obligation due Landlord from Tenant is unpaid (without regard to whether notice thereof is given Tenant), or (iii) during the time Tenant is in Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Landlord has given to Tenant three (3) or more notices of separate Defaults under Paragraph 13.1 during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the exercise of the Option, whether or not the Defaults are cured.

(b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a)

(c) All rights of Tenant under the provisions of an Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Tenant’s due and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and during the term of this Lease, (i) Tenant fails to pay to Landlord a monetary obligation of Tenant for a period of thirty (30) days after such obligation becomes due (without any necessity of Landlord to give notice thereof to Tenant), or (ii) Landlord gives to Tenant three (3) or more notices of separate Defaults under Paragraph 13.1 during any twelve (12) month period, whether or not the Defaults are cured, or (iii) if Tenant commits a Breach of this Lease.

40. Rules and Regulations. Tenant agrees that it will abide by, and keep and observe all reasonable rules and regulations (“Rules and Regulations”) which Landlord may make from time to time for the management, safety, care, and cleanliness of the grounds, the parking and unloading of vehicles and the preservation of good order, as well as for the convenience of other occupants or tenants of the Building and the Industrial Center and their invitees.

41. Security Measures. Tenant hereby acknowledges that the rental payable to Landlord hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same. Tenant assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises. Tenant, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

42. Reservations. Landlord reserves the right, from time to time, to grant, without the consent or joinder of Tenant, such easements, rights of way, utility raceways, and dedications that Landlord reasonably deems necessary, and to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, so long as such easements, rights of way, utility raceways, dedications, maps and restrictions do not reasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Tenant. Tenant agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Landlord to effectuate any such easement rights, dedication, map or restrictions.

43. Performance Under Protest. If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment “under protest” and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay under the provisions of this Lease.

44. Authority. If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, or general or limited partnership, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on it’s behalf and that such entity is duly authorized and existing and qualified to do business in California and that Tenant has the full right and legal authority to enter into this lease.

45. Conflict. Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

46. Offer. Preparation of this Lease by either Landlord or Tenant or Landlord’s agent or Tenant’s agent and submission of same to Tenant or Landlord shall not be deemed an offer to lease. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

47. Amendments. This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the parties in interest at the time of the modification. The Parties shall amend this Lease from time to time to reflect any adjustments that are made to the Base Rent or other rent payable under this Lease. As long as they do not materially change Tenant’s obligations hereunder, Tenant agrees to make such reasonable non-monetary modification to this Lease as may be reasonably required by an institutional insurance company or pension plan Lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the property of which the Premises are a part.

 

26


48. Multiple Parties. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, if more than one person or entity is named herein as either Landlord or Tenant, the obligations of such multiple parties shall be the joint and several responsibility of all persons or entities named herein as such Landlord or Tenant.

 

49. Option to Extend. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, Tenant may at its option extend the Term of this Lease for One (1) period of TEN (10) years. Such period is called the “Renewal Term.” The Renewal Term shall be upon the same terms contained in this Lease, except that (i) Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with any Tenant Improvement Allowance or demolition in connection with the Renewal Term, (ii) the Base Rental during the Renewal Term shall be calculated as set forth below, and (iii) any reference in the Lease to the “Term” of the Lease shall be deemed to include the Renewal Term and apply thereto, unless it is expressly provided otherwise. Tenant shall have no additional extension options. The Base Rent during the Renewal Term shall be at the then Fair Markel Rate (defined hereinafter) for such space for a term commencing of the first day of the Renewal Term. “Market Rate” shall mean the then prevailing market rate for a comparable term commencing on the first day of the Renewal Term for tenants of comparable size and creditworthiness for comparable space in the Building and other Office buildings in the Alameda Area. In no event shall the Base Rent payable during the first (1st) year of the Renewal Term be less than the Base Monthly Rent of January 2025. Base Rent during the Renewal Term shall increase at four percent (4%) per year. To exercise any option, Tenant must deliver a binding written notice to Landlord not sooner than twelve (12) months nor later than six (6) months prior to the expiration of the Initial Term of this Lease. Thereafter, the Market Rate for the Renewal Term shall be calculated by Landlord and Landlord shall inform Tenant of the Market Rate. If the parties cannot agree on the Market Rate within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s delivery of a statement of Fair Market Rent, the parties shall each, within ten (10) business days following the expiration of such thirty (30) day period, appoint a real estate broker (with at least 10 years experience in office leasing in Alameda) to determine the Market Rate, and each such broker will deliver its determination within ten (10) additional business days. If the lower of the two is within 90% of the higher of the two valuations, then the Market Rent shall be the average of the two. If a party fails to timely designate a broker, the broker designated by the other party will determine the Market Rate. If the lower of the two valuations Is less than 90% of the higher valuation, then the two brokers/appraisers originally selected by the parties shall, within five (5) business days, select a third broker/appraiser and shall present their final determinations of Market Rate to the third broker/appraiser, and the third broker/appraiser shall pick one of those two as being the Market Rate. The determination of the third broker/appraiser shall be binding on the parties. If Tenant falls to timely give its notice of exercise, Tenant will be deemed to have waived its option to extend.

 

50. Tenant Improvements: Landlord shall complete specified tenant Improvements detailed in Exhibit A.

LANDLORD AND TENANT HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LANDLORD AND TENANT WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

THIS LEASE PREPARED FOR YOUR ATTORNEY’S REVIEW AND APPROVAL. FURTHER, EXPERTS SHOULD BE CONSULTED TO THE PRESENCE OF ASBESTOS, UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS OR HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES. NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY THE REAL ESTATE BROKERS OR THEIR CONTRACTORS, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES; THE PARTIES SHALL RELY SOLELY UPON THE ADVICE OF THEIR OWN COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE. IF THE SUBJECT PROPERTY IS IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, AN ATTORNEY FROM THE STATE WHERE THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED SHOULD BE CONSULTED.

 

27


The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respective signatures.

 

Executed at:

555 Twin Dolphin Dr.

Executed at:

1351 Harbor Bay Pkwy, Alameda, CA 94502

on:   

9/15/14

on:   

17 September 2014

 

By Landlord: By Tenant:

DOLLINGER HARBOR BAY ASSOCIATES,

 

a California limited partnership

By:

D&M Investors Fund I LLC, a

 

California Limited Liability Company

Its General Partner

 

By: D&M Ventures LP, PENUMBRA, Inc.
a California Limited Partnership By:

/s/ Adam Elsesser

Its Sole Member Adam Elsesser, CEO
       By: David Dollinger Living Trust PENUMBRA, Inc.
       Its General Partner
       By:

/s/ David B. Dollinger

By:

/s/ Lynn Rothman

       David B. Dollinger, Trustee Lynn Rothman, CFO

 

Address:  

555 Twin Dolphin Drive, Suite 600

Redwood City, CA 94065

Address:    

1351 Harbor Bay Parkway,

Alameda, CA 94502

Telephone: (650) 508-8666 Telephone: (510) 748-3200
Facsimile: (650) 508-8686 Facsimile: (510) 217-9422

 

28


Exhibit A Notes

Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense shall build the Tenant Improvements as per this attached Exhibit A, using the same building standards as when the Tenant originally moved in to 1351 Harbor Bay Parkway and as specified In Exhibit B attached hereto

1411 Harbor Bay Parkway – First Floor

All items by Landlord unless specified.

Landlord will construct first floor as shown on Exhibit B

Compressor Room

Flooring – Exposed finished concrete

Ceiling – none

Walls – painted

Electrical – 460 V 3 phase power, 60 Amp fused disconnect box

CDA – by Tenant

Room will be supplied directly with HVAC air and have adequate ventilation

Kitchen/Restaurant

Floors – New VCT

Counter tops/equipment – by tenant

Power – Existing

Ceiling – Existing

Water – Existing

Break Room

Flooring – new VCT

Power – add 200 amp panel in this area

Ceiling – Existing

Break room will have approximately 16’ of counter with cabinets above and below, double sink, and space for refrigerator / freezer

Restrooms

Add 4 stalls in Women’s Restroom

Add 3 urinals and 1 stall in Men’s Restroom

Shower areas to expanded and converted to multiple shower open space (3–4 shower heads per bathroom)

Partitions – New

Tile/grout to match existing in expansion area

Counter top/sinks – need additional sinks (per code) / counter top – new counter tops

Ceiling – Existing

Server Room

VCT flooring

Finish and paint walls

Room will be supplied directly with HVAC air and have adequate ventilation

Add pre-system fire sprinklers

Common Area/Lobby

Ceiling – Existing

Floors – Existing

Exterior Doors – Existing

Elevator – Existing

Stairs – Existing

A minimum of 1000 amps of 110/208v of power required for 1411 1st floor – distributed to 4-6 panels – locations to be determined by Tenant

 

29


1411 Harbor Bay – Second Floor

Landlord will construct second floor as shown on Exhibit B

General Purpose Areas 1, 2 & 3

Ceiling – Match existing

Flooring – Carpet Tiles with small areas of VCT for break areas

Sound System/Projectors/Screens – By Tenant (work to be done during construction)

Power for projectors placed in ceilings – Landlord

Rest rooms

Plumbing/Toilets/Counters – Existing

These restrooms need to be remodeled - conference center must have upscale restrooms

1411 Harbor Bay – GENERAL/BUILDING

Replace Roof

Signage on building to match 1351 (By tenant)

Repair any damage to exterior of building

All office doors to be 9’ clear birch with 3’ windows next to them

All windows to have matching blinds

Entire building to be converted from old T-12 lights I fixtures to new mandated TS lights / fixtures

Independent air conditioning units removed during demolition to be relocated to new locations determined by Tenant

All new areas / Buildings: Penumbra will provide a drawing with colors of walls prior to paint being purchased for job or all walls will be standard swiss coffee

 

30


Exhibit B

 

LOGO

 

31


LOGO

 

32


EX-10.3

Exhibit 10.3

STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL MULTI-TENANT

LEASE MODIFIED NET

1.    Basic Provisions (“Basic Provision”).

1.1    Parties: This Lease (“Lease”), dated, September 11, 2014, is made by and between Dollinger Harbor Bay Associates, LP (“Landlord”) and Penumbra, Inc. (“Tenant”), (collectively the “Parties, or individually a “Party”).

1.2(a)    Premises: A portion of that certain building containing approximately 50,177 rentable square feet, including all improvements therein or to be provided by Landlord under the terms of this Lease, commonly known by the street address of 1321 Harbor Bay Parkway, located in the City of Alameda, County of Alameda, State of California, with zip code 94502 as outlined on Exhibit B attached hereto (“Premises”). The “Building” is that certain building containing the Premises and generally described as (describe briefly the nature of the Building): a multi-tenant R&D Office building.

In addition to Tenant’s rights to use and occupy the Premises as hereinafter specified, Tenant shall have non-exclusive rights to the Common Areas (as defined in Paragraph 2.7 below) as hereinafter specified, but shall not have any rights to the roof, exterior walls or utility raceways of the Building or to any other buildings in the Industrial Center. The Premises, the Building, the Common Areas, the land upon which they are located, along with all other buildings and Improvements thereon, are herein collectively referred to as the “Industrial Center.” (Also see Paragraph 2.)

1.2(b)    Parking: the parking ratio will be 3.30 unreserved parking stalls per 1,000 sq. ft. of leased office space unreserved vehicle parking spaces (“Unreserved Parking Spaces”); and no reserved vehicle parking spaces (“Reserved Parking Spaces”). (Also, see Paragraph 2.6)

1.3    Term: (“Original Term”) Commencing upon the Landlord’s substantial completion of Tenant Improvements at 1321 Harbor Bay Parkway (“Commencement Date”) and ending on November 30, 2029. (“Expiration Date”). (Also Paragraph 3.)

 

1


1.4    Early Possession: Tenant shall be allowed access to the Premises during Tenant Improvement Period, however Landlord shall not be responsible for any delays caused by Tenant’s work (“Early Possession”). (Also Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3.)

1.5    Base rent: $65,230.00 per month (“Base Rent”), payable commencing one month following (the “Rent Commencement Date”) the Commencement Date. (Also see Paragraph 4). Tenant will receive a Rent Credit for Boehm’s occupancy of Suite 250 in the amount of $8,455.00 per month until the earlier of Boehm vacating Suite 250 or December 31st, 2017. Beginning on the on the 1st day of the month following the first anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date and annually thereafter, Base Rent shall be Increased 3% annually.

1.6(b)    Tenant’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses: 100% of the building (Tenants Share).

1.7    Security Deposit: $65,230.10 (“Security Deposit”). (Also see Paragraph 5)

1.8    Permitted Use: General Office and R&D Use (“Permitted Use”) (Also see Paragraph 5.)

1.9    Insuring Party. Landlord is the “Insuring Party. (Also see Paragraph 8)

1.10(a)    Real Estate Brokers. [x] NONE

Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord, its trustees, members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, mortgagee(s) and agents, and the respective principals and members of any such agents harmless from all claims of any brokers claiming to have represented Tenant in connection with this Lease. Landlord shall Indemnify and hold Tenant, its trustees, members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, and agents, and the respective principals and members of any such agents harmless from all claims of any brokers claiming to have represented Landlord in connection with this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that any assistance rendered by any agent or employee of any affiliate of Landlord in connection with this Lease it has been made as an accommodation to Tenant solely in furtherance of consummating the transaction on behalf of Landlord, and not as agent for Tenant.

 

2


1.10(b)    Intentionally Deleted.

1.11    Guarantor. The obligations of the Tenant under this lease are to be guaranteed by NONE (“Guarantor”). (Also see Paragraph 37.)

1.12    Addenda and Exhibits. Attached hereto are Exhibits A and B, all of which constitute a part of this lease.

2.    Premises, Parking and Common Areas.

2.1    Letting. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. The leaseable area is measured to the outside edge of the outside walls and drip lines to the centerline of any demising walls, including a pro rata share of the electrical room, corridors, lobbies and other common spaces. Unless otherwise provided herein, any statement of square footage set forth in this Lease, or that may have been used in calculating rental and/or Common Area Operating Expenses, is an approximation which Landlord and Tenant agree is reasonable and the rental and Tenant’s Share (as defined in Paragraph 1.6(b) based thereon is not subject to revision whether or not the actual square footage is more or less.

2.2    Condition. Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant clean and free of debris on the Commencement Date and warrants to Tenant that the existing plumbing, electrical systems, fire sprinkler system, lighting, air conditioning and heating systems and loading doors, if any, in the Premises, other than those constructed by Tenant, shall be in good operating condition on the Commencement Date. If a non-compliance with said warranty exists as of the Commencement Date, Landlord shall, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Tenant setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify same at Landlord’s expense. If Tenant does not give Landlord written notice of a non-compliance with this warranty within six (6) months after the Commencement Date, correction of that non-compliance shall be the obligation of Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

2.3    Warranties. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any of its agents made any representations or warranties respecting the project, the buildings, or the leased premises, upon which tenant relied in entering into this lease, which are not expressly set forth in this lease. Tenant further acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any of its agents made any representations as to (i) whether the leased premises may be used for tenant’s intended use under existing law or; (ii) the suitability of the leased premises for the conduct of tenant’s business or; (iii) the exact square footage of the leased premises; that tenant relied solely upon its own investigations respecting said premises (including but not limited to the electrical and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, seismic and earthquake requirements, and compliance with the American with Disabilities Act and applicable zoning, municipal, county, state and federal laws, ordinances and regulations and any covenants or restrictions of record (collectively, “Applicable Laws”) and that upon its execution of this lease, accepts the leaseable area as specified herein. Tenant expressly waives any and all claims for damage by reason of any statement, representation, warranty, promise or other agreement of Landlord or Landlord’s agent(s), if any, not contained in this lease or in any addenda hereto.

2.4    Tenant as Prior Owner/Occupant. The warranties made by Landlord in this Paragraph 2.2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately prior to the date set forth in Paragraph 1.1 Tenant was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In such event, Tenant shall at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, correct any non-compliance of the Premises with said warranties.

 

3


2.5    Vehicle Parking. Tenant shall be entitled to use the number of Unreserved Parking Spaces and Reserved Parking Spaces specified in Paragraph 1.2(b) on those portions of the Common Areas designated from time to time by Landlord for parking. Tenant shall not use more parking spaces than said number. Said parking spaces shall be used for parking by vehicles no larger than full-size passenger automobiles or pick-up trucks, herein called “Permitted Size Vehicles. Vehicles other than Permitted Size Vehicles shall be parked and loaded or unloaded as directed by Landlord in the Rules and Regulations (as defined in Paragraph 40) Issued by Landlord. (Also see Paragraph 2.9.)

(a)    Tenant shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Tenant or Tenant’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked in areas other than those designated by Landlord for such activities.

(b)    If Tenant permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described In this Paragraph 2.6, then Landlord shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to Tenant, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Landlord.

(c)    Landlord shall at the Commencement Date of this Lease, provide the parking facilities required by Applicable Law.

2.6    Common Areas - Definition. The term “Common Areas” is defined as all areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line of the Industrial Center and Interior utility raceways within the Premises that are provided and designated by the Landlord from time to time for the general non-exclusive use of Landlord, Tenant and other tenants of the Industrial Center and their respective employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways, driveways and landscaped areas.

2.7    Common Areas - Tenant’s Rights. Landlord hereby grants to Tenant, for the benefit of Tenant and Its employees, suppliers, shippers, contractors, customers and invitees, during the term of this lease, the non-exclusive right to use, in common with others entitled to such use, the Common Areas as they exist from time to time, subject to any rights, powers, and privileges reserved by Landlord under the terms hereof or under the terms of any rules and regulations or restrictions governing the use of the Industrial Center. Under no circumstances shall the right herein granted to use the Common Areas be deemed to include the right to store any property, temporarily or permanently, in the Common Areas. Any such storage shall be permitted only by the prior written consent of Landlord or Landlord’s designated agent, which consent may be revoked at any time. In the event that any unauthorized storage shall occur then Landlord shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove the property and charge the cost to Tenant, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Landlord.

2.8    Common Areas - Rules and Regulations. Landlord or such other person(s) as Landlord may appoint shall have the exclusive control and management of the Common Areas and shall have the right, from time to time, to establish, modify, amend and enforce reasonable Rules and Regulations with respect thereto in accordance with Paragraph 40. Tenant agrees to abide by and conform to all such Rules and Regulations and to cause its employees, suppliers,

 

4


shippers, customers, contractors and invitees to so abide and conform. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the non-compliance with said rules and regulations by other tenants of the Industrial Center.

2.09    Common Areas - Changes. Landlord shall have the right, in Landlord’s sole discretion, from time to time:

(a)    To make changes to the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways and utility raceways;

(b)    To close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available;

(c)    To designate other land outside the boundaries of the Industrial Center to be a part of the Common Areas;

(d)    To add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas;

(e)    To use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional Improvements, repairs or alterations to the Industrial Center, or any portion thereof;

(f)    To do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas and Industrial Center as Landlord may, in the exercise of sound business judgment, deem to be appropriate.

Landlord shall use best efforts to ensure that the performance of any such work of repairs or alterations shall not interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises (or any portion thereof) for Tenant’s business purposes (such efforts to include limiting the performance of any such work which might be disruptive to weekends or the evening and the cleaning of any work area prior to the commencement of the next business day); and

3.    Term.

3.1    Term. The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

3.2    Early Possession. If Tenant totally or partially occupies the Premises after the Early Possession Date but prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated for the period of such early occupancy. All other terms of this Lease, however, (including but not limited to the obligations to pay Tenant’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses and to carry the insurance required by Paragraph 8} shall be in effect during such period. Any such early possession shall not affect nor advance the Expiration Date of the Original Term.

3.3    Delay in Possession. If for any reason Landlord cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant by the Early Possession Date, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease, or the obligations of Tenant hereunder, or extend the term hereof, but in such case, Tenant shall not, except as otherwise provided herein, be obligated to pay rent or perform any other obligation of Tenant under the terms of this Lease until Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant. If possession of the Premises is not delivered to Tenant within sixty (60} days after the Commencement Date,

 

5


Tenant may, at its option, by notice in writing to Landlord within ten (10) days after the end of sixty (60) day period, cancel this Lease, in which event the parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder; provided further, however, that if such written notice of Tenant is not received by Landlord within said ten (10) day period, Tenant’s right to cancel this Lease hereunder shall terminate and be of no further force or effect.

4.    Rent

4.1    Base Rent. Tenant shall pay Base Rent and other rent or charges, as the same may be adjusted from time, to time, to Landlord in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction, on or before the 1st day of each month. Base Rent and all other rent and charges for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one full month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of the month Involved. Payment of Base Rent and other charges shall be made to Landlord at its address stated herein or to such other persons or at such other addresses as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing to Tenant.

4.2    Common Area Operating Expenses. Tenant shall pay to Landlord during the term hereof, in addition to the Base Rent, Tenant’s Share (as specified in Paragraph 1.6(b)) of all Common Area Operating Expenses, as hereinafter defined, during each calendar year of the term of this Lease, in accordance with the following provisions:

(a)    Common Area Operating Expenses” are defined, for purposes of this Lease, as all costs incurred by Landlord relating to the ownership and operation of the Industrial Center, including, but not limited to, the following:

(i)    The operation, repair and maintenance, in neat, clean, good order and condition, of the following:

(aa)    The Common Areas, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways, driveways, landscaped areas, striping, bumpers, Irrigation systems, Common Area lighting facilities, fences and gates, elevators and roof.

(bb)    Exterior signs and any tenant directories

(cc)    Fire detection and sprinkler systems.

(ii)    The cost of water, gas, electricity and telephone to service the Common Areas.

(iii)    Trash disposal, property management fees of 4% of the gross monthly rental and security services and the costs of any regularly scheduled environmental inspections.

(iv)    [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED].

(v)    Real Property Taxes (as defined in Paragraph 10.2) to be paid by Landlord for the Building and the Common Areas under Paragraph 10 hereof.

(vi)    The cost of the premiums for the insurance policies maintained by Landlord under Paragraph 8 hereof.

(vii)    Any deductible portion of an insured loss concerning the building or the Common Areas.

(viii)    Any other services to be provided by Landlord that are stated elsewhere in this Lease to be a Common Area Operating Expense.

 

6


The cost of any capital improvements or other capital items included in Common Area Operating Expenses shall be amortized by Landlord on a straight line basis over the economic useful life of the capital item for accounting purposes, as determined by Landlord using generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, and Internal Revenue Service asset classification regulations, if any. The amortized cost of capital improvements may include interest at the rate paid by Landlord on any funds borrowed for such expenditures from an unaffiliated third-party financial institution, but in no event in excess of the market rate of Interest customarily paid on such borrowed funds for such purposes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Common Area Operating Expenses will not include:

(i)    repairs or other work occasioned by tire, windstorm or other insured casualty or hazard, to the extent that Landlord shall receive proceeds of such insurance or would have received such proceeds had Landlord maintained the insurance coverage required under this Lease and diligently attempted to procure the maximum possible insurance coverage;

(ii)    marketing and promotional costs;

(iii)    debt service payments on or related to any indebtedness;

(iv)    any amounts paid to any person, firm or corporation related or otherwise affiliated with Landlord or any general partner, officer or director of Landlord or any of its general partners, to the extent same materially exceeds arms-length competitive prices paid in the Alameda, California metropolitan area for the services or goods provided; and

(v)    costs relating to maintaining Landlord’s existence, either as a corporation, partnership, or other entity.

(b)    Any common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are specifically attributable to the Building or to any other building in the Industrial Center or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be allocated entirety to the Building or to such other building. However, any Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are not specifically attributable to the Building or to any other building or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be equitably allocated by Landlord to all buildings in the Industrial Center.

(c)    The Inclusion of the Improvements, facilities and services set forth in subparagraph 4.2(a) shall not be deemed to impose an obligation upon Landlord to either have said improvements or facilities or to provide those services unless the Industrial Center already has the same, Landlord already provides the services, or Landlord has agreed elsewhere in this lease to provide the same or some of them.

(d)    Tenant’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses shall be payable by Tenant within thirty (30) days after a reasonably detailed statement of actual expenses is presented to Tenant by Landlord. At Landlord’s option, however, an amount may be reasonably estimated by Landlord from time to time of Tenant’s Share of annual Common Area Operating Expenses and the same shall be payable monthly or quarterly, as Landlord shall designate, during each 12-month period of the lease term, on the same day as the Base Rent is due hereunder. Landlord shall deliver to Tenant within sixty (60) days after the expiration of each calendar year a reasonably detailed statement showing Tenant’s Share of the actual Common

 

7


Area Operating Expenses incurred during the preceding year. If Tenant’s payments under this Paragraph 42(d) during said preceding year exceed Tenant’s Share as indicated on said statement, Landlord shall be credited the amount of such over-payment against Tenant’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses next becoming due. If Tenant’s payments under this Paragraph 4.2(d) during said preceding year were less than Tenant’s Share as Indicated on said statement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of the deficiency within ten (10) days after delivery by Landlord to Tenant of said statement

(e)    Landlord shall maintain at all times during the term of this Lease, full, complete and accurate books of account and records prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles with respect to Common Area Operating Expenses, and shall retain such books and records, as well as contracts, bills, vouchers, and checks, and such other documents as are reasonably necessary to properly audit Common Area Operating Expenses. Upon reasonable notice from Tenant, Landlord shall make available for Tenant’s Inspection (or Inspection performed by Tenant’s accountant and/or consultants) during normal business hours, Landlord’s books and records relating to the Common Area Operating Expenses. If an audit, review or inspection by a Tenant or Tenant’s accountant or consultant alleges an overbilling, Tenant may submit a claim for the overbilled amount to Landlord, detailing the nature of the overbilling, and Landlord shall have thirty (30) days to pay such amount or contest the claim by giving notice thereof to Tenant, detailing the nature of Landlord’s contest of Tenant’s claims. If, Landlord’s statement is ultimately determined to be in error, Landlord will promptly reimburse to Tenant, or Tenant will promptly pay to Landlord, any amount which may be determined to have been due as a result of Tenant’s audit; additionally, if Landlord is determined to have overcharged Tenant for Common Area Operating Expenses by 3% or more, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant within thirty (30) days following such determination for the reasonable cost of Tenant’s review of Landlord’s books and records not to exceed $500 (which cost may not be included as a Common Area Operating Expense).

5.    Security Deposit. Tenant shall deposit with Landlord upon Tenant’s execution hereof the Security Deposit set forth in Paragraph 1.7 as security for Tenant’s faithful performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. If Tenant fails to pay Base Rent or other rent or charges due hereunder, or otherwise Defaults under this Lease (as defined in Paragraph 13.1), Landlord may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit, Tenant shall within ten (10) days after written request therefore deposit monies with Landlord sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount required by this Lease. Landlord shall not be required to keep all or any part of the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. Landlord shall, at the expiration or earlier termination of the term hereof and after Tenant has vacated the Premises, return to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee, if any, of Tenant’s interest herein), that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Landlord. Unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing by Landlord, no part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or other increment for its use, or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Tenant under this Lease.

6.    Use.

6.1    Permitted Use.

(a)    Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Permitted Use set forth in Paragraph 1.8, or any other legal use which is reasonably comparable thereto, and for no other purpose. Tenant shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs owners and/or occupants of, or causes damage to the Premises or neighboring premises or properties.

 

8


(b)    Landlord hereby agrees to not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent to any written request by Tenant, Tenant’s assignees or subtenants, and by prospective assignees and subtenants of Tenant, its assignees and subtenants, for a modification of said Permitted Use, so long as the same will not impair the structural integrity of the improvements on the Premises or in the Building or the mechanical or electrical systems therein, does not conflict with uses by other Tenants, is not significantly more burdensome to the Premises or the Building and the improvements thereon, and is otherwise permissible pursuant to this Paragraph 6. If Landlord elects to withhold such consent, Landlord shall within five (5) business days after such request give a written notification of same, which notice shall include an explanation of Landlord’s reasonable objections to the change in use.

6.2    Hazardous Substances.

(a)    Reportable Uses Require Consent. The term “Hazardous Substance” as used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, chemical, material or waste whose presence, nature, quantity and/or intensity of existence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, spill, release or effect, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment, or the Premises;(ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority; or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Landlord to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory. Hazardous Substance shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, crude oil or any products or by-products thereof. Tenant shall not engage in any activity in or about the Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use (as herein after defined) of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent of Landlord and compliance in a timely manner (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) with all Applicable Requirements (as defined in Paragraph 6.3). “Reportable Use” shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and (iii) the presence in, on or about the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Laws require that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may, without Landlord’s prior consent, but upon notice to Landlord and in compliance with all Applicable requirements, use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used by Tenant in the normal course of the Permitted Use, so long as such use is not a Reportable Use and does not expose the Premises or neighboring properties to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Landlord to any liability therefor. In addition, Landlord may (but without any obligation to do so) condition its consent to any Reportable Use of any Hazardous Substance by Tenant upon Tenant’s giving Landlord such additional assurances as Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, deems necessary to protect itself, the public, the Premises and the environment against damage, contamination or injury and/or liability therefor, including but not limited to the installation (and, at Landlord’s option, removal on or before Lease expiration or earlier termination) of reasonably necessary protective modifications to the Premises (such as concrete encasements) and/or the deposit of an additional Security Deposit under Paragraph 5 hereof.

(b)    Duty to Inform Landlord. If Tenant knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises or the Building, other than as previously consented to by Landlord, Tenant shall immediately give Landlord written notice thereof, together with a copy of any statement, report, notice, registration, application, permit, business plan, license, claim, action, or proceeding given to, or received from,

 

9


any governmental authority or private party concerning the presence, spill, release, discharge of, or exposure to, such Hazardous Substance including but not limited to all such documents as may be involved in any Reportable Use involving the Premises. Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under or about the Premises (including, without limitation, through the prompting or sanitary sewer system).

(c)    Indemnification. Tenant shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold Landlord, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, and the Premises, harmless from and against any and all damages, liabilities, judgments, costs, claims, liens, expenses, penalties, loss of permits and attorneys’ and consultants’ fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises by or for Tenant or by anyone under Tenant’s control. Tenant’s obligations under this paragraph 6.2(c) shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Tenant, and the cost of investigation (including consultants’ and attorneys’ fees and testing), removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement thereof, or of any contamination therein involved, and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Landlord and Tenant shall release Tenant from its obligations under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless specifically so agreed by Landlord in writing at the time of such agreement.

6.3    Tenant’s Compliance with Requirements. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, comply with all “Applicable Requirements, which term is used In this Lease to mean all laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, directives, covenants, easements and restrictions of record, permits, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Landlord’s engineers and/or consultants, relating in any manner to the Premises (including but not limited to matters pertaining to (i) industrial hygiene, (ii) environmental conditions on, in, under or about the Premises, including soil and ground water conditions, and (iii) the use, generation, manufacture, production, installation, maintenance, removal transportation, storage, spill, or release of any Hazardous Substance), now in effect or which may hereafter come into effect. Tenant shall, within five (5) days after receipt of Landlord’s written request, provide Landlord with copies of all documents and information, including but not limited to permits, registrations, manifests, applications, reports and certificates, evidencing Tenants compliance with any applicable Requirements specified by Landlord, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Landlord in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving failure by Tenant or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements.

6.4    Inspection; Compliance with Law. Landlord, Landlord’s agents, employees, contractors and designated representatives, and the holders of any mortgages, deeds of trust or ground leases on the Premises (“Lenders”) shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times upon reasonable advance notice to Tenant, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Tenant with this Lease and all Applicable Requirements (as defined in Paragraph 6.3), and Landlord shall be entitled to employ experts and/or consultants in connection therewith to advise Landlord with respect to Tenant’s activities, including but not limited to Tenant’s installation, operation, use, monitoring, maintenance, or removal of any Hazardous Substance on or from the Premises. The costs and expenses of any such inspections shall be paid by the party requesting same (and if paid by Landlord, such cost will not be Included In Common Area Operating Expenses), unless a Default or Breach of this Lease by Tenant or a violation of Applicable Requirements or a contamination, caused or materially contributed to by Tenant, is

 

10


found to exist or to be imminent. or unless the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority as the result of any such existing or imminent violation or contamination. In such case, Tenant shall upon request reimburse Landlord or Landlord’s Lender, as the case may be, for the costs and expenses of such inspections.

7.    Maintenance, Repairs, Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures and Alterations.

7.1    Tenant’s Obligations.

(a)    Subject to the provision of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 7.2 (Landlord’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction), and 14 (Condemnation), Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and at all times, keep the Premises and every part thereof in good order, condition and repair (whether or not such portion of the Premises requiring repair, or the means of repairing the same, are reasonably or readily accessible to Tenant, and whether or not the need for such repairs occurs as a result of Tenant’s use, any prior use, the elements or the age of such portion of the Premises), including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all equipment or facilities specifically serving the Premises, such as plumbing, heating, air conditioning, ventilating, electrical, lighting facilities, boilers, fired or unfired pressure vessels, fire hose connections if within the Premises, fixtures, interior walls, interior surfaces of exterior walls, ceilings, floors, windows, doors, plate glass, and skylights, but excluding any items which are the responsibility of Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 7.2 below. Tenant, in keeping the Premises in good order, condition and repair, shall exercise and perform good maintenance practices. Tenant’s obligations shall include restorations, replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the Premises and all improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition and state of repair.

(b)    Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, procure and maintain a contract, with copies to Landlord, in customary form and substance for and with a contractor specializing and experienced in the inspection, maintenance and service of the heating, air conditioning and ventilation system for the Premises. However, Landlord reserves the right, upon notice to Tenant, to procure and maintain the contract for the heating, air conditioning and ventilating systems, and if Landlord so elects, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, upon demand, for the cost thereof.

(c)    If Tenant fails to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph 7.1, Landlord may enter upon the Premises after ten (10) days’ prior written notice to Tenant (except in the case of an emergency, in which case no notice shall be required), perform such obligations on Tenant’s behalf, and put the Premises in good order, condition and repair, in accordance with Paragraph 13.2 below.

7.2    Landlord’s Obligations. Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 4.2 (Common Area Operating Expenses to the extent applicable), 7 (Use), 7.1 (Tenant’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), Landlord, subject to reimbursement pursuant to Paragraph 4.2 to the extent applicable, shall keep in good order, condition and repair the foundations, exterior walls, structural condition of interior bearing walls, roof, fire sprinkler and/or standpipe and hose (if located in the Common Areas) or other automatic fire extinguishing system including fire alarm and/or smoke detection systems and equipment, fire hydrants, parking lots, walkways, parkways, driveways, landscaping, fences, signs and utility systems serving the Common Areas and all parts thereof, as well as providing the services for which there is a Common Area Operating Expense pursuant to Paragraph 4.2. Landlord shall not be obligated to paint the exterior or interior surfaces of exterior walls nor shall Landlord be obligated to maintain, repair or replace windows, doors or plate glass of the Premises. Tenant

 

11


expressly waives the benefit of any statute now or hereafter in effect which would otherwise afford Tenant the right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense or terminate this Lease because of Landlord’s failure to keep the Building, Industrial Center or Common Areas in good order, condition and repair.

7.3    Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, Alterations.

(a)    Definitions; Consent Required. The term “Utility Installations” is used in this Lease to refer to all air lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security, fire protections systems, lighting fixtures, heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment, plumbing, and fencing in, on or about the Premises. The term “Trade Fixtures” shall mean Tenant’s machinery and equipment which can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises. The term “Alterations” shall mean any modification of the improvements on the Premises under the terms of this Lease, other than Utility Installations or Trade Fixtures. “Tenant-Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations” are defined as Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Tenant that are not yet owned by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a). Tenant shall not make nor cause to be made any Alterations or Utility Installations in, on, under or about the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant may, however, make non-structural Utility Installations to the interior of the Premises (excluding the roof) without Landlord’s consent but upon notice to Landlord, so long as they are not visible from the outside of the Premises, do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the roof or any existing walls, or changing or interfering with the fire sprinkler or fire detection systems and the cost thereof does not exceed $25,000.00.

(b)    Consent. Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Tenant shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Landlord shall be presented to Landlord in written form with detailed plans. All consents given by Landlord, whether by virtue of Paragraph 7.3(a) or by subsequent specific consent, shall be deemed conditioned upon: (i) Tenant’s acquiring all applicable permits required by governmental authorities; (ii) the furnishing of copies of such permits together with a copy of the plans and specifications for the Alteration or Utility Installation to Landlord prior to commencement of the work thereon; and (iii) the compliance by Tenant with all conditions of said permits in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any Alterations of Utility Installations by Tenant during the term of this Lease shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner, with good and sufficient materials, and be in compliance with all Applicable Requirements. Tenant shall promptly upon completion thereof furnish Landlord with as-built plans and specifications therefor. Landlord may (but without obligation to do so) condition its consent to any requested Alteration or Utility Installation that costs $25,000.00 or more upon Tenant’s providing Landlord with a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to one and one-half times the estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation.

(c)    Lien Protection. Tenant shall pay when due all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Tenant at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic’s or materialmen’s lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Tenant shall give Landlord not less than ten (10) days’ notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on, or about the Premises, and Landlord shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility in or on the Premises as provided by law. If Tenant shall, in good faith, contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Tenant shall, at its sole expense, defend and protect itself, Landlord and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof against the Landlord or the Premises. If Landlord shall require, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a surety bond satisfactory to Landlord in an amount equal to one and one-half times the amount of such contested fine claim or demand, indemnifying Landlord against liability

 

12


for the same, as required by law for the holding of the Premises free from the effect of such lien or claim. In addition, Landlord may require Tenant to pay Landlord’s attorneys’ fees and costs in participating in such action if Landlord shall decide it is to its best interest to do so.

7.4    Ownership, Removal, Surrender, and Restoration.

(a)    Ownership. Subject to Landlord’s right to require their removal as expressly set forth below, and to cause Tenant to become the owner thereof as hereinafter provided in this Paragraph 7.4, all Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by Tenant shall be the property of and owned by Tenant, but considered a part of the Premises. Landlord may, at any time and at its option, elect in writing to Tenant to be the owner of all or any specified part of the Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Unless otherwise instructed per Subparagraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, become the property of Landlord and remain upon the Premises and be surrendered with the Premises by Tenant.

(b)    Removal. Landlord may, by notice delivered to Tenant concurrently with Landlord’s consent to the installation of any Tenant-Owned Alterations or Utility Installations (but not the Tenant Improvements or initial Alterations) require that any or all of such Tenant-Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, notwithstanding that their installation may have been consented to by Landlord. Landlord may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Alterations or Utility Installations made without the required consent of Landlord.

(c)    Surrender/Restoration. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation thereof, shall not work a merger, and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate all or any existing subleases or subtenancies, or may, at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all such subleases or subtenancies. Immediately prior to the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove all of Tenants signs from the exterior of the Building and shall remove all of Tenant’s equipment, trade fixtures, furniture, supplies, wall decorations and other personal property from the Leased Premises, and shall vacate and surrender the Leased Premises to Landlord in the same condition, broom clean, as existed at the Lease Commencement Date, subject to Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations the removal of which is not required hereunder. Tenant shall repair all damage to the Leased Premises caused by Tenant or by Tenant’s removal of Tenant’s property and all damage to the exterior of the Building caused by Tenant’s removal of Tenants signs. Tenant shall replace all stained or damaged ceiling tiles and shall repair or replace, as necessary, all burned out light bulbs and damaged or stained light lenses and shall repaint all painted walls. Tenant shall patch and refinish, to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction, all penetrations made by Tenant or its employees to the floor, walls or ceiling of the Leased Premises, whether such penetrations were made with Landlord’s approval or not. Additionally, Tenant shall, prior to the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, remove any Improvements, constructed or installed by Tenant which Landlord pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.4(b) above, previously requested be so removed by Tenant and repair all damage caused by such removal. If the Leased Premises are not surrendered to Landlord in the condition required by this Article at the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, Landlord may, at Tenant’s expense, so remove Tenant’s signs, property and/or improvements not so removed and make such repairs and replacements not so made or hire, at Tenant’s expenses, independent contractors to perform such work. Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for all costs incurred by Landlord in returning the Leased Premises to the required condition and Tenant shall be deemed to have impermissibly held over until such time as such required work is completed. Tenant shall pay Base Monthly Rent and Additional Rent at the rate payable immediately preceding the Expiration Date until such work is completed.

 

13


8.    Insurance; Indemnity.

8.1    Payment of Premiums. The cost of the premiums for the insurance policies maintained by Landlord under this Paragraph 8 shall be a Common Area Operating Expense pursuant to Paragraph 4.2 hereof. Premiums for policy periods commencing prior to, or extending beyond, the term of this Lease shall be prorated to coincide with the corresponding Commencement Date or Expiration Date.

8.2    Liability Insurance.

(a)    Carried by Tenant. Tenant shall obtain and keep in force during the term of this Lease a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance protecting Tenant, Landlord and any Lender(s) whose names have been provided to Tenant in writing (as additional insureds) against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon, Involving or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence with an “Additional Insured-Managers or Landlords of Premises” endorsement and contain the “Amendment of the Pollution Exclusion” endorsement for damage caused by heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. Tenant must either cause their liability policy to be endorsed to include pollution liability coverage, onsite and off site, including release of any pollutants, toxins, or contaminants, whether such release is sudden or prolonged or willful or accidental OR Tenant must procure a separate policy which provides coverage for pollution, liability, premises pollution, on site and off site, including release of any pollutants, toxins, or contaminants, whether such release is sudden or prolonged or willful or accidental. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an “insured contract” for the performance of Tenant’s indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance required by this Lease or as carried by Tenant shall not, however, limit the liability of Tenant nor relieve Tenant of any obligation hereunder. All insurance to be required by this Lease or as carried by Tenant shall not, however, limit the liability of Tenant nor relieve Tenant of any obligation hereunder. All insurance to be carried by Tenant shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Landlord, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.

(b)    Carried by Landlord. Landlord shall also maintain liability insurance described in Paragraph 8.2(a) above, in addition to and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by Tenant except coverage for pollution liability, premises pollution, on site and off site, including release of any pollutants, toxins, or contaminants, whether such release is sudden or prolonged or willful or accidental, shall only be carried solely by Tenant. Tenant shall not be named as an additional insured therein.

8.3    Property Insurance-Building, Improvements and Rental Value.

(a)    Building and Improvements. Landlord shall obtain and keep in force during the term of this Lease a policy or policies in the name of Landlord, with loss payable to Landlord and to any Lender(s), insuring against loss or damage to the Building and Premises. Such insurance shall be for full replacement cost, as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by any Lender(s), but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value thereof if, by reason of the unique nature or age of the improvements

 

14


involved, such latter amount is less than full replacement cost. Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures and Tenant’s personal property shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 8.4. Landlord’s policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or damage (and at Landlord’s option the perils of flood and/or earthquake), including coverage for any additional costs resulting from debris removal and reasonable amounts of coverage for the enforcement of any ordinance or law regulating the reconstruction or replacement of any undamaged sections of the Building required to be demolished or removed by reason of the enforcement of any building, zoning, safety or land use laws as the result of a covered loss, but not including plate glass insurance. Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any co-insurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located.

(b)    Rental Value. Landlord shall also obtain and keep in force during the term of this Lease a policy or policies in the name of Landlord, with loss payable to Landlord and any Lender(s), insuring the loss of the full rental and other charges payable by all tenants of the Building to Landlord for at least one year (including all Real Property Taxes, insurance costs, all Common Area Operating Expenses and any scheduled rental increases). Said insurance may provide that in the event the Lease is terminated by reason of an insured loss, the period of indemnity for such coverage shall be extended beyond the date of the completion of repairs or replacement of the Premises, to provide for one full year’s loss of rental revenues from the date of any such loss. Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any co-insurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected rental income, Real Property Taxes, insurance premium costs and other expenses, if any, otherwise payable, for the next 12-month period. Common Area Operating Expenses shall include any deductible amount in the event of such loss.

(c)    Adjacent Premises. Tenant shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of the Building and for the Common Areas or other buildings in the Industrial Center if said increase is caused solely by Tenant’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

(d)    Tenant’s Improvements. Since Landlord is the Insuring Party, Landlord shall not be required to Insure Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations unless the item in question has become the property of Landlord under the terms of this Lease.

8.4    Tenant’s Property Insurance. Subject to the requirements of Paragraph 8.5, Tenant at Its cost shall either by separate policy or by endorsement to a policy already carried, maintain insurance coverage on all of Tenant’s personal property, Trade Fixtures and Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations in, on, or about the Premises similar in coverage to that carried by Landlord as the Insuring Party under Paragraph 8.3(a). Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage with a deductible not to exceed $10,000.00 per occurrence. Upon request from Landlord, Tenant shall provide Landlord with written evidence that such insurance is in force.

8.5    Insurance Policies. Insurance required hereunder shall be in companies duly licensed to transact business in the state where the Premises are located, and maintaining during the policy term a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least A-VII, or such other rating as may be required by a Lender, as set forth in the most current issue of “Best’s Insurance Guide.” Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything which shall invalidate the insurance policies referred to in this Paragraph 8. Tenant shall cause to be delivered to Landlord, within seven (7) days after

 

15


the earlier of the Early Possession Date or the Commencement Date, certificates evidencing the existence and amounts of, the Insurance required under Paragraph 8.2(a) and 8.4. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to material modification except after ten (10) days’ prior written notice to Landlord. Tenant shall at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with evidence of renewals or “insurance binders” evidencing renewal thereof, or Landlord may following notice to order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Tenant, which amount shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord upon demand.

8.6    Waiver of Subrogation. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease to the contrary, Tenant and Landlord each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages (whether in contract or in tort) against the other, for loss or damage to their property arising out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against under Paragraph 8. The effect of such releases and waivers of the right to recover damages shall not be limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable thereto. Landlord and Tenant agree to have their respective insurance companies issuing property damage insurance waive any right to subrogation that such companies may have against Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, so long as the insurance is not invalidated thereby.

8.7    Indemnity.

(a)    By Tenant. Subject to the provisions of Section 8.6 above, Tenant, shall, during the term of this Lease, indemnify and save harmless Landlord from any and all loss, damage, claims of damage, obligations, cause or causes of action, or liabilities of any kind or nature (including reasonable costs of attorney’s fees if Landlord is made a party to any action which Tenant’s indemnity runs hereunder) by reason of injury or death of any person or persons or damage to any property of any kind and to whomsoever belonging, including injury or death to the person or damage to the property of Tenant, Tenant’s officers, directors, employees, agents, guests, subtenants and assignees, concessionaires and licensees, and any other person, firm or corporation selling or manufacturing merchandise or services upon or from the demised premises, or any part thereof, from any cause or cause whatsoever which result from Tenant’s use of the Premises or from any other activity done, permitted or suffered by Tenant. As a material part of the consideration to Landlord, Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons in or about the Premises from any cause whatsoever (except that which is caused by the negligence or willful misconduct by Landlord or its Agents or by the failure of Landlord to observe any of the terms and conditions of this Lease after prior written notice from Tenant). Tenant’s obligations under this paragraph shall survive the termination of this Lease.

(b)    By Landlord. Subject to the provisions of Section 8.6, Landlord shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Tenant and Tenant’s agents, employees, officers, directors, shareholders and partners from and against all liabilities, obligations, damages, penalties. claims, causes of action, costs, charges and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, administrative costs and costs of appeals which may be imposed upon or incurred by, or asserted by reason of any of the following which shall occur during the Term of this Lease, or during any period of time prior to the Lease Commencement Date:

(i)    Any work or act done in or about the Premises or the Building by Landlord or its agents, contractors or employees;

(ii)    Any negligence or other wrongful act or omission on the part of the Landlord or any of its agents, contractors, subcontractors, servants, employees, subtenants. licensees or invitees;

 

16


(iii)    Any accident, injury or damage to any persons or property occurring in, on or about the common area, unless caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its employees, contractors or agents, as well as any accident, injury or damage to any persons or property occurring in or about the common area, unless caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its employees, contractors or agents; and

(iv)    Any failure on the part of Landlord to perform or comply with any of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions, conditions or limitations contained in this Lease on its part to be performed or complied with as long as Landlord was given prior written notice.

8.8    Exemption of Landlord from Liability. Landlord shall not be liable for injury or damage which may be sustained by Tenant or to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Tenant, Tenant’s employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, earthquake, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, which may leak or from or into any part of the premises or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Building of which the Premises are a part, from other sources or places, and regardless of whether the cause of such damage or injury or the means of preparing the same is accessible or not. Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of Landlord nor from the failure by Landlord to enforce the provisions of any other lease in the Industrial Center. Notwithstanding Landlord’s negligence or breach of this Lease, Landlord shall under no circumstances be liable for injury to Tenant’s business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom.

9.    Damage or Destruction.

9.1    Definitions.

(a)    “Premises Partial Damage” shall mean damage or destruction to the Premises, other than Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, the repair cost of which damage or destruction is less than fifty percent (50%) of the then Replacement Cost (as defined in Paragraph 9.1(d)) of the Premises (excluding the Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures) immediately prior to such damage or destruction.

(b)    “Premises Total Destruction” shall mean damage or destruction to the Premises, other than Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, the repair cost of which damage or destruction is fifty percent (50%) or more of the then Replacement Cost of the Premises (excluding Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures) immediately prior to such damage or destruction. In addition, damage or destruction to the Building, other than Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures of any tenants of the Building, the cost of which damage or destruction is fifty percent (50%) or more of the then Replacement Cost (excluding Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures of any Tenants of the Building) of the Building shall, at the option of Landlord, be deemed to be Premises total Destruction.

(c)    “Industrial Center Total Destruction” shall mean damage or destruction to the Industrial Center or the Building in which the premises are located, regardless of the damage to the premises. The cost of which damage or destruction is fifty percent (50%) or more of the then Replacement Cost of the Industrial Center or the Building (excluding Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures) immediately prior to such damage or destruction.

 

17


(c)    “Insured Loss” shall mean damage or destruction to the Premises, other than Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a) irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.

(d)    “Replacement Cost” shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the improvements owned by Landlord at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of applicable building codes, ordinances or laws, and without deduction for depreciation.

(e)    “Hazardous Substance Condition” shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a Hazardous Substance as defined In Paragraph 6.2(a), in, on, or under the Premises.

9.2    Premises Partial or Total Damage - Insured or Uninsured Loss. If Premises Partial or Total Damage that is an Insured or Uninsured Loss occurs, then Landlord shall, at Landlord’s expense, repair such damage (but not Tenant’s Trade Fixtures or Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) as soon as reasonably possible, but only to the extent of the available insurance proceeds, if any (provided Landlord has maintained the insurance coverage required hereunder),and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. In the event, however, that there is a shortage of insurance proceeds and such shortage is due to any reason (other than Landlord’s failure to maintain the insurance required hereunder) including the fact that some but not all of which may include the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements In the Premises, full replacement cost insurance coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, then Landlord shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Tenant provides Landlord with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within ten (10) days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefore [no deductible payment will be included in any such “shortage”]. If Landlord receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said thirty (30) day period, Landlord shall complete the repairs as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If Landlord does not receive such funds or assurance within said period, Landlord may nevertheless elect by written notice to Tenant within ten (10) days thereafter to make such restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Landlord paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If Landlord does not receive such funds or assurance within such thirty (30) day period, and if Landlord does not so elect to restore and repair, then this Lease shall terminate sixty (60) days following the occurrence of the damage or destruction. Unless otherwise agreed, Tenant shall in no event have any right to reimbursement from Landlord for any funds contributed by Tenant to repair any such damage or destruction.

9.3    Intentionally Deleted.

9.4    Industrial Center Destruction. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if the Industrial Center in which the Premises are located suffers Total Destruction (including any destruction required by any authorized public authority), this Lease at Landlord’s option shall terminate sixty (60) days following the date of such Total Destruction, whether or not the damage or destruction affected the premises. In the event, however, that the damage or destruction was caused by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to recover Landlord’s damages from Tenant except as released and waived in Paragraph 9.7.

 

18


9.5    Damage Near End of Term. If at any time during the last six (6) months of the term of this Lease there is damage to the Premises for which the cost to repair (other than the repair of Tenant’s Trade Fixtures or Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) exceeds three (3) months’ Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, terminate this Lease effective sixty (60) days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving written notice to Tenant of Landlord’s election to do so within thirty (30) days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Provided, however, if Tenant at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease, then Tenant may preserve this Lease by (a) exercising such option, and (b) providing Landlord with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Tenant duly exercises such option during such period and provides Landlord with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s expense repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Tenant fails to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate as of the date set forth in the first sentence of this Paragraph 9.5.

9.6    Abatement of Rent; Tenant’s Remedies.

(a)    In the event of (i) Premises Partial Damage or (ii) Hazardous Substance Condition for which Tenant is not legally responsible, the Base Rent, Common Area Operating Expenses and other charges, if any, payable by Tenant hereunder for the period during which such damage or condition, its repair, remediation or restoration continues shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Tenants use of the Premises is impaired, but not in excess of proceeds from insurance required to be carried under Paragraph 8.3(b). Except for abatement of Base Rent, Common Area Operating Expenses and other charges, if any as aforesaid, all other obligations of Tenant hereunder shall be performed by Tenant, and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for any damage suffered by reason of any such damage, destruction, repair, remediation or restoration.

(b)    If Landlord shall be obligated to repair or restore the Premises under the provisions of this Paragraph 9 and shall not commence, in a substantial and meaningful way, the repair or restoration of the Premises within ninety (90) days after such obligation shall accrue, Tenant may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Landlord and to any Lenders of which Tenant has actual notice of Tenant’s election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than sixty (60) days following the giving of such notice. If Tenant gives such notice to Landlord and such Lenders and such repair or restoration Is not commenced within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified In said notice. If Landlord or a Lender commences the repair or restoration of the Premises within thirty (30) days after the receipt of such notice, this Lease shall continue In full force and effect (subject to the remaining rights of that set forth herein). “Commence” as used in this Paragraph 9.6 shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever occurs first.

(c)    In the event of any damage which affects the Premises or the Building outside the boundaries of the Premises, Landlord will, within thirty (30) days following the date of the damage, deliver to Tenant an estimate of the time necessary to repair the damage In question such that the Premises may be used by and accessible to Tenant and the Building and Common

 

19


Areas; such notice will be based upon the review and opinions of Landlord’s architect and contractor (“Landlord’s Repair Notice”). If the Premises are damaged by fire or other casualty and are rendered not reasonably usable for Tenant’s business purposes thereby, or if the Building shall be so damaged that Tenant shall be deprived of reasonable access to the Premises, and if, pursuant to Landlord’s Repair Notice, the restoration shall not be substantially completed on or before the date which shall be nine (9) months following the date of such damage or destruction, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease (with respect to the affected Floors only, or the entire Premises, at Tenant’s option) by giving written notice (the “Termination Notice”) to Landlord not later than thirty (30) days following receipt of Landlord’s Repair Notice. If Tenant gives a Termination Notice, this Lease shall be deemed cancelled and terminated as of the date of the damage as if such date were the Expiration Date, and Rent shall be apportioned and shall be paid or refunded, as the case may be up to and including the date of such damage or destruction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant was entitled to but elected not to exercise its right to terminate this Lease and Landlord does not substantially complete the repair and restoration of the Premises within two (2) months after the expiration of the estimated period of time set forth in Landlord’s Repair Notice, which period shall be extended to the extent of any delays caused by Tenant, then Tenant may terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days after the expiration of such period, as the same may be so extended.

9.7    Hazardous Substance Conditions. If a Hazardous Substance Condition occurs, unless Tenant is legally responsible therefor (in which case Tenant shall make the investigation and remediation thereof required by Applicable Requirements and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but subject to Landlord’s rights under Paragraph 6.2(c) and Paragraph 13), Landlord may at Landlord’s option either (i) investigate and remediate such Hazardous Substance Condition, if required, as soon as reasonably possible at Landlord’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) if the estimated cost to investigate and remediate such condition exceeds twelve (12) times the then monthly Base Rent or $50,000, whichever is greater, give written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt by Landlord of knowledge of the occurrence of such Hazardous Substance Condition of Landlord’s desire to terminate this Lease as of the date sixty (60) days following the date of such notice. In the event Landlord elects to give such notice of Landlord’s intention to terminate this Lease, Tenant shall have the right within ten (10) days after receipt of such notice to give written notice to Landlord of Tenant’s commitment to pay for the excess costs of (a) Investigation and remediation of such Hazardous Substance Condition to the extent required by Applicable Requirements, over (B) an amount equal to twelve (12) times the then monthly Base Rent or $50,000 whichever is greater. Tenant shall provide Landlord with the funds required of Tenant or satisfactory assurance thereof within thirty (30) days following said commitment by Tenant. In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Landlord shall proceed to make such investigation and remediation as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Tenant does not give such notice and provide the required funds or assurance thereof within the time period specified above, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Landlord’s notice of termination.

9.8    Termination - Advance Payments. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to this Paragraph 9, Landlord shall return to Tenant any advance payment made by Tenant to Landlord and so much of Tenant’s Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Landlord under the terms of this Lease.

9.9    Waiver of Statutes. Landlord and Tenant agree that the terms of this Lease shall govern the effect of any damage to or destruction of the Premises and the Building with respect to the termination of this Lease and hereby waive the provisions of any present or future statute to the extent it is inconsistent herewith.

 

20


10.    Real Property Taxes.

10.1    Payment of Taxes. Landlord shall pay the Real Property Taxes, as defined in Paragraph 10.2, applicable to the Industrial Center, and except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 10.3, any such amounts shall be included in the calculation of Common Area Operating Expenses in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.2.

10.2    Real Property Tax Definition. As used herein, the term “Real Property Taxes” shall include any form of real estate tax or assessment, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, and any license fee, commercial rental tax, improvement bond or bonds, levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income or estate taxes) imposed upon the Industrial Center by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax, including any city, state or federal government, or any school, agricultural, sanitary, fire, street, drainage, or other improvement district thereof, levied against any legal or equitable interest of Landlord in the Industrial Center or any portion thereof, Landlord’s right to rent or other income therefrom, and/or Landlord’s business of leasing the Premises. The term “Real Property Taxes” shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein, imposed by reason of events occurring, or changes In Applicable Law taking effect, during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to a change in the ownership of the Industrial Center or in the improvements thereon, the execution of this Lease, or any modification, amendment or transfer thereof, and whether or not contemplated by the Parties. In calculating Real Property Taxes for any calendar year, the Real Property Taxes for any real estate tax year shall be included in the calculation of Real Property Taxes for such calendar year based upon the number of days which such calendar year and tax year have in common.

10.3    Additional Improvements. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Common Area Operating Expenses as payable under Paragraph 4.2, the entirety of any increase in Real Property Taxes if assessed solely by reason of Alterations, Trade Fixtures or Utility Installations placed upon the Premises by Tenant or at Tenant’s request.

10.4    Joint Assessment. If the Building is not separately assessed, Real Property Taxes allocated to the Building shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed or the industrial center, such proportion to be determined by Landlord from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor’s work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available. Landlord’s reasonable determination thereof, in good faith, shall be conclusive.

10.5    Tenant’s Property Taxes. Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against and levied upon Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Tenant contained in the Premises or stored within the Industrial Center. When possible, Tenant shall cause its Tenant-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Landlord. If any of Tenant’s said property shall be assessed with Landlord’s real property, Tenant shall pay Landlord the taxes attributable to Tenant’s property within ten (10) days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes applicable to Tenant’s property.

11.    Utilities. Tenant shall pay directly for all utilities and services supplied to the Premises, including but not limited to electricity, water, telephone, security, gas, sewer, trash removal and

 

21


cleaning of the Premises, together with any taxes thereon. If any such utilities or services are not separately metered to the Premises or separately billed to the Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a reasonable proportion to be determined by Landlord of all such charges jointly metered or billed with other premises in the Building, in the manner and within the time periods set forth in Paragraph 4.2(d). Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for injury, damage, loss of Tenant’s business or profits, from any failure, interruption, rationing or other curtailment in the supply of electric, gas, water or other utilities from whatever cause. Tenant shall not consume water in excess of that usually furnished or supplied for reasonable and normal drinking and lavatory use in connection with an office environment (as determined by Landlord), without first procuring the written consent of Landlord, which Landlord may refuse, and in the event of consent, Landlord may have installed a water meter in the Premises to measure the amount of water consumed. The cost of any such meter and of its installation, maintenance and repair shall be paid for by the Tenant, and Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord promptly upon demand for all such water consumed as shown by said meters, at the rates charged for such services by the local public utility plus any additional expense incurred in keeping account of the water so consumed. If a separate meter is not installed, the excess cost for such water shall be established by an estimate made by a utility company or electrical engineer hired by Landlord at Tenant’s expense.

12    Assignment and Subletting.

12.1    Landlord’s Consent Required.

(a)    Tenant shall not assign this lease, nor any right hereunder, nor sublet the premises, nor any part thereof, without the prior written consent of Landlord which will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. In exercising its reasonable discretion Landlord may consider all commercially relevant factors involved in the leasing of the Premises including but not limited to the a) the creditworthiness and financial stability of the prospective assignee or subtenant (as compared to the obligations of such entity under the sublease or assignment, as the case may be); b) references of prior Landlords; c) the past history of such subtenant, with respect to involvement in litigation and bankruptcy proceedings; d) the impact of said subtenant or assignee and proposed use of the premises on pedestrian and vehicular traffic, other tenants, and parking; e) the use, generation or disposal of hazardous materials. The presence of one negative factor enumerated above if material, shall be deemed reasonable justification for Landlord’s withholding consent.

(b)    A change in the control of Tenant shall constitute an assignment requiring Landlord’s consent. The transfer of forty-nine percent (49%) or more of the voting control of Tenant shall constitute a change in control for this purpose. An initial public offering of Tenant’s stock on a recognized exchange, as well as the subsequent transfer of shares of Tenant’s stock on a public exchange, will not, however, be deemed an assignment.

(c)    So long as Tenant is not entering into the Permitted Transfer for the purpose of avoiding or otherwise circumventing the remaining terms of this Article 12, Tenant may assign its entire interest under this Lease, without the consent of Landlord, to (i) an affiliate, subsidiary, or parent of Tenant, or a corporation, partnership or other legal entity wholly owned by Tenant (collectively, an “Affiliated Party”), or (ii) a successor to Tenant by purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization, provided that all of the following conditions are satisfied (each such Transfer a “Permitted Transfer”): (1) Tenant is not in default under this Lease; (2) Tenant shall give Landlord written notice prior to the effective date of the proposed Permitted Transfer; and (3) with respect to a purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization or any Permitted Transfer which results in Tenant ceasing to exist as a separate legal entity, (a) Tenant’s

 

22


successor shall own all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, and (b) Tenant’s successor shall have a net worth which is at least equal to the greater of Tenant’s net worth at the date of this Lease or Tenant’s net worth as of the day prior to the proposed purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization. If requested by Landlord, Tenant’s successor shall sign a commercially reasonable form of assumption agreement. As used herein, (A) “parent” shall mean a company which owns a majority of Tenant’s voting equity; (B) “subsidiary” shall mean an entity wholly owned by Tenant or at least 51% of whose voting equity is owned by Tenant; and (C) “affiliate” shall mean an entity controlled by, controlling or under common control with Tenant.

(d)    An assignment or subletting of Tenant’s interest in this Lease without Landlord’s specific prior written consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1, or a non-curable Breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Landlord elects to treat such unconsented to assignment or subletting as a non-curable Breach, Landlord shall have the right to either: (i) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon thirty (30) days’ written notice (“Landlord’s Notice”), increase the monthly Base Rent for the Premises to the greater of the then fair market rental value of the Premises, as reasonably determined by Landlord, or one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Base Rent then in effect. Pending determination of the new fair market rental value, if disputed by Tenant, Tenant shall pay the amount set forth in Landlord’s Notice, with any overpayment credited against the next installment(s) of Base Rent coming due, and any underpayment for the period retroactively to the effective date of the adjustment being due and payable immediately upon the determination thereof. Further, in the event of such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held by Tenant shall be subject to similar adjustment to the then fair market value as reasonably determined by Landlord (without the Lease being considered an encumbrance or any deduction for depreciation or obsolescence, and considering the Premises at its highest and best use and in good condition) or one hundred ten percent (110%) of the price previously in effect,(ii) any Index-oriented rental or price adjustment formulas contained in this Lease shall be adjusted to require that the base index be determined with reference to the index applicable to the time of such adjustment, and (iii) any fixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased in the same ratio as the new rental bears to the Base Rent in effect immediately prior to the adjustment specified in Landlord’s Notice.

(e)    Tenant’s remedy for any breach of this Paragraph 12.1 by Landlord shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.

12.2    Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting.

(a)    Landlord will respond to any request for consent to an assignment or sublease within fifteen (15) days following receipt of such request. If Landlord fails to timely deliver to Tenant notice of Landlord’s consent, or the withholding of consent, to a proposed Transfer, Tenant may send a second (2nd) notice to Landlord, which notice must contain the following inscription, in bold faced lettering: “SECOND NOTICE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 12 OF LEASE·— FAILURE TO TIMELY RESPOND WITHIN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS SHALL RESULT IN DEEMED APPROVAL OF ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLEASE.If Landlord falls to deliver notice of Landlord’s consent to, or the withholding of Landlord’s consent, to the proposed assignment or sublease within such five (5) business day period, Landlord shall be deemed to have approved the assignment or sublease in question. If Landlord at any time timely delivers notice to Tenant or Landlord’s withholding of consent to a proposed assignment or sublease, Landlord shall specify in reasonable detail in such notice, the basis for such withholding of consent. Regardless of Landlord’s consent, any assignment or subletting shall not (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or subtenant of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease, (ii) release Tenant of any obligations hereunder, nor (iii) alter the primary liability of Tenant for the payment of Base Rent and other sums due Landlord hereunder or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by Tenant under this Lease.

 

23


(b)    Landlord may accept any rent or performance of Tenant’s obligations from any person other than Tenant pending approval or disapproval of an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of any rent for performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Landlord’s right to exercise its remedies for the Default or Breach by Tenant of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease.

(c)    The consent of Landlord to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting by Tenant or to any subsequent or successive assignment or subletting by the assignee or subtenant. However, Landlord may consent to subsequent or successive assignment or subletting by the assignee or subtenant. However, Landlord may consent to subsequent sublettings and assignments of the sublease or any amendments or modifications thereto without notifying Tenant or anyone else liable under this Lease or the sublease and without obtaining their consent; provided, however, that if Landlord consents to a subsequent amendment of this Lease with an assignee of Tenant, which amendment increases the obligations or liability of the “tenant” hereunder, the original Tenant shall not be liable for such increased obligations unless the original Tenant consented to such amendment in writing.

(d)    In the event of any Default or Breach of Tenant’s obligation under this Lease, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant, any guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of the Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, including any subtenant, without first exhausting Landlord’s remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefor to Landlord, or any security held by Landlord.

(e)    Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Landlord’s determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or subtenant, including but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any, together with a non-refundable deposit of $1,000, as reasonable consideration for Landlord’s considering and processing the request for consent. Tenant agrees to provide Landlord with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested by Landlord.

(f)    Any assignee of, or subtenant under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment or entering into such sublease, be deemed, for the benefit of Landlord, to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Tenant during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Landlord has specifically consented in writing.

(g)    If Tenant desires to Sublet substantially the entire Premises for substantially the remainder of the term (other than pursuant to the Permitted Transfer) or assign the Premises (other than pursuant to a Permitted Transfer) prior to the expiration of the term of this lease and obtains an acceptable subtenant or assignee, then the Landlord shall have the option prior to the execution of the sublease or assignment agreement to cancel this Lease with respect to the portion of the Premises that is the subject of such proposed assignment or sublease. Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion, may then enter into a new lease with any prospective subtenant as the substitute Tenant. If Landlord exercises this option, then this present lease shall be terminated by mutual agreement as of that time.

 

24


12.3    Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting. The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting or assignment by Tenant of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases and assignments under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

(a)    Tenant hereby assigns and transfers to Landlord all of Tenant’s interest in all rentals, income or other consideration arising from any sublease or assignment of all or a portion of the Premises heretofore or hereafter made by Tenant, and Landlord may collect such sums and apply same toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Landlord shall not, by reason of the foregoing provision or any other assignment of such sublease to Landlord, nor by reason of the collection of the rents from a subtenant, be deemed liable to the subtenant for any failure of Tenant to perform and comply with any of Tenant’s obligations to such subtenant under such Sublease. Tenant hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such subtenant, upon receipt of a written notice from Landlord, to pay to Landlord the rents and other charges due and to become due under the sublease. Subtenant shall rely upon any such statement and request from Landlord and shall pay such rents and other charges to Landlord without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether any Breach exists and notwithstanding any notice from or claim from Tenant to the contrary. Tenant shall have no right or claim against such subtenant, or, until the Breach has been cured, against Landlord, for any such rents and other charges so paid by said subtenant to Landlord.

(b)    In the event of a Breach by Tenant in the performance of its obligations under this Lease, Landlord, at its option and without any obligation to do so, may require any subtenant to attorn to Landlord, in which event Landlord shall undertake the obligations of the sub Landlord under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, Landlord shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such subtenant to such sub Landlord or for any other prior defaults or breaches of such sub Landlord under such sublease.

(c)    Any matter or thing requiring the consent of the sub Landlord under a sublease shall also require the consent of Landlord herein.

(d)    No subtenant under a sublease or assignee approved by Landlord shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(e)    Landlord shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Tenant to the subtenant, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Tenant within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The subtenant shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Tenant for any such Defaults cured by the subtenant.

13.    Default; Breach; Remedies.

13.1    Default; Breach. Landlord and Tenant agree that if any attorney is consulted by Landlord in connection with a Tenant Default or Breach (as hereinafter defined), $350.00 is a reasonable minimum sum per such occurrence for legal services and costs in the preparation and service of a notice of Default, and that Landlord may include the cost of such services and costs in said notice as rent due and payable to cure said default. A “Default” by Tenant is defined as a failure by Tenant to observe, comply with or perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or rules applicable to Tenant under this Lease. A “Breach” by Tenant is defined as the occurrence of any one or more of the following Defaults, and, where a grace period for cure after notice is specified herein, the failure by Tenant to cure such Default prior to the expiration of the applicable grace period, and shall entitle Landlord to pursue the remedies set forth in Paragraphs 13.2 and/or 13.3.

 

25


(a)    The vacating of the Premises, or the abandonment of the Premises without paying the Rent due hereunder.

(b)    Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Lease, the failure by Tenant to make any payment of Base Rent, Tenant’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses, or any other monetary payment required to be made by Tenant hereunder as and when due, the failure by Tenant to provide Landlord with reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond required under this Lease, or the failure of Tenant to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of five (5) days following written notice thereof by or on behalf of Landlord to Tenant.

(c)    Except as expressly otherwise provided In this Lease, the failure by Tenant to provide Landlord with reasonable written evidence (in duly executed original form, if applicable) of (i) compliance with Applicable Requirements per Paragraph 6.3, (ii) the inspection, maintenance and service contracts required under Paragraph 7.1(b), (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or subletting per Paragraph 12.1, (iv) a Tenancy Statement per Paragraphs 16 or 37, (v) the subordination or non-subordination of this lease per Paragraph 30, (vi) the guaranty of the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease if required under Paragraphs 1.11 and 37, (vii) the execution of any document requested under Paragraph 42 (easements), or (viii) any other documentation or information which Landlord may reasonably require of Tenant under the terms of this Lease, where any such failure continues for a period of ten (10) days following written notice by or on behalf of Landlord to Tenant.

(d)    A Default by Tenant as to the terms covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 40 hereof that are to be observed, complied with or performed by Tenant, other than those described in Subparagraphs 13.1(a), (b), or (c),above, where such Default continues for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof by or on behalf of Landlord to Tenant; provided however, that if the nature of Tenant’s Default is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach of this Lease by Tenant if Tenant commences such cure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

(e)    The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the making by Tenant of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors;(ii) Tenant’s becoming a “debtor” as defined in 11 U.S. Code Section 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Tenant within thirty (30) days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within thirty (30) days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this Subparagraph 13.1(e} is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and shall not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

(f)    The discovery by Landlord that any financial statement of Tenant or of any Guarantor, given to Landlord by Tenant or any Guarantor, was materially false.

(g)    If the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease is guaranteed: (i) the death of a Guarantor, (ii) the termination of a Guarantor’s liability with respect

 

26


to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty, (iii) a Guarantor’s becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing, (iv) a Guarantor’s refusal to honor the guaranty, or (v) a Guarantor’s breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory breach basis, and Tenant’s failure, within sixty (60) days following written notice by or on behalf of Landlord to Tenant of any such event, to provide Landlord with written alternative assurances of security, which, when coupled with the then existing resources of Tenant, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of Tenant and the Guarantors that existed at the time of the execution of this Lease.

13.2    Remedies. If Tenant falls to commence to perform any affirmative duty or obligation of Tenant under this Lease, within ten (10) business days after written notice to Tenant (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Landlord may at its option (but without obligation to do so), perform such duty or obligation on Tenant’s behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. The costs and expenses of any such performance by Landlord shall be due and payable by Tenant to Landlord upon invoice therefor. If any check given to Landlord by Tenant shall not be honored by the bank upon which it is drawn, Landlord, at its own option, may require all future payments to be made under this Lease by Tenant to be made only by cashier’s check. In the event of a Breach of this Lease by Tenant (as defined in Paragraph 13.1), with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Landlord in the exercise of any right or remedy which Landlord may have by reason of such Breach, Landlord may:

(a)    Terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease and the term hereof shall terminate and Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. In such event Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant: (i) the worth at the time of the award of the unpaid rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by the Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and that portion of any leasing commission paid by Landlord in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco or the Federal Reserve Bank District in which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent (1%). Efforts by Landlord to mitigate damages caused by Tenant’s Default or Breach of this Lease shall not waive Landlord’s right to recover damages under this Paragraph 13.2. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Landlord shall have the right to recover in such proceeding the unpaid rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Landlord may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit for such rent and/or damages. If a notice and grace period required under Subparagraph 13.1 (b), (c) or (d) was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit, as the case may be, given to Tenant under any statute authorizing the forfeiture of leases for unlawful detainer shall also constitute the applicable notice for grace period purposes required by Subparagraph 13.1 (b), (c) or (d). In such case, the applicable grace period under the unlawful detainer statue shall run concurrently after

 

27


the one such statutory notice, and the failure of Tenant to cure the Default within the greater of the two (2) such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Landlord to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

(b)    Continue the Lease and Tenant’s right to possession in effect (in California under California Civil Code Section 1951.4) after Tenant’s Breach and recover the rent as It becomes due, provided Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonably limitations. Landlord and Tenant agree that the limitations on assignment and subletting in this Lease are reasonable. Acts of maintenance or preservation, efforts to relet the Premises, or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Landlord’s interest under this Lease, shall not constitute a termination of the Tenant’s right to possession.

(c)    Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available to Landlord under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located.

(d)    The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Tenant’s right to possession shall not relieve Tenant from liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises.

13.3    [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

13.4    Late Charges. Tenant hereby acknowledges that late payment by Tenant to Landlord of rent and other sums due hereunder will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Landlord by the terms of any ground lease, mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises. Accordingly, if any installment of rent or other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee within five (5) days after such amount shall be due (that provided, however that Tenant shall be entitled to notice, prior to the commencement of such five (5) day period, on the first (1st) occasion in any calendar year on which Tenant fails to timely pay an amount due hereunder), then, without any requirement for notice to Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to ten percent (10%) of such overdue amount. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant. Acceptance of such late charge be Landlord shall in no event constitute a waiver of Tenant’s Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent Landlord from exercising any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for three (3) consecutive installments of Base Rent, then notwithstanding Paragraph 4.1 or any other provision of this Lease to the contrary, Base Rent shall, at Landlord’s option, become due and payable quarterly in advance; provided, however, that if Tenant subsequently pays such quarterly Base Rent in a timely fashion for four (4) consecutive calendar quarters, Rent shall thereafter be payable on a monthly basis.

13.4    Breach by Landlord. Landlord shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease unless Landlord fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Landlord. For purposes of this Paragraph 13.5, a reasonable time shall in no event be less than thirty (30) days after receipt by Landlord, and by any Lender(s) whose name and address shall have been furnished to Tenant in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Landlord has not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days after such notice are reasonably required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in breach of this Lease if performance is commenced within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

 

28


14.    Condemnation. If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (all of which are herein called “condemnation”), this Lease shall terminate as to the part so taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than twenty five percent (25%) of the floor area of the Premises, or more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the portion of the Common Areas designated for Tenant’s parking, is taken by condemnation, Tenant may, at Tenant’s option, to be exercised in writing within ten (10) days after Landlord shall have given Tenant written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within ten (10) days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Tenant does not terminate this Lease In accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in the same proportion as the rentable floor area of the Premises taken bears to the total rentable floor area of the Premises. No reduction of the Base Rent shall occur if the condemnation does not apply to any portion of the Premises. Any award for the taking of all or any part of the Premises under the power of eminent domain or any payment made under threat of the exercise of such power shall be the property of Landlord, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution of value of the leasehold or for the taking of the fee, or as severance damages; provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to any compensation, separately awarded to Tenant for Tenant’s relocation expenses and/or loss of Tenant’s Trade Fixtures. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of such condemnation, Landlord shall to the extent of its net severance damages received, over and above Tenant’s Share of the legal and other expenses incurred by Landlord in the condemnation matter, repair any damage to the Premises caused by such condemnation authority. Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of any amount in excess of such net severance damages required to complete such repair.

15.    Broker’s Fees.

15.1    Procuring Cause. The Broker(s) named in Paragraph 1.10 is/are the procuring cause of this Lease.

15.2    Additional Terms. Unless Landlord and Broker(s) have otherwise agreed in writing, Landlord agrees that: (a) if Tenant exercises any Option (as defined in Paragraph 39.1) granted under this Lease or any Option subsequently granted, or (b) If Tenant acquires any rights to the Premises or other premises in which Landlord has an interest, or (c) If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises with the consent of Landlord after the expiration of the term of this Lease after having failed to exercise an Option, or (d) if said Brokers are the procuring cause of any other lease or sale entered into between the Parties pertaining to the Premises and/or any adjacent property in which Landlord has an interest, or (e) if Base Rent is increased, whether by agreement or operation of an escalation clause herein, then as to any of said transactions, Landlord shall not be liable to said Broker(s) to pay a fee.

15.3    Assumption of Obligations. Any buyer or transferee of Landlord’s interest in this Lease, whether such transfer is by agreement or by operation of law, shall be deemed to have assumed Landlord’s obligation under this Paragraph 15.

15.4    Representations and Warranties. Tenant and Landlord each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder other than as named in Paragraph 1.10(a) in connection with the negotiation of this Lease and/or the

 

29


consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby, and that no broker or other person, firm or entity other than said named Broker(s) is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection with said transaction. Tenant and Landlord do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, and/or attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

16.    Tenancy and Financial Statements.

16.1    Tenancy Statement. Each Party (as “Responding Party”) shall within ten (10) business days after written notice from the other Party (the “Requesting Party”) execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement In writing in a form similar to the then most current “Tenancy Statement” form published by the American Industrial Real Estate Association, plus such additional information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.

16.2    Financial Statement. If Landlord desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises or the Building, or any part thereof, Tenant and all the Guarantors shall deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Landlord such financial statements of Tenant and such Guarantors as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Tenant’s financial statements for the past three (3) years. All such financial statements shall be received by Landlord and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

17.    Landlord’s Liability. The term “Landlord” as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises. In the event of a transfer of Landlord’s title or interest in the Premises or in this Lease, Landlord shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Landlord at the time of such transfer or assignment. Except as provided in Paragraph 15.3, upon such transfer or assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Landlord shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by Landlord. Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Landlord shall be binding only upon the Landlord as herein above defined. Notwithstanding any other terms or provisions of this lease, Tenant agrees that in the event of any default or breach by Landlord with respect to any of the terms of the Lease to be observed and performed by Landlord (a) Tenant shall look solely to the estate and property (which is the subject of this lease) of Landlord or any successor in interest in the property (which shall be deemed to include the rental income, the proceeds of any sale by Landlord as well as any insurance or condemnation proceeds), for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies for the collection of a judgment (or other judicial process) requiring the payment of money by Landlord; (b) no other property or assets of Landlord, its partners, members, shareholders, officers or any successor in interest shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction if Tenant’s remedies; (c) no personal liability shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against Landlord, it’s partner’s, members or successors in interest (except to the extent permitted in (a) above), and no judgment will be taken against any partner, member, shareholder, officer or director of Landlord. The provisions of this section shall apply only to the Landlord and the parties herein described, and shall not be for the benefit of any insurer nor any other third party.

18.    Severability. The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

 

30


19.    Interest on Past-Due Obligations. Any monetary payment due Landlord hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Landlord within ten (10) days following the date on which it was due, shall bear interest from the date due at the prime rate charged by the largest state chartered bank in the state in which the Premises are located plus four percent (4%) per annum, but not exceeding the maximum rate allowed by law, in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

20.    Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

21.    Rent Defined. All monetary obligations of Tenant to Landlord under the terms of this Lease are deemed to be rent.

22.    No Prior or other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer. This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Lease and as to the nature, quality and character of the Premises. Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party. Each Broker shall be an intended third party beneficiary of the provisions of this Paragraph 22.

23.    Notices.

23.1    Notice Requirements. All notices required or permitted by this Lease shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by messenger or courier service) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party’s signature on this Lease shall be that Party’s address for delivery or mailing of notice purposes. Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice purposes. A copy of all notices required or permitted to be given to Landlord hereunder shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Landlord may from time to time hereafter designate by written notice to Tenant.

23.2    Date of Notice. Any notice sent by registered or certified mall, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular mail the notice shall be deemed given three (3) business days after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantees next day delivery shall be deemed given twenty-four (24) hours after delivery of the same to the United States Postal Service or courier. If notice is received or otherwise deemed delivered on a Saturday or a Sunday or a legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

24.    Waivers. No waiver by a party of the Default or Breach of any term covenant or condition hereof by the other, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by the other of the same or any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Landlord’s consent to, or approval of, any such act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Landlord’s consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by Tenant, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent. Regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of a Default or Breach at the time of accepting rent, the acceptance of rent by Landlord shall not be a waiver

 

31


of any Default or Breach by Tenant of any provision hereof. Any payment given Landlord by Tenant may be accepted by Landlord on account of moneys or damages due Landlord, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Tenant in connection therewith, which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Landlord at or before the time of deposit of such payment.

25.    Recording. Either Landlord or Tenant shall, upon request of the other, execute, acknowledge and deliver to the other a short form memorandum of this Lease for recording purposes. The Party requesting recordation shall be responsible for payment of any fees or taxes applicable thereto.

26.    No Right To Holdover. Tenant has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. In the event that Tenant holds over in violation of this Paragraph 26 then the Base Rent payable from and after the time of the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease shall be increased to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent applicable during the month immediately preceding such expiration or earlier termination. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as a consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant.

27.    Cumulative Remedies. No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

28.    Covenants and Conditions. All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant are both covenants and conditions.

29.    Binding Effect; Choice of Law. This Lease shall be binding upon the Parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.

30.    Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance.

30.1    Subordination. This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively, “Security Device”), now or hereafter placed by Landlord upon the real property of which the Premises are a part, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. Tenant agrees that the Lenders holding any such Security Device shall have no duty, liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Landlord under this Lease, but that in the event of Landlord’s default with respect to any such obligation, Tenant will give any Lender whose name and address have been furnished Tenant in writing for such purpose notice of Landlord’s default pursuant to Paragraph 13.5. If any Lender shall elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device and shall give written notice thereof to Tenant, this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof.

30.2    Attornment. Subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3, Tenant agrees to attorn to a Lender or any other party who acquires ownership of the Premises by reason of a foreclosure of a Security Device, and that in the event of such foreclosure, such new owner shall not: (i) be liable for any act or omission of any prior Landlord or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership, (ii) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant might have against any prior Landlord, or (iii) be bound by prepayment of more than one month’s rent.

 

32


30.3    Non-Disturbance. With respect to Security Devices entered into by Landlord after the execution of this lease, Tenant’s subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving assurance (a “non-disturbance agreement”) from the Lender that Tenant’s possession and this Lease, including any options to extend the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Tenant is not in Breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises.

30.4    Self-Executing. The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that upon written request from Landlord or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of Premises, Tenant and Landlord shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any such subordination or non-subordination, attornment and/or non-disturbance agreement as is provided for herein.

31.    Attorneys’ Fees. If any Party brings an action or proceeding to enforce the terms hereof or declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term “Prevailing Party” shall include, without limitation, a Party who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorneys’ fee award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to full reimburse all attorneys’ fees, cost and expenses reasonably incurred. Landlord shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach.

32.    Landlord’s Access; Showing Premises; Repairs. Landlord and Landlord’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times upon reasonable advance notice to Tenant for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or (during the final six (6) months of the term) tenants, and make such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Building, as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary (provided that Tenant shall have the right to require that Landlord be accompanied by a representative of Tenant during any such entry). Landlord shall use best efforts to ensure that the performance of any such work of repairs or alterations shall not interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises (or any portion thereof) for Tenant’s business purposes (such efforts to include limiting the performance of any such work which might be disruptive to weekends or the evening and the cleaning of any work area prior to the commencement of the next business day). Landlord may at any time place on or about the Premises or Building any ordinary “For Sale” signs and Landlord may at any time during the last one hundred eighty (180) days of the term hereof place on or about the Premises any ordinary “For Lease” signs. All such activities of Landlord shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Tenant.

33.    Auctions. Tenant shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, either voluntarily or involuntarily, any auction upon the Premises without first having obtained Landlord’s prior written consent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Landlord shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to grant such consent.

 

33


34.    Signs. Tenant shall not place any sign upon the exterior of the Premises or the Building, except that Tenant may, with Landlord’s prior written consent, install (but not on the roof) such signs as are reasonably required to advertise Tenant’s own business so long as such signs are in a location designated by Landlord and comply with Applicable Requirements and the signage criteria established for the Industrial Center by Landlord. The installation of any sign on the Premises by or for Tenant shall be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7 (Maintenance, Repairs, Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures and Alterations). Unless otherwise expressly agreed herein, Landlord reserves all rights to the use of the roof of the Building and the right to install advertising signs on the Building, including the roof, which do not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of Tenant’s business; Landlord shall be entitled to all revenues from such advertising signs.

35.    Termination; Merger. Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Landlord, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Landlord for Breach by Tenant, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, Landlord shall, in the event of any such surrender, termination or cancellation, have the option to continue any one or all of any existing subtenancies. Landlord’s failure within ten (10) days of following any such event to make a written election to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest, shall constitute Landlord’s election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.

36.    Consents.

(a)    Except for Paragraph 33 (Auctions) or as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Landlord’s actual reasonable costs and expenses (including but not limited to architects’, attorneys’, engineers’ and other consultants’ fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Tenant for any Landlord consent pertaining to this Lease or the Premises, including but not limited to consents to an assignment a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor. In addition to the deposit described in Paragraph 12.2(e), Landlord may, as condition to considering any such request by Tenant, require that Tenant deposit with Landlord an amount of money (in addition to the Security Deposit held under Paragraph 5) reasonably calculated by Landlord to represent the cost Landlord will incur in considering and responding to Tenant’s request. Any unused portion of said deposit shall be refunded to Tenant without interest. Landlord’s consent to any act, assignment of this Lease or subletting of the Premises by Tenant shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or Breach by Tenant of this Lease exists, nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated In writing by Landlord at the time of such consent.

(b)    All conditions to Landlord’s consent authorized by this Lease are acknowledged by Tenant as being reasonable. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to Landlord’s consent shall not preclude the impositions by Landlord at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given.

37.    [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED].

38.    Quiet Possession. Upon payment by Tenant of the rent for the Premises and the performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Tenant shall have quiet possession of the Premises for the entire term hereof subject to all of the provisions of this Lease.

 

34


39.    Options.

39.1    Definition. As used in this Lease, the word Option” has the following meaning: (a) the right to extend the term of this Lease or to renew this Lease or to extend or renew any lease that Tenant has on other property of Landlord.

39.2    Options Personal to Original Tenant. Each Option granted to Tenant in this Lease is personal to the original Tenant named in Paragraph 1.1 hereof and any assignee pursuant to a Permitted Transfer, and cannot be voluntarily or involuntarily assigned or exercised by any person or entity other than said original Tenant while the original Tenant is in full and actual possession of the Premises and without the intention of thereafter assigning or subletting. The Options, if any, herein granted to Tenant are not assignable (other than pursuant to a Permitted Transfer), either as a part of an assignment of this Lease or separately or apart therefrom, and no Option may be separated from this Lease In any manner, by reservation or otherwise.

39.3    Multiple Options. In the event that Tenant has any multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later option cannot be exercised unless the prior Options to extend or renew this Lease have been validly exercised.

39.4    Effect of Default on Options.

(a)    Tenant shall have no right to exercise an Option, notwithstanding any provision in the grant of Option to the contrary: (i) during the period commencing with the giving of any notice of Default under Paragraph 13.1 and continuing until the noticed Default is cured, or (ii) during the period of time any monetary obligation due Landlord from Tenant is unpaid (without regard to whether notice thereof is given Tenant), or (iii) during the time Tenant is in Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Landlord has given to Tenant three (3) or more notices of separate Defaults under Paragraph 13.1 during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the exercise of the Option, whether or not the Defaults are cured.

(b)    The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

(c)    All rights of Tenant under the provisions of an Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Tenant’s due and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and during the term of this Lease, (i) Tenant fails to pay to Landlord a monetary obligation of Tenant for a period of thirty (30) days after such obligation becomes due (without any necessity of Landlord to give notice thereof to Tenant), or (ii) Landlord gives to Tenant three (3) or more notices of separate Defaults under Paragraph 13.1 during any twelve (12) month period, whether or not the Defaults are cured, or (ii) if Tenant commits a Breach of this Lease.

40.    Rules and Regulations. Tenant agrees that it will abide by, and keep and observe all reasonable rules and regulations (“Rules and Regulations) which Landlord may make from time to time for the management, safety, care, and cleanliness of the grounds, the parking and unloading of vehicles and the preservation of good order, as well as for the convenience of other occupants or tenants of the Building and the Industrial Center and their invitees.

 

35


41.    Security Measures. Tenant hereby acknowledges that the rental payable to Landlord hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same. Tenant assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Tenant, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

42.    Reservations. Landlord reserves the right, from time to time, to grant, without the consent or joinder of Tenant, such easements, rights of way, utility raceways, and dedications that Landlord reasonably deems necessary, and to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, so long as such easements, rights of way, utility raceways, dedications, maps and restrictions do not reasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Tenant. Tenant agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Landlord to effectuate any such easement rights, dedication, map or restrictions.

43.    Performance Under Protest. If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment “under protest” and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay under the provisions of this Lease.

44.    Authority. If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, or general or limited partnership, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on it’s behalf and that such entity is duly authorized and existing and qualified to do business in California and that Tenant has the full right and legal authority to enter into this lease.

45.    Conflict. Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

46.    Offer. Preparation of this Lease by either Landlord or Tenant or Landlord’s agent or Tenant’s agent and submission of same to Tenant or Landlord shall not be deemed an offer to lease. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

47.    Amendments. This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the parties in interest at the time of the modification. The Parties shall amend this Lease from time to time to reflect any adjustments that are made to the Base Rent or other rent payable under this Lease. As long as they do not materially change Tenants obligations hereunder, Tenant agrees to make such reasonable non-monetary modification to this Lease as may be reasonably required by an institutional insurance company or pension plan Lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the property of which the Premises are a part.

 

48. Multiple Parties. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, if more than one person or entity is named herein as either Landlord or Tenant, the obligations of such multiple parties shall be the joint and several responsibility of all persons or entities named herein as such Landlord or Tenant.

 

49.

Option to Extend. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, Tenant may at its option extend the Term of this Lease for One (1) period of TEN (10) years. Such period is called the “Renewal Term.” The Renewal Term shall be upon the same terms contained

 

36


  in this Lease, except that (i) Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with any Tenant Improvement Allowance or demolition in connection with the Renewal Term, (ii) the Base Rental during the Renewal Term shall be calculated as set forth below, and (iii) any reference in the Lease to the “Term” of the Lease shall be deemed to include the Renewal Term and apply thereto, unless it is expressly provided otherwise. Tenant shall have no additional extension options. The Base Rent during the Renewal Term shall be at the then Fair Market Rate (defined hereinafter) for such space for a term commencing of the first day of the Renewal Term. “Market Rate” shall mean the then prevailing market rate for a comparable term commencing on the first day of the Renewal Term for tenants of comparable size and creditworthiness for comparable space in the Building and other Office buildings in the Alameda Area. In no event shall the Base Rent payable during the first (1st) year of the Renewal Term be less than the Base Monthly Rent of January 2025. Base Rent during the Renewal Term shall increase at four percent (4%) per year. To exercise any option, Tenant must deliver a binding written notice to Landlord not sooner than twelve (12) months nor later than six (6) months prior to the expiration of the Initial Term of this Lease. Thereafter, the Market Rate for the Renewal Term shall be calculated by Landlord and Landlord shall inform Tenant of the Market Rate. If the parties cannot agree on the Market Rate within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s delivery of a statement of Fair Market Rent, the parties shall each, within ten (10) business days following the expiration of such thirty (30) day period, appoint a real estate broker (with at least 10 years experience in office leasing in Alameda) to determine the Market Rate, and each such broker will deliver its determination within ten (10) additional business days. If the lower of the two is within 90% of the higher of the two valuations, then the Market Rent shall be the average of the two. If a party fails to timely designate a broker, the broker designated by the other party will determine the Market Rate. If the lower of the two valuations is less than 90% of the higher valuation, then the two brokers/appraisers originally selected by the parties shall, within five (5) business days, select a third broker/appraiser and shall present their final determinations of Market Rate to the third broker/appraiser, and the third broker/appraiser shall pick one of those two as being the Market Rate. The determination of the third broker/appraiser shall be binding on the parties. If Tenant fails to timely give its notice of exercise, Tenant will be deemed to have waived its option to extend.

 

50. Tenant Improvements: Landlord shall complete specified tenant improvements detailed in Exhibit A.

LANDLORD AND TENANT HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LANDLORD AND TENANT WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

THIS LEASE PREPARED FOR YOUR ATTORNEY’S REVIEW AND APPROVAL. FURTHER, EXPERTS SHOULD BE CONSULTED TO THE PRESENCE OF ASBESTOS, UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS OR HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES. NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY THE REAL ESTATE BROKERS OR THEIR CONTRACTORS,

 

37


AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES; THE PARTIES SHALL RELY SOLELY UPON THE ADVICE OF THEIR OWN COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE. IF THE SUBJECT PROPERTY IS IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, AN ATTORNEY FROM THE STATE WHERE THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED SHOULD BE CONSULTED.

 

38


The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respective signatures.

 

Executed at:

555 Twin Dolphin Dr.

Executed at:

1351 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, CA 94802

on:

9/18/14

on:

17 September 2014

By Landlord: By Tenant:
DOLLINGER HARBOR BAY ASSOCIATES,
a California limited partnership
By: D&M Investors Fund I LLC, a PENUMBRA, Inc.
California Limited Liability Company BY:

/s/ Adam Elsesser

Its General Partner Adam Elsesser, CEO
By: D&M Ventures LP, a PENUMBRA, Inc.
California Limited Partnership BY:

/s/ Lynn Rothman

Its Sole Member Lynn Rothman, CFO
By: David Dollinger Living Trust
Its General Partner
By:

/s/ David B. Dollinger

David B. Dollinger, Trustee

 

Address:

555 Twin Dolphin Drive, Suite 600

Redwood City, CA 94065

Address: 1351 Harbor Bay Parkway Alameda, CA 94502
Telephone: (650) 508-8666 Telephone: (510) 748-3200
Facsimile: (650) 508-8686 Facsimile: (510) 217-9422

 

39


Exhibit A Notes

Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense shall build the Tenant Improvements as per this attached Exhibit A, using the same building standards as when the Tenant originally moved in to 1351 Harbor Bay Parkway and as specified in Exhibit B attached hereto.

1321 Harbor Bay Parkway – First Floor

All items by Landlord unless specified.

Clean Room Approximately Class 10,000 (same as current clean room in 1351)

Size approximately 8,281 square foot of cleanroom

Ceiling T-Bar grid with Clean Room ceiling tiles

Ceiling height 10’

Door height 9’ min.

Walls Smooth with Epoxy Paint

110V Power on every Support Column by Landlord

CDA on every Support column (by Tenant)

110V Power on perimeter walls per code by Landlord

110V Junction boxes to be placed approximately every 200 sq. ft. above ceiling 1 dedicated 20 amp circuit per j-box by Landlord

CDA and Data along perimeter walls (by Tenant)

Flooring VCT

Slab Seal slab as necessary to prevent ground water from seeping up

Pre-action system fire sprinklers

Landlord to reuse existing HVAC system and run return air ducts surface mounted and painted on the perimeter walls.

Landlord to supply and install approximately 83 fan powered hepa-filters with pre-filter option

220V Power 8 locations TBD by tenant.

Gowning room 1 and 2 (approximately 460 sq ft and 410 sq ft)

Ceiling T-Bar grid with Clean Room ceiling tiles

Ceiling height 10’

Doors (each room):Three single 3.0x 7.0, 20 min rated door with metal frame and hardware (gowning room/exit with windows)

Walls Smooth with Epoxy Paint

110V Power on every Support Column by Landlord

CDA on every Support column (by Tenant)

110V Power on perimeter walls per code by Landlord

Flooring VCT

Slab Seal slab as necessary to prevent ground water from seeping up

Landlord to reuse existing HVAC system and run return air ducts surface mounted and painted on the perimeter walls.

Landlord to supply and install approximately 4 fan powered hepa-filters with pre-filter option (each room)

pre-action system fire sprinklers

 

40


Materials pass-through Room

Ceiling-T-Bar grid with Clean Room ceiling tiles

Ceiling height- 10’

Three Double Doors 3.0x 7.0, 20 min rated doors with metal frame and hardware (gowning room/exit with windows).

Walls Smooth with Epoxy Paint

110V Power on every Support Column by Landlord

CDA on every Support column (by Tenant)

110V Power on perimeter walls per code by Landlord

Flooring VCT

Slab Seal slab as necessary to prevent ground water from seeping up

Landlord to reuse existing HVAC system and run return air ducts surface mounted and painted on the perimeter walls.

Landlord to supply and install approximately 2 fan powered hepa-filters with pre-filter option

pre-action system fire sprinklers

Eng, QC, R&D, and mfg labs

Ceiling T-Bar grid with Clean Room ceiling tiles

Ceiling height 10’

Door height 9’ min.

Walls white paint

110V Power on every Support Column by Landlord

110V Junction boxes to be placed approximately every 200 sq ft above ceiling 1 dedicated 20 amp circuit per j-box by Landlord

CDA on every Support column (by Tenant)

110V Power on perimeter walls per code by Landlord

Flooring VCT

Shipping Receiving

Flooring Exposed finished concrete

Ceiling None

Walls Finished/painted

Roll up door 12’

Hydraulic lift equivalent to the one at 1351

Compressor room

Flooring Exposed finished concrete

Ceiling none

Walls painted

Electrical 460 V 3 phase power, 60 Amp fused disconnect box

CDA By Tenant

Room will be supplied directly with HVAC air and have adequate ventilation

Break Room

Flooring-new VCT

Power add 200 amp panel in this area

Ceiling – Existing

Break room will have approximately 16’ of counter with cabinets above and below, double sink, and space for refrigerator / freezer

 

41


Restrooms

Add 4 stalls in Women’s Restroom

Add 3 urinals and 1 stall in Men’s Restroom

Partitions New

Tile/grout to match existing in expansion area

Counter top/sinks need additional sinks (per code) new counter tops

Ceiling Existing

Equip maint, and Storage rooms

Flooring Exposed finished concrete

Power 110V spaced per code

110V Junction boxes to be placed approximately every 250 sq ft above ceiling 1 dedicated 20 amp circuit per j-box by Landlord

Data Per Tenant

Ceiling Existing

Boxing/

Flooring VCT

Ceiling Existing

Walls painted

Power 110V spaced per code

CDA By Tenant

Offices / conference room

Flooring carpet

Power provided per code.

Ceiling Existing

Data Provided by Tenant

Doors 9’ doors and 36” wide sidelight provided at each entrance to

Walls Painted

Cubicle area:

Power Junction boxes provided above grid for cubes, power/ring and string boxes provided in conf. rooms and offices per code. Electrical Panels moved to noninvasive locations

Common Area/Lobby

Ceiling Existing

Floors Existing

Exterior Doors Existing

Elevator Existing

Stairs Existing

A minimum of 2000 amps of 110/208V power required for 1321 1st floor distributed to 10 - 14 panels locations to be determined by Tenant

1321 Harbor Bay – Second Floor

Open Office Area

Flooring carpet (match existing on second floor at 1351)

Power Junction boxes provided above grid for cubes, power/ring and string boxes provided in conf. rooms and offices per code. Electrical Panels moved to noninvasive locations Power placed in ceilings where projectors will be mounted in auditorium

 

42


Ceiling Existing

Data Provided by Tenant

Doors-9’ doors and 36” wide sidelight provided at each entrance to

Walls-Painted

Auditorium (approximately 8400 sq ft)

Flooring carpet (match existing on second floor at 1351)

Power Junction boxes provided above grid for cubes, power/ring and string boxes provided in conf. rooms and offices per code. Electrical Panels moved to noninvasive locations

Power placed in ceilings where projectors will be mounted in auditorium

Sound System/Projectors/Screens By Tenant (work to be done during construction)

Ceiling – Existing

Data Provided by Tenant

Walls Painted (one red, one grey, others white)

Storage rooms / conference room

Flooring carpet

Power provided per code.

Ceiling – Existing

Data Provided by Tenant

Doors 9’ doors and 36” wide sidelight provided at each entrance to

Walls Painted

Server Room

VCT flooring

Finish and paint walls

Room will be supplied directly with HVAC air and have adequate ventilation

Add pre-system fire sprinklers

Break Room

Flooring – VCT

16’ lower Counter with cabinets above and below, double Sink, space for refrigerator and freezer

Restrooms

Plumbing/flooring/electrical/partitions – Existing

1321 Harbor Bay Parkway – Building

New Roof

Signage on building to match 1351(by Tenant)

Repair any damage to exterior of building

Key Card Access (By tenant)

Direct IT connection between 1351, 1321, and 1411

 

    Core drill 4” tubing between all three buildings mains or equivalent-system to be pre-approved by Tenant

All office doors to be 9’ clear birch with 3’ windows next to them

All windows to have matching blinds

Entire building to be converted from old T-12 lights / fixtures to new mandated T8 lights / fixtures

 

43


All new areas / Buildings: Penumbra will provide a drawing with colors of walls prior to paint being purchased for job or all walls will be standard swiss coffee

Independent air conditioning units removed during demolition to be relocated to new locations determined by Tenant

 

44


 

LOGO

 

45


 

LOGO

 

46


EX-10.4

Exhibit 10.4

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT WERE OMITTED AND REPLACED WITH [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION REQUESTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 406 OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

PENUMBRA, INC.

AND

MEDICO’S HIRATA INC.

THIS DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into this 2nd day of August 2009 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Penumbra, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware, USA, with offices at 1351 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, California, USA (“Penumbra”), and Medico’s Hirata Inc. (“DISTRIBUTOR”), a corporation organized under the laws of Japan, with a registered office at 3-3-18 Dojima, Kita-Ku, Osaka, Japan.

WHEREAS, PENUMBRA is a medical device company that desires to engage a marketing and distribution associate in Distribution Countries (as defined below), on the terms and conditions below; and

WHEREAS, DISTRIBUTOR desires to be PENUMBRA’s exclusive marketing and distribution partner in Distribution Countries for the products described in Exhibit “A” and,

WHEREAS, the relationship between DISTRIBUTOR and PENUMBRA is that of buyer and seller, respectively;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions herein contained, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties mutually agree as follows:

1. PRODUCTS, SCOPE AND TERRITORY.

(a) PENUMBRA hereby appoints DISTRIBUTOR on an exclusive basis as its distributor for the sale to purchasers in the territory comprised of Distribution Countries of all products (collectively, the “Product” or “Products”) described on Exhibit A. The Products will also include updates, improvements, product line extensions and replacements for Products or any components thereof. Products shall include future products only to the extent agreed upon by the parties. The parties shall amend Exhibit A from time to time to reflect additions to and deletions from the Products.

(b) Distribution Countries shall mean Japan. PENUMBRA may from time to time appoint DISTRIBUTOR as distributor for other territories acceptable to DISTRIBUTOR. In the event that PENUMBRA appoints DISTRIBUTOR as distributor for other territories, the parties shall document such appointment and any particular terms thereof by amending this Agreement.

 

1


(c) DISTRIBUTOR shall not engage in any advertising or promotional activities relating to the Products directed primarily to customers outside Distribution Countries. DISTRIBUTOR shall not solicit orders from any prospective purchaser located outside Distribution Countries. PENUMBRA shall not sell or supply Products to any end user in Distribution Countries or to any person or entity (other than DISTRIBUTOR) who PENUMBRA has reason to believe intends to resell such Products in Distribution Countries without agreement of DISTRIBUTOR. Each party shall immediately notify the other upon learning of any sales of Products by a third-party in Distribution Countries, other than DISTRIBUTOR’s approved sub-distributors.

(d) DISTRIBUTOR may appoint sub-distributors in a fashion typical of industry practice in the Territory, as long as each sub-distributor agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. DISTRIBUTOR shall defend, indemnify and hold PENUMBRA harmless from and against all demands, actions, defense of actions, causes of action (whether judicial, administrative or otherwise), losses, claims, damages, judgments, fees, expenses (including without limitation attorneys’ fees, interest, penalties, investigative expenses and court costs) and liabilities, which PENUMBRA may incur in connection with the acts or omissions of any sub-distributor.

2. MARKETING APPROVAL IN DISTRIBUTION COUNTRIES

(a) DISTRIBUTOR acknowledges that prior to entering into this Agreement, PENUMBRA engaged ADMIS, Inc. (“ADMIS”) to assist PENUMBRA in obtaining product registrations and required permits, licenses and other approvals to market Products in the Distribution Countries. Following execution of this Agreement, PENUMBRA and DISTRIBUTOR may mutually agree that DISTRIBUTOR will assume from ADMIS the responsibility for obtaining product registrations and required permits, licenses and other approvals to market Products in Distribution Countries. PENUMBRA shall notify DISTRIBUTOR in writing the contents of the services which shall have been done by ADMIS on behalf of PENUMBRA. Following such mutual agreement, PENUMBRA will terminate its arrangement with ADMIS and DISTRIBUTOR will assume responsibility for obtaining, and will use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, in PENUMBRA’s name all product registrations and required permits, licenses, and other approvals necessary to market the Products in the Distribution Countries, and DISTRIBUTOR will use all commercially reasonable efforts to qualify as Designated Marketing Approval Holder (hereinafter called “DMAH”) and Sales Agent and to obtain and maintain all manufacturing and sales licenses necessary to permit DISTRIBUTOR to import the Products into the Distribution Countries and to sell them there (collectively, the “Approvals”). Specifically, DISTRIBUTOR will perform the following actions:

(i) cause its regulatory department/advisors/legal counsel to prepare all necessary applications for Approvals, including the designation of DISTRIBUTOR as DMAH of PENUMBRA for the distribution of the Products;

(ii) submit all such applications, including supporting data and materials;

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2


(iii) hire and retain employees satisfying the education and experience requirements necessary for DISTRIBUTOR to act as DMAH and to obtain and maintain sales and manufacturing licenses for the Products;

(iv) respond promptly to all inquiries and requests for information from the relevant governmental authorities; and

(v) keep PENUMBRA informed of the status of all applications for Approvals.

(b) Except as provided in Section 2 (c), PENUMBRA shall bear the out of pocket costs and expenses (including without limitation regulatory filing fees and amounts payable to third parties) that may be incurred by DISTRIBUTOR in connection with the actions to be performed by DISTRIBUTOR in order to (i) obtain the Approvals in the name of and on behalf of PENUMBRA described in Section 2(a) following termination of service by ADMIS, (ii) obtain the Approvals for commercialization and reimbursement, and (iii) conduct any post-market studies which may be required by regulatory authorities. PENUMBRA and DISTRIBUTOR shall each bear their respective internal costs for such matters; provided, however, that when the details of the internal costs necessary to obtain the Approvals become reasonably clear, if it appears reasonably likely that one party’s internal costs will result in a substantial and disproportionate financial burden on that party, the parties shall mutually consult and conclude a memorandum of agreement regarding the appropriate sharing of such internal costs. As used in this section, “internal costs” means items such as salaries of management and other employees, communication expenses and other overhead items normally included in “General and Administrative Expenses” in a financial statement.

(c) PENUMBRA shall be responsible for all payments and expenses incurred by or due ADMIS prior to the effective date of ADMIS’s termination. In addition, PENUMBRA, at its expense, will provide DISTRIBUTOR with all information, data, materials and Product samples necessary or useful to obtain Approvals including, without limitation, access to all information and materials developed by PENUMBRA in the course of its applications for regulatory approval from regulatory authorities. PENUMBRA shall appoint DISTRIBUTOR as DMAH for the Products.

(d) DISTRIBUTOR shall keep PENUMBRA informed regarding ongoing regulatory requirements in the Distribution Countries.

3. SUPPLY TERMS: PRICES AND PAYMENT.

(a) Forecasts. DISTRIBUTOR shall submit 90-day rolling, non-binding forecasts for PENUMBRA production planning purposes. Such forecasts shall not constitute a binding obligation upon DISTRIBUTOR.

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

3


(b) Purchase Orders. DISTRIBUTOR shall order, and PENUMBRA shall supply Products pursuant to written purchase orders submitted by DISTRIBUTOR identifying the Products ordered. PENUMBRA will use commercially reasonable efforts to ship Products to DISTRIBUTOR on the date requested, but shall not be in breach of this Agreement in the event that that date is not met, provided Products are delivered within sixty (60) days of the date of the purchase order. If at any time PENUMBRA determines that it will not be able to ship Products by the date requested by DISTRIBUTOR, PENUMBRA shall immediately notify DISTRIBUTOR in writing of such delay. DISTRIBUTOR will use commercially reasonable efforts to place orders for Products in an even and regular fashion (e.g., monthly or quarterly) so as to allow for efficient production and warehousing by PENUMBRA.

(c) Delivery and Risk of Loss. Unless DISTRIBUTOR requests otherwise, PENUMBRA will deliver all Products ordered by DISTRIBUTOR within the time period specified in Section 3(b). PENUMBRA may choose the mode of shipment and carrier unless specified in the purchase order. DISTRIBUTOR shall purchase the Products from PENUMNBRA Ex-Works Alameda, CA. The risk of loss and damage to Products shall pass to DISTRIBUTOR upon the delivery of such Products to the carrier. All Products shall be packed for shipment and storage in the standard manner suitable for exporting at PENUMBRA’s expense, unless DISTRIBUTOR notifies PENUMBRA of special packaging requirements, in which event PENUMBRA shall use commercially reasonable efforts to satisfy such requirements and shall be entitled to charge DISTRIBUTOR for any additional costs incurred to satisfy such requirements.

(d) Inspection. DISTRIBUTOR will inspect all Products promptly upon receipt thereof for conformance with the Products’ specifications, to the extent determinable by reasonable inspection upon delivery. PENUMBRA will, at its election, either repair or replace defective Products returned by DISTRIBUTOR within thirty (30) days of receipt thereof by PENUMBRA, and its liability in this event shall be limited to such repair or replacement.

(e) Pricing. The prices to be paid by DISTRIBUTOR for Products shall be determined in writing by the parties from time to time by means of a fixed percentage of the current reimbursement prices, taking into account PENUMBRA’ s manufacturing costs, change of reimbursement prices, and competitive market situation in the Distribution Countries.

PENUMBRA will provide DISTRIBUTOR with a reasonable number of field sales samples of Products for demonstration purposes, at PENUMBRA’s cost of goods sold.

(f) Payments. All amounts due and payable with respect to Products delivered by PENUMBRA, in accordance with the preceding subsection, shall be paid in full by the end of the month following the month during shipment of product is made together with invoice. All such amounts shall be paid in US dollars (unless another currency is specified in Exhibit A under the column “Distribution Price”) by wire transfer, to such bank or account as PENUMBRA may from time to time designate in writing. Whenever any amount hereunder is due on a day that is not a day on which banks in the United States or Distribution Countries are open for business (a “Business Day”), such amount shall be paid on the next Business Day.

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

4


(g) Taxes. All taxes applicable to the import, distribution or sale of Products in Distribution Countries will be paid by DISTRIBUTOR, with the exception of income or other taxes levied on PENUMBRA and measured by PENUMBRA’s gross or net income.

(h) Records. DISTRIBUTOR shall maintain records of shipment for implantable devices manufactured by PENUMBRA, containing the production lot/serial numbers, and the name and address of the consignee.

4. OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF DISTRIBUTOR. Promptly upon receipt of all necessary Approvals from the authorities and throughout the term of this Agreement, DISTRIBUTOR will use all commercially reasonable efforts to promote the sale of the Products in Distribution Countries. Specifically, DISTRIBUTOR shall:

(a) provide training and education to physicians, nurses and sales force, as well as to all approved sub-distributors, to adequately support PENUMBRA’s Products;

(b) maintain, at its own expense, a sufficient inventory of the Products and of replacement parts as well as a sufficient non-operative inventory (sample, demo) to fulfill DISTRIBUTOR’s forecasted demand for the Products in Distribution Countries;

(c) maintain adequate and experienced management and sales personnel meeting the educational and experience requirements of the Ministry of Health;

(d) dedicate sufficient product and project management, marketing and financial resources to pursue the market opportunities for the Products in Distribution Countries;

(e) in cooperation with PENUMBRA, translate into appropriate languages, at its own expense and liability, any promotional materials, user and technical manuals, or advertising and marketing information supplied at the discretion of PENUMBRA, which DISTRIBUTOR determines may be useful in the marketing of Products in the Distribution Countries. DISTRIBUTOR shall have a non-exclusive right to use all such materials during the term of this Agreement in connection with its activities pursuant to this Agreement; Distributor’s right to use such material shall expire on termination of this Agreement;

(f) advertise the Products in trade and other relevant publications;

(g) participate in appropriate trade shows;

(h) make sales calls on physicians;

(i) promptly notify PENUMBRA upon learning of any complaints about Products which are reported to, or required to be reported to applicable regulatory authorities using the PENUMBRA standard form; and

(j) comply in all respects with all laws applicable to DISTRIBUTOR’S business.

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

5


5. PENUMBRAS OBLIGATIONS. In order to facilitate DISTRIBUTOR’S performance of its obligations under this Agreement, PENUMBRA at its own expense shall:

(a) provide DISTRIBUTOR with such marketing and technical assistance, promotional materials (in English), and Product samples as PENUMBRA may in its reasonable discretion consider necessary to assist with the promotion of the Products;

(b) provide training to DISTRIBUTOR’s personnel in connection with the marketing, sale, installation, maintenance and support of the Products; provided however, that such training shall be reasonably available and necessary to assist DISTRIBUTOR to market and distribute the Products and to perform its obligations under the Agreement;

(c) provide to DISTRIBUTOR reasonable notification of any improvements to or replacements for Products, and use commercially reasonable efforts to continue to supply the original Products until such time as such improvements or replacements are approved by the appropriate governmental authority and available for sale in Distribution Countries. PENUMBRA shall provide all information and additional components necessary to permit DISTRIBUTOR to modify its inventory in the event PENUMBRA announces a revised version of any Product, or any component thereof, at the sole discretion of and under the direction of PENUMBRA;

(d) provide such access and availability to its maintenance and support personnel to assist DISTRIBUTOR’s support personnel in providing maintenance and support services; provided however, such access shall be reasonably available and necessary to assist DISTRIBUTOR to market and distribute the Products and to perform its obligations under the terms of this Agreement;

(e) provide cooperation and assistance in the transfer of all Approvals held by the current distributor, if any; and,

(f) provide such continued information, cooperation and assistance as may be necessary to maintain Approvals and comply with applicable law in connection with the distribution of Products in Distribution Countries. Additionally, PENUMBRA shall notify DISTRIBUTOR in writing immediately upon learning of any adverse event or experience related to any Products and reportable to regulatory authorities.

6. PATENTS; TRADEMARKS

(a) The parties agree that the prosecution or maintenance of all PENUMBRA patents, trademarks and trade names relating to the Products is entirely PENUMBRA’s obligation. PENUMBRA shall, as appropriate, apply for or maintain patents for Products distributed, marketed or sold in Distribution Countries. DISTRIBUTOR acknowledges that PENUMBRA is the owner of the exclusive right, title and interest in and to the patents, trademarks and trade names relating to the Products.

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

6


(b) During the term of this Agreement, PENUMBRA hereby grants DISTRIBUTOR a non-exclusive, fully-paid license to use the name “PENUMBRA” and a non-exclusive, fully-paid license to use other trade names, trademarks and service marks owned by PENUMBRA which are applicable to the Products (the “Marks”) in Distribution Countries solely for display or advertising purposes in connection with selling and distributing the Products in accordance with this Agreement. DISTRIBUTOR acknowledges that PENUMBRA is the owner of the exclusive right, title and interest in and to the Marks. DISTRIBUTOR has no permission to and will not adopt, use or register as trademark, trade name, business name, or corporate name or part thereof, whether during the term of this Agreement or after its termination, any word or symbol confusingly similar to any of the Marks.

In order to comply with PENUMBRA’s quality control standards, DISTRIBUTOR shall use the Marks in compliance with the laws of the Distribution Countries as the case may be, shall not modify any of the Marks and shall not use any Marks in connection with goods other than Products, except with the prior written consent of PENUMBRA.

(c) PENUMBRA shall, at its expense, indemnify, defend and hold DISTRIBUTOR, its subsidiaries and affiliates harmless against all costs and liabilities incurred in connection with any claim, action, suit, or proceeding maintaining that any patent, trademark or other intellectual property rights of any third-party are infringed or violated by the import, distribution or sale of Products in Distribution Countries, as provided in this Agreement. DISTRIBUTOR agrees to give PENUMBRA prompt written notice of any such claim, action, suit or proceeding of which DISTRIBUTOR becomes aware and PENUMBRA shall have absolute control of any defense in such matter. PENUMBRA shall keep DISTRIBUTOR regularly informed regarding such action, including providing DISTRIBUTOR with copies of legal filings pertaining thereto.

(d) If use, distribution or sale of any Product in Distribution Countries is enjoined, prohibited or prevented due to any third-party rights or claim of infringement, then PENUMBRA shall, at its expense:

 

  (i) procure a license for DISTRIBUTOR to continue selling the Products; or

 

  (ii) replace or modify the Products to render them non-infringing; or

 

  (iii) repurchase the Products purchased but not yet sold by DISTRIBUTOR and refund to DISTRIBUTOR the price it paid for the Products provided that the Products are in original package and not damaged.

7. WARRANTY; INDEMNIFICATION.

(a) PENUMBRA warrants that the Products, at the date of delivery to DISTRIBUTOR:

 

  (i) will meet the specifications set forth in catalog numbers referred to in Exhibit A;

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

7


  (ii) will be free from defects in design, manufacture, materials, and workmanship;

 

  (iii) will be of merchantable quality and fit for the purpose for which they are intended; and

 

  (iv) will comply with all applicable laws in effect in the place of manufacture and in Distribution Countries, provided however, that DISTRIBUTOR notifies PENUMBRA upon becoming aware of any laws in Distribution Countries which would have an adverse effect on the PENUMBRA warranty.

PENUMBRA’S SOLE OBLIGATION UNDER THE FOREGOING WARRANTY SHALL BE, AT PENUMBRA’S SOLE ELECTION, TO EITHER REPLACE THE RELEVANT PRODUCT OR REFUND DISTRIBUTOR’S FULLY-LANDED PURCHASE PRICE FOR THE PRODUCT.

(b) PENUMBRA shall, at its expense, indemnify, defend and hold DISTRIBUTOR, its subsidiaries and affiliates harmless against all costs and liabilities incurred in connection with any third-party claim, action, suit, or proceeding alleging bodily injury (including death) or damage to personal property to the extent such claim arises out of or relates to any breach of a warranty made by PENUMBRA regarding the Products or any negligent or reckless act or omission or willful misconduct by PENUMBRA or any of its employees or agents. DISTRIBUTOR agrees to give PENUMBRA prompt written notice of any such claim, action, suit or proceeding of which DISTRIBUTOR becomes aware and PENUMBRA shall have absolute control of any defense in such matter. PENUMBRA shall keep DISTRIBUTOR regularly informed regarding such action, including providing DISTRIBUTOR with copies of legal filings pertaining thereto.

(c) DISTRIBUTOR shall, at its expense, indemnify, defend and hold PENUMBRA harmless against all costs and liabilities incurred in connection with any third-party claim, action, suit, or proceeding arising out of any negligent or reckless act or omission or willful misconduct by DISTRIBUTOR or any of its employees or any improper use, negligent repair or alteration of a Product by DISTRIBUTOR. PENUMBRA agrees to give DISTRIBUTOR prompt written notice of any such claim, action, suit or proceeding of which PENUMBRA becomes aware and DISTRIBUTOR shall have absolute control of any defense in such matter. DISTRIBUTOR shall keep PENUMBRA regularly informed regarding such action, including providing PENUMBRA with copies of legal filings pertaining thereto.

8. TERMINATION.

(a) The term of the Agreement will be five (5) years after the Approvals have been obtained.

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

8


(b) Upon the occurrence of a material breach or default of this Agreement by either party, this Agreement may be terminated by the non-breaching party by giving ninety (90) days written notice of termination to the breaching party, unless the breaching party cures such material breach or default or, using commercially reasonable efforts, commences a cure of any material breach or default which cannot be fully cured within such ninety (90)-day period and thereafter diligently pursues such cure.

(c) PENUMBRA agrees to fill all purchase orders received by DISTRIBUTOR prior to the date of termination or expiration.

(d) PENUMBRA shall have the right to terminate this Agreement immediately without notice on the bankruptcy, insolvency, dissolution, assignment for the benefit of creditors, appointment of a trustee or receiver with respect to the assets of, liquidation of or similar event with respect to DISTRIBUTOR.

(e) Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, the parties agree that Sections 6(b), 6(c), 7, 8(e), 9, 14 and 15 shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement, as the case may be, to the extent required thereby for the full observation and performance by any or all of the parties hereto.

(f) Upon expiration or other termination of this Agreement:

(i) DISTRIBUTOR shall pay to PENUMBRA all amounts that are payable by DISTRIBUTOR to PENUMBRA under this Agreement less any such amounts payable on the grounds of a dispute arising out of this Agreement against any claim or damages sought by DISTRIBUTOR;

(ii) Each party shall return to the other all of the Proprietary Information of the other party in the possession or under the control of the receiving party, together with a statement signed by an authorized representative of the party to the effect that all Proprietary Information has been returned to the party; and

(iii) DISTRIBUTOR shall cease using any of the Marks and shall return to PENUMBRA all materials supplied to DISTRIBUTOR by PENUMBRA that contain any of the Marks.

9. REPURCHASE OF INVENTORY.

(a) Within thirty (30) days after termination or expiration of this Agreement, PENUMBRA and DISTRIBUTOR shall mutually elect in writing to either:

 

  (i) permit DISTRIBUTOR to sell off its remaining inventory of Products; provided however, that DISTRIBUTOR shall comply with all terms and conditions of this Agreement restricting such reselling activities in effect immediately prior to termination or expiration; or

 

  (ii) permit PENUMBRA to repurchase DISTRIBUTOR’s inventory of Products which are: salable; in the original packages; and, are unaltered from their original form and design (excluding the labels mounted on Products following the regulatory requirements) (except as provided in section 5(c));

and if the parties are unable to agree, PENUMBRA shall make the election.

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

9


In the event that this Agreement is terminated due to a material breach or default by either PENUMBRA or DISTRIBUTOR then the repurchase options outlined in this section 9(a) will be at the sole discretion of the party not in breach of the Agreement.

(b) Any such repurchase of DISTRIBUTOR’s inventory of Products shall be at the price paid by DISTRIBUTOR for such Products. Repurchased inventory shall be shipped according to PENUMBRA’S instructions, at PENUMBRA’S expense. PENUMBRA shall pay DISTRIBUTOR for such repurchased Products within thirty (30) days after the date of shipment (B/L Date) thereof by DISTRIBUTOR.

10. MODIFICATION.

No modification or change may be made in this Agreement except by written instrument duly signed by a duly authorized representative of DISTRIBUTOR and by a duly authorized representative of PENUMBRA.

11. ASSIGNMENT.

This Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder may not be assigned, delegated or transferred by either party without the prior written consent of the other party. Participation of a party in an Acquisition Transaction (as defined below) pursuant to which the owners of a majority of the outstanding voting stock or other ownership interests of such party immediately prior to the consummation of the Acquisition Transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting stock or other ownership interests of such party immediately after the consummation of the Acquisition Transaction shall constitute an assignment within the meaning of this Section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, PENUMBRA may assign its rights and obligations under the terms of this Agreement in connection with an Acquisition Transaction in which the successor entity assumes all rights and obligations under this Agreement. This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of all successors and permitted assigns of each party. Furthermore, any Acquisition Transaction involving PENUMBRA may only be consummated if the surviving or resulting entity in such Acquisition Transaction shall effectively assume all of the rights and obligations of such party under this Agreement. For purposes of this

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

10


section, an “Acquisition Transaction” shall mean a merger or consolidation of a party with or into any other entity, including a reverse triangular merger involving such party, a sale of all or substantially all of the assets or business of such party, or a similar transaction, or a sale of the business unit to which this Agreement relates, or sale of at least a majority of the outstanding voting stock or other ownership interests of such party.

12. NOTICE.

All notices given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be addressed to the parties at their respective addresses set forth below:

IF TO DISTRIBUTOR,

Mr. Y. Sato

Medico’s Hirata Inc.

3-4-3 Edobori, Nishi-ku, Osaka, Japan

Fax: 81-6-6445-2458

IF TO PENUMBRA:

Mr. Robert Evans

PENUMBRA, Inc.

1351 Harbor Bay Parkway

Alameda CA 94502 USA

Fax: 510-814-8303

Either party may change its address or its telecopy number for purposes of this Agreement by giving the other party written notice of its new address or telecopy number. Any such notice if given or made by registered or recorded delivery international air mail letter shall be deemed to have been received on the earlier of the date actually received and the date fifteen (15) calendar days after the same was posted (and in providing such it shall be sufficient to prove that the envelope containing the same was properly addressed and posted as aforesaid), if given or made by telecopy transmission shall be deemed to have been received at the time of dispatch, unless such date of deemed receipt is not a Business Day, in which case the date of deemed receipt shall be the next such succeeding Business Day, and if given by internationally recognized international package delivery service shall be deemed to have been received at the time of receipt.

13. WAIVER.

None of the conditions or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to have been waived by any act or knowledge on the part of either party, except by an instrument in writing signed by a duly authorized officer or representative of the parties. Further, the waiver by either party of

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

11


any right hereunder or the failure to enforce at any time any of the provisions of this Agreement, or any rights with respect thereto, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any other rights hereunder or any breach or failure of performance of the other party.

14. RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES.

(a) In the event of any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or to a breach hereof, including its interpretation, performance or termination, the parties agree to commence a good faith discussion toward the resolution of such issues. If, after ninety (90) days, the parties are unable to reach a resolution, such issues shall be finally resolved by arbitration in San Francisco, California, U.S.A. in accordance with the Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association if arbitration is invoked by DISTRIBUTOR, or in Tokyo, Japan in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the Japan Commercial Arbitration Association if arbitration is invoked by PENUMBRA. The arbitration shall be conducted by one arbitrator mutually selected by the parties. If the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator, then there shall be three (3) arbitrators, one to be appointed by PENUMBRA, one to be appointed by DISTRIBUTOR and a third being nominated by the two arbitrators so selected or, if they cannot agree on a third arbitrator, by the Arbitration Association concerned.

(b) The decision of the arbitrators shall be binding upon the parties hereto, and the expense of the arbitration (including without limitation the award of attorneys’ fees to the prevailing party) shall be paid as the arbitrators determine. The decision of the arbitrators shall be executory, and judgment thereon may be entered by any court of competent jurisdiction.

15. CONFIDENTIALITY MAINTAINED.

(a) For purposes of this section, “Proprietary Information” shall mean any confidential or proprietary information provided to one party by the other, orally or in written or electronic form, including but not limited to technical information concerning Products, customer lists, sales figures, cost or pricing information and marketing materials. (provided that DISTRIBUTOR is not obligated to provide to PENUMBRA such information as its customer lists, sales, figures, cost or pricing information.) Each party shall disclose the other’s Proprietary Information only to those of its agents and employees to whom it is necessary in order properly to carry out their duties as limited by the terms and conditions hereof. Both during and for a three (3) year period after the term of this Agreement, all Proprietary Information of the other party shall be held in strict confidence by the receiving party and shall not be used or disclosed for any purpose other than performing the terms of this Agreement. Each party shall return documents, computer disks and other media containing the other’s Proprietary Information as soon as practicable after the termination or expiration of this Agreement or on demand by the party furnishing the information. All such Proprietary Information shall remain the exclusive property of the disclosing party during the term of this Agreement and thereafter. This section shall also apply to any agents, consultants or subcontractors that either party may engage in connection with its obligations under this Agreement, and to any authorized sub-distributors.

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

12


(b) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, neither party shall have the above obligations with respect to Proprietary Information if it:

 

  (i) was in the public domain at the time of disclosure without breach of this Agreement;

 

  (ii) was known to or contained in the records of the receiving party from a source other than the disclosing party at the time of disclosure and can be so demonstrated;

 

  (iii) becomes known to the receiving party from a source other than disclosing party without breach of this Agreement and can be so demonstrated; or

 

  (iv) was disclosed pursuant to court order or as otherwise compelled by law; provided however, the other party is notified of such proposed disclosure as soon as is reasonably possible and the disclosure is limited to the maximum extent reasonably possible.

16. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

This Agreement supersedes and cancels any previous agreements or understandings, whether oral, written or implied, heretofore in effect and sets forth the entire agreement between PENUMBRA and DISTRIBUTOR with respect to the subject matter hereof.

17. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to create an agency, joint venture or partnership relation between the parties hereto; the parties are independent contractors. It is understood and agreed that neither party is, by reason of this Agreement or anything herein contained, constituted or appointed the agent or representative of the other for any purpose.

18. FORCE MAJEURE.

(a) Save in respect of payments due under this Agreement, neither party shall be liable in damages, or shall be subject to termination of this Agreement by the other party, for any delay or default in performing any obligation hereunder if that delay or default is due to any cause beyond the reasonable control and without fault or negligence of that party; provided that in order to excuse its delay or default hereunder, a party shall notify the other of the occurrence or the cause, specifying the nature and particulars thereof and the expected duration thereof; and provided, further, that within fifteen (15) calendar days after the termination of such occurrence or cause, such party shall give notice to the other party specifying the date of termination thereof. All obligations of both parties shall return to being in full force and effect upon the termination of such occurrence or cause.

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

13


(b) In the event that any delay or default in performing any obligation hereunder, as described in section 18(a), extends for ninety (90) days beyond the termination of the occurrence or cause then the parties shall meet to determine how to resolve such delay or default.

(c) If, after meeting for an additional ninety (90) days, the parties are unable to agree on how to resolve the delay or default then the party not invoking force majeure, as provided above, shall have the right to terminate the Agreement upon ninety (90) days written notice.

(d) For the purposes of this Section, a “cause beyond the reasonable control” of a party shall include, without limiting the generality of the phrase, any act of God, act of any government or other authority or statutory undertaking, act of terrorism, industrial dispute, fire, explosion, accident, power failure, flood, riot or war (declared or undeclared).

19. SEVERABILITY.

If any provision of this Agreement is declared invalid or unenforceable by a court having competent jurisdiction, it is mutually agreed that this Agreement shall endure except for the part declared invalid or unenforceable by order of such court. The parties shall consult and use their best efforts to agree upon a valid and enforceable provision which shall be a reasonable substitute for such invalid or unenforceable provision in light of the intent of this Agreement.

20. DEFINITION OF AFFILIATES.

For the purposes of this Agreement, “affiliates” shall mean all companies, natural persons, partnerships and other business entities controlled by, under common control with or controlling either party to this Agreement. Each party acknowledges that the other party may use affiliates to perform obligations under this Agreement.

21. REPRESENTATION BY PARTIES

Each of PENUMBRA and DISTRIBUTOR represents and warrants to the other party that it and all of its employees and or agents are fully authorized and able to enter into this Distribution Agreement and that the actions contemplated under this Distribution Agreement by each party and its employees or agents do not violate any existing agreement, employment contract, law, or other understanding.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have signed two (2) originals of this Agreement, each party holding one original.

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

14


MEDICOS HIRATA INC.
By:

/s/ Masataka Hirata

Masataka Hirata
President
2009/Aug/07
PENUMBRA, INC.:
By:

/s/ Adam Elsesser

By:

/s/ James R. Pray

Adam Elsesser James R. Pray
Chief Executive Officer President
12 August 2009

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

15


EXHIBIT A

PRODUCTS AND PRODUCT SPECIFICATION/PRICING

 

Catalog Number    Description         Distribution Price
(all prices in U.S. $)
   Reperfusion Catheters    (OD/ID/TL/WL)   

PSC026

   Reperfusion Catheter 026    2.8F/.026in/154cm/150cm   

PSC032

   Reperfusion Catheter 032    3.4F/.032in/154cm/150cm   

PSC041

   Reperfusion Catheter 041    4.1F/.041in/141cm/137cm   
   Separator™    (OD/TL/WL)   

PSS026

   Separator 026    .022in/200cm/155cm   

PSS032

   Separator 032    .028in/200cm/155cm   

PSS041

   Separator 041    .035in/200cm/142cm   

PST1

   Aspiration Tubing (Sterile)      

PAPS1

   Non-Sterile Penumbra System Supplies   
   Pump-Canister Tubing (Non-sterile)      
   Pump Canister and Lid      
   Pump Filter      

PAP220

   Penumbra Aspiration Pump Starter Pack   
   220V/230V Penumbra Aspiration Pump   

PAP110

   Penumbra Aspiration Pump      
   110V Penumbra Aspiration Pump      

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

16


Catalog Number    Description  

Working

Length

     

Outer Diameter
Proximal/

Distal

 

Inner

Diameter

 

Wire

Compatibility

 

Distributor Price

(all prices in U.S.$))

                             $
   Neuron Deliver Catheter:            

PND6F11512

   6F Neuron Deliver Catheter, 115/12 Straight   115 cm   12 cm   6F / 5F   .053”   .035/.038”  

PND6F11512M

   6F Neuron Deliver Catheter 115/12 MP   115 cm   12 cm   6F / 5F   .053”   .035/.038”  

 

PND6F1156

  

 

6F Neuron Deliver Catheter 115/6 Straight

  115 cm   6 cm   6F / 5F   .053”   .035/.038”  

PND6F1156M

   6F Neuron Deliver Catheter 115/6 MP   115 cm   6 cm   6F / 5F   .053”   .035/.038”  

 

PND6F10512

  

 

6F Neuron Deliver Catheter 105/12 Straight

  105 cm   12 cm   6F / 5F   .053”   .035/.038”  

PND6F10512M

   6F Neuron Deliver Catheter 105/12 MP   105 cm   12 cm   6F / 5F   .053”   .035/.038”  

 

PND6F1056

  

 

6F Neuron Deliver Catheter 105/6 Straight

  105 cm   6 cm   6F / 5F   .053”   .035/.038”  

PND6F1056M

   6F Neuron Deliver Catheter 105/6 MP   105 cm   6 cm   6F / 5F   .053”   .035/.038”  
   Neuron 6F 070 Delivery Catheter:            

PND6F070956

   6F 070 Neuron Delivery Catheter, 95/6 Straight   95 cm   6 cm   6F / 6F   .070”   .035/.038”  

PND6F0700956M

   6F 070 Neuron Delivery Catheter, 95/6 MP   95 cm   6 cm   6F / 6F   .070”   .035/.038”  

PND6F0701058

   6F 070 Neuron Deliver Catheter, 105/8 Straight   105 cm   8 cm   6F / 6F   .070”   .035/.038”  

PND6F0701058M

   6F 070 Neuron Deliver Catheter, 105/8 MP   105 cm   8 cm   6F / 6F   .070”   .035/.038”  
   Neuron Select Catheter:            

PNS35F137H1

   3.5F Neuron Select Catheter, 137 H1   137 cm   42 cm   3.5F / 3.5F   .022”   .018”  

PNS35F137SIM

   3.5F Neuron Select Catheter, 137 SIM   137 cm   42 cm   3.5F / 3.5F   .022”   .018”  

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

17


Wiring Instructions

____

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

18


AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

PENUMBRA, INC.

AND

MEDICO’S HIRATA INC.

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into this 17th day of June 2010, by and between Penumbra, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware, USA, with offices at 1351 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, California, USA (“Penumbra”), and Medico’s Hirata Inc. (“DISTRIBUTOR”), a corporation organized under the laws of Japan, with a registered office at 3-3-18 Dojima, Kita-Ku, Osaka, Japan.

WHEREAS, PENUMBRA and DISTRIBUTOR have entered into a Distribution Agreement as of August 2, 2009 (the “Distribution Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, PENUMBRA and DISTRIBUTOR wish to amend the Distribution Agreement as provided herein; and,

WHEREAS, capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Distribution Agreement;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions herein contained, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties mutually agree as follows:

 

  1. Amendment to Section 2(a). Section 2(a) of the Distribution Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:

“DISTRIBUTOR acknowledges that prior to entering into this Agreement, PENUMBRA engaged ADMIS, Inc. (“ADMIS”) to assist PENUMBRA in obtaining product registrations and required permits, licenses and other approvals to market Products in the Distribution Countries. Following execution of this Agreement, PENUMBRA terminated its arrangement with ADMIS and DISTRIBUTOR assumed responsibility for obtaining, and will use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, in DISTRIBUTOR’s name all product registrations and required permits, licenses, and other approvals necessary to market the Products in the Distribution Countries (i.e., obtain a “Shonin” with respect to

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


the Products), and DISTRIBUTOR will use all commercially reasonable efforts to qualify as Marketing Approval Holder (hereinafter called “MAH”) and Sales Agent and to obtain and maintain all manufacturing and sales licenses necessary to permit DISTRIBUTOR to import the Products into the Distribution Countries and to sell them there (collectively, the “Approvals”). Specifically, DISTRIBUTOR will perform the following actions:

(i) cause its regulatory department/advisors/legal counsel to prepare all necessary applications for Approvals, including the designation of DISTRIBUTOR as holder of the Shonin and as MAH for the distribution of the Products;

(ii) submit all such applications, including supporting data and materials;

(iii) hire and retain employees satisfying the education and experience requirements necessary for DISTRIBUTOR to act as MAH and to obtain and maintain sales and manufacturing licenses for the Products;

(iv) respond promptly to all inquiries and requests for information from the relevant governmental authorities; and

(v) keep PENUMBRA informed of the status of all applications for Approvals.”

 

2. Amendment to Section 2(b). Section 2(b) of the Distribution Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:

“Except as provided in Section 2(c), DISTRIBUTOR shall bear the out of pocket costs and expenses (including without limitation regulatory filing fees and amounts payable to third parties) that may be incurred by DISTRIBUTOR in connection with the actions to be performed by DISTRIBUTOR in order to (i) obtain the Approvals in the name of and on behalf of DISTRIBUTOR described in Section 2(a), (ii) obtain the Approvals for commercialization and reimbursement, and (iii) conduct any post-market studies which may be required by regulatory authorities; provided, however, PENUMBRA shall bear one-half of any monies paid under any name by DISTRIBUTOR to hospitals, clinic, or doctors who cooperated with DISTRIBUTOR in its post market studies which may be required by the regulatory authorities. PENUMBRA shall pay one-half of such monies within one (1) month after PENUMBRA receives each invoice issued by DISTRIBUTOR. Each time DISTRIBUTOR issues an invoice, DISTRIBUTOR shall send to PENUMBRA the details of the payments made by DISTRIBUTOR, together with the pertinent evidence. DISTRIBUTOR shall provide to PENUMBRA at such time copies of the data in Japanese which may be obtained by such post market studies each time such invoice is issued by DISTRIBUTOR. PENUMBRA and DISTRIBUTOR shall each bear their respective internal costs for such matters enumerated in (i) (ii) (iii) above; provided, however, that when the details of the internal costs necessary to obtain the Approvals become reasonably clear, if it appears reasonably likely that one party’s internal costs will result in a substantial and disproportionate financial burden on that party, the parties shall mutually consult and conclude a memorandum of agreement

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


regarding the appropriate sharing of such internal costs. As used in this section, “internal costs” means items such as salaries of management and other employees, communication expenses and other overhead items normally included in “General and Administrative Expenses” in a financial statement.”

 

3. Amendment to Section 8(a). Section 8(a) of the Distribution Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:

“The initial term (the “Initial Term”) of the Agreement will be five (5) years after the Approvals have been obtained. On expiration of the Initial Term and of each successive Additional Term (as hereinafter defined), this Agreement shall be automatically extended for an additional term (each, an “Additional Term”) of one (1) year unless at least ninety (90) days prior to expiration of the Initial Term or the Additional Term then in effect, as the case may be, one party gives the other written notice of its intention to terminate this Agreement on expiration of such Initial Term or Additional Term.”

 

4. Amendment to Section 8(f). Section 8(f) of the Distribution Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:

Upon expiration or other termination of this Agreement:

(i) DISTRIBUTOR shall pay to PENUMBRA all amounts that are payable by DISTRIBUTOR to PENUMBRA under this Agreement less any such amounts payable on the grounds of a dispute arising out of this Agreement against any claim or damages sought by DISTRIBUTOR;

(ii) Each party shall return to the other all of the Proprietary Information of the other party in the possession or under the control of the receiving party, together with a statement signed by an authorized representative of the party to the effect that all Proprietary Information has been returned to the party;

(iii) DISTRIBUTOR shall cease using any of the Marks and shall return to PENUMBRA all materials supplied to DISTRIBUTOR by PENUMBRA that contain any of the Marks; and

(iv) DISTRIBUTOR shall co-operate with PENUMBRA in obtaining approvals to transfer, and transferring, the Approvals to such party as PENUMBRA shall designate.”

 

5. Ratification and Approval. In all other respects, the Agreement is ratified, confirmed and approved.

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have signed this Agreement effective as of the date first set forth above.

 

MEDICOS HARATA INC. PENUMBRA, INC.
By:

/s/ Masataka Hirata

By:

/s/ Adam Elsesser

Masataka Hirata, President Adam Elsesser, Chief Executive Officer

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

PENUMBRA, INC.

AND

MEDICO’S HIRATA INC.

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into this 16th day of September 2011 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Penumbra, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware, USA, with offices at 1351 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, California, USA (“Penumbra”), and Medico’s Hirata Inc. (“DISTRIBUTOR”), a corporation organized under the laws of Japan, with a registered office at 33-18 Dojima, Kita-Ku, Osaka, Japan.

WHEREAS, Penumbra and Distributor entered into a Distribution Agreement dated August 2, 2009, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto dated June 10, 2010 (the “Distribution Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, Penumbra and Distributor wish to amend the Distribution Agreement as provided in this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions herein contained, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties mutually agree as follows:

 

  1. Exhibit A to this Agreement replaces Exhibit A to the Distribution Agreement.

 

  2. Section 3(e) of the Distribution Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:

(e) Pricing. Until such time as reimbursement prices are determined and effective for the Products by the Japanese government, the prices to be paid by DISTRIBUTOR for the Penumbra Coil 400 Products shall be those set forth on Exhibit A. From and after the date that reimbursement prices are determined and effective for the Products by the Japanese government, the prices to be paid by DISTRIBUTOR for Products shall be determined by the parties from time to time by means of a fixed percentage of the current reimbursement prices, taking into account PENUMBRA’s manufacturing costs, change of reimbursement prices, and competitive market situation in the Distribution Countries. Exhibit A shall be amended from time to time to reflect such agreed pricing.

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Page 1 of 7


PENUMBRA will provide DISTRIBUTOR with a reasonable number of field sales samples of Products for demonstration purposes, at PENUMBRA’s cost of goods sold.”

 

  3. In all other respects, the Agreement is ratified, confirmed and approved.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Page 2 of 7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have signed this Agreement.

MEDICO’S HIRATA, INC.:

 

By:

/s/ Masataka Hirata

Title:

Masataka Hirata, President

PENUMBRA, INC.:

 

By:

/s/ James Pray

James Pray, President

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Page 3 of 7


Exhibit A-Products and Pricing

Reperfusion Catheters

 

Catalog Number

 

Description

  

Specifications (OD/ID/Tl/WL)

 

Unit Price($)

PSC026

  Reperfusion Catheter 026    2.8F/.026in/154cm/150cm   [***]

PSC032

  Reperfusion Catheter 032    3.4F/.032in/154cm/150cm   [***]

PSC041

  Reperfusion Catheter 041    4.1F/.041in/141cm/137cm   [***]

PSC054

  Reperfusion Catheter 054    5.0F/.054in/136cm/132cm   [***]

SeparatorTM

 

Catalog Number

 

Description

  

Specifications (OD/TL/WL)

 

Unit Price ($)

PSS026

  Separator 026    .022in/200cm/155cm   [***]

PSS032

  Separator 032    .028in/200cm/155cm   [***]

PSS041

  Separator 041    .035in/200cm/142cm   [***]

PSS054

  Separator 054    .045in/175cm/135cm   [***]

Aspiration Tubing

 

Catalog Number

 

Description

 

Unit Price ($)

PST1

  Aspiration Tubing (Sterile)   [***]

Non-Sterile Penumbra System Supplies

 

Catalog Number

 

Description Unit Price($)

 

Unit Price ($)

PAPS1

  Pump Canister Tubing, Pump Canister and Lid, Pump Filter   [***]

Penumbra Aspiration Pump

 

Catalog Number

 

Description

 

Unit Price($)

PAP110

  110V Penumbra Aspiration Pump   [***]

PAP220

  220V / 230V Penumbra Aspiration Pump   [***]

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Page 4 of 7


Penumbra Coil™400 System

Complex Standard

 

Catalog

  

Description

  

Primary
Diameter

  

Secondary
Diameter

  

Total
Length

  

Unit

Price

4002C0306

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 3 mm x 6 cm    .020”    3mm    6cm   

4002C0310

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 3 mm x 10 cm    .020”    3mm    10cm   

4002C0408

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 4 mm x 8 cm    .020”    4mm    8cm   

4002C0412

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 4 mm x 12 cm    .020”    4mm    12cm   

4002C0506

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 5 mm x 6 cm    .020”    5mm    6mm   

4002C0510

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 5mm x 10cm    .020”    5mm    10cm   

4002C0610

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 6mm x 10cm    .020”    6mm    10cm   

4002C0615

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 6mm x 15cm    .020”    6mm    15cm   

4002C0710

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 7mm x 10cm    .020”    7mm    10cm   

4002C0715

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 7 mm x 15 cm    .020”    7mm    15cm   

4002C0720

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 7mm x 20cm    .020”    7mm    20cm   

4002C0815

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 8 mm x 15 cm    020”    8mm    15cm   

4002C0820

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 8mm x 20cm    .020”    8mm    20cm   

4002C0830

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 8mm x 30cm    .020”    8mm    30cm   

4002C0915

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 9 mm x 15 cm    .020”    9mm    15cm   

4002C0925

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 9mm x 25cm    .020”    9mm    25cm   

4002C0935

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 9mm x 35cm    .020”    9mm    3Scm   

4002C1020

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 10 mm x 20 cm    .020”    10mm    20cm   

4002C1030

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 10mm x 30cm    .020”    10mm    30cm   

4002C1040

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 10mm x 40cm    .020”    10mm    40cm   

4002C1135

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 11mm x 3Scm    .020”    11mm    35cm   

4002C1145

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, llmm x 45cm    .020”    11mm    45cm   

4002C1235

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 12mm x 35cm    .020”    12mm    35cm   

4002C1245

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 12mm x 4Scm    .020”    12mm    4Scm   

4002C1335

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 13 mm x 35 cm    .020”    13mm    3Scm   

4002C1348

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 13mm x 48cm    .020”    13mm    48cm   

4002C1450

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 14mm x 50cm    .020”    14mm    50cm   

4002C1557

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 15mm x 57cm    .020”    1Smm    57cm   

4002C1660

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 16mm x 60cm    .020”    16mm    60cm   

4002C1857

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 18mm x 57cm    .020”    18mm    57cm   

4002C2060

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 20mm x 60cm    .020”    20mm    60cm   

4002C2260

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 22mm x 60cm    .020”    22mm    60cm   

4002C2457

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 24mm x 57cm    .020”    24mm    57cm   

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Page 5 of 7


Complex Soft

 

Catalog

  

Description

  

Primary
Diameter

  

Secondary
Diameter

  

Total
Length

  

Unit

Price

4004C0303

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 3 mm x 3cm    .020”    3mm    3cm   

4004C0304

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 3 mm x 4cm    .020”    3mm    4cm   

4004C0306

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 3 mm x 6cm    .020”    3mm    6cm   

4004C0310

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 3 mm x 10cm    .020”    3mm    10cm   

4004C0404

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 4 mm x 4 cm    .020”    4mm    4cm   

4004C0406

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 4 mm x 6cm    .020”    4mm    6cm   

4004C0408

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 4 mm x 8cm    .020”    4mm    8cm   

4004C0412

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 4 mm x 12cm    .020”    4mm    12cm   

4004C0509

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 5mm x 9cm    .020”    5mm    9cm   

4004C0513

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 5mm x 13cm    .020”    5mm    13cm   

4004C0610

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 6mm x 10cm    .020”    6mm    10cm   

4004C0615

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 6mm x 15cm    .020”    6mm    15cm   

4004C0620

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 6 mm x 20cm    .020”    6mm    20cm   

4004C0710

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 7 mm x 10cm    .020”    7mm    10cm   

4004C0715

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 7mm x 15cm    .020”    7mm    15cm   

4004C0720

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 7mm x 20cm    .020”    7mm    20cm   

4004C0815

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 8mm x 15cm    .020”    8mm    15cm   

4004C0820

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 8mm x 20cm    .020”    8mm    20cm   

4004C0925

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 9mm x 25cm    .020”    9mm    25cm   

4004C0935

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 9 mm x 35 cm    .020”    9mm    35cm   

4004C1020

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 10mm x 20cm    .020”    10mm    20cm   

4004C1030

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 10mm x 30cm    .020”    10mm    30cm   

4004C1040

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 10 mm x 40 cm    .020”    10mm    40cm   

4004C1135

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 11mm x 35cm    .020”    11mm    35cm   

4004C1145

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 11 mm x 45 cm    .020”    11mm    45cm   

4004C1235

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 12mm x 35cm    .020”    12mm    35cm   

4004C1245

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 12 mm x 45 cm    .020”    12mm    45cm   

4004C1335

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 13mm x 35cm    .020”    13mm    35cm   

4004C1348

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 13 mm x 48 cm    .020”    13mm    48mm   

4004C1440

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 14mm x 40cm    .020”    14mm    40cm   

4004C1545

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 15 mm x 45 cm    .020”    15mm    45cm   

4004C1645

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 16mm x 45cm    .020”    16mm    45cm   

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Page 6 of 7


J Soft

 

Catalog

  

Description

 

Primary

Diameter

  

Total Length

  

Unit

Price

4004J7

   Coil 400 J, 7cm   .020”    7cm   

4004J10

   Coil 400 J, 10cm   .020”    10cm   

4004J15

   Coil 400 J, 15cm   .020”    15cm   

Curve Extra Soft

 

Catalog

  

Description

 

Primary
Diameter

 

Secondary
Diameter

 

Total

Length

 

Unit

Price

4006U0201

   Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 2mm x1lcm   .020”   2mm   1cm  

4006U0202

   Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 2mm x 2cm   .020”   2mm   2cm  

4006U0203

   Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 2mm x 3cm   .020”   2mm   3cm  

4006U0204

   Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 2mm x 4cm   .020”   2mm   4cm  

4006U0302

   Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 3mm x 2cm   .020”   3mm   2cm  

4006U0303

   Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 3mm x 3cm   .020”   3mm   3cm  

4006U0304

   Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 3mm x 4cm   .020”   3mm   4cm  

4006U0305

   Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 3mm x 5cm   .020”   3mm   5cm  

4006U0306

   Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 3mm x 6cm   .020”   3mm   6cm  

4006U0308

   Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 3mm x 8cm   .020”   3mm   8cm  

4006U0310

   Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 3 mm x 10 cm   .020”   3mm   10cm  

4006U0404

   Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 4mm x 4cm   .020”   4mm   4cm  

4006U0406

   Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 4mm x 6cm   .020”   4mm   6cm  

4006U0408

   Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 4mm x 8cm   .020”   4mm   8cm  

4006U0410

   Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 4 mm x 10 cm   .020”   4mm   10cm  

Detachment Handle and Catheter

 

Catalog

  

Description

  

Unit Price

DHl

   Coil Detachment Handle   

DHS

   Coil Detachment Handle – 5 Pack   

PX40045

   PX400,45°   

PX40090

   PX400, 90°   

PX400J

   PX400, J   

PX400STR

   PX400, Straight   

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Page 7 of 7


AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

PENUMBRA, INC.

AND

MEDICO’S HIRATA INC.

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the 22nd day of August 2012 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Penumbra, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware, USA, with offices at 1351 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, California, USA (“Penumbra”), and Medico’s Hirata Inc. (“DISTRIBUTOR”), a corporation organized under the laws of Japan, with a registered office at 3-3-18 Dojima, Kita-Ku, Osaka, Japan.

WHEREAS, Penumbra and Distributor entered into a Distribution Agreement dated August 2, 2009, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto dated June 10, 2010, and Amendment No. 2 thereto dated September 16,2011 (the “Distribution Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, Penumbra and Distributor wish to amend the Distribution Agreement as provided in this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions herein contained, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties mutually agree as follows:

 

  1. Exhibit A to this Agreement replaces Exhibit A to the Distribution Agreement.

 

  2. Section 3(e) of the Distribution Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:

(e) Pricing. [***] and provided further that until such time as reimbursement prices are determined and effective for the Detachment Handle and Catheter Products listed on Exhibit A by the Japanese government, the prices to be paid by DISTRIBUTOR for those Products shall be those set forth on Exhibit A, and from and after the date that reimbursement prices are determined and effective for those Products by the Japanese government, the prices to be paid by DISTRIBUTOR for Products shall be determined by the parties from time to time by means of a fixed percentage of the current reimbursement prices, taking into account PENUMBRA’s manufacturing costs, change of reimbursement prices, and competitive market situation in the Distribution Countries. Exhibit A shall be amended from time to time to reflect such agreed pricing.

PENUMBRA will provide DISTRIBUTOR with a reasonable number of field sales samples of Products for demonstration purposes, at PENUMBRA’s cost of goods sold.”

 

  3. Section 3(g) of the Distribution Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:

(f) Payments. All amounts due and payable with respect to Products delivered by PENUMBRA, in accordance with the preceding subsection, shall be paid in full by the end of

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Page 1 of 10


the month following the month during shipment of product is made together with invoice. All such amounts shall be paid in US dollars (unless another currency is specified in Exhibit A under the column “Unit Price”) by wire transfer, to such bank or account as PENUMBRA may from time to time designate in writing. Whenever any amount hereunder is due on a day that is not a day on which banks in the United States or Distribution Countries are open for business (a “Business Day”), such amount shall be paid on the next Business Day.

 

  4. In all other respects, the Agreement is ratified, confirmed and approved.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Page 2 of 10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have signed this Agreement.

 

PENUMBRA, INC. MEDICO’S HIRATA, INC.
By: By:

/s/ James Pray

/s/ Masataka Hirata

Name:  James Pray Name:  Masataka Hirata
Title: President Title: President

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Page 3 of 10


Exhibit A – Products and Pricing

Reperfusion Catheters

 

Catalog

Number

  

Description

  

Specifications (OD/ID/TL/WL)

 

Unit Price ($)

PSC026    Reperfusion Catheter 026    2.8F/.026in/154cm/150cm   [***]
PSC032    Reperfusion Catheter 032    3.4F/.032in/154cm/150cm   [***]
PSC041    Reperfusion Catheter 041    4.1F/.04in/141cm/137cm   [***]
PSC054    Reperfusion Catheter 054    5.0F/.054in/136cm/132cm   [***]

Separator™

 

Catalog

Number

  

Description

  

Specifications (OD/TL/WL)

 

Unit Price ($)

PSS026    Separator 026    .022in/200cm/155cm   [***]
PSS032    Separator 032    .028in/200cm/155cm   [***]
PSS041    Separator 041    .035in/200cm/142cm   [***]
PSS054    Separator 054    .045in/175cm/135cm   [***]

Separator Flex

 

Catalog

Number

  

Description

  

Specifications (OD/Wl/TL)

 

Unit Price ($)

PSF026    Separator Flex 026 (0.014in wire)    .022”, 155cm, 190cm  
PSF032    Separator Flex 032 (0.014in wire)    .028”, 155cm, 190cm  
PSF041    Separator Flex 041 (0.014in wire)    .035”, 142cm, 175cm  
PSF054    Separator Flex 054 (0.014in wire)    .045”, 135cm, 175cm  

Separator 3D

 

Catalog

Number

 

Description

 

Device
Diameter
(mm)

 

Device

Length

(mm)

 

Wire

Length

(cm)

  

Aspiration Catheters

  

Unit
Price ($)

PSS3D   Separator 3D   4.5   26   200    Reperfusion Catheters 041 and 054   

Aspiration Tubing

 

Catalog Number

  

Description

  

Unit Price($)

PST1    Aspiration Tubing (Sterile)    [***]

Non-Sterile Penumbra System Supplies

 

Catalog Number

  

Description

  

Unit Price($)

PAPS1    Pump Canister Tubing, Pump Canister and Lid, Pump Filter    [***]

Penumbra Aspiration Pump

 

Catalog Number

  

Description

  

Unit Price($)

PAP110    110V Penumbra Aspiration Pump    [***]
PAP220    220V/230V Penumbra Aspiration Pump    [***]

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Page 4 of 10


Penumbra System® MAX Intracranial Revascularization System

Penumbra System® MAX Reperfusion Catheters

 

Catalog

Number

 

Description

  

Specifications

(00/ID/Tl/WL)

 

Unit Price ($)

3MAXC   3MAX Reperfusion Catheter    3.8/.035in/157cm/153cm  
4MAXC   4MAX Reperfusion Catheter    4.3F/.041in/143cm/139cm  
4MAXC130   4MAX Reperfusion Catheter – 130    4.3F/.04iln/134cm/130cm  
PSC054   5MAX Reperfusion Catheter    5.0F/.054in/175cm/132cm  
PSC054L125   5MAX Reperfusion Catheter – 125    5.0F/.054in/129cm/125cm  

Penumbra System® MAX Separator

 

Catalog

Number

 

Description

  

Specifications (OD/WL/TL)

 

Unit Price ($)

3MAXS   3MAX Separator    .030”, 158cm, 190cm  
PSF041   4MAX Separator (Separator Flex 041)    .035”, 142cm, 175cm  
PSF054   5MAX Separator (Separator Flex 054)    .045”, 135cm, 175cm  

Penumbra System® MAX Aspiration Tubing

 

Catalog

Number

  

Description

  

Unit Price ($)

PST2    MAX Aspiration Tubing (Sterile)   

Non-Sterile Penumbra System® MAX Supplies

 

Catalog

Number

 

Description

  

Unit Price ($)

PAPS2   Pump Canister Tubing, Pump Canister and Lid, Pump Filter   

Penumbra System® MAX Aspiration Pump Starter Pack

 

Catalog

Number

 

Description

 

Unit Price($)

PMX220   220V/230V Penumbra MAX Aspiration Pump  
PMX110   110V Penumbra MAX Aspiration Pump  

Neuron™

Neuron Delivery Catheter

 

Catalog Number

 

Description

 

Specifications (WL/00/ID/WC)

 

Unit Price($)

PND6F11512   6F Neuron Delivery Catheter 115/12 Straight   115cm/12cm, 6F/5F, .053”, .035/.038”  
PND6F11512M   6F Neuron Delivery Catheter 115/12 MP   115cm/12cm, 6F/5F, .053”, .035/.038”  
PND6F1156   6F Neuron Delivery Catheter 115/6 Straight   115cm/6cm, 6F/5F, .053”, .035/.038”  
PND6F1156M   6F Neuron Delivery Catheter 115/6 MP   115cm/6cm, 6F/5F, .053”, .035/.038”  
PND6F10512   6F Neuron Delivery Catheter 105/12 Straight   105cm/12cm, 6F/5F, .053”, .035/.038”  

PND6F10S12M

  6F Neuron Delivery Catheter 105/12 MP   105cm/12cm, 6F/5F, .053”, .035/.038”  

PND6F1056

  6F Neuron Delivery Catheter 105/6 Straight   105cm/6cm, 6F/5F, .053”, .035/.038”  

PND6F1056M

  6F Neuron Delivery Catheter 105/6 MP   105cm/6cm, 6F/5F, .053,, .035/.038”  

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Page 5 of 10


Neuron 6F 070 Delivery Catheter

 

Catalog Number

 

Description

 

Specifications (WL/OD/ID/WC)

 

Unit Price ($)

PND6F070956

  6F 070 Neuron Delivery Catheter 95/6 Straight   95cm/6cm, 6F/6F, .070”, .035/.038”  

PND6F0700956M

  6F 070 Neuron Delivery Catheter, 95/6 MP   95cm/6cm, 6F/6F, .070”, .035/.038”  

PND6F0701058

  6F 070 Neuron Deliver Catheter ,105/8 Straight   105cm/8cm, 6F/6F, .070”, .035/.038”  

PND6F0701058M

  6F 070 Neuron Deliver Catheter, 105/8 MP   105cm/8cm, 6F/6F, .070”, .035/.038”  

Neuron Select Catheter

 

Catalog Number

 

Description

 

Specifications (WL/00/ID/WCJ

 

Unit Price ($)

PNS5F120H1

  5F Neuron Select Catheter, 120 H1   120cm/9cm, 5F/5F, .040”, .035”/.038”  

PNS5F120SIM

  5F Neuron Select Catheter, 120 SIM   120cm/9cm, 5F/5F, .040”, .035”/.038”  

PNS5F120BER

  5F Neuron Select Catheter, 120 BER   120cm/9cm, 5F/5F, .040”, .035”/.038”  

PNS5F130H1

  5F Neuron Select Catheter, 130 Hl   130cm/9cm, 5F/5F, .040”, .035”/ .038 ..  

PNS5F130SIM

  5F Neuron Select Catheter, 130 SIM   130cm/9cm, 5F/5F, .040”, .035”/.038”  

PNS5F130BER

  5F Neuron Select Catheter, 130 BER   130cm/9cm, 5F/5F, .040”, .035”/.038”  

Neuron MAX088 Select Catheter

 

Catalog Number

   Working
Length
   Distal
Flexible
Zone
   Proximal/
Mid/Distal
Outer
Diameter
   Inner
Diameter
   Wire
Compatibility
   NeuronMAX
Compatibility
   Tip
Shape
   Unit
Price
($)

PNS6F105H1

   105cm    9cm    5.6F/6F/5F    .040”    .035/.038”    Both

8F

Delivery

Catheter and

Long Sheath

Configurations

   Hl   

PNS6F10SSIM

   105cm    9cm    5.6F/6F/5F    .040”    .035/.038”       SIM   

PNS6F105BER

   105cm    9cm    5.6F/6F/5F    .040”    .035/.038”       BER   

PNS6F105SIMV

   105cm    9cm    5.6F/6F/5F    .040”    .035/.038”       SIM-V   

PNS6F125H1

   125cm    9cm    5.6F/6F/5F    .040”    .035/.038”       Hl   

PNS6F125SIM

   125cm    9cm    5.6F/6F/5F    .040”    .035/.038”       SIM   

PNS6F125BER

   125cm    9cm    5.6F/6F/5F    .040”    .035/.038”       BER   

PNS6Fl25SIMV

   125cm    9cm    5.6F/6F/5F    .040”    .035/.038”       SIM-V   

Neuron MAX088 Large Lumen catheter

 

Catalog Number

   Working
Length
   Distal
Flexible
Zone
   Proximal
and Distal
OD
  

Inner
Diameter

   Wire
Compatibility
   Select catheter
Compatibility
   Tip Shape    Price
($)

PNMDSF088804

   80cm    4cm    8F    .088”    .035/.038”    6F Neuron Select    Straight   

PNMD8F088804M

   80cm    4cm    8F    .088”    .035/.038”    6F Neuron Select    Multi-Purpose   

PNMDSF088904

   90cm    4cm    8F    .088”    .035/.038”    6F Neuron Select    Straight   

PNMD8F088904M

   90cm    4cm    8F    .088”    .035/.038”    6F Neuron Select    Multi-Purpose   

PNML6F088804

   80cm    4cm    8F    .088” / 6F    .035/.038”    6F Neuron Select    Straight   

PNML6F088804M

   80cm    4cm    8F    .088” / 6F    .035/.038”    6F Neuron Select    Multi-Purpose   

PNML6F088904

   90cm    4cm    8F    .088” / 6F    .035/.038”    6F Neuron Select    Straight   

PNML6F088904M

   90cm    4cm    8F    .088”/ 6F    .035/.038”    6F Neuron Select    Multi-Purpose   

00/10/Tl/Wl: Outer Diameter/Inner Diameter/Total length/Working length

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Page 6 of 10


Penumbra CoilTM 400 System

Complex Standard

 

Catalog

  

Description

   Primary
Diameter
   Secondary
Diameter
   Total
Length
   Unit
Price (¥)

4002C0306

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 3 mm x 6cm    .020”    3mm    6cm    [***]

4002C0310

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 3 mm x 10 cm    .020”    3mm    10cm    [***]

4002C0408

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 4 mm x 8cm    .020”    4mm    8cm    [***]

4002C0412

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 4 mm x 12 cm    .020”    4mm    12cm    [***]

4002C0506

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 5 mm x 6cm    .020”    5mm    6mm    [***]

4002C0510

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 5mm x 10cm    .020”    5mm    10cm    [***]

4002C0610

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 6mm x 10cm    .020”    6mm    10cm    [***]

4002C0615

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 6mm x 15cm    .020”    6mm    15cm    [***]

4002C0710

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 7mm x 10cm    .020”    7mm    10cm    [***]

4002C0715

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 7 mm x 15 cm    .020”    7mm    15cm    [***]

4002C0720

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 7mm x 20cm    .020”    7mm    20cm    [***]

4002C0815

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 8 mm x 15 cm    020”    8mm    15cm    [***]

4002C0820

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 8mm x 20cm    .020”    8mm    20cm    [***]

4002C0830

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 8mm x 30cm    .020”    8mm    30cm    [***]

4002C0915

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 9 mm x 15 cm    .020”    9mm    15cm    [***]

4002C0925

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 9mm x 25cm    .020”    9mm    25cm    [***]

4002C0935

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 9mm x 35cm    .020”    9mm    35cm    [***]

4002C1020

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 10 mm x 20 cm    .020”    10mm    20cm    [***]

4002C1030

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 10mm x 30cm    .020”    10mm    30cm    [***]

4002C1040

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 10mm x 40cm    .020”    10mm    40cm    [***]

4002C1135

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, llmm x 35cm    .020”    11mm    35cm    [***]

4002C1145

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, llmm x 45cm    .020”    11mm    45cm    [***]

4002C1235

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 12mm x 35cm    .020”    12mm    35cm    [***]

4002C1245

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 12mm x 45cm    .020”    12mm    45cm    [***]

4002C1335

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 13 mm x 35cm    .020”    13mm    35cm    [***]

4002C1348

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 13mm x 48cm    .020”    13mm    48cm    [***]

4002C1450

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 14mm x 50cm    .020”    14mm    50cm    [***]

4002C1557

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 15mm x 57cm    .020”    15mm    57cm    [***]

4002Cl660

   Coi1 400 Complex Standard, 16mm x 60cm    .020”    16mm    60cm    [***]

4002C1857

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 18mm x 57cm    .020”    18mm    57cm    [***]

4002C2060

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 20mm x 60cm    .020”    20mm    60cm    [***]

4002C2260

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 22mm x 60cm    .020”    22mm    60cm    [***]

4002C2457

   Coil 400 Complex Standard, 24mm x 57cm    .020”    24mm    57cm    [***]

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Page 7 of 10


Complex Soft

 

Catalog

  

Description

   Primary
Diameter
   Secondary
Diameter
   Total
length
   Unit
Price
(¥)

4004C0303

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 3 mm x 3cm    .020”    3mm    3cm    [***]

4004C0304

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 3 mm x 4cm    .020”    3mm    4cm    [***]

4004C0306

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 3 mm x 6cm    .020”    3mm    6cm    [***]

4004C0310

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 3 mm x 10cm    .020”    3mm    10cm    [***]

4004C0404

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 4 mm x 4cm    .020”    4mm    4cm    [***]

4004C0406

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 4 mm x 6cm    .020”    4mm    6cm    [***]

4004C0408

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 4 mm x 8cm    .020”    4mm    8cm    [***]

4004C0412

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 4 mm x 12cm    .020”    4mm    12cm    [***]

4004C0509

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 5mm x 9cm    .020”    5mm    9cm    [***]

4004C0513

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 5mm x 13cm    .020”    5mm    13cm    [***]

4004C0610

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 6mm x 10cm    .020”    6mm    l0cm    [***]

4004C0615

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 6mm x 15cm    .020”    6mm    15cm    [***]

4004C0620

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 6 mm x 20 cm    .020”    6mm    20cm    [***]

4004C0710

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 7 mm x 10 cm    .020”    7mm    10cm    [***]

4004C0715

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 7mm x 15cm    .020”    7mm    15cm    [***]

4004C0720

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 7mm x 20cm    .020”    7mm    20cm    [***]

4004C0815

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 8mm x 15cm    .020”    8mm    15cm    [***]

4004C0820

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 8mm x 20cm    .020”    8mm    20cm    [***]

4004C0925

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 9mm x 2Scm    .020”    9mm    25cm    [***]

4004C0935

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 9 mm x 35 cm    .020”    9mm    35cm    [***]

4004C1020

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 10mm x 20cm    .020”    10mm    20cm    [***]

4004C1030

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 10mm x 30cm    .020”    10mm    30cm    [***]

4004C1040

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 10 mm x 40 cm    .020”    10mm    40cm    [***]

4004C1135

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 11mm x 35cm    .020”    11mm    35cm    [***]

4004C1145

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 11 mm x 45 cm    .020”    11mm    45cm    [***]

4004C1235

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 12mm x 35cm    .020”    12mm    35cm    [***]

4004C1245

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 12 mm x 45 cm    .020”    12mm    45cm    [***]

4004C1335

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 13mm x 35cm    .020”    13mm    35cm    [***]

4004C1348

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 13 mm x 48 cm    .020”    13mm    48mm    [***]

4004C1440

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 14mm x 40cm    .020”    14mm    40cm    [***]

4004C1545

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 15 mm x 45 cm    .020”    15mm    45cm    [***]

4004C1645

   Coil 400 Complex Soft, 16mm x 45cm    .020”    16mm    45cm    [***]

J Soft

 

Catalog

  

Description

  

Primary

Diameter

  

Total
Length

  

Unit

Price (¥)

4004J7

   Coil 400 J, 7cm    .020”    7cm    [***]

4004J10

   Coil 400 J, 10cm    .020”    10cm    [***]

4004Jl5

   Coil 400 J, 15cm    .020”    15cm    [***]

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Page 8 of 10


Curve Extra Soft

 

Catalog

  

Description

   Primary
Diameter
   Secondary
Diameter
   Total
Length
   Unit
Price (¥)
4006U0201    Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 2mm x 1cm    .020”    2mm    1cm    [***]
4006U0202    Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 2mm x 2cm    .020”    2mm    2cm    [***]
4006U0203    Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 2mm x 3cm    .020”    2mm    3cm    [***]
4006U0204    Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 2mm x 4cm    .020”    2mm    4cm    [***]
4006U0302    Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 3mm x 2cm    .020”    3mm    2cm    [***]
4006U0303    Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 3mm x 3cm    .020”    3mm    3cm    [***]
4006U0304    Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 3mm x 4cm    .020”    3mm    4cm    [***]
4006U0305    Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 3mm x 5cm    .020”    3mm    5cm    [***]
4006U0306    Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 3mm x 6cm    .020”    3mm    6cm    [***]
4006U0308    Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 3mm x 8cm    .020”    3mm    8cm    [***]
4006U0310    Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 3 mm x 10cm    .020”    3mm    10cm    [***]
4006U0404    Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 4mm x 4cm    .020”    4mm    4cm    [***]
4006U0406    Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 4mm x 6cm    .020”    4mm    6cm    [***]
4006U0408    Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 4mm x 8cm    .020”    4mm    8cm    [***]
4006U0410    Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 4 mm x 10cm    .020”    4mm    10cm    [***]

Detachment Handle and Catheter

 

Catalog

  

Description

   Unit Price (¥)
DH1    Coil Detachment Handle    [***]
DHS    Coil Detachment Handle – 5 Pack    [***]

Penumbra Delivery Microcatheters

PX 400™ Delivery Microcatheter

 

Catalog

  

Description

   Unit Price (¥)

PX40045

   PX400, 45°    [***]

PX40090

   PX400, 90°    [***]

PX400J

   PX400, J    [***]

PX400STR

   PX400, Straight    [***]

PX SLIM™ Delivery Microcatheter

 

Catalog

  

Description

   Unit Price (¥)

PXSLIMSTR

   PXSLIM Delivery Catheter – Straight (150cm)   

PXSLIM045

   PXSLIM Delivery Catheter – 45 (150cm)   

PXSLIM090

   PXSLIM Delivery Catheter – 90 (150cm)   

PXSLIM130

   PXSLIM Delivery Catheter – 130 (J) (150cm)   
PXSLIM160STR    PX SLIM Delivery Catheter – Straight (160cm)   
PXSLIM160045    PX SLIM Delivery Catheter – 45 (160cm)   
PXSLIM160090    PX SLIM Delivery Catheter – 90° (160cm)   
PXSLIM160130    PX SLIM Delivery Catheter – 130° (J) (160cm)   

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Page 9 of 10


Velocity™ Delivery Microcatheter

 

Catalog

  

Description

  

Unit Price
(¥)

VEL150STR    Velocity Delivery Catheter– Straight (150cm)   
VEL150045    Velocity Delivery Catheter – 45 (150cm)   
VEL150090    Velocity Delivery Catheter – go (150cm)   
VEL150130    Velocity Delivery Catheter – 130 (150cm)   
VEL160STR    Velocity Delivery Catheter– Straight (160cm)   
VEL160045    Velocity Delivery Catheter – 45 (160cm)   
VEL160090    Velocity Delivery Catheter – 90 (160cm)   
VEL160130    Velocity Delivery Catheter– 130 (160cm)   

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Page 10 of 10


AMENDMENT NO. 4 DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

PENUMBRA, INC.

AND

MEDICO’S HIRATA INC.

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (“Amendment No. 4”) is made and entered into as of the 1st day of May 2013 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Penumbra, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware, USA, with offices at 1351 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, California, USA (“Penumbra”), and Medico’s Hirata Inc. (“Distributor”), a corporation organized under the laws of Japan, with a registered office at 3-3-18 Dojima, Kita-Ku, Osaka, Japan.

WHEREAS, Penumbra and Distributor entered into a Distribution Agreement dated August 2, 2009, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto dated June 17, 2010, Amendment No. 2 thereto dated September 16, 2011, and Amendment No. 3 thereto dated August 22, 2012 (the “Amended Distribution Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, Penumbra and Distributor wish to amend the Amended Distribution Agreement as provided in this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions herein contained, and intending to be legally bound hereby the parties mutually agree as follows:

 

  1. Exhibit A to this Amendment No. 4 replaces Exhibit A to the Amended Distribution Agreement.

 

  2. The Amended Distribution Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following as Section 2(e):

(e) Liberty Stent Trial. Penumbra is conducting the clinical trial entitled: “CLP 5038: The Penumbra Liberty Trial: Safety and Effectiveness in the Treatment of Wide-Neck Intracranial Aneurysms” (the “Liberty Trial”) in order to obtain approval of its Liberty Stent device from the United States Food and Drug Administration. The Liberty Trial will include a limited number of sites in Japan to facilitate approval of the Liberty Stent device in Japan. Distributor agrees to provide its regulatory and clinical resources as necessary to cooperate with Penumbra as necessary to conduct the clinical trial at the sites designated in Japan, and Penumbra agrees to bear certain costs related to enrolling and monitoring patients in the Liberty Trial. Distributor will conduct the clinical trial of the Liberty Stent device in Japan in order to obtain the Shonin Approval of the Japan Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices Agency (“PMDA”) and other necessary Approvals with respect to the Liberty Stent device, and Penumbra agrees to provide its regulatory and clinical

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1


resources as necessary to conduct the clinical trial at the sites in Japan and to support certain costs related to enrolling and monitoring patients enrolled in the Liberty Trial in Japan, as follows:

 

  (i) Penumbra will supply at no cost to Distributor all Liberty Stents, Penumbra coils, PX 400 catheters, and detachment handles necessary to conduct the procedures required by the Liberty Trial protocol for each patient enrolled in the Liberty Trial in Japan;

 

  (ii) Penumbra will pay the per-patient research fee negotiated with each site in Japan, provided that Penumbra shall first have reviewed and approved the contract and fees for each such site;

 

  (iii) Penumbra reserves the right to perform all clinical monitoring functions required by the Liberty Study. If Clinical Research Organization (“CRO”) is retained to perform such function, Penumbra will pay the clinical monitoring costs for all patients enrolled in the Liberty Trial in Japan who are monitored by the CRO, provided that Penumbra shall first have reviewed and approved the contract with the fees and expenses payable to such CRO;

 

  (iv) Penumbra will bear the consultation and filing fee payable to PMDA. Upon execution of this Amendment No. 4, Penumbra will pay the amounts required for the consultation and filing fee to Distributor and Distributor will in turn pay to PMDA the amount of the consultation in advance and the amount of the fee for filing the application for Shonin Approval.

 

  (v) Penumbra and Distributor will share equally all expenses payable to third parties in connection with any Post Market Surveillance Study that may be required by the Japanese regulatory authorities for the Liberty Stent after it is approved in Japan.

 

  (vi) The matters and contents of the cooperation to be made between Penumbra and Distributor and the support to be made by Distributor to Penumbra for conducting the clinical operations in Japan shall be consulted and agreed between Penumbra and Distributor which agreement is set forth in Attachment 1 hereto.

 

  3. In all other respects, the Amended Distribution Agreement is ratified, confirmed and approved.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have signed this Agreement.

MEDICO’S HIRATA, INC.:

 

By:

/s/ Masataka Hirata

Title:

Masataka Hirata, President

PENUMBRA, INC.:

 

By:

/s/ James Pray

James Pray, President

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

3


Exhibit A – Products and Pricing

Reperfusion Catheters

 

Catalog

Number

 

Description

  

Specifications (OD/ID/TL/WL)

 

Unit Price ($)

PSC026

  Reperfusion Catheter 026    2.8F/.026in/154cm/150cm   [***]

PSC032

  Reperfusion Catheter 032    3.4F/.032in/154cm/150cm   [***]

PSC041

  Reperfusion Catheter 041    4.1F/.041in/141cm/137cm   [***]

PSC054

  Reperfusion Catheter 054    5.0F/.054in/136cm/132cm   [***]

Separator™

 

Catalog Number

 

Description

  

Specifications (OD/TL/WL)

 

Unit Price ($)

PSS026

  Separator 026    .022in/200cm/155cm   [***]

PSS032

  Separator 032    .028in/200cm/155cm   [***]

PSS041

  Separator 041    .035in/200cm/142cm   [***]

PSS054

  Separator 054    .045in/175cm/135cm   [***]

Separator Flex

 

Catalog

Number

 

Description

  

Specifications (OD/WL/TL)

 

Unit Price ($)

PSF026

  Separator Flex 026 (0.014in wire)    .022”, 155cm, 190cm   [***]

PSF032

  Separator Flex 032 (0.014in wire)    .028”, 155cm, 190cm   [***]

PSF041

  Separator Flex 041 (0.014in wire)    .035”, 142cm, 175cm   [***]

PSF054

  Separator Flex 054 (0.014in wire)    .045”, 135cm, 175cm   [***]

Separator 3D

 

Catalog

Number

 

Description

 

Device
Diameter
(mm)

 

Device

length

(mm)

 

Wire

length

(cm)

  

Aspiration Catheters

  

Unit
Price

($)

PSS3D   Separator 3D   4.5   26   200    Reperfusion Catheters 041 and 054   

Aspiration Tubing

 

Catalog Number

 

Description

 

Unit Price ($)

PST1

  Aspiration Tubing (Sterile)   [***]

Non-Sterile Penumbra System Supplies

 

Catalog Number

 

Description

 

Unit Price ($)

PAPS1

  Pump Canister Tubing, Pump Canister and Lid, Pump Filter   [***]

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

4


Penumbra Aspiration Pump

 

Catalog Number

  

Description

   Unit Price ($)
PAP110    110V Penumbra Aspiration Pump    [***]
PAP220    220V/230V Penumbra Aspiration Pump    [***]

Penumbra System® MAX Intracranial Revascularization System

Penumbra System® MAX Reperfusion Catheters

 

Catalog
Number

  

Description

  

Specifications

(OD/ID/TL/WL)

   Unit Price ($)
3MAXC    3MAX Reperfusion Catheter    3.8/.035in/157cm/153cm    [***]
4MAXC    4MAX Reperfusion Catheter    4.3F/.041in/143cm/139cm    [***]
4MAXC130    4MAX Reperfusion Catheter – 130    4.3F/.041in/134cm/130cm    [***]
PSC054    5MAX Reperfusion Catheter    5.0F/.054in/175cm/132cm    [***]
PSC054L125    5MAX Reperfusion Catheter - 125    5.0F/.054in/129cm/125cm    [***]

Penumbra System® MAX Separator

 

Catalog
Number

  

Description

  

Specifications (OD/WL/TL)

   Unit Price ($)
3MAXS    3MAX Separator    .030”, 158cm, 190cm    [***]
PSF041    4MAX Separator (Separator Flex 041)    .035”, 142cm, 175cm    [***]
PSF054    5MAX Separator (Separator Flex 054)    .045”, 135cm, 175cm    [***]

Penumbra System® MAX Aspiration Tubing

 

Catalog
Number

  

Description

   Unit Price ($)
PST2    MAX Aspiration Tubing (Sterile)    [***]

Non-Sterile Penumbra System® MAX Supplies

 

Catalog
Number

  

Description

   Unit Price ($)
PAPS2    Pump Canister Tubing, Pump Canister and Lid, Pump Filter   

Penumbra System® MAX Aspiration Pump Starter Pack

 

Catalog
Number

  

Description

  

Unit Price ($)

PMX220    220V/230V Penumbra MAX Aspiration Pump   
PMX110    110V Penumbra MAX Aspiration Pump   

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

5


Neuron™

Neuron Delivery Catheter

 

Catalog Number

  

Description

  

Specifications (WL/OD/ID/WC)

   Unit Price ($)
PND6F11512    6F Neuron Delivery Catheter 115/12 Straight    115cm/12cm, 6F/5F, .053”, .035/.038”   
PND6F11512M    6F Neuron Delivery Catheter 115/12 MP    115cm/12cm, 6F/5F, .053”, .035/.038”   
PND6F1156    6F Neuron Delivery Catheter 115/6 Straight    115cm/6cm, 6F/5F, .053”, .035/.038”   
PND6F1156M    6F Neuron Delivery Catheter 115/6 MP    115cm/6cm, 6F/5F, .053”, .035/.038”   
PND6F10512    6F Neuron Delivery Catheter 105/12 Straight    105cm/12cm, 6F/5F, .053”, .035/.038”   
PND6F10512M    6F Neuron Delivery Catheter 105/12 MP    105cm/12cm, 6F/5F, .053”, .035/.038”   
PND6F1056    6F Neuron Delivery Catheter 105/6 Straight    105cm/6cm, 6F/5F, .053”, .035/.038”   
PND6F1056M    6F Neuron Delivery Catheter 105/6 MP    105cm/6cm, 6F/5F, .053”, .035/.038”   

Neuron 6F 070 Delivery Catheter

 

Catalog Number

  

Description

  

Specifications (WL/OD/ID/WC)

   Unit Price ($)
PND6F070956    6F 070 Neuron Delivery Catheter 95/6 Straight    95cm/6cm, 6F/6F, .070”, .035/.038”   
PND6F0700956M    6F 070 Neuron Delivery Catheter, 95/6 MP    95cm/6cm, 6F/6F, .070”, .035/.038”   
PND6F0701058    6F 070 Neuron Deliver Catheter ,105/8 Straight    105cm/8cm, 6F/6F, .070”, .035/.038”   
PND6F0701058M    6F 070 Neuron Deliver Catheter, 105/8 MP    105cm/8cm, 6F/6F, .070”, .035/.038”   

Neuron Select Catheter

 

Catalog Number

  

Description

  

Specifications (WL/OD/ID/WC)

   Unit Price ($)
PNS5F120H1    5F Neuron Select Catheter, 120 H1    120cm/9cm, 5F/5F, .040”, .035”/.038”   
PNS5F120SIM    5F Neuron Select Catheter, 120 SIM    120cm/9cm, 5F/5F, .040”, .035”/.038”   
PNS5F120BER    5F Neuron Select Catheter, 120 BER    120cm/9cm, 5F/5F, .040”, .035”/.038”   
PNS5F130H1    5F Neuron Select Catheter, 130 H1    130cm/9cm, 5F/5F, .040”, .035”/.038”   
PNS5F130SIM    5F Neuron Select Catheter, 130 SIM    130cm/9cm, 5F/5F, .040”, .035”/.038”   
PNS5F130BER    5F Neuron Select Catheter, 130 BER    130cm/9cm, 5F/5F, .040”, .035”/.038”   

Neuron MAX088 Select Catheter

 

Catalog Number

   Working
Length
   Distal
Flexible
Zone
   Proximal/
Mid/Distal Outer
Diameter
   Inner
Diameter
   Wire
Compatibility
   NeuronMAX
Compatibility
   Tip Shape    Unit
Price
($)
PNS6F105H1    105 cm    9 cm    5.6F/6F/5F    .040”    .035/.038”    Both 8F
Delivery
Catheter and
6F Long Sheath
Configurations
   H1   
PNS6F105SIM    105 cm    9 cm    5.6F/6F/5F    .040”    .035/.038”       SIM   
PNS6F105BER    105 cm    9 cm    5.6F/6F/5F    .040”    .035/.038”       BER   
PNS6F105SIMV    105 cm    9 cm    5.6F/6F/5F    .040”    .035/.038”       SIM-V   
PNS6F125H1    125 cm    9 cm    5.6F/6F/5F    .040”    .035/.038”       H1   
PNS6F125SIM    125 cm    9 cm    5.6F/6F/5F    .040”    .035/.038”       SIM   
PNS6F125BER    125 cm    9 cm    5.6F/6F/5F    .040”    .035/.038”       BER   
PNS6F125SIMV    125 cm    9 cm    5.6F/6F/5F    .040”    .035/.038”       SIM-V   

Neuron MAX088 Large Lumen Catheter

 

Catalog Number

   Working
Length
   Distal
Flexible
Zone
   Proximal
and Distal
OD
   Inner
Diameter
   Wire
Compatibility
   Select Catheter
Compatibility
   Tip Shape    Unit Price
($)
PNMD8F088804    80 cm    4 cm    8F    .088”    .035/.038”    6F Neuron Select    Straight   
PNMD8F088804M    80 cm    4 cm    8F    .088”    .035/.038”    6F Neuron Select    Multi-Purpose   
PNMD8F088904    90 cm    4 cm    8F    .088”    .035/.038”    6F Neuron Select    Straight   
PNMD8F088904M    90 cm    4 cm    8F    .088”    .035/.038”    6F Neuron Select    Multi-Purpose   
PNML6F088804    80 cm    4 cm    8F    .088” / 6F    .035/.038”    6F Neuron Select    Straight   
PNML6F088804M    80 cm    4 cm    8F    .088” / 6F    .035/.038”    6F Neuron Select    Multi-Purpose   
PNML6F088904    90 cm    4 cm    8F    .088” / 6F    .035/.038”    6F Neuron Select    Straight   
PNML6F088904M    90 cm    4 cm    8F    .088” / 6F    .035/.038”    6F Neuron Select    Multi-Purpose   

OD/ID/TL/WL: Outer Diameter/Inner Diameter/Total Length/Working Length

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

6


Penumbra Coil™ 400 System

Complex Standard

 

Catalog

  

Description

   Primary
Diameter
   Secondary
Diameter
   Total
Length
   Unit
Price
(¥)
4002C0306    Coil 400 Complex Standard, 3 mm x 6 cm    .020”    3mm    6cm    [***]
4002C0310    Coil 400 Complex Standard, 3 mm x 10 cm    .020”    3mm    10cm    [***]
4002C0408    Coil 400 Complex Standard, 4 mm x 8 cm    .020”    4mm    8cm    [***]
4002C0412    Coil 400 Complex Standard, 4 mm x 12 cm    .020”    4mm    12cm    [***]
4002C0506    Coil 400 Complex Standard, 5 mm x 6 cm    .020”    5mm    6mm    [***]
4002C0510    Coil 400 Complex Standard, 5mm x 10cm    .020”    5mm    10cm    [***]
4002C0610    Coil 400 Complex Standard, 6mm x 10cm    .020”    6mm    10cm    [***]
4002C0615    Coil 400 Complex Standard, 6mm x 15cm    .020”    6mm    15cm    [***]
4002C0710    Coil 400 Complex Standard, 7mm x 10cm    .020”    7mm    10cm    [***]
4002C0715    Coil 400 Complex Standard, 7 mm x 15 cm    .020”    7mm    15cm    [***]
4002C0720    Coil 400 Complex Standard, 7mm x 20cm    .020”    7mm    20cm    [***]
4002C0815    Coil 400 Complex Standard, 8 mm x 15 cm    020”    8mm    15cm    [***]
4002C0820    Coil 400 Complex Standard, 8mm x 20cm    .020”    8mm    20cm    [***]
4002C0830    Coil 400 Complex Standard, 8mm x 30cm    .020”    8mm    30cm    [***]
4002C0915    Coil 400 Complex Standard, 9 mm x 15 cm    .020”    9mm    15cm    [***]
4002C0925    Coil 400 Complex Standard, 9mm x 25cm    .020”    9mm    25cm    [***]
4002C0935    Coil 400 Complex Standard, 9mm x 35cm    .020”    9mm    35cm    [***]
4002C1020    Coil 400 Complex Standard, 10 mm x 20 cm    .020”    10mm    20cm    [***]
4002C1030    Coil 400 Complex Standard, 10mm x 30cm    .020”    10mm    30cm    [***]
4002C1040    Coil 400 Complex Standard, 10mm x 40cm    .020”    10mm    40cm    [***]
4002C1135    Coil 400 Complex Standard, 11mm x 35cm    .020”    11mm    35cm    [***]
4002C1145    Coil 400 Complex Standard, 11mm x 45cm    .020”    11mm    45cm    [***]
4002C1235    Coil 400 Complex Standard, 12mm x 35cm    .020”    12mm    35cm    [***]
4002C1245    Coil 400 Complex Standard, 12mm x 45cm    .020”    12mm    45cm    [***]
4002C1335    Coil 400 Complex Standard, 13 mm x 35 cm    .020”    13mm    35cm    [***]
4002C1348    Coil 400 Complex Standard, 13mm x 48cm    .020”    13mm    48cm    [***]
4002C1450    Coil 400 Complex Standard, 14mm x 50cm    .020”    14mm    50cm    [***]
4002C1557    Coil 400 Complex Standard, 15mm x 57cm    .020”    15mm    57cm    [***]
4002C1660    Coil 400 Complex Standard, 16mm x 60cm    .020”    16mm    60cm    [***]
4002C1857    Coil 400 Complex Standard, 18mm x 57cm    .020”    18mm    57cm    [***]
4002C2060    Coil 400 Complex Standard, 20mm x 60cm    .020”    20mm    60cm    [***]
4002C2260    Coil 400 Complex Standard, 22mm x 60cm    .020”    22mm    60cm    [***]
4002C2457    Coil 400 Complex Standard, 24mm x 57cm    .020”    24mm    57cm    [***]

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

7


Complex Soft

 

Catalog

  

Description

  

Primary
Diameter

   Secondary
Diameter
   Total
Length
   Unit
Price
(¥)
4004C0303    Coil 400 Complex Soft, 3 mm x 3 cm    .020”    3mm    3cm    [***]
4004C0304    Coil 400 Complex Soft, 3 mm x 4 cm    .020”    3mm    4cm    [***]
4004C0306    Coil 400 Complex Soft, 3 mm x 6 cm    .020”    3mm    6cm    [***]
4004C0310    Coil 400 Complex Soft, 3 mm x 10 cm    .020”    3mm    10cm    [***]
4004C0404    Coil 400 Complex Soft, 4 mm x 4 cm    .020”    4mm    4cm    [***]
4004C0406    Coil 400 Complex Soft, 4 mm x 6 cm    .020”    4mm    6cm    [***]
4004C0408    Coil 400 Complex Soft, 4 mm x 8 cm    .020”    4mm    8cm    [***]
4004C0412    Coil 400 Complex Soft, 4 mm x 12 cm    .020”    4mm    12cm    [***]
4004C0509    Coil 400 Complex Soft, 5mm x 9cm    .020”    5mm    9cm    [***]
4004C0513    Coil 400 Complex Soft, 5mm x 13cm    .020”    5mm    13cm    [***]
4004C0610    Coil 400 Complex Soft, 6mm x 10cm    .020”    6mm    10cm    [***]
4004C0615    Coil 400 Complex Soft, 6mm x 15cm    .020”    6mm    15cm    [***]
4004C0620    Coil 400 Complex Soft, 6 mm x 20 cm    .020”    6mm    20cm    [***]
4004C0710    Coil 400 Complex Soft, 7 mm x 10 cm    .020”    7mm    10cm    [***]
4004C0715    Coil 400 Complex Soft, 7mm x 15cm    .020”    7mm    15cm    [***]
4004C0720    Coil 400 Complex Soft, 7mm x 20cm    .020”    7mm    20cm    [***]
4004C0815    Coil 400 Complex Soft, 8mm x 15cm    .020”    8mm    15cm    [***]
4004C0820    Coil 400 Complex Soft, 8mm x 20cm    .020”    8mm    20cm    [***]
4004C0925    Coil 400 Complex Soft, 9mm x 25cm    .020”    9mm    25cm    [***]
4004C0935    Coil 400 Complex Soft, 9 mm x 35 cm    .020”    9mm    35cm    [***]
4004C1020    Coil 400 Complex Soft, 10mm x 20cm    .020”    10mm    20cm    [***]
4004C1030    Coil 400 Complex Soft, 10mm x 30cm    .020”    10mm    30cm    [***]
4004C1040    Coil 400 Complex Soft, 10 mm x 40 cm    .020”    10mm    40cm    [***]
4004C1135    Coil 400 Complex Soft, 11mm x 35cm    .020”    11mm    35cm    [***]
4004C1145    Coil 400 Complex Soft, 11 mm x 45 cm    .020”    11mm    45cm    [***]
4004C1235    Coil 400 Complex Soft, 12mm x 35cm    .020”    12mm    35cm    [***]
4004C1245    Coil 400 Complex Soft, 12 mm x 45 cm    .020”    12mm    45cm    [***]
4004C1335    Coil 400 Complex Soft, 13mm x 35cm    .020”    13mm    35cm    [***]
4004C1348    Coil 400 Complex Soft, 13 mm x 48 cm    .020”    13mm    48mm    [***]
4004C1440    Coil 400 Complex Soft, 14mm x 40cm    .020”    14mm    40cm    [***]
4004C1545    Coil 400 Complex Soft, 15 mm x 45 cm    .020”    15mm    45cm    [***]
4004C1645    Coil 400 Complex Soft, 16mm x 45cm    .020”    16mm    45cm    [***]

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

8


J Soft

 

Catalog

  

Description

   Primary
Diameter
   Total
Length
   Unit Price
(¥)
4004J7    Coil 400 J, 7cm    .020”    7cm    [***]
4004J10    Coil 400 J, 10cm    .020”    10cm    [***]
4004J15    Coil 400 J, 15cm    .020”    15cm    [***]

Curve Extra Soft

 

Catalog

  

Description

   Primary
Diameter
   Secondary
Diameter
   Total
Length
   Unit
Price
(¥)
4006U0201    Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 2mm x 1cm    .020”    2mm    1cm    [***]
4006U0202    Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 2mm x 2cm    .020”    2mm    2cm    [***]
4006U0203    Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 2mm x 3cm    .020”    2mm    3cm    [***]
4006U0204    Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 2mm x 4cm    .020”    2mm    4cm    [***]
4006U0302    Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 3mm x 2cm    .020”    3mm    2cm    [***]
4006U0303    Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 3mm x 3cm    .020”    3mm    3cm    [***]
4006U0304    Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 3mm x 4cm    .020”    3mm    4cm    [***]
4006U0305    Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 3mm x 5cm    .020”    3mm    5cm    [***]
4006U0306    Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 3mm x 6cm    .020”    3mm    6cm    [***]
4006U0308    Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 3mm x 8cm    .020”    3mm    8cm    [***]
4006U0310    Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 3 mm x 10 cm    .020”    3mm    10cm    [***]
4006U0404    Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 4mm x 4cm    .020”    4mm    4cm    [***]
4006U0406    Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 4mm x 6cm    .020”    4mm    6cm    [***]
4006U0408    Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 4mm x 8cm    .020”    4mm    8cm    [***]
4006U0410    Coil 400 Curve Extra Soft, 4 mm x 10 cm    .020”    4mm    10cm    [***]

Detachment Handle and Catheter

 

Catalog

  

Description

   Unit Price (¥)
DH1    Coil Detachment Handle    [***]
DH5    Coil Detachment Handle – 5 Pack    [***]

Penumbra Delivery Microcatheters

PX 400™ Delivery Microcatheter

 

Catalog

  

Description

   Unit Price (¥)
PX40045    PX400, 45°    [***]
PX40090    PX400, 90°    [***]
PX400J    PX400, J    [***]
PX400STR    PX400, Straight    [***]

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

9


PX SLIM™ Delivery Microcatheter

 

Catalog

  

Description

   Unit Price (¥)
PXSLIMSTR    PXSLIM Delivery Catheter – Straight (150cm)    [***]
PXSLIM045    PXSLIM Delivery Catheter - 45 (150cm)    [***]
PXSLIM090    PXSLIM Delivery Catheter - 90 (150cm)    [***]
PXSLIM130    PXSLIM Delivery Catheter – 130 (J) (150cm)    [***]
PXSLIM160STR    PX SLIM Delivery Catheter - Straight (160cm)    [***]
PXSLIM160045    PX SLIM Delivery Catheter - 45 (160cm)    [***]
PXSLIM160090    PX SLIM Delivery Catheter - 90° (160cm)    [***]
PXSLIM160130    PX SLIM Delivery Catheter - 130° (J ) (160cm)    [***]

Velocity™ Delivery Microcatheter

 

Catalog

  

Description

   Unit Price (¥)
VEL150STR    Velocity Delivery Catheter – Straight (150cm)   
VEL150045    Velocity Delivery Catheter – 45 (150cm)   
VEL150090    Velocity Delivery Catheter – 90 (150cm)   
VEL150130    Velocity Delivery Catheter – 130 (150cm)   
VEL160STR    Velocity Delivery Catheter – Straight (160cm)   
VEL160045    Velocity Delivery Catheter – 45 (160cm)   
VEL160090    Velocity Delivery Catheter – 90 (160cm)   
VEL160130    Velocity Delivery Catheter – 130 (160cm)   

Liberty™ Intracranial Stent System

 

Catalog

  

Description

  

Specifications (Expanded

O.D./Length/Twist)

   Unit Price (¥)
HU3020PRIM    Liberty 3.0 x 20 mm, Primary    3.0mm/20mm/Primary   
HU3035PRIM    Liberty 3.0 x 35 mm, Primary    3.0mm/35mm/Primary   
HU3520PRIM    Liberty 3.5 x 20 mm, Primary    3.5mm/20mm/Primary   
HU3535PRIM    Liberty 3.5 x 35 mm, Primary    3.5mm/35mm/Primary   
HU4025PRIM    Liberty 4.0 x 25 mm, Primary    4.0mm/25mm/Primary   
HU4045PRIM    Liberty 4.0 x 45 mm, Primary    4.0mm/45mm/Primary   
HU4525PRIM    Liberty 4.5 x 25 mm, Primary    4.5mm/25mm/Primary   
HU4545PRIM    Liberty 4.5 x 45 mm, Primary    4.5mm/45mm/Primary   
HU5025PRIM    Liberty 5.0 x 25 mm, Primary    5.0mm/25mm/Primary   
HU5045PRIM    Liberty 5.0 x 45 mm, Primary    5.0mm/45mm/Primary   

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

10


Attachment I Task Responsibility

Penumbra will appoint Medico’s Hirata as an In-Country Care-taker prescribed in Article 15 of Ministerial Ordinance on Good Clinical Practice for Medical Devices Ordinance of the MHLW No.36(March 23, 2005). Medico’s Hirata, as the In-Country Care-taker, will take procedures related to request for clinical trial in Japan and submit the notification of clinical trial plan to the Minister of MHLW according to the ordinance.

Responsibility for each task is as follows (¡: responsible)

MH bears the expenses for translation from English to Japanese and interpretation.

PI bears the expenses for translation from Japanese to English (for FDA issues).

 

No.

 

Necessary Tasks

   Penumbra   Medicos Hirata

Pre-trial preparation

    

1

  Confirmation of non-clinical testing status    ¡   ¡

2

  Investigation of past shonin approval(s) and similar device(s)      ¡

3

  Clinical Investigation Plan    ¡   (Translation/Review)

4

  CRF (Case Report Form)    ¡   (Translation/Review)

5

  Informed Consent Form    ¡   (Translation/Review)

6

  Investigator’s Brochure    ¡   (Translation/Review)

7

  Pre-meeting with PMDA    ¡   ¡

8

  Investigation of past trial(s) and similar device(s). Investigation of domestic and foreign results    Investigation of foreign
results
  Domestic investigation

9

  Preparation for SOP for GCP, other SOPs and system establishment    ¡   (Translation)

10

  Verification of protocol, SOP for JGCP and etc. (Acceptance to Japan)      ¡

11

  Clinical trial consultation meeting with PMDA    ¡   ¡

12

  Preliminary investigation of Principal Investigators      ¡

13

  Investigation of possible investigation sites (Selection and requirement exploration)    ¡   ¡

14

  Discussion about the contents of Protocol, IC and CRF with Investigators.      ¡

15

  Preparation and submission of the notification of clinical trial plan, Response to inquiries from PMDA.      ¡

16

  Enrollment in insurance for investigational devices (establishment of compensation system)    ¡  

Request to sites and contract

    

17

  Preparation and submission of a clinical trial request form and necessary documents for IRB      ¡

18

  Review by IRB and related tasks      ¡

19

  Contract conclusion    ¡   (Document preparation)

20

  Explanation about Protocol and trial regulatory procedures, Obtaining agreement      ¡

21

  Explanation of device usage and handling precautions (hospital workers concerned)    ¡   (Support)

22

  Provision of investigational devices to Investigational Device Administrator (including provision of related documents)      ¡

Tasks during clinical investigation

    

23

  CRFs collection, initial check and status review      ¡

24

  SDV (Source Data Verification)    ¡   (Interpretation)

25

  Confirmation of documents that investigation sites and PIs must keep      ¡

26

  Investigation of Adverse Events      ¡

27

  Preparation of Adverse Event reports    ¡ (FDA)   ¡ (PMDA)

28

  Necessary tasks for compensation and recompense    ¡  

29

  Auditing of the Clinical trial    ¡   (Interpretation)

30

  Contract termination procedures      ¡

31

  Collection of investigational devices      ¡

DM/Analysis

    

32

  Data entry    ¡  

33

  Coding and cleaning, Data-set creation    ¡  

34

  Preparation of Analysis Report    ¡  

35

  Preparation of Clinical Investigation Report    ¡   Translation

Application submission for approval

    

39

  Preparation and submission of Shonin application, Response to inquiries      ¡

40 

  GCP Audit and related tasks    ¡ (FDA)   ¡ (PMDA)

 

* Confidential Information, indicated by [***], has been omitted from this filing and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

EX-10.5

Exhibit 10.5

PENUMBRA, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1.    Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of this Plan are:

 

    to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

    to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

 

    to promote the success of the Company’s business.

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

2.    Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

(a)    “Administrator” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(b)    “Applicable Laws” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(c)    “Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, or Restricted Stock Units.

(d)    “Award Agreement” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(e)    “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f)    “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i)    Change in Ownership of the Company. A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, except that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board will not be considered a Change in Control; or


(ii)    Change in Effective Control of the Company. If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii)    Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets. A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this Section 2(f), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(g)    “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

(h)    “Committee” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or by the compensation committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(i)    “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

 

2


(j)    “Company” means Penumbra, Inc. a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(k)    “Consultant” means any natural person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render bona fide services to such entity, provided the services (i) are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction, and (ii) do not directly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.

(l)    “Director” means a member of the Board.

(m)    “Disability” means total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3), provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

(n)    “Employee” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(o)    “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(p)    “Exchange Program” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is reduced or increased. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

(q)    “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i)    If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii)    If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

 

3


(iii)    In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(r)    “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is otherwise intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code Section 422 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(s)    “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(t)    “Option” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(u)    “Parent” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(e).

(v)    “Participant” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

(w)    “Period of Restriction” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

(x)    “Plan” means this 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

(y)    “Restricted Stock” means Shares issued pursuant to an Award of Restricted Stock under Section 8 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

(z)    “Restricted Stock Unit” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 9. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(aa)    “Service Provider” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(bb)    “Share” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.

(cc)    “Stock Appreciation Right” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 7 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

(dd)    “Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(f).

3.    Stock Subject to the Plan.

(a)    Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Awards and sold under the Plan is 2,700,000 Shares, plus (i) any Shares that, as of the date of stockholder approval of this Plan, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under the Penumbra, Inc. 2005 Stock

 

4


Plan (the “2005 Plan”) and the Penumbra, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”) and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (ii) any Shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 2005 Plan or the 2011 Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and Shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2005 Plan or the 2011 Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company, with the maximum number of Shares to be added to the Plan pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) equal to 3,007,276 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

(b)    Lapsed Awards. If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to the failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares) which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company due to the failure to vest, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 13, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Code Section 422 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 3(b).

(c)    Share Reserve. The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

4.    Administration of the Plan.

(a)    Procedure.

(i)    Multiple Administrative Bodies. Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

(ii)    Other Administration. Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which Committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

 

5


(b)    Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

(i)    to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii)    to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

(iii)    to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv)    to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

(v)    to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

(vi)    to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;

(vii)    to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

(viii)    to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;

(ix)    to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(d));

(x)    to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in a manner prescribed in Section 14;

(xi)    to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

(xii)    to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that otherwise would be due to such Participant under an Award; and

(xiii)    to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

 

6


(c)    Effect of Administrator’s Decision. The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

5.    Eligibility. Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, and Restricted Stock Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6.    Stock Options.

(a)    Grant of Options. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Options in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b)    Option Agreement. Each Award of an Option will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Option, the number of Shares subject to the Option, the exercise restrictions, if any, applicable to the Option, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(c)    Limitations. Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Notwithstanding such designation, however, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(c), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, the Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted, and calculation will be performed in accordance with Code Section 422 and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(d)    Term of Option. The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that the term will be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

(e)    Option Exercise Price and Consideration.

(i)    Exercise Price. The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, but will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. In addition, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e)(i), Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Code Section 424(a).

 

7


(ii)    Waiting Period and Exercise Dates. At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

(iii)    Form of Consideration. The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided further that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise, (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator will consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

(f)    Exercise of Option.

(i)    Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder. Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable tax withholding). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

 

8


(ii)    Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider. If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within thirty (30) days of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iii)    Disability of Participant. If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within six (6) months of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iv)    Death of Participant. If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within six (6) months following the Participant’s death, or within such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death, by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to the Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

7.    Stock Appreciation Rights.

(a)    Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

(b)    Number of Shares. The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Shares subject to any Award of Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

9


(c)    Exercise Price and Other Terms. The per Share exercise price for the Shares that will determine the amount of the payment to be received upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in Section 7(f) will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

(d)    Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(e)    Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights. A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(d) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(f) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

(f)    Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount. Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(i)    The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

(ii)    The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

8.    Restricted Stock.

(a)    Grant of Restricted Stock. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b)    Restricted Stock Agreement. Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

(c)    Transferability. Except as provided in this Section 8 or as the Administrator determines, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

(d)    Other Restrictions. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

 

10


(e)    Removal of Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

(f)    Voting Rights. During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

(g)    Dividends and Other Distributions. During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

(h)    Return of Restricted Stock to Company. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

9.    Restricted Stock Units.

(a)    Grant. Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

(b)    Vesting Criteria and Other Terms. The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(c)    Earning Restricted Stock Units. Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

(d)    Form and Timing of Payment. Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

(e)    Cancellation. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

 

11


10.    Compliance With Code Section 409A. Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.

11.    Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1st) day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

12.    Limited Transferability of Awards.

(a)    Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b)    Further, during the period the Company is relying upon the exemption from registration provided in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Rule 12h-1(f) Exemption”) until the Company either (i) becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or (ii) is no longer relying upon the Rule 12h-1(f) Exemption, an Option, or prior to exercise, the Shares subject to the Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, in any manner, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than to (x) persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (y) to an executor or guardian of the Participant upon the death or disability of the Participant, in each case, to the extent required for continued reliance on the Rule 12h-1(f) Exemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit transfers to the Company or in connection with a Change in Control or other acquisition transactions involving the Company to the extent permitted by Rule 12h-1(f) or, if the Company is not relying on the Rule 12h-1(f) Exemption, to the extent permitted by the Plan.

 

12


13.    Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control.

(a)    Adjustments. In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of shares of stock that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of shares of stock covered by each outstanding Award; provided, however, that the Administrator will make such adjustments to an Award required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code to the extent the Company is relying upon the exemption afforded thereby with respect to the Award.

(b)    Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c)    Merger or Change in Control. In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation or other entity or a Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines (subject to the provisions of the following paragraph) without a Participant’s consent, including, without limitation, that (i) Awards will be assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, that the Participant’s Awards will terminate upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or Change in Control; (iii) outstanding Awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an Award will lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon consummation of such merger or Change in Control, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger or Change in Control; (iv) (A) the termination of an Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion; or (v) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted under this subsection 13(c), the Administrator will not be obligated to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, similarly.

In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award (or portion thereof), the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all

 

13


performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

For the purposes of this subsection 13(c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or Change in Control.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, if a payment under an Award Agreement is subject to Code Section 409A and if the change in control definition contained in the Award Agreement does not comply with the definition of “change of control” for purposes of a distribution under Code Section 409A, then any payment of an amount that is otherwise accelerated under this Section will be delayed until the earliest time that such payment would be permissible under Code Section 409A without triggering any penalties applicable under Code Section 409A.

14.    Tax Withholding.

(a)    Withholding Requirements. Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof), the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

 

14


(b)    Withholding Arrangements. The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (i) paying cash, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, (iii) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the statutory amount required to be withheld, provided the delivery of such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, or (iv) selling a sufficient number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant through such means as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. The amount of the withholding requirement will be deemed to include any amount which the Administrator agrees may be withheld at the time the election is made, not to exceed the amount determined by using the maximum federal, state or local marginal income tax rates applicable to the Participant with respect to the Award on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

15.    No Effect on Employment or Service. Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

16.    Date of Grant. The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

17.    Term of Plan. Subject to Section 21 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon its adoption by the Board. Unless sooner terminated under Section 18, it will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of (a) the effective date of the Plan, or (b) the earlier of the most recent Board or stockholder approval of an increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

18.    Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

(a)    Amendment and Termination. The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b)    Stockholder Approval. The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c)    Effect of Amendment or Termination. No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

 

15


19.    Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.

(a)    Legal Compliance. Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b)    Investment Representations. As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

20.    Inability to Obtain Authority. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority will not have been obtained.

21.    Stockholder Approval. The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

22.    Information to Participants. If and as required (i) pursuant to Rule 701 of the Securities Act, if the Company is relying on the exemption from registration provided pursuant to Rule 701 of the Securities Act with respect to the applicable Award, and/or (ii) pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f) of the Exchange Act, to the extent the Company is relying on the Rule 12h-(1)(f) Exemption, then during the period of reliance on the applicable exemption and in each case of (i) and (ii) until such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act,, the Company shall provide to each Participant the information described in paragraphs (e)(3), (4), and (5) of Rule 701 under the Securities Act not less frequently than every six (6) months with the financial statements being not more than 180 days old and with such information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. The Company may request that Participants agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential. If a Participant does not agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential, then the Company will not be required to provide the information unless otherwise required pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act (if the Company is relying on the Rule 12h-1(f) Exemption) or Rule 701 of the Securities Act (if the Company is relying on the exemption pursuant to Rule 701 of the Securities Act).

 

16


PENUMBRA, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Agreement (the “Agreement”).

 

I.     NOTICE OF GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK
Name:
Address:

The undersigned Participant has been granted a Restricted Stock Award, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:  
Vesting Commencement Date:  

Total Number of Shares of:

Restricted Stock:

 
Vesting Schedule:

Subject to any accelerated vesting provisions in the Plan, [twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares of Restricted Stock shall vest on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the Shares of Restricted Stock shall vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.]

In the event of a Change in Control, and subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through the date of such Change in Control, the Participant will fully vest in all of the Shares of Restricted Stock granted under this Agreement.

Any of the Shares of Restricted Stock granted under this Agreement which have not yet vested as of a given time are referred to herein as “Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock.” The Shares which have vested shall be delivered to Participant in accordance with the terms of the escrow agreement (see Section 10 of Part II of this Agreement).

 

17


II.    AGREEMENT

1.    Grant of Restricted Stock. The Company hereby grants to the person named in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock in Part I of this Agreement (“Participant”) under the Plan for services performed and to be performed by Participant for the Company and as a separate incentive in connection with his or her services and not in lieu of any salary or other compensation for his or her services, the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

2.    Participant’s Representations. In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Restricted Stock Award is granted, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the grant of this Restricted Stock Award, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

3.    Lock-Up Period. Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 3 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Restricted Stock Award or Shares acquired pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award shall be bound by this Section 3.

 

18


4.    Non-Transferability of Restricted Stock. This Restricted Stock Award may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

5.    Tax Consequences. Participant has reviewed with Participant’s own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Participant is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. Participant understands that Participant (and not the Company) shall be responsible for Participant’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Participant understands that Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), taxes as ordinary income the difference between the purchase price, if any, for the Shares and the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of each vesting date. Participant understands that Participant may elect to be taxed at the time the Shares are granted rather than when such Shares vest by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code (the “83(b) Election”) with the IRS within thirty (30) days from the date of grant of the Restricted Stock Award. The form for making this election is attached as Exhibit B-3 hereto.

PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS PARTICIPANT’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE COMPANY’S TO FILE TIMELY THE 83(b) ELECTION, EVEN IF PARTICIPANT REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO MAKE THIS FILING ON PARTICIPANT’S BEHALF.

6.    Tax Withholding. Pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may specify from time to time, the Company shall withhold the minimum amount required to be withheld for the payment of income, employment and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld (the “Withholding Taxes”) with respect to the filing of an 83(b) Election, or, if an 83(b) Election is not filed or not timely filed, upon each vesting date, by, in the Administrator’s discretion: (i) withholding otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such Withholding Taxes, (ii) withholding the amount of such Withholding Taxes from Participant’s paycheck(s), (iii) requiring Participant to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Withholding Taxes, or (iv) a combination of the foregoing. The Company shall not retain fractional Shares to satisfy any portion of the Withholding Taxes. Accordingly, if any withholding is done through the withholding of Shares, Participant shall pay to the Company an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy the remaining Withholding Taxes due and payable as a result of the Company not retaining fractional Shares. Should the Company be unable to procure such cash amounts from Participant, Participant agrees and acknowledges that Participant is giving the Company permission to withhold from Participant’s paycheck(s) an amount equal to the remaining Withholding Taxes due and payable as a result of the Company not retaining fractional Shares. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time they are due.

 

19


7.    No Guarantee of Continued Service. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE SHARES OF RESTRICTED STOCK PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

8.    Forfeiture Upon Termination as a Service Provider. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement or the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock, if Participant terminates service as a Service Provider for any or no reason prior to vesting, the then Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock awarded by this Agreement will thereupon be forfeited and automatically transferred to and reacquired by the Company at no cost to the Company upon the date of such termination and Participant will have no further rights thereunder. Participant hereby appoints the Escrow Agent with full power of substitution, as Participant’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact with irrevocable power and authority in the name and on behalf of Participant to take any action and execute all documents and instruments, including, without limitation, stock powers which may be necessary to transfer the certificate or certificates evidencing such Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock to the Company upon such termination of service.

9.    Restriction on Transfer. Except for the escrow described in Section 10 or transfer of the Shares to the Company or its assignees contemplated by this Agreement, none of the Shares or any beneficial interest therein shall be transferred, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in any way until such Shares shall have vested in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Agreement shall, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, to the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

10.    Escrow of Shares.

(a)    All Shares of Restricted Stock will, upon execution of this Agreement, be delivered and deposited with an escrow holder designated by the Company (the “Escrow Holder”), together with the Assignment Separate from Certificate (the “Stock Assignment”) duly endorsed in blank, attached hereto as Exhibit B-1. The Shares of Restricted Stock and the Stock Assignment will be held by the Escrow Holder, pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Participant attached as Exhibit B-2 hereto.

 

20


(b)    The Escrow Holder shall not be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Shares of Restricted Stock in escrow and while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

(c)    Upon Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any reason, the Escrow Holder, upon receipt of written notice of such termination, will take all steps necessary to accomplish the transfer of the Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock to the Company. Participant hereby appoints the Escrow Holder with full power of substitution, as Participant’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact with irrevocable power and authority in the name and on behalf of Participant to take any action and execute all documents and instruments, including, without limitation, stock powers which may be necessary to transfer the certificate or certificates evidencing such Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock to the Company upon such termination.

(d)    The Escrow Holder will take all steps necessary to accomplish the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock to Participant after they vest following Participant’s request that the Escrow Holder do so.

(e)    Subject to the terms hereof, Participant shall have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to such Shares while they are held in escrow, including without limitation, the right to vote the Shares and receive any cash dividends declared thereon.

(f)    In the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, separation, liquidation, stock dividend, split-up, share combination, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Common Stock, the Shares shall be increased, reduced or otherwise changed, and by virtue of any such change Participant shall in his or her capacity as owner of the Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock that have been awarded to him or her be entitled to new or additional or different shares of stock, cash or securities (other than rights or warrants to purchase securities); such new or additional or different shares, cash or securities shall thereupon be considered to be “Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock” and shall be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to this Agreement. If Participant receives rights or warrants with respect to any Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock, such rights or warrants may be held or exercised by Participant, provided that until such exercise any such rights or warrants and after such exercise any shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants shall be considered to be Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock and shall be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to this Agreement. The Administrator in its absolute discretion at any time may accelerate the vesting of all or any portion of such new or additional shares of stock, cash or securities, rights or warrants to purchase securities or shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants.

 

21


11.    Company’s Right of First Refusal. Subject to Section 9, before any vested Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 11 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a)    Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

(b)    Exercise of Right of First Refusal. At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c)    Purchase Price. The purchase price (“Right of First Refusal Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 11 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board in good faith.

(d)    Payment. Payment of the Right of First Refusal Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e)    Holder’s Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 11, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 11 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f)    Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 11 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Participant’s lifetime or on Participant’s death by will or intestacy to Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of Participant or Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 11. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including but not limited to this Section 11 and Section 8, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.

 

22


(g)    Termination of Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

12.    Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.

(a)    Legends. Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND FORFEITURE RIGHTS IN FAVOR OF THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND FORFEITURE RIGHTS IN FAVOR OF THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b)    Stop-Transfer Notices. Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

23


(c)    Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

13.    Address for Notices. Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company at 1351 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, CA 94502, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

Any notice to the Escrow Holder shall be sent to the Company’s address with a copy to the other party not sending the notice.

14.    Electronic Delivery. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Shares of Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan or future Restricted Stock that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

15.    No Waiver. Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement. The rights granted both parties herein are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

16.    Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Participant under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

17.    Interpretation. The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Shares of Restricted Stock have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. Neither the Administrator nor any person acting on behalf of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Agreement.

18.    Additional Documents. Participant agrees upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes or intent of this Agreement.

19.    Governing Law; Severability. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

 

24


20.    Entire Agreement. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Agreement (including the exhibits referenced herein) constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Agreement subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of this Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT     PENUMBRA, INC.
 

 

     

 

Signature     By
 

 

     

 

Print Name     Print Name
 

 

     

 

    Title
 

 

   

 

Residence Address    

 

25


EXHIBIT A

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT

:

COMPANY

: PENUMBRA, INC.

SECURITY

: COMMON STOCK

AMOUNT

:

DATE

:

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a)    Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b)    Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c)    Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Restricted Stock Award to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities

 

26


exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Restricted Stock Award, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d)    Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

    PARTICIPANT

 

     

 

    Signature

 

     

 

    Print Name

 

     

 

    Date

 

27


EXHIBIT B-1

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED I,                                     , hereby sell, assign and transfer unto Penumbra, Inc.                      shares of the Common Stock of Penumbra, Inc. standing in my name on the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No.              herewith and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                      to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

This Stock Assignment may be used only in accordance with the Restricted Stock Agreement between Penumbra, Inc. and the undersigned dated                     ,              (the “Agreement”).

 

Dated:                                 ,              Signature:                                                                                  

INSTRUCTIONS: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to transfer the Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock to the Company upon Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, without requiring additional signatures on the part of Participant.

 

28


EXHIBIT B-2

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

                             ,             

Corporate Secretary

Penumbra, Inc.

1351 Harbor Bay Parkway

Alameda, CA 94502

Dear                     :

As Escrow Agent for both Penumbra, Inc. (the “Company”), and the undersigned recipient of stock of the Company (the “Participant”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Agreement (the “Agreement”) between the Company and the undersigned, in accordance with the following instructions:

1.    At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver the stock assignments, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company or its assignee.

2.    Participant irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement. Participant does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Participant’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated, including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of, the securities. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 2, Participant shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.

3.    Upon written request of the Participant, but no more than once per calendar year, unless the shares are forfeited, you shall deliver to Participant a certificate or certificates representing so many shares of stock that have vested. Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after cessation of Participant’s continuous employment by or services to the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, you shall deliver to Participant a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of shares held or issued pursuant to the Agreement that have vested. Upon any forfeiture of such shares, you shall deliver or electronically transfer such shares to the Company.

4.    If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Participant, you shall deliver all of the same to Participant and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.

 

29


5.    Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

6.    You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Participant while acting in good faith, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

7.    You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

8.    You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

9.    You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under the Statute of Limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.

10.    You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.

11.    Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to be an officer or agent of the Company or if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

12.    If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

13.    It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

 

30


14.    Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto.

15.    By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

16.    This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

17.    These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.

 

PARTICIPANT     PENUMBRA, INC.
 

 

     

 

Signature     By
 

 

     

 

Print Name     Print Name
 

 

     

 

    Title
 

 

   

 

Residence Address    

 

ESCROW AGENT    
 

 

   

 

Corporate Secretary    
Dated:                                                                                                 

 

 

31


EXHIBIT B-3

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s gross income or alternative minimum taxable income, as the case may be, for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below.

 

1.        The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:
   NAME:         SPOUSE:     
   ADDRESS:           
             
   TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NO.:                                                TAXABLE YEAR:                                                  

 

2. The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:              shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of Penumbra, Inc. (the “Company”).

 

3. The date on which the property was transferred is:                     ,            .

 

4. The property is subject to the following restrictions:

The Shares may not be transferred and are subject to forfeiture under the terms of an agreement between the taxpayer and the Company. These restrictions lapse upon the satisfaction of certain conditions contained in such agreement.

 

5. The Fair Market Value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms shall never lapse, of such property is: $            .

 

6. The amount (if any) paid for such property is: $            .

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner.

 

Dated:                                 ,               
    Taxpayer

The undersigned spouse of taxpayer joins in this election.

 

Dated:                                 ,               
    Spouse of Taxpayer

 

32


PENUMBRA, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”).

 

I.     NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT
Name:
Address:

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:  
Vesting Commencement Date:  
Exercise Price per Share: $
Total Number of Shares Granted:  
Total Exercise Price: $
Type of Option:              Incentive Stock Option
             Nonstatutory Stock Option
Term/Expiration Date:  
Vesting Schedule:

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

[Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.]

 

33


In the event of a Change in Control, and subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through the date of such Change in Control, the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of the Shares subject to this Option. The Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that this Option will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Change in Control.

Termination Period:

This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

II.    AGREEMENT

1.    Grant of Option. The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, such as due to the stockholders of the Company not approving the Plan within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2.    Exercise of Option.

(a)    Right to Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

(b)    Method of Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the

 

34


“Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3.    Participant’s Representations. In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

4.    Lock-Up Period. Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

 

35


5.    Method of Payment. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:

(a)    cash;

(b)    check;

(c)    consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d)    surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6.    Restrictions on Exercise. This Option may not be exercised if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

7.    Non-Transferability of Option.

(a)    This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

(b)    Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), Participant shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Participant upon the death or disability of Participant. Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

8.    Term of Option. This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

 

36


9.    Tax Obligations.

(a)    Tax Withholding. Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b)    Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares. If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c)    Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

10.    Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

11.    No Guarantee of Continued Service. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

37


Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT     PENUMBRA, INC.
 

 

     

 

Signature     By
 

 

     

 

Print Name     Print Name
 

 

     

 

    Title
 

 

   

 

Residence Address    

 

38


EXHIBIT A

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Penumbra, Inc.

1351 Harbor Bay Parkway

Alameda, CA 94502

Attention: Treasurer

1.    Exercise of Option. Effective as of today,                     ,             , the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase              shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Penumbra, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated                     ,              (the “Option Agreement”).

2.    Delivery of Payment. Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3.    Representations of Participant. Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4.    Rights as Stockholder. Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

5.    Company’s Right of First Refusal. Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a)    Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

39


(b)    Exercise of Right of First Refusal. At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c)    Purchase Price. The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d)    Payment. Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e)    Holder’s Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f)    Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant or the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

(g)    Termination of Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

 

40


6.    Tax Consultation. Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

7.    Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.

(a)    Legends. Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b)    Stop-Transfer Notices. Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c)    Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

41


8.    Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9.    Interpretation. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10.    Governing Law; Severability. This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

11.    Entire Agreement. The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

Submitted by:

PARTICIPANT

   

Accepted by:

PENUMBRA, INC.

 

 

     

 

Signature     By
 

 

     

 

Print Name     Print Name

 

     

 

    Title

 

Address:     Address:
 

 

     

 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

    Date Received

 

42


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT

:

COMPANY

: PENUMBRA, INC.

SECURITY

: COMMON STOCK

AMOUNT

:

DATE

:

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a)    Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b)    Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c)    Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements

 

43


of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d)    Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

    PARTICIPANT

 

     

 

    Signature

 

     

 

    Print Name

 

     

 

    Date

 

44


PENUMBRA, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT — EARLY EXERCISE

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement – Early Exercise (the “Option Agreement”).

 

I.     NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT
Name:
Address:

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:  
Vesting Commencement Date:  
Exercise Price per Share: $
Total Number of Shares Granted:  
Total Exercise Price: $
Type of Option:              Incentive Stock Option
             Nonstatutory Stock Option
Term/Expiration Date:  
Vesting Schedule:

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

[Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.]

 

45


In the event of a Change in Control, and subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through the date of such Change in Control, the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of the Shares subject to this Option. The Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that this Option will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Change in Control.

Termination Period:

This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

II.    AGREEMENT

1.    Grant of Option. The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, such as due to the stockholders of the Company not approving the Plan within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2.    Exercise of Option. This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 of the Plan as follows:

(a)    Right to Exercise.

(i)    Subject to subsections 2(a)(ii) and 2(a)(iii) below, this Option shall be exercisable cumulatively according to the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. Alternatively, at the election of Participant, this Option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time as to Shares that have not yet vested. Vested Shares shall not be subject to the Company’s repurchase right (as set forth in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit C-1).

 

46


(ii)    As a condition to exercising this Option for unvested Shares, Participant shall execute the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

(iii)    This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

(b)    Method of Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3.    Participant’s Representations. In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

4.    Lock-Up Period. Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of

 

47


the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

5.    Method of Payment. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:

(a)    cash;

(b)    check;

(c)    consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d)    surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6.    Restrictions on Exercise. This Option may not be exercised if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

7.    Non-Transferability of Option.

(a)    This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

(b)    Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), Participant shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Participant upon the death or disability of Participant. Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

 

48


8.    Term of Option. This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

9.    Tax Obligations.

(a)    Tax Withholding. Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b)    Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares. If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c)    Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

10.    Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

11.    No Guarantee of Continued Service. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING

 

49


PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT     PENUMBRA, INC.
 

 

     

 

Signature     By
 

 

     

 

Print Name     Print Name
 

 

     

 

    Title
 

 

   

 

Residence Address    

 

50


EXHIBIT A

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Penumbra, Inc.

1351 Harbor Bay Parkway

Alameda, CA 94502

Attention: Treasurer

1.    Exercise of Option. Effective as of today,                     ,             , the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase              shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Penumbra, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement – Early Exercise dated                     ,              (the “Option Agreement”).

2.    Delivery of Payment. Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3.    Representations of Participant. Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4.    Rights as Stockholder. Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

5.    Company’s Right of First Refusal. Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a)    Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

51


(b)    Exercise of Right of First Refusal. At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c)    Purchase Price. The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d)    Payment. Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e)    Holder’s Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f)    Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant or the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

(g)    Termination of Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

6.    Tax Consultation. Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

52


7.    Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.

(a)    Legends. Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b)    Stop-Transfer Notices. Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c)    Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

53


8.    Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9.    Interpretation. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10.    Governing Law; Severability. This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

11.    Entire Agreement. The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

Submitted by:

PARTICIPANT

   

Accepted by:

PENUMBRA, INC.

 

 

     

 

Signature     By
 

 

     

 

Print Name     Print Name

 

     

 

    Title

 

Address:     Address:
 

 

     

 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

    Date Received

 

54


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT

:

COMPANY

: PENUMBRA, INC.

SECURITY

: COMMON STOCK

AMOUNT

:

DATE

:

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a)    Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b)    Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c)    Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such

 

55


longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d)    Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

    PARTICIPANT

 

     

 

    Signature

 

     

 

    Print Name

 

     

 

    Date

 

56


EXHIBIT C-1

PENUMBRA, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made between                      (the “Purchaser”) and Penumbra, Inc. (the “Company”) or its assignees of rights hereunder as of                     ,             .

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Agreement.

RECITALS

A.    Pursuant to the exercise of the option (grant number             ) granted to Purchaser under the Plan and pursuant to the Stock Option Agreement – Early Exercise (the “Option Agreement”) dated                     ,             by and between the Company and Purchaser with respect to such grant (the “Option”), which Plan and Option Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference, Purchaser has elected to purchase              of those shares of Common Stock which have not become vested under the vesting schedule set forth in the Option Agreement (“Unvested Shares”). The Unvested Shares and the shares subject to the Option Agreement, which have become vested are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “Shares.”

B.    As required by the Option Agreement, as a condition to Purchaser’s election to exercise the option, Purchaser must execute this Agreement, which sets forth the rights and obligations of the parties with respect to Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option.

1.    Repurchase Option.

(a)    If Purchaser’s status as a Service Provider is terminated for any reason, including for death and Disability, the Company shall have the right and option for ninety (90) days from such date to purchase from Purchaser, or Purchaser’s personal representative, as the case may be, all of the Purchaser’s Unvested Shares as of the date of such termination at the price paid by the Purchaser for such Shares (the “Repurchase Option”).

(b)    Upon the occurrence of such termination, the Company may exercise its Repurchase Option by delivering personally or by registered mail, to Purchaser (or his or her transferee or legal representative, as the case may be) with a copy to the escrow agent described in Section 2 below, a notice in writing indicating the Company’s intention to exercise the Repurchase Option AND, at the Company’s option, (i) by delivering to the Purchaser (or the Purchaser’s transferee or legal representative) a check in the amount of the aggregate repurchase price, or (ii) by the Company canceling an amount of the Purchaser’s indebtedness to the Company equal to the aggregate repurchase price, or (iii) by a combination of (i) and (ii) so that the combined payment and

 

57


cancellation of indebtedness equals such aggregate repurchase price. Upon delivery of such notice and payment of the aggregate repurchase price in any of the ways described above, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Unvested Shares being repurchased and the rights and interests therein or relating thereto, and the Company shall have the right to retain and transfer to its own name the number of Unvested Shares being repurchased by the Company.

(c)    Whenever the Company shall have the right to repurchase Unvested Shares hereunder, the Company may designate and assign one or more employees, officers, directors or stockholders of the Company or other persons or organizations to exercise all or a part of the Company’s Repurchase Option under this Agreement and purchase all or a part of such Unvested Shares.

(d)    If the Company does not elect to exercise the Repurchase Option conferred above by giving the requisite notice within ninety (90) days following the termination, the Repurchase Option shall terminate.

(e)    The Repurchase Option shall terminate in accordance with the vesting schedule contained in Purchaser’s Option Agreement.

2.    Transferability of the Shares; Escrow.

(a)    Purchaser hereby authorizes and directs the Secretary of the Company, or such other person designated by the Company, to transfer the Unvested Shares as to which the Repurchase Option has been exercised from Purchaser to the Company.

(b)    To insure the availability for delivery of Purchaser’s Unvested Shares upon repurchase by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option under Section 1, Purchaser hereby appoints the Secretary, or any other person designated by the Company as escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”), as its attorney-in-fact to sell, assign and transfer unto the Company, such Unvested Shares, if any, repurchased by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option and shall, upon execution of this Agreement, deliver and deposit with the Escrow Agent, the share certificates representing the Unvested Shares, together with the stock assignment duly endorsed in blank, attached hereto as Exhibit C-2. The Unvested Shares and stock assignment shall be held by the Escrow Agent in escrow, pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Purchaser attached as Exhibit C-3 hereto, until the Company exercises its Repurchase Option, until such Unvested Shares are vested, or until such time as this Agreement no longer is in effect. Upon vesting of the Unvested Shares, the Escrow Agent shall promptly deliver to the Purchaser the certificate or certificates representing such Shares in the Escrow Agent’s possession belonging to the Purchaser, and the Escrow Agent shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder; provided, however, that the Escrow Agent shall nevertheless retain such certificate or certificates as Escrow Agent if so required pursuant to other restrictions imposed pursuant to this Agreement.

(c)    Neither the Company nor the Escrow Agent shall be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Shares in escrow and while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

 

58


(d)    Transfer or sale of the Shares is subject to restrictions on transfer imposed by any applicable state and federal securities laws. Any transferee shall hold such Shares subject to all the provisions hereof and the Exercise Notice executed by the Purchaser with respect to any Unvested Shares purchased by Purchaser and shall acknowledge the same by signing a copy of this Agreement.

3.    Ownership, Voting Rights, Duties. This Agreement shall not affect in any way the ownership, voting rights or other rights or duties of Purchaser, except as specifically provided herein.

4.    Legends. The share certificate evidencing the Shares issued hereunder shall be endorsed with the following legend (in addition to any legend required under applicable federal and state securities laws):

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS UPON TRANSFER AND RIGHTS OF REPURCHASE AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

5.    Adjustment for Stock Split. All references to the number of Shares and the purchase price of the Shares in this Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or other change in the Shares, which may be made by the Company pursuant to Section 13 of the Plan after the date of this Agreement.

6.    Notices. Notices required hereunder shall be given in person or by registered mail to the address of Purchaser shown on the records of the Company, and to the Company at their respective principal executive offices.

7.    Survival of Terms. This Agreement shall apply to and bind Purchaser and the Company and their respective permitted assignees and transferees, heirs, legatees, executors, administrators and legal successors.

8.    Section 83(b) Election. Purchaser hereby acknowledges that he or she has been informed that, with respect to the exercise of an Option for Unvested Shares, an election (the “Election”) may be filed by the Purchaser with the Internal Revenue Service, within thirty (30) days of the purchase of the exercised Shares, electing pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed currently on any difference between the purchase price of the exercised Shares and their Fair Market Value on the date of purchase. In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, this will result in the recognition of taxable income to the Purchaser on the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the exercised Shares, at the time the Option is exercised over the purchase price for the exercised Shares. Absent such an Election, taxable income will be measured and recognized by Purchaser at the time or times on which the Company’s Repurchase Option lapses. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, such an Election will result in a recognition of income to the Purchaser for alternative minimum tax purposes on the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the exercised Shares, at the time the option is exercised, over the purchase price for the exercised Shares. Absent such an Election, alternative minimum taxable income will be measured and recognized by Purchaser at the time or times on which the Company’s Repurchase Option lapses.

 

59


This discussion is intended only as a summary of the general United States income tax laws that apply to exercising Options as to Shares that have not yet vested and is accurate only as of the date this form Agreement was approved by the Board. The federal, state and local tax consequences to any particular taxpayer will depend upon his or her individual circumstances. Purchaser is strongly encouraged to seek the advice of his or her own tax consultants in connection with the purchase of the Shares and the advisability of filing of the Election under Section 83(b) of the Code. A form of Election under Section 83(b) is attached hereto as Exhibit C-4 for reference.

PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS PURCHASER’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE COMPANY’S TO FILE TIMELY THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE CODE, EVEN IF PURCHASER REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO MAKE THIS FILING ON PURCHASER’S BEHALF.

9.    Representations. Purchaser has reviewed with his or her own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Purchaser is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. Purchaser understands that he or she (and not the Company) shall be responsible for his or her own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

10.    Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. The Plan, the Option Agreement, the Exercise Notice, this Agreement, and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

Purchaser represents that he or she has read this Agreement and is familiar with its terms and provisions. Purchaser hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement is deemed made as of the date first set forth above.

 

PARTICIPANT     PENUMBRA, INC.
 

 

     

 

Signature     By
 

 

     

 

Print Name     Print Name
 

 

     

 

    Title

 

60


 

 

   

 

Residence Address    

Dated:                             ,             

 

61


EXHIBIT C-2

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED I,                     , hereby sell, assign and transfer unto Penumbra, Inc.              shares of the Common Stock of Penumbra, Inc. standing in my name of the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No.              herewith and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint              to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

This Stock Assignment may be used only in accordance with the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between Penumbra, Inc. and the undersigned dated                     ,              (the “Agreement”).

 

Dated:                                 ,              Signature:                                                                                  

INSTRUCTIONS: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its “repurchase option,” as set forth in the Agreement, without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Purchaser.

 

62


EXHIBIT C-3

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

                    ,             

Corporate Secretary Penumbra, Inc.

1351 Harbor Bay Parkway

Alameda, CA 94502

Dear                     :

As Escrow Agent for both Penumbra, Inc. (the “Company”), and the undersigned purchaser of stock of the Company (the “Purchaser”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) between the Company and the undersigned, in accordance with the following instructions:

1.    In the event the Company and/or any assignee of the Company (referred to collectively for convenience herein as the “Company”) exercises the Company’s repurchase option set forth in the Agreement, the Company shall give to Purchaser and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of stock to be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing hereunder at the principal office of the Company. Purchaser and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.

2.    At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver the stock assignments, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company or its assignee, against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by cash, a check, or some combination thereof) for the number of shares of stock being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.

3.    Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement. Purchaser does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Purchaser’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated, including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of, the securities. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3, Purchaser shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.

 

63


4.    Upon written request of the Purchaser, but no more than once per calendar year, unless the Company’s repurchase option has been exercised, you shall deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing so many shares of stock as are not then subject to the Company’s repurchase option. Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after cessation of Purchaser’s continuous employment by or services to the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, you shall deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of shares held or issued pursuant to the Agreement and not purchased by the Company or its assignees pursuant to exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.

5.    If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Purchaser, you shall deliver all of the same to Purchaser and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.

6.    Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

7.    You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Purchaser while acting in good faith, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

8.    You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

9.    You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

10.    You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under the Statute of Limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.

11.    You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.

12.    Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to be an officer or agent of the Company or if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

13.    If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

 

64


14.    It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

15.    Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto.

16.    By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

17.    This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

18.    These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.

 

PURCHASER     PENUMBRA, INC.
 

 

     

 

Signature     By
 

 

     

 

Print Name     Print Name
 

 

     

 

    Title
 

 

   

 

Residence Address    

 

ESCROW AGENT    
 

 

   

 

Corporate Secretary    
Dated:                                                                                                 

 

 

65


EXHIBIT C-4

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Sections 55 and 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s gross income or alternative minimum taxable income, as the case may be, for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below.

 

1.        The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:
     TAXPAYER      SPOUSE
   NAME:  

 

    

 

   ADDRESS:  

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

   TAX ID NO.:  

 

    

 

   TAXABLE YEAR:  

 

    

 

2. The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:              shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of Penumbra, Inc. (the “Company”).

 

3. The date on which the property was transferred is:                    ,            .

 

4. The property is subject to the following restrictions:

The Shares may not be transferred and are subject to forfeiture under the terms of an agreement between the taxpayer and the Company. These restrictions lapse upon the satisfaction of certain conditions contained in such agreement.

 

5. The Fair Market Value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms shall never lapse, of such property is: $            .

 

6. The amount (if any) paid for such property is: $            .

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner.

 

Dated:                                 ,               
    Taxpayer

The undersigned spouse of taxpayer joins in this election.

 

Dated:                                 ,               
    Spouse of Taxpayer

 

66


EX-10.6

Exhibit 10.6

PENUMBRA, INC.

2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of this Plan are:

 

    to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

    to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

 

    to promote the success of the Company’s business.

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options (subject to Section 21), Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

2. Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

(a) “Administrator” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “Applicable Laws” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(c) “Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, or Restricted Stock Units.

(d) “Award Agreement” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(e) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) Change in Ownership of the Company. A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the


Company, except that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(ii) Change in Effective Control of the Company. If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii) Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets. A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this Section 2(f), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(g) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

(h) “Committee” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or by the compensation committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(i) “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

 

2


(j) “Company” means Penumbra, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(k) “Consultant” means any individual, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Consultant” shall not include any entity or any non-natural person.

(l) “Director” means a member of the Board.

(m) “Disability” means total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3), provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

(n) “Employee” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(o) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(p) “Exchange Program” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is reduced or increased. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

(q) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

 

3


(r) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is otherwise intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code Section 422 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(s) “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(t) “Option” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(u) “Parent” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(e).

(v) “Participant” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

(w) “Period of Restriction” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

(x) “Plan” means this 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.

(y) “Restricted Stock” means Shares issued pursuant to an Award of Restricted Stock under Section 8 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

(z) “Restricted Stock Unit” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 9. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(aa) “Service Provider” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(bb) “Share” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.

(cc) “Stock Appreciation Right” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 7 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

(dd) “Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(f).

 

4


3. Stock Subject to the Plan.

(a) Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Awards and sold under the Plan is 650,000 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

(b) Lapsed Awards. If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to the failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares) which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company due to the failure to vest, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 13, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Code Section 422 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 3(b).

(c) Share Reserve. The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan.

(a) Procedure.

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies. Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

(ii) Other Administration. Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which Committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

 

5


(b) Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

(vi) to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;

(vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

(viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;

(ix) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(d));

(x) to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in a manner prescribed in Section 14;

(xi) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

(xii) to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that otherwise would be due to such Participant under an Award; and

(xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision. The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

 

6


5. Eligibility. Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, and Restricted Stock Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6. Stock Options.

(a) Grant of Options. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Options in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b) Option Agreement. Each Award of an Option will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Option, the number of Shares subject to the Option, the exercise restrictions, if any, applicable to the Option, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(c) Limitations. Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The Administrator’s ability to grant Incentive Stock Options is subject to the approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, as set forth in Section 21. To the extent that stockholder approval of the Plan is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, the Administrator will be unable to make grants of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan, and any Option previously designated as an Incentive Stock Option in the Award Agreement will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Notwithstanding the designation of an Option as an Incentive Stock Option, however, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(c), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, the Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted, and calculation will be performed in accordance with Code Section 422 and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(d) Term of Option. The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that the term will be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

 

7


(e) Option Exercise Price and Consideration.

(i) Exercise Price. The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, but will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. In addition, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e)(i), Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Code Section 424(a).

(ii) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates. At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

(iii) Form of Consideration. The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided further that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise, (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator will consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

(f) Exercise of Option.

(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder. Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable tax withholding). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of

 

8


the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider. If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iii) Disability of Participant. If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iv) Death of Participant. If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death, by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to the Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator,

 

9


if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

7. Stock Appreciation Rights.

(a) Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

(b) Number of Shares. The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Shares subject to any Award of Stock Appreciation Rights.

(c) Exercise Price and Other Terms. The per Share exercise price for the Shares that will determine the amount of the payment to be received upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in Section 7(f) will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

(d) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(e) Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights. A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(d) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(f) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

(f) Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount. Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

(ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

 

10


8. Restricted Stock.

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b) Restricted Stock Agreement. Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

(c) Transferability. Except as provided in this Section 8 or as the Administrator determines, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

(d) Other Restrictions. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

(e) Removal of Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

(f) Voting Rights. During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

(g) Dividends and Other Distributions. During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

(h) Return of Restricted Stock to Company. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

9. Restricted Stock Units.

(a) Grant. Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

 

11


(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms. The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(c) Earning Restricted Stock Units. Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

(d) Form and Timing of Payment. Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

(e) Cancellation. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

10. Compliance With Code Section 409A. Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.

11. Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1st) day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

12


12. Limited Transferability of Awards.

(a) Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant.

(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act, an Option, or prior to exercise, the Shares subject to the Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, in any manner, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than to (i) persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the Participant upon the death or disability of the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit transfers to the Company or in connection with a Change in Control or other acquisition transactions involving the Company to the extent permitted by Rule 12h-1(f).

13. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control.

(a) Adjustments. In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Merger or Change in Control. In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines (subject to the provisions of the following paragraph) without a Participant’s consent, including, without limitation, that (i) Awards will be assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, that the Participant’s Awards will terminate upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or Change in Control; (iii) outstanding Awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an Award will lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon consummation of such merger or Change in Control, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger or Change in Control; (iv) (A) the termination of an Award in exchange for an

 

13


amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion; or (v) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted under this subsection 13(c), the Administrator will not be obligated to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, similarly.

In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award (or portion thereof), the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

For the purposes of this subsection 13(c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or Change in Control.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

 

14


Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, if a payment under an Award Agreement is subject to Code Section 409A and if the change in control definition contained in the Award Agreement does not comply with the definition of “change of control” for purposes of a distribution under Code Section 409A, then any payment of an amount that is otherwise accelerated under this Section will be delayed until the earliest time that such payment would be permissible under Code Section 409A without triggering any penalties applicable under Code Section 409A.

14. Tax Withholding.

(a) Withholding Requirements. Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof), the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

(b) Withholding Arrangements. The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (i) paying cash, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, (iii) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the statutory amount required to be withheld, provided the delivery of such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, or (iv) selling a sufficient number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant through such means as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. The amount of the withholding requirement will be deemed to include any amount which the Administrator agrees may be withheld at the time the election is made, not to exceed the amount determined by using the maximum federal, state or local marginal income tax rates applicable to the Participant with respect to the Award on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

15. No Effect on Employment or Service. Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

16. Date of Grant. The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

17. Term of Plan. Subject to Section 21 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon its adoption by the Board. Unless sooner terminated under Section 18, it will continue in

 

15


effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of (a) the effective date of the Plan, or (b) the earlier of the most recent Board or stockholder approval of an increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

18. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

(a) Amendment and Termination. The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Stockholder Approval. The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and/or desirable (as determined by the Administrator) to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination. No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

19. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.

(a) Legal Compliance. Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations. As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

20. Inability to Obtain Authority. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority will not have been obtained.

21. Stockholder Approval. The Administrator’s ability to grant Incentive Stock Options is subject to the approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, as set forth in Section 21. To the extent that stockholder approval of the Plan is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, the Plan will remain in effect, but the Administrator will be unable to make grants of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan and any Option previously designated as an Incentive Stock Option in the Award Agreement will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

16


22. Information to Participants. Beginning on the earlier of (i) the date that the aggregate number of Participants under this Plan is five hundred (500) or more and the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act and (ii) the date that the Company is required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, and until such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or is no longer required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the Company shall provide to each Participant the information described in paragraphs (e)(3), (4), and (5) of Rule 701 under the Securities Act not less frequently than every six (6) months with the financial statements being not more than 180 days old and with such information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. The Company may request that Participants agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential. If a Participant does not agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential, then the Company will not be required to provide the information unless otherwise required pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

 

17


PENUMBRA, INC.

2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Agreement (the “Agreement”).

 

I. NOTICE OF GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK

Name:

Address:

The undersigned Participant has been granted a Restricted Stock Award, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

Total Number of Shares of:
Restricted Stock:

 

Vesting Schedule:

Subject to any accelerated vesting provisions in the Plan, [all of the Shares of Restricted Stock shall vest on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date]or[one-half of the Shares of Restricted Stock shall vest on each of the first and second anniversaries of the Vesting Commencement Date]or[one-third of the Shares of Restricted Stock shall vest on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the Vesting Commencement Date]or[one-fourth of the Shares of Restricted Stock shall vest on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the Vesting Commencement Date], subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.]

In the event of a Change in Control, and subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through the date of such Change in Control, the Participant will fully vest in all of the Shares of Restricted Stock granted under this Agreement.

Any of the Shares of Restricted Stock granted under this Agreement which have not yet vested as of a given time are referred to herein as “Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock.” The Shares which have vested shall be delivered to Participant in accordance with the terms of the escrow agreement (see Section 10 of Part 0 of this Agreement).


II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Restricted Stock. The Company hereby grants to the person named in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock in Part I of this Agreement (“Participant”) under the Plan for services performed and to be performed by Participant for the Company and as a separate incentive in connection with his or her services and not in lieu of any salary or other compensation for his or her services, the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

2. Participant’s Representations. In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Restricted Stock Award is granted, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the grant of this Restricted Stock Award, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

3. Lock-Up Period. Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 3 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose

 

-2-


stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Restricted Stock Award or Shares acquired pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award shall be bound by this Section 3.

4. Non-Transferability of Restricted Stock. This Restricted Stock Award may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

5. Tax Consequences. Participant has reviewed with Participant’s own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Participant is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. Participant understands that Participant (and not the Company) shall be responsible for Participant’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Participant understands that Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), taxes as ordinary income the difference between the purchase price, if any, for the Shares and the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of each vesting date. Participant understands that Participant may elect to be taxed at the time the Shares are granted rather than when such Shares vest by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code (the “83(b) Election”) with the IRS within thirty (30) days from the date of grant of the Restricted Stock Award. The form for making this election is attached as Exhibit B-3 hereto.

PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS PARTICIPANT’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE COMPANY’S TO FILE TIMELY THE 83(b) ELECTION, EVEN IF PARTICIPANT REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO MAKE THIS FILING ON PARTICIPANT’S BEHALF.

6. Tax Withholding. Pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may specify from time to time, the Company shall withhold the minimum amount required to be withheld for the payment of income, employment and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld (the “Withholding Taxes”) with respect to the filing of an 83(b) Election, or, if an 83(b) Election is not filed or not timely filed, upon each vesting date, by, in the Administrator’s discretion: (i) withholding otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such Withholding Taxes, (ii) withholding the amount of such Withholding Taxes from Participant’s paycheck(s), (iii) requiring Participant to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Withholding Taxes, or (iv) a combination of the foregoing. The Company shall not retain fractional Shares to satisfy any portion of the Withholding Taxes. Accordingly, if any withholding is done through the withholding of Shares, Participant shall pay to the Company an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy the remaining Withholding Taxes due and payable as a result of the Company not retaining fractional Shares. Should the Company be unable to procure such cash amounts from Participant, Participant agrees and acknowledges that

 

-3-


Participant is giving the Company permission to withhold from Participant’s paycheck(s) an amount equal to the remaining Withholding Taxes due and payable as a result of the Company not retaining fractional Shares. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time they are due.

7. No Guarantee of Continued Service. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE SHARES OF RESTRICTED STOCK PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

8. Forfeiture Upon Termination as a Service Provider. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement or the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock, if Participant terminates service as a Service Provider for any or no reason prior to vesting, the then Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock awarded by this Agreement will thereupon be forfeited and automatically transferred to and reacquired by the Company at no cost to the Company upon the date of such termination and Participant will have no further rights thereunder. Participant hereby appoints the Escrow Agent with full power of substitution, as Participant’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact with irrevocable power and authority in the name and on behalf of Participant to take any action and execute all documents and instruments, including, without limitation, stock powers which may be necessary to transfer the certificate or certificates evidencing such Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock to the Company upon such termination of service.

9. Restriction on Transfer. Except for the escrow described in Section 10 or transfer of the Shares to the Company or its assignees contemplated by this Agreement, none of the Shares or any beneficial interest therein shall be transferred, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in any way until such Shares shall have vested in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Agreement shall, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, to the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

 

-4-


10. Escrow of Shares.

(a) All Shares of Restricted Stock will, upon execution of this Agreement, be delivered and deposited with an escrow holder designated by the Company (the “Escrow Holder”), together with the Assignment Separate from Certificate (the “Stock Assignment”) duly endorsed in blank, attached hereto as Exhibit B-1. The Shares of Restricted Stock and the Stock Assignment will be held by the Escrow Holder, pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Participant attached as Exhibit B-2 hereto.

(b) The Escrow Holder shall not be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Shares of Restricted Stock in escrow and while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

(c) Upon Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any reason, the Escrow Holder, upon receipt of written notice of such termination, will take all steps necessary to accomplish the transfer of the Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock to the Company. Participant hereby appoints the Escrow Holder with full power of substitution, as Participant’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact with irrevocable power and authority in the name and on behalf of Participant to take any action and execute all documents and instruments, including, without limitation, stock powers which may be necessary to transfer the certificate or certificates evidencing such Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock to the Company upon such termination.

(d) The Escrow Holder will take all steps necessary to accomplish the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock to Participant after they vest following Participant’s request that the Escrow Holder do so.

(e) Subject to the terms hereof, Participant shall have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to such Shares while they are held in escrow, including without limitation, the right to vote the Shares and receive any cash dividends declared thereon.

(f) In the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, separation, liquidation, stock dividend, split-up, share combination, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Common Stock, the Shares shall be increased, reduced or otherwise changed, and by virtue of any such change Participant shall in his or her capacity as owner of the Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock that have been awarded to him or her be entitled to new or additional or different shares of stock, cash or securities (other than rights or warrants to purchase securities); such new or additional or different shares, cash or securities shall thereupon be considered to be “Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock” and shall be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to this Agreement. If Participant receives rights or warrants with respect to any Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock, such rights or warrants may be

 

-5-


held or exercised by Participant, provided that until such exercise any such rights or warrants and after such exercise any shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants shall be considered to be Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock and shall be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to this Agreement. The Administrator in its absolute discretion at any time may accelerate the vesting of all or any portion of such new or additional shares of stock, cash or securities, rights or warrants to purchase securities or shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants.

11. Company’s Right of First Refusal. Subject to Section 9, before any vested Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 11 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal. At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price. The purchase price (“Right of First Refusal Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 11 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board in good faith.

(d) Payment. Payment of the Right of First Refusal Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 11, then the Holder may sell

 

-6-


or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 11 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 11 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Participant’s lifetime or on Participant’s death by will or intestacy to Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of Participant or Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 11. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including but not limited to this Section 11 and Section 8, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

12. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.

(a) Legends. Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND FORFEITURE RIGHTS IN FAVOR OF THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE

 

-7-


RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND FORFEITURE RIGHTS IN FAVOR OF THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices. Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

13. Address for Notices. Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company at 1351 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, CA 94502, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

Any notice to the Escrow Holder shall be sent to the Company’s address with a copy to the other party not sending the notice.

14. Electronic Delivery. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Shares of Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan or future Restricted Stock that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

-8-


15. No Waiver. Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement. The rights granted both parties herein are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

16. Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Participant under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

17. Interpretation. The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Shares of Restricted Stock have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. Neither the Administrator nor any person acting on behalf of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Agreement.

18. Additional Documents. Participant agrees upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes or intent of this Agreement.

19. Governing Law; Severability. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

20. Entire Agreement. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Agreement (including the exhibits referenced herein) constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Agreement subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel

 

-9-


prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of this Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT PENUMBRA, INC.

 

 

Signature By

 

 

Print Name Print Name

 

 

Title

 

Residence Address

 

-10-


EXHIBIT A

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT    :     
COMPANY    :      PENUMBRA, INC.
SECURITY    :      COMMON STOCK
AMOUNT    :     

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Restricted Stock Award to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt


under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Restricted Stock Award, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

(e) To allow the Company to determine whether the Participant is an excluded purchaser under Section 25102(f) of the California Corporate Securities Law of 1968, Participant makes the following representations (check all that apply):

 

  (i) I reasonably expect my own income from all sources during the current year to exceed $200,000.  ¨

 

  (ii) My yearly income from all sources during each of the last two years exceeded $200,000.  ¨

 

  (iii) I reasonably expect the joint income of my spouse (if married) and I from all sources during the current year to exceed $300,000.  ¨

 

  (iv) The joint income of my spouse (if then married) and I from all sources during the last two years exceeded $300,000.  ¨

 

  (v) My net worth (i.e., the excess of assets over liabilities) as of the date below, together with the net worth of my spouse (if married), exceeds $1,000,000.  ¨

 

    When determining your net worth, the value of your primary residence must be excluded. The related amount of indebtedness secured by the primary residence up to its fair market value may also be excluded. However, indebtedness secured by the residence in excess of the value of the home should be considered a liability and deducted from net worth.

 

    The value of vested employee stock options may be included in net worth.

 

-2-


PARTICIPANT

 

Signature

 

Print Name

 

Date

 

-3-


EXHIBIT B-1

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED I,                                         , hereby sell, assign and transfer unto Penumbra, Inc.                  shares of the Common Stock of Penumbra, Inc. standing in my name on the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No.              herewith and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                          to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

This Stock Assignment may be used only in accordance with the Restricted Stock Agreement between Penumbra, Inc. and the undersigned dated             ,          (the “Agreement”).

 

Dated:               ,              Signature:  

 

INSTRUCTIONS: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to transfer the Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock to the Company upon Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, without requiring additional signatures on the part of Participant.


EXHIBIT B-2

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

            ,         

Corporate Secretary

Penumbra, Inc.

1351 Harbor Bay Parkway

Alameda, CA 94502

Dear                     :

As Escrow Agent for both Penumbra, Inc. (the “Company”), and the undersigned recipient of stock of the Company (the “Participant”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Agreement (the “Agreement”) between the Company and the undersigned, in accordance with the following instructions:

1. At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver the stock assignments, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company or its assignee.

2. Participant irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement. Participant does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Participant’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated, including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of, the securities. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 2, Participant shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.

3. Upon written request of the Participant, but no more than once per calendar year, unless the shares are forfeited, you shall deliver to Participant a certificate or certificates representing so many shares of stock that have vested. Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after cessation of Participant’s continuous employment by or services to the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, you shall deliver to Participant a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of shares held or issued pursuant to the Agreement that have vested. Upon any forfeiture of such shares, you shall deliver or electronically transfer such shares to the Company.

4. If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Participant, you shall deliver all of the same to Participant and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.


5. Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

6. You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Participant while acting in good faith, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

7. You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

8. You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

9. You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under the Statute of Limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.

10. You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.

11. Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to be an officer or agent of the Company or if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

12. If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

13. It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to

 

-2-


anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

14. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto.

15. By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

16. This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

17. These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.

 

PARTICIPANT     PENUMBRA, INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Print Name

 

   

 

    Title

 

   
Residence Address    
ESCROW AGENT    

 

   
Corporate Secretary    
   
Dated:  

 

   

 

-3-


EXHIBIT B-3

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s gross income or alternative minimum taxable income, as the case may be, for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below.

 

1. The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:

 

NAME:

 

SPOUSE:

 

ADDRESS:

 

 

 

TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NO.:

 

TAXABLE YEAR:

 

 

2. The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:                  shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of Penumbra, Inc. (the “Company”).

 

3. The date on which the property was transferred is:             ,         .

 

4. The property is subject to the following restrictions:

The Shares may not be transferred and are subject to forfeiture under the terms of an agreement between the taxpayer and the Company. These restrictions lapse upon the satisfaction of certain conditions contained in such agreement.

 

5. The Fair Market Value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms shall never lapse, of such property is: $             .

 

6. The amount (if any) paid for such property is: $             .

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner.

 

Dated:             ,         

 

Taxpayer

The undersigned spouse of taxpayer joins in this election.

 

Dated:             ,         

 

Spouse of Taxpayer


PENUMBRA, INC.

2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK GRANT AGREEMENT

The person named below in Section I (“Participant”) has been granted shares of Common Stock of Penumbra, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and this Stock Grant Agreement (the “Agreement”).

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Agreement.

 

I. NOTICE OF GRANT OF COMMON STOCK

Name:

Address:

The undersigned Participant has been granted shares of Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:

 

Total Number of Shares Granted:

 

 

II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Stock. The Administrator hereby grants to Participant the number of Shares set forth in Section I above pursuant to a fully vested Restricted Stock Award under the Plan for past services and as a separate incentive in connection with his or her services and not in lieu of any salary or other compensation for his or her services, and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

2. Participant’s Representations. In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement by Participant, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

3. Lock-Up Period. Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to


exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 3 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Award or Shares pursuant to this Agreement shall be bound by this Section 3.

4. Tax Withholding. Pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may specify from time to time, the Company shall withhold the minimum amount required to be withheld for the payment of income, employment and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld (the “Withholding Taxes”) with respect to the Shares by, in the Administrator’s discretion: (i) withholding otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such Withholding Taxes, (ii) withholding the amount of such Withholding Taxes from Participant’s paycheck(s), (iii) requiring Participant to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Withholding Taxes, or (iv) a combination of the foregoing. The Company shall not retain fractional Shares to satisfy any portion of the Withholding Taxes. Accordingly, if any withholding is done through the withholding of Shares, Participant shall pay to the Company an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy the remaining Withholding Taxes due and payable as a result of the Company not retaining fractional Shares. Should the Company be unable to procure such cash amounts from Participant, Participant agrees and acknowledges that Participant is giving the Company permission to withhold from Participant’s paycheck(s) an amount equal to the remaining Withholding Taxes due and payable as a result of the Company not retaining fractional Shares. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to deliver the Shares unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the Withholding Taxes that the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares.

5. Tax Consequences. Participant has reviewed with Participant’s own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Participant is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. Participant understands that Participant (and not the Company) shall be responsible for Participant’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

-2-


6. Company’s Right of First Refusal. Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 6 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal. At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price. The purchase price (the “Right of First Refusal Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 6 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board in good faith.

(d) Payment. Payment of the Right of First Refusal Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 6, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 6 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 6 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Participant’s lifetime or on Participant’s death by will or intestacy to Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of Participant or the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 6. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including but not limited to this Section 6 and Section 3, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 6.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control of the Company in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

 

-3-


7. Restrictive Legends; Stop-Transfer Orders; Refusal to Transfer.

(a) Legends. Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by applicable state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE STOCK AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices. Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement, or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

-4-


8. No Guarantee of Continued Service. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

9. Notices. Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given by either the Company or Participant pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered personally or deposited in the U.S. mail, First Class with postage prepaid, and addressed to the parties at the addresses of the parties set forth at the end of this Agreement or such other address as a party may request by notifying the other in writing.

10. No Waiver. Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement. The rights granted both parties herein are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

11. Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Participant under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

12. Interpretation. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

13. Governing Law; Severability. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

14. Entire Agreement. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan, this Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts the grant of Common Stock hereunder subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan and this Agreement. Participant

 

-5-


has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of this Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Participant and the Company have executed this Agreement and agree that the grant of Common Stock hereunder is to be governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement.

 

PARTICIPANT PENUMBRA, INC.

 

 

Signature By

 

 

Print Name Print Name

 

 

Title

 

Residence Address

 

-6-


PENUMBRA, INC.

2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”).

 

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Name:

Address:

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:
 

 

  
Vesting Commencement Date:
 

 

  
Exercise Price per Share: $
   

 

  
Total Number of Shares Granted:
 

 

  
Total Exercise Price: $
   

 

  
Type of Option:              Incentive Stock Option*
             Nonstatutory Stock Option
Term/Expiration Date:
 

 

  

 

* If stockholder approval of the Plan is not obtained in a manner required by Applicable Law, as determined by the Administrator, within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, then to the extent this is Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option, it will be treated in whole as a Nonstatutory Stock Option. In addition, if this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option, it may be treated in part as a Nonstatutory Stock Option, as described in Section 1 below.

Vesting Schedule:

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

[Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.]


In the event of a Change in Control, and subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through the date of such Change in Control, the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of the Shares subject to this Option. The Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that this Option will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Change in Control.

Termination Period:

This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option. The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, such as due to the stockholders of the Company not approving the Plan within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

 

-2-


2. Exercise of Option.

(a) Right to Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Participant’s Representations. In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

4. Lock-Up Period. Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The

 

-3-


obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

5. Method of Payment. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6. Restrictions on Exercise. This Option may not be exercised if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

7. Non-Transferability of Option.

(a) This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), Participant shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Participant upon the death or disability of Participant. Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

 

-4-


8. Term of Option. This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

9. Tax Obligations.

(a) Tax Withholding. Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares. If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c) Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

11. No Guarantee of Continued Service. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING

 

-5-


PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT PENUMBRA, INC.

 

 

Signature By

 

 

Print Name Print Name

 

 

Title

 

Residence Address

 

-6-


EXHIBIT A

2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Penumbra, Inc.

1351 Harbor Bay Parkway

Alameda, CA 94502

Attention: Treasurer

1. Exercise of Option. Effective as of today,             ,         , the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase                  shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Penumbra, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated             ,          (the “Option Agreement”).

2. Delivery of Payment. Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Participant. Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder. Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

5. Company’s Right of First Refusal. Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).


(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal. At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price. The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment. Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant or the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

 

-2-


6. Tax Consultation. Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.

(a) Legends. Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices. Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

-3-


8. Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9. Interpretation. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10. Governing Law; Severability. This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

11. Entire Agreement. The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

Submitted by: Accepted by:
PARTICIPANT PENUMBRA, INC.

 

 

Signature By

 

 

Print Name Print Name

 

Title
Address: Address:

 

 

 

 

 

Date Received

 

-4-


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT :
COMPANY : PENUMBRA, INC.
SECURITY : COMMON STOCK
AMOUNT :
DATE :

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements


of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

Signature

 

Print Name

 

Date

 

-2-


PENUMBRA, INC.

2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT — EARLY EXERCISE

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement – Early Exercise (the “Option Agreement”).

 

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Name:

Address:

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:
 

 

  
Vesting Commencement Date:
 

 

  
Exercise Price per Share: $
   

 

  
Total Number of Shares Granted:
 

 

  
Total Exercise Price: $
   

 

  
Type of Option:              Incentive Stock Option*
             Nonstatutory Stock Option
Term/Expiration Date:
 

 

  

 

* If stockholder approval of the Plan is not obtained in a manner required by Applicable Law, as determined by the Administrator, within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, then to the extent this is Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option, it will be treated in whole as a Nonstatutory Stock Option. In addition, if this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option, it may be treated in part as a Nonstatutory Stock Option, as described in Section 1 below.

Vesting Schedule:

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

[Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.]


In the event of a Change in Control, and subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through the date of such Change in Control, the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of the Shares subject to this Option. The Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that this Option will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Change in Control.

Termination Period:

This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option. The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, such as due to the stockholders of the Company not approving the Plan within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Exercise of Option. This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 of the Plan as follows:

(a) Right to Exercise.

(i) Subject to subsections 2(a)(ii) and 2(a)(iii) below, this Option shall be exercisable cumulatively according to the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. Alternatively, at the election of Participant, this Option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time as to Shares that have not yet vested. Vested Shares shall not be subject to the Company’s repurchase right (as set forth in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit C-1).

 

-2-


(ii) As a condition to exercising this Option for unvested Shares, Participant shall execute the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

(iii) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

(b) Method of Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Participant’s Representations. In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

4. Lock-Up Period. Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

 

-3-


Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

5. Method of Payment. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6. Restrictions on Exercise. This Option may not be exercised if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

7. Non-Transferability of Option.

(a) This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), Participant shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Participant upon

 

-4-


the death or disability of Participant. Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

8. Term of Option. This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

9. Tax Obligations.

(a) Tax Withholding. Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares. If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c) Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

 

-5-


11. No Guarantee of Continued Service. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

-6-


Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT PENUMBRA, INC.

 

 

Signature By

 

 

Print Name Print Name

 

 

Title

 

Residence Address

 

-7-


EXHIBIT A

2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Penumbra, Inc.

1351 Harbor Bay Parkway

Alameda, CA 94502

Attention: Treasurer

1. Exercise of Option. Effective as of today,             ,         , the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase                  shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Penumbra, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement – Early Exercise dated,             ,          (the “Option Agreement”).

2. Delivery of Payment. Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Participant. Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder. Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

5. Company’s Right of First Refusal. Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).


(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal. At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price. The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment. Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant or the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

6. Tax Consultation. Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

-2-


7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.

(a) Legends. Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices. Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

8. Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of

 

-3-


the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9. Interpretation. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10. Governing Law; Severability. This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

11. Entire Agreement. The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

Submitted by:

PARTICIPANT

Accepted by:

PENUMBRA, INC.

 

 

Signature By

 

 

Print Name Print Name

 

Title
Address: Address:

 

 

 

 

 

Date Received

 

-4-


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT :
COMPANY : PENUMBRA, INC.
SECURITY : COMMON STOCK
AMOUNT :
DATE :

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144,


including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

Signature

 

Print Name

 

Date

 

-2-


EXHIBIT C-1

PENUMBRA, INC.

2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made between                                          (the “Purchaser”) and Penumbra, Inc. (the “Company”) or its assignees of rights hereunder as of             ,         .

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Agreement.

RECITALS

A. Pursuant to the exercise of the option (grant number         ) granted to Purchaser under the Plan and pursuant to the Stock Option Agreement – Early Exercise (the “Option Agreement”) dated             ,          by and between the Company and Purchaser with respect to such grant (the “Option”), which Plan and Option Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference, Purchaser has elected to purchase                  of those shares of Common Stock which have not become vested under the vesting schedule set forth in the Option Agreement (“Unvested Shares”). The Unvested Shares and the shares subject to the Option Agreement, which have become vested are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “Shares.”

B. As required by the Option Agreement, as a condition to Purchaser’s election to exercise the option, Purchaser must execute this Agreement, which sets forth the rights and obligations of the parties with respect to Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option.

1. Repurchase Option.

(a) If Purchaser’s status as a Service Provider is terminated for any reason, including for death and Disability, the Company shall have the right and option for ninety (90) days from such date to purchase from Purchaser, or Purchaser’s personal representative, as the case may be, all of the Purchaser’s Unvested Shares as of the date of such termination at the price paid by the Purchaser for such Shares (the “Repurchase Option”).

(b) Upon the occurrence of such termination, the Company may exercise its Repurchase Option by delivering personally or by registered mail, to Purchaser (or his or her transferee or legal representative, as the case may be) with a copy to the escrow agent described in Section 2 below, a notice in writing indicating the Company’s intention to exercise the Repurchase Option AND, at the Company’s option, (i) by delivering to the Purchaser (or the Purchaser’s transferee or legal representative) a check in the amount of the aggregate repurchase price, or (ii) by the Company canceling an amount of the Purchaser’s indebtedness to the Company equal to the aggregate repurchase price, or (iii) by a combination of (i) and (ii) so that the combined payment and cancellation of indebtedness equals such aggregate repurchase price. Upon delivery of such notice and payment of the aggregate repurchase price in any of the ways described above, the Company


shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Unvested Shares being repurchased and the rights and interests therein or relating thereto, and the Company shall have the right to retain and transfer to its own name the number of Unvested Shares being repurchased by the Company.

(c) Whenever the Company shall have the right to repurchase Unvested Shares hereunder, the Company may designate and assign one or more employees, officers, directors or stockholders of the Company or other persons or organizations to exercise all or a part of the Company’s Repurchase Option under this Agreement and purchase all or a part of such Unvested Shares.

(d) If the Company does not elect to exercise the Repurchase Option conferred above by giving the requisite notice within ninety (90) days following the termination, the Repurchase Option shall terminate.

(e) The Repurchase Option shall terminate in accordance with the vesting schedule contained in Purchaser’s Option Agreement.

2. Transferability of the Shares; Escrow.

(a) Purchaser hereby authorizes and directs the Secretary of the Company, or such other person designated by the Company, to transfer the Unvested Shares as to which the Repurchase Option has been exercised from Purchaser to the Company.

(b) To insure the availability for delivery of Purchaser’s Unvested Shares upon repurchase by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option under Section 1, Purchaser hereby appoints the Secretary, or any other person designated by the Company as escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”), as its attorney-in-fact to sell, assign and transfer unto the Company, such Unvested Shares, if any, repurchased by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option and shall, upon execution of this Agreement, deliver and deposit with the Escrow Agent, the share certificates representing the Unvested Shares, together with the stock assignment duly endorsed in blank, attached hereto as Exhibit C-2. The Unvested Shares and stock assignment shall be held by the Escrow Agent in escrow, pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Purchaser attached as Exhibit C-3 hereto, until the Company exercises its Repurchase Option, until such Unvested Shares are vested, or until such time as this Agreement no longer is in effect. Upon vesting of the Unvested Shares, the Escrow Agent shall promptly deliver to the Purchaser the certificate or certificates representing such Shares in the Escrow Agent’s possession belonging to the Purchaser, and the Escrow Agent shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder; provided, however, that the Escrow Agent shall nevertheless retain such certificate or certificates as Escrow Agent if so required pursuant to other restrictions imposed pursuant to this Agreement.

(c) Neither the Company nor the Escrow Agent shall be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Shares in escrow and while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

(d) Transfer or sale of the Shares is subject to restrictions on transfer imposed by any applicable state and federal securities laws. Any transferee shall hold such Shares subject to all the provisions hereof and the Exercise Notice executed by the Purchaser with respect to any Unvested Shares purchased by Purchaser and shall acknowledge the same by signing a copy of this Agreement.

 

-2-


3. Ownership, Voting Rights, Duties. This Agreement shall not affect in any way the ownership, voting rights or other rights or duties of Purchaser, except as specifically provided herein.

4. Legends. The share certificate evidencing the Shares issued hereunder shall be endorsed with the following legend (in addition to any legend required under applicable federal and state securities laws):

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS UPON TRANSFER AND RIGHTS OF REPURCHASE AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

5. Adjustment for Stock Split. All references to the number of Shares and the purchase price of the Shares in this Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or other change in the Shares, which may be made by the Company pursuant to Section 13 of the Plan after the date of this Agreement.

6. Notices. Notices required hereunder shall be given in person or by registered mail to the address of Purchaser shown on the records of the Company, and to the Company at their respective principal executive offices.

7. Survival of Terms. This Agreement shall apply to and bind Purchaser and the Company and their respective permitted assignees and transferees, heirs, legatees, executors, administrators and legal successors.

8. Section 83(b) Election. Purchaser hereby acknowledges that he or she has been informed that, with respect to the exercise of an Option for Unvested Shares, an election (the “Election”) may be filed by the Purchaser with the Internal Revenue Service, within thirty (30) days of the purchase of the exercised Shares, electing pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed currently on any difference between the purchase price of the exercised Shares and their Fair Market Value on the date of purchase. In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, this will result in the recognition of taxable income to the Purchaser on the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the exercised Shares, at the time the Option is exercised over the purchase price for the exercised Shares. Absent such an Election, taxable income will be measured and recognized by Purchaser at the time or times on which the Company’s Repurchase Option lapses. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, such an Election will result in a recognition of income to the Purchaser for alternative minimum tax purposes on the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the exercised Shares, at the time the option is exercised, over the purchase price for the exercised Shares. Absent such an Election, alternative minimum taxable income will be measured and recognized by Purchaser at the time or times on which the Company’s Repurchase Option lapses.

 

-3-


This discussion is intended only as a summary of the general United States income tax laws that apply to exercising Options as to Shares that have not yet vested and is accurate only as of the date this form Agreement was approved by the Board. The federal, state and local tax consequences to any particular taxpayer will depend upon his or her individual circumstances. Purchaser is strongly encouraged to seek the advice of his or her own tax consultants in connection with the purchase of the Shares and the advisability of filing of the Election under Section 83(b) of the Code. A form of Election under Section 83(b) is attached hereto as Exhibit C-4 for reference.

PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS PURCHASER’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE COMPANY’S TO FILE TIMELY THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE CODE, EVEN IF PURCHASER REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO MAKE THIS FILING ON PURCHASER’S BEHALF.

9. Representations. Purchaser has reviewed with his or her own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Purchaser is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. Purchaser understands that he or she (and not the Company) shall be responsible for his or her own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. The Plan, the Option Agreement, the Exercise Notice, this Agreement, and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

Purchaser represents that he or she has read this Agreement and is familiar with its terms and provisions. Purchaser hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement is deemed made as of the date first set forth above.

 

PARTICIPANT PENUMBRA, INC.

 

 

Signature By

 

 

Print Name Print Name

 

 

Title

 

-4-


 

Residence Address

Dated:             ,         

 

-5-


EXHIBIT C-2

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED I,                                     , hereby sell, assign and transfer unto Penumbra, Inc.                  shares of the Common Stock of Penumbra, Inc. standing in my name of the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No.          herewith and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                          to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

This Stock Assignment may be used only in accordance with the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between Penumbra, Inc. and the undersigned dated             ,          (the “Agreement”).

 

Dated:             ,         Signature:

 

INSTRUCTIONS: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its “repurchase option,” as set forth in the Agreement, without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Purchaser.


EXHIBIT C-3

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

            ,         

Corporate Secretary

Penumbra, Inc.

1351 Harbor Bay Parkway

Alameda, CA 94502

Dear                      :

As Escrow Agent for both Penumbra, Inc. (the “Company”), and the undersigned purchaser of stock of the Company (the “Purchaser”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) between the Company and the undersigned, in accordance with the following instructions:

1. In the event the Company and/or any assignee of the Company (referred to collectively for convenience herein as the “Company”) exercises the Company’s repurchase option set forth in the Agreement, the Company shall give to Purchaser and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of stock to be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing hereunder at the principal office of the Company. Purchaser and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.

2. At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver the stock assignments, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company or its assignee, against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by cash, a check, or some combination thereof) for the number of shares of stock being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.

3. Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement. Purchaser does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Purchaser’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated, including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of, the securities. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3, Purchaser shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.

4. Upon written request of the Purchaser, but no more than once per calendar year, unless the Company’s repurchase option has been exercised, you shall deliver to Purchaser a


certificate or certificates representing so many shares of stock as are not then subject to the Company’s repurchase option. Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after cessation of Purchaser’s continuous employment by or services to the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, you shall deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of shares held or issued pursuant to the Agreement and not purchased by the Company or its assignees pursuant to exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.

5. If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Purchaser, you shall deliver all of the same to Purchaser and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.

6. Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

7. You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Purchaser while acting in good faith, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

8. You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

9. You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

10. You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under the Statute of Limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.

11. You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.

12. Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to be an officer or agent of the Company or if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

13. If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

 

-2-


14. It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

15. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto.

16. By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

17. This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

18. These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.

 

PURCHASER PENUMBRA, INC.

 

 

Signature By

 

 

Print Name Print Name

 

 

Title

 

Residence Address:
ESCROW AGENT

 

Corporate Secretary
Dated:

 

 

-3-


EXHIBIT C-4

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Sections 55 and 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s gross income or alternative minimum taxable income, as the case may be, for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below.

 

1. The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:

 

     TAXPAYER         SPOUSE

NAME:

  

 

     

 

ADDRESS:

  

 

     

 

  

 

     

 

TAX ID NO.:

  

 

     

 

TAXABLE YEAR:

                                         

 

2. The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:                  shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of Penumbra, Inc. (the “Company”).

 

3. The date on which the property was transferred is:             ,        .

 

4. The property is subject to the following restrictions:

The Shares may not be transferred and are subject to forfeiture under the terms of an agreement between the taxpayer and the Company. These restrictions lapse upon the satisfaction of certain conditions contained in such agreement.

 

5. The Fair Market Value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms shall never lapse, of such property is: $        .

 

6. The amount (if any) paid for such property is: $        .

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner.

 

Dated:               ,            

 

      Taxpayer

The undersigned spouse of taxpayer joins in this election.

 

Dated:               ,            

 

      Spouse of Taxpayer

EX-10.7

Exhibit 10.7

PENUMBRA, INC.

2005 STOCK PLAN

(As Amended and Restated Through December 20, 2010)

 

  1. ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE AND TERM OF PLAN.

1.1 Establishment. Penumbra, Inc. 2005 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) is hereby established effective as of January 1, 2005.

1.2 Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Participating Company Group and its stockholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward persons performing services for the Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Participating Company Group.

1.3 Term of Plan. The Plan shall continue in effect until the earlier of its termination by the Board or the date on which all of the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan have been issued and all restrictions on such shares under the terms of the Plan and the agreements evidencing Awards granted under the Plan have lapsed. However, all Awards shall be granted, if at all, within ten (10) years from the earlier of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is duly approved by the stockholders of the Company.

 

  2. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

2.1 Definitions. Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:

(a) “Affiliate” means (i) an entity, other than a Parent Corporation, that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediary entities, controls the Company or (ii) an entity, other than a Subsidiary Corporation, that is controlled by the Company directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediary entities. For this purpose, the term “control” (including the term “controlled by”) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the relevant entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; or shall have such other meaning assigned such term for the purposes of registration on Form S-8 under the Securities Act.

(b) “Award” means an Option or Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan.

(c) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company. If one or more Committees have been appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, “Board” also means such Committee(s).

(d) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

1


(e) “Committee” means the compensation committee or other committee of the Board duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers as shall be specified by the Board. Unless the powers of the Committee have been specifically limited, the Committee shall have all of the powers of the Board granted herein, including, without limitation, the power to amend or terminate the Plan at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable limitations imposed by law.

(f) “Company” means Penumbra, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor corporation thereto.

(g) “Consultant” means a person engaged to provide consulting or advisory services (other than as an Employee or a Director) to a Participating Company, provided that the identity of such person, the nature of such services or the entity to which such services are provided would not preclude the Company from offering or selling securities to such person pursuant to the Plan in reliance on either the exemption from registration provided by Rule 701 under the Securities Act or, if the Company is required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, registration on a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

(h) “Director” means a member of the Board or of the board of directors of any other Participating Company.

(i) “Disability” means the inability of the Participant, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of the Participant’s position with the Participating Company Group because of the sickness or injury of the Participant.

(j) “Employee” means any person treated as an employee (including an Officer or a Director who is also treated as an employee) in the records of a Participating Company and, with respect to any Incentive Stock Option granted to such person, who is an employee for purposes of Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee shall be sufficient to constitute employment for purposes of the Plan. The Company shall determine in good faith and in the exercise of its discretion whether an individual has become or has ceased to be an Employee and the effective date of such individual’s employment or termination of employment, as the case may be. For purposes of an individual’s rights, if any, under the terms of the Plan as of the time of the Company’s determination of whether or not the individual is an Employee, all such determinations by the Company shall be final, binding and conclusive as to such rights, if any, notwithstanding that the Company or any court of law or governmental agency subsequently makes a contrary determination as to such individual’s status as an Employee.

(k) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

2


(l) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of a share of Stock or other property as determined by the Board, in its discretion, or by the Company, in its discretion, if such determination is expressly allocated to the Company herein, subject to the following:

(i) If, on such date, the Stock is listed on a national or regional securities exchange or market system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Stock (or the mean of the closing bid and asked prices of a share of Stock if the Stock is so quoted instead) as quoted on the Nasdaq Stock Market or such other national or regional securities exchange or market system constituting the primary market for the Stock, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable. If the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Stock has traded on such securities exchange or market system, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be the last day on which the Stock was so traded prior to the relevant date, or such other appropriate day as shall be determined by the Board, in its discretion.

(ii) If, on such date, the Stock is not listed on a national or regional securities exchange or market system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be as determined by the Board in good faith without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse.

(m) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to be (as set forth in the Option Agreement) and which qualifies as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

(n) “Insider” means an Officer, a Director of the Company or other person whose transactions in Stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(o) “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option not intended to be (as set forth in the Option Agreement) or which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(p) “Officer” means any person designated by the Board as an officer of the Company.

(q) “Option” means a right granted under Section 6 to purchase Stock pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plan. An Option may be either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(r) “Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms, conditions and restrictions of the Option granted to the Participant and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. An Option Agreement may consist of a form of “Notice of Grant of Stock Option” and a form of “Stock Option Agreement” incorporated therein by reference, or such other form or forms as the Board may approve from time to time.

(s) “Parent Corporation” means any present or future “parent corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(t) “Participant” means any eligible person who has been granted one or more Awards.

 

3


(u) “Participating Company” means the Company or any Parent Corporation, Subsidiary Corporation or Affiliate.

(v) “Participating Company Group” means, at any point in time, all entities collectively which are then Participating Companies.

(w) “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor rule or regulation.

(x) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(y) “Service” means a Participant’s employment or service with the Participating Company Group, whether in the capacity of an Employee, a Director or a Consultant. A Participant’s Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Participant renders Service to the Participating Company Group or a change in the Participating Company for which the Participant renders such Service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s Service. Furthermore, a Participant’s Service shall not be deemed to have terminated if the Participant takes any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company; provided, however, that if any such leave exceeds ninety (90) days, on the one hundred eighty-first (18lst) day following the commencement of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and instead shall be treated thereafter as a Nonstatutory Stock Option unless the Participant’s right to return to Service is guaranteed by statute or contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise designated by the Company or required by law, a leave of absence shall not be treated as Service for purposes of determining vesting under the Participant’s Option Agreement or Stock Purchase Agreement. Except as otherwise provided by the Board, in its discretion, the Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Service or upon the corporation for which the Participant performs Service ceasing to be a Participating Company. Subject to the foregoing, the Company, in its discretion, shall determine whether the Participant’s Service has terminated and the effective date of and reason for such termination.

(z) “Stock” means the common stock of the Company, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.2.

(aa) “Stock Purchase Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms, conditions and restrictions of the Stock Purchase Right granted to the Participant and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. A Stock Purchase Agreement may consist of a form of “Notice of Grant of Stock Purchase Right” and a form of “Stock Purchase Agreement” incorporated therein by reference, or such other form or forms as the Board may approve from time to time.

(bb) “Stock Purchase Right” means a right granted under Section 7 to purchase Stock pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(cc) “Subsidiary Corporation” means any present or future “subsidiary corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(t) of the Code.

(dd) “Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person who, at the time an Award is granted to such person, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power (as defined in Section 194.5 of the California Corporations Code) of all classes of stock of a Participating Company (other than an Affiliate) within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code.

 

4


2.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

  3. ADMINISTRATION.

3.1 Administration by the Board. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. All questions of interpretation of the Plan or of any Award shall be determined by the Board, and such determinations shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or such Award.

3.2 Authority of Officers. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election.

3.3 Powers of the Board. In addition to any other powers set forth in the Plan and subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have the full and final power and authority, in its discretion:

(a) to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards shall be granted and the number of shares of Stock to be subject to each Award;

(b) to designate Options as Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options;

(c) to determine the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock or other property;

(d) to determine the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each Award (which need not be identical) and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including, without limitation, (i) the exercise price of the Award, (ii) the method of payment for shares purchased upon the exercise of the Award, (iii) the method for satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation arising in connection with the Award or such shares, including by the withholding or delivery of shares of stock, (iv) the timing, terms and conditions of the exercisability of the Award or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, (v) the time of the expiration of the Award, (vi) the effect of the Participant’s termination of Service on any of the foregoing, and (vii) all other terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to the Award or such shares not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan;

 

5


(e) to approve one or more forms of Option Agreement and Stock Purchase Agreement;

(f) to amend, modify, extend, cancel or renew any Award or to waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any Award or any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof;

(g) to accelerate, continue, extend or defer the exercisability of any Award or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including with respect to the period following a Participant’s termination of Service;

(h) to prescribe, amend or rescind rules, guidelines and policies relating to the Plan, or to adopt supplements to, or alternative versions of, the Plan, including, without limitation, as the Board deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws of, or to accommodate the tax policy or custom of, foreign jurisdictions whose citizens may be granted Awards; and

(i) to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Option Agreement or Stock Purchase Agreement and to make all other determinations and take such other actions with respect to the Plan or any Award as the Board may deem advisable to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan or applicable law.

3.4 Administration with Respect to Insiders. With respect to participation by Insiders in the Plan, at any time that any class of equity security of the Company is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered in compliance with the requirements, if any, of Rule 16b-3.

3.5 Indemnification. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or officers or employees of the Participating Company Group, members of the Board and any officers or employees of the Participating Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board or the Company is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any right granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend the same.

 

  4. SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN.

4.1 Maximum Number of Shares Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued

 

6


under the Plan shall be Five Million Three Hundred Thousand (5,300,000) shall consist of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Stock or any combination thereof. If an outstanding Award for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled or if shares of Stock are acquired upon the exercise of an Award subject to a Company repurchase option and are repurchased by the Company at the Participant’s exercise or purchase price, the shares of Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of such Award or such repurchased shares of Stock shall again be available for issuance under the Plan. However, except as adjusted pursuant to Section 4.2, in no event shall more than Five Million Three Hundred Thousand (5,300,000) shares of Stock be available for issuance pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options (the “ISO Share Limit”).

4.2 Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting normal cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number and class of shares subject to the Plan and to any outstanding Awards, in the ISO Share Limit set forth in Section 4.1, and in the exercise or purchase price per share of any outstanding Awards in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Participants’ rights under the Plan. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no event may the exercise price of any Award be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Award. Such adjustments shall be determined by the Board, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

  5. ELIGIBILITY AND OPTION LIMITATIONS.

5.1 Persons Eligible for Awards. Awards may be granted only to Employees, Consultants, and Directors of a Participating Company. Eligible persons may be granted more than one (1) Award. However, eligibility in accordance with this Section shall not entitle any person to be granted an Award, or, having been granted an Award, to be granted an additional Award.

5.2 Option Grant Restrictions. An Incentive Stock Option may be granted only to a person who is an Employee on the effective date of grant of the Option to such person. Any person who is not an Employee on the effective date of the grant of an Option to such person may be granted only a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

5.3 Fair Market Value Limitation. To the extent that options designated as Incentive Stock Options (granted under all stock plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) become exercisable by a Participant for the first time during any calendar year for stock having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars

 

7


($100,000), the portions of such options which exceed such amount shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5.3, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 5.3, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date and with respect to such Options as required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If an Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 5.3, the Participant may designate which portion of such Option the Participant is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option.

 

  6. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.

Options shall be evidenced by Option Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock covered thereby, in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish. No Option or purported Option shall be a valid and binding obligation of the Company unless evidenced by a fully executed Option Agreement. Option Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

6.1 Exercise Price. The exercise price for each Option shall be established in the discretion of the Board; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share for an Option shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option and (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder shall have an exercise price per share less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option (whether an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option) may be granted with an exercise price lower than the minimum exercise price set forth above if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner qualifying under the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

6.2 Exercisability and Term of Options. Options shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria and restrictions as shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option; provided, however, that (a) no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such Option and (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years after the effective date of grant of such Option. Subject to the foregoing, unless otherwise specified by the Board in the grant of an Option, any Option granted hereunder shall terminate ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of the Option, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its provisions.

 

8


6.3 Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the exercise price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Option shall be made (i) in cash, by check or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value not less than the exercise price, (iii) by delivery of a properly executed notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon the exercise of the Option (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) (a “Cashless Exercise”), (iv) provided that the Participant is an Employee (unless otherwise not prohibited by law, including, without limitation, any regulation promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and in the Company’s sole discretion at the time the Option is exercised, by delivery of the Participant’s full recourse promissory note bearing interest (at no less than such rate as is a market rate of interest and which then precludes the imputation of interest under the Code), in a form approved by the Company for the aggregate exercise price, provided that, if the Company is incorporated in the State of Delaware, the Participant shall pay in cash that portion of the aggregate exercise price not less than the par value of the shares being acquired (v) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (vi) by any combination thereof. The Board may at any time or from time to time, by approval of or by amendment to the standard forms of Option Agreement described in Section 8, or by other means, grant Options which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment of the exercise price or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration.

(i) Tender of Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Participant for more than the amount of time as to not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company by accepting such shares (and were not used for another Option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

(ii) Cashless Exercise. The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any program or procedures for the exercise of Options by means of a Cashless Exercise.

(iii) Payment by Promissory Note. No promissory note shall be permitted if the exercise of an Option using a promissory note would be a violation of any

 

9


law. Any permitted promissory note shall be on such terms as the Board shall determine. The Board shall have the authority to permit or require the Participant to secure any promissory note used to exercise an Option with the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option or with other collateral acceptable to the Company. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if the Company at any time is subject to the regulations promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other governmental entity affecting the extension of credit in connection with the Company’s securities, any promissory note shall comply with such applicable regulations, and the Participant shall pay the unpaid principal and accrued interest, if any, to the extent necessary to comply with such applicable regulations.

6.4 Effect of Termination of Service.

(a) Option Exercisability. Subject to earlier termination of the Option as otherwise provided herein and unless otherwise provided by the Board in the grant of an Option and set forth in the Option Agreement, an Option shall be exercisable after a Participant’s termination of Service only during the applicable time period determined in accordance with this Section 6.4 and thereafter shall terminate:

(i) Disability. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the date of expiration of the Option’s term as set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option (the “Option Expiration Date”).

(ii) Death. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Participant’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Participant dies within three (3) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the Participant’s termination of Service.

(iii) Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if the Participant’s Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated for Cause, as defined by the Participant’s Option Agreement or contract of employment or service (or, if not defined in any of the foregoing, as defined below), the Option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable immediately upon such termination of Service. Unless otherwise defined by the Participant’s Option Agreement or contract of employment or service, for purposes of this Section 6.4(a)(iii) “Cause” (1) the Participant’s theft, dishonesty, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty for personal profit, or falsification of any Participating Company documents or records; (2) the Participant’s material failure to abide by a

 

10


Participating Company’s code of conduct or other policies (including, without limitation, policies relating to confidentiality and reasonable workplace conduct); (3) the Participant’s unauthorized use, misappropriation, destruction or diversion of any tangible or intangible asset or corporate opportunity of a Participating Company (including, without limitation, the Participant’s improper use or disclosure of a Participating Company’s confidential or proprietary information); (4) any intentional act by the Participant which has a material detrimental effect on a Participating Company’s reputation or business; (5) the Participant’s repeated failure or inability to perform any reasonable assigned duties after written notice from a Participating Company of, and a reasonable opportunity to cure, such failure or inability; (6) any material breach by the Participant of any employment or service agreement between the Participant and a Participating Company, which breach is not cured pursuant to the terms of such agreement; or (7) the Participant’s conviction (including any plea of guilty or nolo contendere) of any criminal act involving fraud, dishonesty, misappropriation or moral turpitude, or which impairs the Participant’s ability to perform his or her duties with a Participating Company.

(iv) Other Termination of Service. If the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Cause, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Participant on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(b) Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing other than termination for Cause, if the exercise of an Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.4(a) is prevented by the provisions of Section 11 below, the Option shall remain exercisable until three (3) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date the Participant is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

6.5 Transferability of Options. During the lifetime of the Participant, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. No Option shall be assignable or transferable by the Participant, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the Board, in its discretion, and set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be assignable or transferable subject to the applicable limitations, if any, described in Section 260.140.41 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, Rule 701 under the Securities Act, and the General Instructions to Form S·8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

 

  7. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS.

Stock Purchase Rights shall be evidenced by Stock Purchase Agreements, specifying the number of shares of Stock covered thereby, in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish. No Stock Purchase Right or purported Stock Purchase Right shall be a valid and binding obligation of the Company unless evidenced by a fully executed Stock Purchase Agreement. Stock Purchase Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

7.1 Purchase Price. The purchase price under each Stock Purchase Right shall be established by the Board.

 

11


7.2 Purchase Period. A Stock Purchase Right shall be exercisable within a period established by the Board, which shall in no event exceed thirty (30) days from the effective date of the grant of the Stock Purchase Right.

7.3 Payment of Purchase Price. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the purchase price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Stock Purchase Right shall be made (a) in cash, by check, or cash equivalent, (b) in the form of the Participant’s past service rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit having a value not less than the aggregate purchase price of the shares being acquired, (c) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (d) by any combination thereof. The Board may at any time or from time to time, by adoption of or by amendment to the standard form of Stock Purchase Agreement described in Section 8, or by other means, grant Stock Purchase Rights which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment of the purchase price or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.

7.4 Vesting and Restrictions on Transfer. Shares issued pursuant to any Stock Purchase Right may or may not be made subject to vesting conditioned upon the satisfaction of such Service requirements, conditions, restrictions or performance criteria (the “Vesting Conditions”) as shall be established by the Board and set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreement evidencing such Award. During any period (the “Restriction Period”) in which shares acquired pursuant to a Stock Purchase Right remain subject to Vesting Conditions, such shares may not be sold, exchanged, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise disposed of other than pursuant to an Ownership Change Event, as demined in Section 9.1, or as provided in Section 7.5. Upon request by the Company, each Participant shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

7.5 Effect of Termination of Service. Unless otherwise provided by the Board in the grant of a Stock Purchase Right and set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreement, if a Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary (including the Participant’s death or disability), then the Company shall have the option to repurchase for the purchase price paid by the Participant any shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to a Stock Purchase Right which remain subject to Vesting Conditions as of the date of the Participant’s termination of Service. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

 

12


7.6 Nontransferability of Stock Purchase Rights. Rights to acquire shares of Stock pursuant to a Stock Purchase Right may not be assigned or transferred in any manner except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the lifetime of the Participant, shall be exercisable only by the Participant.

 

  8. STANDARD FORMS OF AGREEMENTS.

8.1 Option Agreement. Unless otherwise provided by the Board at the time the Option is granted, an Option shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the form of Option Agreement approved by the Board concurrently with its adoption of the Plan and as amended from time to time.

8.2 Stock Purchase Agreement. Unless otherwise provided by the Board at the time the Stock Purchase Right is granted, a Stock Purchase Right shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the form of Stock Purchase Agreement approved by the Board concurrently with its adoption of the Plan and as amended from time to time.

8.3 Authority to Vary Terms. The Board shall have the authority from time to time to vary the terms of any standard form of agreement described in this Section 8 either in connection with the grant or amendment of an individual Award or in connection with the authorization of a new standard form or forms; provided, however, that the terms and conditions of any such new, revised or amended standard form or forms of agreement are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.

 

  9. CHANGE IN CONTROL.

9.1 Definitions.

(a) An “Ownership Change Event” shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(b) A “Change in Control” shall mean an Ownership Change Event or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a “Transaction”) wherein the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or, in the case of a Transaction described in Section 9.1(a)(iii), the corporation or other business entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the “Transferee”), as the case may be. For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company or the Transferee, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities. The Board shall have the right to

 

13


determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting securities of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

9.2 Effect of Change in Control on Options.

(a) Accelerated Vesting. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Board, in its sole discretion, may provide in any Award Agreement or, in the event of a Change in Control, may take such actions as it deems appropriate to provide for the acceleration of the exercisability and vesting in connection with such Change in Control of any or all outstanding Options and shares acquired upon the exercise of such Options

(b) Assumption or Substitution of Options. In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the “Acquiror”), may, without the consent of any Participant, either assume the Company’s rights and obligations under outstanding Options or substitute for outstanding Options substantially equivalent options for the Acquiror’s stock. Any Options which are neither assumed by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of an Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of the Award Agreement evidencing such Option except as otherwise provided in such Award Agreement. Furthermore, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the corporation the stock of which is subject to the outstanding Options immediately prior to an Ownership Change Event described in Section 9.1(a)(i) constituting a Change in Control is the surviving or continuing corporation and immediately after such Ownership Change Event less than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of its voting stock is held by another corporation or by other corporations that are members of an affiliated group within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code without regard to the provisions of Section 1504(b) of the Code, the outstanding Options shall not terminate unless the Board otherwise provides in its discretion.

(c) Cash-Out of Options. The Board may, in its sole discretion and without the consent of any Participant, determine that, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, each or any Option outstanding immediately prior to the Change in Control shall be canceled in exchange for a payment with respect to each vested share of Stock subject to such canceled Option in (i) cash, (ii) stock of the Company or of a corporation or other business entity a party to the Change in Control, or (iii) other property which, in any such case, shall be in an amount having a Fair Market Value equal to the Fair Market Value of the consideration to be paid per share of Stock in the Change in Control over the exercise price per share under such Option (the “Spread”). In the event such determination is made by the Board, the Spread (reduced by applicable withholding taxes, if any) shall be paid to Participants in respect of their canceled Options as soon as practicable following the date of the Change in Control.

9.3 Effect of Change in Control on Stock Purchase Right. In the event of a Change in Control, the Acquiror, may, without the consent of any Participant, either assume the Company’s rights and obligations under outstanding Stock Purchase Rights or substitute for

 

14


outstanding Stock Purchase Rights substantially equivalent purchase rights for the Acquiror’s stock. Any Stock Purchase Rights which are neither assumed or substituted for by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of a Stock Purchase Right prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of the Stock Purchase Agreement evidencing such Stock Purchase Right except as otherwise provided in such Stock Purchase Agreement. Furthermore, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the corporation the stock of which is subject to the outstanding Stock Purchase Rights immediately prior to an Ownership Change Event described in Section 9.1(a)(i) constituting a Change in Control is the surviving or continuing corporation and immediately after such Ownership Change Event less than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of its voting stock is held by another corporation or by other corporations that are members of an affiliated group within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code without regard to the provisions of Section 1504(b) of the Code, the outstanding Stock Purchase Rights shall not terminate unless the Board otherwise provides in its discretion.

9.4 Federal Excise Tax Under Section 4999 of the Code.

(a) Excess Parachute Payment. In the event that any acceleration of vesting pursuant to an Award and any other payment or benefit received or to be received by a Participant would subject the Participant to any excise tax pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code due to the characterization of such acceleration of vesting, payment or benefit as an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code, the Participant may elect, in his or her sole discretion, to reduce the amount of any acceleration of vesting called for under the Award in order to avoid such characterization.

(b) Determination by Independent Accountants. To aid the Participant in making any election called for under Section 9.4(a), no later than the date of the occurrence of any event that might reasonably be anticipated to result in an “excess parachute payment” to the Participant as described in Section 9.4(a), the Company shall request a determination in writing by independent public accountants selected by the Company (the “Accountants”). As soon as practicable thereafter, the Accountants shall determine and report to the Company and the Participant the amount of such acceleration of vesting, payments and benefits which would produce the greatest after-tax benefit to the Participant. For the purposes of such determination, the Accountants may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and the Participant shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make their required determination. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses the Accountants may reasonably charge in connection with their services contemplated by this Section 9.4(b).

 

  10. TAX WITHHOLDING.

10.1 Tax Withholding in General. The Company shall have the right to deduct from any and all payments made under the Plan, or to require the Participant, through

 

15


payroll withholding, cash payment or otherwise, including by means of a Cashless Exercise of an Option, to make adequate provision for, the federal, state, local and foreign taxes, if any, required by law to be withheld by the Participating Company Group with respect to an Award or the shares acquired pursuant thereto. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock or to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to an Option Agreement or Stock Purchase Agreement until the Participating Company Group’s tax withholding obligations have been satisfied by the Participant.

10.2 Withholding in Shares. The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to deduct from the shares of Stock issuable to a Participant upon the exercise of an Award, or to accept from the Participant the tender of, a number of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value, as determined by the Company, equal to all or any part of the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group. The Fair Market Value of any shares of Stock withheld or tendered to satisfy any such tax withholding obligations shall not exceed the amount determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates.

 

  11. COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES LAW.

The grant of Awards and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of Awards shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign law with respect to such securities. Awards may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, no Award may be exercised unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Award be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Award or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Award may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of any Award, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

 

  12. TERMINATION OR AMENDMENT OF PLAN.

The Board may terminate or amend the Plan at any time. However, subject to changes in applicable law, regulations or rules that would permit otherwise, without the approval of the Company’s stockholders, there shall be (a) no increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of the provisions of Section 4.2), (b) no change in the class of persons eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options, and (c) no other amendment of the Plan that would require approval of the Company’s stockholders under any applicable law, regulation or rule. No termination or amendment of the Plan shall affect any then outstanding Award unless expressly provided by the Board. In any

 

16


event, no termination or amendment of the Plan may adversely affect any then outstanding Award without the consent of the Participant, unless such termination or amendment is required to enable an Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option or is necessary to comply with any applicable law, regulation or rule.

 

  13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

13.1 Repurchase Rights. Shares issued under the Plan may be subject to a right of first refusal, one or more repurchase options, or other conditions and restrictions as determined by the Board in its discretion at the time the Award is granted. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company. Upon request by the Company, each Participant shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

13.2 Provision of Information. The Company shall deliver to each Participant such disclosures as are required in accordance with Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

13.3 Stockholder Approval. The Plan or any increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock issuable thereunder as provided in Section 4.1 (the “Authorized Shares”) shall be approved by a majority of the outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote within twelve (12) months before or after the date of adoption thereof by the Board. Awards granted prior to security holder approval of the Plan or in excess of the Authorized Shares previously approved by the security holders shall become exercisable no earlier than the date of security holder approval of the Plan or such increase in the Authorized Shares, as the case may be.

13.4 Section 409A. To the extent that the Board determines that any Option or Stock Purchase Right granted or awarded under the Plan is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the agreement evidencing such Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be interpreted consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that the Board determines that any Option or Stock Purchase Right may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and the Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, the Board may, with the written consent of the affected Participant, adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Board determines are necessary or appropriate to (a) exempt the Option or Stock Purchase Right from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Option or Stock Purchase Right, or (b) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance thereunder.

 

17


THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

PENUMBRA, INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

(Immediately Exercisable)

Penumbra, Inc. has granted to the individual (the “Participant”) named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “Notice’) to which this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement’) is attached an option (the “Option”) to purchase certain shares of Stock upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice and this Option Agreement. The Option has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Penumbra, Inc. 2005 Stock Plan (the “Plan”), as amended to the Date of Option Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Notice, the Participant: (a) represents that the Participant has received copies of, and has read and is familiar with the terms and conditions of, the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement, (b) accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement, and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Notice, the Plan or this Option Agreement.

 

  1. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

1.1 Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Notice or the Plan.

1.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Option Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

1


  2. TAX CONSEQUENCES.

2.1 Tax Status of Option. This Option is intended to have the tax status designated in the Notice.

(a) Incentive Stock Option. If the Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Option qualifies as such. The Participant should consult with the Participant’s own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. (NOTE TO PARTICIPANT: If the Option is exercised more than three (3) months after the date on which you cease to be an Employee (other than by reason of your death or permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), the Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.)

(b) Nonstatutory Stock Option. If the Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option and shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

2.2 ISO Fair Market Value Limitation. If the Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, then to the extent that the Option (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to the Participant under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) becomes exercisable for the first time during any calendar year for shares having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 2.2, options designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock is determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 2.2, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If the Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 2.2, the Participant may designate which portion of such Option the Participant is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option. (NOTE TO PARTICIPANT: If the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option (that is, the Exercise Price multiplied by the Number of Option Shares) plus the aggregate exercise price of any other Incentive Stock Options you hold (whether granted pursuant to the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Participating Company Group) is greater than $100,000, you should contact the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to ascertain whether the entire Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option.)

2.3 Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code. If the Participant exercises this Option to purchase shares of stock that are both nontransferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, the Participant understands that the Participant should consult with the Participant’s tax advisor regarding the advisability of filing with the Internal Revenue Service an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, which must be filed no later than thirty (30) days after

 

2


the date on which the Participant exercises the Option. Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option are nontransferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture if, for example, they are unvested and are subject to a right of the Company to repurchase such shares at the Participant’s original purchase price if the Participant’s Service terminates. Failure to file an election under Section 83(b), if appropriate, may result in adverse tax consequences to the Participant. The Participant acknowledges that the Participant has been advised to consult with a tax advisor prior to the exercise of the Option regarding the tax consequences to the Participant of the exercise of the Option. AN ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) MUST BE FILED WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH THE PARTICIPANT PURCHASES SHARES. THIS TIME PERIOD CANNOT BE EXTENDED. THE PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT TIMELY FILING OF A SECTION 83(b) ELECTION IS THE PARTICIPANT’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, EVEN IF THE PARTICIPANT REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO FILE SUCH ELECTION ON HIS OR HER BEHALF.

 

  3. ADMINISTRATION.

All questions of interpretation concerning this Option Agreement shall be determined by the Board. All determinations by the Board shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Option. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

 

  4. EXERCISE OF THE OPTION.

4.1 Right to Exercise. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Initial Exercise Date and prior to the termination of the Option (as provided in Section 6) in an amount not to exceed the Number of Option Shares less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise of the Option, subject to the Company’s repurchase rights set forth in Section 11 and Section 12. In no event shall the Option be exercisable for more shares than the Number of Option Shares, as adjusted pursuant to Section 9.

4.2 Method of Exercise. Exercise of the Option shall be by written notice to the Company which must state the election to exercise the Option, the number of whole shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Participant’s investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The written notice must be signed by the Participant and must be delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, or other authorized representative of the Participating Company Group, prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Section 6, accompanied by (i) full payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of stock being purchased and (ii) an executed copy, if required herein, of the then current form of escrow agreement referenced below. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice, the aggregate Exercise Price and if required by the Company, such executed agreement.

 

3


4.3 Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash, by check, or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of whole shares of stock owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value not less than the aggregate Exercise Price, (iii) by means of a Cashless Exercise, as defined in Section 4.3(b), or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration.

(i) Tender of Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. The Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Participant for more than the amount of time as to not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company by accepting such shares (and not used for another option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

(ii) Cashless Exercise. A “Cashless Exercise” means the delivery of a properly executed notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker in a form acceptable to the Company providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares of stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option pursuant to a program or procedure approved by the Company (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to decline to approve or terminate any such program or procedure.

4.4 Tax Withholding. At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, the Participant hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Participant, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for (including by means of a Cashless Exercise to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the Option, including, without limitation, obligations arising upon (i) the exercise, in whole or in part, of the Option, (ii) the transfer, in whole or in part, of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option, (iii) the operation of any law or regulation providing for the imputation of interest, or (iv) the lapsing of any restriction with respect to any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option. The Option is not exercisable unless the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group are satisfied. Accordingly, the Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock or to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to this Option Agreement until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group have been satisfied by the Participant.

 

4


4.5 Certificate Registration. Except in the event the Exercise Price is paid by means of a Cashless Exercise, the certificate for the shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the Participant, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Participant.

4.6 Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of Shares. The grant of the Option and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. THE PARTICIPANT IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. ACCORDINGLY, THE PARTICIPANT MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

4.7 Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

 

  5. NONTRANSFERABILITY OF THE OPTION.

The Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative and may not be assigned or transferred in any manner except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Following the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

  6. TERMINATION OF THE OPTION.

The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised after the first to occur of (a) the close of business on the Option Expiration Date, (b) the close of business on the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the Participant’s Service as described in Section 7, or (c) a Change in Control to the extent provided in Section 8.

 

5


  7. EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE.

7.1 Option Exercisability.

(a) Disability. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(b) Death. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Participant’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Participant dies within three (3) months after the Participant’s termination of Service.

(c) Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Option Agreement, if the Participant’s Service is terminated for Cause (as defined below), the Option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable on the effective date of such termination of Service. Unless otherwise defined in a contract of employment or service between the Participant and a Participating Company, for purposes of this Option Agreement “Cause” shall mean any of the following: (i) the Participant’s theft, dishonesty, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty for personal profit, or falsification of any Participating Company documents or records; (ii) the Participant’s material failure to abide by a Participating Company’s code of conduct or other policies (including, without limitation, policies relating to confidentiality and reasonable workplace conduct); (iii) the Participant’s unauthorized use, misappropriation, destruction or diversion of any tangible or intangible asset or corporate opportunity of a Participating Company (including, without limitation, the Participant’s improper use or disclosure of a Participating Company’s confidential or proprietary information); (iv) any intentional act by the Participant which has a material detrimental effect on a Participating Company’s reputation or business; (v) the Participant’s repeated failure or inability to perform any reasonable assigned duties after written notice from a Participating Company of, and a reasonable opportunity to cure, such failure or inability; (vi) any material breach by the Participant of any employment or service agreement between the Participant and a Participating Company, which breach is not cured pursuant to the terms of such agreement; or (vii) the Participant’s conviction (including any plea of guilty or nolo contendere) of any criminal act involving fraud, dishonesty, misappropriation or moral turpitude, or which impairs the Participant’s ability to perform his or her duties with a Participating Company.

(d) Other Termination of Service. If the Participant’s Service with the Participating Company Group terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Cause, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Participant on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months (or such other longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

 

6


7.2 Additional Limitation on Option Exercise. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.1, the Option may not be exercised after the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent that the shares to be acquired upon exercise of the Option would be subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option as provided in Section 11.

7.3 Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing other than termination for Cause, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section 4.6, the Option shall remain exercisable until thirty (30) days after the date the Participant is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

 

  8. CHANGE IN CONTROL.

8.1 Definitions.

(a) An “Ownership Change Event” shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(b) A “Change in Control” shall mean an Ownership Change Event or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a “Transaction”) wherein the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or, in the case of a Transaction described in Section 8.1(a)(iii), the corporation or other business entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the “Transferee”), as the case may be. For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company or the Transferee, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities. The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting securities of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

8.2 Effect of Change in Control on Option. In the event of a Change in Control, and provided that the Participant’s Service has not terminated prior to such date, the Vested Ratio shall deemed to be 1/1 and all shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be Vested Shares for purposes of Section 11 as of the date ten (10) days prior to the date of the Change in Control. Any vesting of the Option that was permissible solely by reason of this Section 8.2 shall be conditioned upon the consummation of the Change in Control. In addition,

 

7


the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the “Acquiror”), may, without the consent of the Participant, either assume the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitute for the Option a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiror’s stock. The Option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Change in Control to the extent that the Option is neither assumed by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of the Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of this Option Agreement except as otherwise provided herein. Furthermore, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the corporation the stock of which is subject to the Option immediately prior to an Ownership Change Event described in Section 8.1(a)(i) constituting a Change in Control is the surviving or continuing corporation and immediately after such Ownership Change Event less than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of its voting stock is held by another corporation or by other corporations that are members of an affiliated group within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code without regard to the provisions of Section 1504(b) of the Code, the Option shall not terminate unless the Board otherwise provides in its discretion.

 

  9. ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE.

Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting normal cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number, Exercise Price and class of shares subject to the Option, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the Participant’s rights under the Option. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 9 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no event may the purchase price of the Option be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. Such adjustments shall be determined by the Board, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

  10. RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER, DIRECTOR, EMPLOYEE OR CONSULTANT.

The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of a certificate for the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 9. If the Participant is an Employee, the Participant understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate,

 

8


written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Participant, the Participant’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Option Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Participant’s Service as a Director, an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the vesting of shares pursuant to the Option is earned only by continuing service or employment at the will of the Company (not through the act of being hired, being granted the Option or acquiring shares hereunder).

 

  11. UNVESTED SHARE REPURCHASE OPTION.

11.1 Grant of Unvested Share Repurchase Option. In the event the Participant’s Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated for any reason or no reason, with or without cause, or, If the Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option attempts to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (other than pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) any Unvested Shares, as defined in Section 11.2 below (the “Unvested Shares’), the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Unvested Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 11 (the “Unvested Share Repurchase Option”).

11.2 Unvested Shares Defined. The “Unvested Shares” shall mean, on any given date, the number of shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option which exceed the Vested Shares determined as of such date.

11.3 Exercise of Unvested Share Repurchase Option. The Company may exercise the Unvested Share Repurchase Option by written notice to the Participant within sixty (60) days after (a) termination of the Participant’s Service (or exercise of the Option, if later) or (b) the Company has received notice of the attempted disposition of Unvested Shares. If the Company fails to give notice within such sixty (60) day period, the Unvested Share Repurchase Option shall terminate unless the Company and the Participant have extended the time for the exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option. The Unvested Share Repurchase Option must be exercised, if at all, for all of the Unvested Shares, except as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree.

11.4 Payment for Shares and Return of Shares to Company. The purchase price per share being repurchased by the Company shall be an amount equal to the Participant’s original cost per share, as adjusted pursuant to Section 9 (the “Repurchase Price”). The Company shall pay the aggregate Repurchase Price to the Participant in cash within thirty (30) days after the date of the written notice to the Participant of the Company’s exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any purchase money indebtedness of the Participant to any Participating Company for the shares shall be treated as payment to the Participant in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled. The shares being repurchased shall be delivered to the Company by the Participant at the same time as the delivery of the Repurchase Price to the Participant.

11.5 Assignment of Unvested Share Repurchase Option. The Company shall have the right to assign the Unvested Share Repurchase Option at any time, whether or not such option is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

 

9


11.6 Ownership Change Event. Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s ownership of Unvested Shares shall be immediately subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and included in the terms “Stock” and “Unvested Shares” for all purposes of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option with the same force and effect as the Unvested Shares immediately prior to the Ownership Change Event. While the aggregate Repurchase Price shall remain the same after such Ownership Change Event, the Repurchase Price per Unvested Share upon exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option following such Ownership Change Event shall be adjusted as appropriate. For purposes of determining the Vested Shares following an Ownership Change Event, credited Service shall include all Service with any corporation which is a Participating Company at the time the Service is rendered, whether or not such corporation is a Participating Company both before and after the Ownership Change Event.

 

  12. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

12.1 Grant of Right of First Refusal. Except as provided in Section 12.7 below, in the event the Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any Vested Shares (the “Transfer Shares”) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any stockholder of a Participating Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 12 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

12.2 Notice of Proposed Transfer. Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Participant shall deliver written notice (the “Transfer Notice”) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the “Proposed Transferee”) and, If the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Participant proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Participant shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Participant and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Participant and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

12.3 Bona Fide Transfer. If the Company determines that the information provided by the Participant in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Participant written notice of the Participant’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 12, and the Participant shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 12. The Participant shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares If the proposed transfer is not bona fide.

12.4 Exercise of Right of First Refusal. If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less

 

10


than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Participant of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Participant or issued by a person other than the Participant with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Participant shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Participant to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Participant in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled.

12.5 Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal. If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 12.4 above, the Participant may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Participant and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Participant, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Participant with the procedure described in this Section 12.

12.6 Transferees of Transfer Shares. All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, including this Section 12 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 12 are met.

12.7 Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Ownership Change Event. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 12.9 below result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

 

11


12.8 Assignment of Right of First Refusal. The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

12.9 Early Termination of Right of First Refusal. The other provisions of this Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the Acquiror assumes the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiror’s stock for the Option, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A “public market” shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over-the-counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.

 

  13. ESCROW.

13.1 Establishment of Escrow. To ensure that shares subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option will be available for repurchase, the Company may require the Participant to deposit the certificate evidencing the shares which the Participant purchases upon exercise of the Option with an agent designated by the Company under the terms and conditions of an escrow agreement approved by the Company. If the Company does not require such deposit as a condition of exercise of the Option, the Company reserves the right at any time to require the Participant to so deposit the certificate in escrow. Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event or a change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s ownership of shares of stock acquired upon exercise of the Option that remain, following such Ownership Change Event or change described in Section 9, subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option shall be immediately subject to the escrow to the same extent as such shares of stock immediately before such event. The Company shall bear the expenses of the escrow.

13.2 Delivery of Shares to Participant. As soon as practicable after the expiration of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option, but not more frequently than twice each calendar year, the escrow agent shall deliver to the Participant the shares and any other property no longer subject to such restriction.

13.3 Notices and Payments. In the event the shares and any other property held in escrow are subject to the Company’s exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option or the Right of First Refusal, the notices required to be given to the Participant shall be given to the escrow agent, and any payment required to be given to the Participant shall be given to the escrow agent. Within thirty (30) days after payment by the Company, the escrow agent shall deliver the shares and any other property which the Company has purchased to the Company and shall deliver the payment received from the Company to the Participant.

 

12


  14. STOCK DISTRIBUTIONS SUBJECT TO OPTION AGREEMENT.

If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal immediately before such event.

 

  15. NOTICE OF SALES UPON DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION.

The Participant shall dispose of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option only in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement. In addition, if the Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant shall (a) promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if the Participant disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date the Participant exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Option Grant and (b) provide the Company with a description of the circumstances of such disposition. Until such time as the Participant disposes of such shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Participant shall hold all shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Participant’s name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period immediately after Date of Option Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company’s stock to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Participant to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.

 

  16. LEGENDS.

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Unvested Share Repurchase Right, the Right of First Refusal and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The Participant shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Participant in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

16.1 “THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF

 

13


COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”

16.2 “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AN UNVESTED SHARE REPURCHASE OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

16.3 “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

16.4 “THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (“ISO”). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO [INSERT DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION DATE HERE]. SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.”

 

  17. LOCK-UP AGREEMENT.

The Participant hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Participant shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act. The Participant hereby agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing within a reasonable timeframe if so requested by the Company.

 

14


  18. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

No shares acquired upon exercise of the Option may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Participant), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law, in any manner which violates any of the provisions of this Option Agreement and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any shares which will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Option Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares will have been so transferred.

 

  19. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

19.1 Further Instruments. The parties hereto agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

19.2 Binding Effect. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

19.3 Termination or Amendment. The Board may terminate or amend the Plan or the Option at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8.2 in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Option or any unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the Participant unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation or is required to enable the Option, if designated an Incentive Stock Option in the Notice, to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. No amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

19.4 Notices. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Option Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery, upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail, or with an overnight courier service with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address shown below that party’s signature or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

19.5 Integrated Agreement. The Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersedes any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter other than those as set forth or provided for herein or therein. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Notice and the Option Agreement shall survive any exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

15


19.6 Applicable Law. This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

19.7 Counterparts. The Notice maybe executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

16


Incentive Stock Option

Participant:                     

Nonstatutory Stock Option

Date:                     

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

Penumbra, Inc.

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

2401 Merced Street, Suite 200

San Leandro, CA 94577

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. Option. I was granted an option (the “Option”) to purchase shares of the common stock (the “Shares”) of Penumbra, Inc. (the “Company”) pursuant to the Company’s 2005 Stock Plan (the “Plan”), my Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “Notice”) and my Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) as follows:

 

Date of Option Grant:

  

 

 

 

Number of Option Shares:

  

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

$                
  

 

 

 

2. Exercise of Option. I hereby elect to exercise the Option to purchase the following number of Shares, in accordance with the Notice and the Option Agreement:

 

Vested Shares

  

 

 

 

Unvested Shares:

  

 

 

 

Total Shares Purchased:

  

 

 

 

Total Exercise Price (Total Shares X Price per Share)

$                
  

 

 

 

3. Payments. I enclose payment in full of the total exercise price for the Shares in the following form(s), as authorized by my Option Agreement:

 

! Cash:

$                
  

 

 

 

! Check:

$                
  

 

 

 

! Tender of Company Stock:

  Contact Plan Administrator   

 

1


4. Tax Withholding. I authorize payroll withholding and otherwise will make adequate provision for the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company, if any, in connection with the Option. If I am exercising a Nonstatutory Stock Option, I enclose payment in full of my withholding taxes, if any, as follows:

(Contact Plan Administrator for amount of tax due.)

 

Cash:

$                
  

 

 

 

Check:

$                
  

 

 

 

5. Participant Information.

 

My address is:

 

 

My Social Security Number is:

 

6. Notice of Disqualifying Disposition. If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, I agree that I will promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if I transfer any of the Shares within one (1) year from the date I exercise all or part of the Option or within two (2) years of the Date of Option Grant.

7. Binding Effect. I agree that the Shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Option Agreement, including the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal set forth therein, to all of which I hereby expressly assent. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. If required by the Company, I agree to deposit the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, along with a blank stock assignment separate from certificate executed by me, with an escrow agent designated by the Company, to be held pursuant to the Company’s standard Joint Escrow Instructions.

8. Transfer. I am aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and have acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. I am acquiring these Shares for investment for my own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). I acknowledge and understand that the Shares constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of my investment intent as expressed herein. I understand that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if my representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Shares for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Shares, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. I understand and acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that consequently the Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act, an exemption from such registration is available, or they are sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. I further understand and acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares: I understand that the certificate or certificates evidencing the Shares will imprinted with legends which prohibit the transfer of the Shares unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the option of legal counsel satisfactory to the Company.

9. Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code. I understand and acknowledge that if I am exercising the Option to purchase Unvested Shares (i.e., shares that remain subject to the Company’s Unvested Share Repurchase Option), that I should consult with my tax advisor regarding the advisability of filing with the Internal Revenue Service an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, which must be filed no later than thirty (30) days after the date on which I exercise the Option. I acknowledge that I have been advised to consult with a tax advisor prior to

 

2


the exercise of the Option regarding the tax consequences to me of exercising the Option. AN ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) MUST BE FILED WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH I PURCHASE SHARES. THIS TIME PERIOD CANNOT BE EXTENDED. I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT TIMELY FILING OF A SECTION 83(b) ELECTION IS MY SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, EVEN IF I REQUEST THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO FILE SUCH ELECTION ON MY BEHALF.

I am familiar with the provisions of Rule 70 I and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that If the issuer qualifies under Rule 70 I at the time of the grant of the Option to me, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15( d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Shares exempt under Rule 701 may under present law be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (1) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as this term is defined under the Exchange Act); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Shares being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Shares may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which, effective as of February 15, 2008, requires the resale to occur not less than six months, or, in the event the Company is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, not less than one year, after the later of the date the Shares were sold by the Company or the date the Shares were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the Shares by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above or, in the case of a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the Shares less than one year, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in section (2) of the paragraph immediately above. I understand that any sale of the Shares that might be made in reliance upon Rule 144 may only be made in limited amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions of such rule and that a copy of Rule 144 will be delivered to me upon request.

I further understand that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. I understand that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

I understand that I am purchasing the Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Notice and my Option Agreement, copies of which I have received and carefully read and understand.

 

Very truly yours,

 

(Signature)

 

3


Receipt of the above is hereby acknowledged.

 

Penumbra, Inc.
By:

 

Title:

 

Dated:

 

 

4


EX-10.8

Exhibit 10.8

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made as of November 1, 2008, by and between Penumbra, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                      (the “Indemnitee”).

RECITALS

The Company and Indemnitee recognize the increasing difficulty in obtaining liability insurance for directors, officers and key employees, the significant increases in the cost of such insurance and the general reductions in the coverage of such insurance. The Company and Indemnitee further recognize the substantial increase in corporate litigation in general, subjecting directors, officers and key employees to expensive litigation risks at the same time as the availability and coverage of liability insurance has been severely limited. Indemnitee does not regard the current protection available as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee and agents of the Company may not be willing to continue to serve as agents of the Company without additional protection. The Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, and to indemnify its directors, officers and key employees so as to provide them with the maximum protection permitted by law.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the mutual promises made in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and Indemnitee hereby agree as follows:

1. Indemnification.

(a) Third Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or any subsidiary of the Company, by reason of any action or inaction on the part of Indemnitee while an officer or director or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (if such settlement is approved in advance by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.


(b) Proceedings By or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or proceeding by or in the right of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or any subsidiary of the Company, by reason of any action or inaction on the part of Indemnitee while an officer or director or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement (if such settlement is approved in advance by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), in each case to the extent actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and its stockholders, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudicated by court order or judgment to be liable to the Company in the performance of Indemnitee’s duty to the Company and its stockholders unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or proceeding is or was pending shall determine upon application that, in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such court shall deem proper.

(c) Mandatory Payment of Expenses. To the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 1(a) or Section 1(b) or the defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection therewith.

2. No Employment Rights. Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to create in Indemnitee any right to continued employment.

3. Expenses; Indemnification Procedure.

(a) Advancement of Expenses. The Company shall advance all expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of any civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section l(a) or Section 1(b) hereof (including amounts actually paid in settlement of any such action, suit or proceeding). Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay such amounts advanced only if, and to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company as authorized hereby.


(b) Notice/Cooperation by Indemnitee. Indemnitee shall, as a condition precedent to his or her right to be indemnified under this Agreement, give the Company notice in writing as soon as practicable of any claim made against Indemnitee for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement. Notice to the Company shall be directed to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and shall be given in accordance with the provisions of Section 12(d) below. In addition, Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation as it may reasonably require and as shall be within Indemnitee’s power.

(c) Procedure. Any indemnification and advances provided for in Section 1 and this Section 3 shall be made no later than twenty (20) days after receipt of the written request of Indemnitee. If a claim under this Agreement, under any statute, or under any provision of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws providing for indemnification, is not paid in full by the Company within twenty (20) days after a written request for payment thereof has first been received by the Company, Indemnitee may, but need not, at any time thereafter bring an action against the Company to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, subject to Section 11 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall also be entitled to be paid for the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) of bringing such action. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in connection with any action, suit or proceeding in advance of its final disposition) that Indemnitee has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under applicable law for the Company to indemnify Indemnitee for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Company and Indemnitee shall be entitled to receive interim payments of expenses pursuant to Section 3(a) unless and until such defense may be finally adjudicated by court order or judgment from which no further right of appeal exists. It is the parties’ intention that if the Company contests Indemnitee’s right to indemnification, the question of Indemnitee’s right to indemnification shall be for the court to decide, and neither the failure of the Company (including its Board of Directors, any committee or subgroup of the Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct required by applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Company (including its Board of Directors, any committee or subgroup of the Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(d) Notice to Insurers. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(e) Selection of Counsel. In the event the Company shall be obligated under Section 3(a) hereof to pay the expenses of any proceeding against Indemnitee, the Company, if appropriate, shall be entitled to assume the defense of such proceeding, with counsel approved by Indemnitee, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election so to do. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such


counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same proceeding, provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any such proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense; and (ii) if (A) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense or (C) the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such proceeding, then the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel shall be at the expense of the Company.

4. Additional Indemnification Rights; Nonexclusivity.

(a) Scope. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to indemnify the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, notwithstanding that such indemnification is not specifically authorized by the other provisions of this Agreement, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s Bylaws or by statute. In the event of any change, after the date of this Agreement, in any applicable law, statute, or rule which expands the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its board of directors or an officer, such changes shall be deemed to be within the purview of Indemnitee’s rights and the Company’s obligations under this Agreement. In the event of any change in any applicable law, statute or rule which narrows the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its board of directors or an officer, such changes, to the extent not otherwise required by such law, statute or rule to be applied to this Agreement shall have no effect on this Agreement or the parties’ rights and obligations hereunder.

(b) Nonexclusivity. The indemnification provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, its Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested members of the Company’s Board of Directors, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or otherwise, both as to action in Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue as to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity even though he or she may have ceased to serve in any such capacity at the time of any action, suit or other covered proceeding.

5. Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the expenses, judgments, fines or penalties actually or reasonably incurred in the investigation, defense, appeal or settlement of any civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion of such expenses, judgments, fines or penalties to which Indemnitee is entitled.

6. Mutual Acknowledgment. Both the Company and Indemnitee acknowledge that in certain instances, Federal law or public policy may override applicable state law and prohibit the Company from indemnifying its directors and officers under this Agreement or otherwise. For example, the Company and Indemnitee acknowledge that the Securities and Exchange


Commission (the “SEC”) has taken the position that indemnification is not permissible for liabilities arising under certain federal securities laws, and federal legislation prohibits indemnification for certain ERISA violations. Indemnitee understands and acknowledges that the Company has undertaken or may be required in the future to undertake with the SEC to submit the question of indemnification to a court in certain circumstances for a determination of the Company’s right under public policy to indemnify Indemnitee.

7. Officer and Director Liability Insurance. The Company shall, from time to time, make the good faith determination whether or not it is practicable for the Company to obtain and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies providing the officers and directors of the Company with coverage for losses from wrongful acts, or to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement. Among other considerations, the Company will weigh the costs of obtaining such insurance coverage against the protection afforded by such coverage. In all policies of director and officer liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s directors, if Indemnitee is a director; or of the Company’s officers, if Indemnitee is not a director of the Company but is an officer; or of the Company’s key employees, if Indemnitee is not an officer or director but is a key employee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain such insurance if the Company determines in good faith that such insurance is not reasonably available, if the premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided, if the coverage provided by such insurance is limited by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit, or if Indemnitee is covered by similar insurance maintained by a parent or subsidiary of the Company.

8. Severability. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable as provided in this Section 8. If this Agreement or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Agreement that shall not have been invalidated, and the balance of this Agreement not so invalidated shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

9. Exceptions. Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement:

(a) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee. To indemnify or advance expenses to Indemnitee with respect to proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, except with respect to proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, but such indemnification or advancement of expenses may be provided by the Company in specific cases if the Board of Directors finds it to be appropriate;


(b) Lack of Good Faith. To indemnify Indemnitee for any expenses incurred by Indemnitee with respect to any proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee in such proceeding was not made in good faith or was frivolous;

(c) Insured Claims. To indemnify Indemnitee for expenses or liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement) to the extent such expenses or liabilities have been paid directly to Indemnitee by an insurance carrier under a policy of officers’ and directors’ liability insurance maintained by the Company; or

(d) Claims under Section 16(b). To indemnify Indemnitee for expenses or the payment of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor statute.

10. Construction of Certain Phrases.

(a) For purposes of this Agreement, references to the “Company” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.

11. Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that any action is instituted by Indemnitee under this Agreement to enforce or interpret any of the terms hereof, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid all court costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by Indemnitee with respect to such action, unless as a part of such action, the court of competent jurisdiction determines that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee as a basis for such action were not made in good faith or were frivolous. In the event of an action instituted by or in the


name of the Company under this Agreement or to enforce or interpret any of the terms of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid all court costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by Indemnitee in defense of such action (including with respect to Indemnitee’s counterclaims and cross-claims made in such action), unless as a part of such action the court determines that each of Indemnitee’s material defenses to such action were made in bad faith or were frivolous.

12. Miscellaneous.

(a) Governing Law. This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflict of law.

(b) Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights. This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

(c) Construction. This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

(d) Notices. Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

(e) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

(f) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, and inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, legal representatives and assigns.

(g) Subrogation. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company to effectively bring suit to enforce such rights.


The parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year set forth on the first page of this Agreement.

 

Penumbra, Inc.
By:    
 

Adam Elsesser

Chief Executive Officer

Address:

 

1351 Harbor Bay Parkway

Alameda, CA 94502

 

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:
By:    
Name:    

Address:

 
 
 

EX-10.9

Exhibit 10.9

FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this “Agreement”), made and entered into as of the          day of             , 20    , by and between Penumbra, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                      (“Indemnitee”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly-held corporations as directors or officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation.

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself.

WHEREAS, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Company shall indemnify and advance expenses to all directors and officers of the Company in the manner set forth therein and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, and the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation provides for limitation of liability for directors. In addition, Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”). The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification.

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons.

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future.

 

1


WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified.

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director of the Company without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

(a) As used in this Agreement:

Change of Control” means any one of the following circumstances occurring after the date hereof: (i) there shall have occurred an event required to be reported with respect to the Company in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item or any similar schedule or form) under the Exchange Act, regardless of whether the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement; (ii) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) shall have become, without prior approval of the Board by approval of at least a majority of the Continuing Directors, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 15% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities (provided that, for purposes of this clause (ii), the term “person” shall exclude (x) the Company, (y) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (z) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the

 

2


same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company); (iii) there occurs a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 51% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity; (iv) all or substantially all the assets of the Company are sold or disposed of in a transaction or series of related transactions; (v) the approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company; or (vi) the Continuing Directors cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board.

Continuing Director” means (i) each director on the Board on the date hereof or (ii) any new director whose election or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who were directors on the date hereof or whose election or nomination was so approved.

Corporate Status” means the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, board of directors’ committee member, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise.

Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

Enterprise” means the Company and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, board of directors’ committee member, employee or agent.

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Expenses” means all direct and indirect costs (including attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcripts, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses) reasonably incurred in connection with (i) prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a

 

3


Proceeding or (ii) establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, applicable law or otherwise. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. For the avoidance of doubt, Expenses, however, shall not include any Liabilities.

Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporate law and neither currently is, nor in the five years previous to its selection or appointment has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements) or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

Liabilities” means any losses or liabilities, including any judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, penalties and amounts paid in settlement, arising out of or in connection with any Proceeding (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any such judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, penalties or amounts paid in settlement).

Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, derivative action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether civil (including intentional and unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative or investigative, including any appeal therefrom, and whether instituted by or on behalf of the Company or any other party, or any inquiry or investigation that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit or other proceeding hereinabove listed in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness or otherwise by reason of any Corporate Status of Indemnitee, or by reason of any action taken (or failure to act) by him or her or of any action (or failure to act) on his or her part while serving in any Corporate Status.

(b) For the purposes of this Agreement:

References to “Company” shall include, in addition to the resulting or surviving corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors,

 

4


officers, employees or agents, so that if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of such constituent corporation or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, then Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

Reference to “other enterprise” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries, including as a deemed fiduciary thereto; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.

Reference to “including” shall mean “including, without limitation,” regardless of whether the words “without limitation” actually appear, references to the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular paragraph, subparagraph, section, subsection or other subdivision.

ARTICLE 2

SERVICES BY INDEMNITEE

Section 2.01. Services By Indemnitee. Indemnitee hereby agrees to serve or continue to serve as a director, officer or key employee of the Company, for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or is removed.

ARTICLE 3

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 3.01. General. (a) The Company hereby agrees to and shall indemnify Indemnitee and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against any and all Expenses and Liabilities, in either case, actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. The Company’s indemnification obligations set forth in this Section 3.01 shall apply (i) in respect of Indemnitee’s

 

5


past, present and future service in any Corporate Status and (ii) regardless of whether Indemnitee is serving in any Corporate Status at the time any such Expense or Liability is incurred.

For purposes of this Agreement, the meaning of the phrase “to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law” shall include, but not be limited to:

(i) the fullest extent permitted by any provision of the DGCL, or the corresponding provision of any successor statute, and

(ii) the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

(b) Witness Expenses. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

(c) Expenses as a Party Where Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) and is successful in, on the merits or otherwise, any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding, but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, Indemnitee will be deemed to have been “successful on the merits” upon termination of any Proceeding by the winning of a motion to dismiss (with or without prejudice) or motion for summary judgment, by settlement (with or without court approval), or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent.

Section 3.02. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and unless Indemnitee ultimately is successful on the merits with respect to any such claim, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) for (i) an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the

 

6


meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law or (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act); or

(b) except as otherwise provided in Sections 6.01(e), prior to a Change of Control, in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee (other than any cross claim or counterclaim asserted by the Indemnitee), including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

ARTICLE 4

ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES; DEFENSE OF CLAIMS

Section 4.01. Advances. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall advance any Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding within ten (10) days after the receipt by the Company of each statement requesting such advance from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay such amounts and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. Advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, within ten (10) days after any request by Indemnitee, the Company shall, in accordance with such request (but without duplication), (a) pay such Expenses on behalf of Indemnitee, (b) advance to Indemnitee funds in an amount sufficient to pay such Expenses, or (c) reimburse Indemnitee for such Expenses.

Section 4.02. Repayment of Advances or Other Expenses. Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement, which shall constitute an undertaking providing that Indemnitee shall reimburse the Company for all Expenses advanced by the Company pursuant to

 

7


Section 4.01 in the event and only to the extent that it shall be determined by final judgment or other final adjudication under the provisions of any applicable law (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company for such Expenses. No other form of undertaking shall be required other than the execution of this Agreement.

Section 4.03. Defense of Claims. If the Company may be obligated to make any indemnity in connection with a Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee for any fees or expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. Notwithstanding the Company’s assumption of the defense of any such Proceeding, the Company shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s separate counsel to the extent (i) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee is authorized by the Company, (ii) counsel for the Company or Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense such that Indemnitee needs to be separately represented, (iii) the Company is not financially or legally able to perform its indemnification obligations or (iv) the Company shall not have retained, or shall not continue to retain, such counsel to defend such Proceeding. Indemnitee agrees that any such separate counsel will be a member of any approved list of panel counsel under the Company’s applicable directors’ and officers’ insurance policy, should the applicable policy provide for a panel of approved counsel. Regardless of any provision in this Agreement, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s personal expense. The Company shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company.

ARTICLE 5

PROCEDURES FOR NOTIFICATION OF AND DETERMINATION OF ENTITLEMENT TO INDEMNIFICATION

Section 5.01. Notification; Request For Indemnification. (a) As soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by Indemnitee of written notice that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) in any Proceeding or of any other matter in respect of which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder, Indemnitee shall provide to the Company written notice thereof, including the nature of and the facts underlying the Proceeding. The omission by Indemnitee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise.

 

8


(b) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall deliver to the Company a written request for indemnification, including therewith such information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to determine Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder. Such request(s) may be delivered from time to time and at such time(s) as Indemnitee deems appropriate in his or her sole discretion. Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be determined according to Section 5.02 of this Agreement and applicable law.

Section 5.02. Determination of Entitlement. (a) Where there has been a written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 5.01(b), then as soon as is reasonably practicable (but in any event not later than sixty (60) days) after final disposition of the relevant Proceeding, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change of Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (ii) if a Change of Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall reasonably cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification).

(b) If entitlement to indemnification is to be determined by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 5.02(a)(ii), such Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee, and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If entitlement to indemnification is to be determined by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 5.02(a)(i)(C) (or if Indemnitee requests that such selection be made by the Board), such Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company in which case the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of

 

9


the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been received, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court of competent jurisdiction has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after the later of submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 5.01(b) hereof and the final disposition of the Proceeding, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 5.02(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 6.01(a) of this Agreement, the Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

(c) The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of any Independent Counsel serving under this Agreement.

Section 5.03. Presumptions and Burdens of Proof; Effect of Certain Proceedings. (a) In making any determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 5.01(b) of this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption by clear and convincing evidence in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither the failure of any person, persons or entity to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by any person, persons or entity that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

10


(b) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 5.02 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within the sixty (60) day period referred to in Section 5.02(a), the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification.

(c) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(d) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is in good faith reliance on the records or books of account of any Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of such Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for such Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to such Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by such Enterprise. The provisions of this Section 5.03(d) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed or found to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(e) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, officer, agent or employee of any Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining any right to indemnification under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 6

REMEDIES OF INDEMNITEE

Section 6.01. Adjudication or Arbitration. (a) In the event of any dispute between Indemnitee and the Company hereunder as to entitlement to indemnification or advancement of Expenses (including where (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 5.02 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 4.01 of this Agreement, (iii) payment of

 

11


indemnification pursuant to Section 3.01 of this Agreement is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, (iv) no determination as to entitlement to indemnification is timely made pursuant to Section 5.02 of this Agreement and no payment of indemnification is made within ten (10) days after entitlement is deemed to have been determined pursuant to Section 5.03(b)) or (v) a contribution payment is not made in a timely manner pursuant to Section 8.04 of this Agreement, then Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of his or her entitlement to such indemnification, contribution or advancement. Alternatively, in such case, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 5.02(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 6.01 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 6.01 the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the Company may not refer to or introduce into evidence any determination pursuant to Section 5.02(a) of this Agreement adverse to Indemnitee for any purpose. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 6.01, Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Section 4.02 until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed).

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 5.02(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 6.01.

(d) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 6.01 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

(e) The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after the Company’s receipt of such written request) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any judicial proceeding or arbitration brought by Indemnitee for (i) indemnification or advances of Expenses by the Company (or

 

12


otherwise for the enforcement, interpretation or defense of his or her rights) under this Agreement or any other agreement, including any other indemnification, contribution or advancement agreement, or any provision of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws now or hereafter in effect or (ii) recovery or advances under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, contribution, advancement or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

ARTICLE 7

DIRECTORSAND OFFICERS’ LIABILITY INSURANCE

Section 7.01. D&O Liability Insurance. The Company shall obtain and maintain a policy or policies of insurance (“D&O Liability Insurance”) with reputable insurance companies providing liability insurance for directors and officers of the Company in their capacities as such that is at least substantially comparable in scope and amount to that provided by the Company’s policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect at the time of the Company’s initial public offering, except for any changes approved by the Board prior to a Change of Control; provided that such coverage and amounts are available on commercially reasonable terms. The minimum AM Best rating for the insurance carriers of such insurance carrier shall be not less than A- VI. In all D&O Liability Insurance policies, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s directors, if Indemnitee is a director; or of the Company’s officers, if Indemnitee is not a director of the Company but is an officer.

Section 7.02. Evidence of Coverage. Upon request by Indemnitee, the Company shall provide copies of all policies of D&O Liability Insurance obtained and maintained in accordance with Section 7.01 of this Agreement. The Company shall promptly notify Indemnitee of any changes in such insurance coverage.

Section 7.03. Tail Policy. Unless waived by the Board as constituted immediately prior to a Change of Control, in the event of a Change of Control or the Company’s becoming insolvent, the Company shall maintain in force any and all insurance policies then maintained by the Company in providing insurance—directors’ and officers’ liability, fiduciary, employment practices or otherwise—in respect of the individual directors and officers of the Company, for a fixed period of six (6) years thereafter (a “Tail Policy”). Such broker shall place the Tail Policy with the incumbent insurance carriers using the policies that were in place at the time of the Change of Control event (unless the incumbent carriers will not offer such policies, in which case the Tail Policy placed by the Company’s insurance broker shall be substantially comparable in scope and amount as the

 

13


expiring policies), and the insurance carriers for the Tail Policy shall have an AM Best rating that is the same or better than the AM Best ratings of the expiring policies.

ARTICLE 8

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.01. Nonexclusivity of Rights. The rights of indemnification, contribution and advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled to under applicable law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

Section 8.02. Insurance and Subrogation. (a) If, at the time the Company receives notice of a claim hereunder, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies. The failure or refusal of any such insurer to pay any such amount shall not affect or impair the obligations of the Company under this Agreement.

(b) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(c) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable (or for which advancement is provided) hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has actually received such payment under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; provided, however, that payment made to Indemnitee pursuant to an insurance policy purchased and maintained by Indemnitee at his or her own expense of any amounts otherwise indemnifiable or obligated to be made pursuant to this Agreement shall not reduce the Company’s obligations to Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement.

 

14


Section 8.03 Amounts Received from Non-Company Sources. The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, board of directors’ committee member, employee or agent of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such Enterprise.

Section 8.04. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving rise to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s). The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee from any claims for contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company (other than Indemnitee) who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

Section 8.05. Monetary Damages Insufficient/Specific Performance. The Company and Indemnitee agree that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm (having agreed that actual and irreparable harm will result in not forcing the Company to specifically perform its obligations pursuant to this Agreement) and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which he may be entitled. The Company and Indemnitee further agree that Indemnitee shall be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertaking in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by a court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of a bond or undertaking.

Section 8.06. Amendment. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by a written instrument executed by or on behalf of each of the parties hereto. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any

 

15


provision hereof shall limit, restrict or reduce any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any act or omission, or any event occurring, prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in applicable law, whether by statute or judicial decision, (i) permits greater indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change or (ii) limits rights with respect to indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses, it is the intent of the parties hereto that the rights with respect to indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses in effect prior to such change shall remain in full force and effect to the extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 8.07. Waivers. The observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) by the party entitled to enforce such term only by a writing signed by the party against which such waiver is to be asserted. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, no delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any party hereto of any right, power or privilege hereunder operate as a waiver of any other right, power or privilege hereunder nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder.

Section 8.08. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the documents referred to herein constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the matters covered hereby, and any other prior or contemporaneous oral or written understandings or agreements with respect to the matters covered hereby are superseded by this Agreement, provided that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of the Company and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

Section 8.09. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 

16


Section 8.10. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing (which may be by facsimile transmission). All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. in the place of receipt and such day is a business day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed not to have been received until the next succeeding business day in the place of receipt. The address for notice to a party is as shown on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as any party shall have given by written notice to the other party as provided above.

Section 8.11. Binding Effect. (a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, spouses, heirs, and executors, administrators, personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all, or a substantial part of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume this Agreement and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

(c) The indemnification, contribution and advancement of Expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to this Agreement shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, legatees and assigns of such a person.

Section 8.12. Governing Law. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules.

Section 8.13. Consent To Jurisdiction. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 6.01(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware

 

17


(the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 8.14. Headings. The Article and Section headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.

Section 8.15. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

Section 8.16. Use of Certain Terms. As used in this Agreement, the words “herein,” “hereof,” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular paragraph, subparagraph, section, subsection, or other subdivision. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa.

 

18


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered to be effective as of the date first above written.

 

PENUMBRA, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Address:

Facsimile:

Attention:

With a copy to:

Address:

Facsimile:

Attention:

 

INDEMNITEE

 

Address:

Facsimile:

With a copy to:

Address:

Facsimile:

Attention:

 

19


EX-10.10

Exhibit 10.10

 

LOGO

Penumbra, Inc.

2551 Merced Street

San Leandro, CA 94577

December 8, 2004

Mr. Adam Elsesser

 

Re: Employment Agreement

Dear Adam:

On behalf of Penumbra, Inc. (“Company”), I am pleased to offer you employment in the position of CEO, reporting to the Board of Directors. This letter sets out the terms of your employment with the Company, which will start on February 1, 2005.

You will be paid a starting base salary of $11,538.46 every two weeks, which equals $300,000 per year, less applicable tax and other withholdings. This position is an exempt position, which means you are paid for the job and not by the hour. Accordingly, you will not receive overtime pay if you work more than 8 hours in a workday or 40 hours in a workweek.

You will also be eligible to participate in various Company fringe benefit plans, in accordance with the Company’s benefit plan requirements. You will also be eligible to participate in any incentive compensation plan that may be established by the Company during your employment.

Subject to the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, you will be granted an option to purchase 0 shares of Company common stock under the Company’s stock option plan at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of that stock on your option grant date. Your option will vest over a period of four years, and will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s stock option plan and standard form of stock option agreement, which you will be required to sign as a condition of receiving the option.

Your employment with the Company is “at will.” This means it is for no specified term and may be terminated by you or the Company at any time, with or without cause or advance notice. In addition, the Company reserves the right to modify your compensation, positions, duties or reporting relationship to meet business needs and to decide on appropriate discipline.

As a condition of your employment, you will be required to sign the Company’s standard form of employee nondisclosure and assignment agreement (a copy of which is enclosed), and to provide the Company with documents establishing your identity and right to work in the United States. Those documents must be provided to the Company within three business days of your employment start date.

In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of your employment relationship with the Company, this agreement, or the termination of your employment with the Company for any reason (including, but not limited to, any claims of breach of contract, wrongful


termination or age, sex, race, national origin, disability or other discrimination or harassment), all such disputes shall be fully, finally and exclusively resolved by binding arbitration conducted by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) under AAA’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect, which are available online at the AAA’s website at www.adr.org or by requesting a copy from the Company. You and the Company hereby waive your respective rights to have any such disputes or claims tried before a judge or jury.

This agreement and the non-disclosure and stock option agreements referred to above constitute the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the terms and conditions of your employment, and they supersede all prior or contemporaneous negotiations, representations or agreements between you and the Company. The provisions of this agreement regarding “at will” employment and arbitration may only be modified by a document signed by you and an authorized representative of the Company.

Adam, we look forward to working with you at the Company. Please sign and date this letter on the spaces provided below to acknowledge your acceptance of the terms of this agreement.

 

Sincerely,
PENUMBRA, INC.
By:

/s/ Adam Elsesser

Adam Elsesser
CEO

I agree to and accept employment with Penumbra on the terms and conditions set forth in this agreement. I understand and agree that my employment with the Company is at-will.

Date: 1/5, 2005

 

/s/ Adam Elsesser

Adam Elsesser

EX-10.11

Exhibit 10.11

 

LOGO

Penumbra, Inc.

2551 Merced Street

San Leandro, CA 94577

December 8, 2004

Mr. Arani Bose

Re: Employment Agreement

Dear Arani:

On behalf of Penumbra, Inc. (“Company”), I am pleased to offer you employment in the position of Chairman and Chief Medical Officer, reporting to the Board of Directors. This letter sets out the terms of your employment with the Company, which will start on March 1, 2005.

You will be paid a starting base salary of $14,230.77 every two weeks, which equals $370,000 per year, less applicable tax and other withholdings. This position is an exempt position, which means you are paid for the job and not by the hour. Accordingly, you will not receive overtime pay if you work more than 8 hours in a workday or 40 hours in a workweek.

You will also be eligible to participate in various Company fringe benefit plans, in accordance with the Company’s benefit plan requirements. You will also be eligible to participate in any incentive compensation plan that may be established by the Company during your employment.

Subject to the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, you will be granted an option to purchase 0 shares of Company common stock under the Company’s stock option plan at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of that stock on your option grant date. Your option will vest over a period of four years, and will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s stock option plan and standard form of stock option agreement, which you will be required to sign as a condition of receiving the option.

Your employment with the Company is “at will.” This means it is for no specified term and may be terminated by you or the Company at any time, with or without cause or advance notice. In addition, the Company reserves the right to modify your compensation, positions, duties or reporting relationship to meet business needs and to decide on appropriate discipline.

As a condition of your employment, you will be required to sign the Company’s standard form of employee nondisclosure and assignment agreement (a copy of which is enclosed), and to provide the Company with documents establishing your identity and right to work in the United States. Those documents must be provided to the Company within three business days of your employment start date.


In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of your employment relationship with the Company, this agreement, or the termination of your employment with the Company for any reason (including, but not limited to, any claims of breach of contract, wrongful termination or age, sex, race, national origin, disability or other discrimination or harassment), all such disputes hall be fully, finally and exclusively resolved by binding arbitration conducted by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) under AAA’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect, which are available online at the AAA’s website at www.adr.org or by requesting a copy from the Company. You and the Company hereby waive your respective rights to have any such disputes or claims tried before a judge or jury.

This agreement and the non-disclosure and stock option agreements referred to above constitute the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the terms and conditions of your employment, and they supersede all prior or contemporaneous negotiations, representations or agreements between you and the Company. The provisions of this agreement regarding “at will” employment and arbitration may only be modified by a document signed by you and an authorized representative of the Company.

Arani, we look forward to working with you at the Company. Please sign and date this letter on the spaces provided below to acknowledge your acceptance of the terms of this agreement.

 

Sincerely,

PENUMBRA, INC.
By:

/s/ Adam Elsesser

Adam Elsesser
CEO

I agree to and accept employment with Penumbra on the terms and conditions set forth in this agreement. I understand and agree that my employment with the Company is at-will.

 

Date: February 4, 2005

/s/ Arani Bose

Arani Bose

EX-10.12

Exhibit 10.12

 

LOGO

February 10, 2015

Mr. Sri Kosaraju

Dear Sri:

On behalf of Penumbra, Inc. (“Company”), I am pleased to offer you employment in the position of Chief Financial Officer and Head of Strategy, reporting to Adam Elsesser. This letter sets out the terms of your employment with the Company, which will start on April 28, 2015.

You will be paid a base salary of $19,230.77 every two weeks, which equals $500,000 per year, less applicable taxes and other withholdings. This is an exempt position, which means you are paid for the job and not by the hour. Accordingly, you will not receive overtime pay if you work more than 8 hours in a workday or 40 hours in a work week.

You will also be granted 604,861 shares of Restricted Stock under the Company’s stock option plan. Your stock will vest over a period of four years, and will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s stock option plan and standard form of stock option agreement, which you will be required to sign as a condition of receiving the stock.

Your employment with the Company is “at will.” This means it is for no specified term and may be terminated by you or the Company at any time, with or without cause or advance notice. In addition, the Company reserves the right to modify your compensation, positions, duties or reporting relationship to meet business needs and to decide on appropriate discipline. This “at will” employment relationship may not be modified by any oral or implied agreement.

During and after your employment, you will not use any Company Property for any purpose other than for the benefit of the Company. Except for business uses related to the performance of your job, you will not remove from the Company premises any Company Property without written consent of your supervisor. In the event of your termination of employment, or at any time at the request of the Company, you will return all Company Property. You will also return all copies of Company Property, and any Work Product derived from Company Property.

As a condition of your employment, you will be required to sign the Company’s standard form of employee nondisclosure and assignment agreement (a copy of which is enclosed), and to provide the Company with documents establishing your identity and right to work in the United States. Those documents must be provided to the Company three business days prior to your employment start date.

We also ask that, if you have not already done so, you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case.

 

Penumbra, Inc.

1351 Harbor Bay Parkway

Alameda, CA 94502

T (510) 748-3200

F (510) 814-8303

www.penumbrainc.com


In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of your employment relationship with the Company, this agreement, or the termination of your employment with the Company for any reason (including, but not limited to, any claims of breach of contract, wrongful termination or age, sex, race, national origin, disability or other discrimination or harassment), all such disputes shall be fully, finally and exclusively resolved by binding arbitration conducted by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) under AAA’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect, which are available online at the AAA’s website at www.adr.org or by requesting a copy from the Company. You and the Company hereby waive your respective rights to have any such disputes or claims tried before a judge or jury.

This agreement and the non-disclosure and stock option agreements referred to above constitute the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the terms and conditions of your employment, and they supersede all prior or contemporaneous negotiations, representations or agreements between you and the Company. The provisions of this agreement regarding “at will” employment and arbitration may only be modified by a document signed by you and an authorized representative of the Company.

We look forward to working with you at Penumbra. Please sign and date this letter on the spaces provided below to acknowledge your acceptance of the terms of this agreement.

 

Sincerely,
PENUMBRA, INC.
By:

/s/    Lynn Rothman        

Lynn Rothman
Executive Vice President
Chief Business Officer

I agree to and accept employment with Penumbra on the terms and conditions set forth in this agreement. I understand and agree that my employment with the Company is at-will.

 

/s/    Sri Kosaraju        

Date:

2/10/15

Sri Kosaraju

 

Penumbra, Inc.

1351 Harbor Bay Parkway

Alameda, CA 94502

T (510) 748-3200

F (510) 814-8303

www.penumbrainc.com


EX-10.13

Exhibit 10.13

 

LOGO   Penumbra, Inc.
  2401 Merced Street
  Suite 200
  San Leandro, CA 94577
  Phone: (510) 618-3200
  Fax: (510) 618-3232

May 14, 2007

Mr. Daniel Davis

 

Re: Employment Agreement

Dear Daniel:

On behalf of Penumbra, Inc. (“Company”), I am pleased to offer you employment in the position of Territory Manager, reporting to Greg Finch. This letter sets out the terms of your employment with the Company, which will start on June 11, 2007.

You will be paid a starting base salary of $8,653.85 every two weeks, which equals $225,000 per year, less applicable tax and other withholdings. This position is an exempt position, which means you are paid for the job and not by the hour. Accordingly, you will not receive overtime pay if you work more than 8 hours in a workday or 40 hours in a workweek. The base salary will be adjusted at the launch of the Penumbra Stroke System. At that time, you will be paid a starting base salary of $4,807.70 every two weeks, which equals $125,000 per year, less applicable tax and other withholdings.

You will also be entitled to receive up to an additional $60,000 incentive bonus per year (paid quarterly in equal installments) based upon agreed upon quarterly performance and Management by Objectives (MBO’s). Additionally, you will participate in a sales incentive program based upon the approval process and commercialization.

You will be eligible to participate in various Company fringe benefit plans, in accordance with the Company’s benefit plan requirements. You are entitled to four weeks of vacation. You will also be eligible to participate in any incentive compensation plan that may be established by the Company during your employment. You will also be eligible for an $800.00 per month car allowance.

Subject to the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, you will be granted an option to purchase 10,000 shares (0.92 per share) of Company common stock under the Company’s stock option plan at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of that stock on your option grant date. Your option will vest over a period of four years, and will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s stock option plan and standard form of stock option agreement, which you will be required to sign as a condition of receiving the option. In addition, if you are responsible for selling Penumbra’s first product into at least 20 accounts prior to the launch of the Penumbra Stroke System, subject to all the same terms and conditions above, you will be granted 10,000 additional shares of Company common stock.


Your employment with the Company is “at will.” This means it is for no specified term and may be terminated by you or the Company at any time, with or without cause or advance notice. Your base salary shall be paid during the first year, unless the termination is for cause. In addition, the Company reserves the right to modify your compensation, positions, duties or reporting relationship to meet business needs and to decide on appropriate discipline.

As a condition of your employment, you will be required to sign the Company’s standard form of employee nondisclosure and assignment agreement (a copy of which is enclosed), and to provide the Company with documents establishing your identity and right to work in the United States. Those documents must be provided to the Company within three business days of your employment start date.

We also ask that, if you have not already done so, you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case.

In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of your employment relationship with the Company, this agreement, or the termination of your employment with the Company for any reason (including, but not limited to, any claims of breach of contract, wrongful termination or age, sex, race, national origin, disability or other discrimination or harassment), all such disputes shall be fully, finally and exclusively resolved by binding arbitration conducted by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) under AAA’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect, which are available online at the AAA’s website at www.adr.org or by requesting a copy from the Company. You and the Company hereby waive your respective rights to have any such disputes or claims tried before a judge or jury.

This agreement and the non-disclosure and stock option agreements referred to above constitute the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the terms and conditions of your employment, and they supersede all prior or contemporaneous negotiations, representations or agreements between you and the Company. The provisions of this agreement regarding “at will” employment and arbitration may only be modified by a document signed by you and an authorized representative of the Company.

Daniel, we look forward to working with you at the Company. Please sign and date this letter on the spaces provided below to acknowledge your acceptance of the terms of this agreement.

 

Sincerely,
PENUMBRA, INC.
By:

/s/ Greg Finch

Greg Finch
Vice President of Sales


I agree to and accept employment with Penumbra on the terms and conditions set forth in this agreement. I understand and agree that my employment with the Company is at-will.

 

Date: May 16, 2007

/s/ Daniel Davis

Daniel Davis


LOGO

December 1, 2011

Daniel Davis

Territory Manager

Dear Daniel:

It is my pleasure to congratulate you on your transition to the Marketing Department as a Marketing Director at a salary of $250,000 per year. You will report to John Lockhart retroactive to October 1, 2011

We welcome and look forward to your continuing contributions to the company’s achievement of its vision and mission.

Best Wishes,

/s/ Adam Elsesser

Adam Elsesser

Chief Executive Officer

 

Acknowledged /s/ Daniel Davis 12-2-11
  

 

  
Daniel Davis date

 

Penumbra, Inc.

1351 Harbor Bay Parkway

Alameda, CA 94502

T (510) 748-3200

F (510) 814-8303

www.penumbrainc.com


LOGO

December 26, 2012

Daniel Davis

Dear Daniel:

It is my pleasure to congratulate you on your promotion to Vice President of Strategy at a salary of $300,000 per year. This change is effective January 1, 2013.

This change reflects the knowledge, skills, abilities, experience and expertise you’ve brought to the team. We welcome and look forward to your continuing contribution to the company’s achievement of its vision and mission.

Best Wishes,

/s/ Adam Elsesser

Adam Elsesser

Chief Executive Officer

 

Acknowledged: /s/ Daniel Davis 8 Jan 13
  

 

  
Daniel Davis Date

 

Penumbra, Inc.

1351 Harbor Bay Parkway

Alameda, CA 94502

T (510) 748-3200

F (510) 814-8303

www.penumbrainc.com


EX-10.14

Exhibit 10.14

 

LOGO  

Penumbra, Inc.

2551 Merced Street

San Leandro, CA 94577

Phone: (510) 614-6491

Fax: (510) 614-4411

December 10, 2004

Mr. James R. Pray

 

Re: Employment Agreement

Dear Jim:

On behalf of Penumbra, Inc. (“Company”), I am pleased to offer you employment in the position of President, reporting to Adam Elsesser. This letter sets out the terms of your employment with the Company, which will start on January 4, 2005.

You will be paid a starting base salary of $6,807.69 every two weeks, which equals $177,000 per year, less applicable tax and other withholdings. This position is an exempt position, which means you are paid for the job and not by the hour. Accordingly, you will not receive overtime pay if you work more than 8 hours in a workday or 40 hours in a workweek.

You will also be eligible to participate in various Company fringe benefit plans, in accordance with the Company’s benefit plan requirements. You will also be eligible to participate in any incentive compensation plan that may be established by the Company during your employment.

Subject to the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, you will be granted an option to purchase 500,000 shares of Company common stock under the Company’s stock option plan at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of that stock on your option grant date. Your option will vest over a period of four years, and will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s stock option plan and standard form of stock option agreement, which you will be required to sign as a condition of receiving the option.

Your employment with the Company is “at will.” This means it is for no specified term and may be terminated by you or the Company at any time, with or without cause or advance notice. In addition, the Company reserves the right to modify your compensation, positions, duties or reporting relationship to meet business needs and to decide on appropriate discipline.

As a condition of your employment, you will be required to sign the Company’s standard form of employee nondisclosure and assignment agreement (a copy of which is enclosed), and to provide the Company with documents establishing your identity and right to work in the United States. Those documents must be provided to the Company within three business days of your employment start date.


In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of your employment relationship with the Company, this agreement, or the termination of your employment with the Company for any reason (including, but not limited to, any claims of breach of contract, wrongful termination or age, sex, race, national origin, disability or other discrimination or harassment), all such disputes shall be fully, finally and exclusively resolved by binding arbitration conducted by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) under AAA’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect, which are available online at the AAA’s website at www.adr.org or by requesting a copy from the Company. You and the Company hereby waive your respective rights to have any such disputes or claims tried before a judge or jury.

This agreement and the non-disclosure and stock option agreements referred to above constitute the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the terms and conditions of your employment, and they supersede all prior or contemporaneous negotiations, representations or agreements between you and the Company. The provisions of this agreement regarding “at will” employment and arbitration may only be modified by a document signed by you and an authorized representative of the Company.

Jim, we look forward to working with you at the Company. Please sign and date this letter on the spaces provided below to acknowledge your acceptance of the terms of this agreement.

 

Sincerely,
PENUMBRA, INC.
By:

/s/ Adam Elsesser

Adam Elsesser
CEO

I agree to and accept employment with Penumbra on the terms and conditions set forth in this agreement. I understand and agree that my employment with the Company is at-will.

 

Date: 27 December, 2004

/s/ James R. Pray

James R. Pray

EX-10.15

Exhibit 10.15

 

LOGO   Penumbra, Inc.
  2401 Merced Street
  Suite 200
  San Leandro, CA 94577
  Phone: (510) 618-3200
  Fax: (510) 618-3232

December 18, 2007

Ms. Lynn Rothman

 

Re: Employment Agreement

Dear Lynn:

On behalf of Penumbra, Inc. (“Company”), I am pleased to offer you employment in the position of Director of Human Resources, reporting to Adam Elsesser. This letter sets out the terms of your employment with the Company, which will start on January 2, 2008.

Initially, you will work part-time, approximately 20 hours per week. Upon mutual agreement at any time after your start date, your part-time status will change permanently to full-time status. During the part-time portion of your employment, you will be paid $3,365.38 every two weeks, which equals $87,500 per year, less applicable tax and other withholdings. When your status changes to full-time, you will be paid $6,730.77 every two weeks, which equals $175,000 per year, less applicable tax and other withholdings. This position is an exempt position, which means you are paid for the job and not by the hour. Accordingly, you will not receive overtime pay if you work more than 4 hours in a workday or 20 hours in a workweek when you are part-time, or 8 hours in a workday or 40 hours in a workweek when you are full-time.

During the part-time portion of your employment, you will not be eligible to participate in Company fringe benefit plans. When your employment status becomes full-time, you will be eligible to participate in various Company fringe benefit plans, in accordance with the Company’s benefit plan requirements. You will also be eligible to participate in any incentive compensation plan that may be established by the Company during your employment.

Subject to the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, you will be granted an option to purchase 50,000 shares of Company common stock under the Company’s stock option plan at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of that stock on your option grant date. Your option will vest over a period of four years, and will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s stock option plan and standard form of stock option agreement, which you will be required to sign as a condition of receiving the option.

Your employment with the Company is “at will.” This means it is for no specified term and may be terminated by you or the Company at any time, with or without cause or advance notice. In addition, the Company reserves the right to modify your compensation, positions, duties or reporting relationship to meet business needs and to decide on appropriate discipline.

As a condition of your employment, you will be required to sign the Company’s standard form of employee nondisclosure and assignment agreement (a copy of which is enclosed), and to


provide the Company with documents establishing your identity and right to work in the United States. Those documents must be provided to the Company within three business days of your employment start date.

We also ask that, if you have not already done so, you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case.

In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of your employment relationship with the Company, this agreement, or the termination of your employment with the Company for any reason (including, but not limited to, any claims of breach of contract, wrongful termination or age, sex, race, national origin, disability or other discrimination or harassment), all such disputes shall be fully, finally and exclusively resolved by binding arbitration conducted by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) under AAA’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect, which are available online at the AAA’s website at www.adr.org or by requesting a copy from the Company. You and the Company hereby waive your respective rights to have any such disputes or claims tried before a judge or jury.

This agreement and the non-disclosure and stock option agreements referred to above constitute the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the terms and conditions of your employment, and they supersede all prior or contemporaneous negotiations, representations or agreements between you and the Company. The provisions of this agreement regarding “at will” employment and arbitration may only be modified by a document signed by you and an authorized representative of the Company.

Lynn, we look forward to working with you at the Company. Please sign and date this letter on the spaces provided below to acknowledge your acceptance of the terms of this agreement.

 

Sincerely,
PENUMBRA, INC.
By:

/s/ Adam Elsesser

Adam Elsesser
CEO

I agree to and accept employment with Penumbra on the terms and conditions set forth in this agreement. I understand and agree that my employment with the Company is at-will.

 

Date: 12/19, 2007

/s/ Lynn Rothman

Lynn Rothman

EX-10.16

Exhibit 10.16

 

LOGO   Penumbra, Inc.
  2401 Merced Street
  Suite 200
  San Leandro, CA 94577
  Phone: (510) 618-3200
  Fax: (510) 618-3232

October 18, 2007

Mr. Robert D. Evans

 

Re: Employment Agreement

Dear Bob:

On behalf of Penumbra, Inc. (“Company”), I am pleased to offer you employment in the position of Executive Vice President and General Counsel, reporting to Adam Elsesser. This letter sets out the terms of your employment with the Company, which will start on December 3, 2007 or such other date as you and Penumbra agree upon.

You will be paid a starting base salary of $7,692.31 every two weeks, which equals $200,000 per year, less applicable tax and other withholdings. This position is an exempt position, which means you are paid for the job and not by the hour. Accordingly, you will not receive overtime pay if you work more than 8 hours in a workday or 40 hours in a workweek.

You will also be eligible to participate in various Company fringe benefit plans, in accordance with the Company’s benefit plan requirements. You will also be eligible to participate in any incentive compensation plan that may be established by the Company during your employment.

Subject to the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, you will be granted an option to purchase 150,000 shares of Company common stock under the Company’s stock option plan at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of that stock on your option grant date. Your option will vest over a period of four years, and will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s stock option plan and standard form of stock option agreement, which you will be required to sign as a condition of receiving the option.

Your employment with the Company is “at will.” This means it is for no specified term and may be terminated by you or the Company at any time, with or without cause or advance notice. In addition, the Company reserves the right to modify your compensation, positions, duties or reporting relationship to meet business needs and to decide on appropriate discipline.

As a condition of your employment, you will be required to sign the Company’s standard form of employee nondisclosure and assignment agreement (a copy of which is enclosed), and to provide the Company with documents establishing your identity and right to work in the United States. Those documents must be provided to the Company within three business days of your employment start date.


In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of your employment relationship with the Company, this agreement, or the termination of your employment with the Company for any reason (including, but not limited to, any claims of breach of contract, wrongful termination or age, sex, race, national origin, disability or other discrimination or harassment), all such disputes shall be fully, finally and exclusively resolved by binding arbitration conducted by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) under AAA’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect, which are available online at the AAA’s website at www.adr.org or by requesting a copy from the Company. You and the Company hereby waive your respective rights to have any such disputes or claims tried before a judge or jury.

This agreement and the non-disclosure and stock option agreements referred to above constitute the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the terms and conditions of your employment, and they supersede all prior or contemporaneous negotiations, representations or agreements between you and the Company. The provisions of this agreement regarding “at will” employment and arbitration may only be modified by a document signed by you and an authorized representative of the Company.

Bob, we look forward to working with you at the Company. Please sign and date this letter on the spaces provided below to acknowledge your acceptance of the terms of this agreement.

 

Sincerely,
PENUMBRA, INC.
By:

/s/ Adam Elsesser

Adam Elsesser
CEO

I agree to and accept employment with Penumbra on the terms and conditions set forth in this agreement. I understand and agree that my employment with the Company is at-will.

 

Date:             , 2007

/s/ Robert D. Evans

Robert D. Evans

EX-10.17

Exhibit 10.17

 

EMPLOYEE NONDISCLOSURE AND ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement formalizes in writing certain understandings and procedures which have been in effect since the time I was initially employed by Penumbra, Inc. (“Company”).

1. Duties. In return for the compensation now and hereafter paid to me, I will perform such duties for Company as the Company may designate from time to time. During my employment with Company, I will devote my best efforts to the interests of Company, will not engage in other employment or in any activities that Company determines to be detrimental to its best interests and will otherwise abide by all of Company’s policies and procedures. Furthermore, I will not (a) reveal, disclose or otherwise make available to any person any Company password or key, whether or not the password or key is assigned to me or (b) obtain, possess or use in any manner a Company password or key that is not assigned to me. I will use my best efforts to prevent the unauthorized use of any laptop or personal computer, peripheral device, software or related technical documentation that the Company issues to me, and I will not input, load or otherwise attempt any unauthorized use of software in any Company computer, whether or not such computer is assigned to me.

2. “Proprietary Information” Definition. “Proprietary Information” includes (a) any information that is confidential or proprietary, technical or non-technical information of Company, including for example and without limitation, information related to Innovations (as defined in Section 4 below), concepts, techniques, processes, methods, systems, designs, computer programs, source documentation, trade secrets, formulas, development or experimental work, work in progress, forecasts, proposed and future products, marketing plans, business plans, customers and suppliers and any other nonpublic information that has commercial value or (b) any information Company has received from others that Company is obligated to treat as confidential or proprietary, which may be made known to me by Company, a third party or otherwise that I may learn during my employment with Company.

3. Ownership and Nondisclosure of Proprietary Information. All Proprietary Information is the sole property of Company, Company’s assigns, Company’s customers and Company’s suppliers, as applicable. Company, Company’s assigns, Company’s customers and Company’s suppliers, as applicable, are the sole and exclusive owners of all patents, copyrights, mask works, trade secrets and other rights in and to the Proprietary Information. I will not disclose any Proprietary Information to anyone outside Company, and I will use and disclose Proprietary Information to those inside Company only as may be necessary in the ordinary course of performing my duties as an employee of Company. If I have any questions as to whether information constitutes Proprietary Information, or to whom, if anyone, inside Company, any Proprietary Information may be disclosed, I will consult with my manager at Company.

4. “Innovations” Definition. In this Agreement, “Innovations” means all discoveries, designs, developments, improvements, inventions (whether or not protectable under patent laws), works of authorship, information fixed in any tangible medium of expression (whether or not protectable under copyright laws), trade secrets, know-how, ideas (whether or not protectable under trade secret laws), mask works, trademarks, service marks, trade names and trade dress.

5. Disclosure and License of Prior Innovations. I have listed on Exhibit A (“Prior Innovations”) attached hereto all Innovations relating in any way to Company’s business or demonstrably anticipated research and development or business, which were conceived, reduced to practice, created, derived, developed, or made by me prior to my employment with Company (collectively, the “Prior Innovations”).

 

 

1


I represent that I have no rights in any such Company-related Innovations other than those Innovations listed in Exhibit A (“Prior Innovations”). If nothing is listed on Exhibit A (“Prior Innovations”), I represent that there are no Prior Innovations at the time of signing this Agreement. I hereby grant to Company and Company’s designees a royalty-free, irrevocable, worldwide, fully paid-up license (with rights to sublicense through multiple tiers of sublicensees) to practice all patent, copyright, moral right, mask work, trade secret and other intellectual property rights relating to any Prior Innovations that I incorporate, or permit to be incorporated, in any Innovations that I, solely or jointly with others, conceive, develop or reduce to practice during my employment with Company (the “Company Innovations”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, I will not incorporate, or permit to be incorporated, any Prior Innovations in any Company Innovations without Company’s prior written consent.

6. Disclosure and Assignment of Company Innovations. I will promptly disclose and describe to Company all Company Innovations. I hereby do and will assign to Company or Company’s designee all my right, title, and interest in and to any and all Company Innovations. To the extent any of the rights, title and interest in and to Company Innovations cannot be assigned by me to Company, I hereby grant to Company an exclusive, royalty-free, transferable, irrevocable, worldwide license (with rights to sublicense through multiple tiers of sublicensees) to practice such non-assignable rights, title and interest. To the extent any of the rights, title and interest in and to Company Innovations can neither be assigned nor licensed by me to Company, I hereby irrevocably waive and agree never to assert such non-assignable and non-licensable rights, title and interest against Company or any of Company’s successors in interest. This Section 6 shall not apply to any Innovations that (a) do not relate, at the time of conception, reduction to practice, creation, derivation, development or making of such Innovation to Company’s business or actual or demonstrably anticipated research, development or business; and (b) were developed entirely on my own time; and

(c) were developed without use of any of Company’s equipment, supplies, facilities or trade secret information; and (d) did not result from any work I performed for Company.

7. Future Innovations. I will disclose promptly in writing to Company all Innovations conceived, reduced to practice, created, derived, developed, or made by me during the term of my employment and for three (3) months thereafter, whether or not I believe such Innovations are subject to this Agreement, to permit a determination by Company as to whether or not the Innovations should be considered Company Innovations. Company will receive any such information in confidence.

8. Notice of Nonassignable Innovations to Employees in California. This Agreement does not apply to an Innovation that qualifies fully as a nonassignable invention under the provisions of Section 2870 of the California Labor Code. I acknowledge that a condition for an Innovation to qualify fully as a non-assignable invention under the provisions of Section 2870 of the California Labor Code is that the invention must be protected under patent laws. I have reviewed the notification in Exhibit B (“Limited Exclusion Notification”) and agree that my signature acknowledges receipt of the notification.

9. Cooperation in Perfecting Rights to Innovations. I agree to perform, during and after my employment, all acts that Company deems necessary or desirable to permit and assist Company, at its expense, in obtaining and enforcing the full benefits, enjoyment, rights and title throughout the world in the Innovations as provided to Company under this Agreement. If Company is unable for any reason to secure my signature to any document required to file, prosecute, register or memorialize the assignment of any rights or application or to enforce any right under any Innovations as provided under this Agreement, I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint Company and Company’s duly authorized officers and agents as my agents and attorneys-in-fact to act for and on my behalf and instead of me to take all lawfully permitted acts

 

 

2


to further the filing, prosecution, registration, memorialization of assignment, issuance, and enforcement of rights under such Innovations, all with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me. The foregoing is deemed a power coupled with an interest and is irrevocable.

10. Return of Materials. At any time upon Company’s request, and when my employment with Company is over, I will return all materials (including, without limitation, documents, drawings, papers, diskettes and tapes) containing or disclosing any Proprietary Information (including all copies thereof), as well as any keys, pass cards, identification cards, computers, printers, pagers, personal digital assistants or similar items or devices that the Company has provided to me. I will provide Company with a written certification of my compliance with my obligations under this Section.

11. No Violation of Rights of Third Parties. During my employment with Company, I will not (a) breach any agreement to keep in confidence any confidential or proprietary information, knowledge or data acquired by me prior to my employment with Company or (b) disclose to Company, or use or induce Company to use, any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or any other third party. I am not currently a party, and will not become a party, to any other agreement that is in conflict, or will prevent me from complying, with this Agreement.

12. Survival. This Agreement (a) shall survive my employment by Company; (b) does not in any way restrict my right to resign or the right of Company to terminate my employment at any time, for any reason or for no reason; (c) inures to the benefit of successors and assigns of Company; and (d) is binding upon my heirs and legal representatives.

13. No Solicitation. During my employment with Company and for one (1) year thereafter, I will not solicit, encourage, or cause others to solicit or encourage any employees of Company to terminate their employment with Company.

14. No Disparagement. During my employment with Company and after the termination thereof, I will not disparage Company, its products, services, agents or employees.

15. Injunctive Relief. I agree that if I violate this Agreement, Company will suffer irreparable and continuing damage for which money damages are insufficient, and Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief and/or a decree for specific performance, and such other relief as may be proper (including money damages if appropriate).

16. Notices. Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered as follows, with notice deemed given as indicated: (a) by personal delivery, when actually delivered; (b) by overnight courier, upon written verification of receipt; (c) by facsimile transmission, upon acknowledgment of receipt of electronic transmission; or (d) by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, upon verification of receipt. Notices to me shall be sent to any address in Company’s records or such other address as I may provide in writing. Notices to Company shall be sent to Company’s Human Resources Department or to such other address as Company may specify in writing.

17. Governing Law; Forum. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the United States of America and by the laws of the State of California, as such laws are applied to agreements entered into and to be performed entirely within California between California residents. Company and I each irrevocably consent to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in California, as applicable, for any matter arising out of or relating to this Agreement, except that in actions seeking to enforce any order or any judgment of such federal or state courts located in California, such personal jurisdiction shall be nonexclusive.

 

 

3


18. Severability. If a court of law holds any provision of this Agreement to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) that provision shall be deemed amended to provide Company the maximum protection permitted by applicable law and (b) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected.

19. Waiver; Modification. If Company waives any term, provision or breach by me of this Agreement, such waiver shall not be effective unless it is in writing and signed by

Company. No waiver shall constitute a waiver of any other or subsequent breach by me. This Agreement may be modified only if both Company and I consent in writing.

20. Entire Agreement. This Agreement represents my entire understanding with Company with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all previous understandings, written or oral.

 

 

I certify and acknowledge that I have carefully read all of the provisions of this Agreement and that I understand and will fully and faithfully comply with such provisions.

 

“COMPANY” EMPLOYEE:
PENUMBRA, INC.

 

By:

 

By:

 

Title

 

Title

 

Dated:

 

Dated:

 

 

4


Exhibit A

PRIOR INNOVATIONS

Check one of the following:

 

¨ NO SUCH PRIOR INNOVATIONS EXIST.

OR

 

¨ YES, SUCH PRIOR INNOVATIONS EXIST AS DESCRIBED BELOW (include basic description of each Prior Innovation):


Exhibit B

LIMITED EXCLUSION NOTIFICATION TO EMPLOYEES IN CALIFORNIA

THIS IS TO NOTIFY you in accordance with Section 2872 of the California Labor Code that the foregoing Agreement between you and Company does not require you to assign or offer to assign to Company any invention that you developed entirely on your own time without using Company’s equipment, supplies, facilities or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

(1) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to Company’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of Company; or

(2) Result from any work performed by you for Company.

To the extent a provision in the foregoing Agreement purports to require you to assign an invention otherwise excluded from the preceding Section, the provision is against the public policy of California and is unenforceable.

This limited exclusion does not apply to any patent or invention covered by a contract between Company and the United States or any of its agencies requiring full title to such patent or invention to be in the United States.

I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT of a copy of this notification.

 

PENUMBRA, INC. By:

 

By:

 

 

(Printed Name of Employee)
Title

 

Date:

 

Date:

 


EX-10.18

Exhibit 10.18

PENUMBRA, INC.

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

Section 1. Purpose of the Plan.

The purpose of this Penumbra, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Plan”) is to provide Eligible Employees (as defined below) with an opportunity to acquire an equity interest in Penumbra, Inc. (the “Company”) by purchasing shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Stock”) in a convenient manner. This Plan is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). This Plan is effective on the the effective date of the registration statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission for its initial offering of Stock to the public (the “Effective Date”).

Section 2. Administration of the Plan.

(a) Committee Composition. The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) or by a committee of the Board designated to administer this Plan (the “Committee”). Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Compensation Committee of the Board shall be the “Committee” hereunder. To the extent permitted by law, the Committee may delegate responsibilities for day-to-day administration of the Plan to one or more officers of the Company.

(b) Committee Responsibilities.

(i) The Committee shall interpret the Plan and make all other policy decisions relating to the operation of the Plan. The Committee may adopt such rules, guidelines and forms as it deems appropriate to implement the Plan. The Committee’s determinations under the Plan shall be final and binding on all persons.

(ii) The Committee may determine the Participating Companies hereunder from time to time. A “Participating Company” means (i) the Company and (ii) each present or future Subsidiary designated by the Committee as a Participating Company. A “Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation” of the Company as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

Section 3. Enrollment and Participation.

(a) Offering Periods. An “Offering Period” means a period with respect to which the right to purchase Stock may be granted under the Plan, as determined pursuant to this Section 3(a). Unless and until otherwise determined by the Committee, two Offering Periods shall commence in each calendar year on each May 20 and November 20, and each Offering Period shall consist of one Purchase Period; provided, however, that the first Offering Period under the Plan will commence on the Effective Date and will end on May 19, 2016, and the second Offering Period under the Plan will commence

 

1


on May 20, 2016, and end on November 19, 2016. The duration and timing of Offering Periods may be changed pursuant to Sections 4 and 20.. The Committee may change the duration of Offering Periods if such change is announced prior to the scheduled beginning of the first Offering Period to be affected; provided that no Offering Period may be longer than 27 months. An “Offering Date” means the first day of each Offering Period.

(b) Purchase Periods. A “Purchase Period” means a period during which contributions may be made toward the purchase of Stock under the Plan, as determined pursuant to this Section 3(b). Unless and until otherwise determined by the Committee, the Purchase Periods shall consist of the six-month periods commencing on each May 20 and November 20 and ending on November 19 and May 19, respectively; provided, however, that the first Purchase Period under the Plan will commence on the Effective Date and will end on May 19, 2016, and the second Purchase Period under the Plan will commence on May 20, 2016, and end of November 19, 2016. The Committee may change the duration and timing of Purchase Periods at any time if such change is announced prior to the scheduled beginning of the first Purchase Period to be affected; provided that no Purchase Period may be longer than 27 months. A “Purchase Date” means the last day of each Purchase Period (or, if such day is not a trading day, the trading day immediately preceding such day).

(c) Eligibility and Enrollment.

(i) An “Eligible Employee” means any employee of a Participating Company; provided that the Committee, in its discretion, from time to time (i) may determine that Eligible Employees who customarily work twenty (20) hours or less per week or not more than five (5) months in any calendar year (or, in each case, such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Committee in its discretion) shall not be included in the Plan or an Offering Period and (ii) may exclude employees that fall into an excludable category as described in Section 423 of the Code and the regulations thereunder. The foregoing notwithstanding, an individual shall not be considered an Eligible Employee if his or her participation in the Plan is prohibited by the law of any country that has jurisdiction over him or her or if complying with the laws of the applicable jurisdiction would cause the Plan or an Offering Period to violate Section 423 of the Code.

(ii) Any individual who, on the day preceding the first day of an Offering Period, qualifies as an Eligible Employee may elect to become a participant in the Plan for such Offering Period by, prior to the commencement of such Offering Period, following the procedures specified by the Company in the manner and by the deadline specified by the Company from time to time. An Eligible Employee who so elects to participate in the Plan is referred to herein as a “Participant”. The Company shall establish an account on its books for each such Participant (a “Plan Account”).

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any individual who is an Eligible

 

2


Employee immediately prior to the first Offering Period will be automatically enrolled in the first Offering Period. Any such Eligible Employee will be entitled to continue to participate in the first Offering Period only if such individual submits a subscription form in the form prescribed by the Company (i) no earlier than the effective date of the Form S-8 registration statement with respect to the issuance of Stock under this Plan and (ii) no later than ten (10) business days following the effective date of such S-8 registration statement or such other period of time as the Administrator may determine (the “Initial Enrollment Period”). An Eligible Employee’s failure to submit the subscription form during the Initial Enrollment Period will result in the automatic termination of such individual’s participation in the first Offering Period.

(d) Duration of Participation. Once enrolled in the Plan, a Participant shall continue to participate in the Plan until he or she ceases to be an Eligible Employee or withdraws from the Plan under Section 5(a).

Section 4. Participant Contributions.

(a) Frequency of Payroll Deductions. A Participant may purchase shares of Stock under the Plan solely by means of payroll deductions. Payroll deductions, as designated by the Participant pursuant to Subsection (b) below, shall occur on each payday during participation in the Plan; provided that for the first Offering Period, payroll deductions will commence on the first payday on or following the end of the Initial Enrollment Period.

(b) Amount of Payroll Deductions. As part of the enrollment procedures described in Section 3(c) above, an Eligible Employee shall designate the portion of his or her Compensation (as defined below) that he or she elects to have withheld on each payday during the applicable Purchase Period for the purchase of Stock. Such portion shall be a whole percentage of the Eligible Employee’s Compensation, but not less than 1% nor more than 15%. For purposes of this Plan, “Compensation” means all base straight-time gross earnings, exclusive of commissions, payments for incentive compensation, bonuses, overtime, shift premium and other similar compensation, unless otherwise determined by the Committee on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis; provided that the Committee shall have the discretion to determine the application of this definition to Participants outside the United States.

(c) Changing Withholding Rate. Unless otherwise specified by the Company prior to any Purchase Period: (i) if a Participant wishes to increase or decrease the rate of payroll withholding to be effective for the next Purchase Period, he or she may do so, subject to the limits set forth in clause (b) above, by following the procedures specified by the Company in the manner and by the deadline specified by the Company from time to time; and (ii) if a Participant wishes to decrease the rate of payroll withholding to be effective during an ongoing Purchase Period, he or she may do so one (1) time during a Purchase Period by following the procedures specified by the Company in the manner and by the deadline specified by the Company from time to time; provided that such decreased withholding rate shall be subject to the limits set forth in clause (b) above unless otherwise determined by the Company.

 

3


Section 5. Withdrawal from the Plan.

(a) Withdrawal. A Participant may elect to withdraw from the Plan by following the procedures specified by the Company in the manner and by the deadline specified by the Company from time to time. As soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, payroll deductions shall cease and the entire amount credited to the Participant’s Plan Account shall be refunded to him or her in cash, without interest. No partial withdrawals shall be permitted.

(b) Re-enrollment After Withdrawal. A former Participant who has withdrawn from the Plan shall not be a Participant until he or she re-enrolls in the Plan under Section 3(c). Re-enrollment may be effective only at the commencement of the next Offering Period.

Section 6. Change in Employment Status.

(a) Termination of Employment. Termination of employment as an Eligible Employee for any reason, including death, shall be treated as an automatic withdrawal from the Plan under Section 5(a). A transfer of employment from one Participating Company to another Participating Company shall not be treated as a termination of employment.

(b) Leave of Absence. For purposes of the Plan, and to the extent consistent with Section 423 of the Code, employment shall not be deemed to terminate when the Participant goes on a military leave, a sick leave or another bona fide leave of absence approved by the Participating Company so long as the leave does not exceed three months or, if longer than three months, the individual’s right to reemployment is provided by statute or has been agreed to by contract or in a written policy of the Company which provides for a right of reemployment following the leave of absence.

(c) Death. In the event of the Participant’s death, the amount credited to his or her Plan Account shall be paid to a beneficiary designated by him or her for this purpose on the prescribed form or, if none, to the Participant’s estate. Such form shall be valid only if, before the Participant’s death, it was filed with the Company in accordance with the Company’s procedures.

Section 7. Plan Accounts and Purchase of Shares.

(a) Plan Accounts. The Company shall maintain a Plan Account on its books in the name of each Participant. Whenever an amount is deducted from the Participant’s Compensation under the Plan, such amount shall be credited to the Participant’s Plan Account. Amounts credited to Plan Accounts shall not be trust funds and may be commingled with the Company’s general assets and applied to general corporate purposes. No interest shall be credited to Plan Accounts.

 

4


(b) Purchase Price. The “Purchase Price” means the price at which Participants may purchase a share of Stock under the Plan, which unless otherwise determined by the Committee, shall be the lower of:

(i) 85% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Purchase Date; or

(ii) 85% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Offering Date (of, if the Offering Date, other than for the first Offering Period, is not a trading day, on the first trading day following the Offering Date);

provided that the “Fair Market Value” shall be equal to the closing price of the Stock on the stock exchange on the date in question or, if the foregoing provision is not applicable, then as determined by the Committee in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate; provided further that for purposes of the first Offering Period, the “Fair Market Value” will be the initial price to the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the Registration Statement.

(c) Number of Shares Purchased. As of each Purchase Date, each Participant shall be deemed to have elected to purchase the number of shares of Stock calculated in accordance with this Plan, unless the Participant has previously elected to withdraw from the Plan in accordance with Section 5(a). Subject to the limits set forth in Section 8 below, the amount then in the Participant’s Plan Account shall be divided by the Purchase Price, and the number of shares that results shall be purchased with the funds in the Participant’s Plan Account. The Committee may determine with respect to all Participants that any fractional share, as calculated under this subsection (c), shall be (i) rounded down to the next lower whole share or (ii) credited as a fractional share.

(d) Available Shares Insufficient. In the event that the aggregate number of shares that all Participants elect to purchase during an Purchase Period exceeds the maximum number of shares remaining available for issuance under Section 13(a), then the number of shares to which each Participant is entitled shall be determined by multiplying the number of shares available for issuance by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares that such Participant has elected to purchase and the denominator of which is the number of shares that all Participants have elected to purchase.

(e) Delivery of Shares. By enrolling in the Plan, each Participant shall be deemed to have authorized the establishment of a brokerage account on his or her behalf at a securities brokerage firm selected by the Committee. Alternatively, the Committee may provide for a Plan share account for each Participant to be established by the Company or by an outside entity selected by the Company which is not a brokerage firm. As soon as reasonably practicable after each Purchase Date, the Company shall arrange for the delivery to each Participant of the shares purchased hereunder to the Participant’s brokerage or Plan share account in a form determined by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Committee or required by any applicable law, rule or regulation, the Company shall not deliver to any

 

5


Participant certificates evidencing shares issued in connection with any purchase under the Plan, and instead such shares shall be recorded in the books of the brokerage firm selected by the Company or, as applicable, the Company, its transfer agent, stock plan administrator or such other outside entity which is not a brokerage firm.

(f) Unused Cash Balances. Following the end of any Purchase Period, any amount remaining in the Participant’s Plan Account shall, at the discretion of the Committee, either be refunded to the Participant in cash, without interest, or be retained in the Participant’s Plan Account for the next Purchase Period but only to the extent representing the unused Purchase Price for fractional shares.

(g) Stockholder Approval. Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, no shares of Stock shall be purchased under the Plan unless and until the Company’s stockholders have approved the adoption of the Plan.

Section 8. Limitations on Stock Purchases Under the Plan.

(a) Share Limit. With respect to any Purchase Period, no Participant shall purchase more than 20001 This can be any number. shares of Stock (or such other number of shares of Stock as may be determined by the Committee prior to the start of any Purchase Period).

(b) Dollar Limit. No Participant shall be granted a purchase right under the Plan which permits his or her rights to purchase stock under all employee stock purchase plans under Section 423 of the Code of the Company and its Subsidiaries to accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of fair market value of such stock (determined at the time the purchase right is granted) for each calendar year in which such purchase right is outstanding at any time, as determined under Section 423 of the Code and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder. If a Participant is precluded by this subsection (b) from purchasing additional Stock under the Plan, then his or her employee contributions shall automatically be discontinued and shall resume at the beginning of the earliest Purchase Period ending in the next calendar year (if he or she then is an Eligible Employee).

(c) Limit on Five Percent Holders. Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, no Participant shall be granted a right to purchase Stock under the Plan if such Participant, immediately after his or her election to purchase such Stock, would own stock and/or hold outstanding purchase rights to purchase stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or Subsidiary of the Company, determined pursuant to Section 423 of the Code.

Section 9. Rights Not Transferable.

The rights of any Participant under the Plan, or any Participant’s interest in any Stock or moneys to which he or she may be entitled under the Plan, shall not be

  

 

1  This can be any number.

 

6


transferable by voluntary or involuntary assignment or by operation of law, or in any other manner other than by beneficiary designation or the laws of descent and distribution. If a Participant in any manner attempts to transfer, assign or otherwise encumber his or her rights or interest under the Plan, other than by beneficiary designation or the laws of descent and distribution, then such act shall be treated as an election by the Participant to withdraw from the Plan under Section 5(a).

Section 10. No Rights as an Employee.

Nothing in the Plan or in any right granted under the Plan shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the employ of a Participating Company for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way any rights of the Participating Companies or of the Participant to terminate his or her employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

Section 11. No Rights as a Stockholder.

A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Stock that he or she may have a right to purchase under the Plan until such shares have been purchased on the applicable Purchase Date and issued to the Participant.

Section 12. Securities Law Requirements.

Shares of Stock shall not be issued under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such shares comply with (or are exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and regulations, and the regulations of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Company’s securities may then be traded.

Section 13. Stock Offered under the Plan.

(a) Authorized Shares. The aggregate number of shares of Stock available for purchase under the Plan as of the Effective Date shall be 600,000 subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 13(b). The number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each fiscal year of the Company beginning with the 2016 fiscal year and ending with the 2025 fiscal year, in an amount equal to the least of (i) 500,000 Shares, (ii) 1% of the outstanding Shares on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year or (iii) such number of Shares determined by the Board.

(b) Antidilution Adjustments. The aggregate number of shares of Stock offered under the Plan, the share limitation described in Section 8(a) and the price of shares that any Participant has elected to purchase shall be adjusted proportionately by the Committee for any increase or decrease in the number of outstanding shares of Stock resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares or the payment of a stock dividend, any other increase or decrease in such shares effected without receipt or payment of consideration by the Company, the distribution of the shares of a Subsidiary to the Company’s stockholders or a similar event.

 

7


(c) Reorganizations.

(i) “Corporate Reorganization” means:

(A) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, or any other corporate reorganization; or

(B) The sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(ii) Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, prior to the effective time of a Corporate Reorganization, any Offering Period and Purchase Period then in progress shall terminate and shares shall be purchased pursuant to Section 7 on a date prior to such effective time as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, unless the Plan is continued by the Company or assumed by the surviving corporation or its parent corporation pursuant to the plan of merger or consolidation. The Plan shall in no event be construed to restrict in any way the Company’s right to undertake a dissolution, liquidation, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

Section 14. Amendment or Discontinuance.

The Board or the Committee shall have the right to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and without notice. Except as provided in Section 13, any increase in the aggregate number of shares of Stock to be issued under the Plan shall be subject to approval by a vote of the stockholders of the Company, and no amendment shall be made which shall allow a Purchase Price for offerings under the Plan to be less than the lower of (i) 85% of the Fair Market Value on the Offering Date or (ii) 85% of the Fair Market Value on the Purchase Date. The Committee may adopt and amend stock purchase sub-plans with respect to employees of non-U.S. Subsidiaries with such provisions as the Committee may deem appropriate to conform with local laws, practices and procedures. All such sub-plans shall be subject to the limitations on the amount of Stock that may be issued under the Plan and, except to the extent otherwise provided in such sub-plans, shall be subject to all of the provisions set forth herein but shall be considered separate offerings under the Plan.

 

8


EX-10.19

Exhibit 10.19

PENUMBRA, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

This Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) amends and restates the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Original Plan”), effective upon the business day immediately prior to the Registration Date (the “Effective Date”).

1. Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of this Plan are:

 

    to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

    to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

 

    to promote the success of the Company’s business.

The Plan permits the grant of Awards.

2. Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

(a) “Administrator” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “Applicable Laws” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(c) “Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Award or Other Award.

(d) “Award Agreement” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(e) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) Change in Ownership of the Company. A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company,


except that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(ii) Change in Effective Control of the Company. If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii) Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets. A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this Section 2(f), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(g) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

(h) “Committee” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or by the compensation committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(i) “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

 

-2-


(j) “Company” means Penumbra, Inc. a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(k) “Consultant” means any natural person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render bona fide services to such entity, provided the services (i) are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction, and (ii) do not directly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.

(l) “Director” means a member of the Board.

(m) “Disability” means total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3), provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

(n) “Employee” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(o) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(p) “Exchange Program” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is reduced or increased. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

(q) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

 

-3-


(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator;

provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing, if the day of determination for the Fair Market Value occurs on a weekend or holiday, the Fair Market Value will be the price as determined in accordance with the foregoing on the immediately preceeding business day, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

(r) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is otherwise intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code Section 422 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(s) “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(t) “Option” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(u) “Other Award” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 11.

(v) “Outside Director” means a Director who is not an Employee.

(w) “Parent” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(e).

(x) “Participant” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

(y) “Performance Award” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 10.

(z) “Period of Restriction” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

(aa) “Plan” means this Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

(bb) “Registration Date” means the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities.

(cc) “Restricted Stock” means Shares issued pursuant to an Award of Restricted Stock under Section 8 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

(dd) “Restricted Stock Unit” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 9. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(ee) “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.

 

-4-


(ff) “Section 162(m)” means Section 162(m) of the Code.

(gg) “Service Provider” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(hh) “Share” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.

(ii) “Stock Appreciation Right” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 7 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

(jj) “Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(f).

3. Stock Subject to the Plan.

(a) Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to the provisions of Section 15 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Awards and issued under the Plan from and after the Registration Date is 3,000,000, plus up to 2,203,534 Shares subject to stock options or similar awards previously granted under the Penumbra, Inc. 2005 Stock Plan (the “2005 Plan”) or the Penumbra, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”) that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and Shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2005 Plan or the 2011 Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company.

(b) Automatic Share Reserve Increase. The number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each fiscal year of the Company beginning with the 2016 fiscal year and ending with the 2025 fiscal year, in an amount equal to the least of (i) 2,500,000 Shares, (ii) 5% of the outstanding Shares on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year or (iii) such number of Shares determined by the Board.

(c) Lapsed Awards. If an Award outstanding under the Plan expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to the failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares) which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company due to the failure to vest, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 15, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will

 

-5-


equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Code Section 422 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 3(b) and 3(c).

(d) Share Reserve. The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired, Common Stock.

4. Administration of the Plan.

(a) Procedure.

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies. Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

(ii) Section 162(m). To the extent that the Administrator determines it to be desirable to qualify Awards granted hereunder as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m), the Plan will be administered by a Committee of two (2) or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m).

(iii) Rule 16b-3. To the extent desirable to qualify transactions hereunder as exempt under Rule 16b-3, the transactions contemplated hereunder will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3.

(iv) Other Administration. Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which Committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

(b) Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

 

-6-


(vi) to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;

(vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

(viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans and Award Agreements established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;

(ix) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 20(c) of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(d));

(x) to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in a manner prescribed in Section 16;

(xi) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

(xii) to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that otherwise would be due to such Participant under an Award; and

(xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision. The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

5. Eligibility and Limitations.

(a) Eligibility. Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, and Restricted Stock Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

(b) Outside Director Limitations. No Outside Director may be granted, in any calendar year, (i) stock-based Awards with a grant date fair value (determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) of more than $1,000,000, increased to $2,000,000 in connection with his or her initial year of service) and (ii) cash-based Awards with a grant date fair value (determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) of more than $1,000,000 (increased to $1,500,000 in connection with his or her initial year of service).

(c) Individual Limitations. The following limits shall apply to the amount that may be awarded to any Participant during any calendar year, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 15: (i) Options and SARs that relate to no more than 5,000,000 Shares; (B) Performance Awards that relate to no more than 2,000,000 Shares and (C) cash-based Performance Awards that relate to no more than $10,000,000.

 

-7-


6. Stock Options.

(a) Grant of Options. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Options in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b) Option Agreement. Each Award of an Option will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Option, the number of Shares subject to the Option, the exercise restrictions, if any, applicable to the Option, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(c) Limitations. Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Notwithstanding such designation, however, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(c), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, the Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted, and calculation will be performed in accordance with Code Section 422 and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. No Incentive Stock Options may be issued more than ten years following the earlier of (i) the date of adoption or (ii) the most recent date of approval of this Plan by the Company’s stockholders, except as permitted by Section 422 of the Code.

(d) Term of Option. The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that the term will be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

(e) Option Exercise Price and Consideration.

(i) Exercise Price. The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, but will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. In addition, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e)(i), Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Code Section 424(a).

 

-8-


(ii) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates. At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

(iii) Form of Consideration. The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided further that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise, (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

(f) Exercise of Option.

(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder. Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable tax withholding). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 15 of the Plan.

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

 

-9-


(ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider. If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within three (3) months following termination, or such longer or shorter period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iii) Disability of Participant. If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within six (6) months following termination, or such longer or shorter period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iv) Death of Participant. If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within six (6) months following the Participant’s death, or within such longer or shorter period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death, by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to the Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

7. Stock Appreciation Rights.

(a) Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

(b) Number of Shares. The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Shares subject to any Award of Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

-10-


(c) Exercise Price and Other Terms. The per Share exercise price for the Shares that will determine the amount of the payment to be received upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in Section 7(f) will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

(d) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(e) Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights. A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(d) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(f) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

(f) Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount. Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

(ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

8. Restricted Stock.

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b) Restricted Stock Agreement. Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

(c) Transferability. Except as provided in this Section 8 or as the Administrator determines, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

 

-11-


(d) Other Restrictions. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

(e) Removal of Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

(f) Voting Rights. During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

(g) Dividends and Other Distributions. During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

(h) Return of Restricted Stock to Company. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

9. Restricted Stock Units.

(a) Grant. Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms. The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon continued employment or service and/or the achievement of Company-wide, business unit, individual or other goals, or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(c) Earning Restricted Stock Units. Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

(d) Form and Timing of Payment. Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

 

-12-


(e) Cancellation. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

10. Performance Awards. The Committee is authorized to grant Performance Awards to Participants with the following terms and conditions and with such additional terms and conditions, in either case not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine:

(a) Performance Awards may be denominated as a cash amount, number of Shares or a combination thereof and are Awards which may be earned upon achievement or satisfaction of performance conditions specified by the Committee. In addition, the Committee may specify that any other Award shall constitute a Performance Award by conditioning the right of a Participant to exercise the Award or have it settled, and the timing thereof, upon achievement or satisfaction of such performance conditions as may be specified by the Committee. The Committee may use such business criteria and other measures of performance as it may deem appropriate in establishing any performance conditions. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the performance goals to be achieved during any performance period, the length of any performance period, the amount of any Performance Award granted and the amount of any payment or transfer to be made pursuant to any Performance Award shall be determined by the Committee.

(b) If the Committee intends that a Performance Award be considered qualified performance-based compenastion under Section 162(m), such Performance Award shall include a pre-established formula, such that payment, retention or vesting of the Award is subject to the achievement during a Performance Period or Performance Periods, as determined by the Committee, of a level or levels of, or increases in, in each case as determined by the Committee, one or more of the following performance measures with respect to the Company: net sales; revenue; revenue growth or product revenue growth; operating income (before or after taxes); pre- or after-tax income or loss (before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); net earnings; earnings per share; net income or loss (before or after taxes); return on equity; total shareholder return; return on assets or net assets; appreciation in and/or maintenance of share price; market share; gross profits; earnings or loss (including earnings or loss before taxes, before interest and taxes, or before earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization); economic value-added models or equivalent metrics; comparisons with various stock market indices; reductions in costs; cash flow or cash flow per share (before or after dividends); return on capital (including return on total capital or return on invested capital); cash flow return on investment; improvement in or attainment of expense levels or working capital levels, including cash, inventory and accounts receivable; operating margin; gross margin; cash margin; year-end cash; debt reduction; shareholder equity; operating efficiencies; market share; customer satisfaction; customer growth; employee satisfaction; research and development achievements; manufacturing achievements (including obtaining particular yields from manufacturing runs and other measurable objectives related to process development activities); regulatory achievements (including submitting or filing applications or other documents with regulatory authorities or receiving approval of any such applications or other documents and passing pre-approval inspections (whether of the Company or the Company’s third-party manufacturer) and validation of manufacturing processes (whether the Company’s or the Company’s third-party manufacturer’s)); financial ratios, including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage; cost of capital or assets under management; financing and other capital raising transactions (including sales of the Company’s equity or debt securities; factoring transactions; sales or licenses of the Company’s assets, including its intellectual property, whether in a particular jurisdiction or

 

-13-


territory or globally; or through partnering transactions); and implementation, completion or attainment of measurable objectives with respect to research, development, manufacturing, commercialization, products or projects, production volume levels, acquisitions and divestitures; factoring transactions; and recruiting and maintaining personnel. Performance criteria may be measured on an absolute (e.g., plan or budget) or relative basis, and may be established on a corporate-wide basis or with respect to one or more business units, divisions, subsidiaries or business segments. Relative performance may be measured against a group of peer companies, a financial market index or other acceptable objective and quantifiable indices. To the extent permitted by Section 162(m), with respect to an award intended to qualify under Section 162(m), the Award Agreement may provide that if the Committee determines that a change in the business, operations, corporate structure or capital structure of the Company, or the manner in which the Company conducts its business, or other events or circumstances render the performance objectives unsuitable, the Committee may modify the performance objectives or the related minimum acceptable level of achievement, in whole or in part, as the Committee deems appropriate and equitable. Performance measures may vary from Performance Award to Performance Award, respectively, and from Participant to Participant, and may be established on a stand-alone basis, in tandem or in the alternative. The Committee shall have the power to impose such other restrictions on Awards subject to this Section as it may deem necessary or appropriate. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, with respect to any Award intended to qualify under Section 162(m), the Committee shall not be authorized to increase the amount payable under any Award to which this subsection (b) applies upon attainment of such pre-established formula. Performance Awards intended to qualify under Section 162(m) will be settled only after the end of the relevant Performance Period.

(c) Settlement of Performance Awards shall be in cash, Shares, other Awards, other property, net settlement, or any combination thereof, in the discretion of the Committee.

(d) The Committee shall specify the circumstances in which, and the extent to which, Performance Awards shall be paid or forfeited in the event of a Participant’s termination as a Service Provider.

11. Other Awards. The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to Participants such other Awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Shares or factors that may influence the value of Shares, including convertible or exchangeable debt securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into Shares, purchase rights for Shares, Awards with value and payment contingent upon performance of the Company or business units thereof or any other factors designated by the Committee. The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards. Shares delivered pursuant to an Award in the nature of a purchase right granted under this Section shall be purchased for such consideration, paid for at such times, by such methods and in such forms, including cash, Shares, other Awards, other property, or any combination thereof, as the Committee shall determine. Cash awards may also be granted pursuant to this Section.

12. Compliance With Code Section 409A. Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as

 

-14-


otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.

13. Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1st) day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

14. Limited Transferability of Awards. Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant.

15. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control.

(a) Adjustments. In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of shares of stock that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of shares of stock covered by each outstanding Award, and the Share limits set forth in Sections 3 and 5 of the Plan.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Merger or Change in Control. In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation or other entity or a Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines (subject to the provisions of the following paragraph) without a Participant’s consent, including, without limitation, that (i) Awards will be continued by the Company or assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, that the Participant’s Awards will terminate upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or Change in Control;

 

-15-


(iii) outstanding Awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an Award will lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon consummation of such merger or Change in Control, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger or Change in Control; (iv) (A) the termination of an Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion; or (v) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted under this subsection (c), the Administrator will not be obligated to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, similarly.

In the event that the Company does not continue, and the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award (or portion thereof), then with respect to such Award (or portion thereof), the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting (including Performance Awards), unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not continued, assumed or substituted in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

For the purposes of this subsection (c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit or Performance Award, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or Change in Control.

Notwithstanding anything in this subsection (c) to the contrary, unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent in a manner that would be

 

-16-


adverse to the Participant; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

Notwithstanding anything in this subsection (c) to the contrary, if a payment under an Award Agreement is subject to Code Section 409A and if the change in control definition contained in the Award Agreement does not comply with the definition of “change of control” for purposes of a distribution under Code Section 409A, then any payment of an amount that is otherwise accelerated under this Section will be delayed until the earliest time that such payment would be permissible under Code Section 409A without triggering any penalties applicable under Code Section 409A.

16. Tax Withholding.

(a) Withholding Requirements. Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise or vesting or settlement thereof, as applicable), the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise or vesting or settlement thereof, as applicable).

(b) Withholding Arrangements. The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (i) paying cash, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, (iii) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the statutory amount required to be withheld, provided the delivery of such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, or (iv) selling a sufficient number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant through such means as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld.

(c) Section 409A of the Code. With respect to Awards subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder (“Section 409A”), and the provisions of the Plan and any Award Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner that satisfies the requirements of Section 409A, and the Plan shall be operated accordingly. If any provision of the Plan or any term or condition of any Award would otherwise frustrate or conflict with this intent, the provision, term or condition will be interpreted and deemed amended so as to avoid this conflict.

17. No Effect on Employment or Service. Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the right of the Company, or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

 

-17-


18. Date of Grant. The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

19. Term of Plan. The Plan will continue in effect until terminated by the Board.

20. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

(a) Amendment and Termination. The Administrator may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Stockholder Approval. The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination. No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

21. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.

(a) Legal Compliance. Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws.

(b) Investment Representations. As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

22. Inability to Obtain Authority. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority will not have been obtained.

23. Stockholder Approval. The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

-18-


PENUMBRA, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Agreement (the “Agreement”).

 

I.        NOTICE OF GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK
   Name:
   Address:
  

The undersigned Participant has been granted a Restricted Stock Award, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:     
Vesting Commencement Date:     

Total Number of Shares of:

Restricted Stock:

    
Vesting Schedule:   

Subject to any accelerated vesting provisions in the Plan, [twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares of Restricted Stock shall vest on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the Shares of Restricted Stock shall vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.]

In the event of a Change in Control, and subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through the date of such Change in Control, the Participant will fully vest in all of the Shares of Restricted Stock granted under this Agreement.

Any of the Shares of Restricted Stock granted under this Agreement which have not yet vested as of a given time are referred to herein as “Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock.” The Shares which have vested shall be delivered to Participant in accordance with the terms of the escrow agreement (see Section 10 of Part II of this Agreement).

 

19


II.    AGREEMENT

1.    Grant of Restricted Stock. The Company hereby grants to the person named in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock in Part I of this Agreement (“Participant”) under the Plan for services performed and to be performed by Participant for the Company and as a separate incentive in connection with his or her services and not in lieu of any salary or other compensation for his or her services, the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

2.    Participant’s Representations. In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Restricted Stock Award is granted, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the grant of this Restricted Stock Award, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

3.    Lock-Up Period. Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 3 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Restricted Stock Award or Shares acquired pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award shall be bound by this Section 3.

 

20


4.    Non-Transferability of Restricted Stock. This Restricted Stock Award may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

5.    Tax Consequences. Participant has reviewed with Participant’s own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Participant is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. Participant understands that Participant (and not the Company) shall be responsible for Participant’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Participant understands that Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), taxes as ordinary income the difference between the purchase price, if any, for the Shares and the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of each vesting date. Participant understands that Participant may elect to be taxed at the time the Shares are granted rather than when such Shares vest by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code (the “83(b) Election”) with the IRS within thirty (30) days from the date of grant of the Restricted Stock Award. The form for making this election is attached as Exhibit B-3 hereto.

PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS PARTICIPANT’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE COMPANY’S TO FILE TIMELY THE 83(b) ELECTION, EVEN IF PARTICIPANT REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO MAKE THIS FILING ON PARTICIPANT’S BEHALF.

6.    Tax Withholding. Pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may specify from time to time, the Company shall withhold the minimum amount required to be withheld for the payment of income, employment and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld (the “Withholding Taxes”) with respect to the filing of an 83(b) Election, or, if an 83(b) Election is not filed or not timely filed, upon each vesting date, by, in the Administrator’s discretion: (i) withholding otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such Withholding Taxes, (ii) withholding the amount of such Withholding Taxes from Participant’s paycheck(s), (iii) requiring Participant to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Withholding Taxes, or (iv) a combination of the foregoing. The Company shall not retain fractional Shares to satisfy any portion of the Withholding Taxes. Accordingly, if any withholding is done through the withholding of Shares, Participant shall pay to the Company an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy the remaining Withholding Taxes due and payable as a result of the Company not retaining fractional Shares. Should the Company be unable to procure such cash amounts from Participant, Participant agrees and acknowledges that Participant is giving the Company permission to withhold from Participant’s paycheck(s) an amount equal to the remaining Withholding Taxes due and payable as a result of the Company not retaining fractional Shares. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time they are due.

 

21


7.    No Guarantee of Continued Service. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE SHARES OF RESTRICTED STOCK PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

8.    Forfeiture Upon Termination as a Service Provider. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement or the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock, if Participant terminates service as a Service Provider for any or no reason prior to vesting, the then Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock awarded by this Agreement will thereupon be forfeited and automatically transferred to and reacquired by the Company at no cost to the Company upon the date of such termination and Participant will have no further rights thereunder. Participant hereby appoints the Escrow Agent with full power of substitution, as Participant’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact with irrevocable power and authority in the name and on behalf of Participant to take any action and execute all documents and instruments, including, without limitation, stock powers which may be necessary to transfer the certificate or certificates evidencing such Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock to the Company upon such termination of service.

9.    Restriction on Transfer. Except for the escrow described in Section 10 or transfer of the Shares to the Company or its assignees contemplated by this Agreement, none of the Shares or any beneficial interest therein shall be transferred, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in any way until such Shares shall have vested in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Agreement shall, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, to the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

10.    Escrow of Shares.

(a)    All Shares of Restricted Stock will, upon execution of this Agreement, be delivered and deposited with an escrow holder designated by the Company (the “Escrow Holder”), together with the Assignment Separate from Certificate (the “Stock Assignment”) duly endorsed in blank, attached hereto as Exhibit B-1. The Shares of Restricted Stock and the Stock Assignment will be held by the Escrow Holder, pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Participant attached as Exhibit B-2 hereto.

 

22


(b)    The Escrow Holder shall not be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Shares of Restricted Stock in escrow and while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

(c)    Upon Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any reason, the Escrow Holder, upon receipt of written notice of such termination, will take all steps necessary to accomplish the transfer of the Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock to the Company. Participant hereby appoints the Escrow Holder with full power of substitution, as Participant’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact with irrevocable power and authority in the name and on behalf of Participant to take any action and execute all documents and instruments, including, without limitation, stock powers which may be necessary to transfer the certificate or certificates evidencing such Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock to the Company upon such termination.

(d)    The Escrow Holder will take all steps necessary to accomplish the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock to Participant after they vest following Participant’s request that the Escrow Holder do so.

(e)    Subject to the terms hereof, Participant shall have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to such Shares while they are held in escrow, including without limitation, the right to vote the Shares and receive any cash dividends declared thereon.

(f)    In the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, separation, liquidation, stock dividend, split-up, share combination, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Common Stock, the Shares shall be increased, reduced or otherwise changed, and by virtue of any such change Participant shall in his or her capacity as owner of the Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock that have been awarded to him or her be entitled to new or additional or different shares of stock, cash or securities (other than rights or warrants to purchase securities); such new or additional or different shares, cash or securities shall thereupon be considered to be “Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock” and shall be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to this Agreement. If Participant receives rights or warrants with respect to any Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock, such rights or warrants may be held or exercised by Participant, provided that until such exercise any such rights or warrants and after such exercise any shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants shall be considered to be Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock and shall be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to this Agreement. The Administrator in its absolute discretion at any time may accelerate the vesting of all or any portion of such new or additional shares of stock, cash or securities, rights or warrants to purchase securities or shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants.

 

23


11.    Company’s Right of First Refusal. Subject to Section 9, before any vested Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 11 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a)    Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

(b)    Exercise of Right of First Refusal. At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c)    Purchase Price. The purchase price (“Right of First Refusal Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 11 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board in good faith.

(d)    Payment. Payment of the Right of First Refusal Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e)    Holder’s Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 11, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 11 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f)    Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 11 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Participant’s lifetime or on Participant’s death by will or intestacy to Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of Participant or Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 11. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including but not limited to this Section 11 and Section 8, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.

 

24


(g)    Termination of Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

12.    Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.

(a)    Legends. Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND FORFEITURE RIGHTS IN FAVOR OF THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND FORFEITURE RIGHTS IN FAVOR OF THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b)    Stop-Transfer Notices. Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

25


(c)    Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

13.    Address for Notices. Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company at 1351 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, CA 94502, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

Any notice to the Escrow Holder shall be sent to the Company’s address with a copy to the other party not sending the notice.

14.    Electronic Delivery. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Shares of Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan or future Restricted Stock that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

15.    No Waiver. Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement. The rights granted both parties herein are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

16.    Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Participant under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

17.    Interpretation. The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Shares of Restricted Stock have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. Neither the Administrator nor any person acting on behalf of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Agreement.

18.    Additional Documents. Participant agrees upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes or intent of this Agreement.

19.    Governing Law; Severability. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

 

26


20.    Entire Agreement. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Agreement (including the exhibits referenced herein) constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Agreement subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of this Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT     PENUMBRA, INC.
 

 

     

 

Signature     By
 

 

     

 

Print Name     Print Name
 

 

     

 

    Title
 

 

   

 

Residence Address    

 

27


EXHIBIT A

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT

  :   

COMPANY

  :    PENUMBRA, INC.

SECURITY

  :    COMMON STOCK

AMOUNT

  :   

DATE

  :   

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a)    Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b)    Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c)    Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Restricted Stock Award to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities

 

28


exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Restricted Stock Award, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d)    Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

    PARTICIPANT

 

     

 

    Signature

 

     

 

    Print Name

 

     

 

    Date

 

29


EXHIBIT B-1

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED I,                                     , hereby sell, assign and transfer unto Penumbra, Inc.                      shares of the Common Stock of Penumbra, Inc. standing in my name on the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No.              herewith and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                      to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

This Stock Assignment may be used only in accordance with the Restricted Stock Agreement between Penumbra, Inc. and the undersigned dated                     ,              (the “Agreement”).

 

Dated:                                 ,              Signature:                                                                                  

INSTRUCTIONS: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to transfer the Unvested Shares of Restricted Stock to the Company upon Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, without requiring additional signatures on the part of Participant.

 

30


EXHIBIT B-2

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

                             ,             

Corporate Secretary

Penumbra, Inc.

1351 Harbor Bay Parkway

Alameda, CA 94502

Dear                     :

As Escrow Agent for both Penumbra, Inc. (the “Company”), and the undersigned recipient of stock of the Company (the “Participant”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Agreement (the “Agreement”) between the Company and the undersigned, in accordance with the following instructions:

1.    At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver the stock assignments, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company or its assignee.

2.    Participant irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement. Participant does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Participant’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated, including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of, the securities. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 2, Participant shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.

3.    Upon written request of the Participant, but no more than once per calendar year, unless the shares are forfeited, you shall deliver to Participant a certificate or certificates representing so many shares of stock that have vested. Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after cessation of Participant’s continuous employment by or services to the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, you shall deliver to Participant a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of shares held or issued pursuant to the Agreement that have vested. Upon any forfeiture of such shares, you shall deliver or electronically transfer such shares to the Company.

4.    If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Participant, you shall deliver all of the same to Participant and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.

 

31


5.    Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

6.    You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Participant while acting in good faith, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

7.    You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

8.    You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

9.    You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under the Statute of Limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.

10.    You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.

11.    Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to be an officer or agent of the Company or if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

12.    If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

13.    It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

 

32


14.    Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto.

15.    By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

16.    This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

17.    These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.

 

PARTICIPANT     PENUMBRA, INC.
 

 

     

 

Signature     By
 

 

     

 

Print Name     Print Name
 

 

     

 

    Title
 

 

   

 

Residence Address    

 

ESCROW AGENT    
 

 

   

 

Corporate Secretary    
Dated:                                                                                                 

 

 

33


EXHIBIT B-3

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s gross income or alternative minimum taxable income, as the case may be, for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below.

 

1.        The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:
   NAME:         SPOUSE:     
   ADDRESS:           
             
   TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NO.:                                                TAXABLE YEAR:                                                  

 

2. The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:              shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of Penumbra, Inc. (the “Company”).

 

3. The date on which the property was transferred is:                     ,            .

 

4. The property is subject to the following restrictions:

The Shares may not be transferred and are subject to forfeiture under the terms of an agreement between the taxpayer and the Company. These restrictions lapse upon the satisfaction of certain conditions contained in such agreement.

 

5. The Fair Market Value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms shall never lapse, of such property is: $            .

 

6. The amount (if any) paid for such property is: $            .

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner.

 

Dated:                                 ,               
    Taxpayer

The undersigned spouse of taxpayer joins in this election.

 

Dated:                                 ,               
    Spouse of Taxpayer

 

34


PENUMBRA, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”).

 

I.        NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT
   Name:
   Address:

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:    
Vesting Commencement Date:    
Exercise Price per Share:   $
Total Number of Shares Granted:    
Total Exercise Price:   $
Type of Option:                Incentive Stock Option
               Nonstatutory Stock Option
Term/Expiration Date:    
Vesting Schedule:  

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

[Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.]

 

35


In the event of a Change in Control, and subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through the date of such Change in Control, the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of the Shares subject to this Option. The Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that this Option will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Change in Control.

Termination Period:

This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

II.    AGREEMENT

1.    Grant of Option. The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, such as due to the stockholders of the Company not approving the Plan within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2.    Exercise of Option.

(a)    Right to Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

(b)    Method of Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the

 

36


“Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3.    Participant’s Representations. In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

4.    Lock-Up Period. Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

 

37


5.    Method of Payment. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:

(a)    cash;

(b)    check;

(c)    consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d)    surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6.    Restrictions on Exercise. This Option may not be exercised if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

7.    Non-Transferability of Option.

(a)    This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

(b)    Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), Participant shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Participant upon the death or disability of Participant. Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

8.    Term of Option. This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

 

38


9.    Tax Obligations.

(a)    Tax Withholding. Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b)    Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares. If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c)    Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

10.    Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

11.    No Guarantee of Continued Service. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

39


Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT     PENUMBRA, INC.
 

 

     

 

Signature     By
 

 

     

 

Print Name     Print Name
 

 

     

 

    Title
 

 

   

 

Residence Address    

 

40


EXHIBIT A

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Penumbra, Inc.

1351 Harbor Bay Parkway

Alameda, CA 94502

Attention: Treasurer

1.    Exercise of Option. Effective as of today,                     ,             , the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase              shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Penumbra, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated                     ,              (the “Option Agreement”).

2.    Delivery of Payment. Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3.    Representations of Participant. Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4.    Rights as Stockholder. Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

5.    Company’s Right of First Refusal. Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a)    Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

41


(b)    Exercise of Right of First Refusal. At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c)    Purchase Price. The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d)    Payment. Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e)    Holder’s Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f)    Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant or the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

(g)    Termination of Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

 

42


6.    Tax Consultation. Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

7.    Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.

(a)    Legends. Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b)    Stop-Transfer Notices. Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c)    Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

43


8.    Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9.    Interpretation. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10.    Governing Law; Severability. This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

11.    Entire Agreement. The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

Submitted by:

PARTICIPANT

   

Accepted by:

PENUMBRA, INC.

 

 

     

 

Signature     By
 

 

     

 

Print Name     Print Name

 

     

 

    Title

 

Address:     Address:
 

 

     

 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

    Date Received

 

44


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT

  :   

COMPANY

  :    PENUMBRA, INC.

SECURITY

  :    COMMON STOCK

AMOUNT

  :   

DATE

  :   

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a)    Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b)    Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c)    Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements

 

45


of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d)    Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

    PARTICIPANT

 

     

 

    Signature

 

     

 

    Print Name

 

     

 

    Date

 

46


PENUMBRA, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT — EARLY EXERCISE

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement – Early Exercise (the “Option Agreement”).

 

I.        NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT
   Name:
   Address:

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:    
Vesting Commencement Date:    
Exercise Price per Share:   $
Total Number of Shares Granted:    
Total Exercise Price:   $
Type of Option:                Incentive Stock Option
               Nonstatutory Stock Option
Term/Expiration Date:    
Vesting Schedule:  

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

[Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.]

 

47


In the event of a Change in Control, and subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through the date of such Change in Control, the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of the Shares subject to this Option. The Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that this Option will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Change in Control.

Termination Period:

This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

II.    AGREEMENT

1.    Grant of Option. The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, such as due to the stockholders of the Company not approving the Plan within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2.    Exercise of Option. This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 of the Plan as follows:

(a)    Right to Exercise.

(i)    Subject to subsections 2(a)(ii) and 2(a)(iii) below, this Option shall be exercisable cumulatively according to the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. Alternatively, at the election of Participant, this Option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time as to Shares that have not yet vested. Vested Shares shall not be subject to the Company’s repurchase right (as set forth in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit C-1).

 

48


(ii)    As a condition to exercising this Option for unvested Shares, Participant shall execute the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

(iii)    This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

(b)    Method of Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3.    Participant’s Representations. In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

4.    Lock-Up Period. Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of

 

49


the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

5.    Method of Payment. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:

(a)    cash;

(b)    check;

(c)    consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d)    surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6.    Restrictions on Exercise. This Option may not be exercised if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

7.    Non-Transferability of Option.

(a)    This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

(b)    Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), Participant shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Participant upon the death or disability of Participant. Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

 

50


8.    Term of Option. This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

9.    Tax Obligations.

(a)    Tax Withholding. Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b)    Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares. If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c)    Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

10.    Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

11.    No Guarantee of Continued Service. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING

 

51


PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT     PENUMBRA, INC.
 

 

     

 

Signature     By
 

 

     

 

Print Name     Print Name
 

 

     

 

    Title
 

 

   

 

Residence Address    

 

52


EXHIBIT A

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Penumbra, Inc.

1351 Harbor Bay Parkway

Alameda, CA 94502

Attention: Treasurer

1.    Exercise of Option. Effective as of today,                     ,             , the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase              shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Penumbra, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement – Early Exercise dated                     ,              (the “Option Agreement”).

2.    Delivery of Payment. Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3.    Representations of Participant. Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4.    Rights as Stockholder. Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

5.    Company’s Right of First Refusal. Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a)    Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

53


(b)    Exercise of Right of First Refusal. At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c)    Purchase Price. The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d)    Payment. Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e)    Holder’s Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f)    Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant or the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

(g)    Termination of Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

6.    Tax Consultation. Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

54


7.    Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.

(a)    Legends. Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b)    Stop-Transfer Notices. Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c)    Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

55


8.    Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9.    Interpretation. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10.    Governing Law; Severability. This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

11.    Entire Agreement. The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

Submitted by:

PARTICIPANT

   

Accepted by:

PENUMBRA, INC.

 

 

     

 

Signature     By
 

 

     

 

Print Name     Print Name

 

     

 

    Title

 

Address:     Address:
 

 

     

 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

    Date Received

 

56


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT

  :   

COMPANY

  :    PENUMBRA, INC.

SECURITY

  :    COMMON STOCK

AMOUNT

  :   

DATE

  :   

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a)    Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b)    Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c)    Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such

 

57


longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d)    Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

    PARTICIPANT

 

     

 

    Signature

 

     

 

    Print Name

 

     

 

    Date

 

58


EXHIBIT C-1

PENUMBRA, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made between                      (the “Purchaser”) and Penumbra, Inc. (the “Company”) or its assignees of rights hereunder as of                     ,             .

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Agreement.

RECITALS

A.    Pursuant to the exercise of the option (grant number             ) granted to Purchaser under the Plan and pursuant to the Stock Option Agreement – Early Exercise (the “Option Agreement”) dated                     ,             by and between the Company and Purchaser with respect to such grant (the “Option”), which Plan and Option Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference, Purchaser has elected to purchase              of those shares of Common Stock which have not become vested under the vesting schedule set forth in the Option Agreement (“Unvested Shares”). The Unvested Shares and the shares subject to the Option Agreement, which have become vested are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “Shares.”

B.    As required by the Option Agreement, as a condition to Purchaser’s election to exercise the option, Purchaser must execute this Agreement, which sets forth the rights and obligations of the parties with respect to Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option.

1.    Repurchase Option.

(a)    If Purchaser’s status as a Service Provider is terminated for any reason, including for death and Disability, the Company shall have the right and option for ninety (90) days from such date to purchase from Purchaser, or Purchaser’s personal representative, as the case may be, all of the Purchaser’s Unvested Shares as of the date of such termination at the price paid by the Purchaser for such Shares (the “Repurchase Option”).

(b)    Upon the occurrence of such termination, the Company may exercise its Repurchase Option by delivering personally or by registered mail, to Purchaser (or his or her transferee or legal representative, as the case may be) with a copy to the escrow agent described in Section 2 below, a notice in writing indicating the Company’s intention to exercise the Repurchase Option AND, at the Company’s option, (i) by delivering to the Purchaser (or the Purchaser’s transferee or legal representative) a check in the amount of the aggregate repurchase price, or (ii) by the Company canceling an amount of the Purchaser’s indebtedness to the Company equal to the aggregate repurchase price, or (iii) by a combination of (i) and (ii) so that the combined payment and

 

59


cancellation of indebtedness equals such aggregate repurchase price. Upon delivery of such notice and payment of the aggregate repurchase price in any of the ways described above, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Unvested Shares being repurchased and the rights and interests therein or relating thereto, and the Company shall have the right to retain and transfer to its own name the number of Unvested Shares being repurchased by the Company.

(c)    Whenever the Company shall have the right to repurchase Unvested Shares hereunder, the Company may designate and assign one or more employees, officers, directors or stockholders of the Company or other persons or organizations to exercise all or a part of the Company’s Repurchase Option under this Agreement and purchase all or a part of such Unvested Shares.

(d)    If the Company does not elect to exercise the Repurchase Option conferred above by giving the requisite notice within ninety (90) days following the termination, the Repurchase Option shall terminate.

(e)    The Repurchase Option shall terminate in accordance with the vesting schedule contained in Purchaser’s Option Agreement.

2.    Transferability of the Shares; Escrow.

(a)    Purchaser hereby authorizes and directs the Secretary of the Company, or such other person designated by the Company, to transfer the Unvested Shares as to which the Repurchase Option has been exercised from Purchaser to the Company.

(b)    To insure the availability for delivery of Purchaser’s Unvested Shares upon repurchase by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option under Section 1, Purchaser hereby appoints the Secretary, or any other person designated by the Company as escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”), as its attorney-in-fact to sell, assign and transfer unto the Company, such Unvested Shares, if any, repurchased by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option and shall, upon execution of this Agreement, deliver and deposit with the Escrow Agent, the share certificates representing the Unvested Shares, together with the stock assignment duly endorsed in blank, attached hereto as Exhibit C-2. The Unvested Shares and stock assignment shall be held by the Escrow Agent in escrow, pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Purchaser attached as Exhibit C-3 hereto, until the Company exercises its Repurchase Option, until such Unvested Shares are vested, or until such time as this Agreement no longer is in effect. Upon vesting of the Unvested Shares, the Escrow Agent shall promptly deliver to the Purchaser the certificate or certificates representing such Shares in the Escrow Agent’s possession belonging to the Purchaser, and the Escrow Agent shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder; provided, however, that the Escrow Agent shall nevertheless retain such certificate or certificates as Escrow Agent if so required pursuant to other restrictions imposed pursuant to this Agreement.

(c)    Neither the Company nor the Escrow Agent shall be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Shares in escrow and while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

 

60


(d)    Transfer or sale of the Shares is subject to restrictions on transfer imposed by any applicable state and federal securities laws. Any transferee shall hold such Shares subject to all the provisions hereof and the Exercise Notice executed by the Purchaser with respect to any Unvested Shares purchased by Purchaser and shall acknowledge the same by signing a copy of this Agreement.

3.    Ownership, Voting Rights, Duties. This Agreement shall not affect in any way the ownership, voting rights or other rights or duties of Purchaser, except as specifically provided herein.

4.    Legends. The share certificate evidencing the Shares issued hereunder shall be endorsed with the following legend (in addition to any legend required under applicable federal and state securities laws):

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS UPON TRANSFER AND RIGHTS OF REPURCHASE AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

5.    Adjustment for Stock Split. All references to the number of Shares and the purchase price of the Shares in this Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or other change in the Shares, which may be made by the Company pursuant to Section 13 of the Plan after the date of this Agreement.

6.    Notices. Notices required hereunder shall be given in person or by registered mail to the address of Purchaser shown on the records of the Company, and to the Company at their respective principal executive offices.

7.    Survival of Terms. This Agreement shall apply to and bind Purchaser and the Company and their respective permitted assignees and transferees, heirs, legatees, executors, administrators and legal successors.

8.    Section 83(b) Election. Purchaser hereby acknowledges that he or she has been informed that, with respect to the exercise of an Option for Unvested Shares, an election (the “Election”) may be filed by the Purchaser with the Internal Revenue Service, within thirty (30) days of the purchase of the exercised Shares, electing pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed currently on any difference between the purchase price of the exercised Shares and their Fair Market Value on the date of purchase. In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, this will result in the recognition of taxable income to the Purchaser on the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the exercised Shares, at the time the Option is exercised over the purchase price for the exercised Shares. Absent such an Election, taxable income will be measured and recognized by Purchaser at the time or times on which the Company’s Repurchase Option lapses. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, such an Election will result in a recognition of income to the Purchaser for alternative minimum tax purposes on the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the exercised Shares, at the time the option is exercised, over the purchase price for the exercised Shares. Absent such an Election, alternative minimum taxable income will be measured and recognized by Purchaser at the time or times on which the Company’s Repurchase Option lapses.

 

61


This discussion is intended only as a summary of the general United States income tax laws that apply to exercising Options as to Shares that have not yet vested and is accurate only as of the date this form Agreement was approved by the Board. The federal, state and local tax consequences to any particular taxpayer will depend upon his or her individual circumstances. Purchaser is strongly encouraged to seek the advice of his or her own tax consultants in connection with the purchase of the Shares and the advisability of filing of the Election under Section 83(b) of the Code. A form of Election under Section 83(b) is attached hereto as Exhibit C-4 for reference.

PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS PURCHASER’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE COMPANY’S TO FILE TIMELY THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE CODE, EVEN IF PURCHASER REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO MAKE THIS FILING ON PURCHASER’S BEHALF.

9.    Representations. Purchaser has reviewed with his or her own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Purchaser is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. Purchaser understands that he or she (and not the Company) shall be responsible for his or her own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

10.    Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. The Plan, the Option Agreement, the Exercise Notice, this Agreement, and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

Purchaser represents that he or she has read this Agreement and is familiar with its terms and provisions. Purchaser hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement is deemed made as of the date first set forth above.

 

PARTICIPANT     PENUMBRA, INC.
 

 

     

 

Signature     By
 

 

     

 

Print Name     Print Name
 

 

     

 

    Title

 

62


 

 

   

 

Residence Address    

Dated:                             ,             

 

63


EXHIBIT C-2

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED I,                     , hereby sell, assign and transfer unto Penumbra, Inc.              shares of the Common Stock of Penumbra, Inc. standing in my name of the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No.              herewith and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint              to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

This Stock Assignment may be used only in accordance with the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between Penumbra, Inc. and the undersigned dated                     ,              (the “Agreement”).

 

Dated:                                 ,              Signature:                                                                                  

INSTRUCTIONS: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its “repurchase option,” as set forth in the Agreement, without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Purchaser.

 

64


EXHIBIT C-3

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

                    ,             

Corporate Secretary Penumbra, Inc.

1351 Harbor Bay Parkway

Alameda, CA 94502

Dear                     :

As Escrow Agent for both Penumbra, Inc. (the “Company”), and the undersigned purchaser of stock of the Company (the “Purchaser”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) between the Company and the undersigned, in accordance with the following instructions:

1.    In the event the Company and/or any assignee of the Company (referred to collectively for convenience herein as the “Company”) exercises the Company’s repurchase option set forth in the Agreement, the Company shall give to Purchaser and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of stock to be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing hereunder at the principal office of the Company. Purchaser and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.

2.    At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver the stock assignments, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company or its assignee, against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by cash, a check, or some combination thereof) for the number of shares of stock being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.

3.    Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement. Purchaser does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Purchaser’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated, including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of, the securities. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3, Purchaser shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.

 

65


4.    Upon written request of the Purchaser, but no more than once per calendar year, unless the Company’s repurchase option has been exercised, you shall deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing so many shares of stock as are not then subject to the Company’s repurchase option. Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after cessation of Purchaser’s continuous employment by or services to the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, you shall deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of shares held or issued pursuant to the Agreement and not purchased by the Company or its assignees pursuant to exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.

5.    If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Purchaser, you shall deliver all of the same to Purchaser and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.

6.    Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

7.    You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Purchaser while acting in good faith, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

8.    You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

9.    You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

10.    You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under the Statute of Limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.

11.    You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.

12.    Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to be an officer or agent of the Company or if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

13.    If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

 

66


14.    It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

15.    Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto.

16.    By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

17.    This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

18.    These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.

 

PURCHASER     PENUMBRA, INC.
 

 

     

 

Signature     By
 

 

     

 

Print Name     Print Name
 

 

     

 

    Title
 

 

   

 

Residence Address    

 

ESCROW AGENT    
 

 

   

 

Corporate Secretary    
Dated:                                                                                                 

 

 

67


EXHIBIT C-4

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Sections 55 and 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s gross income or alternative minimum taxable income, as the case may be, for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below.

 

1.        The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:
     TAXPAYER      SPOUSE
   NAME:  

 

    

 

   ADDRESS:  

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

   TAX ID NO.:  

 

    

 

   TAXABLE YEAR:  

 

    

 

2. The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:              shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of Penumbra, Inc. (the “Company”).

 

3. The date on which the property was transferred is:                    ,            .

 

4. The property is subject to the following restrictions:

The Shares may not be transferred and are subject to forfeiture under the terms of an agreement between the taxpayer and the Company. These restrictions lapse upon the satisfaction of certain conditions contained in such agreement.

 

5. The Fair Market Value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms shall never lapse, of such property is: $            .

 

6. The amount (if any) paid for such property is: $            .

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner.

 

Dated:                                 ,               
    Taxpayer

The undersigned spouse of taxpayer joins in this election.

 

Dated:                                 ,               
    Spouse of Taxpayer

 

68


EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF PENUMBRA, INC.

 

Name of Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of Organization

Penumbra Europe GmbH    Germany
Penumbra Neuro Australia Pty. Ltd.    Australia
Penumbra Neuro Canada Inc.    Montréal (Québec) Canada

Penumbra Latin America Distribuidora de Equipamentos e

Productos Médicos LTDA

   Brazil
ChemoFilter, Inc.    Delaware

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated June 9, 2015 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Penumbra Inc. appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

San Francisco, California

August 14, 2015